CA Endevor® SCM -

17.0
Administrating

Date: 04-May-2018
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Documentation, which includes embedded help systems and electronically distributed materials, (hereinafter referred to as
the “Documentation”) is for your informational purposes only and is subject to change or withdrawal by CA at any time. This
Documentation is proprietary information of CA and may not be copied, transferred, reproduced, disclosed, modified or
duplicated, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of CA.

If you are a licensed user of the software product(s) addressed in the Documentation, you may print or otherwise make
available a reasonable number of copies of the Documentation for internal use by you and your employees in connection with
that software, provided that all CA copyright notices and legends are affixed to each reproduced copy.

The right to print or otherwise make available copies of the Documentation is limited to the period during which the applicable
license for such software remains in full force and effect. Should the license terminate for any reason, it is your responsibility to
certify in writing to CA that all copies and partial copies of the Documentation have been returned to CA or destroyed.

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENTATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL CA BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE,
DIRECT OR INDIRECT, FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
INVESTMENT, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, GOODWILL, OR LOST DATA, EVEN IF CA IS EXPRESSLY ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE.

The use of any software product referenced in the Documentation is governed by the applicable license agreement and such
license agreement is not modified in any way by the terms of this notice.

The manufacturer of this Documentation is CA.

Provided with “Restricted Rights.” Use, duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to the restrictions
set forth in FAR Sections 12.212, 52.227-14, and 52.227-19(c)(1) - (2) and DFARS Section 252.227-7014(b)(3), as applicable, or
their successors.

Copyright © 2018 CA. All rights reserved. All trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos referenced herein belong to
their respective companies.

04-May-2018 3/1109
Table of Contents

Roadmap to Administrator Tasks .............................................................. 37

Altering Element Record Metadata ........................................................... 41

How to Alter Master Control File Element Metadata ................................................................................. 41
Alter Statements in Packages ............................................................................................................. 42
Alter Action Security ............................................................................................................................ 43
Alter Action Processing ....................................................................................................................... 43
How to Set Up the Alter Action .................................................................................................................. 44
Review Alter Action Activity ....................................................................................................................... 46
Alter Action Messages and Return Codes .......................................................................................... 47
Element Master Information About Alter Actions ................................................................................ 49
Element Actions that Clear Alter Action Metadata ..................................................................... 51
Element Actions that Retain Alter Action Metadata ................................................................... 51
SMF Recording ................................................................................................................................... 52
Endevor SMF Reports ................................................................................................................ 52
API List SMF Function for Alter Action ....................................................................................... 52

Autogen Action Option .............................................................................. 53

How to Automatically Generate Using Elements with Autogen ................................................................. 53
Review Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................. 54
Autogen Action Option ........................................................................................................................ 55
How the Autogen Action Option Affects Processing ........................................................................... 56
How Autogen Span Options Work ...................................................................................................... 58
How to Code Autogen ............................................................................................................................... 59
Run Autogen in Simulation Mode for Impact Analysis .............................................................................. 60
Autogen and Autogen Span Processing Examples ................................................................................... 61
Before Processing Image for All Examples ......................................................................................... 61
Example 1 Autogen or Autogen Span None ....................................................................................... 62
Example 2 Autogen Span All .............................................................................................................. 63
Example 3 Autogen Span Systems ..................................................................................................... 64
Example 4 Autogen Span Subsystems ............................................................................................... 66

Administrating 4
Automated Configuration ........................................................................... 68
Software Configuration Management ........................................................................................................ 68
ACM Facilities ........................................................................................................................................... 70
Component Monitor ............................................................................................................................. 70
Component List ................................................................................................................................... 70
Component Data and Batch Reporting ............................................................................................... 71
Software Control Language (SCL) Enhancements ............................................................................. 71
ACM Query Facility ............................................................................................................................. 71
ACM Operational Areas ............................................................................................................................ 72
Data Collection .................................................................................................................................... 72
Data Storage ....................................................................................................................................... 72
Software Configuration Analysis and Management ............................................................................ 74
Using ACM ................................................................................................................................................ 74
Configure the ACM Facility ................................................................................................................. 74
Enable ACM and the ACM Query Facility .................................................................................. 75
Activate the ACM Query Facility ................................................................................................ 75
Maintaining Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets ............................................................................. 78
How to Reorganize Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets ........................................................ 79
How to Create Backup Copies of the ACM Query Data Sets .................................................... 79
How to Synchronize ACM Query Data with Inventory Data ....................................................... 79
How to Monitor and Collect Data ........................................................................................................ 80
Component Monitor .................................................................................................................... 80
Program Object Support ............................................................................................................ 80
Activate the ACM Component Monitor ....................................................................................... 81
How to Monitor Components in Dynamically Allocated Data Sets ............................................. 81
How to Monitor Input Components ............................................................................................. 82
How to Monitor Components in a Generate Processor .............................................................. 82
How to Monitor Components in a Move Processor .................................................................... 85
How to Monitor Components in a Delete Processor .................................................................. 87
How to Store Configuration Information .............................................................................................. 87
Component List .......................................................................................................................... 88
View Component List Information ....................................................................................................... 91
Display Summary Information (SX) ............................................................................................ 92
Display the Current Version and Level of an Element (BX) ....................................................... 92
Display Component Changes (CX) ............................................................................................ 92
Display Change History (HX) ..................................................................................................... 92
Input and Output Component Footprints .................................................................................... 92
How Element Processing Works ......................................................................................................... 93
ACM Query Facility ................................................................................................................................... 93
Start ACMQ ......................................................................................................................................... 93
Refresh ACMQ Data ........................................................................................................................... 94
ACMQ Circular, Indirect, Related References ........................................................................... 94

Administrating 5
 Circular References ................................................................................................................... 94
Indirect References .................................................................................................................... 95
Related Element References ..................................................................................................... 96
ACM Query Panel ............................................................................................................................... 96
ACMQ Create GENERATE SCL Panel ............................................................................................... 98
ACM Submit JOBCARD Statements Panel ......................................................................................... 99
Batch SCM Query Utility ..................................................................................................................... 99
Create SCL Statements for Generate Actions ........................................................................... 99
Create a Query Report Using the Batch ACM Query Utility ..................................................... 102
List Using Components For Element ....................................................................................... 102
List Used Components For Element ........................................................................................ 104
Analyzing and Managing Software Configuration Information ................................................................ 106
Software Control Language .............................................................................................................. 106
LIST Action ............................................................................................................................... 106
Print Action ............................................................................................................................... 107
Set Build Statement ................................................................................................................. 108
Set Options Statement ............................................................................................................. 108
Set Where Statement ............................................................................................................... 108
Clear Statements ..................................................................................................................... 109
How to Perform Impact Analysis ....................................................................................................... 109
How to Analyze System Behavior ............................................................................................ 109
How to Propagate a Component Change to All Affected Programs ........................................ 111
How to Validate a System for Consistent Use of Components ................................................ 114
How to Recreate Past Program Versions ................................................................................ 117
How to Move Related Source Components During Promotion to Production .......................... 119
How to Add Related Elements to a Component List ................................................................ 121
How to Write Elements to an External Location ....................................................................... 121

CA Roscoe Interface ............................................................................... 122

Start the Roscoe Interface ....................................................................................................................... 122
Commands and Function Keys ............................................................................................................... 122
TSO and Roscoe ..................................................................................................................................... 122
Name Masking ........................................................................................................................................ 123
Display List Processing ........................................................................................................................... 123
The Environment Selection List ........................................................................................................ 124
The System Selection List ................................................................................................................. 124
The Subsystem Selection List ........................................................................................................... 125
The Action Prompt Panel .................................................................................................................. 125
Getting Started ........................................................................................................................................ 126
Start the Roscoe Interface ................................................................................................................ 126

Administrating 6
 Commands and Function Keys ......................................................................................................... 126
TSO and Roscoe ............................................................................................................................... 127
Name Masking .................................................................................................................................. 127
Display List Processing ..................................................................................................................... 127
The Environment Selection List ............................................................................................... 128
The System Selection List ........................................................................................................ 128
The Subsystem Selection List .................................................................................................. 129
The Action Prompt Panel ......................................................................................................... 129
Processing Elements in the Foreground ................................................................................................. 130
Foreground Default Values for Action Options .................................................................................. 130
Displaying Element Information in the Foreground ........................................................................... 130
The Option Field ....................................................................................................................... 131
The List Panels ........................................................................................................................ 133
The Environment Selection List ............................................................................................... 133
The System Selection List ........................................................................................................ 134
The Subsystem Selection List .................................................................................................. 134
The Element Selection List ...................................................................................................... 135
The Summary of Levels Panel ................................................................................................. 136
The Element Master Panels ..................................................................................................... 138
The Element Browse Panel ...................................................................................................... 141
The Element Changes Panel ................................................................................................... 143
The Element History Panel ...................................................................................................... 145
Displaying Footprint Information ........................................................................................................ 148
The Footprint Display Panel ..................................................................................................... 148
Footprint Display Panel Fields ................................................................................................. 149
The Library Selection List ......................................................................................................... 149
The CA Endevor® SCM Load Module IDR Display Panel ....................................................... 151
The CA Endevor® SCM Browse Panel for a Footprinted Member .......................................... 152
Retrieving Elements Using the Foreground Retrieve Action ............................................................. 152
Element Selection List for Retrieve Action ............................................................................... 155
Processing Elements in Batch ................................................................................................................. 156
Accessing the Batch Options Menu .................................................................................................. 156
Build SCL .......................................................................................................................................... 157
The SCL Generation Panel ...................................................................................................... 158
Displaying Element Information in Batch ........................................................................................... 159
Adding and Updating Elements ......................................................................................................... 159
The Member Selection List for the Add/Update Action ............................................................ 162
The Type Selection List ............................................................................................................ 163
The Processor Group Selection List ........................................................................................ 164
Retrieving Elements .......................................................................................................................... 165
The Element Selection List for the Retrieve Action .................................................................. 168
Retrieving Prior Versions ......................................................................................................... 169

Administrating 7
 Generating Elements ........................................................................................................................ 169
The Element Selection List for the Generate Action ................................................................ 172
Moving Elements ............................................................................................................................... 173
The Element Selection List for the Move Action ...................................................................... 176
Deleting Elements ............................................................................................................................. 177
The Element Selection List for the Delete Action ..................................................................... 179
Printing Elements .............................................................................................................................. 181
The Element Selection List for the Print Elements Action ........................................................ 183
Signin Elements ................................................................................................................................ 184
The Element Selection List for the Signin Action ..................................................................... 186
Transferring Elements ....................................................................................................................... 187
The Element Selection List for the Transfer Action .................................................................. 191
Printing Members .............................................................................................................................. 193
The Member Selection List for the Print Members Action ........................................................ 193
Listing Elements ................................................................................................................................ 194
The Element Selection List for the List Element Action ........................................................... 196
The List Output Panel .............................................................................................................. 198
Listing Members ................................................................................................................................ 198
The Member Selection List for the List Member Action ........................................................... 200
Archiving Elements ........................................................................................................................... 201
The Element Selection List for the Archive Action ................................................................... 203
Edit the Request Data Set ................................................................................................................. 204
Submit the Request Data Set ............................................................................................................ 205
Build the JCL for the Action Request ................................................................................................ 206
Estimating Resource Requirements ........................................................................................................ 206
CA Endevor SCM CA Roscoe Interface Resource Requirements (Roscoe) .................................... 206
Interface Processing Structure .......................................................................................................... 206
Interface Storage Requirements ....................................................................................................... 207
CA Endevor CA Roscoe Interface Messages ......................................................................................... 208
C1R1001 ........................................................................................................................................... 209
C1R101I ............................................................................................................................................ 209
C1R102E ........................................................................................................................................... 209
C1R103E ........................................................................................................................................... 210
C1R104E ........................................................................................................................................... 210
C1R105E ........................................................................................................................................... 210
C1R106E ........................................................................................................................................... 211
C1R107E ........................................................................................................................................... 211
C1R108E ........................................................................................................................................... 211
C1R109E ........................................................................................................................................... 212
C1R110E ........................................................................................................................................... 212
C1R115E ........................................................................................................................................... 212
C1R118E ........................................................................................................................................... 213

Administrating 8
 C1R119I ............................................................................................................................................ 213
C1R120E ........................................................................................................................................... 213
C1R122I ............................................................................................................................................ 214
C1R201E ........................................................................................................................................... 214
C1R202E ........................................................................................................................................... 214
C1R203E ........................................................................................................................................... 215
C1R205E ........................................................................................................................................... 215
C1R301E ........................................................................................................................................... 215
C1R302E ........................................................................................................................................... 216
C1R303E ........................................................................................................................................... 216
C1R304E ........................................................................................................................................... 216
C1R305E ........................................................................................................................................... 217
C1R306E ........................................................................................................................................... 217
C1R307E ........................................................................................................................................... 217
C1R308E ........................................................................................................................................... 218
C1R309E ........................................................................................................................................... 218
C1R311E ........................................................................................................................................... 218
C1R312E ........................................................................................................................................... 219
C1R313E ........................................................................................................................................... 219
C1R314E ........................................................................................................................................... 219
C1R316E ........................................................................................................................................... 220
C1R318E ........................................................................................................................................... 220
C1R319E ........................................................................................................................................... 220
C1R320E ........................................................................................................................................... 220
C1R502E ........................................................................................................................................... 221
C1R503I ............................................................................................................................................ 221
C1R507I ............................................................................................................................................ 221
C1R504E ........................................................................................................................................... 222
C1R505I ............................................................................................................................................ 222
C1R506E ........................................................................................................................................... 222
Installing the Interface ............................................................................................................................. 222
How the CA Roscoe Interface Works ................................................................................................ 223
Install the Configuration Module ............................................................................................... 224
Update the Initialization Exit ..................................................................................................... 224
Modify the Roscoe ETSO Eligible Program List (EPL) ............................................................ 225
Update the Roscoe Application JCL ........................................................................................ 226
Modify ROSXINIT ..................................................................................................................... 227
Copy the Interface RPFs to the Public RPF Library ................................................................. 227
Create the Interface Panel Library Userid ................................................................................ 228
Recycle the Roscoe System .................................................................................................... 228
Install the CA Endevor SCM Batch JCL ................................................................................... 228
How to Make the Interface Unavailable to Users .............................................................................. 229

Administrating 9
 Quiesce the Interface ............................................................................................................... 229
Terminate the Roscoe Interface ............................................................................................... 229

Concurrent Action Processing ................................................................. 231

How to Enable and Secure Concurrent Action Processing ..................................................................... 231
Review Prerequisites ......................................................................................................................... 233
Concurrent Action Processing Overview ........................................................................................... 235
How Concurrent Action Processing Works .............................................................................. 235
How Global Type Sequencing Affects Concurrent Action Processing ..................................... 238
Enable Spawn Parameters for CAP .................................................................................................. 239
Enable the CAICCI Spawn Facility for CAP ...................................................................................... 240
Verify CA Common Services are Running ........................................................................................ 243
Setting Up Security for CAP .............................................................................................................. 243
How to Configure CA Top Secret for CAP ............................................................................... 243
How to Configure CA ACF2 for CAP ........................................................................................ 245
How to Configure RACF for CAP ............................................................................................. 245
Set a Security Control Checkpoint for CAP .............................................................................. 246
How to Activate Concurrent Action Processing ................................................................................. 247
Activate CAP in Batch JCL ....................................................................................................... 248
Activate CAP for Packages Submitted in Foreground ............................................................. 249
Activate CAP for Batch Jobs Submitted in Foreground ........................................................... 250
SCL Requirements for CAP ..................................................................................................... 250
How to Monitor Concurrent Action Processing ................................................................................. 251

Load Modules .......................................................................................... 252

How Controlling Load Modules Works .................................................................................................... 252
View Load Module Information ................................................................................................................ 253
The Browse Panel ............................................................................................................................. 253
The Changes Panel .......................................................................................................................... 255
How to Track Changes to Load Modules ................................................................................................ 255
Sample Generate Processor ............................................................................................................. 256
Sample Move Processor ................................................................................................................... 257
Sample Delete Processor ................................................................................................................. 257

Converting Delta Formats ....................................................................... 258

How to Convert Forward Delta Formats to Reverse Delta Formats ........................................................ 258
Considerations When Converting Forward Delta Formats to Reverse Delta Formats ...................... 258
Analyzing Existing Types .................................................................................................................. 259

Administrating 10
 Resizing and Allocating New Base Libraries ..................................................................................... 259
Resizing the Delta Libraries .............................................................................................................. 260
Evaluating and Modifying Processors ............................................................................................... 260
Running a Full Unload of Each Environment .................................................................................... 260
Adjusting Type Definitions ................................................................................................................. 260
Reloading Inventory by System ........................................................................................................ 260
Validating the Results ....................................................................................................................... 261
How to Convert a Forward/Reverse Delta to a Full-Image Delta ............................................................ 261
Restore Action and Converting Delta Formats ........................................................................................ 261
How to Convert Elements to Log Delta Format ....................................................................................... 262

Notification ............................................................................................... 263

Email Notification ..................................................................................................................................... 263
Email Notification Components ......................................................................................................... 263
The $ESMTP Macro .......................................................................................................................... 263
Disable Notification for Specific Users ..................................................................................... 265
Sample ESMTPTBL .......................................................................................................................... 265
Sample BC1JTABL ........................................................................................................................... 265
Synchronization Notification .................................................................................................................... 265
Enable Synchronization Notification .................................................................................................. 266
Source Synch Check Email Format .................................................................................................. 268
View Synchronization Notification Settings ....................................................................................... 268
Email Interface Program BC1PMLIF ....................................................................................................... 268
Notification Utility BC1PNTFY ................................................................................................................. 269
How to Configure the Notification Utility ............................................................................................ 270
Universal Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 270
Protocol-specific Parameters ............................................................................................................ 271
SMTP-specific Parameters ...................................................................................................... 271
TSO-specific Parameters ......................................................................................................... 272
TPX-specific Parameters ......................................................................................................... 273
XMIT-specific Parameters ........................................................................................................ 274
Interfacing with CA Common Services (CCS) ......................................................................................... 274
How the Interface Works ................................................................................................................... 275
Calling the Interface from a User Exit ............................................................................................... 276
Calling the Interface from a Processor .............................................................................................. 277
Sample Processor Fragment ............................................................................................................ 277
Sample REXX Procedure .................................................................................................................. 278

Extended Processors .............................................................................. 279

Administrating 11
Processor Groups ................................................................................................................................... 279
Processors and Element Types .............................................................................................................. 279
Processors Invoked by Actions ............................................................................................................... 280
Writing Processors .................................................................................................................................. 281
Processor Names .............................................................................................................................. 282
Processor Features ........................................................................................................................... 284
Reserved Words and Labels for Processors ............................................................................ 284
Authorized Program Table ................................................................................................................ 285
Processor Keywords ......................................................................................................................... 285
The FOOTPRNT Keyword ....................................................................................................... 285
MAXRC Keyword ..................................................................................................................... 287
EXECIF Keyword ..................................................................................................................... 288
BACKOUT Keyword ................................................................................................................. 289
MONITOR Keyword ................................................................................................................. 289
ALTID Keyword ........................................................................................................................ 290
Symbolic Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 294
Ampersand (&) Character ........................................................................................................ 294
Symbols Guidelines ................................................................................................................. 295
User Symbols ........................................................................................................................... 297
Site Symbols ............................................................................................................................ 297
CA Endevor® SCM Symbols ................................................................................................... 299
In-Stream Data ......................................................................................................................... 307
Controlling Processor Flow Using the IF-THEN-ELSE Statement .................................................... 308
RC Expression ......................................................................................................................... 315
The ABENDCC Expression ...................................................................................................... 315
ABEND Expression .................................................................................................................. 315
ABEND Expression .................................................................................................................. 315
RUN True Expression .............................................................................................................. 315
RUN False Expression ............................................................................................................. 316
IF-THEN-ELSE Trace Facility .................................................................................................. 316
Dynamically Allocated Libraries ........................................................................................................ 317
Internal Reader ................................................................................................................................. 318
Processor Utilities .................................................................................................................................... 319
Including Processor Utilities in Processor Logic ................................................................................ 319
BC1PDSIN Utility .............................................................................................................................. 321
BC1PTMP0 Utility .............................................................................................................................. 322
Sample JCL and Parameters ................................................................................................... 323
Return Codes ........................................................................................................................... 323
REXX Exec or CLIST Executing a DB2 Bind ........................................................................... 324
BC1PXFPI Utility ............................................................................................................................... 325
BC1PMVCL Utility .................................................................................................................... 325
BSTCOPY Utility ............................................................................................................................... 326

Administrating 12
 BSTCOPY Copy Functions ...................................................................................................... 326
C1BM3000 Utility .............................................................................................................................. 330
Considerations When Using the C1BM3000 Utility .................................................................. 331
C1WORK01-06 DD Statements ............................................................................................... 331
C1PRMGEN Utility ............................................................................................................................ 332
CONAPI Utility ................................................................................................................................... 333
CONDELE Utility ............................................................................................................................... 334
CONLIST Utility ................................................................................................................................. 335
Banner Pages .......................................................................................................................... 335
STORE Option ......................................................................................................................... 336
PRINT Option ........................................................................................................................... 337
PRTMBR (Print Member) Option ............................................................................................. 337
The COPY Option .................................................................................................................... 338
DELETE Option ........................................................................................................................ 338
Guidelines When Creating Listings .......................................................................................... 339
CONPARMX Utility ............................................................................................................................ 341
How to Create a CONPARMX Processor JCL Step ................................................................ 341
CONPARMX - Dynamically Build a Parameter String .............................................................. 342
How CONPARMX Creates a Parameter String ....................................................................... 345
Return Codes for CONPARMX ................................................................................................ 347
Options Member Syntax Rules ................................................................................................ 347
Options Member Examples ...................................................................................................... 348
CONRELE Utility ............................................................................................................................... 349
CONRELE Utility Commands ................................................................................................... 349
RELATE ELEMENT Command Syntax .................................................................................... 350
RELATE MEMBER Command Syntax ..................................................................................... 351
RELATE OBJECT Command Syntax ...................................................................................... 351
RELATE COMMENT Command Syntax .................................................................................. 351
SET ERROR RETURN CODE Command Syntax ................................................................... 352
Example of CONRELE Syntax ................................................................................................. 352
CONSCAN Utility .............................................................................................................................. 353
CONSCAN Parameter Data Set .............................................................................................. 354
PARMSCAN Parameter Statements ........................................................................................ 354
Excluding Source Data ............................................................................................................. 354
Selecting Source Data ............................................................................................................. 356
Scan Rule Processing .............................................................................................................. 363
CONWRITE Utility ............................................................................................................................. 364
Writing Component List Data to an External Location ............................................................. 364
Writing Elements to an External Location ................................................................................ 365
The Standard Form of CONWRITE ......................................................................................... 365
Extended Form of CONWRITE ................................................................................................ 366
Command Syntax for the CONWRITE Utility ........................................................................... 366
Using CONWRITE to Expand INCLUDEs ................................................................................ 368

Administrating 13
 Writing Exit Programs to Use CONWRITE Input ..................................................................... 369
ENUSSUTL Utility ............................................................................................................................. 370
LEXTRCTR and BC1PCCSP Utilities ............................................................................................... 370
Classifying and Managing Processors .................................................................................................... 370
Implement Processors ...................................................................................................................... 371
Maintain Processors .......................................................................................................................... 373
Where CA Endevor® SCM Looks for Processors .................................................................... 373
Using Processor Groups ......................................................................................................................... 373
Processor Groups Overview ............................................................................................................. 373
Suggested Naming Conventions for Processor Groups .......................................................... 374
Processor Group Information ............................................................................................................ 376
Create, Update, and Display Processor Group Information (Environment Options Menu) ...... 376
Create, Update, and Display Processor Group Information (Type Definition Panel) ............... 377
Change or Display Processor Group Symbols .................................................................................. 377
Change or Display Processor Group Symbols - Example ....................................................... 378
Display Processors .................................................................................................................. 379
Processor Group Selection List ......................................................................................................... 379
Processor Group Definition Panel ..................................................................................................... 380
Identification Fields .................................................................................................................. 381
Output Management Information Fields ................................................................................... 382
Processor Group Symbolics Panel ................................................................................................... 384
Identification Fields .................................................................................................................. 384
Symbolic Identification Fields ................................................................................................... 384
Processor Display Panel ................................................................................................................... 384
Sample Processors ................................................................................................................................. 385
How to Convert PROCs to Processors ............................................................................................. 385
Generate Processors ........................................................................................................................ 386
The GASMNBL Generate Processor ....................................................................................... 387
The GCIIDBL Generate Processor .......................................................................................... 389
The GCIINBL Generate Processor .......................................................................................... 392
The GLNKNBL Generate Processor ........................................................................................ 394
The LOADONLY Generate Processor ..................................................................................... 396
Delete Processors ............................................................................................................................. 397
The DLODDNL Delete Processor ............................................................................................ 397
The DLODNNL Delete Processor ............................................................................................ 398
Move Processors .............................................................................................................................. 398
The MLODDNL Move Processor ............................................................................................. 399
The MLODNNL Move Processor ............................................................................................. 401
Other Processors .............................................................................................................................. 402
CSP Processors ................................................................................................................................ 402
The GELCL CSP Processor ..................................................................................................... 403
The GELPCLB CSP Processor ................................................................................................ 407

Administrating 14
 The GELTCL CSP Processor .................................................................................................. 412
The GELPTCLB CSP Processor .............................................................................................. 417
The GCSP41LN CSP Processor .............................................................................................. 423
Unsupported Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 425
General Restrictions .......................................................................................................................... 425
SET Statement .................................................................................................................................. 425
INCLUDE Statement ......................................................................................................................... 426
EXEC Statement Parameters ........................................................................................................... 426
DD Statement Parameters ................................................................................................................ 426
DCB Subparameters ......................................................................................................................... 426
DDNAME Subparameters ................................................................................................................. 427

File Definition and Maintenance .............................................................. 429

How to Define the CA Endevor® SCM Files ........................................................................................... 430
ELIB Data Sets .................................................................................................................................. 430
How to Define Base and Delta Libraries ........................................................................................... 431
Base and Delta Library Space Requirements .......................................................................... 431
Allocate a New PDS or PDS/E ................................................................................................. 431
Allocate a New CA Panvalet or CA Librarian Data Set ............................................................ 431
Allocate and Initialize a New ELIB Data Set ............................................................................ 431
Define a CA Endevor® SCM Listing Library ..................................................................................... 432
Define a Processor Load Library ....................................................................................................... 432
Define a Source Output Library or HFS Directory ............................................................................. 432
How to Maintain Files .............................................................................................................................. 433
Monitor Space Utilization .................................................................................................................. 433
How to Expand or Compress a File .................................................................................................. 434
Expand or Compress the Master Control File .......................................................................... 434
Expand or Compress Package Data Sets ................................................................................ 434
Reorganize Element Catalog and Eindex Files ........................................................................ 434
Expand or Compress PDS or PDS/E Libraries ........................................................................ 434
Expand or Compress CA Librarian and CA Panvalet Libraries ................................................ 434
Expand or Compress ELIB Data Sets ...................................................................................... 434
How to Back Up CA Endevor® SCM ....................................................................................................... 435
Back Up VSAM ELIB Data Sets ........................................................................................................ 435
Back Up BDAM ELIB Data Sets ........................................................................................................ 435
How to Back Up Using the Unload, Reload, and Validate Utility ....................................................... 436
How CA Endevor® SCM Recovery Works .............................................................................................. 436
How to Recover Using the Unload, Reload, and Validate Utility ....................................................... 437

Administrating 15
Footprint Synchronization ........................................................................ 438
How Synchronizing Source and Executables Works .............................................................................. 438
FOOTPRNT=VERIFY Statement ...................................................................................................... 438
Footprint Reports ..................................................................................................................... 439
Source Input from Executables ............................................................................................................... 439
How to Install Remote Footprint Synchronization ................................................................................... 439
How CA Endevor SCM Stores Footprints ............................................................................................... 440
Footprints and Library Data Sets ...................................................................................................... 440
Footprints and Sequential Object Data Sets ..................................................................................... 441
Footprints and Load Libraries ........................................................................................................... 441
Footprints and PDS/E Load Libraries ................................................................................................ 441
Footprints and USS Directories ......................................................................................................... 441
How to Copy the C1DEFLTS Table ........................................................................................................ 442
How to Create CONLIB ..................................................................................................................... 442
How to Create the JCL Library .......................................................................................................... 442
Sample JCL .............................................................................................................................. 442
BC1JFEXT ............................................................................................................................... 443
How to Use the Footprint Synchronization Facility .................................................................................. 443
Footprint Report Information ................................................................................................................... 444
How to Generate Footprint Reports ........................................................................................................ 444
How to Specify Data Extract Phase Selection Criteria ...................................................................... 445
Syntax Examples for Generating Footprint Reports .......................................................................... 447
Name Masking .................................................................................................................................. 448
CONRPT80 Library Member Footprint Report ........................................................................................ 448
Library Member Footprint Report ...................................................................................................... 448
CONRPT81 Library CSECT Listing ......................................................................................................... 449
Library CSECT Listing Report ........................................................................................................... 449
CONRPT82 Library Zapped CSECT Profile ............................................................................................ 450
Library Zapped CSECT Profile Report .............................................................................................. 451
CONRPT83 Footprint Exception Report ................................................................................................. 452
Footprint Exception Report ............................................................................................................... 452
Executable Module Footprint Report - Sample JCL ................................................................................ 454
VSE/ESA - Sample JCL .................................................................................................................... 454
VM/ESA EXEC - Sample JCL ........................................................................................................... 454
z/OS - Sample JCL ........................................................................................................................... 455

InfoMan Interface .................................................................................... 456

What You Need to Know ......................................................................................................................... 456
CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface ....................................................................................................... 456

Administrating 16
CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Operation ...................................................................................... 457
The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Batch Utility ............................................................................ 458
The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Package Level ....................................................................... 459
Information Available from the Package Level of the Interface ......................................................... 460
The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Action Level ........................................................................... 460
Information Available from the Action Level of the Interface ............................................................. 461
Installing infoman interface ...................................................................................................................... 461
How CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Installation Works ........................................................... 462
How Installation at Customized InfoMan Sites Works .............................................................. 462
How Installation at IIF Sites Works .......................................................................................... 462
How to Install Basic InfoMan ............................................................................................................. 462
Define Users to InfoMan Classes ............................................................................................. 463
Prepare a Session Parameter Member .................................................................................... 463
Put Information Management Load Library Data Set in LINKLIST .......................................... 463
Move BLGISPFD into ISPPLIB ................................................................................................ 463
Summary of Basic InfoMan Installation .................................................................................... 464
How to Modify Basic InfoMan for the Interface ................................................................................. 464
Copy Interface Report Shells into the RFT Data Set ............................................................... 464
Copy Modified BLG6CORQ into the RPANEL0 Data Set ........................................................ 465
Copy Dictionary Update ........................................................................................................... 465
Create the Standard IBM PIDT and PIPT Tables .................................................................... 466
Build a Rule Set ....................................................................................................................... 466
Copy the BLGSESxx Module to STEPLIB ............................................................................... 466
How to Connect the Interface ............................................................................................................ 467
Modify the EINFO Macro .......................................................................................................... 467
Assemble and Link BC1TEI90 ................................................................................................. 468
Reassemble C1DEFLTS with the InfoMan Password .............................................................. 469
Make Sure Required Panels Are in ISPPLIB ........................................................................... 469
Make Sure INFO01, PKEX21, and PKMR02 Are in ISPMLIB .................................................. 469
Edit C1SB3000 Skeleton JCL .................................................................................................. 469
How to Verify the Installation ............................................................................................................. 469
Required PIDT and PIPT Tables .............................................................................................. 471
Setting Up the CA Endevor SCM INFO Table ......................................................................................... 473
The CA Endevor® SCM Side of the Interface ................................................................................... 473
How to Implement the CA Endevor® SCM Side ............................................................................... 474
CA Endevor® SCM INFO Table Syntax ............................................................................................ 474
Table Syntax Components ....................................................................................................... 475
Syntax Diagram Conventions ................................................................................................... 476
The TABLE Statement ...................................................................................................................... 476
The Control Block .............................................................................................................................. 477
Control Block Syntax ................................................................................................................ 477
Possible Requests ................................................................................................................... 479

Administrating 17
 CTRL Statement Examples ...................................................................................................... 480
Use Blocks ........................................................................................................................................ 480
The USE Statement ................................................................................................................. 481
The NOTFOUND Statement .................................................................................................... 483
The FOUND Statement ............................................................................................................ 484
The EUSE Statement ............................................................................................................... 484
Label Blocks ...................................................................................................................................... 485
The LABEL Statement ............................................................................................................. 485
The ELABEL Statement ........................................................................................................... 486
CPASS/CFAIL Statements ....................................................................................................... 486
TSP Statements ....................................................................................................................... 487
Comments ................................................................................................................................ 488
RC Statements ......................................................................................................................... 489
MSG Statements ...................................................................................................................... 490
Criteria Blocks ................................................................................................................................... 491
The Populate Block ........................................................................................................................... 492
FIELD Statements ............................................................................................................................. 494
FIELD Statement Syntax .......................................................................................................... 495
Field Panel (Pname) and Index (S-Word) Clauses .................................................................. 496
The Length Value ..................................................................................................................... 496
The Value Clause - Criteria Block ............................................................................................ 496
The Value Clause - Populate Block ......................................................................................... 497
The IFYES/IFNO Statement ..................................................................................................... 497
TEXT Clauses .......................................................................................................................... 498
CA Endevor® SCM Control Block Availability ................................................................................... 498
Control Blocks for Stand-alone Actions .................................................................................... 498
Available $ENVDS Fields ......................................................................................................... 499
Available $ELMDS Fields ......................................................................................................... 500
Available $FILDS Fields ........................................................................................................... 507
Available $ECBDS Fields ......................................................................................................... 507
Available $REQPDS Fields ...................................................................................................... 508
Control Blocks for Packages and Package Actions ................................................................. 509
$PREQPDS .............................................................................................................................. 510
$PHDRDS ................................................................................................................................ 511
$PACTREQ .............................................................................................................................. 512
Interface Syntax Batch Utility Output Report ..................................................................................... 514
Setting Up the Interface ........................................................................................................................... 514
The InfoMan API ............................................................................................................................... 514
How to Set Up the InfoMan Side ....................................................................................................... 515
How to Build InfoMan PIDT Tables ................................................................................................... 516
Inquiry PIDT Required Fields ................................................................................................... 517
Retrieve PIDT Required Fields ................................................................................................ 517

Administrating 18
 Create PIDT Required Fields ................................................................................................... 518
Update PIDT Required Fields .................................................................................................. 519
Using the Stand-alone Action Table Syntax Template ............................................................................ 519
The Syntax Template ........................................................................................................................ 520
IIF Syntax Templates for Stand-Alone Actions ........................................................................ 520
IIF Sample Syntax ............................................................................................................................. 520
Building the CA Endevor SCM Info Table Using Table Syntax ............................................................... 535
Displaying Interface Information .............................................................................................................. 547
How to Display Information Stored in InfoMan .................................................................................. 547
How to List and Display CCID Information ........................................................................................ 547
The CCID List Panel ................................................................................................................ 548
The Action Prompt Panel ......................................................................................................... 548
The CCID Correlation Panel .................................................................................................... 549
How to Display Package Information ................................................................................................ 549
Using Interface Reports ........................................................................................................................... 550
The Interface Reports ....................................................................................................................... 550
Run the Reports in Native InfoMan ................................................................................................... 551
Run the Reports in Batch .................................................................................................................. 551
Contention for the ISPF Profile Data Set ................................................................................. 551
How to Set Defaults in InfoMan for Output Destination and Class for Reports ........................ 551
How to Customize the Reports ......................................................................................................... 552
The Action Change Record Summary Report ................................................................................... 552
The Action Change Record Detail Report ......................................................................................... 553
The Action Problem Record Summary/Detail Reports ...................................................................... 553
The Package Parent Record Summary Report ................................................................................. 554
The Package/Activity Record Summary Report ................................................................................ 554
The Package/Activity Record Detail--Package Detail Report ........................................................... 556
The Package/Activity Detail--Activity Detail Report ........................................................................... 556
Information for Advanced Users .............................................................................................................. 556
The Modified Assisted Entry Panel (BLG6CORQ) ............................................................................ 556
The PMF Report for the BLG6CORQ Panel ............................................................................ 557
Customized Dictionary Entry ............................................................................................................. 557
The PWORD XREF Report ...................................................................................................... 557
Reserved InfoMan Fields .................................................................................................................. 557
Inquiry PIDT Required Fields ................................................................................................... 557
Retrieve PIDT Required Fields ................................................................................................ 558
Create PIDT Required Fields ................................................................................................... 559
Update PIDT Required Fields .................................................................................................. 559
Installing the Interface Under IIF ............................................................................................................. 560
Phase 1. How to Install Basic InfoMan .............................................................................................. 560
Step 1. Define Users to InfoMan Classes ................................................................................ 561
Step 2. Prepare a Session Parameter Member ....................................................................... 561

Administrating 19
 Step 3. Put Information Management Load Data Set in LINKLIST .......................................... 561
Step 4. Move BLGISPFD into ISPPLIB .................................................................................... 562
Phase 1 Summary .................................................................................................................... 562
Phase 2. How to Modify Basic InfoMan for the Interface .................................................................. 562
Step 1. Copy Interface Report Shells into the RFT Data Set ................................................... 562
Step 2. Copy Modified Panels into the RPANEL0 Data Set .................................................... 563
Step 3. Copy Dictionary Update ............................................................................................... 563
Step 4. Create CA PIDT and PIPT Tables ............................................................................... 564
Step 5. Build a Rule Set ........................................................................................................... 564
Step 6. Copy the BLGSESxx Module to STEPLIB ................................................................... 565
Phase 2 Summary .................................................................................................................... 565
Phase 3. How to Connect the Interface ............................................................................................ 565
Step 1. Modify the EINFO Macro ............................................................................................. 565
Step 2. Assemble and Link BC1TEI90 ..................................................................................... 567
Step 3. Reassemble C1DEFLTS with the InfoMan Password ................................................. 567
Step 4. Make Sure Required Panels Are in ISPPLIB ............................................................... 567
Step 5. Make Sure INFO01, PKEX21, and PKMR02 Are in ISPMLIB ..................................... 568
Step 6. Edit C1SB3000 Skeleton JCL ...................................................................................... 568
Phase 4. How to Verify the Installation ............................................................................................. 568
Required PIDT and PIPT Tables .............................................................................................. 570

Inventory Analyzer ................................................................................... 573

User Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 573
Audience ................................................................................................................................................. 574
Inventory Analyzer and the Load Utility ................................................................................................... 574
Using the Inventory Analyzer .................................................................................................................. 576
How to Use the Inventory Analyzer ................................................................................................... 577
Customize the Sample JCL ...................................................................................................... 577
How to Review the Output ....................................................................................................... 578
How to Use the Load Utility ...................................................................................................... 579
How to Use Analysis Request Statements ........................................................................................ 579
How the Analyze Statement Works .......................................................................................... 580
How to Enter Information in the Data Set Clauses ................................................................... 581
How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes All Members ................................................................. 582
How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes All Members Using Different Selection Criteria ........... 582
How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes Specific Members ........................................................ 583
How Set Statements Work ................................................................................................................ 583
How to Apply SET Statements ................................................................................................. 584
How the SET ASSIGN Statement Works ................................................................................. 584
How the SET FROM/USING Statement Works ....................................................................... 584
How the SET REPORT LEVEL Statement Works ................................................................... 584

Administrating 20
 How the SET ASSIGN Statement Assigns the Default CCID and Comment .......................... 585
How to Use Additional SET ASSIGN Statements within Requests .......................................... 585
How Clear Statements Work ............................................................................................................. 586
How the CLEAR ALL Statement Works ................................................................................... 586
How the CLEAR ASSIGN Statement Works ............................................................................ 586
How the CLEAR FROM/USING Statement Works .................................................................. 586
How the EOF (EOJ) Processing Statement Works ........................................................................... 587
How Analyze Requests are Processed ............................................................................................. 587
Customizing the Inventory Analyzer .................................................................................................. 588
How to Customize the Inventory Analyzer ............................................................................... 588
How to Customize the Output Model Definition ....................................................................... 588
How Symbolics Work ............................................................................................................... 589
How the Output Model Definition Template Works .................................................................. 592
How Symbolics Work in the Output Model Definition Template ............................................... 593
How the Same Template is Used for a SUCCESS and FAILURE Condition ........................... 594
Change Type and Processor Group Conventions ................................................................... 594
How ESTABLISH Statements Change Types and Processor Groups ..................................... 595
Using the Inventory Analyzer Reports ..................................................................................................... 595
Report Options .................................................................................................................................. 596
Parameter Syntax Report .................................................................................................................. 596
Request Syntax Report ..................................................................................................................... 596
Output Model Definition Syntax Report ............................................................................................. 597
Final Request Interpretation Report .................................................................................................. 597
Request Processing Report .............................................................................................................. 597
Analysis Summary Report ................................................................................................................. 598
Load Module Summary Report ......................................................................................................... 598
Execution Summary Report .............................................................................................................. 598
Understanding the Execution JCL ........................................................................................................... 599
JCL to Execute the Inventory Analyzer ............................................................................................. 599
How to Override the DDnames ......................................................................................................... 599
How the Program Parameter Works ................................................................................................. 600
Understanding Types and Processor Groups ......................................................................................... 601
How Types and Processor Groups are Named ................................................................................ 601
Processor Group Names ................................................................................................................... 601
Language type (positions 1-3) .................................................................................................. 602
Database environment (position 4) .......................................................................................... 602
Operating environment (position 5) .......................................................................................... 602
Output type (position 6) ............................................................................................................ 603
Processor Names .............................................................................................................................. 603
Processor type (position 1) ...................................................................................................... 603
Language type or utility (positions 2-4) .................................................................................... 604
Database environment (position 5) .......................................................................................... 604

Administrating 21
 Operating environment (position 6) .......................................................................................... 604
Output type (position 7) ............................................................................................................ 605
Data Set Names ................................................................................................................................ 605
How the Inventory Analyzer Supports Type and Processor Group Combinations ............................ 607
Types and Processor Groups for NODBMS ...................................................................................... 608
Types and Processor Groups for DB2DBMS .................................................................................... 626
Types and Processor Groups for IDMSDBMS .................................................................................. 645
Types and Processor Groups for IMSDBMS .................................................................................... 663
Types and Processor Groups for TOTALDBM .................................................................................. 681
Types and Processor Groups for Non-3GL Type Items .................................................................... 700
Understanding the User Exit ................................................................................................................... 700

Long Names and USS Supported Files .................................................. 705

Long Name and USS Support ................................................................................................................. 705
USS Path Name ...................................................................................................................................... 705
USS Files .......................................................................................................................................... 706
Element Names ................................................................................................................................. 706
Long Name Support and CA Endevor SCM Interfaces ..................................................................... 707
Long Name Elements .............................................................................................................................. 708
Adding and Retrieving Long Name Elements ................................................................................... 708
Storing Long Name Elements ........................................................................................................... 709
Displaying Element Information ........................................................................................................ 709
USS Files and Directories ....................................................................................................................... 710
USS Directories and CA Endevor SCM Libraries ............................................................................. 710
USS Directories and Type Definitions ............................................................................................... 711
USS Directories and CA Endevor SCM Actions ............................................................................... 711
USS Files and CA Endevor SCM Actions ......................................................................................... 711
The HFS RECFM Field ..................................................................................................................... 712
File Permissions Given to Output UNIX Files ................................................................................... 713
Concurrent Access ENQUEUE Scheme ........................................................................................... 714
USS Supported Files and the Alternate ID .............................................................................................. 714

Optional Feature Table ENCOPTBL ....................................................... 717

Package Administration ........................................................................... 718

What Is a Package? ................................................................................................................................ 718
Package Benefits .................................................................................................................................... 718
Package Lifecycle ................................................................................................................................... 719

Administrating 22
 Reviewing Packages ......................................................................................................................... 720
Executing Packages .......................................................................................................................... 721
Committing Packages ....................................................................................................................... 721
Processing Packages in Batch ................................................................................................................ 722
Specify SCL Data Set Information .................................................................................................... 723
Create a Selection List of Packages ................................................................................................. 724
Build a Package Selection List ................................................................................................. 724
Define or Update a Package .................................................................................................... 725
How to Specify Actions to Perform on Selected Packages ............................................................... 726
Package Actions ...................................................................................................................... 726
How to Specify Additional Package Action Information .................................................................... 728
Approve Package Panel ........................................................................................................... 729
Archive Package Panel ............................................................................................................ 729
Cast Package Panel ................................................................................................................. 730
Create a Package Panel .......................................................................................................... 731
Deny Package Panel ................................................................................................................ 733
Execute Package Panel ........................................................................................................... 734
Export Package Panel .............................................................................................................. 734
Modify an Existing Package Panel ........................................................................................... 735
Package Summary Panel ......................................................................................................... 737
Submit Package Panel ............................................................................................................. 737
Enter Package Note Text Panel ............................................................................................... 738
Display Package Note Text Panel ............................................................................................ 738
Submit SCL for Processing ............................................................................................................... 738
Batch Package Execution Report ..................................................................................................... 738
Statement Summary Report ..................................................................................................... 739
Action Execution Report ........................................................................................................... 739
Action Summary Report ........................................................................................................... 739
Approver Groups ..................................................................................................................................... 739
External Approver Groups and RACF ............................................................................................... 741
External Approver Groups and CA Top Secret ................................................................................. 742
External Approver Groups and CA ACF2 for z/OS ........................................................................... 742
Approver Group Request Panel ........................................................................................................ 743
Display an Approver Group Definition ...................................................................................... 744
Display an Approver Group Selection List ............................................................................... 744
Delete an Approver Group Definition ....................................................................................... 744
Create an Approver Group Definition ....................................................................................... 745
Update an Approver Group Definition ...................................................................................... 745
Approver Group Selection List .......................................................................................................... 745
Display an Approver Group Definition ...................................................................................... 746
Delete an Approver Group Definition ....................................................................................... 746
Update an Approver Group Definition ...................................................................................... 747

Administrating 23
 Approver Group Definition Panel ...................................................................................................... 747
Delete an Approver Group Definition ....................................................................................... 748
Create an Approver Group Definition ....................................................................................... 749
Update an Approver Group Definition ...................................................................................... 749
Dynamic Approver Group Panel ....................................................................................................... 750
Approver Group Relation Request Panel .......................................................................................... 751
Display a List of All Approver Group Relationships .................................................................. 752
Display a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group .......................... 752
Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group ............................ 753
Create a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group ........................... 754
Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area ................................................................. 754
Approver Group Relationship List ..................................................................................................... 755
Display a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group .......................... 755
Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group ............................ 756
Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area ................................................................. 757
Approver Group Relationship Panel .................................................................................................. 757
Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group ............................ 758
Create a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group ........................... 758
Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area ................................................................. 759
Locking and Approver Groups .......................................................................................................... 759
Using Promotion Packages ..................................................................................................................... 761
How Promotion Packages are Processed ......................................................................................... 761
How to Ship a Promotion Package Before Map Ends ....................................................................... 763
Stop-at-Stage Feature .............................................................................................................. 763
How the Stop-at-Stage Feature Works .................................................................................... 764
How to Enable the Stop-at-Stage Feature ............................................................................... 764
How to Use the SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST Option ................................................................... 765
Using the CA 7 Interface for Package Execution .................................................................................... 765
How the CA 7 Interface Works .......................................................................................................... 766
How to Implement the CA 7 Interface ............................................................................................... 767
The CA 7 Parameters .............................................................................................................. 767
Verify the CA 7 Information ...................................................................................................... 767
Package SCL and CA 7 .................................................................................................................... 767
Package Display Panel and CA 7 ..................................................................................................... 768
CA 7 Reports ..................................................................................................................................... 768
Package Ship Facility .............................................................................................................................. 768
How to Set Up Package Ship ............................................................................................................ 769
How to Enable Package Ship ................................................................................................... 769
How to Enable Post-Ship Script Execution .............................................................................. 808
How to Enable USS Supported Files for Package Ship ........................................................... 814
How to Enable Backout and Shipment for Natural Objects ...................................................... 820
Host Package Shipment Job Steps .......................................................................................... 828

Administrating 24
 How the Remote Copy/Delete Job Steps Work ....................................................................... 835
How to Build, Track, and Confirm Package Shipments .................................................................... 838
Ship One Package to One Destination .................................................................................... 839
Ship One Package to Multiple Destinations ............................................................................. 840
Ship Multiple Packages to One Destination ............................................................................. 840
Package Shipment Panel ......................................................................................................... 841
Package Selection List ............................................................................................................. 841
Destination Selection List ......................................................................................................... 842
Confirm a Package for Shipment (Packages) .......................................................................... 843
Shipment Tracking and Confirmation ....................................................................................... 843
Request Queue ........................................................................................................................ 846
Display Shipment Status .......................................................................................................... 847
Ship Package Syntax ............................................................................................................... 847
How to Manage Package Ship .......................................................................................................... 849
Package Shipment Reports ..................................................................................................... 850
Package Shipment Activity Report ........................................................................................... 850
Package Shipment Assembler Reports ................................................................................... 852
Shipment Confirmation Email Notification ................................................................................ 853
Back Out and Back In Package Outputs ................................................................................................. 853
Why Do a Backout? .......................................................................................................................... 854
Why Backout Does Not Affect Source ..................................................................................... 854
Package Ship and Package Backout Status ............................................................................ 854
Restrictions .............................................................................................................................. 855
Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................ 855
Back Out an Entire Package ............................................................................................................. 856
Back In an Entire Package ................................................................................................................ 856
Back Out a Package Element Action ................................................................................................ 857
Back In a Package Element Action ................................................................................................... 858
View Package Backout Information .................................................................................................. 859
Backout and Backin Execution Logs ................................................................................................. 860
LLACOPY .......................................................................................................................................... 860

Perform a Best Practice Implementation ................................................. 862

Review Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 863
Plan for Your Production Implementation ................................................................................................ 865
BPI Software Inventory Lifecycle ...................................................................................................... 865
BPI Environment and Stages ............................................................................................................ 866
Stage Name, Number, ID .................................................................................................................. 868
Data Set Naming Conventions .......................................................................................................... 868
Data Set Rules .................................................................................................................................. 869
Centralized Processors ..................................................................................................................... 869

Administrating 25
 Inventory Structure ............................................................................................................................ 869
Environments ........................................................................................................................... 870
Systems ................................................................................................................................... 870
Subsystems .............................................................................................................................. 871
Types ....................................................................................................................................... 871
Processor Groups ............................................................................................................................. 872
Processor Symbols ........................................................................................................................... 873
Processor Symbols Definition Defaults ............................................................................................. 873
Configuration Tables ......................................................................................................................... 874
Global Type Sequencing ................................................................................................................... 874
Best Practice Implementation Source Files ...................................................................................... 875
Run BPISTART ....................................................................................................................................... 875
Customize the BPI Input Tables .............................................................................................................. 877
Input Table Format Rules .................................................................................................................. 877
T ADMALL--Allocations for Admin Environment ............................................................................... 878
T ADMSUB--SubSystem Names for ADMIN Environment ................................................................ 879
T ADMSYS--System Names for ADMIN Environment ...................................................................... 879
T ADMTYP--Types for the ADMIN Environment ............................................................................... 880
T ALLOC--Allocations for Non-ADMIN Environments ....................................................................... 880
T ENVMTS--Environment and Stage Names .................................................................................... 882
T GLBSEQ--Global Type Sequence Member ................................................................................... 883
T LIBRYS--Allocations for Site-Wide Data Sets ................................................................................ 883
T SUBSYS--Subsystem Names for All Environments Except All Standard or Application Environments
.......................................................................................................................................................... 884
T SYMBLS--Symbol Names for All Environments Except ADMIN and UNCLMED .......................... 884
T SYSTMS--System Names for Standard or Application Environments ........................................... 885
T TYPES--Types for Non-ADMIN Environments .............................................................................. 885
Prepare the BPI Job Card ....................................................................................................................... 885
Define Symbol Values for BPI Jobs ........................................................................................................ 886
Submit BPI Jobs ...................................................................................................................................... 886
Iterative BPI Process ......................................................................................................................... 887

Performance and Maintenance Best Practices ....................................... 889

Run Full Backups and Incremental Unloads ........................................................................................... 889
Use VSAM Record Level Sharing ........................................................................................................... 889
Activate Concurrent Action Processing ................................................................................................... 890

Performance and Tuning ......................................................................... 891

Forward and Reverse Delta Format ........................................................................................................ 891

Administrating 26
Delta Level Management ........................................................................................................................ 892
Automated Element Level Versioning ............................................................................................... 893
Element Delta Consolidation Method ................................................................................................ 893
Aged Delta Retention Method ........................................................................................................... 894
Implement Age Level Retention ........................................................................................................ 897
Identify Old Delta Levels ................................................................................................................... 898
Mapping Multiple Environments .............................................................................................................. 898
Selecting a Library Type for Base and Delta Members ........................................................................... 899
Benefits and Drawbacks of Library Types ............................................................................................... 899
Converting from One Library Type to Another .................................................................................. 901
Setting the RECBUFFSIZE Parameter ................................................................................................... 902
Monitoring CA L-Serv Performance ........................................................................................................ 902
Evaluating Buffer Pool Usage ........................................................................................................... 902
Displaying Information About the Communications Server ............................................................... 903
Using z/OS SYSPLEX VSAM Record Level Sharing (RLS) Support for MCFs and Package Data Set . 903
Implementing RLS ................................................................................................................................... 904
Tuning Your Processors .......................................................................................................................... 904
Tuning Your Systems .............................................................................................................................. 905
Virtual Inventory Configuration NoSource Option ................................................................................... 906
How Virtual Inventory Configuration Works ...................................................................................... 907

Point in Time Recovery ........................................................................... 908

How CA L-Serv Manages PITR Journal Files ......................................................................................... 910
How to Activate Journaling ...................................................................................................................... 911
Journaling ................................................................................................................................................ 911
How to Offload Journal Data Sets ..................................................................................................... 912
The Recovery Utility ................................................................................................................................ 912
How to Enable Journaling ....................................................................................................................... 913
How to Determine Naming Conventions ........................................................................................... 914
How to Write Archive JCL ................................................................................................................. 914
How to Allocate Journal and Archive Data Sets ................................................................................ 915
Sizing Considerations .............................................................................................................. 915
Recommended Journal Data Sets ........................................................................................... 916
How to Define the Journaling Components to CA L-Serv ................................................................. 916
CA L-Serv PROC ..................................................................................................................... 917
LDMPARM ............................................................................................................................... 917
NDVRPARM ............................................................................................................................. 917
How to Modify the C1DEFLTS Table ................................................................................................ 918
Journal Group Examples .......................................................................................................... 918

Administrating 27
 Reassemble the C1DEFLTS Table ................................................................................................... 919
Implementation Scenarios ....................................................................................................................... 919
Single CPU Implementation .............................................................................................................. 919
How to Implement a Single CPU .............................................................................................. 920
Multiple CPU Implementation Using Remote Journaling .................................................................. 920
How to Implement a Multiple CPU ........................................................................................... 921
Performance Considerations for a Multiple CPU Implementation Using Remote Journaling .. 922
Multiple CPU Implementation Using Local Journaling ...................................................................... 922
How to Implement Multiple CPU Using Local Journaling ......................................................... 923
Performance Considerations for a Multiple CPU Implementation Using Local Journaling ...... 923
Perform Periodic Backups of CA Endevor® SCM ................................................................................... 923
Perform Point in Time Recovery ............................................................................................................. 924
How to Execute the CA L-Serv LDMAMS Utility ............................................................................... 924
How to Disable Point in Time Recovery Journaling .......................................................................... 925
How to Restore the Data Sets to Be Recovered ............................................................................... 925
How to Execute the Recovery Utility ................................................................................................. 925
Recovery Utility Syntax ............................................................................................................ 925
Recover Examples ................................................................................................................... 926
Journal Recovery Execution Report ........................................................................................................ 927
The Journal Recovery Transaction Detail Report ............................................................................. 927
The Journal Recovery Journal Input Record Summary .................................................................... 928
The Journal Recovery Data Set Activity Summary ........................................................................... 928
The Journal Recovery SCL Statement Summary ............................................................................. 929

Search and Replace Element Text Strings and Component List Output
Data Set Names ...................................................................................... 930
Search and Replace Utility ...................................................................................................................... 930
Searching and Replacing Text Strings .................................................................................................... 930
How the Search and Replace Utility Begins the Search ................................................................... 931
The Search String ............................................................................................................................. 932
Search and Replace Utility Processing Modes ................................................................................. 932
Search and Replace Column Definitions .......................................................................................... 933
Search and Replace Utility Operating Considerations ............................................................................ 933
Miscellaneous Operating Considerations .......................................................................................... 933
Serializing the Element ..................................................................................................................... 934
Exits Invoked by the Search and Replace Utility ............................................................................... 934
Validate Mode ................................................................................................................................... 935
Search-Only Mode ............................................................................................................................ 936
Search-Only Mode Processing ................................................................................................ 936
Generating Search Elements SCL ........................................................................................... 937

Administrating 28
 ENSSCLOT File ....................................................................................................................... 937
Replacement Mode ........................................................................................................................... 937
Replacement Mode Processing ............................................................................................... 938
Processing Checkpoints ........................................................................................................... 938
Search and Replace Execution JCL ........................................................................................................ 939
ENSSCLIN DD Statement ................................................................................................................. 939
PARM= Statement ............................................................................................................................ 940
Search Elements SCL ............................................................................................................................. 940
Search Elements Syntax ................................................................................................................... 941
Search Element Clause .................................................................................................................... 942
From Clause ...................................................................................................................................... 942
For Clause ......................................................................................................................................... 943
Where Clauses .................................................................................................................................. 944
Option Clauses .................................................................................................................................. 945
Text Replacement ................................................................................................................................... 947
Compare Column Ranges ................................................................................................................. 947
IN COLUMNS Rules ......................................................................................................................... 948
BOUNDS ARE Rules ........................................................................................................................ 948
Shorter Replacement String .............................................................................................................. 948
Shorter Replacement String Example ............................................................................................... 949
Longer Replacement String .............................................................................................................. 949
Longer Replacement String Examples .............................................................................................. 950
Multiple Occurrences of the Search String ........................................................................................ 951
Search and Replace Utility Reports ........................................................................................................ 951
Search and Replace Control Statement Summary Report ............................................................... 952
Search and Replace Utility Execution Report ................................................................................... 952
Search and Replace Utility Summary Report .................................................................................... 952
Text Search and Replace Usage Scenarios ........................................................................................... 953
Test Elements ................................................................................................................................... 953
HELLO.C Element ............................................................................................................................. 954
HELLO.COB Element ....................................................................................................................... 954
HELLO.TXT Element ........................................................................................................................ 954
Scenario 1 Simple Search in Search-Only Mode .............................................................................. 955
Simple Search SCL .................................................................................................................. 955
Simple Search Output .............................................................................................................. 955
Scenario 2 Simple Search with Replace in Search-Only Mode ........................................................ 956
Simple Search with Replace Mode SCL .................................................................................. 956
Simple Search with Replace Output ........................................................................................ 956
Scenario 3 Search Environment Map, Replace, and Update ............................................................ 957
Search Environment Map SCL ................................................................................................. 957
Search Environment Map Output ............................................................................................. 958

Administrating 29
ELIB Data Sets ........................................................................................ 965
Data Sets ................................................................................................................................................. 965
BC1PNLIB Utility ..................................................................................................................................... 966
Initialize Function .............................................................................................................................. 966
Expand Function ............................................................................................................................... 969
Adjust Function ................................................................................................................................. 970
Reorganize Function ......................................................................................................................... 971
Inquire Function ................................................................................................................................ 971
BC1PNLST Utility .................................................................................................................................... 972
BC1PNCPY Utility ................................................................................................................................... 973
How to Allocate and Initialize an ELIB Data Set ...................................................................................... 975
Select an Access Method for ELIB Data Sets ................................................................................... 976
Estimate Space Requirements for ELIB Data Sets ........................................................................... 976
How to Allocate and Initialize the Data Set ....................................................................................... 976
Allocate and Initialize a BDAM ELIB Data Set ......................................................................... 976
Allocate and Initialize a VSAM ELIB Data Set ......................................................................... 978
Reinitialize an ELIB Data Set ................................................................................................... 979
How to Expand ELIB Data Sets .............................................................................................................. 980
How to Adjust ELIB Data Sets ................................................................................................................. 980
How to Reorganize ELIB Directory Pages .............................................................................................. 981
How to Print ELIB Data Set Information .................................................................................................. 982
How to Print Data Set Header Information ........................................................................................ 982
How to Print Member Information ..................................................................................................... 983
How to Print Target Directory Page Information ...................................................................................... 983
How to Print Data Set Analysis Information ............................................................................................ 984
How to Convert to or from ELIB Format .................................................................................................. 985

Unload, Reload, and Validate .................................................................. 986

Unload, Reload, and Validate Utility ........................................................................................................ 986
ACMQ Files and the Reload Utility .................................................................................................... 987
Unload Function ...................................................................................................................................... 987
Unload Control Card ......................................................................................................................... 988
Full Unloads ...................................................................................................................................... 990
Package Unloads .............................................................................................................................. 990
Validation During Unload .................................................................................................................. 990
Unload Recommendations ................................................................................................................ 991
Locking During Unload Processing .......................................................................................... 992
Locking Example 1 ................................................................................................................... 992
Locking Example 2 ................................................................................................................... 992

Administrating 30
 Sample Unload Control Cards .......................................................................................................... 992
Reload Function ...................................................................................................................................... 994
Reload Control Card ......................................................................................................................... 995
Reloading Master Control File Information ........................................................................................ 995
Reloading Element Information ......................................................................................................... 996
Reload and Packages ....................................................................................................................... 997
Locking During Reload Processing ................................................................................................... 997
Example 1. Base/Delta Recovery ..................................................................................................... 997
Example 2 VSAM Master Control File Recovery .............................................................................. 998
Example 3 Package Data Set Recovery ........................................................................................... 999
Sample Reload Control Cards ........................................................................................................ 1000
Validate Function ................................................................................................................................... 1000
Validate Control Card ...................................................................................................................... 1001
Validate Processing ......................................................................................................................... 1001
Sample Validate Control Card ......................................................................................................... 1002

Unused Processor Symbolic Overrides Utility ....................................... 1003

List and Remove Unused Processor Symbolic Overrides ..................................................................... 1003

Catalog Utilities ..................................................................................... 1006

Catalog Rename Utility .......................................................................................................................... 1006
Catalog Synchronization Utility .............................................................................................................. 1007
Catalog Synchronization Utility JCL ................................................................................................ 1007
Catalog Synchronization Utility Syntax ........................................................................................... 1007
Catalog Synchronization Utility Sample Reports ............................................................................. 1008

CCIDs and Comments for Product Management .................................. 1012

Specify Required CCIDs ....................................................................................................................... 1013
Predefine CCIDs ................................................................................................................................... 1013
CCID Validation ............................................................................................................................... 1014
Create a CCID Definition Data Set .................................................................................................. 1014
Sequential Data Set Purpose .......................................................................................................... 1015
Editing the File Using the ISPF Text Editor ..................................................................................... 1016
Using the CCID Definition Data Set ................................................................................................ 1016
Sample CCID Definition Data Set ................................................................................................... 1017
How Element Actions Update CCIDs or Comments ............................................................................. 1018
Add Action CCID Updates ............................................................................................................... 1019
Update Action CCID Updates ......................................................................................................... 1019

Administrating 31
 Retrieve Action CCID Updates ........................................................................................................ 1020
Generate Action CCID Updates ...................................................................................................... 1020
Move Action CCID Updates ............................................................................................................ 1021
Transfer Action CCID Updates ........................................................................................................ 1021
Delete Action CCID Updates ........................................................................................................... 1022
Restore Action CCID Updates ........................................................................................................ 1022
Summary CCID Impact Chart .......................................................................................................... 1023

Element Registration ............................................................................. 1025

Element Registration ............................................................................................................................. 1025
Controlling Duplicate Element Names at the System and Subsystem Level ........................................ 1025
Controlling Duplicate Element Names at the Processor Group Level ................................................... 1027
How to Enable Element Registration for Processor Groups ........................................................... 1027
Defining the Output Type ................................................................................................................ 1028

Site Symbolics ....................................................................................... 1029

Considerations When Defining Site Symbolics ..................................................................................... 1029
Define the Site Symbolics ..................................................................................................................... 1030
Update C1DEFLTS ............................................................................................................................... 1030

SMF Recording ..................................................................................... 1031

Enable SMF Recording ......................................................................................................................... 1031
Record Formats ..................................................................................................................................... 1032
SMF Security Records .................................................................................................................... 1032
SMF Activity Records ...................................................................................................................... 1033
DSECT Descriptions ............................................................................................................................. 1035
SMF Header Block Field Descriptions ............................................................................................. 1035
Security Record Data Block Field Descriptions ............................................................................... 1036
Activity Record Data Block Field Descriptions ................................................................................ 1038
$SMFBKDS MACRO Action-Specific Blocks .................................................................................. 1039
Action-Block Header Field Descriptions (SM2BHDDS) ......................................................... 1039
Environment Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2ENVDS) ....................................... 1040
Last Change Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2LCGDS) ....................................... 1042
Processor Information Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2LPRDS) ........................ 1042
Request Parameter Info Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2REQDS) ..................... 1043
Alter Action Information Block Field Descriptions (SM2ALTDS) ............................................ 1044

Administrating 32
BSTPCOMP for Comparing Members or Files ...................................... 1048
How to Control Compare Output ........................................................................................................... 1048
No Overrides Method ...................................................................................................................... 1049
Control Card Execution Method ...................................................................................................... 1049
PARM-Controlled Execution Method ............................................................................................... 1051
Sample Changes Report Output ........................................................................................................... 1053
BSTPCOMP Return Codes ................................................................................................................... 1054
IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator .................................................................................................... 1055
How to Generate Control Cards from a CA Endevor® SCM Element ............................................ 1055
How to Generate Control Cards When Two Members Differ .......................................................... 1056

BSTXCOPY Utility Copies Between Load Libraries .............................. 1058

CONCALL Utility Invokes Programs from Non-authorized Libraries ..... 1059

Expand Includes Utility .......................................................................... 1060

COPY Statement Examples .................................................................................................................. 1061
Expand Includes Utility Processing Modes ........................................................................................... 1063
Expand Includes Utility Input and Output Data Sets ............................................................................. 1063
Processing Methods for Replacing Phrases ......................................................................................... 1064
Select Processing Method for Replacing Phrases .......................................................................... 1064
Expand Includes Utility Operating Considerations ................................................................................ 1065
How the Expand Includes Utility Identifies the INCLUDE Member ....................................................... 1065
INCLUDE Statement Source File Format ....................................................................................... 1066
How the Expand Includes Utility Works with CA Panvalet Files ..................................................... 1066
How the Expand Includes Utility Works with CA Librarian Files ..................................................... 1066
How the Expand Includes Utility Works with COBOL COPY Statements ....................................... 1066
How the Expand Includes Utility Specifies INCLUDE Libraries ............................................................. 1067
How the INCLUDE Library is Searched .......................................................................................... 1067
Partitioned Data Sets ...................................................................................................................... 1068
Default Location Processing Mode ........................................................................................................ 1068
ENXIN and ENXOUT DD Statements ............................................................................................. 1069
Control Statement Mode ....................................................................................................................... 1069
How the Control Statement Mode Processes Members ................................................................. 1070
How Expand Includes Input SCL is Validated ................................................................................. 1070
JCL Parameter ...................................................................................................................................... 1070
PARM= Parameter .......................................................................................................................... 1070

Administrating 33
 Member Name ................................................................................................................................ 1071
Expand Includes SCL ............................................................................................................................ 1071
Expand Includes Syntax .................................................................................................................. 1072
EXPAND INCLUDES Clause .......................................................................................................... 1072
FROM Clause .................................................................................................................................. 1072
TO Clause ....................................................................................................................................... 1073
OPTIONS Clauses .......................................................................................................................... 1074
Expand Includes Utility Reports ............................................................................................................ 1074
Expand Includes Control Statement Summary Report ................................................................... 1074
Expand Includes Execution Report ................................................................................................. 1075
Expand Includes Summary Report ................................................................................................. 1075

Library Conversion Utilities for CA Panvalet or CA Librarian ................ 1076

Library Management Conversion Process ............................................................................................ 1076
CA Panvalet Libraries ..................................................................................................................... 1077
Supersets (Panvalet Only) .............................................................................................................. 1077
Analyze Phase ...................................................................................................................................... 1078
Conversion Job Stream ................................................................................................................... 1078
Element Classification ..................................................................................................................... 1079
PROC Definition .................................................................................................................................... 1079
How to Delete Output Data Sets ........................................................................................................... 1081
How to Build Reference Data Set .......................................................................................................... 1081
How to Build Load SCL ......................................................................................................................... 1083
Load Syntax Variables .................................................................................................................... 1085
How to Identify Superset Members ....................................................................................................... 1086
Load Phase ........................................................................................................................................... 1087
Load Utility ...................................................................................................................................... 1087
Load Utility Output ........................................................................................................................... 1088
Validate Phase ...................................................................................................................................... 1088
Member Validation Program ............................................................................................................ 1089
Return Codes (Member Validation Program) .................................................................................. 1089
Member Validation Program JCL .................................................................................................... 1089
Member Validation Report ..................................................................................................................... 1090
Multiple Occurrences of the Member .............................................................................................. 1090

Load Utility ............................................................................................. 1091

How to Create LOAD Requests ............................................................................................................ 1091
LOAD Request Reports ......................................................................................................................... 1092

Administrating 34
CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility Requests ............................................................................................ 1093
Load Utility Statements ................................................................................................................... 1093
Load Request Syntax ...................................................................................................................... 1093
Load Request Rules ........................................................................................................................ 1094
Load Request Required Clauses ........................................................................................... 1094
Load Request Optional Clauses ............................................................................................ 1095
Set Statements ................................................................................................................................ 1095
SET FROM Statement ........................................................................................................... 1096
SET TO Statement ................................................................................................................. 1096
SET OPTIONS Statement ...................................................................................................... 1097
SET FOOTPRINT Statement ................................................................................................. 1097
Clear Statements ............................................................................................................................ 1098
Load Utility Reports ............................................................................................................................... 1098
Load Execution Log ........................................................................................................................ 1099
Data Validation Report .................................................................................................................... 1099
Load Execution Report .................................................................................................................... 1100
Load Execution Summary ............................................................................................................... 1100
Example of the Load Utility Process ...................................................................................................... 1101
How to Load the Request ................................................................................................................ 1101
How to Execute the JCL .................................................................................................................. 1101
How to Review the Reports ............................................................................................................. 1102
Load Request Numbers ......................................................................................................... 1102
Load Execution Log (DDname = C1BMLLOG) ...................................................................... 1103
Data Validation Report (DDname = C1BMLSYN) .................................................................. 1103
Load Execution Report (DDname = C1BMLDET) .................................................................. 1104
Load Execution Summary (DDname = C1BMLSUM) ............................................................ 1104
Load Utility Footprint Override Exit ........................................................................................................ 1105
Load Utility Footprint Exit Operation ............................................................................................... 1105
LOADDS Load Exit Control Block .......................................................................................... 1106
C1BMLXIT Exit ................................................................................................................................ 1106

Trace Facilities ...................................................................................... 1107

Trace Back Data .................................................................................................................................... 1108

Administrating 35
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Administrating

Important! We recommend that you begin using the Administrating content by reading
Roadmap to Administrator Tasks (see page 37). This article describes common tasks with
links to associated content.

04-May-2018 36/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Roadmap to Administrator Tasks

The utilities and features in the administrator tool box are described next.
Use this list to find the content you need:

Task Related Content

Element Action CCIDs and Comments (see page 1012)— Lets users assign Change Control
Process and Identifiers (CCIDs) and Comments to Elements.
Project
Notification (see page 263)—Informs users and administrators of the occurrence
Management
of various CA Endevor SCM events.
Email notification facility— Sends emails to users when certain Element
actions are performed or Elements are found to be out of sync.
Notification Utility BC1PNTFY — Uses Exits to send alerts by SMTP (email),
TSO, TPX, or XMIT.
Interface to CA Common Services— Sends messages to the CA Common
Services (CCS) Event Console.
Package (see page 718)facility (see page 718)— Lets you control which users
can approve Packages of Element actions.
Parallel development (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Parallel+Development)
facility (PDM) (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Parallel+Development)—
Facilitates concurrent development activities.

04-May-2018 37/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Task Related Content

File Backup and Recovery:
Maintenance
Unload, Reload, and Validate utility (see page 986)— Provides a point of
and
backup recovery mechanism.
Configuration
Point in Time Recovery (PITR) (see page 908)— Provides recovery of CA
Endevor SCM activity that has taken place since the last backup.
BSTPCOMP— (see page 1058) Compares the contents of two PDS or PDS/E
members or sequential files, and reports the differences between them.
BSTXCOPY (see page 36) utility (see page 1058)— Copies between Load libraries.
Catalog utilities (see page 1006)
Catalog Rename Utility— Lets you change the catalog name in the Master
Control File Stage record.
Catalog Synchronization Utility— Lets you update the element catalog to
recover differences between the element catalog and its related Master
Control Files.
Converting Element delta format (see page 258)s— How to change delta
formats for Element Types.
File definition and maintenance (see page 429)— (see page 1058) How to define
and maintain required files.
Long Name and USS Support (see page 705)— Support for USS file systems.
Library conversion utilities for CA Panvalet or CA Librarian (see page 1076)—The
library management conversion process encompasses a combination of CA
Endevor SCM utilities and programs that let you load CA Panvalet or CA
Librarian files into CA Endevor SCM.
Search and Replace utilit (see page 930)y— Locates text strings in Elements or
output data set names in component lists.
Unused Processor Symbolic Overrides utility (see page 1003)— Lets you list and
remove unused processor symbolic overrides.
Interface CA Roscoe Interface (see page 122)
Administration
InfoMan Interface (see page 456)
Inventory Automated Configuration (see page 68)— Tracks all requested change activity
configuration: and application program-component relationships, when the program or
module is executed under a CA Endevor SCM processor. Enables the analysis of
module interrelationships, so that you can identify where modules are used by
other modules or programs. A prerequisite to other optional features.
ELIB data sets (see page 965)— A high-performance alternative to OS
partitioned data sets under CA Endevor SCM.
Load Modules (see page 252)— How to track load modules. This lets you put
vendor code, which is often distributed in load module format, under the
control of CA Endevor SCM.
Load utility (see page 1091)— Lets you load one or more members (Elements),
from data sets external to CA Endevor SCM, directly to any Stage that is defined
within an Environment. Using this utility, you can quickly populate Environments
without the need to reassemble or recompile your programs.

04-May-2018 38/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Task Related Content

Processor CONCALL (see page 1059) utility— Invokes programs from non-authorized
management libraries.
Expand Includes utility (see page 1060)— Batch function that expands CA
Panvalet ++INCLUDE or CA Librarian -INC statements and, optionally, COBOL
COPY statements.
Extended Processors (see page 279)— Coded using standard JCL, processors
instruct CA Endevor SCM to modify, move, verify, delete, or create executable
forms of elements.
Site-defined symbolics (see page 1029)— User-defined symbolic values that you
reference within data set name specifications for base, delta, source output,
include libraries, and processors. You can use them wherever you can use CA
Endevor SCM symbolics.
Product Alter action (see page 41)— Enables the administrator to change Master
Administration Control File metadata.
Autogen Element action option (see page 53)— Improves processing by
eliminating duplicate processing of components.
Concurrent Action Processing— Causes certain Element action requests to be
executed simultaneously.
Element Registration (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Element+Registration)—
Restricts the use of duplicate Element names at the System level through the
System definition. The restriction can apply across Subsystems within the
System or at the Processor Group level within the System. Also, you can extend
the System level restriction to apply across Systems by activating this option in
the Optional Features table, ENCOPTBL.
Optional features table (ENCOPTBL) (see page 36)— Enables various features
that affect product behavior and functionality.
Performance and (see page 891) tuning (see page 891)— Various options and
features that improve processing performance.

04-May-2018 39/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Task Related Content

Reporting Comma Separated Value (CSV) utility (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/CSV+Reporting+Utility)— Extracts information from the Master Control File (MCF)
or Package file and writes it to a CSV-formatted file, which you can import into a
software product to create a report.
Footprint Synchronization (see page 438)— Facilitates Element identification. A
footprint is a set of encrypted data placed by CA Endevor SCM processors in
generated source, object, or load modules. Footprints contain location and
event information from the Master Control File record for the Element.
Reports (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Reports)— Creates the following
reports from the CA Endevor SCM Reporting Interface panel in foreground:
Master Control File reports (CONRPT01-12)
Historical (SMF) reports (CONRPT40-43)
Package reports (CONRPT70-72)
Footprint reports (CONRPT80-83)
Unload/Reload reports (CONRPT50-55)
Shipment reports (CONRPT73-76)
Archived Package reports (CONRPT56-58)
SMF re (see page 1031)cording (see page 1031)— Records each action and each
security violation that occurs during CA Endevor SCM processing.
Security Security (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Securing)— Configure data set and
Administration functional security in consultation with your site security administrator.
Troubleshooting Trace facility— (see page 1107) Helps isolate problems by monitoring selected
processes.

04-May-2018 40/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Altering Element Record Metadata

Contents

How to Alter Master Control File Element Metadata (see page 41)
How to Set Up the Alter Action (see page 44)
Review Alter Action Activity (see page 46)

How to Alter Master Control File Element

Metadata
Important: The Alter action changes Element metadata in the Master Control File and
some changes cannot be easily reversed. Before you submit an Alter statement, we
recommend that you back up the Master Control Files. If you wanted to undo changes, it
might be easier to restore the Master Control Files. Otherwise, to undo changes that were
made using name-masked values, you would probably need to code multiple Alter
statements.

You can use the Alter action to change Element master record information (Element metadata) in the
Master Control File. You specify an Element and what changes you want made to its metadata.
Different metadata fields and multiple Element instances can be changed by the same Alter action.
The Element metadata is changed at the location where the matching elements are found; the Alter
action never fetches the Element.

The Alter action can be executed in Update or Noupdate mode. Noupdate mode produces the same
output messages as Update mode; however the Master Control File Element record is not updated.
Noupdate mode is an analysis tool that lets you see what effect the Update mode would have before
you run it.

The Alter action is an Element action and is processed similarly to other Element actions, for example,
the Add, Delete, Generate actions. However, the Alter action does not execute processors.

Using the Alter action, you can change the following Master Control File Element record metadata
fields:

Generate CCID
CCID for the last Add, Update, Generate, Move, or Transfer action that executed the Generate
processor against the Element.

Last action CCID

CCID for the last action that modified the Element.

04-May-2018 41/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Retrieve CCID
CCID for the last Retrieve action that was executed against the Element.

Processor Group name

Current Processor Group for the Element.

Signout UserID
Current user ID to which the Element is signed out.

Description
Base description for the Element. This value is usually set by the Comment field when the
Element is added.

User Data
An 80-byte field stored with the Element. This value can also be set using a User Exit 2 (before
action) program on an Add, Update, or Generate action.

To change the Master Control File element metadata, code the Alter statement. Submit the Alter
statement for batch processing or include it in a Package. Packages can be submitted in foreground
or batch. The Alter action is not available from the Foreground Options menu. Alter statements can
be submitted from the Batch Options menu, but the SCL Generation menu does not have an option
for the Alter action.

Note: For more information about the SCL syntax for the Alter statement, see Alter
Statement (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Alter+Statement).

Alter Statements in Packages

You can include Alter statements in a Package. Packages can be submitted in foreground or batch,
including those packages that contain Alter statements. However, the following limitations apply:

When you create or modify a Package, you cannot use the Build Package Actions option on the
Create/Modify Package panel to build the Alter action. The Build Package Actions option does not
support building the Alter action.

When submitted in a Package, valid Alter statement syntax is restricted as follows:

Wildcarding or masking of the from location fields (Environment, System, and so on) is not
permitted.

The Alter action Search option is not permitted in a Package and if coded, the Package cast
will fail.

The default settings in the Optional Features table that affect package processing can be adjusted
depending on the preferences of the administrator. For more information about the Optional
Features table, see How to Set Up the Alter Action (see page 44).

04-May-2018 42/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Alter Action Security

Functional security settings, Element signout metadata, and the locking of Elements during Alter
action processing control who can update which Elements. Alter action processing is secured by the
following controls:

Functional security -- The Alter Action uses CA Endevor SCM security to verify that a user is
authorized to perform the requested actions against the Element. The following security checks
are performed:

Does the user have retrieve authority for the Element at the inventory location at which it is
found? This check is performed before altering an Element.

Does the user have Override Signout authority at the inventory location at which the Element
is found? This check is performed when the Override Signout clause is specified and the
Element is not signed out to the current user.

If using ESI, does the user have Alter authority for the Element at the target Stage and
Environment?

If using Endevor Native Security, does the user have Update authority for the Element at
Stage 1 or the Entry Stage of the target Environment and Move authority for the Element at
Stage 2?

For information on how to setup security, see How to Set Up the Alter Action (see page 44).

Signout UserID -- The Alter Action does not alter Elements that are signed out to users other than
the current user, unless the Override Signout option is specified.

To perform the Alter action when the Element is signed out to someone else, Override
Signout must be used and the corresponding authority granted.

The Alter action retains the current Signout Userid for the Element; it does not update the
Signout UserID with the user ID of the person performing the Alter action. If you want the
Signout Userid Element field to be changed as part of the Alter action, use the Replace
Signout UserID clause.

Element locking -- Serializing the Element applies to Update mode and Noupdate mode. The Alter
action puts a lock on an Element when it is being processed. The following search criteria
determine which Elements get locked:

When the Search option is specified -- At the first Environment where the Element is found in
the logical map when Search First option is used, or at all Environments where the Element is
found in the logical map when the Search All option is used.

When the Nosearch option is specified -- At the Environment specified, or if name-masking

was used, at all the Environments that match the specified request.

Alter Action Processing

Alter action processing has the following conditions and results:

04-May-2018 43/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Alter actions are processed in Global Type Sequence order and follow the same Type Sequence
rules as other Element actions.

Concurrent Action Processing supports the Alter action. If Concurrent Action Processing is
enabled and requested, Alter actions are processed concurrently in Global Type Sequence order.

The Alter action does not execute processors.

Whenever an Element metadata field is updated, an SMF record is written for the updated field.
The Element metadata field is updated and the SMF record is written, even if the Element
metadata field value is identical before and after the update.

The Alter Action invokes the following CA Endevor SCM User Exits: User Exit 1 (security), User Exit
2 (before action), and User Exit 3 (after action).

A User Exit 2 or User Exit 3 program can query all the Alter fields that are defined in the
assembler $ALTRDS User Exit block or the COBOL ALTER-ACTION-BLOCK of EXITBLKS, but none
of these fields can be modified.

A User Exit 2 program can modify the action CCID, the action Comment, and the Override
Signout (Y/N) options located in the assembler $REQPDS block or REQUEST-INFO-BLOCK of
the COBOL Exit block EXITBLKS.
The signout check is performed on the Element at the target location after the User Exit 2 call,
but before matching and Alter action processing are performed.

The Signout Userid and User Data Exit Request block fields cannot be modified for the Alter
action.

The SMF record is not passed to the User Exit 3 program for the Alter action.

The Alter action exit control block contains information associated with the Alter action. This
block is pointed to by the primary information exit control block. This block is only available at
the time of User Exit 2 and User Exit 3 calls for the Alter action.

How to Set Up the Alter Action

To enable the Alter action, the CA Endevor SCM administrator must ensure that the prerequisites are
complete for functional security, Global Type Sequencing, and SMF recording. Optionally, the
administrator can adjust the default settings in the Optional Features table that affect package
processing depending on how they want the Alter action to be used in packages.

04-May-2018 44/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Review Alter action security -- The CA Endevor SCM administrator works with the site security
administrator to enable certain user IDs to perform the Alter action.

The CA Endevor SCM administrator reviews the BC1TNEQU table to determine if the delivered
setting is appropriate for their site. Permission to process the Alter action is determined by
the security authorization function (SAF) set in the Endevor Security Interface (ESI) BC1TNEQU
table. The following entry for the Alter action is included in the BC1TNEQU sample that is
included with the Version 17.0 release: FUNCEQU SAFAUTH=ALTER,C1ACTNS=(ALTER). As
delivered, the SAF authorization value of Alter is equated with the Alter access level
(c1access). This entry restricts access to the Alter action to users who have ALTER authority
for the ESI pseudo data set name.

Important: If you already have a BC1TNEQU table in place, you must add a statement
for the Alter action to control its use; otherwise, anyone can execute the Alter action.

The site security administrator ensures that the appropriate user IDs are associated to the
Alter access level.

Note: For more information about security, see Securing (see page 41).

Enable Global Type Sequencing -- Global Type Sequencing may already be enabled at your site,
because it is a prerequisite for other functions. Global Type Sequencing determines the order in
which Types are processed in batch.
For Global Type Sequencing to be in effect, both the Parmlib data set and the Type Sequence
member must be defined to the Defaults table C1DEFLTS.

Note: For more information about Global Type Sequencing, see How to Enable Global
Type Sequencing.

04-May-2018 45/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Enable the SMF option -- The SMF option may already be enabled at your site, because it is a
prerequisite for other functions. The SMF option can record each action and each security
violation that occurs during CA Endevor SCM processing and is set per Environment.
For the SMF option to be in effect, the Defaults table (C1DEFLTS) must include the following
parameters:

The SMFREC# parameter must be set in the TYPE=MAIN portion of the Defaults table.
SMFREC# sets the SMF record number that is assigned to SMF records written by CA Endevor
SCM at this site.

The parameter SMFACT=Y must be set in the TYPE=ENVIRONMENT portion of the Defaults
table to write out SMF action records.

If you want to track security violations for your own auditing purposes, make sure that SMFSEC=Y
is set in the TYPE=ENVIRONMENT portion of the Defaults table to write out SMF security records.

Note: For more information about the SMF option, see SMF Recording (see page 1031).

(Optional) Configure Package Processing Options -- The Optional Features table includes the
following options that affect package processing. Depending on how you want the Alter action to
be used, adjust the default settings as appropriate:

Limit processing to one action in the same package -- (Optional) You can limit package
processing to one action against the same Element instance within the same package. This
option disallows additional actions that modify the same Element instance within the same
package. This restriction applies to any action, not only to Alter actions. The following
message is delivered with the severity level of C (for caution with a return code of 8):
C1G0507C  ELEMENT IS REFERENCED BY MULTIPLE ACTIONS WITHIN THIS PACKAGE

To disallow more actions, set the severity level for this message to E (for error with a return
code of 12) using this parameter in update the Optional features table, ENCOPTBL:
ENHOPT MSGSEVERITY_C1G0507=C             W/C/E     O002833

Allow nonpackage actions -- (Optional) If you want to use the Alter action outside of a
package against an Element in an inventory location that usually requires a package, add the
Alter action to this option:
ALLOW_NON_PKG_ACTIONS -- Specifies actions that can be performed outside of a package,
even if the inventory location would usually require a package.

Allow packages containing Alter actions only to skip approval process -- (Optional) If you
want to use the Alter action in a package, but want to skip the package approval process, add
the Alter action to this option:
PKG_ACTIONS_NO_APPRVR -- Specifies actions in a package that do not require approval.

Review Alter Action Activity

To view or verify the effects of an Alter action on an Element, you have the following options:

04-May-2018 46/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Review the Alter action messages and return codes (see page 47).

View the Element master panels (see page 49) for the following information:

Current metadata values for the Element, which may have been changed by Alter actions,
including the User Data field.

Metadata about Alter actions that were performed against the Element.

Print the Element master to view the current metadata, which may have been changed by Alter
actions. Currently, printing the Element master does not print the User Data field or the metadata
about the Alter actions that were performed against the Element. For more information about
how to print, see Print Element Information (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/Printing+Element+Information+Using+the+Print+Elements+Action).

Review the Alter action metadata fields returned by the List Element function. You can use the
following options to access this data:

An API program. For more Information about the Alter action metadata response structure
fields for the API function List Element, see Information about Alter Action Metadata in Using
API Function Calls (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/API+Function+Calls).

The Comma Separated utility. For more information about the Alter action metadata fields
extracted by the List Element option of the Comma-Separated utility, see Alter Action
Metadata, in Comma-Separated Value (CSV) Utility (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/CSV+Reporting+Utility).

Run and view Endevor SMF reports. (see page 52)

List SMF data using an API program. (see page 52)

Alter Action Messages and Return Codes

You can review the messages and return codes issued during Alter action processing to verify that the
intended action was performed.

By default the Action Execution report and the Action Summary report are written to the C1MSGS1
DD statement. If your batch execution JCL is coded with the C1MSGS1 and C1MSGS2 DD statements
the Action Execution Report is written to the C1MSGS1 file and the Execution Summary report is
written to the C1MSGS2 file. The execution report can be viewed online by browsing data sets userid.
C1TEMPR1.MSGS or userid.C1TEMPR2.MSGS.

Various messages are issued during Alter action processing, including the following:

If the from-value is omitted or fully wildcarded, the mask-value in message C1G0076I is set to an
asterisk:
C1G0076I  MASK: FIELD-NAME MASK-VALUE

04-May-2018 47/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Alter action changes the Master Control File for each matching Element at the location where
the Element resides. No copyback logic occurs. Message C1G0280I prints the location where the
Element was located and updated:
C1G0280I  ELEMENT AT LOCATION environment/stage id/system name/subsystem name/type
name SELECTED FOR PROCESSING

C1MSGS2 Summary Report -- Return codes indicate whether all, some, or no fields matched the
mask. *NOUPDT* denotes Noupdate mode in which no updates were performed.

Return codes are associated with certain conditions. In the following descriptions of the return codes,
the Replace clause matches when the Alter action statement specifies a value for the Master Control
File field you want to replace and the specified value matches what is currently in the Master Control
File field.

Note: When Noupdate is active, report messages and return codes simulate what would
happen in Update mode.

RC=0
Indicates that the Alter request completed 100% successfully. All requested Master Control File
fields are (or will be) updated as specified by the submitted Alter action syntax. RC=0 is returned
in the following cases:

All Replace clauses match and Update option is specified, therefore the Master Control File
record is updated.

All Replace clauses match but Noupdate option is specified, therefore the Master Control File
record is not updated.

No from-value is provided and Update option is specified. The Master Control File record is
updated.

No from-value is provided and Noupdate option is specified. The Master Control File record is
not updated.

RC=4
Indicates that the Alter request only partially completed. One or more of the request fields in the
SCL are not (or will not be) updated. RC=4 helps you to determine that some Master Control File
fields were updated successfully, but not all, without having to read all report messages. RC=4 is
returned in the following cases:

Some Replace clauses match and Update option is specified, therefore only the matched
Master Control File fields are updated, while the non-matched fields are bypassed.

Some Replace clauses match but Noupdate option is specified, therefore the Master Control
File record is not updated.

No Elements found.

04-May-2018 48/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RC=8
Indicates that no from-values matched the current Master Control File fields for any of the
replace clauses specified. RC=8 lets you quickly determine which Elements were not updated at
all; identify possible error conditions or an invalid SCL request. RC=8 is returned in the following
cases:

No Replace clauses match and Update option is specified, therefore the Master Control File
record is not updated.

No Replace clauses match and Noupdate option is specified, therefore the Master Control File
record is not updated.

RC=12
Indicates invalid syntax or specification.

Element Master Information About Alter Actions

The Element Master panels display metadata values for a particular Element. The following types of
information are displayed:

Current metadata values for the Element

View the current metadata for the Element to verify that the metadata values are as you
expected.

04-May-2018 49/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Information about Alter actions that were performed against the Element (Alter action
metadata)
The Alter Action section of the Element record in the Master Control File provides information
about the Alter actions that were run against the Element. This metadata concerns the Alter
action itself, for example the last date and time that the Alter action was run against the Element.
You can see this Alter action metadata displayed on the last panel of the Element Master panel in
the Alter Action section.
Navigate to the end of the last Element Master panel to find the Alter Action section. Review the
following fields in the Alter Action section to see information about the Alter actions that were
run against this Element:

First Date/Time
Indicates the date and time that the first Alter action was performed against this copy of the
Element.

Cumulative # of Fields Altered

Indicates the total number of times that fields were updated by all the Alter actions
performed against this copy of the Element.

Last Date/Time
Indicates the date and time that the last Alter action was performed against this copy of the
Element. If the First Date/Time matches the Last Date/Time, then the Alter action was only
run once.

Last UserID
Indicates the user ID associated with the last Alter action performed against this copy of the
Element.

Fields Updated by the Last Alter Action

Indicates whether any of the following Master Control File Element record metadata fields
were updated for the last date and time the Alter action was run against this Element:
Generate CCID, Last Act CCID, Retrieve CCID, Description, Processor Group, Signout UserID,
and User Data. Valid values are Y for yes or N for no.
These fields are reset after every Alter action. For example, if an Alter action replaced the
Generate CCID and the Last Action CCID, then those field values would be Y and the other
values would be N. If the next Alter action replaced the Processor Group, then only the
Processor Group would be Y and the other fields, including the Generate CCID and Last Action
CCID, would be N.

Note: The Last Element Action section on the Element Master panels is not changed by the
Alter action, or by Signin or Retreive.

Certain Element actions clear the Alter action metadata fields. For more information, see
Element Actions that Clear Alter Action Metadata (see page 51) and Element Actions that
Retain Alter Action Metadata (see page 51).

04-May-2018 50/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element Actions that Clear Alter Action Metadata

When actions are performed against an Element, the Alter action metadata fields are retained or
cleared depending on the action. The Alter action metadata fields are cleared when the following
actions are performed against an Element:

Add or Update that causes a fetch to the target location -- For example: Suppose you add an
existing Element from a production Environment to a target location lower in the map. And
suppose that the existing Element had been altered and had Alter metadata before it was fetched
back to the target. Then the Element that was added at the target location, does not include the
Alter action metadata.

Generate with Copyback or Nosource -- For example:

If you Generate Element Y at Stage 2 with Copyback to Stage 1, then the Alter metadata gets
cleared at Stage 1.

If you Generate Element Y at Stage 2 with Nosource to Stage 1, then the Alter metadata gets
cleared at Stage 1.

If your site uses the CA Endevor SCM Quick Edit option, when Edit is used to fetch an element
back to a lower stage.

Element Actions that Retain Alter Action Metadata

When actions are performed against an Element, the Alter action metadata fields are retained or
cleared depending on the action. The Alter action metadata fields are retained when the following
actions performed against an Element:

Move -- For example: If you Move Element Y from Stage 2 with or without history, to the next
location in the map, then the Alter metadata is retained at the target location. If the Bypass
Element Delete option is coded on the Move action, the Alter metadata is retained at the source
location.

Transfer -- For example: If you Transfer Element Y from Stage 2 to an archive file, then Transfer it
back from the archive file, the Alter metadata is retained at the target location. This is true even if
the target location is a different location than where it was archived from.

Restore

Generate in place

Update in place -- For example: If you Update Element Y that resides at Stage 1, then the Alter
metadata is retained at Stage 1.

Archive

Copy

Delete only components

Signin

04-May-2018 51/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SMF Recording
You can audit Alter action activity by reviewing SMF records. SMF recording, which can record
security violations and action activity, must be active to enable the Alter action.

Security records can show if a user attempted to perform an Alter action for which they do not
have permission. For example, suppose someone attempted to alter an element at an
Environment they did not have access to, an error would be produced. The security record would
log who attempted to perform the failed action.

Activity records show if the Alter action was performed and what effect the action had on the
Element record in the Master Control File.

Endevor SMF Reports

SMF historical reports summarize security violations and Element activity recorded by CA Endevor
SCM. These reports are available when SMF logging is in use at your site and are generated using the
SMF records written during CA Endevor SCM processing. The following reports show Alter action
activity:

CONRPT40 -- Security Violation Summary. For each system requested, this report gives a detailed
account of each security violation that occurred. Specifically, this report lists each attempt -- by any
user -- to perform an unauthorized action. Attempts to perform unauthorized Alter actions are
recorded.

CONRPT42 -- Element Activity Profile. This report details each action performed against the Elements
within a particular system, subsystem, Element type, and stage. Using this report, you can determine
exactly which Elements were changed using the Alter action. Also, shown are the Replace clause
specified on the Alter action and the Master Control File Element record value before and after it was
replaced and the mask value that was specified on the Alter action. If the Replace User Data clause
was specified, the additional parameters are shown.

API List SMF Function for Alter Action

The API List SMF function lets you list the SMF record data corresponding to activity related to CA
Endevor SCM actions. The ALSMFA_RS Response Structure includes Alter action fields that indicate
the Master Control File Element record field to which the Alter action requested a change and
whether the field was changed. The Alter action data area contains the before, after, and mask values
for the Master Control File Element record field that was processed.

Note: For more information about Alter action fields for the List SMF function, see
ALSMFA_RS Response Structure Fields for Activity Requests (see page 41).

04-May-2018 52/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Autogen Action Option

How to Automatically Generate Using Elements

with Autogen
The following information describes how a software developer can automatically generate elements
that use a component that is the target of an Add, Update, or Generate action. This feature uses the
Autogen action option.

As a software developer, you can automatically generate elements that use a component. Such
elements are known as using elements. For example, if you have a component element copybook
COPYA, then the programs that use that copybook are using elements. To automatically generate
using elements, you specify the Autogen action option on the Add, Update, or Generate action that
acts on the component element. This option is available in batch only and cannot be used in
packages.

The following graphic shows how to automatically generate using elements:

1. Review Prerequisites (see page 54).

2. Code an Autogen or an Autogen Span action option in a batch processing request (see page
59).

04-May-2018 53/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. (Optional) Run the Autogen batch job in simulation mode for impact analysis (see page 60).

4. Submit your batch request.

Note: Although the Autogen action option can only be used in batch, component elements
can be generated in foreground or batch as follows:

A Generate action generates the target of the action.

When you add, update, transfer, or restore an element, it is automatically generated.

However, the element is not generated if you set the Generate Elements option to N in
foreground or specified Bypass Generate Processor in batch. These options tell CA
Endevor SCM not to execute the generate processor after adding, updating,
transferring or restoring the element.

Review Prerequisites
Before using the Autogen action option, complete the following prerequisites:

Verify that the CA Endevor SCM Automated Configuration option has been purchased and
enabled for your site. You can use the Display Site panel to determine if this option is activated
(ASCM=Y) at your site.

Verify that Global Type Sequencing is enabled. This processing option causes the batch processing
of element actions to occur in a Type sequence defined at the site level. Autogen requires Global
Type Sequencing so that the elements that use a component are generated after all of the
components have been processed (for example, macros before source, source before load
modules). For more information about enabling Global Type Sequencing, see How to Enable
Global Type Sequencing.

Verify the AUTOGEN_SOURCE setting in the Optional Features table. When AUTOGEN_SOURCE is
not turned on, Generate actions for using elements are built with the NoSource option. This is the
default.

Note: An administrator can change the behavior of the Autogen feature, by activating
AUTOGEN_SOURCE in the Optional Features Table (ENCOPTBL). When this option is
activated, the Generate actions for the using Elements are built with the Copyback,
instead of the NoSource, option.

This scenario assumes you have the following knowledge:

How to perform batch tasks in foreground or using the ISPF panels.

How to code SCL statements. For more information, see SCL Reference (https://docops.ca.com
/display/CE17/SCL+Reference).

04-May-2018 54/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Make sure that you understand how Autogen works. Autogen generates only those using
elements that are in the same logical map as the target component. Certain Autogen Span
options also generate using elements that are found in different Systems and Subsystems within
the Environment and Stage of the logical map. The following topics explain the different Autogen
options and how they affect processing:

AutogenActionOption (see page 55)

How the Autogen Action Option Affects Processing (see page 56)

How Autogen Span Options Work (see page 58)

Autogen and Autogen Span Processing Examples (see page 61)

Autogen Action Option

When specified on an Add, Update, or Generate action for a component element, the Autogen action
option automatically generates using elements. A using element is an element that uses a component
element. For example, if Autogen is specified for copybook COPYA, then the programs that use that
copybook are known as using elements. Specifying Autogen for an element of Type Macro
automatically generates the source elements that use the macro, which then generates the
appropriate LNK elements.

Autogen is available in batch only for the Add, Update, and Generate actions and cannot be used in
packages. CCIDs and comments from the original generated element are used. Autogen generates
only those using elements that are found at the same inventory location as the target component or
are found higher up the logical map. To generate using elements that are located across Systems or
Subsystems, you can use the Autogen Span options. For more information about the Span options,
see Autogen Spans Across Systems and Subsystems (see page 58).

If you specify the Autogen option on any one of a group of statements, then all of those statements
are resolved based on the current inventory contents before any statement is executed. Statements
such as GENERATE ELEMENT * create actions based on the location and options of the Generate
action. During processing, duplicate Generate actions are eliminated, and the NoSource option is
enabled for all the Generate actions that are built by Autogen.

Note: An administrator can change the behavior of the Autogen feature, by activating
AUTOGEN_SOURCE in the Optional Features Table (ENCOPTBL). When this option is
activated, the Generate actions for the using Elements are built with the Copyback, instead
of the NoSource, option.

Autogen improves processing by eliminating duplicate processing of components and reduces the
work that is required of users, who no longer must use the Automated Configuration Manager Query
facility (ACMQ) to create additional Generate actions for element components and then run another
batch job to process them.

You can run Autogen in simulation mode, to preview the effects of an Autogen request.

04-May-2018 55/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following restrictions apply to Autogen:

Autogen requires Global Type Sequencing so that the elements that use a component are
generated after all of the components have been processed (for example, macros before source,
source before load modules).

Autogen only acts on components whose Types are listed in the Global Type Sequencing table. If
the component's Type is not listed in the Global Type Sequencing table, the Autogen request is
ignored.

Your site must have purchased and activated the option CA Endevor SCM Automated
Configuration. You can use the Display Site panel to determine if this option is activated (ASCM=Y)
at your site.

Autogen cannot be specified on actions that are included in a package, because approvers must
see the SCL statements that they are approving.

Autogen and the bypass generate element (GENERATE ELEMENT=N) options are mutually
exclusive.

Autogen is a batch option. It cannot be specified on foreground requests.

How the Autogen Action Option Affects Processing

Autogen is available in batch only for the Add, Update, and Generate actions and cannot be used in
packages. When an element is generated, either by the Generate statement or through an Add or
Update request, and the Autogen option is specified, CA Endevor® SCM processes the request as
follows:

1. An ACMQ search is performed for all elements that use the component element being
generated.

04-May-2018 56/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

2. For each using element, a Generate action is created and added to the list of actions to be
performed. However, duplicate Generate actions are eliminated, so that each using element
will only be generated once, even if multiple components are being generated that are used
by use the same element.
The Generate action created for each using element will perform as follows:

Generate the using element in the same inventory location as the component.

Use the same CCID and COMMENT specified in the original statement.

Override signout, if specified in the original statement.

Use the NoSource option.

Note: An administrator can change the behavior of the Autogen feature, by

activating AUTOGEN_SOURCE in the Optional Features Table (ENCOPTBL). When
this option is activated, the Generate actions for the using Elements are built with
the Copyback, instead of the NoSource, option.

Accordingly, the using elements are generated as if the following Generate statement had
been specified:
GENERATE ELEMENT name 
FROM <inventory location in the original command> 
TYPE type 
OPTION CCID <same ccid> 
COMMENT <same comment> 
<override signout, if specified on original command> 
NOSOURCE.

If the Copyback option is specified on the original action, then the Copyback only applies to
the component element that is specified on the original request. The NoSource option is
always used on all the Generate statements built for the using elements, unless the
administrator has activated the AUTOGEN_SOURCE option in ENCOPTBL.

3. Autogen only acts on components whose Types are listed in the Global Type Sequencing
table. If the component's Type is not listed in the Global Type Sequencing table, the Autogen
request is ignored.

4. Global type sequencing is used to determine the order in which the elements are generated.
However, with the Autogen option, SCL requests are fully resolved based on current inventory
contents prior to any action being processed. When multiple actions are specified and the
Autogen option is specified on at least one of the actions, all the actions are expanded before
any of the actions are processed. All name masking is resolved and individual actions are built
and then the expanded actions are executed according to the Global type sequence order.
Consequently, if the Generate Autogen option is specified and several Move actions are
included in the same request, the Move actions do not include any of the additional elements
that are copied back as a result of the Generate action.

Example: Autogen Processing when Move actions are included on the same request

04-May-2018 57/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

In this example, Macro MD1 exists at the DEV stage 1 location. This macro is used in program PD1
located at the DEV stage 1 location and in programs PQ2 and PQ3 located at the QA stage 2 location.
The following two actions are included in the same batch job:
SET FROM ENV DEV SYS SYS1 SUBS SUB1 STAGE NUM 1.
GENERATE ELE MD1 OPTION AUTOGEN.
MOVE ELE *.

The Generate action results in elements MD1, PD1, PQ2, and PQ3 being generated at the DEV stage 1
location. However, the Move action results in only the MD1 and PD1 elements being moved to the
next location in the logical map. This is because PQ2 and PQ3 were originally not at the STG1
location, so they remain at the DEV stage 1 environment.

How Autogen Span Options Work

Autogen generates only those using elements that are in the same logical map as the target
component. Autogen Span options also generates using elements that are found in different Systems
and Subsystems within the Environment and Stage of the logical map. Using elements are generated
at the target Environment and Stage specified in the Autogen request, but in the System and
Subsystem of the using element. The Span enhancement makes it easy to locate and generate using
elements across Systems or Subsystems.

For all Autogen and Autogen Span results, any generated elements that are not currently at the
target location are brought back as sourceless elements. However, an administrator can change the
behavior of the Autogen feature, by activating AUTOGEN_SOURCE in the Optional Features Table
(ENCOPTBL). When this option is activated, the Generate actions for the using elements are built with
the Copyback, instead of the NoSource, option.

Also for all Autogen and Autogen Span results, using elements are not generated if they are located in
unmapped Environments or they are located lower in the map than the target location of the
component.

You can run any of the Autogen Span options in simulation mode, to preview the effects of an
Autogen request.

The following values are valid for the Autogen option:

Autogen or Autogen Span None: Generates only those using elements that are in the same logical
map of the component specified. Whether you specify "Autogen" or "Autogen Span None", the
SCL is written as "Autogen Span None".

Autogen Span All: Generates using elements from all Systems and Subsystems.

Autogen Span Systems: Generates using elements from all Systems with the same-named
Subsystem of the component specified.

Autogen Span Subsystems: Generates using elements from all Subsystems with the same-named
System of the component specified.

The following restrictions apply to the SPAN options:

04-May-2018 58/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Common libraries must be included in the generate processor concatenations of the Systems and
Subsystems of the using elements. If the libraries are not included, then the Generate action does
include the changes made to the component element when searching across Systems or
Subsystems.

The same Systems and Subsystems must exist in each Environment and Stage location. For
example, if ELEMENTA is a using element in the PROD Environment, system A, then system A
must exist in the DEV Environment also.

SPAN only includes using elements from Systems or Subsystems located in the target
Environment and higher up the map.

SPAN does not include using elements from outside the Environment map.

How to Code Autogen

To automatically generate using elements, you can add one of the Autogen action options to an Add,
Update, or Generate action in batch. This procedure describes how to perform this task from the
foreground batch panels. As an alternative to performing batch tasks in foreground, you can perform
batch tasks from the ISPF Menu.

1. Select option 3, Batch, from the Primary Options Menu.

The Batch Options Menu opens.

2. Complete the fields as appropriate for your task. Select option 1, BUILD SCL and press Enter.
The SCL Generate panel opens. This panel allows you to select the type of action request you
want to generate,

3. Specify the option number that corresponds to the action (Add/Update or Generate) that you
want to perform and then press Enter.
After you press Enter, the action panel opens that corresponds to the action option you
selected.

4. Code the Add, Update, or Generate action to include one of the following Autogen action
options and verify that Bypass Generate Processor option is not set.

AUTOGEN

Generates all elements that use the component that is the target of the action. These using elements
are generated at the target location that is specified in the SCL statement. If they do not exist at the
target location, they are brought back to the target location as sourceless or sourced elements,
depending on the Optional Features table (ENCOPTBL) setting. To find out how the SOURCE_OPTION
parameter is set in ENCOPTBL, contact your CA Endevor® SCM administrator. If you specify AUTOGEN
or AUTOGEN SPAN NONE in CA Endevor SCM Quick Edit or from the Foreground Batch panel, the SCL
is written as “AUTOGEN SPAN NONE”.

AUTOGEN SPAN NONE

Generates all elements that use the component being acted upon. This option has the exact same
effect as the option "AUTOGEN."

04-May-2018 59/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

AUTOGEN SPAN ALL

Generates using elements that are found in any System and Subsystem combinations within the
Environment and Stage of the component's logical map.

AUTOGEN SPAN SYSTEMS

Generates using elements that are found in any System, provided the element's Subsystem name
matches the name of the Subsystem of the target component. Only Systems found within the
Environment and Stage of the component's logical map or higher up the map are searched. This
option is different from the Autogen option in that it includes additional Systems with the same
Subsystem name in the search.

AUTOGEN SPAN SUBSYSTEMS

Generates using elements from all Subsystems with the same-named System of the component
specified. Only Subsystem found in the System of the target component within the Environment and
Stage of the component's logical map or higher up the map are searched. This option is different
from the Autogen option in that it includes additional Subsystems with the same System in the
search.

Your SCL statement for the Add/Update or Generate request include the Autogen option of your
choice.

Note: Autogen, or any of the Autogen Span action options, can be specified in a Set
Options statement. The Set Options statement tells CA Endevor® SCM to apply one or a
series of options to all subsequent actions, until the next Set Options statement or a Clear
Options statement is encountered, or processing ends. If you enter an option in the
element action statement and have coded that option in the Set Options statement, the
entry in the action statement overrides the Set Options selection.

Run Autogen in Simulation Mode for Impact

Analysis
You can run the Autogen option in simulation mode to see what the results would be without
actually performing actions with Autogen activated. Simulation mode causes the actual execution of
all actions in the batch job to be bypassed. No updates are performed. This procedure assumes that
you have already coded Autogen on the actions you want to process with Autogen.

Follow these steps:

1. Append the EN$AUSIM DD statement to your batch job that includes Autogen options. For
Foreground Batch requests (or CA Endevor Quick Edit requests) use the Include Additional JCL
option to add the DD statement. An example of the DD statement is shown next:
//EN$AUSIM DD SYSOUT=*

2. Submit the job for processing.

04-May-2018 60/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

2. Submit the job for processing.

The C1MSGS1 and C1MSGS2 reports show the Syntax Request report and Action Summary
report as if the actions were executed. There will be a heading line, labeled "*** AUTOGEN
SIMULATION ***" to indicate that the job ran in simulation mode.

3. Review the reports for impact analysis to see what the results would be if the actions were
performed.

Autogen and Autogen Span Processing Examples

The following examples show the effects of the various Autogen action options on the same
elements. Each example shows the effects of one of the options on the original state of the
inventory.

In all the examples, System SYSTEMC Subsystem SUB1 and SUBC contain elements that are used in
compiling programs in the Application systems, SYSTEM1, SYSTEM2, and SYSTEM3. The graphics
show the component element COPYC1 highlighted along with the using programs PGMC1 and
PGMC2.

DEV maps to QAS, and QAS maps to PRD. The EMER environment maps to PRD. ADMIN is separate,
and holds the processors that all of the other environments use.

All examples assume the following criteria:

The Common SYSTEMC libraries are concatenated in every Generate processor for every
application System in every Environment.

Consequently, all changes made in DEV in the common Systems are automatically picked up by
the application Systems at every Stage, before a package or promotion to PRD has been
performed.

For these use cases, COPYC1 is a component of all PGMC, PGMC1, and PGMC2 programs

Each use case assumes that the elements and locations are as shown in the original chart. Use
cases are not affected by prior use cases.

Before Processing Image for All Examples

Before a Generate with Autogen
The following graphic shows the elements in their original state before a Generate with Autogen
request is performed.

04-May-2018 61/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example 1 Autogen or Autogen Span None

In this example, a developer changes COPYC1 in DEV Common SYSTEMC, Subsystem SUB1, and then
wants to automatically generate all using elements within its same logical map. To do this, the
developer performs the following Generate with Autogen or Autogen Span None request:
GENERATE ELEMENT 'COPYC1' 
FROM ENVIRONMENT 'DEV' 
SYSTEM 'SYSTEMC' 
SUBSYSTEM 'SUB1' 
TYPE COPYBOOK 
STAGE NUMBER 1 
OPTIONS CCID REQ#43023 
COMMENT 'EDIT COMMON COPY BOOKS' 
COPYBACK
AUTOGEN SPAN NONE . 

The effects of this GENERATE request are as follows:

Copybook COPYC1 is copied back and generated at DEV/SYSTEMC/SUB1/1.

PGMC1 found up the map at PRD/SYSTEMC/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEMC/SUB1/1 as a

NOSOURCE element.

No other using programs outside the logical map of the component are affected.

Now the developer can complete his testing, and create a package with Move actions that includes all
the effected elements.

After a Generate with Autogen -- The following graphic shows results after a Generate with Autogen
or Autogen Span None request is performed on COPYC1 at the target location Environment ‘DEV’,
Stage 1, System ‘SYSTEMC’, Subsystem ‘SUB1’.

04-May-2018 62/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example 2 Autogen Span All

In this example, a developer changes COPYC1 in DEV Common SYSTEMC, Subsystem SUB1, and then
wants to automatically generate all using elements that use the copybook in all Systems and
Subsystems. To do this, the developer performs the following Generate with Autogen Span All
request:
GENERATE ELEMENT 'COPYC1' 
FROM ENVIRONMENT 'DEV' 
SYSTEM 'SYSTEMC' 
SUBSYSTEM 'SUB1' 
TYPE COPYBOOK 
STAGE NUMBER 1 
OPTIONS CCID REQ#43023 
COMMENT 'EDIT COMMON COPY BOOKS' 
COPYBACK
AUTOGEN SPAN ALL .

The effects of this GENERATE request are as follows:

Copybook COPYC1 is copied back and generated at DEV/SYSTEMC/SUB1/1.

Element PGMC1, located up the map at PRD/SYSTEMC/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEMC

/SUB1/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC2, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEMC/SUBC/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEMC

/SUBC/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC1, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEM1/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEM1

/SUB1/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC2, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEM1/SUB2/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEM1

/SUB2/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC, located outside the map at DEV/SYSTEM2/SUB1/1 is generated in place.

04-May-2018 63/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element PGMC, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEM2/SUBA/2 is bypassed because Autogen
Span attempts to build the generate request with PGMC’s system and subsystem at the target
environment, but DEV/SYSTEM2/SUBA/1 does not exist.

Element PGMC1, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEM3/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEM3

/SUB1/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC2, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEM3/SUB2/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEM3

/SUB2/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC, located outside the map at EMER/SYSTEM2/SUB1/2 is unaffected, since EMER is
not in the environment map of component, COPYC1.

Now the developer can complete his testing, and create a package with Move actions that includes all
the effected elements.

After an Autogen Span All

The following graphic shows results after a Generate with Autogen Span All request is performed on
COPYC1 at the target location Environment ‘DEV’, Stage 1, System ‘SYSTEMC’, Subsystem ‘SUB1'.

Example 3 Autogen Span Systems

In this example, a developer changes COPYC1 in DEV Common SYSTEMC, Subsystem SUB1, and then
wants to automatically generate all using elements that use the copybook in all Systems, but not
Subsystems. To do this, the developer performs the following Generate with Autogen Span Systems
request:
GENERATE ELEMENT 'COPYC1' 
FROM ENVIRONMENT 'DEV' 
SYSTEM 'SYSTEMC' 
SUBSYSTEM 'SUB1' 
TYPE COPYBOOK 
STAGE NUMBER 1 
OPTIONS CCID REQ#43023 
COMMENT 'EDIT COMMON COPY BOOKS' 

04-May-2018 64/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COMMENT 'EDIT COMMON COPY BOOKS' 
COPYBACK
AUTOGEN SPAN SYSTEMS .

The effects of this GENERATE request are as follows:

Copybook COPYC1 is copied back and generated at DEV/SYSTEMC/SUB1/1.

Element PGMC1, located up the map at PRD/SYSTEMC/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEMC

/SUB1/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC1, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEM1/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEM1

/SUB1/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC, located outside the map at DEV/SYSTEM2/SUB1/1 is generated in place.

Element PGMC1, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEM3/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEM3

/SUB1/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC, located outside the map at EMER/SYSTEM2/SUB1/2 is unaffected, since EMER is
not in the environment map of component, COPYC1.

No other Subsystems except Subsystem SUB1 are affected with an Autogen Span Systems request
and thus, using elements in Subsystems SUBA, SUBC, and SUB2 are not generated.

Now the developer can complete his testing, and create a package with Move actions that includes all
the effected elements.

After an Autogen Span Systems

The following graphic shows results after a Generate with Autogen Span Systems request is
performed on COPYC1 at the target location Environment ‘DEV’, Stage 1, System ‘SYSTEMC’,
Subsystem ‘SUB1’.

04-May-2018 65/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example 4 Autogen Span Subsystems

In this example, a developer changes COPYC1 in DEV Common SYSTEMC, Subsystem SUB1, and then
wants to automatically generate all using elements that use the copybook in all Subsystems in their
current System. To do this, the developer performs the following Generate with Autogen Span
Subsystems request:
GENERATE ELEMENT 'COPYC1' 
FROM ENVIRONMENT 'DEV' 
SYSTEM 'SYSTEMC' 
SUBSYSTEM 'SUB1' 
TYPE COPYBOOK 
STAGE NUMBER 1 
OPTIONS CCID REQ#43023 
COMMENT 'EDIT COMMON COPY BOOKS' 
COPYBACK
AUTOGEN SPAN SUBSYSTEMS .

The effects of this GENERATE request are as follows:

Copybook COPYC1 is copied back and generated at DEV/SYSTEMC/SUB1/1.

Element PGMC1, located up the map at PRD/SYSTEMC/SUB1/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEMC

/SUB1/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

Element PGMC2, located outside the map at PRD/SYSTEMC/SUBC/2 is generated at DEV/SYSTEMC

/SUBC/1 as a NOSOURCE element.

No other Systems are affected with an Autogen Span Subsystems request and thus, using
elements in Systems SYSTEM1, SYSTEM2, and SYSTEM3 are not generated.

Now the developer can complete his testing, and create a package with Move actions that includes all
the effected elements.

After an Autogen Span Subsystems

The following graphic shows results after a Generate with Autogen Span SubSystems request is
performed on COPYC1 at the target location Environment ‘DEV’, Stage 1, System ‘SYSTEMC’,
Subsystem ‘SUB1’.

04-May-2018 66/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

04-May-2018 67/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Automated Configuration
Contents

Software Configuration Management (see page 68)

ACM Facilities (see page 70)
ACM Operational Areas (see page 72)

CA Endevor SCM Automated Configuration (ACM) works with CA Endevor® SCM Change Manager (CA
Endevor® SCM) to enable you to manage, through advanced automated technology, the
interrelationships between software components.

To use CA Endevor SCM Automated Configuration Manager (ACM), it is assumed that:

The CA Endevor® SCM system has been installed in accordance with the instructions provided in
Installing (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Installing).

You have an understanding of the CA Endevor® SCM environment in your organization.

You have an understanding of software inventory management and application migration

techniques.

Software Configuration Management

A typical software inventory is composed of numerous application programs and the components --
the common code (such as COBOL copybooks, Assembler macros, and CALLed subroutines) -- which
make up those programs. The discipline of managing the interrelationships between programs and
their associated components is named software configuration management.

When a program is translated (for example, compiled, link-edited) from source to executable, all of
the components which make up that program are extracted by language translators and/or linkage
editors from their resident libraries, such as copylibs or maclibs. The major challenge is ensuring that
the relationship between a program and its related components is accurate and up-to-date, at any
given point in time. This synchronization is typically accomplished by retranslating a program each
time one of its subordinate components is changed. A problem arises, however, when a component
is changed but that modification is not propagated to all affected programs.

The lack of automated, reliable methods for coordinating program-component relationships has
created major obstacles to software development and maintenance. Manual definition of program-
component relationships is error-prone and time-consuming by today’s standards. In addition,
manual methodologies do not yield the level of component detail (version/ level/ location) needed to
accurately plan and stage application development activities.

Traditional approaches to software configuration management have been severely limited in their
ability to produce accurate and reliable results. Source scanning techniques, while an improvement
over manual definition, provide only a static "picture" of the program-component relationship. This
picture may not relate to the actual state of the software at the time of program translation. Source

scanning is a separate operation that is run independently of the compile process and, as such, is only

04-May-2018 68/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

scanning is a separate operation that is run independently of the compile process and, as such, is only
accurate at the time of the scan. Furthermore, scanning neither stores historical information nor
provides the level of detail that is needed to analyze and perform configuration management
functions.

Building on advanced monitoring and data storage technology, ACM overcomes the shortcomings
inherent in traditional approaches to change control and configuration management. ACM monitors
the libraries that house program components and automatically captures related components during
the translation process. ACM then stores this information using expert base/delta technology to help
in determining changes to components from one translation to the next. Unlike source scanning,
ACM works as an integral part of the translation procedure to track program components
automatically over time.

The following shows how ACM works to automatically track program components over time.

As previously shown, when activated, ACM forms an "envelope" around the translation process (for
example, compiler or linkage editor). When the program or module is executed under an CA
Endevor® SCM processor, ACM tracks all requested change activity and application program-
component relationships. Module interrelationships are automatically captured as part of the
translation procedure. Optionally, this information can also be automatically stored in Root and Cross-
reference data sets for "where-used" analysis.

04-May-2018 69/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ACM Facilities
The following facilities are supplied with CA Endevor® SCM ACM:

Component Monitor

Component List

Displaying Component Data and Batch Reporting

Software Control Language (SCL) Enhancements

ACM Query Facility

Component Monitor
The ACM Component Monitor is invoked by adding a special "MONITOR=COMPONENTS" keyword to
DD statements in a CA Endevor® SCM processor. Monitoring is performed on a data set basis. Once
initiated, components that are used from the specified data sets are automatically tracked by ACM’s
Component Monitor.

The processor keyword MONITOR cannot be specified on DD statements that refer to HFS path and
file names.

Component List
The CA Endevor® SCM ACM Component List provides a detailed "snapshot" of all the components
from monitored data sets at the time of program translation. The Component List provides five types
of information: element, processor, symbol, input, and output.

The element information describes the program being generated.

The processor information describes the CA Endevor® SCM processor that is used to generate or
move the element.

The symbol information identifies the user-defined symbolics that are used in the CA Endevor®
SCM processor, and their values.

The input components identify (by step, DDname, dsname, and volume) the component items
that are referenced and any footprints that existed in a monitored data set.

The output components identify (by step, DDname, dsname, and volume) the members that were
created during processor execution.

The first time ACM monitoring is enabled for an element, a "base" component list is stored. This
component list contains all of the aforementioned element, processor, input, and output
information. Subsequent generations produce new component lists which ACM internally compares
to produce "delta levels." (A new delta level is stored only when one or more items change in the

04-May-2018 70/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

to produce "delta levels." (A new delta level is stored only when one or more items change in the
component list.) This base/delta architecture makes it possible to compare component list changes
from compile to compile. With this information, you can quickly determine what has changed
because the last compile, and greatly reduce debug time.

Component List Level Numbers— The level numbers that are assigned to a component list
(component levels) are independent of the level numbers that are assigned to an element (element
levels). Because an element may be recompiled many times due to copy or macro changes, there
may be more component levels than element levels. In addition, monitoring may be initiated at any
time and at any element level. For example, an element at level 77 has a component list at level 0
when it is first enabled for monitoring by ACM.

ACM remembers up to 97 generations of a component list by default. When level 97 is reached,

component levels 50-96 are renumbered as 0-49, and the previous (old) levels 0-49 are deleted. In
this way, the component list functions like a circular storage vehicle. You are guaranteed that the last
50 "translations" are remembered by ACM if you use the default. You can set the number of
generations that are remembered by ACM to a number lower than 97.

Component Data and Batch Reporting

CA Endevor® SCM’s element display facility enables you to view configuration information online.
Using this facility, you can view the current level of a program and its related components, the
component changes from one compile to the next, and the complete change history of a program
and its components over time. All Foreground Query options (Component Summary, Component
Browse, Component Changes, Component History) are also available in batch through the SCL PRINT
command.

Software Control Language (SCL) Enhancements

Expanding on CA Endevor® SCM batch processing language, SCL, ACM enables you to "implode" and
"explode" information in a component list through a special LIST command. This command produces
valid syntax which can further be used to perform CA Endevor® SCM actions such as GENERATE,
MOVE, and ADD. The LIST command performs the function of cross-referencing a low-level
component with all higher level "owners."

ACM Query Facility

The ACM Query Facility provides the capability to perform "where-used" queries quickly against ACM
component data. This facility utilizes the information that is stored in the Root and Cross-reference
data sets to provide this analysis. This data is dynamically updated during processor execution or
loaded at regular intervals by your system administrator.

Note: For more information about the ACM Query Facility, see ACM Query Facility (see
page 93).

04-May-2018 71/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ACM Operational Areas

Operationally, ACM can be divided into three distinct areas:

Data collection

Data storage

Software configuration analysis and management

The following figure illustrates how the different areas work within ACM.

BEND--Three Areas of Operation--OTH.wmf

In these areas, you can see how data definition and collection starts in the ACM Component Monitor,
data storage continues in the ACM Component List, software configuration analysis and management
flows to the Root and Cross Reference Data Sets, and finally to the ACM Query Facility.

Data Collection
Data Collection begins when you invoke ACM through the MONITOR=COMPONENTS parameter in an
CA Endevor® SCM processor. With this parameter, you specify the libraries and data sets that are to
be monitored automatically by ACM. Then, the Component Monitor tracks all change activity and
program-component relationships for the data sets you earmarked for monitoring.

The processor keyword MONITOR cannot be specified on DD statements that refer to HFS path and
file names.

Data Storage
ACM produces a component list during program translation (compilation), thus beginning the data
storage process. The component list is an internal data structure which assembles all program-
component information, with an audit stamp or "footprint" for each component, at the time of each
compile. Component list "levels" (differences in component lists from one translation to the next) are
stored in CA Endevor® SCM base/delta format. The component list provides a "snapshot" of a

04-May-2018 72/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

stored in CA Endevor® SCM base/delta format. The component list provides a "snapshot" of a
program at compilation -- identifying an element components, where they originated, their version
and level, and the output that is created as the result of the translation.

Example

The following figure illustrates how ACM stores and remembers the components that are used to
create the outputs for a particular generate date and time, version, and level of a typical COBOL
program -- PROGRAM X -- as transformed by the CA Endevor® SCM processor COMPLINK.

The ACM Component Monitor has captured all the components of PROGRAM X, with the CA
Endevor® SCM footprint information associated with those components. The resulting component list
provides an integrated view of all configuration information relating to PROGRAM X at the time of
the translation.

04-May-2018 73/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Software Configuration Analysis and Management

Through the component list and the information that is stored in the Root and Cross-reference data
sets, it is possible to initiate CA Endevor® SCM actions and make online inquiries. When viewed over
time, this information provides a historical audit trail of component changes which serves as the
foundation for all software configuration analysis and management activities, including:

Analyzing system behavior

Propagating a component change to all affected programs

Validating a system for consistent use of components

Recreating past program versions

Moving related source components during promotion to production

Providing "where-used" analysis

Using ACM
CA Endevor SCM ACM functions can be separated into the following categories:

Enable ACM
Manual setup function performed by CA Endevor SCM administrators.

Activate the ACM Query Facility

Manual setup function performed by CA Endevor SCM administrators.

Monitor and Collecting Data

Performed automatically by the ACM Component Monitor.

Store and View Configuration Information

Capabilities provided by ACM through Component Lists and base/delta technology.

Analyze and Manage Configuration Information

Performed by users, with configuration information automatically monitored and stored by ACM.

Configure the ACM Facility

Enable ACM and the ACM Query Facility (see page 75)
Activate the ACM Query Facility (see page 75)

04-May-2018 74/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Enable ACM and the ACM Query Facility

ACM ships on the CA Endevor SCM installation tape and must be activated before you can use it. To
enable ACM and the ACM Query facility, enter Y in the ASCM field in the CA Endevor SCM C1DEFLTS
Table. Because ACM configuration data is collected during processor execution, enable processors by
coding the PROC=Y before running ACM.

C1DEFLTS TYPE=MAIN, X

...

ACMROOT=uprfx.uqual.root, ACM INDEX ROOT DATA SET NAME X

ACMXREF=uprfx.uqual.xref, ACM INDEX XREF DATA SET NAME X

...

ASCM=Y, ASCM CONTROL OPTION (Y/N) X

...

PROC=Y,

To ensure that you have enabled ACM, select option 1 (DISPLAY) on the Primary Options menu and
press Enter. Select option 3 (SITE) and press Enter. On the Site Information panels, check the ASCM
and PROC OPTIONS. If ACM iand processors are correctly enabled, a Y displays in these fields.

Activate the ACM Query Facility

1. Modify the C1DEFLTS table

2. Estimate Root and Cross-reference data sets space requirements

3. Define and initialize Root and Cross-reference data sets

4. Load Root and Cross-reference data sets

Modify the C1DEFLTS Table

The first step to activating the ACM Query facility is to modify the C1DEFLTS table.

Follow these steps:

1. Update the C1DEFLTS Table with the ACM Root and Cross-reference data sets.

C1DEFLTS TYPE=MAIN,
...

ACMROOT=uprfx.uqual.root, ACM INDEX ROOT DATA SET NAME

ACMXREF=uprfx.uqual.xref, ACM INDEX XREF DATA SET NAME

2. Assemble and link your C1DEFLTS.

04-May-2018 75/1109
 2.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To ensure that you have enabled ACM, select option 1 (DISPLAY) on the Primary Options
menu and press Enter. CA Endevor SCM displays the Display Options Menu. Check the ASCM
field under OPTIONS. If ACM is enabled, you will see a Y in this field. The panel displays the
Root and Cross-reference data set names. If you are implementing CA Endevor SCM for the
first time, you must estimate the number of elements to add to CA Endevor SCM, and then
calculate space requirements

Estimate Root and Cross-reference Data Sets Space Requirements

The ACM Query Facility Root and Cross-reference data sets consist of the following:

The Root data set contains the names of each CA Endevor SCM element and all related
components.

The Cross-reference data set contains a record for each component relationship.

Follow these steps:

1. Execute the SYSTEM INVENTORY SUMMARY REPORT (CONRPT02) to get an overall count of
CA Endevor SCM elements. Increase this value by 50 percent (that is, if the report determines
that there are 4000 elements, the estimated total elements should be increased to 6000 to
include related components which are not CA Endevor SCM elements).

You must have already assembled the C1DEFLTS Table with the ACM Root and Cross-
reference data sets prior to the execution of this JCL.

2. A 3390 cylinder can hold approximately 6000 components. Using the value obtained above,
allocate enough cylinders to accommodate your current inventory and future expansion. This
value represents the primary and secondary allocation of the Root file.

3. Multiply the composite element total from the first step by 10 to estimate the total number of
relationships to be added in the XREF file (i.e., 6000 * 10 = 60,000 estimated relationships).

4. A 3390 cylinder can hold approximately 120,000 relationships. Using the value obtained in the
previous step, allocate enough cylinders to accommodate your current inventory and future
expansion. This value represents the primary and secondary allocation of the XREF file.

Define and Initialize Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets

In this step, you define and initialize the Root and Cross-reference data sets. If you are an existing
ACM user and want to populate Root and Cross-reference files, continue to the Load Root and Cross-
reference data sets step.

Follow these steps:

1. Use member BC1JACMD, located in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL, to create the Root and Cross-
reference data sets.

2. Edit member BC1JACMD to add the space requirement information that you previously
calculated.

3. Change the following variables:

04-May-2018 76/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
3.

iprfx
Highest-level qualifier used when assigning data set names for installation and execution
data sets.

iqual
Second-level qualifier used when assigning data set names for installation and execution
data sets.

vvolser
Volume serial number of the disk on which the MCF and package data sets will be
allocated.

4. Follow the instructions in BC1JACMD to further tailor the JCL. After you have tailored the JCL,
make sure you have a valid JOBCARD, and submit the JOB to create and initialize the Root and
Cross-reference data sets.

Load Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets

In this step, you load Root and Cross-reference data sets. You can also use this step to reload Root
and Cross-reference data sets.

Follow these steps:

1. Use member BC1JACML, located in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL, to extract existing ACM component

information from CA Endevor SCM and load the ACM Root and Cross-reference data sets. You
must modify the SCL control statements for Step 1 to specify all the environment names in
your environment map.Because this job can be time consuming, you may elect to run it in
multiple parallel jobs, for each job selecting a different environment, system, subsystem, and
type or stage (or both type and stage).

2. Edit member BC1JACML to make the above modifications. Follow the instructions in
BC1JACML to further tailor the JCL and SCL. After you have tailored the JCL and SCL, make
sure you have a valid JOBCARD, and submit the job to load the Root and Cross-reference data
sets.

3. Change the following variables:

iprfx
Highest-level qualifier used when assigning data set names for installation and execution data
sets.

iqual
Second-level qualifier used when assigning data set names for installation and execution data
sets.

tdisk
Unit label for temporary disk data sets.

You can use JCL member BC1JACMQ, located in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL, to run a quick validation that the
ACM extended query data sets have been loaded correctly.

04-May-2018 77/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Maintaining Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets

How to Reorganize Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets (see page 79)
How to Create Backup Copies of the ACM Query Data Sets (see page 79)
How to Synchronize ACM Query Data with Inventory Data (see page 79)

The performance of CA Endevor SCM depends on well maintained ACM Query files. The batch job
BC1JACMO is provided to maintain the ACM Query files. The JCL for BC1JACMO can be found in iprfx.
iqual.CSIQJCL. The job BC1JACMO invokes program BC1PACMO to reorganize the root and cross-
reference data sets. Reorganization removes records that are no longer used and merges newly
inserted records into the sorted areas of the files.

We recommend the following regular maintenance:

Reorganization
Run the BC1PACMO utility regularly to reorganize the root and cross-reference data sets. For
more information, see How to Reorganize Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets (https://support.ca.
com/cadocs/0/CA%20Endevor%20Software%20Change%20Manager%2016%200%20PUBLIC%20ACCESS%
20%20LIMITED%20%20Bookshelf-ENU/Bookshelf_Files/HTML/EndevorSCM_AutoConfig_Option_ENU
/activate_the_acm_query_facility.html#o1712255).

Backup
Edit the BC1PACMO utility so that it creates backup copies of the data sets each time the data
sets are reorganized. For more information, see How to Create Backup Copies of the ACM Query
Data Sets (https://support.ca.com/cadocs/0/CA%20Endevor%20Software%20Change%20Manager%2016%
200%20PUBLIC%20ACCESS%20%20LIMITED%20%20Bookshelf-ENU/Bookshelf_Files/HTML
/EndevorSCM_AutoConfig_Option_ENU/activate_the_acm_query_facility.html#o1712257).

You can also use the following functions:

Synchronization
Use the Validate parameter in BC1PACMO to synchronize ACM Query data with inventory data to
remove orphan ACM Query entires. For more information, see How to Synchronize ACM Query
Data with Inventory Data (https://support.ca.com/cadocs/0/CA%20Endevor%20Software%20Change%
20Manager%2016%200%20PUBLIC%20ACCESS%20%20LIMITED%20%20Bookshelf-ENU/Bookshelf_Files
/HTML/EndevorSCM_AutoConfig_Option_ENU/activate_the_acm_query_facility.html#o1712258).

Replacement

Reload the ACM Query data to refresh existing ACM Query references. Program BC1PACMO is
used by job BC1JACML to load new ACM Query data or to refresh existing ACM Query references
with new data from the ACMCOMP DD. For more information, see Load Root and Cross-
Reference Data Sets (https://support.ca.com/cadocs/0/CA%20Endevor%20Software%20Change%
20Manager%2016%200%20PUBLIC%20ACCESS%20%20LIMITED%20%20Bookshelf-ENU/Bookshelf_Files
/HTML/EndevorSCM_AutoConfig_Option_ENU/activate_the_acm_query_facility.html#o1388303).

Although the BC1JACMO job can run concurrently with other CA Endevor SCM jobs, we recommend
that you run it outside of peak hours, to avoid waits in the jobs that update the ACM Query data sets.
BC1PACMO always reserves the ACM Query ROOT and XREF data sets for exclusive use, thus blocking
any other CA Endevor SCM access to ACM Query data for the duration of the job step. Typically, the

execution of BC1PACMO takes less than one minute. However, the Validate parameter greatly slows

04-May-2018 78/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

execution of BC1PACMO takes less than one minute. However, the Validate parameter greatly slows
down BC1PACMO execution. We strongly recommend that you use the Validate parameter only
during hours of low CA Endevor SCM activity, because the exclusive access of BC1PACMO blocks most
CA Endevor SCM activities for the duration of the run.

How to Reorganize Root and Cross-Reference Data Sets

We recommend that you run the batch job BC1JACMO at least once a day or set it to run after a
threshold of 5,000 updates. Infrequent reorganization of the ACM Query files leads to bottlenecks
and throughput problems.

To automate the batch job to run after a minimum number of 5,000 file inserts have been registered,
activate the following setting in the Optional Features Table (ENCOPTBL):

AUTO_ACMQ_FILE_REORG=(on,5000)

If you would rather receive a console message when the threshold is met, instead of automatically
invoking the batch job, also activate the following ENCOPTBL option:

ACMQ_REORG_BY_WTO=ON

For more information, see the comments in the ENCOPTBL table file.

How to Create Backup Copies of the ACM Query Data Sets

Although ACMQ data can be rebuilt by running BC1JACML, we recommend that you make daily
copies of the data sets. You can use BC1PACMO to make copies of the data sets that are synchronized
so that the XREF file content matches ROOT file content.

We recommend that you create backup copies of ACM files using BC1PACMO. Although IDCAMS
REPRO and other programs can make copies of the files, the copies created by those programs may
not be synchronized. Therefore, the copies cannot be used to back up the ACMQ data sets.

The BC1PACMO program can back up ROOT and XREF data and reorganize the data set contents. To
create backups, add the following DD statements to BCIPACMO:

//ROOTCOPY DD DISP=(NEW,CATLG),DSN=your.root.copy(+1),
// LRECL=4096,RECFM=FB,DSORG=PS
//XREFCOPY DD DISP=(NEW,CATLG),DSN=your.xref.copy(+1),
// LRECL=4096,RECFM=FB,DSORG=PS

When these two DD statements are present, the elapsed time of BC1PACMO increases by a few
seconds.

How to Synchronize ACM Query Data with Inventory Data

If you suspect that there are synchronization problems between the inventory data of the component
lists, MCF, and ACM Query data sets, you can run the BC1PACMO job to remove orphan ACM Query
entries. To synchronize your ACM Query data, run BC1PACMO with the parameter Validate as
follows:

EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM='BC1PACMOVALIDATE'

04-May-2018 79/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

VALIDATE Verifies that each parent in the ACMQ ROOT file is defined in your inventory (MCF
/ELMCATL). If a parent record is not defined in the inventory, the entry is deleted from ACMQ and the
program returns RC=4.

The Validate parameter is ignored if the ACMCOMP DD statement is present.

The Validate parameter considerably slows BC1PACMO execution.

How to Monitor and Collect Data

After ACM is enabled, you can begin automatic monitoring of components during CA Endevor SCM
processor execution. Generate and move processors can be monitored.

Component Monitor (see page 80)

Program Object Support (see page 80)
Activate the ACM Component Monitor (see page 81)
How to Monitor Components in Dynamically Allocated Data Sets (see page 81)
How to Monitor Input Components (see page 82)
How to Monitor Components in a Generate Processor (see page 82)
How to Monitor Components in a Move Processor (see page 85)
How to Monitor Components in a Delete Processor (see page 87)

Component Monitor
ACM has been built to be compatible with source translators (COBOL compilers, assemblers, PL/1
compilers, and linkage editors) without modification. These translators resolve element-to-
component relationships by reading in components—called "input components"—from specific
libraries. Utilities such as the linkage editor, CONLIST, create and write members—called "output
components"—to various libraries.

The ACM Component Monitor automatically and transparently captures relationships by monitoring
selected library data sets. You select the libraries you want monitored by ACM through a processor.

The information captured by the Component Monitor includes the step name, DD statement,
volume, data set name, PDS or PDS/E directory and footprint information (if it exists).

Optionally, ACM provides the CONSCAN processor utility to add additional component information.

Program Object Support

The IBM program product DFSMS/MVS 1.1 (now known as DFSMS z/OS) introduced a new executable
storage format called program objects, which are stored in PDS/E data sets with undefined record
format (otherwise known as ‘PDS/E load libraries’). Program objects are functionally similar to load
modules, but relieve many of the restrictions of conventional load modules. They are created by a
utility which replaces the linkage editor, called the binder.

04-May-2018 80/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

With DFSMS/MVS 1.1 installed, processor steps which execute IEWL—the old linkage editor—actually
execute the binder. Note that component monitoring during execution of the binder and any other
utilities which manipulate program objects also requires the use of the IEWBIND programming
interface or the Directory Entry Services (DESERV) programming interfaces in DFSMS/MVS 1.3.

Activate the ACM Component Monitor

When activated, ACM Component Monitor automatically tracks and captures program-component
relationships as specified in the processor definition. To activate the Component Monitor, add the
keyword MONITOR=COMPONENTS onto the CA Endevor SCM processor DD statements that you
want to monitor. The processor keyword MONITOR cannot be specified on DD statements that refer
to HFS path and file names.

The MONITOR=COMPONENTS keyword can be coded on any DD statement within an CA Endevor

SCM generate or move processor. Usually, you would not code MONITOR=COMPONENTS on
STEPLIBs, SYSUTn, or temporary data sets. You cannot code MONITOR=COMPONENTS on DDs that
specify a path or HFS file.

How to Monitor Components in Dynamically Allocated Data Sets

There are cases when a user program in a processor dynamically allocates datasets. Typical examples
are IKJEFT01 and EDCPRLK. When these programs read from or write to these data sets, you do not
have control over the following parameters:

MONITOR=COMPONENTS

BACKOUT=N

FOOTPRINT=CREATE

As a result, CA Endevor SCM chooses the default values for parameters, which means that by default:

No components are monitored

Backouts are written

No footprints are written

To modify these parameters, specify a DD name starting with ‘EN$DYN’ to define one or more data
set names (in a concatenation) with their monitor/backout/footprint specifications.

CA Endevor SCM does not support FOOTPRNT=CREATE on a concatenated data set. If case this is
required, more than one EN$DYNXX statement is required.

In the following example, no backout records are written to file &SYSLIB1, even if IKJEFT01 allocates it
and writes members to &SYSLIB1. Similarly, all members created in SYSLIB2 are footprinted.

//STEP1EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01
//EN$DYN00 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB1.,BACKOUT=NO
//EN$DYNM DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB2.,FOOTPRNT=CREATE

In the next example, components are monitored from all files in the SYSLIB concatenation, even if

04-May-2018 81/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

In the next example, components are monitored from all files in the SYSLIB concatenation, even if
EDCPRLK reallocates each file separately under another DD name.

//PRELINK EXEC PGM=EDCPRLK

//SYSLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB1.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB2.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS ETC.
//EN$DYNDS DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB1.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB2.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS ETC.

In the previous example, the MONITOR=COMPONENTS statements can be removed from the SYSLIB
concatenation, as their presence on the EN$DYNDS DD statement causes all of their components to
be monitored regardless of the DD name under which the file is eventually (re-) allocated.

How to Monitor Input Components

Typical input components would be INCLUDE object modules, load modules, program objects,
copybooks, and CALLed modules. COBOL compilers, for example, read in copybooks from a SYSLIB DD
statement. Thus, for each data set in the SYSLIB concatenation, you would code
MONITOR=COMPONENTS, as shown in the following example:

//SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.C1DEMO.COPYLIB1,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
// DD DSN=BST.C1DEMO.COPYLIB2,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS

How to Monitor Output Components

Typical outputs would be load modules, program objects, object decks, and listings. The linkage
editor, for example, writes load modules to a SYSLMOD DD statement. For each output data set you
want to monitor, code MONITOR=COMPONENTS, as shown in the following example:

//SYSLMOD DD DSN=BST.C1DEMO.LOADLIB1,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS

How to Monitor Components in a Generate Processor

Any data set defined to a program within a processor can be monitored by the Component Monitor.
The following programs are typically used in a generate processor. This sampling represents DD
statements containing data sets that would normally warrant monitoring.

The Component Monitor does not support programs that use EXCP (such as IEBCOPY) to perform I/O
operations.

You are not restricted to the following programs, identified according to program, the Ddname and
descriptions.

CONWRITE ddname
Writes to the first DDname after the EXEC statement. To monitor components expanded by
CONWRITE (namely INCLUDEs), code MONITOR=COMPONENTS on the DDname. If
MONITOR=COMPONENT is coded, set the parameter at PARM=EXPINCL(Y). ACM then monitors
for input components.

IGYCRCTL SYSLIB
Input components (usually copylibs not COBOLlibs).

SYSLIN
Output components. Code only if writing to permanent data set.

04-May-2018 82/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SYSPRINT
Output components. Code only if writing to a permanent data set.

IEWL SYSLIB
Input components (usually utilities not system libraries).

SYSLMOD
Output components.

SYSLIN
Input components. Code only if reading from a permanent data set. ddname—Any data set that
may be referenced by linkage editor control cards.

CONLIST C1LLIBO
Output components.

The MONITOR=COMPONENTS keyword can be coded on any DD statement within an CA Endevor

SCM generate or move processor. As a general rule, you would not code MONITOR=COMPONENTS
on STEPLIBs, SYSUTn, or temporary data sets.

Example (Generate Processor + MONITOR=COMPONENTS)

In the following example, we monitor several data sets in the CA Endevor SCM generate processor
GCIINBL; therefore, we add the keyword MONITOR=COMPONENTS after those data sets. An
explanation describing why each data set was selected for monitoring is included in each example.

//*******************************************************************
//** **
//** COBOL COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT PROCESSOR **
//** **
//** **
//** **
//*******************************************************************

//**
//GCIINBL PROC COBLIB=‘CEE.SCEERUN’,
// COBSTPLB=‘IGY.SIGYCOMP’,
// CSYSLIB1=‘uprfx.uqual1.COPYLIB’,
// CSYSLIB2=‘uprfx.uqual2.COPYLIB’,
// EXPINC=N,
// LISTLIB=‘uprfx.uqual1.LISTING’,
// LOADLIB=‘uprfx.uqual1.LOADLIB’,
// LSYSLIB1=‘uprfx.uqual1.LOADLIB’,
// LSYSLIB2=‘uprfx.uqual2.LOADLIB’,
// MEMBER=&C1ELEMENT.,
// PARMCOB=‘LIB,NOSEQ,OBJECT,PMAP,DMAP’,
// PARMLNK=‘LIST,MAP,SIZE(9999K)’,
// SYSOUT=A,
// WRKUNIT=tdisk
//**

//**********************************************************************
//* ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATA SETS *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//INIT EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&COBLIST.,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
// UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,2),RLSE),
// DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1INIT02 DD DSN=&&LNKLIST.,DISP=(,PASS),

04-May-2018 83/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

// UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,2),RLSE),
// DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=3630,DSORG=PS)
//*

Unlike the COBOL compiler or Linkage Editor steps, the CONWRITE step may not contain DD
statements for input. This exclusion is because CONWRITE can reference the INCLUDE libraries as
specified in the TYPE definition and searches for members when expanding those INCLUDE
statements. Therefore, to instruct CONWRITE to monitor inputs, we specify
"MONITOR=COMPONENTS" in the output statement (ELMOUT). This addition instructs the
Component Monitor to monitor CONWRITE as it expands INCLUDEs.

//**********************************************************************
//* GET THE SOURCE FROM THE BASE/DELTA LIBRARIES *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//CONWRITE EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM=‘EXPINCL(&EXPINC)’
//ELMOUT DD DSN=&&ELMOUT.,DISP=(,PASS),
// SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE),UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,
// DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120),
// MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//**
//*******************************************************************
//** COMPILE THE ELEMENT **

The data sets specified by &CSYSLIB1 and &CSYSLIB2 are being monitored because they are located
where the COBOL compiler reads in copybooks. In this example, we monitor (per the PROC
statement) uprfx.uqual1.COPYLIB (Stage 1) and uprfx.uqual2.COPYLIB (Stage 2). You do not want to
monitor the &COBLIB DD because this calls extraneous COBOL subroutines.

//*******************************************************************
//**
//COMPILE EXEC PGM=IKFCBL00,COND=(0,NE),MAXRC=4,
// PARM=‘&PARMCOB.,BUF=512K,SIZE=1024K’
//STEPLIB DD DSN=&COBSTPLB.,DISP=SHR
//SYSLIB DD DSN=&CSYSLIB1.,
// MONITOR=COMPONENTS,DISP=SHR
// DD DSN=&CSYSLIB2.,
// MONITOR=COMPONENTS,DISP=SHR
//SYSIN DD DSN=&&ELMOUT.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLIN DD DSN=&&SYSLIN.,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
// UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(3,5),RLSE),
// DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120),
// FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSUT1 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSUT2 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSUT3 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSUT4 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSUT5 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COBLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//**
//*******************************************************************
//** LINK EDIT THE ELEMENT **
//*******************************************************************

The data set indicated by &LOADLIB (uprfx.uqual1.LOADLIB in this example) is monitored because it is
where the Linkage Editor or binder stores the output executable (load module or program object).

//**
//LKED EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=((0,NE,CONWRITE),(4,LT,COMPILE)),
// PARM=‘PARMLNK’,MAXRC=4
//SYSLIN DD DSN=&&SYSLIN.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLMOD DD DSN=&LOADLIB(&MEMBER).,
// MONITOR=COMPONENTS,DISP=SHR
//SYSLIB DD DSN=&LSYSLIB1.,

04-May-2018 84/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SYSLIB is where the Linkage Editor or binder resolves CALL or INCLUDE statements, based on inputs.
In this example, we are monitoring the data sets indicated by &LSYSLIB1 (uprfx.uqual1.LOADLIB -
Stage 1) and &LSYSLIB2 (uprfx.uqual2.LOADLIB - Stage 2).

// MONITOR=COMPONENTS,DISP=SHR
// DD DSN=&LSYSLIB2.,
// MONITOR=COMPONENTS,DISP=SHR
// DD DSN=&COBLIB.,
//SYSUT1 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//**
//*******************************************************************
//* STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=LISTING. LIBRARY NAME *
//*******************************************************************

The data set indicated by &LISTLIB (uprfx.uqual1.LISTING, in this example) is monitored because
"C1LLIBO" is where CONLIST writes its output listings.

//*
//CONLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=STORE,
// EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBO DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,
// MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
// DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//LIST01 DD DSN=&&COBLIST.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02 DD DSN=&&LNKLIST.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*

Since MONITOR=COMPONENTS has been specified after certain data sets within GCOBNBL, ACM’s
Component Monitor is activated and automatically collects changes to the components each time the
generate processor is executed. The change information for those data sets is further stored as ACM
Component Lists in base/delta format.

How to Monitor Components in a Move Processor

Move processors are used during a MOVE action to create the appropriate outputs at the target
stage. This can be accomplished by copying the outputs (load modules and listings) from the source
to the target stage.

Do not re-create load modules at the target stage by coding a compile and link step in a move
processor. This causes the load module footprint to become out of synchronization with Master
Control File Generate information for the element.

Typically, the move processor is coded to perform two generic functions: 1) to perform a translation
(compile and link-edit), and 2) to move a load module and any other entry stage members created by
the entry stage generate processor.

If you code a move processor to perform a translation (for example, compile, link-edit), code
MONITOR=COMPONENTS as described in Monitoring Components in a Generate Processor.

If you code a move processor in order to move load modules, listings, and so on from the entry
stage to the next mapped stage, you might also want to move the current (version/level) of the
Component List. You can do this using a special processor utility BC1PMVCL, which is provided
with ACM. To execute this program, code a step in the CA Endevor SCM move processor that
specifies the EXEC statement with a MAXRC=0, as illustrated below:

04-May-2018 85/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//MOVE EXEC PGM=BC1PMVCL,MAXRC=0

Now when the element in the entry stage is moved to the next mapped stage, its corresponding
Component List (containing all the element-to-component relationships) will also be moved to the
next mapped stage.

If you want a move processor to replace the OUTPUT components of the existing component list with
the new output components that are the result of the move processor then
MONITOR=COMPONENTS should be coded only on the OUTPUT files of the steps in the processor.
When BC1PMVCL gets executed as the last step of the processor, it automaticallys replace the
existing OUTPUT components with the newly captured output components. If you do not want this to
happe, do not code MONITOR=COMPONENTS in your move processor.

Important! Coding MONITOR=COMPONENTS in a move processor leads to a new delta

level in the component list in each of the following cases:

The processor contains MONITOR=COMPONENTS parameters and INPUT components

are being monitored.

The move processor uses the CONRELE utility.

The utility program BC1PMVCL is not the last step in the move processor and
components are being monitored in any step following BC1PMVCL.

Example (Sample Move Processor MLODNNL)

In the following sample move processor (MLODNNL), we've specified that when the load module is
moved from Stage 1 to Stage 2, its associated Component List information is also moved and
updated.

//**********************************************************************
//* *
//* COPY LOAD MODULES FROM STAGE 1 TO STAGE 2 AND THEIR ASSOCIATED *
//* COMPONENT LIST AND LISTINGS. *
//* *
//**********************************************************************

//*
//MLODNNL PROC LISTLIB='YES',
// LISTLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LISTLIB',
// LISTLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..LISTLIB',
// LOADLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LOADLIB',
// LOADLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..LOADLIB',
// PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
// GROUP='SMPL',
// STG1='&C1SSTAGE.', CURRENT STAGE
// STG2='&C1STAGE.', TO STAGE
// MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
// SYSOUT=*,
// WRKUNIT=TDISK

//**********************************************************************
//* ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&COPYLIST.,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
// UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,2),RLSE),

04-May-2018 86/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

// DCB=(RECFM=V,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=125,DSORG=PS)
//**********************************************************************
//* COPY THE LOAD MODULE *
//**********************************************************************
//BSTCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COPYLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT3 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4 DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD DD DSN=&LOADLIB1.,DISP=SHR
//OUTDD DD DSN=&LOADLIB2.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//SYSIN DD *
COPY O=OUTDD,I=INDD
SELECT MEMBER=((&C1ELEMENT.,,R))

//*******************************************************************
//* COPY & STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=LISTING LIBRARY *
//*******************************************************************
//COPYLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=COPY,COND=EVEN,
// EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,YES)
//C1LLIBI DD DSN=&LISTLIB1.,DISP=SHR
//C1LLIBO DD DSN=&LISTLIB2.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1BANNER DD DSN=&&BANNER.,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
// UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
// DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01 DD DSN=&&COPYLIST.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)

//*******************************************************************
//* PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=NO. *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
// EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
// DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.,
// DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=1330,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01 DD DSN=&&COPYLIST.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//**********************************************************************
//* UPDATE THE COMPONENT LIST WITH THE NEW OUTPUT COMPONENTS *
//* AND MOVE THE COMPONENT LIST TO THE NEXT STAGE
//**********************************************************************
//MOVECL EXEC PGM=BC1PMVCL,COND=(0,NE)
//*

How to Monitor Components in a Delete Processor

Important! The delete processor runs as the result of a DELETE action. When the DELETE
action is executed, the element and its associated Component List are deleted. Therefore,
you should not monitor a delete processor.

Changing processor groups invokes the delete processor.

How to Store Configuration Information

The components which are monitored and collected by the ACM Component Monitor are stored in
the ACM component list. As the repository for configuration information, this component list
provides a "snapshot" of a program—and the components which make up that program—each time
a monitored CA Endevor SCM processor is executed.

04-May-2018 87/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Component List
The ACM component list comprises multiple internal component categories. Each of these
component categories provides an essential piece of the in-depth information to analyze and manage
software configurations.

Element Information
Source for which an CA Endevor SCM processor is being executed. It tells you what the originating
CA Endevor SCM element source was when the component list was created.

Processor Information
Processor that is being executed for this particular element. It contains the
MONITOR=COMPONENTS keyword for specific data sets, and tells you the specific CA Endevor
SCM processor used when the component list was created.

Symbol Information
Symbolics that have been defined by the user for this processor. It tells you the symbolic, the
value that will be substituted for it when the processor is run, and where that value has been
defined — either directly in the PROC statement of the processor or as overridden through the
Processor Group Symbolics panel.

Input Components
Members in the monitored data sets which are read by programs (such as the compiler or linkage
editor) in the CA Endevor SCM processor when it collects components to build composite
modules. It tells you the related "pieces" of the element and where they came from.

Output Components
Monitored data sets which are written to by programs (such as the linkage editors or CA Endevor
SCM utilities) when composite modules are created. It tells you the members created during
processor execution.

The following diagram illustrates where the different pieces of component list information are
derived.

04-May-2018 88/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How ACM Stores Component Lists

Component information is recorded for all executed processor steps that read or update monitored
files. The recorded component information is used to create a new component list, or if a component
list exists, a new Component Delta level is created.

When a processor step abends, the monitored component information is logged in a new component
Delta level. If no component information has been logged at the time of the abend, then a Delta level
without component information is created.

The component list Base and Delta members are stored in the Delta library as defined on the Type
definition.

If the executed processor or processor group is changed to *NOPROC*, CA Endevor SCM deletes the
existing component list and its history.

Base/Delta Technology
The first time an CA Endevor SCM ACM component list is produced for a processor, it becomes the
base. Subsequent processor executions create new component lists, which are automatically
compared against the base to reflect component changes. ACM gives each set of changes (delta) a
new component level number. These base and deltas are stored in base and delta libraries as defined
in the element type definition.

The following illustrates how Base/Delta Technology works in ACM.

04-May-2018 89/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

As previously illustrated, ACM assigns each set of changes (delta) a new component level number. In
this example, the numbers assigned are Component Level 01.00 through Component Level 01.03.

Component Levels
The component level is indicated in the COMPONENT LEVEL INFORMATION section of the component
list. There may be a discrepancy between the component level and the element level because there is
absolutely no correlation between the component level and the element level .

Component levels are created each time a component list is generated and has changed since the last
generation. Component-level numbers are merely relative to the most recent generation; for
example, if component level 01.53 is the most recent level, level 01.52 is the one preceding it, and so
forth.

The element level, on the other hand, is automatically increased each time the element is updated,
regardless of whether the processor executed successfully.

CONSCAN Processor Utility

The CONSCAN processor utility provides an additional mechanism for ACM to capture configuration
information. A typical usage of this facility would be to capture the JCL— program relationships or
JCL— data set name relationships. The captured relationship information can be added to ACM using
the CONRELE processor utility. CONSCAN also creates control statements to be used by CONRELE to
update component information.

How Component Levels are Renumbered

To eliminate massive storage considerations, there is a limit to the number of component levels
which are stored in CA Endevor SCM. Starting at level 00, component levels are stored up until level
96 by default. At this point, when ACM is about to create another component list (and, hence,
another component level), the first 50 component levels are consolidated into level 0101, and

component levels 51 through 96 are renumbered as component levels 02 through 46. This process is

04-May-2018 90/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

component levels 51 through 96 are renumbered as component levels 02 through 46. This process is
repeated each time component level 96 is passed. What’s important to remember is that, at any
point in time, component level 00 is always considered to be the base, with subsequent component
levels treated as deltas.

View Component List Information

You can view information about a Component List in ACM at any time.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the ISPF/PDF Primary Options panel.

2. Open the CA Endevor SCM Environment Selection panel.

3. Select an environment and press Enter.

The CA Endevor SCM Primary Options panel appears.

4. Enter 1 (Display) and press Enter.

The Display Options menu appears.

5. Enter 1 (Element) and press Enter.

The Display Elements/Components List panel appears. From this panel, you can view different
types of information about Components lists.

6. Identify the element and the information that you want to display on this panel and press
Enter. The panel that displays next depends on the value in the DISPLAY SYS/SBS LIST field:

If you provided a wildcard in the SYSTEM and/or SUBSYSTEM fields and DISPLAY SYS/SBS
LIST = Y, CA Endevor SCM displays a System and/or Subsystem Selection List. Make
selections as necessary, pressing Enter after each selection.

If you provided a wildcard in the ELEMENT field, CA Endevor SCM displays an Element
Selection List or Confirmation panel, as indicated in the following:

If Build using MAP=Y, CA Endevor SCM displays a selection list of all elements in all
map environments that meet search criteria.

If Build using MAP=N (Default), CA Endevor SCM displays a selection list of all elements
in the current environment that meet search criteria.

If Build using MAP=Y, CA Endevor SCM displays a confirmation panel, indicating the
number of elements selected (from all environments).

04-May-2018 91/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If Build using MAP=N, CA Endevor SCM displays a confirmation panel, indicating the
number of elements selected (from the current environment).

Important! Use DISPLAY LIST = N with caution, especially in conjunction with

BUILD USING MAP = Y. When you press Enter at a Confirmation panel, you view
all selected elements.

7. Choose one of the following options.

If a Confirmation panel appears, press Enter to view the requested display for the number
of elements indicated on the Confirmation panel.

If an Element Selection List appears, use it to display information for one or more
elements. You can select any of the options by typing the option to the left of the element
name and pressing Enter.

Display Summary Information (SX)

You can display a summary of component list levels by entering SX in the OPTION field of the Display
Elements/Component Lists panel, or by entering SX to the left of an element name on the Element
Selection List and pressing Enter. CA Endevor SCM displays the Summary of Levels panel.

Display the Current Version and Level of an Element (BX)

To view the current version/level of the element, FINAPP01, and its related components, enter BX in
the OPTION field of the Display Elements/Component List panel, or to the left of an element name on
the Element Selection List and press Enter. CA Endevor SCM displays the current version of the
element and its related components.

Display Component Changes (CX)

To view component changes only, enter CX in the OPTION field of the Display Elements/Components
Lists panel, or to the left of an element name on the Element Selection List and press Enter. CA
Endevor SCM displays the current version of the element and its related component changes.

Display Change History (HX)

To view the change history, enter HX in the OPTION field of the Display Elements/Components Lists
panel, or to the left of an element name on the Element Selection List and press Enter. CA Endevor
SCM displays the change history for the specified element/component.

Input and Output Component Footprints

When footprints appear within an input or output component on a component list, it signifies that
the source that created that component was controlled (and thus footprinted) by CA Endevor SCM.

The product footprints contain the following information: site ID, environment, system, subsystem,

04-May-2018 92/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The product footprints contain the following information: site ID, environment, system, subsystem,
element, type, stage, version/level, and generate date/time.

When elements are controlled by CA Endevor SCM, their footprints are carried into the component
list during program execution. If, for example, you reference a copy record in a PDS that is CA
Endevor SCM controls, it contains a footprint that appears on the component list.

Load Modules controlled by CA Endevor SCM can contain multiple footprints. Consequently, when an
element is a load module (with multiple footprints), ACM does not capture all of the footprints for
display on the component list.

How Element Processing Works

CA Endevor SCM element action processing and Quick-Edit invoke the ACMQ query facility to report
on existing dependencies on the element modified by the action or Quick-Edit. After element action
processing is completed, CA Endevor SCM invokes ACMQ to determine if the element is referenced
by other elements. It then issues a message that appears in the execution message log, indicating the
result of the query.

Similarly, Quick-Edit invokes ACMQ to determine element dependencies when it displays the initial
text edit panel. It communicates the results of the query using ISPF ‘note’ lines. The additional
messages appear after the ‘fetched from location’ information note lines, if the element is being
fetched to the edit inventory location.

ACM Query Facility

Contents

Start ACMQ (see page 93)

Refresh ACMQ Data (see page 94)
ACM Query Panel (see page 96)
ACMQ Create GENERATE SCL Panel (see page 98)
ACM Submit JOBCARD Statements Panel (see page 99)
Batch SCM Query Utility (see page 99)

You can view "where-used" information against the ACM component data by utilizing the ACM Query
Facility. To activate this facility, see Using CA Endevor Software Change Manager ACM (see page 74).

The ACMQ command is used to perform online queries or SCL generation against the root and cross-
reference data sets.

Start ACMQ
You can start the ACMQ facility at any time to manage, through advanced automated technology, the
interrelationships between software components.

Follow these steps:

04-May-2018 93/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Execute a CLIST that allocates the library that contains the C1DEFLTS table and the CA
Endevor® SCM product libraries.

2. Do one of the following:

Enter AC on the command line of any CA Endevor® SCM panel.

Enter TSO ACMQ on any ISPF panel.

Execute ACMQ from ISPF, Option 6.

Select Option 2 from the NDVRUSER panel.

Refresh ACMQ Data

To enhance query performance, when you enter the ACM Query Facility, the component data
available at the time of invocation is used for all the queries performed inside of the facility.
Therefore, the data that you search in the ACMQ facility may not contain CA Endevor® SCM data that
has been updated since you entered ACMQ.

To refresh the component data that the facility uses in its searches, exit the ACMQ facility and then
re-enter it.

ACMQ Circular, Indirect, Related References

In addition to reporting on elements that have a direct reference to the object of your search, ACMQ
also returns elements that have a circular, indirect, or related relationship to the object of your
query. In ACMQ output, a "C", "*", or "R" next to the level number identifies circular, indirect or
related references respectively. All query methods allow you to eliminate these references from the
ACMQ output.

Circular References
A circular reference is an element that uses the same element as an input component. For example,
element A that uses element A as an input component. Another example, is element B that uses
element C, which uses element B. Circular references are, by default, included in ACMQ results and
are identified in ACMQ results by a C character following the level number.

ACMQ can identify circular references regardless of the number of elements between the first and
second occurrence of the same element.

A circular reference for a specific element is listed only once on every level. When a circular reference
for the same element exists on multiple levels (for example, A-B-A as well as A-C-D-A) then it is listed
on every level where it appears.

04-May-2018 94/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Indirect References
An indirect reference is an element whose name and type are the same as a previously found
element, but whose location is different. Indirect relationships can result when an element is moved,
but not generated, using a Move processor. By default, indirect references appear in ACMQ results
and are marked by an asterisk (*) following the level number.

The location of the indirect reference must be mapped with its model (the previously found
element). For where-used queries, indirect references are taken from locations lower in the map
from their model. For components used queries, indirect references are taken from locations higher
in the map from their model.

The purpose of indirect references is to find relations that may have been lost while using Move
processors. An indirect reference that adds no new relations to the ACMQ report, other than itself, is
not listed on the ACMQ report.

Example: Where-used Query and Indirect References

Suppose you perform a where-used query for an element named COPYA. Assume the following:

COPYA is an input component of an element named PGMB, type COBOL.

PGMB is an input component of an element named PGMC, type LNK.

COPYA, PGMB, and PGMC exist in the same environment (ENV1) and stage (STG 1).

The output for a where-used query on COPYA would be as follows:

LVL ELEMENT  TYPE     ENVIRON SYSTEM   SUBSYS   STG
 1  COPYA    CPY      ENV1    ..       ..        1
 2  PGMB     COBOL    ENV1    ..       ..        1
 3  PGMC     LNK      ENV1    ..       ..        1

Suppose that all three of the elements listed in the previous report are moved to the next stage (STG
2) using a Move processor, meaning that the component list data has been copied, but not rebuilt by
a Generate processor. In this case, a where-used query on COPYA would result in the following
output:
LVL ELEMENT  TYPE     ENVIRON SYSTEM   SUBSYS   STG
 1  COPYA    CPY      ENV1    ..       ..        1
 2  PGMB     COBOL    ENV1    ..       ..        2
 2* PGMB     COBOL    ENV1    ..       ..        1
 3* PGMC     LNK      ENV1    ..       ..        2

The first of the two elements that are marked with an asterisk (*) has the same name and type as an
element that is known to contain direct references to COPYA. However, because this element has
been moved to another CA Endevor® SCM location without being rebuilt, ACMQ cannot be sure that
it still contains references to COPYA. Therefore, ACMQ treats this element as having only an indirect
reference to the object of the query. In the report output, these indirect references are marked with
an asterisk and are displayed after the elements that definitely contain direct references to your
search.

Note also that elements that contain a reference to an indirect reference are themselves considered
indirect references, unless they also contain a direct reference to your search, or to an element that
directly references your search.

04-May-2018 95/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following notes apply to this example:

COPYA has no component list. Thus, when it is moved to the next stage, no component list
changes take place, nor do any ACMQ changes take place. Accordingly, ACMQ continues to
reference it in ENV1 / STG 1.

When PGMB COBOL is moved to the next stage, its component list is copied and becomes the
component list of PGMB COBOL in STG 2. However, because no changes have been made to the
list (other than copying it), the reference in PGMB COBOL in STG 2 to COPYA remains. ACMQ then
determines that PGMB COBOL in ENV1 / STG 1 is an indirect reference because it has the same
element name and type as PGMB COBOL in ENV1 / STG 2.

PGMC LNK in ENV1 / STG 1 had a reference to PGMB COBOL in ENV1 / STG 1. When it was moved,
it underwent the same changes as PGMB COBOL; thus, PGMC LNK in ENV1 / STG 2 continues to
reference PGMB COBOL in ENV1 / STG 1. Because PGMC LNK refers to an indirect reference
(PGMB COBOL in ENV1 / STG 1), ACMQ considers it to be an indirect reference.

Related Element References

ACMQ distinguishes between references created by the ACM Component Monitor and references
created using the CONRELE utility.

A related reference is an element whose relationship to another element is identified using the
extended processor CONRELE utility, which includes entities related to an element in a component
list when generating component list reports and when using the LIST action. Related references
appear in ACMQ results, by default, and are marked by an R character following the level number.
Indirect references of these CONRELE related references are marked by an *R (R preceded by an
asterisk) following the level number.

ACMQ distinguishes between references created by the ACM Component Monitor and references
created using the CONRELE utility. The references created with the CONRELE utility appear in ACMQ
reports marked with an R character following the level number. ACMQ also searches for indirect
references of these CONRELE utility related references. If found they are marked by an *R (R
preceded by an asterisk) on the report.

If you have thousands of related comments or related objects, you may want to enable the option
ACMQ_CMNT_QUERY_PERF=ON in the Optional Features Table (ENCOPTBL). When this feature is
enabled, the search string is matched with the beginning of each comment or object record. By
default the option is disabled, which allows searching throughout the entire string.

ACM Query Panel

The ACM Query panel is the primary panel within ACM that supports all online query functions. Use
this panel to perform ACM queries for specified elements, members, comments, or objects. You can
also build GENERATE SCL based on the results.

This panel contains the following fields:

Option
Specifies the type of query to be performed. Choose one of the following values:

BLANK - Element Query: Displays WHEre-used or COMponents-used information associated

04-May-2018 96/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BLANK - Element Query: Displays WHEre-used or COMponents-used information associated

with the element at the inventory location specified. The inventory name specifications can
be name masked.

M - Member Query: Displays WHEre-used information for non-element PDS members

referenced in element component lists. Optionally, the DSNAME field can be used to further
identify the member (for example, SYS1.MACLIB, specified without quotes.)

C - Where-used Comment Query: Displays WHEre-used Comment relationships that have

been manually defined using the CONRELE utility in a processor. Use the Comment/Object
field to specify the data. This field is case-sensitive.

O - Where-Used Object Query: Displays WHEre-used Object relationships that have been
manually defined using the CONRELE utility in a processor. Use the Comment/Object field to
specify the data. This field is case-sensitive.

Element/Member
Specifies the name of the element or member object of the query. Valid for options blank or M.

Element Query Information

Specifies the inventory location used to limit which elements the search pertains to.Valid for
option blank. Name masking is allowed.

MEMBER Query Information (DSNAME)

Specifies an optional data set name used to limit which library the search pertains to. Valid for
option M (member query). Name masking of characters is not allowed and beginning and ending
quotes are not allowed.

Comment/Object Query Information

Specifies the name of the comment or object the search pertains to. Valid for options C or O.
Name masking of characters is not allowed. Beginning and ending quotes are optional. This field is
case-sensitive. For best results we recommend you leave the inventory fields blank.

Query Options
Specifies the type of query to be performed. Choose one of the following values:

Where Used/Components Used: Directs ACMQ to provide where-used or components-used

information. Specify “WHE” for where-used information or “COM” for components-used
information.

Note: "COM" is valid for Element queries only, as Members, Comments, and Objects
do not have component lists.

Foreground/Batch Mode: Directs ACMQ either to submit a JOB for batch processing or to
perform the query processing in foreground mode. (If batch mode is specified, a secondary
panel is displayed to allow entry of a JOBCARD.)

Create Generate SCL: Directs ACMQ to create standard CA Endevor® SCM GENERATE SCL
syntax. A secondary panel is displayed to allow entry of GENERATE action-related options.

04-May-2018 97/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Exclude circular references: Specifies whether to exclude circular references. Valid values are
Y or N:
Y - Exclude circular relationships records from the output data returned
N - Include circular relationships records from the output data returned.

Exclude indirect: Specifies whether to exclude indirect references. Valid values are Y or N:
Y - Exclude indirect relationships records from the output data returned
N - Include indirect relationships records from the output data returned.

Exclude related: Specifies whether to exclude related references. Valid values are Y or N:
Y - Exclude related relationships records from the output data returned
N - Include related relationships records from the output data returned.

ACMQ Create GENERATE SCL Panel

The ACMQ Create GENERATE SCL panel enables you to specify GENERATE-related options.

This panel contains the following field areas:

ACTION OPTIONS
The CCID field allows you to specify any 12-character CCID. This CCID is not validated until the
built SCL is actually executed. The Comment field is available for you to define a comment of up
to 40 characters. No validation is done on the Comment field.
Either Copyback or NoSource can be set to Y, but not both. The Copyback and NoSource options
use the inventory specified on this panel. If neither Copyback nor NoSource is specified, then the
default option is Generate In Place. For the Generate in Place option, Inventory is invalid and
cannot be specified.

To GENERATE W/COPYBACK or NOSOURCE specify ENV/STG and optionally SYS/SBS:

Use these fields to specify the target CA Endevor® SCM location for the Generate action with the
Copyback option or with the NoSource option. Environment and Stage Number are required
entries. When you specify values for these fields, ACMQ builds Generate SCL with the option you
specified. You can also use the System and Subsystem optional fields to further specify the CA
Endevor® SCM location where the element will be copied back. For Generate action without the
Copyback or NoSource options, leave the Environment, Stage Number, System and Subsystem
fields blank.

REQUEST DATA SET

Use these fields to define the data set to which you want to write the action requests. The data
set must be a partitioned data set or a sequential file, and must be allocated prior to referencing
it on this panel.

STOPRC
Use this field to insert a SET STOPRC value. Valid values range from 4 to 16. CA Endevor® SCM will
stop processing actions when a previous action has a return code equal to or higher than the
defined STOPRC.

04-May-2018 98/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: If you append SCL to existing SCL and the existing SCL already contains a SET STOPRC
card, this option will not modify the existing SET STOPRC card.

OTHER PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL DATA SET

As an alternative to the REQUEST DATA SET fields, you can use the OTHER PARTITIONED OR
SEQUENTIAL DATA SET field.

ACM Submit JOBCARD Statements Panel

The ACM Submit JOBCARD Statements panel accepts batch-related user information (JOBCARD).

Batch SCM Query Utility

The Batch ACM Query utility, BC1JACMQ, lets you extract ACM data to produce reports or to create
SCL statements for generate actions.

The utility accepts SCL as input. Depending on the list syntax you include in BC1JACMQ, the utility
produces one of the following types of reports.

The List Using Components For Element action produces a components-used report that lists
elements that use the component you specify.

The List Used Components For Element action produces a where-used report that lists
components that are used by the element you specify.

If the Set Build Action Generate statement is coded in the SCL prior to one of the list actions, then
generate action SCL statements are created, instead of a report.

The utility offers equivalent functionality to the online ACM query facility and has some extra filtering
options that are not available in foreground.

Create SCL Statements for Generate Actions

You can use the Batch ACM Query utility, BC1JACMQ, to create SCL statements for generate actions.

Follow these steps:

1. Add a valid job card at the front of the BC1JACMQ job stream.

2. Change the data set names and other variables to the appropriate values for your installation.

3. Edit the SCL in BC1JACMQ as appropriate for your query.

a. Edit the Set Build Action Generate statement. For more information, see Set Build
Action Generate.

b. After the Set Build Action Generate statement, include one of following List
statements.

04-May-2018 99/1109
 3.

b. CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To build SCL statements limited to elements that use a specified component, use
the SCL for List Using Components for Elements. (see page 102)

To build SCL statements limited to components that are used by a specified

element, use the SCL List Used Components for Element. (see page 104)

The utility will build SCL statements for generate actions for the elements identified by the
List statement.

4. Edit BC1JACMQ to change the ACMOUT statement to allocate, or to point to, an existing 80-
character file.

5. Execute the ACM query utility.

The SCL statements are written to the ACMOUT file.

Set Build Action Generate

The Set Build Action Generate statement syntax for the Batch ACM Query utility, BC1JACMQ, is
shown next:
►►─ SET ─ BUIld ─ ACTion ─ GENerate ────────────────────────────────────►

►──┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬──────────►
   └─ FROm ─┤ LOC ├ ┬── COPyback ─┬────────────┬──┬──────────┘
                    │             └─ SEArch ◄ ─┘  │          
                    └─ NOSOurce ──────────────────┘
►─ ¤ ─┬───────────────────────────────────────────┬─ ¤ ─ . ─────────────►◄
      ├─ CCId ─ ccid ─────────────────────────────┤
      └─ COMment ─ comment ───────────────────────┘

Expansion of LOC
├── ¤ ─┬─ ENVironment ─ environment-name ─┬─ ¤ ─────────────────────────┤
       ├─ SYStem ─ sys-name ──────────────┤
       ├─ SUBsystem ─ subsys-name ────────┤
       └─ STAge NUMber ─ stage-number ────┘

Parameters

This action uses the following parameters.

SET BUIld ACTion GENerate

Builds SCL statements for generate actions for the elements identified by the List statement
coded after the Set Build Action Generate statement in the Batch ACM Query utility. Each
generate action SCL statement that is created can be used to execute the generate processor for
the current level of the element identified by the List statement.

FROM LOC 1 COPyback SEArch | NOSOurce

(Optional) Adds the FROM LOC 1 to each generate action SCL statement.Either COPYBACK or
NOSOURCE must also be specified.

COPYBACK SEARCH
(Optional) Causes the current level of the element to be copied back to the FROM stage
before the element is generated. CA Endevor® SCM first copies the current level of the
element back to the FROM stage, then generates the element. CA Endevor® SCM searches
for the element first in the current environment, then in other stages along the map.
If the element currently exists in the FROM stage, CA Endevor® SCM ignores the
COPYBACK option and simply generates the element.
SEARCH is only valid with the COPYBACK option. NOSEARCH is no longer valid on the

04-May-2018 100/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SEARCH is only valid with the COPYBACK option. NOSEARCH is no longer valid on the
COPYBACK clause. COPYBACK implies SEARCH. It is not necessary to specify SEARCH.
COPYBACK cannot be used with NOSOURCE.

NOSOurce
(Optional) When the target location has a sourced element, the element is generated in
place.
When the target location has a sourceless element, the element is generated at the target
location using the source of the first occurance of the element found up the map.
When the element does not exist at the target location, the element is generated at the
target location using the source of the first occurance of the element found up the map.
The source is not fetched to the target. The MCF element created at the target location
will contain data similiar to a fetched back element except that the element base and
delta name fields will be blank and the record will be marked as a sourceless element.
NOSOURCE cannot be used with COPYBACK. It is not necessary to specify the SEARCH
option with NOSOURCE, because NOSOURCE implies SEARCH.

CCID ccid
(Optional) Specifies a 1- to 12-character CCID to be included in each of the generate action
SCL statements. If your site's system definitions requires a CCID, you must specify this option.
If you do not provide a required CCID, then when the generate action SCL statements are
executed, the generate action will fail. The generate with copyback action uses the CCID to:

Set the generate and component list delta CCID field

Set the last action CCID field

Set the source and source delta CCID field.

COMMENT comment-text
(Optional) Specifies the 1- to 70-character comment to be included in the SCL generate
actions. If your site's system definitions requires a comment, you must specify this option. If
you do not provide a required comment, then when the generate action SCL statements are
executed, the generate action will fail. The generate with copyback action uses the comment
to:

Set the generate and component list delta comment field

Set the last action comment field

Set the source and source delta comment field.

LOC
Identifies the location to which the elements are copied before the elements are generated. This
is the location from which the element is generated. If you use the FROM keyword, you must at
least specify the environment and stage. In addition, you can also specify system, subsystem, or
both, but environment and stage are always required.

ENVironment environment-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the environment in which you want to perform
your query.

04-May-2018 101/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

STAge NUMber stage-number

Specifies the number of the stage in which you want to perform your query.

SYStem system-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the system in which you want to perform your
query.

SUBsystem subsystem-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the subsystem in which you want to perform
your query.

Create a Query Report Using the Batch ACM Query Utility

You can use the Batch ACM Query utility, BC1JACMQ, to produce an ACM query report.

Follow these steps:

1. Add a valid job card at the front of the BC1JACMQ job stream.

2. Change the data set names and other variables in BC1JACMQ to the appropriate values for
your installation.

3. Edit BC1JACMQ to specify the SCL required for your query.

a. To produce a components-used report, use the SCL for List Using Components For
Element. (see page 102)

b. To produce a where-used report, use the SCL for List Used Components For Element.
(see page 104)

4. (Optional) Edit BC1JACMQ to change the ACMOUT file format, depending on the type of
report layout you prefer.

To return the data in report format, which includes headings and page numbers, code this
statement:
//ACMOUT  DD  SYSOUT=*,DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0)
//ACMOUT  DD  DSN=uprfx.uqual.file-name,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80

To return the data in panel display format, which includes the same data shown in report
format, except it does not include headings or page numbers and is shown in 80-character
layout, code this statement:

5. Execute the ACM query utility.

The data is extracted depending on the SCL list statement you specified and is written to the
ACMOUT file in the format you specified.

List Using Components For Element

The List Using Components for Element syntax for the batch ACM Query utility, BC1JACMQ, is shown
next:
►►─ LISt ─ USIng ─ COMPonents FOR ─┬─ ELEment ─ element ─┬───────┬──┬──►
                                   │                     └┤ LOC ├┘  │

04-May-2018 102/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

                                   ├─ MEMber ─ member ──────────────┤
                                   ├─ OBJect ─ objecttext ──────────┤
                                   └─ COMment ─ Comment text ───────┘

 ►─┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─ . ─────►◄
   └─ OPTions ─ ¤ ─┬───────────────────────────────────┬─ ¤ ─┘
                   ├─ FILTer COMPonents WITh ─┤ LOC ├──┤
                   ├─ EXClude CIRculars ───────────────┤
                   ├─ EXClude INDirect ────────────────┤
                   └─ EXClude RELated ─────────────────┘

Expansion of LOC
├── ¤ ─┬─ ENVironment ─ environment-name ─┬─ ¤ ─────────────────────────┤
       ├─ SYStem ─ sys-name ──────────────┤
       ├─ SUBsystem ─ subsys-name ────────┤
       ├─ TYPe ─ type-name ───────────────┤
       └─ STAge NUMber ─ stage-number ────┘

Parameters

This action uses the following parameters:

LISt USIng COMPonents FOR

Extracts a list of elements that use the specified component. The component is identified by one
of the options. You can only code one of the following options:

ELEment element LOC

Specifies the 1- to 10-character element name. Name masking is allowed. You can limit the
search by specifying the location, but that is optional. You can specify any of the environment,
stage, system, subsystem, or type parameters to limit the scope of the query. These location
parameters are valid only for Element queries. You can specify no parameters or any
combination of environment, stage, system, subsystem, or type. When any of these
parameters are specified, the query searches for dependents that used the element when the
component resided in this specific inventory location at the time the component list was built.
If you want to limit the scope of the query to those elements that currently reside in a specific
inventory location you should use the Options clause with the Filter Elements Where Location
option.

MEMber member
Specifies a component that matches the specified 1- to 10-character member name. Name
masking is allowed.

DSName 'dsname'
(Optional) Specifies the 1- to 44-character data set name for the specified member. Enclose
the data set name in single quotes. Name masking is allowed.

Object object-text
Specifies the object text string. Name masking is not allowed. Each object record in the ACM
query data sets is matched with the specified text string. If the string is found anywhere in the
text, the record is used.

Comment comment-text
Specifies the comment text string. Name masking is not allowed. Each comment record in the
ACM query datasets is matched with the specified text string. If the string is found anywhere
in the text, the record is used. For example, if the ACMQ content is “Will ACMQ find this
comment string”, then a query using “this*” will not find the string. However, a search for
“this comm” will result in a match. ACMQ respects uppercase and lowercase letters if the
option MONOCASE_SEARCH is activated in the optional features table ENCOPTBL.

04-May-2018 103/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

OPTions
(Optional) Specifies various options.

FILTer COMPonents WITh LOC

Filters the ACM data to return only those elements found at the specified location. This option
eliminates all non-element output records (member, object, and comment) from the output.
It eliminates all related elements also. This is true even if you wildcard all the location values.

EXClude CIRculars
Filters the ACM data to exclude elements that have a circular relationship to the object of
your search.

EXClude INDirect
Filters the ACM data to exclude indirectly related components.

EXClude RELated
Filters the ACM data to exclude related components.

LOC
The location fields further qualify the element query object. You can specify the location by the
environment, system, subsystem, or type.

ENVironment environment-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the environment in which you want to perform
your query.

SYStem system-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the system in which you want to perform your
query.

SUBsystem subsystem-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the subsystem in which you want to perform
your query.

TYPe type-name
Specifies the type of the elements for which you are searching. The type name can be one to
eight characters in length.

STAge NUMber stage-number

Specifies the number of the stage in which you want to perform your query.

List Used Components For Element

The List Used Components With syntax for the Batch ACM Query utility, BC1JACMQ, is shown next:
►►─ LISt ─ USEd ─ COMPonents FOR ─ ELEment ─ element ─┬───────┬──────────►
                                                      └┤ LOC ├┘

 ►─┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─ . ───────►◄
   └─ OPTions ─ ¤ ─┬───────────────────────────────────┬─ ¤ ─┘
                   ├─ FILTer COMPonents WITh ─┤ LOC ├ ─┤
                   ├─ EXClude CIRculars ───────────────┤
                   ├─ EXClude INDirect ────────────────┤
                   └─ EXClude RELated ─────────────────┘

Expansion of LOC

04-May-2018 104/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Expansion of LOC
├── ¤ ─┬─ ENVironment ─ environment-name ─┬─ ¤ ──────────────────────────┤
       ├─ SYStem ─ sys-name ──────────────┤
       ├─ SUBsystem ─ subsys-name ────────┤
       ├─ TYPe ─ type-name ───────────────┤
       └─ STAge NUMber ─ stage-number ────┘

Parameters

This action uses the following parameters:

LISt USEd COMPonents FOR ELEment element LOC

Extracts a list of components that use the specified element. Optionally, you can limit the search
by specifying the element's location.

OPTions

FILTer COMPonents WITh LOC

Filters the ACM data to return only those elements found at the specified location. This option
eliminates all non-element output records (member, object, and comment) from the output.
It eliminates all related elements also. This is true even if you wildcard all the location values.

EXClude CIRculars
Filters the ACM data to exclude components that have a circular relationship to the object of
your search.

EXClude INDirect
Filters the ACM data to exclude indirectly related components.

EXClude RELated
Filters the ACM data to exclude related components.

LOC
The location fields further qualify the element query object. You can specify the location by the
environment, system, subsystem, or type.

ENVironment environment-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the environment in which you want to perform
your query.

SYStem system-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the system in which you want to perform your
query.

SUBsystem subsystem-name
Specifies the one- to eight-character name of the subsystem in which you want to perform
your query.

TYPe type-name
Specifies the type of the elements for which you are searching. The type name can be one to
eight characters in length.

STAge NUMber stage-number

Specifies the number of the stage in which you want to perform your query.

04-May-2018 105/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Analyzing and Managing Software Configuration

Information
Contents

Software Control Language (see page 106)

How to Perform Impact Analysis (see page 109)

Software Control Language

CA Endevor® SCM Software Control Language (SCL) is a freeform language, with English-like
statements, that lets you manipulate elements and operate against multiple environments within CA
Endevor® SCM. You can code SCL manually or generate it through selected batch panels.

This section describes the various SCL statements that can be used with ACM.

Note: For more information about SCL, see SCL Reference (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/SCL+Reference).

LIST Action
This action scans elements or members in the Master Control File or a library, and generates a list of
elements/members that meet your specific selection criteria.

The CA Endevor® SCM LIST action invokes ACMQ to satisfy simple, component name, inventory
location, “WHERE [INPUT | OUTPUT]” components criteria. Additional criteria such as CCID or
historical dependencies (“ALL” parameter) require CA Endevor® SCM to search its base / delta
libraries to perform the search. CA Endevor® SCM defaults to using ACMQ whenever possible to
perform component-related list processing.

The LIST action includes several clauses that pertain specifically to ACM. You can use these clauses to
limit selection criteria as it applies to component lists.

WHERE Clauses
WHERE clauses instruct CA Endevor® SCM to generate a list of elements or members where specific
criteria is met. Within the WHERE clause of the LIST action are two sections that pertain specifically
to ACM:

WHERE component spec

Lets you indicate that only those component lists containing input, output, and/or processor
components matching a designated component name can be selected for the LIST action.
Conversely, you can indicate that you want to see only those component lists that do not contain
the designated component.

You can also indicate that a specific range of components be considered, using the THROUGH

04-May-2018 106/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

You can also indicate that a specific range of components be considered, using the THROUGH
component-name clause with the WHERE component spec clause.

If the component is footprinted, you can specify the following additional selection criteria:

Version and/or level of the component. When you specify a version number, only those
elements with components matching that number is selected for the LIST action.

Similarly, if you specify a level number here, only those elements with components matching
that level is selected.

Component location information (environment, system, subsystem, type, and stage, or file or
dsname).

WHERE ACM component spec Lets you set compound criteria, when component lists must
contain one component and another or either one component or another. You can also specify
that a component list that does not contain one component and another or either one
component or another be selected.

You can have any number of compound criteria in a single clause.

Build Clauses
Indicate specific information to be applied to each action statement. Within the BUILD clause are two
sections that apply to CA Endevor® SCM ACM:

BUILD LEVEL
Indicates whether you want the version and level of the specified element to appear on the
action cards generated by the LIST request. Three options are available when coding this clause:

CURRENT
If the WHERE component spec clause has not been coded for the action, or no component list
exists, CA Endevor® SCM defaults to the current level of the element.

NONE
Indicates that the current version and level are not to be listed for the element.

ACTUAL
Indicates that the level of the component as recorded in the component list, rather than the
current level of the element as recorded in the Master Control File, should be used when
building the action statement.

BUILD WITH COMPONENTS

Indicates that action cards should be generated for every input component that is associated with
the specified element.

Print Action
This action prints selected information about an elements) or library members, depending on the
criteria entered.

04-May-2018 107/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

When you select the COMPONENTS option, CA Endevor® SCM prints all component information
(element, processor, input, and output data) relating to the element specified. You can code this
option alone or with the following PRINT options: BROWSE, CHANGE, HISTORY, SUMMARY, or
MASTER.

CA Endevor® SCM prints as much information as is available for the component list. For example, if
you request the COMPONENT CHANGES option but there are no changes to the output components
section, that section would not appear on the associated listing.

Set Build Statement

This statement is used when you do not code BUILD information in the LIST action request. As with
the BUILD statement in the LIST action:

SET BUILD LEVEL CURRENT defaults to the current level of the element if the WHERE component-
spec clause has not been coded for the action or if no component list exists.

SET BUILD NONE indicates that the current version and level are not to be listed for the element.

SET BUILD LEVEL ACTUAL indicates that the actual level of the component should be used when
building the request.

SET BUILD WITH COMPONENTS indicates that action cards should be generated for every input
component associated with the designated element.

Set Options Statement

This statement lets you indicate that one or a series of options should be applied to all subsequent
actions in a LIST request (until the next SET OPTIONS or a CLEAR OPTIONS statement is encountered,
or processing ends). The options that do not apply to the action are ignored. In addition, if you
indicate an option in the action statement and have also coded that option in the SET OPTIONS
statement, the entry in the action statement overrides the SET OPTIONS selection. The following
options apply to ACM:

ONLY COMPONENTS (used with the DELETE action) allows you to delete the component lists for
an element, but not the element itself.

COMPONENT (used with the PRINT action) provides printed output pertaining to component list
information for the element specified. You can use this option alone, or in combination with one
of the following PRINT options: BROWSE, CHANGE, HISTORY, SUMMARY, or MASTER.

Set Where Statement

This statement is used when you do not code WHERE information in the LIST request. The selection
criteria you can enter here is the same as would be entered with the LIST action. Again, the following
clauses pertain specifically to ACM:

WHERE component-spec

WHERE ACM component-spec

04-May-2018 108/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Clear Statements
CLEAR statements clear the information that has been designated by the related SET statements.

CLEAR BUILD clears like information you have entered in the SET BUILD statement.

CLEAR OPTIONS clears like information you have entered in the SET OPTIONS statement. Note,
however, that to clear the SET OPTIONS COMPONENT statement, you must enter the statement
CLEAR OPTIONS PRINT.

CLEAR WHERE clears the like information you have entered in a SET WHERE statement.

How to Perform Impact Analysis

You can perform change impact analysis functions using the configuration information that ACM
collects with CA Endevor® SCM Software Control Language SCL. For example, you can:

Analyze system behavior.

Propagate a component change to all affected programs.

Note: The Autogen action option provides a more efficient way to propagate component
changes. When specified on an Add, Update, or Generate action for a component
element, Autogen automatically generates the elements that use the component element.
Autogen requires that ACM be enabled at your site. For a more detailed description of
Autogen, see Autogen Action Option (see page 113). For more information about Autogen,
see the scenario-based knowledge document , in the .

Validate a system for consistent use of components.

Note: The Validate action is a more efficient way to validate components. The SCL
statement Validate lets you verify that all components exist and are valid. Valdiate
requires that ACM be enabled at your site. For more information, see Validate
Components (see page 116).

Recreate past program versions.

Move related source components during promotion to production.

How to Analyze System Behavior

Programs sometimes abort after being moved into production. In order to fix the cause, problems
must first be identified. Problem-solving can be extremely time-consuming when working in the
absence of tools which specifically help detect problem areas.

This example uses ACM to determine why element FINAPP01 experienced a production outage.

04-May-2018 109/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Create PRINT SCL.

2. Submit the job for batch execution and view the resulting report.

3. Analyze system behavior.

How to Create PRINT SCL

Although you could browse change history online, the following sample demonstrates how you can
identify changed components using SCL Print commands:
PRINT    ELEMENT            FINAPP01
FROM     ENVIRONMENT        DEMO
         SYSTEM             FINANCE
         SUBSYSTEM          ACCTPAY
         TYPE               COBOL
         STAGE              P
OPTIONS HISTORY            COMPONENTS.

By coding:

PRINT ELEMENT FINAPP01

Instruct ACM to print element FINAPP01.

FROM ENVIRONMENT
Further specifies the production stage (STAGE P) of the ACCTPAY subsystem within the FINANCE
system.

OPTIONS HISTORY COMPONENTS

Instruct ACM to print the component list with history to determine what and where components
changed.

Since no TO statement has been coded, CA Endevor® SCM uses the default TO C1PRINT to print
the element.

How to Submit the Job for Batch Execution and View the Resulting Report
Once the SCL has been coded, submit the job for batch execution using the batch processing
capabilities. The SCL commands are now automatically applied to the information collected and
stored by ACM.

After submitting the job, you can view the batch execution results.

How to Analyze System Behavior

The Processor Information section in the above component list report shows that the processor used
to compile and link the element has changed since the last compilation. The Input Components
section shows that two input components -- copybooks HEADER1 and PAGING -- have changed. At
this point, you can view the changes made to these two components online, or print a report of the
changes made.

ACM lets to analyze system behavior and quickly determine the changes that might have caused our
production failure.

04-May-2018 110/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Propagate a Component Change to All Affected Programs

Note: The Autogen action option provides a more efficient way to propagate component
changes. When specified on an Add, Update, or Generate action for a component element,
Autogen automatically generates the elements that use the component element. Autogen
requires that ACM be enabled at your site. For a more detailed description of Autogen, see
Autogen Action Option (see page 113). For more information about Autogen, see the
scenario-based knowledge document , in the .

When changes are made to a component, it is necessary to propagate those changes to all programs
containing that component.

In the example that follows, copybook COPYREC needs to be changed in order to complete a change
request for program C1PRTX00. Once the change is completed and tested in program C1PRTX00, the
change to copybook COPYREC is propagated to all programs in which it is used.

If you are not using AUTOGEN, propagating component changes to all affected programs requires the
following steps:

1. Change and test the retrieved copybook and program.

2. Add the copybook and program to the entry stage.

3. Create LIST SCL and execute it.

4. Tailor the generated SCL and execute it.

How to Change and Test the Retrieved Copybook and Program

Program C1PRTX00 was retrieved from CA Endevor® SCM to complete Application Systems Request
#9043. While making the change to program C1PRTX00, a change is also made to copybook COPYREC.

How to Add the Copybook and Program to the Entry Stage

Once the changes have been completed, program C1PRTX00 and copybook COPYREC are added to
the entry stage. Before system testing can begin, the change to copybook COPYREC needs to be
propagated to all programs in which it is used.

How to Create and Execute LIST SCL

The LIST command identifies all elements in the system Personnel that use the copybook COPYREC as
an input component.
LIST     ELEMENTS       *
FROM     ENVIRONMENT    DEM0
         SYSTEM         PERSONEL
         SUBSYSTEM      *
         TYPE           *
         STAGE          P
TO       DSNAME ‘BST.C1DEMO.SRCLIB’
WHERE    INPUT COMPONENT EQUAL COPYREC.

By coding:

04-May-2018 111/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

By coding:

LIST ELEMENTS *
Instruct ACM to look at all elements, regardless of name.

FROM ENVIRONMENT
Restrict the search of elements to the production stage (STAGE P) of the Personnel system
(SYSTEM PERSONEL), regardless of subsystem and type.

TO DSNAME
Instruct ACM to write out the list of elements which meet the search criteria for the data set BST.
C1DEMO.SRCLIB. Since no member name was coded in the OPTIONS statement, a default
member name (TEMPNAME) is created. If member TEMPNAME exists, it is not replaced, and this
instance causes an error that stops execution of the LIST command.
However, if member TEMPNAME does not exist, it is created and SCL statements are written
identifying every element that meets the WHERE conditions.

WHERE
Instruct ACM to look at every element with a component list, and to search the component list
for an input component of COPYREC. Every element that contains INPUT COMPONENT = COPYREC
will have an SCL action statement written out to the member TEMPNAME in the BST.C1DEMO.
SRCLIB data set.

The SCL generated from the above request is as follows:

SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONEL SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE COBOL    STAGE NUMBER 2.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX00     VERSION 01 LEVEL 02
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX20     VERSION 01 LEVEL 02
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX30     VERSION 01 LEVEL 05
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX40     VERSION 01 LEVEL 05

How to Tailor and Execute the Generated SCL

Now add the following SET commands to the generated SCL:
SET ACTION GENERATE.
SET OPTION COPYBACK.
SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONEL SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE COBOL    STAGE NUMBER 1.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX00     VERSION 01 LEVEL 02.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX20     VERSION 01 LEVEL 02.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX30     VERSION 01 LEVEL 05.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1PRTX40     VERSION 01 LEVEL 05.

By coding:

SET ACTION
Instruct ACM to change all of the &&ACTION statements to GENERATE. ("&&ACTION" appears on
the action cards generated for each element/component when you do not specify an action in the
LIST request.) The GENERATE action executes the generate processor (compile) for all programs
which use the copybook COPYREC.

SET OPTION
By setting the COPYBACK option, ACM copies back the current version/level of each program to
the entry stage. (if it does not exist in the entry stage) before executing the generate processor.

04-May-2018 112/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Autogen Action Option

When specified on an Add, Update, or Generate action for a component element, the Autogen action
option automatically generates using elements. A using element is an element that uses a component
element. For example, if Autogen is specified for copybook COPYA, the programs that use that
copybook are known as using elements. Specifying Autogen for an element of Type Macro
automatically generates the source elements that use the macro, which generates the appropriate
LNK elements.

Autogen is available in batch only for the Add, Update, and Generate actions and cannot be used in
packages. CCIDs and comments from the original generated element are used. Autogen generates
only those using elements that are found at the same inventory location as the target component or
are found higher up the logical map. To generate using elements located across Systems or
Subsystems, you can use the Autogen Span options. For more information about the Span options,
see Administrating (see page 36).

If you specify the Autogen option on any one of a group of statements, all of those statements are
resolved based on the current inventory contents before any statement is executed. Statements such
as GENERATE ELEMENT * create actions based on the location and options of the Generate action.
During processing, duplicate Generate actions are eliminated, and the NoSource option is enabled for
all the Generate actions built by Autogen.

An administrator can change the behavior of the Autogen feature, by activating

AUTOGEN_SOURCE in the Optional Features Table (ENCOPTBL). When this option is
activated, the Generate actions for the using Elements are built with the Copyback, instead
of the NoSource, option.

Autogen improves processing by eliminating duplicate processing of components and reduces the
work that is required of users, who no longer must use the Automated Configuration Manager Query
facility (ACMQ) to create additional Generate actions for element components and run another batch
job to process them.

You can run Autogen in simulation mode, to preview the effects of an Autogen request.

The following restrictions apply to Autogen:

Autogen requires Global Type Sequencing so that the elements that use a component are
generated after all of the components have been processed (for example, macros before source,
source before load modules).

Autogen only acts on components whose Types are listed in the Global Type Sequencing table. If
the component's Type is not listed in the Global Type Sequencing table, the Autogen request is
ignored.

Your site must have purchased and activated the option CA Endevor SCM Automated
Configuration. You can use the Display Site panel to determine if this option is activated (ASCM=Y)
at your site.

04-May-2018 113/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Autogen cannot be specified on actions that are included in a package, because approvers must
see the SCL statements that they are approving.

Autogen and the bypass generate element (GENERATE ELEMENT=N) options are mutually
exclusive.

Autogen is a batch option. It cannot be specified on foreground requests.

How to Validate a System for Consistent Use of Components

Note: The Validate action is a more efficient way to validate components. The SCL
statement Validate lets you verify that all components exist and are valid. Valdiate requires
that ACM be enabled at your site. For more information, see Validate Components (see
page 116).

In this example, many changes have gone into production. Many common routines have changed
which, in turn, have affected programs. ACM lets you confirm that all programs are using
components (copybooks, CALLed routines) that are at the right version/level.

Validating consistent use of components involves three steps:

1. Create LIST SCL and execute it.

2. View Execution Report.

3. Check generated SCL for inconsistent components.

How to Create and Execute LIST SCL

In this example, we use the LIST command to select all elements and their related components.
LIST     ELEMENTS       *
FROM     ENVIRONMENT    DEMO
         SYSTEM         PERSONEL
         SUBSYSTEM      *
         TYPE           *
         STAGE          P
TO       DSNAME ‘BST.C1DEMO.SRCLIB’
         MEMBER ‘PVALID’
WHERE    COMPONENTS = *
BUILD    WITH COMPONENTS
OPTIONS DETAIL REPORT.

By coding:

LIST ELEMENTS *
Instruct ACM to search for all (*) elements as specified by the FROM statement

FROM ENVIRONMENT
Restrict the search to the production stage (STAGE P) of the Personnel system (SYSTEM
PERSONEL), regardless of subsystem and type.

TO DSNAME

04-May-2018 114/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TO DSNAME
Instruct ACM to write out the list of elements which meet the search criteria to the data set BST.
C1DEMO.SRCLIB.

WHERE COMPONENTS = *
Instruct ACM to select each element with a component list in the Personnel system in Stage P.

BUILD WITH COMPONENTS

Instruct ACM to build actions for each element and all input components for the element.

OPTIONS DETAIL REPORT

Instruct ACM to list each element searched and its related components in the Execution Report.
ACM sorts the information collected by environment, system, subsystem, type, stage, and
element, and produces List-generated SCL in the member PVALID. Wherever there are
inconsistent components, ACM highlights them.

There are two outputs: an Execution Report and List-generated SCL. You always receive an Execution
Report, but this time ACM produces a larger Execution Report because of the DETAIL REPORT option.
The report information is sorted and sent to the indicated member. All inconsistencies are identified
within the member PVALID.

How to View the Execution Report

The first portion of the sample Execution Report is a Syntax Request Report which numbers the SCL
statements and highlights any syntax errors in the SCL. Each statement can result in more than one
action being performed.

The second section of the Execution Report details each action generated for the original LIST SCL
statement that meets the WHERE selection criteria. Each action is listed because of the OPTIONS
DETAIL REPORT clause in the SCL. If this option had not been specified, only one action -- LIST
ELEMENT * -- would be generated and, consequently, CA Endevor® SCM would search for matches
that meet the WHERE selection criteria.

How to Check Generated SCL for Inconsistencies

The components are collected and sorted before being written to the file specified in the TO
statement: ‘BST.C1DEMO.SRCLIB(PVALID)'. The resulting List-generated SCL pinpoints inconsistent
components, that is, components which share the same name but indicate more than one version
/level. These inconsistencies are clearly highlighted in two ways:

An asterisk (*) appears in column 1, to the left of the inconsistent components.

A flag indicating duplication (**DUPLICATE**) appears to the right of the inconsistent

components.

In the example, the List-generated SCL indicates two inconsistent components:

SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONEL SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE COBOL    STAGE NUMBER 2.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1CALLER     VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1SUB01      VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1SUB02      VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.

SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONEL SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE COPY     STAGE NUMBER 2.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1CLINK      VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   WSWITCH      VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.**DUPLICATE**

04-May-2018 115/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

    &&ACTION ELEMENT   WSWITCH      VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.**DUPLICATE**
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   WSWITCH      VERSION 01 LEVEL 01.

SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONEL SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE INCLUDES STAGE NUMBER 2.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   FDPRINT      VERSION 01 LEVEL 03.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   FDPRINTS     VERSION 01 LEVEL 02.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   PDSTOP       VERSION 01 LEVEL 02.**DUPLICATE**
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   PDSTOP       VERSION 01 LEVEL 03.
SET FROM DSNAME BST.QATEST.LOADLIB2                     .
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1CALLER                         .
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1SUB01                          .
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   C1SUB02                          .

By viewing the generated SCL for asterisks (*), you can see that there are two components with
duplicate version/levels. See the Execution Report in Step 2 and find the elements that have the
inconsistent components (noted by arrows).

For example, to find the element using the input component PDSTOP Version 01 Level 02, scan the
Execution Report for all occurrences of that component. Check the list action data to determine
which elements are using the older level of PDSTOP. In this example, the element in question is
C1SUB02.

Validate Components
The SCL statement Validate lets you verify that all components exist and are valid. This feature is
implemented as a batch element action. You can build the SCL statement in foreground and submit it
directly from foreground or schedule it for later execution. The Validate Elements panel is where you
specify the location of the element and indicate what type of validation you want to perform.

Follow these steps:

1. Allocate a partitioned or sequential data set. This is the data set to which you plan to write
the action request.

2. Select option 3, Batch, on the Primary Options Menu,

The Batch Options Menu opens.

3. Specify the data set name in the Request Data Set field. This is the data set to which you want
to write the action requests. This data set must be a partitioned data set or a sequential file,
and must be allocated prior to referencing it on this panel. As an alternative, you can use the
OTHER PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL DATA SET field. Select option 1, BUILD SCL and press
Enter.
The SCL Generate panel opens. This panel allows you to select the type of action request you
want to generate, or to request an element display. The request data set and append
information defined on the Batch Options Menu appear at the bottom of the screen.

4. Complete the fields and set the COMPONENT VALIDATION field to Y.

5. Enter VE. The element must exist at the location you specify, although you can use full or
partial name masking on all the FROM LOCATION fields.

04-May-2018 116/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: The Validate statement can only be performed in batch. For more information about
the SCL statement, see Validate Statement (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/Validate+Statement).

How to Recreate Past Program Versions

You may want to recreate a program load module as it existed in the past. This goal requires using
not only an older version/level of the element, but also all the related components that were used at
the date/time that the load was created.

In the following example, program FINAPP01 needs to be recreated as of a production execution on

May 1, 2001. By viewing the Component Level Information on the component list for the element,
you can pinpoint the desired recreation date/time. Using the information in that version/level of the
component list, you can recreate the element and its components in the entry stage.

Recreating past program versions involves three steps:

1. Browse the component list at Stage 2.

2. Code LIST SCL and submit for execution.

3. Tailor the generated SCL and submit for execution.

How to Browse the Component List at Stage 2

By browsing an element component list at Stage 2, you can determine the generate date/time of the
module you want to recreate.

How to Code LIST SCL and Submit for Execution

After browsing the component list, you are ready to code SCL using the LIST command.
LIST     ELEMENTS       FINAPP01
FROM     ENVIRONMENT    DEMO
         SYSTEM         FINANCE
         SUBSYSTEM      ACCTPAY
         TYPE           COBOL
         STAGE          P
TO       DSNAME ‘BST.C1DEMO.SRCLIB’
         MEMBER ‘RC1SUB01’
WHERE    GENERATE DATE = 05/01/01 TIME = 12:50
         COMPONENTS = *
BUILD    WITH COMPONENTS LEVEL ACTUAL.

By coding:

LIST ELEMENTS FINAPP01

Instruct ACM to search for element FINAPP01.

FROM ENVIRONMENT
Restrict the search to the production stage (STAGE P) of the ACCTPAY subsystem within the
FINANCE system.

04-May-2018 117/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TO DSNAME
Instruct ACM to write out the list of elements which meet the search criteria for the data set BST.
C1DEMO.SRCLIB.

WHERE GENERATE DATE =

Instruct ACM to view the component list for element FINAPP01 that was created specifically on 05
/01/01 at 12:50.

BUILD WITH COMPONENTS ACTUAL

Instruct ACM to use the specific version/level for each input component found on that
component list. (Otherwise, ACM would use the current version/level of each input component.)

Submit the LIST request for batch processing.

How to Tailor and Submit the Generated SCL for Execution

The generated SCL in member TEMPNAME of data set 'BST.C1DEMO.SRCLIB' looks like this example:
SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM FINANCE SUBSYSTEM ACCTPAY
         TYPE COBOL    STAGE NUMBER 2.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   FINAPP01     VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.

SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM FINANCE SUBSYSTEM ACCTPAY
         TYPE COPY     STAGE NUMBER 2.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   HEADER1      VERSION 01 LEVEL 00.
    &&ACTION ELEMENT   PAGING       VERSION 01 LEVEL 01.

By viewing the component list from May 1, 2001 at 12:50 p.m., you can see that:

element FINAPP01 was at a VVLL of 0100.

element HEADER1 was at a VVLL of 0100.

element PAGING was at a VVLL of 0101.

Thus, we see that elements FINAPP01, HEADER1, and PAGING have all been changed since May 1,
2001.

Now, we edit this SCL by coding RETRIEVE and ADD actions as follows:
SET ACTION RETRIEVE
SET TO FILE TMPPDS.
SET  OPTIONS  COMMENT ‘RETRIEVE FINAPP01’  CCID  ‘EMG0195’.
SET FROM ENVIRONMENT  DEMO       SYSTEM FINANCE      SUBSYSTEM ACCTPAY
         TYPE COBOL  STAGE NUMBER 2 .
    &&ACTION ELEMENT FINAPP01          VERSION 01    LEVEL 00
SET FROM ENVIRONMENT  DEMO       SYSTEM FINANCE     SUBSYSTEM ACCTPAY
         TYPE COBOL  STAGE NUMBER 2 .
    &&ACTION ELEMENT HEADER1          VERSION  01    LEVEL 00
    &&ACTION ELEMENT PAGING           VERSION  01    LEVEL 01 .
CLEAR TO ALL
CLEAR FROM ALL.
SET FROM ENVIRONMENT  DEMO       SYSTEM FINANCE     SUBSYSTEM ACCTPAY
         TYPE COBOL  STAGE NUMBER 1
    &&ACTION ELEMENT FINAPP01        VERSION 01    LEVEL 00 .
SET FROM ENVIRONMENT  DEMO       SYSTEM FINANCE     SUBSYSTEM ACCTPAY
         TYPE COBOL  STAGE NUMBER 1 .
    &&ACTION ELEMENT       HEADER1         VERSION  01    LEVEL 00 .
    &&ACTION ELEMENT      PAGING             VERSION  01    LEVEL 01 .

04-May-2018 118/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: The ADD action would create levels that eliminate intervening levels (regression). An
alternative would be not to add to the entry stage, but to compile and test in test libraries.

When you finish editing the SCL, resubmit the request for batch processing.

How to Move Related Source Components During Promotion to Production

Often, a request causes changes to several programs. Once tested and changed at the entry stage, a
program and its related components must be moved to the next mapped stage. Typically, you would
change the programs for a request under the same CCID. To ensure that a CCID moves from the entry
stage to the next mapped stage with related components, specify the move not only by CCID, but
WITH COMPONENTS.

In the following example, we are about to move a CCID from the entry stage to the next mapped
stage. This CCID is an Application System Request (ASR#053010). When moving this CCID, we also
want to move all related components.

The scenario for moving the CCID and its related components from the entry stage to the next
mapped stage involves four steps:

1. Create LIST SCL.

2. Run a batch execution (to generate SCL using the LIST action).

3. Tailor the generated SCL.

4. Run a batch execution (to execute the tailored SCL).

How to Create LIST SCL

Begin the move scenario by creating SCL using the LIST command. The LIST command finds all
elements modified by a specific CCID in the entry stage (and their related input components).

To begin moving CCID ASR#053010 from the entry stage to the next mapped stage, code the SCL as
follows:
LIST     ELEMENTS       *
FROM     ENVIRONMENT    DEMO
         SYSTEM         PERSONEL
         SUBSYSTEM      *
         TYPE           *
         STAGE          D
TO       DSNAME ‘BST.C1DEMO.REQDSN’
WHERE    CCID EQUALS ‘ASR#053010’
         INPUT COMPONENTS EQUAL ‘*’
BUILD    WITH COMPONENTS LEVEL ACTION MOVE
OPTIONS  MEMBER ‘ASR53010’.

By coding:

LIST ELEMENTS *
Instruct ACM to list all (*) the elements from the PERSONEL system within the DEMO
environment. Specify all (*) subsystems and types, and identify the stage as 'D' (the entry stage).

04-May-2018 119/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TO DSNAME
Instruct ACM to write out the SCL request TO a data set named ‘BST.C1DEMO.REQDSN’.

WHERE CCID EQUALS

Instruct ACM to find all (*) input components for the CCID ‘ARS#053010’.

BUILD WITH COMPONENTS ACTION MOVE

Instruct ACM to build this SCL in this data set member with all the components, using a MOVE
action rather than the default of &&ACTION

OPTIONS
Specify that the member for the requested data set, BST.C1DEMO.REQDSN, be named
‘ASR53010’.

How to Run a Batch Execution

Once the SCL has been coded, run a batch execution to generate SCL using the LIST action. (This
instance is the first of two executions.) Your SCL commands are now automatically applied to the
information which is collected and stored by ACM. The result is a list of elements and related
components.

In the example, the outcome is a list of all elements for the CCID (ASR#053010) and their related
input components (programs, copybooks, INCLUDE modules).
SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONNEL  SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE COBOL    STAGE NUMBER 1.
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   C1CALLER     VERSION 01  LEVEL 00  .
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   C1SUB01      VERSION 01  LEVEL 00  .
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   C1SUB02      VERSION 01  LEVEL 00  .

SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONNEL  SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE COPY     STAGE NUMBER 1.
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   C1CLINK      VERSION 01  LEVEL 00  .
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   WSWITCH      VERSION 01  LEVEL 00  .

SET FROM ENVIRONMENT DEMO     SYSTEM PERSONNEL  SUBSYSTEM EMPMAINT
         TYPE INCLUDES STAGE NUMBER 1.
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   FDPRINT      VERSION 01  LEVEL 03  .
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   FDPRINTS     VERSION 01  LEVEL 02  .
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   PDSTOP       VERSION 01  LEVEL 02  .

SET FROM DSNAME BST.QATEST.LOADLIB1                     .
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   C1SUB01                            .
    &&MOVE. ELEMENT   C1SUB02                            .

How to Tailor the Generated SCL

In the extracted sample, the SET FROM DSNAME statement highlights that some "non-footprinted"
input components should also be moved to the next mapped stage.
SET FROM DSNAME BST.QATEST.LOADLIB1                 .
     MOVE ELEMENT C1SUB01                           .
     MOVE ELEMENT C1SUB02                           .

These load modules have source inside of CA Endevor® SCM, and that source has been selected by
LIST as noted by elements 2 and 3 in the first SET command. You can now delete this SET statement
and associated MOVE ELEMENT statements.

04-May-2018 120/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Run a Final Batch Execution

At this point, you can submit the SCL for final batch execution. Once executed, all related
components are automatically moved with a module as it is promoted from one stage of
development to another. In the example, all components relating to the CCID ARS#053010 are moved
with that CCID as it is promoted from the entry stage to the next mapped stage.

How to Add Related Elements to a Component List

You can use the CONRELE utility to include entities related to an element in a component list. The
entities can be data sets, CASE entities, JCL, parameter list members, documentation members. The
entities do not have to be CA Endevor® SCM elements.

CONRELE accepts user syntax from the ENDVRIPT DD statement. After the parsing process is
complete the data is formatted as special component record types and processed with the rest of the
component list. The related data portion is appended to the end of the component list. You are not
required to store the input in CA Endevor® SCM.

You must include the CONRELE utility as a processor step and you must provide the input. Use the
following sample processor to execute CONRELE:
//STEPxx   EXEC   PGM=CONRELE
//NDVRIPT  DD     DSN=&user.data.set,DISP=shr

How to Write Elements to an External Location

The CONWRITE utility lets you take component list data and store it in an external data set or use the
component list data as input to other processes. You must first use the CONRELE utility to create
related input components, related output components, related objects and related comments before
using the CONWRITE utility.

You must use the extended form of the CONWRITE utility to extract component list records.
CONWRITE reads WRITE ELEMENT control statements from the CONWIN DD statement to determine
which component list records to extract.

You can write the component list record to an external data set or you can pass the component list
record to a user specified exit program. The following is sample JCL for using the CONWIN DD
statement to extract a component list with the extended form of CONWRITE:
//WRITE EXEC    PGM=CONWRITE
//COMPOUT DD    DSN=&user.data.set,DISP=PASS,UNIT=SYSDA,
//              SPACE=(TRK,(3,5),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,DSORG=PS)
//CONWIN  DD     *
  WRITE ELEMENT &c1element
     FROM ENV &c1envmnt SYSTEM &c1system SUBSYSTEM &c1subsys
          TYPE &c1eltype STAGE &c1stgid
  TO DDN COMPOUT
  OPTION COMPONENT.
/*

04-May-2018 121/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA Roscoe Interface
Start the Roscoe Interface (see page 122)
Commands and Function Keys (see page 122)
TSO and Roscoe (see page 122)
Name Masking (see page 123)
Display List Processing (see page 123)

Start the Roscoe Interface

Follow these steps:

1. Log on to Roscoe according to the procedures used in your office.

The Roscoe logon screen appears.

2. Type NDVR and press Enter.

The Primary Options Menu appears.

3. Select the processing you want to use by typing one of the option numbers in the OPTION
field and pressing ENTER.

Commands and Function Keys

Use the following keys to move between interface panels:

PF3 or CLEAR
Ends a panel and returns you to the previous panel.

PF4
Returns you to the Main Menu.

PF7
Scrolls forward through a list or display.

PF8
Scrolls backward through a list or display.

TSO and Roscoe

If you work with both CA Endevor® SCM (under TSO) and the Roscoe Interface, you will notice a few
differences between the two systems. Note that some of these differences are cosmetic in nature,
affecting only the format of the panels and not the actual processing of your requests.

There is no ISPF Library with project, library, and type on each panel. FROM (and TO)

04-May-2018 122/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

There is no ISPF Library with project, library, and type on each panel. FROM (and TO)
PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL DATA SET options are provided on the panel, however.

Each screen, where applicable, supports the THRU option for an element. A THRU field is listed on
the panel for each action that provides the option.

The Append and Include JCL settings are saved from session to session, rather than reset to N (the
default) upon entry to CA Endevor® SCM.

When you leave a field blank and the request is generated, an asterisk (*) is returned in that field,
reflecting that an asterisk was entered in this field in the SCL for the request.

The Roscoe Interface is set up to recognize a data set name of ROSCOE and write it out as
DDNAME ROSCOE.

Name Masking
Many of the field descriptions contain references to a name mask. A name mask is represented by an
asterisk, and allows you to specify all names, or all names beginning with a particular series of letters,
to be considered when performing an action.

To use a name mask, simply code an asterisk (*) as the last or only character in any of the eligible
fields (eligibility is noted in each field description). Code only one asterisk; if you enter more than one
asterisk, you receive an error message. Note the following examples:

If you enter the element name ABC* for the Add action, the system adds all elements beginning
with the letters "ABC" (and meeting the rest of the criteria entered).

Similarly, if you enter just an asterisk as the element name for the Add action, the system adds all
elements (provided the remaining criteria is met).

This concept applies to all fields in which you can use a name mask.

Display List Processing

If you do not enter all required information on an action panel, one or more supplementary panels
appear, allowing you to select the information you need. These panels include the following:

Environment Selection List

System Selection List

Subsystem Selection List

Action Prompt Panel

Type Selection List

Processor Group Selection List

04-May-2018 123/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

A detailed explanation of each of these panels follows.

If you select an element display option, you can review detail information about the elements for
which you are specifying the request. These panels include the Summary of Levels panel, the Element
Master panel, the Element Changes panel, the Element Browse panel, and the Element History panel.

An Element Selection List is also available if you leave the ELEMENT field blank or use a name mask.
Because this list is unique to each action, it is illustrated and explained with each action.

Similarly, a Type Selection List and a Processor Group Selection List appear during some actions.
Again, since the lists are unique to an action, they are illustrated and explained with their respective
actions.

The Environment Selection List

An Environment Selection List appears if you leave the environment name blank or supply a name
mask in the ENVIRONMENT field on the action panel.

The following fields display in the Environment Selection List:

Environment
Name of the environment.

Environment Title
Descriptive title for the environment.

Stage 1
Alphanumeric ID and name for the stage.

Stage 2
Alphanumeric ID and name for the stage.

Entry ID
Environment's entry stage ID.

The System Selection List

A System Selection List appears if you leave the system name blank or supply a name mask in the
SYSTEM field on the action panel.

The System Selection List presents the systems defined to the environment specified, and is limited
to those names that match the characters specified in the SYSTEM name mask.

The following fields display in the System Selection List:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

04-May-2018 124/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Selection (untitled)
Select the system you want to use by typing an S in this column, next to the appropriate system.

Environment
Name of the environment you are using.

System
System name.

System Title
Descriptive title for the system.

The Subsystem Selection List

A Subsystem Selection List appears if you leave the subsystem name blank or supply a name mask in
the SUBSYSTEM field on the action panel. The Subsystem Selection List presents the subsystems
defined to the environment and system specified, and is limited to those names that match the
characters specified in the SUBSYSTEM name mask.

The following fields display in the Subsystem Selection List:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Selection (untitled)
Select the subsystem you want by typing an S in the column to the left of the appropriate
subsystem.

Environment
Name of the environment you are using.

System
Name of the system being processed.

Subsystem
Subsystem name.

Subsystem Title
Descriptive title for the subsystem.

The Action Prompt Panel

If you do not specify a CCID and/or comment when one and/or the other is required for a batch
action you are requesting, the Roscoe Interface displays the Action Prompt panel. To complete your
action request, type a valid CCID and/or comment, and press ENTER.

The following fields display in the Action Prompt panel:

04-May-2018 125/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CCID
Enter a valid CCID for this action. The CCID you enter here remains as the required CCID until you
change it or until the end of this particular work session.

Comment
Enter a comment for this action. The comment you enter here remains as the required comment
until you change it or until the end of this particular work session.

Getting Started
Contents

Start the Roscoe Interface (see page 126)

Commands and Function Keys (see page 126)
TSO and Roscoe (see page 127)
Name Masking (see page 127)
Display List Processing (see page 127)

Start the Roscoe Interface

Follow these steps:

1. Log on to Roscoe according to the procedures used in your office.

The Roscoe logon screen appears.

2. Type NDVR and press Enter.

The Primary Options Menu appears.

3. Select the processing you want to use by typing one of the option numbers in the OPTION
field and pressing ENTER.

Commands and Function Keys

Use the following keys to move between interface panels:

PF3 or CLEAR
Ends a panel and returns you to the previous panel.

PF4
Returns you to the Main Menu.

PF7
Scrolls forward through a list or display.

PF8
Scrolls backward through a list or display.

04-May-2018 126/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TSO and Roscoe

If you work with both CA Endevor® SCM (under TSO) and the Roscoe Interface, you will notice a few
differences between the two systems. Note that some of these differences are cosmetic in nature,
affecting only the format of the panels and not the actual processing of your requests.

There is no ISPF Library with project, library, and type on each panel. FROM (and TO)
PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL DATA SET options are provided on the panel, however.

Each screen, where applicable, supports the THRU option for an element. A THRU field is listed on
the panel for each action that provides the option.

The Append and Include JCL settings are saved from session to session, rather than reset to N (the
default) upon entry to CA Endevor® SCM.

When you leave a field blank and the request is generated, an asterisk (*) is returned in that field,
reflecting that an asterisk was entered in this field in the SCL for the request.

The Roscoe Interface is set up to recognize a data set name of ROSCOE and write it out as
DDNAME ROSCOE.

Name Masking
Many of the field descriptions contain references to a name mask. A name mask is represented by an
asterisk, and allows you to specify all names, or all names beginning with a particular series of letters,
to be considered when performing an action.

To use a name mask, simply code an asterisk (*) as the last or only character in any of the eligible
fields (eligibility is noted in each field description). Code only one asterisk; if you enter more than one
asterisk, you receive an error message. Note the following examples:

If you enter the element name ABC* for the Add action, the system adds all elements beginning
with the letters "ABC" (and meeting the rest of the criteria entered).

Similarly, if you enter just an asterisk as the element name for the Add action, the system adds all
elements (provided the remaining criteria is met).

This concept applies to all fields in which you can use a name mask.

Display List Processing

If you do not enter all required information on an action panel, one or more supplementary panels
appear, allowing you to select the information you need. These panels include the following:

Environment Selection List

System Selection List

Subsystem Selection List

04-May-2018 127/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action Prompt Panel

Type Selection List

Processor Group Selection List

A detailed explanation of each of these panels follows.

If you select an element display option, you can review detail information about the elements for
which you are specifying the request. These panels include the Summary of Levels panel, the Element
Master panel, the Element Changes panel, the Element Browse panel, and the Element History panel.

An Element Selection List is also available if you leave the ELEMENT field blank or use a name mask.
Because this list is unique to each action, it is illustrated and explained with each action.

Similarly, a Type Selection List and a Processor Group Selection List appear during some actions.
Again, since the lists are unique to an action, they are illustrated and explained with their respective
actions.

The Environment Selection List

An Environment Selection List appears if you leave the environment name blank or supply a name
mask in the ENVIRONMENT field on the action panel.

The following fields display in the Environment Selection List:

Environment
Name of the environment.

Environment Title
Descriptive title for the environment.

Stage 1
Alphanumeric ID and name for the stage.

Stage 2
Alphanumeric ID and name for the stage.

Entry ID
Environment's entry stage ID.

The System Selection List

A System Selection List appears if you leave the system name blank or supply a name mask in the
SYSTEM field on the action panel.

The System Selection List presents the systems defined to the environment specified, and is limited
to those names that match the characters specified in the SYSTEM name mask.

The following fields display in the System Selection List:

04-May-2018 128/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Selection (untitled)
Select the system you want to use by typing an S in this column, next to the appropriate system.

Environment
Name of the environment you are using.

System
System name.

System Title
Descriptive title for the system.

The Subsystem Selection List

A Subsystem Selection List appears if you leave the subsystem name blank or supply a name mask in
the SUBSYSTEM field on the action panel. The Subsystem Selection List presents the subsystems
defined to the environment and system specified, and is limited to those names that match the
characters specified in the SUBSYSTEM name mask.

The following fields display in the Subsystem Selection List:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Selection (untitled)
Select the subsystem you want by typing an S in the column to the left of the appropriate
subsystem.

Environment
Name of the environment you are using.

System
Name of the system being processed.

Subsystem
Subsystem name.

Subsystem Title
Descriptive title for the subsystem.

The Action Prompt Panel

If you do not specify a CCID and/or comment when one and/or the other is required for a batch
action you are requesting, the Roscoe Interface displays the Action Prompt panel. To complete your
action request, type a valid CCID and/or comment, and press ENTER.

The following fields display in the Action Prompt panel:

04-May-2018 129/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CCID
Enter a valid CCID for this action. The CCID you enter here remains as the required CCID until you
change it or until the end of this particular work session.

Comment
Enter a comment for this action. The comment you enter here remains as the required comment
until you change it or until the end of this particular work session.

Processing Elements in the Foreground

Contents

Foreground Default Values for Action Options (see page 130)

Displaying Element Information in the Foreground (see page 130)
Displaying Footprint Information (see page 148)
Retrieving Elements Using the Foreground Retrieve Action (see page 152)

Foreground Default Values for Action Options

The default values shown automatically on the Roscoe interface foreground action panels are set in
the ISPF configuration table, ENDICNFG. shipped with the CA Endevor® SCM installation files. An
administrator can change the assigned default values by updating and assembling the ISPF
configuration table. During a session, a user can change the values on the panels.

Displaying Element Information in the Foreground

Select option 1, Display Element, from the Primary Options Menu to display information related to an
element. You can use this option to display element changes or a summary of the change history for
an element, the contents of an element, or Master Control File information for an element. When
you select this option, the interface returns the Display Elements/Component Lists panel which
enables you to identify both the element and type of information you want to see.

Once you identify the element and the information you want to display, press ENTER. The panel that
appears next depends on the values in the BYPASS SYS/SBS SEL LIST field.

BYPASS SYS/SBS SEL LIST = Y

An Element Selection List appears showing all elements for the system, subsystem, type, and
stage that you have specified on the Display Elements panel.

BYPASS SYS/SBS SEL LIST = N

One or more of the following selection lists appear, depending on your use of name masks when
you typed information on the Display Elements panel:

System Selection List

Subsystem Selection List

04-May-2018 130/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element Selection List

Once you have selected the elements for which you want to display information, press Enter. The
interface returns the appropriate display panel either:

Element Selection List panel

Summary of Levels panel

Element Master Info panel

Element Browse panel

Element Changes panel

Element History panel

Component Browse panel

Component Change panel

Component History panel

Each of these displays, as well as the Display Elements panel, are discussed in detail in subsequent
sections.

If you select elements using selection lists, press PF3 when you are finished reviewing the information
displayed. Alternatively:

From the Element Selection List, you can request any of the element-display options available
from the Display Elements panel, for one or more elements.

From the Summary of Levels panel, you can request the Element Browse, Element Changes, or
Element History panel for a specific level of the element.

Use either of these panels to identify the element and processing option desired. Press ENTER to
continue.

To identify the element you want, specify the environment, system, subsystem, element name, type,
and stage, as requested by the panel. If you identify the element(s) fully on this panel, a panel with
the information you have requested appears when you press Enter. If you do not fully identify the
element(s), processing depends on the value in the BYPASS SYS/SBS SEL list field. The following
section describes Display Element panel fields.

The Option Field

In Roscoe Interface Release 3.6 or later, you can only enter a blank in the option field. Once you do
so, a display list appears. From a display list, you can then use any of the options listed next. To view
component list information with CA Endevor® SCM ACM, append an "X" to options S, B, C, or H.

S -- Retrieves a Summary of Levels panel, showing a summary of change history for the element
requested. From this panel you can select a specific level of the element for display, using option
B, C, or H

04-May-2018 131/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

M -- Retrieves an Element Master panel, showing Master Control File (MCF) information related
to the element requested.

B -- Retrieves an Element Browse panel, showing all statements in the current level of the
element, and the level at which each statement was inserted.

C -- Retrieves an Element Changes panel, showing all inserts and deletions made to the element
as of the current level.

H -- Retrieves an Element History panel, showing all statements in all levels of the element, from
the base level through the current level. The display shows the level at which each insert/deletion
occurred.

Note: For elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can
only be used on the current (last) level of the element. For elements of image delta
format, H and C are not valid

The From CA Endevor® SCM Fields

These fields contain information to describe the CA Endevor® SCM location of the element.

Environment -- Name of the environment under which the element is defined. Displays initially as
the current environment. Fill in a new name if the element is in another environment.

System -- Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsystem -- Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element -- Name of the element for which you want to display information.

Type -- Element type for the element you want.

Stage -- ID of the stage in which the element resides. This must be one of the values shown to the
right of the field (unless you are changing environments).

The List Options Fields (Roscoe)

Use these options to specify further the information you want to display.

Display List -- This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID Eq -- A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements whose last CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is
not used to limit the selection list.

Where Proc Grp Eq -- A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to
only those elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE
PROC GRP EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

Bypass SYS/SBS Sel List -- Indicates whether you want to go directly to the Element Selection List
from the Display Elements panel:

04-May-2018 132/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Use Y to bypass system and subsystem selection lists.

Use N to provide individual selection lists as required by your entries on this panel.

The List Panels

This section describes the list panels returned from the Display Elements panel when you do not fully
qualify the name of the element you want on that panel. One or more of the following panels may
appear.

Environment Selection List

Environment, environment title, stages and stage names.

System Selection List

Systems for the environment specified.

Subsystem Selection List

Subsystems for the environment, optionally restricted according to the system name specified.

Element Selection List

Elements defined to CA Endevor® SCM, restricted according to the stage, system, subsystem,
element type, and/or element name mask. This list appears directly from the Display Elements
panel, when the value in the BYPASS SYS/SBS SEL LIST field is Y.

The Environment Selection List

This panel returns from the Display Elements panel when you do not specify a full environment
name. It lists the environment, environment title, stages and stage names. Use this list to select the
environment you want, by placing an S to the left of the environment name.

The following fields display in the Environment Selection List:

Selection (no title)

Field used to select the system you want. Place an S in this column, to the left of the appropriate
environment name.

Environment
Name of the environment.

Environment Title
Descriptive title for the environment.

Stage 1
Alphanumeric ID and name for the stage.

Stage 2
Alphanumeric ID and name for the stage.

Entry ID
Environment's entry stage ID.

04-May-2018 133/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The System Selection List

This panel is returned from the Display Elements panel when you do not specify a full system name. It
lists the systems defined to the environment requested, limited according to any partial system name
(that is, mask) specified. Use this list to select the system you want, by placing an S to the left of the
system name.

The following fields display in the System Selection List:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Selection (untitled)
Field used to select the system you want. Place an S in this column, to the left of the appropriate
system name.

Environment
Name of the environment.

System
Name of the system.

System Title
Descriptive title for the system.

The Subsystem Selection List

This panel is returned from the Display Elements panel or the System Selection List, when you have
not specified the full name of the subsystem you want. It lists the subsystems defined to the system
requested, limited according to any partial subsystem name (that is, mask) specified. Use this list to
select the subsystem you want, by placing an S to the left of the subsystem name.

The following fields display in the Subsystem Selection List:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Environment
Name of the current environment.

System
Name of the system for the subsystems displayed.

Selection (untitled)
Place an S in this column to the left of the subsystem name you want to select.

04-May-2018 134/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem.

Subsystem Title
Descriptive title for the subsystem.

The Element Selection List

The Element Selection List you see depends on the values indicated in the panel fields, as
well as on the panel sequence.

Note: If you do not specify a stage on the Display Elements panel, the Element Selection
List will include the elements in both stages for the environment specified. The stage
identifier appears between the TYPE and the VVLL fields on the panel.

Use the Element Selection List panel to select the elements for which you want more information. Fill
in an option value to the left of each element you want, to indicate the information you want ( M, S,
B, C , or H); then press Enter. To view component list information with the CA Endevor SCM
Automated Configuration option, append an "X" to options S, B, C, or H.

If you do not want to request more information, press PF3 when you are finished reviewing the
information shown. The following section describes the panel fields.

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Environment
Name of the current environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Stg
ID of the stage for the element.

Selection (no title)

Used to select an element for further display. Type the appropriate option in this column to the
left of the element for which you want to display information.

04-May-2018 135/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element Name
Name of the element.

Type
Name of the element type.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless and
the display options S, B, C, and H cannot be used. If blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Current version/level for the element, within this stage.

Current Date
Level date for the current level. Format ddMMMyy.

Generate Date
Generate processor date. This field is blank if the element has not yet been processed. See the
proc rc field on the Element Master Info panel for information about maxrc and Restore/Transfer
as they relate to this date. Format ddMMMyy.

RC PROC
Processor return code. Stored for the element on the Master Control File.

NDVR RC
CA Endevor® SCM return code. Stored for the element on the Master Control File.

Last Action
Last action recorded for the element.

The Summary of Levels Panel

The Summary of Levels panel appears from the Display Elements panel when you request option S on
the Display Elements panel and uniquely qualify the element you want. The S display option cannot
be used against a sourceless element.

Note: This panel can also be requested during footprint display processing and functions
identically as described here. For more information, see Displaying Footprint Information
(see page 148).

The top part of this panel displays identification information about the element. The bottom part
provides a summary of the element-level (source-level) history, listing each level of the element in
the stage requested and information appropriate to that level.

Use this panel to view the summary information and, optionally, to request additional information for
one or more of the levels listed at the bottom of the panel. To request further information, type B, C
or H (as described above for the Display Elements panel) to the left of the levels about which you
want information. Then press ENTER.

04-May-2018 136/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If you do not want to request additional information, press PF3 when you are finished with this panel.

The following Identification Fields specify the CA Endevor® SCM location of the element. All fields are
display-only.

Environment
Current environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the element for which summary information is displayed.

Type
Name of the type for the element.

Stage
ID of the stage for which element information is shown.

The following Source Level Information Fields display summary information about all levels of this
element. All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Selection (no title)

Used to select an element level for additional information. Type one of the following codes in this
column to the left of each element level for which you want to display additional information:
Element Browse (B), Element Changes (C), or Element History (H).

VVLL
Version/level for which information is shown to the right (in VVLL format).

User
Level user ID.

Date
Level date (in ddMMMyy format).

Time
Level time (in hh:mm format).

Stmts
Number of statements in this level.

Inserts
Number of statements inserted for the level.

Deletes
Number of statements deleted for the level.

04-May-2018 137/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Sync
Indicates whether this level is a sync level.

The Element Master Panels

Master Control File information for elements appears on two Element Master panels. The first of
these two Element Master panels appears from the:

Display Elements panel when you request option M and uniquely qualify the element you want.

Library Selection List panel. For more information, see Displaying Footprint Information (see page
148).

Use the Element Master panels to review the information shown, and then press PF3 when you are
finished.

To view the second Element Master panel, press ENTER. Press PF3 when you are finished.

Identification Fields
The Identification Fields identify the element for which the Master Control File information appears.

Element
Name of the element.

Environment (Env)
Environment in which the element is defined.

System (Sys)
System in which the element is defined.

Subsystem (Sub)
Subsystem in which the element is defined.

Type
Type to which the element has been assigned.

Processor Group (Proc Grp)

Name of the processor group for this element.

Stage (Stg)
Stage in which this element resides.

Version/level (VVLL)
Version and level of this element.

Last Action
Last action performed against this element.

Description
Description of the last action. This information comes from the comment associated with the last
action.

04-May-2018 138/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Signout ID
User ID of the person to whom the element is signed out.

Package ID (Source)
ID of the package that last affected the source form of this element. (Applies only to package
processing.)

Package ID (Output)
ID of the package that created the current generated (or output) form of this element. (Applies
only to package processing.)

Note: Backing out and backing in packages can affect the value that appears in this field.
For example, assume this element is part of two packages, PKG1 and PKG2. The following
table shows the effect of four activities involving these packages on the PKG ID (SOURCE)
and the PKG ID (OUTPUT) fields.

ACTION PKG ID (SOURCE) PKG ID (OUTPUT)

Execute PKG1 PKG1 PKG1
Execute PKG2 PKG2 PKG2
Back out PKG2 PKG2 PKG1
Back in PKG2 PKG2 PKG2

Backing out PKG2 caused the output form of this element to revert to its state in PKG1. Subsequently
backing in PKG2 then caused the output form of this element to revert to its state in PKG2.

Keep in mind, however, that package actions (package backing in/out) are not available in the
interface. These fields may indicate the above conditions created through CA Endevor® SCM.

Locked for Pkg

When the element locking feature has been enabled in the CA Endevor® SCM Options Table
(ENCOPTBL), this field displays the package which has secured (locked) the element.

Last Element Modification Fields

The Last Element Modification Fields provide information concerning the last action that changed the
source and/or output form of element in some way.

Userid
User ID of person who requested the action.

Date/Time
Date and time of the action.

CCID
CCID specified for the action.

04-May-2018 139/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Comment
Comment specified for the action.

Action
Name of the CA Endevor® SCM action that was performed.

Endevor Return Code (NDVR RC)

Return code when the action was performed.

Processor
Name of the processor invoked by the action.

Processor Return Code (Proc RC)

Return code from processor execution.
The message “*FAILED*” appears here if the code exceeded the MAXRC for any step of the
processor.
The message “*PROC'D?*” appears here if the element has been restored (or transferred to CA
Endevor® SCM from an archive data set), but has not yet been processed. This indicates that the
status of the processor information taken from the archive data set during the Restore (or
Transfer) may be out of sync with the current processor output, if any. For example, if you
deleted the element at the time it was last archived, the processor output would have been
deleted as well; however, the processor information in the archive data set for the element
remained and was restored and/or transferred along with the other information for the element.
If an entry stage element has the “*FAILED*” or “*PROC'D?*” message here, it cannot be moved
to the next mapped stage and can only be transferred upon explicit request, by specifying the
IGNORE GENERATE FAILED option. You can specify this option only using the Edit panel (option 2
of the Batch Options Menu).

Current Source Fields

These fields provide information about the current source for the element.

Note: For a description of the USERID, DATE/TIME, CCID, and Comment fields, see Last
Element Modification Fields (see page 139).

ADD/UPDATE FROM DSN

Identifies the data set from which the element was added.

DELTA FMT
Indicates whether the element changes are stored in forward (F) or reverse (R) delta format.

Generate Fields
These fields provide information about the last action run against this element that caused output to
be generated.

Note: For a description of the USERID, DATE/TIME, CCID, and Comment fields, see Last

04-May-2018 140/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For a description of the USERID, DATE/TIME, CCID, and Comment fields, see Last
Element Modification Fields (see page 139).

COMPONENT LIST VVLL

Identifies the latest version and level of the component list for this element.

Element Master Panel 2

To view the second Element Master panel

1. Press ENTER.
The second Element Master Panel appears.

2. Press PF3 when you are finished.

Retrieve Fields
These fields provide information only when the last action performed against this element was
Retrieve. Otherwise the fields will be empty.

Note: For a description of the USERID, DATE/TIME, CCID, and Comment fields, see Last Element
Modification Fields (see page 139).

RETRIEVE TO DSN
Identifies the target data set for the Retrieve action.

Base Fields
These fields provide information about the base level of this element. They show the user ID of the
person who created the base level, the date and time that the base level was created, and the
comment that was entered for the Add action that created the base level.

From CA Endevor® SCM Location Fields

Information displays in these fields when this element has been moved or transferred from another
CA Endevor® SCM location. They show the user ID of the person who requested the Move or Transfer
action, the date and time that the action was performed, and the name of the action (Move or
Transfer).

Note: For a description of these fields, see Identification Fields (see page 138).

The Element Browse Panel

The Element Browse panel appears from the following panels:

Display Elements panel when you request option B and uniquely qualify the element you want.

Summary of Levels panel when you type B next to an element level.

Library Selection List panel. For more information, see Displaying Footprint Information (see page
148).

04-May-2018 141/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Sourceless elements cannot be browsed. For elements of log delta format, only the
current (last) level of the element can be browsed.

The Element Browse panel displays all the statements in the level of the element requested, and
identifies the level at which each statement was first inserted. If the panel is returned from the
Display Elements panel or the Library Selection List, the level requested is assumed to be the current
level. To browse a previous level of the element, first request the Summary of Levels panel, then
specify the level you want (and option B) using that panel.

Review the information shown, then press PF3 when you are finished.

Source Level Information

This area summarizes each element level, up to the level requested. If you are browsing the current
level of the element, this area provides information about the last time the element was processed
by the generate or move processor, and/or retrieved. All fields are display-only.

VVLL
Number that identifies the level of the element described on this line (in VVLL format).

User
Level user ID.

Date
Level date (in ddMMMyy format).

Time
Level time (in hh:mm format).

Stmts
Number of statements in this level.

CCID
Level change control ID.

Comment
Level comment.

GENERATED
Information about the last run of the generate processor for any level of the element. This data
includes the ID of the user who requested the associated action, the date and time of the
Generate action, the number of statements processed, and CCID and comments associated with
the action, if any.
If the generate processor has not been run for the element, this line reads: THIS ELEMENT HAS
NOT BEEN PROCESSED.
If the element has been restored (or transferred to CA Endevor® SCM from an archive data set),
but has not yet been generated, this line reads: PROCESS?? (instead of GENERATED). This
indicates that the status of the generate processor information taken from the archive data set

during the Restore (or Transfer) may be out of sync with the current processor output, if any. For

04-May-2018 142/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

during the Restore (or Transfer) may be out of sync with the current processor output, if any. For
example, if you deleted the element at the time it was last archived, the processor output was
deleted as well. The processor information in the archive data set for the element remained,
however, and was restored/transferred along with the other information for the element.

RETRIEVED
Information to describe the last time any level of the element was retrieved. This data includes
the ID of the user responsible, date and time of the Retrieve action, and any comments
associated with the processing.
If an element has been moved, signed in (using the Signin action), restored, or transferred to CA
Endevor® SCM from an archive data set since the last Retrieve, any information related to the last
Retrieve is blanked out and is not reflected here.

Element Statements
This area lists each statement in the element as of the level requested. For each statement, it
identifies the level at which the statement was inserted (and deleted, as appropriate). A percent (%)
sign marks those statements that were inserted as of the level displayed.

Level (no title) columns 1-11

Display-only. Level at which the statement shown to the right was inserted into the element
(+llll). For statements inserted as of this level, a percent sign (%) precedes the level number.

Text (no title) columns 13-n

Display-only. Text of the statement.

The Element Changes Panel

The Element Changes panel appears from the:

Display Elements panel when you request option C and uniquely qualify the element you want.

Summary of Levels panel when you type C next to an element level.

Library Selection List panel.

Note: You cannot browse element changes for sourceless elements or elements of log or
image delta format.

The Element Changes panel displays all inserts and deletions made to the element for the level
requested (that is, between the level immediately preceding and this level). If the panel is returned
from the Display Elements panel or the Library Selection List, the level requested is assumed to be
the current level. To view the changes to a previous level of the element, first request the Summary
of Levels panel, then specify the level you want (and option C) using that panel.

Review the information shown, then press PF3 when you are finished.

04-May-2018 143/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Panel Title and Element Identification

This area displays the panel title, “Element Changes,” with the current date and time shown to the
right (ddMMMyy hh:mm). The fields identify the element whose source information is displayed. All
fields are display-only.

Environment
Name of the environment in which the element is defined.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the element.

Type
Element type.

Stage
ID of the stage in which the element resides.

Source Level Information

This area summarizes each element level, up to the level requested. If you are browsing the current
level of the element, this area provides information about the last time the element was processed
by the generate or move processor, and/or retrieved. All fields are display-only.

VVLL
Number that identifies the element level described on this line (in VVLL format).

User
Level user ID.

Date
Level date (in ddMMMyy format).

Time
Level time (in hh:mm format).

Stmts
Number of statements in this level.

CCID
Level change control ID.

Comment
Level comment.

04-May-2018 144/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

GENERATED
Information to describe the last time the generate processor was run for any level of the element.
This data includes the ID of the user who requested the associated action, the date and time of
the Generate action, the number of statements processed, and CCID and comments associated
with the action, if any.
If the generate processor has not been run for the element, this line reads: THIS ELEMENT HAS
NOT BEEN PROCESSED.
If the element has been restored (or transferred to CA Endevor® SCM from an archive data set),
but has not yet been generated, this prompt reads: PROCESS?? (instead of GENERATED). This
indicates that the status of the generate processor information taken from the archive data set
during the Restore (or Transfer) may be out of sync with the current processor output, if any. For
example, if you deleted the element at the time it was last archived, the processor output would
have been deleted as well. The processor information in the archive data set for the element
remained, however, and was restored/transferred along with the other information for the
element.

RETRIEVED
Information to describe the last time any level of the element was retrieved. This data includes
the ID of the user responsible, date and time of the Retrieve action, and any comments
associated with the processing. If an element has been moved, signed in (using the Signin action),
restored, or transferred to CA Endevor® SCM from an archive data set since the last Retrieve, any
information related to the last Retrieve is blanked out and is not reflected here.

Element Statements
This area lists each statement in the element that changed as of the requested level. For statements
that were deleted, this area indicates the level at which the previous form of the statement was
inserted. These fields are display-only.

Level (no title) columns 1-11

Level at which the statement to the right was inserted into the element (+llll ). If the statement
was deleted as of the level being displayed, a second number displays (+llll-llll ). Either the add
(+llll ) or the delete (-llll) number references the level displayed.

Text (no title) columns 13-n

Text of the statement.

The Element History Panel

The Element History panel appears from the:

Display Elements panel when you request option H and uniquely qualify the element you want.

Summary of Levels panel when you type H next to an element level.

Library Selection List panel. For more information, see Displaying Footprint Information (see page
148).

04-May-2018 145/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: You cannot browse element history for sourceless elements or elements of log or
image delta format.

The Element History panel displays all statements that ever existed in the element, from the base
level through the level requested. For each statement, the display identifies the level at which the
statement was first inserted and the level at which it was deleted (using an Update action), if
appropriate.

If the panel is returned from the Display Elements panel or the Library Selection List, the level
requested is assumed to be the current level. To view the history of the element as of a previous
level, first request the Summary of Levels panel, then specify the level you want (and option H) using
that panel.

Review the information shown, then press PF3 when you are finished.

Panel Title and Element Identification

This area displays the panel title, “Element Changes,” with the current date and time shown to the
right (ddMMMyy hh:mm). The fields identify the element whose source information is displayed. All
fields are display-only.

Environment
Name of the environment in which the element is defined.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the element.

Type
Element type.

Stage
ID of the stage in which the element resides.

Source Level Information

This area summarizes each element level, up to the level requested. If you are browsing the current
level of the element, this area provides information about the last time the element was processed
by the generate or move processor, and/or retrieved. All fields are display-only.

VVLL
Number that identifies the element level described on this line (in VVLL format).

User
Level user ID.

Date

04-May-2018 146/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Date
Level date (in ddMMMyy format).

Time
Level time (in hh:mm format).

Stmts
Number of statements in this level.

CCID
Level change control ID.

Comment
Level comment.

GENERATED
Information to describe the last time the generate processor was run for any level of the element.
This data includes the ID of the user who requested the associated action, the date and time of
the Generate action, the number of statements processed, and CCID and comments associated
with the action, if any.
If the generate processor has not been run for the element, this line reads: THIS ELEMENT HAS
NOT BEEN PROCESSED.
If the element has been restored (or transferred to CA Endevor® SCM from an archive data set),
but has not yet been generated, this prompt reads: PROCESS?? (instead of GENERATED). This
indicates that the status of the generate processor information taken from the archive data set
during the Restore (or Transfer) may be out of sync with the current processor output, if any. For
example, if you deleted the element at the time it was last archived, the processor output would
have been deleted as well. The processor information in the archive data set for the element
remained, however, and was restored/transferred along with the other information for the
element.

RETRIEVED
Information to describe the last time any level of the element was retrieved. This data includes
the ID of the user responsible, date and time of the Retrieve action, and any comments
associated with the processing. If an element has been moved, signed in (using the Signin action),
restored, or transferred to CA Endevor® SCM from an archive data set since the last Retrieve, any
information related to the last Retrieve is blanked out and is not reflected here.

Element Statements
This area lists each statement in the element that changed as of the requested level. For statements
that were deleted, this area indicates the level at which the previous form of the statement was
inserted. These fields are display-only.

Level (no title) columns 1-11

Level at which the statement to the right was inserted into the element (+llll ). If the statement
was deleted as of the level being displayed, a second number displays (+llll-llll ). Either the add
(+llll ) or the delete (-llll) number references the level displayed.

Text (no title) columns 13-n

Text of the statement.

04-May-2018 147/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Displaying Footprint Information

Footprints are trace (identification) information placed in source, object, and load modules by CA
Endevor® SCM, to associate those modules with a particular element. Footprinting is the technique
used by CA Endevor® SCM to keep the data sets associated with each element synchronized. Once
established, a footprint is used wherever applicable by CA Endevor® SCM, to validate each data set
associated with an element.

A footprint includes the following information related to the associated element, in encrypted
format: site ID, environment name, stage number, system name, subsystem name, element name,
element type, element version/level, and the date and time the footprint was assigned.

Footprints are recorded automatically in the CA Endevor® SCM libraries during action processing.
Depending on the type of data set used for the library, footprints are stored as follows: for a PDS, in
the user data area of the directory; for CA Librarian, as a history record; for CA Panvalet, as a
COMMENT field. Through processors, footprints can also be added to output source, object, and load-
module data sets for an element, to associate those data sets with the element. In this case,
footprints are stored as described above, with the exception of load-module data sets. In load-
module data sets, the footprint is stored separately for each CSECT, in the user IDR record for the
load module.

The Footprint Display Panel

Select option 2 from the Roscoe Interface Primary Options Menu to display the Footprint Display
panel. Use this panel to identify the library for which you want to display footprint information, as
well as the type of information you want to see. Press Enter when you have supplied the information
requested.

Option 2 on the Roscoe Interface Primary Options Menu allows you to access CA Endevor® SCM
footprints stored in PDS, CA Librarian, or CA Panvalet libraries. Specifically, you can:

Display a list of members in a library, including the footprint information for each nonload
member (for those members that have been footprinted).

Display a list of CSECTs for a specific load member, including the footprint information for each
CSECT.

Request a browse panel for a nonload member in an output or listing library, including the source
output library, generate processor output library, or move processor output library. In order to
request the browse, the member in the output or listing library must be footprinted.

Request any of the element displays for a particular member or CSECT. These are the Summary of
Levels panel, Element Browse panel, Element History panel, Element Changes panel, and the
Element Master Info panel. If the element does not exist at the location defined by the footprint,
the request is executed against the first element located higher up in the map. This option is only
available for members/CSECTs that are footprinted.

Note: You cannot display a footprint in a member that resides in a Roscoe library or in the
Roscoe workspace (AWS).

04-May-2018 148/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Footprint Display Panel Fields

The interface returns the Footprint Display panel when you select option 2 from the Roscoe Interface
Primary Options Menu.

OPTION
Specify the information you want to see. This field can contain the following values:

Blank
Displays a Library Selection List of members in the specified library, including the footprint
information for each nonload member, if available. This panel does not include footprint
information for load library members, because there is a separate footprint for each CSECT.
The MEMBER and THRU MEMBER fields can be inserted, optionally, to define the range of
members you want listed. The interface returns the Library Selection List panel, showing all
members in the library (within the range requested, if applicable).

I
Displays footprint information for a specific load module. Before selecting this option, make
sure you identify the library and member in which the load module is stored. The interface
returns the CA Endevor® SCM Load Module IDR Display panel for the member selected,
showing the footprint for each (footprinted) CSECT. Any CSECTs that are not footprinted
appear in the list, with the footprint area blank.

L
Displays the contents of a specific nonload library member. In order to use this option, the
member must be footprinted. Before selecting option L, make sure you identify the library
and member you want to display.

The interface returns a browse panel showing the member requested. Press PF3 when you are
finished with the browse panel.

Partitioned or Sequential Data Set

Use this field to identify the library in which the members you want resides, and optionally the
member name itself. The format is library (member name). If you enter an explicit member name
and press Enter, a Library Selection List appears. To limit the list, you would also enter a thru
member name to indicate that a range of members in the data set should be listed.

Data Set Name

Enter the appropriate data set name and, optionally, a member name.

Thru Member
Applicable when the OPTION field is blank. Name that defines the last member in the range to
be listed. You can use a name mask to specify the MEMBER name or the THRU MEMBER
name.

The Library Selection List

This panel is returned when you leave the Option field blank on the Footprint Display panel. It lists all
the members in the library identified on that panel, limited by the range of member names
requested, if any. For each nonload member that is footprinted, the footprint information is included
in the display.

On the Library Selection List, the library displayed is identified under the panel title:

04-May-2018 149/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

LIBRARY:  library-name

You can select one or more members for additional information from the Library Selection List. Place
the appropriate character to the left of each member you want and press Enter. You can request the
following displays: the Load Module IDR Display (I), a browse display (L), or any of the standard
element displays (S, B, H, C, or M).

The Library Selection List has the following fields:

Selection (untitled)
Use this field to select a member for additional information. Select any number of members for
additional information by placing the appropriate character in this column. Except for option I,
the footprint information must be displayed for a member in order to request one of these
displays.

I
CA Endevor® SCM Load Module IDR Display, showing the footprint for each (footprinted)
CSECT.

L
Browse panel showing the contents of the library member.

S, B, H, C, M
One of the reports described earlier in this section. These are the Summary of Levels (S) panel,
the Element Browse (B) panel, the Element History (H) panel, the Element Changes (C) panel,
or the Element Master Info (M) panel. You cannot issue S,B,H,or C against a sourceless
element. If you do, you will receive an error. For elements of log delta format, options H and C
are not valid and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the element. For
elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

Member
The member field displays the name of the library member for which footprint information is
provided.

Footprint
Display-only. These fields show information stored in the footprint for source, object, and
processor output members.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the element that corresponds to the member.

Type
Name of the element type.

S
Stage in which the element was processed to create this member.

VVLL

04-May-2018 150/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

VVLL
Version/level of the element processed to create this member (VVLL).

Date
Date the member was footprinted (ddMMMyy).

Time
Time the member was footprinted (hh:mm).

LD
An “LD” appears in this field to show that this footprint was created by the CA Endevor® SCM
load utility. Load utility footprints cannot be used to verify element integrity. They indicate
only the location to which the element was loaded, and the date and time the load took place.

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Module IDR Display Panel

This panel returns when you request option I on the Footprint Display panel (specifying a footprinted
load module) or request option I on the Library Selection List. The panel lists each CSECT in the load
module. For those CSECTs that are footprinted, it includes the footprint data.

The library and member for which the information is displayed are identified under the panel title:
LIBRARY:  library-name
MEMBER:  member-name

From this panel, either press PF3 to return to the previous display or fill in a character to the left of a
specific footprinted CSECT to request an element display. The following list describes the panel fields.

Selection (untitled)
Use this field to select a CSECT for additional information. Select any number of CSECTs by placing
the appropriate character in this column. You can enter:
S, B, H, C, M
Enter a value to display the Summary of Levels (S) panel, the Element Browse (B) panel, the
Element History (H) panel, the Element Changes (C) panel, or the Element Master Info (M) panel.
You cannot issue S,B,H,or C against a sourceless element. If you do, you will receive an error. For
elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the
current (last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

CSECT
Displays the name of the CSECT for which footprint information is shown. If no information is
displayed, the CSECT has not been footprinted.

Footprint
Display-only. These fields show information stored in the CSECT's footprints.

System
Name of the system under which the corresponding element is defined.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the CA Endevor® SCM element that corresponds to the CSECT.

Type

04-May-2018 151/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Type
Name of the element type.

S
ID of the stage in which the element was processed to create this CSECT.

VVLL
Version/level of the element processed to create this CSECT (VVLL).

Date
Date the CSECT was footprinted (ddMMMyy).

Time

Time the CSECT was footprinted (hh:mm).

LD

An “LD” appears in this field to show that this footprint was created by the CA Endevor® SCM load
utility. Load utility footprints cannot be used to verify element integrity. They indicate only the
location to which the element was loaded, and the date and time the load took place.

The CA Endevor® SCM Browse Panel for a Footprinted Member

This panel is returned when you request option L on either the Footprint Display panel (with a
footprinted nonload member specified) or on the Library Selection List. This browse panel is used to
display the source for the member requested. Press PF3 when you are finished browsing the
member, to return to the previous panel.

Retrieving Elements Using the Foreground Retrieve Action

The interface Foreground Retrieve Action allows you to retrieve, in foreground, a CA Endevor® SCM
element into your Roscoe directory. Foreground Retrieve writes only to a Roscoe file. Sourceless
elements cannot be retrieved in foreground.

You access the Roscoe Interface Foreground Retrieve Panel by selecting the RETRIEVE option (4) from
the Roscoe Interface Primary Options Menu.

Note: Be careful when retrieving more than one element at a time. If you perform multiple
retrieves, you could exceed your AWS line limit.

The Roscoe Interface Foreground Retrieve Panel has the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform.

04-May-2018 152/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

R
Retrieve the specified element to a user library.

S
Display the Summary of Levels panel. You can use this panel to retrieve a prior level. You can
only retrieve the current (last) level for elements of log delta format.

M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels: Element Master Info (M), Element
Browse (B), Element Changes (C), or Element History (H).

Note: You cannot issue the R action or the B, C, H, or S display options against sourceless
elements. If you do, you will receive an error. For elements of log delta format, options H
and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the
element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element being retrieved.

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to retrieve an element from
another environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be retrieved. If the TO DATA SET is a library,
you can leave this field blank; the member name in that library automatically becomes the
element name. You also can use a name mask to indicate that all elements, or only those
matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.
Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

04-May-2018 153/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage from which you want to retrieve the element. Use one of the IDs
listed to the right of this field. You also can use a name mask with this field.

Comment
Enter any comments describing this request. Depending upon the system specified for the
request, comments may be required.

To Roscoe Library
Specify a member name in this field if you want the Retrieve action to create a member with that
name.

Member
Enter the desired Roscoe Library member name. If an element list is generated, the Roscoe
member name field is ignored and the element name or the RENAME value is used.

Action
These options provide additional information for the Retrieve request.

CCID
Specify a CCID to be associated with the element when it is retrieved.

Expand Includes
This option allows you to expand ++INCLUDE statements when the element is retrieved. Enter
Y to expand INCLUDE statements. Enter N to indicate that INCLUDE statements should not be
expanded. This is the default value.

No Signout
This option applies only if signin/signout is in effect for the system. NO SIGNOUT allows you to
retrieve the element without signing it out to your user ID. This option enables another user
to retrieve the element at the same time you are working with it. Similarly, you can retrieve a
copy of an element currently in use by another user if that user has specified the NO SIGNOUT
option. Enter Y to retrieve the element but not sign it out to your user ID. Enter N to retrieve
the element and sign it out to your user ID. This is the default value.

Override Signout
This option applies only if the element to be retrieved is currently signed out. Enter Y to
indicate that the element can be processed, even if it is not signed out to you. CA Endevor®
SCM signs the element out to you if you specify this option. Enter N to indicate that
processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out. This is the default value.

Replace Member
This option applies only if the to data set is a library. If you retrieve an element to a library,
the system checks whether that element (member) currently resides in the library. If it does,
the request normally is rejected. The REPLACE MEMBER option, however, allows you to
replace a member currently in the library with the retrieved element. Enter Y to replace the
member in the library. Enter N to reject the request if the member currently resides in the
library. This is the default value.

List
These options allow you to specify the information you want to list.

Display List

04-May-2018 154/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
List only elements that match the specified CCID

Where PROC GRP EQ

List only elements that use the specified processor group.

Element Selection List for Retrieve Action

Interface returns an Element Selection List for the Retrieve action when you do not uniquely identify
the element you want.

From this list, you can:

Select one or more elements to be retrieved, by placing an R to the left of each element you
want, and/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing S, M, B, C, or H to the
left of each element name.

Note: You cannot issue the R action or the B, C, H, or S display options against sourceless
elements. If you do, you will receive an error. For elements of log delta format, options H
and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the
element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

When you press Enter, the interface processes the requested elements and returns the panel with
appropriate messages.

The Element Selection List panel contains the following fields:

From
Indicates the environment, system, and subsystem for the listed elements.

Selection (no title)

Use this field to select an element for processing.

Element
Display-only. Name of the element.

Message (no title)

This field displays a message, such as “*RETRIEVED.”

Stg
ID of the stage in which the element resides.

Type
Name of the type associated with the element.

NS

04-May-2018 155/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
The current version/level for the element, at the stage shown.

A newname column appears on this panel. The user may enter a new member name here. If not, the
element name will be the default.

Also, the panel's message area is at the same location as the newname. After the element is
retrieved, *RETRIEVED will be displayed.

Processing Elements in Batch

Contents

Accessing the Batch Options Menu (see page 156)

Build SCL (see page 157)
Displaying Element Information in Batch (see page 159)
Adding and Updating Elements (see page 159)
Retrieving Elements (see page 165)
Generating Elements (see page 169)
Moving Elements (see page 173)
Deleting Elements (see page 177)
Printing Elements (see page 181)
Signin Elements (see page 184)
Transferring Elements (see page 187)
Printing Members (see page 193)
Listing Elements (see page 194)
Listing Members (see page 198)
Archiving Elements (see page 201)
Edit the Request Data Set (see page 204)
Submit the Request Data Set (see page 205)
Build the JCL for the Action Request (see page 206)

Accessing the Batch Options Menu

To access the Batch Options Menu, select option 3 from the Roscoe Interface Primary Options Menu.

Use the Batch Option Menu to select the type of processing you want to use. Additional information
may be required, depending on the processing you choose. The sections that follow describe the
requirements for each option.

To make a selection from the Batch Options Menu, enter the option number in the OPTION field of
the display and press Enter.

04-May-2018 156/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1 BUILD SCL
Create action requests and place them in a request data set. When you select this option, you
must enter additional information on the panel; this information is described later in this section.

2 EDIT
Edit a request data set, either to change existing requests or add new requests.

3 SUBMIT
Submit a job that executes the action requests in batch. Before submitting the job, you can use
option 5 to provide any additional JCL that should be included with this job.

4 VALIDATE
This option is not available with CA Endevor SCM CA Roscoe Interface 3.6 or later.

5 BUILD JCL
Define JCL (generally DD statements) to include with the JCL submitted with option 3.

Build SCL
Use option 1, BUILD SCL, to generate action requests and place them in a request data set.

The fields in the Batch Options Menu panel are described as follows:

Request Data Set

Specifies the request data set. This file must be a partitioned data set or a sequential file, and
must be previously allocated.

DSNAME
Defines the appropriate data set name.

Note: If you prefer to create SCL requests within your CA Roscoe IE workspace (AWS), you
can enter the keyword ROSCOE, and a member name. You can place the member name in
brackets immediately following the keyword, or in the MEMBER field.

Member
Defines the name of the member in which you want to place your action requests.

Append
Specifies whether you want to add the new requests to the end of an existing data set (enter Y) or
write over any existing information in the data set (enter N). This field is required with the BUILD
SCL option.

Include JCL
Specifies whether you want to include JCL. You do not need to fill in this field when using the
BUILD SCL option.

04-May-2018 157/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Job Statement Information

Specifies whether you want to include job statement information. You do not need to fill in this
field when using the BUILD SCL option.

Press ENTER after you fill in all necessary information. The SCL Generation panel returns.

The SCL Generation Panel

Use the SCL Generation panel to request the type of action you want to generate. Note that the
request data set and append information defined on the Batch Options Menu appear at the bottom
of the screen.

To request the action you want, fill in the option number that corresponds to the action type and
press Enter. The action performed by each option is described next:

1 Display
Displays element information before writing action requests for the element.

2 ADD/UPDATE
Adds or updates an element.

3 RETRIEVE
Copies an element to a user data set.

4 GENERATE
Generates an element.

5 MOVE
Moves an element from one map location to another.

6 DELETE
Removes an element and/or element component lists from either stage.

7 PRINT Element
Prints any of several detailed element reports showing element source, the history of the
element, changes made to the element, summary of levels for the element, or Master Control File
information about the element.

8 SIGNIN
Removes signout IDs from elements.

9 TRANSFER
Moves an element from a map location to a location not on the map.

10 PRINT Member
Prints or browses footprinted members from a library.

11 LIST Element
Lists elements from the Master Control File, where the list takes the form of action requests.

04-May-2018 158/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

12 LIST Member
Lists or browses footprinted members from a library. Again, the list takes the form of action
requests.

13 ARCHIVE
Writes the current version of an element to a sequential file (known as an archive data set),
generally deleting it following the ARCHIVE.

After pressing ENTER, the action panel for the selected option is returned.

Displaying Element Information in Batch

You may perform display element functions by accessing the Batch Options Menu and selecting
option 1, BUILD SCL. The SCL Generation Panel appears. Then select option 1, DISPLAY, to perform
display functions.

Note: For more information about display element processing, see Displaying Element
Information in the Foreground (see page 130).

Adding and Updating Elements

Use the Add/Update action to:

Add an element to the environment's entry stage for the first time.

Add an element to stage 1 (when it is the entry stage), for the first time, that currently resides in
Stage 2.

Add an element to the entry stage of the environment after it has been removed from that stage
by a Move, Delete, Transfer, or Archive action.

Update an element in the entry stage, creating a new level of the element.

The Add/Update Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Indicates the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Displays a list of members in the source library. You can select one or more members to add
or update.

A
Adds an element, either for the first time or after the prior version was deleted by a Delete,
Move, Archive or Transfer action. Note that you can add an element only to the entry stage.

04-May-2018 159/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

U
Updates an element in the entry stage to create a new level of the element.

To Location
Enter information defining the element being added or updated. The following options are
available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to add or update an element in
another environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is (to be) defined.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is (to be) defined.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be added or updated. If the from data set is
a library, you can leave this field blank; the member name in that library automatically
becomes the element name. You also can use a name mask to indicate that all elements, or
only those matching the characters specified, should be considered in this request.
Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. This is a required field for an Add or Update
action.

Action
These options provide additional information for the request. The following options are available:

Comment
Enter any comments describing this request. Depending upon the system specified for this
request, comments may be required.

CCID
You can enter a CCID (up to 12 characters) to further define the element. Depending upon the
system specified for this request, a CCID may be required.

Bypass Gen Processor

Specify Y (yes) if you want CA Endevor® SCM to bypass the generate processor for the
element. If you select Y, the element or member will be added or updated, but the generate
processor will not be executed for that element or member. In addition, CA Endevor® SCM
will not set the generate or component delta CCID comments for the element.

Delete Input Source

Allows you to delete the member from the PDS, CA Panvalet or CA Librarian data set in which
it originated, after the element is added successfully.

Enter Y to delete the member after processing.

Enter N to retain the member after processing.

04-May-2018 160/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: You cannot use this option to delete a member from the CA Roscoe IE library.

New Version
This option applies to an Add action only. By default, the element is assigned a version
number of 1 if it is a new element, or the Stage 2 version number if the element currently
exists in Stage 2. You can assign a different version number, however, by entering a number
from 1 to 99 in this field.
Leave this field blank to apply the appropriate default value.

Override Signout
This option applies when adding an element currently in Stage 2 or when updating an element
with signin/signout in effect.

Enter Y to indicate that the element can be added or updated, even if it is not signed out
to you. CA Endevor® SCM signs the element out to you if you specify this option.

Enter N to indicate that processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out to you.
This is the default value.

Processor Group
This is the name of the processor group to be used. If you leave this field blank and are adding
a new element, the system uses the default processor group for the element type. If you leave
this field blank and are adding an existing element or updating an element, the system
defaults to the processor group last used for this element. You can also type a processor
group name in this field or a name mask to access a list of processor groups from which to
select.

Update if Present
This option applies to an Add action only. It allows you to add the element, even if it currently
exists in the entry stage, by treating the action as an Update action.

Enter Y to indicate that the element should be added even if it already exists in the entry
stage.

Enter N to indicate that the element should not be added to the entry stage if it currently
exists there. This is the default.

From Partitioned or Sequential Data Set

Enter information defining the library or data set in which the element currently resides. The
following options are available:

Data Set Name

Enter the appropriate data set name.

Member
Enter the appropriate member name; you can enter either the full name or use a name mask.
If you leave this field blank, the member name defaults to the element name.

04-May-2018 161/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Thru Member
Use this field to specify a range of members in the data set. The member name entered here
indicates the last member in the range, with the name specified in the MEMBER field
considered as the first name in the range. You can enter either a full member name or use a
name mask.

As an alternative, you can add a member from a CA Roscoe IE data set. The interface:

Builds the SCL for the request as: From DDNAME ROSCOE.

Appends an IEBUPDTE step to the beginning of the skeleton JCL to transfer the CA Roscoe IE
member to a temporary data set. This temporary data set is then passed to a CA Endevor® SCM
step under DDNAME ROSCOE.

List Options:

This option is always set to Y.

The Member Selection List for the Add/Update Action

The Roscoe Interface returns a Member Selection List when the source data set is a library, and:

You leave the OPTION field blank, and/or

You leave both the ELEMENT and MEMBER fields blank or you use a name mask in either field.

The Member Selection List displays all the members in the source library (which includes the Roscoe
library), optionally restricted according to any name mask and/or THRU MEMBER specified on the Add
/Update Elements panel.

The FROM and TO information for the request are displayed at the top of the panel, above the
member listing. The rest of the panel presents the members in the FROM data set.

From this list, you can:

Select one or more members to be added, by placing an A to the left of each member you want,
and/or

Select one or more members to be updated, by placing a U to the left of each member you want.

The TYPE, COMMENT, and NEW VERSION fields are initially filled in for each member, according to
the information provided on the Add/Update Elements panel. You can override the information in
these fields before you select a member(s) for processing. You can also provide the element name, if
it is different than the member name.

When you press Enter, the Roscoe Interface builds SCL for the Add/Update action, and then returns
the panel with an appropriate message next to each member selected.

The Member Selection List contains the following fields:

04-May-2018 162/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

From
Display-only. Indicates the FROM data set for the Add/Update request, as specified on the Add
/Update Elements panel.

To
Display-only. Indicates the environment, system, subsystem, and stage under which the element
is being added or updated.

Selection (no title)

Use this field to select a member for processing. Place an A in this column next to those members
you want to add; place a U in this column next to those members to be updated.

Member
Display only. This is the name of the member(s) in the from data set.

Element
Name of the element (1-10 characters) being added or updated from the corresponding member.
If you leave this field blank, the element name defaults to the member name.
If you are entering a new element, the name can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9,
@, #, and $.
This field is also used to display the message “*WRITTEN.”

Type
Type associated with the element to be added. This field is required; you can either use the
existing data or enter a new type. You can add members to multiple types using one panel.

Comment
Comments describing the action requested. Depending on the system specified, comments may
be required. You can either use the existing comment or enter a different one.

New Version
Applicable for an Add action only. This is the version number (vv) under which the element is
being added. If you leave this field blank, the version number defaults to 01, if this is a new
element, or to the Stage 2 version number, if the element currently exists in Stage 2. You can use
a different version number if you want, from 01-99.

The Type Selection List

When you leave the type field blank or supply a name mask, CA Endevor® SCM returns a Type
Selection List, which shows the element types defined to the system selected. The list is limited
according to any type name mask specified.

Select the type you want by entering an S to the left of the type name. Then press Enter.

The Type Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Environment

04-May-2018 163/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Environment
Name of the environment you are using.

System
Name of the system under which the type is defined.

Stage
ID of the stage under which the type is defined.

Selection (no title)

Used to select a type. Place an S in this column to the left of the type you want.

Type
Name of the type.

Type Description
Description of the type.

The Processor Group Selection List

The Roscoe Interface displays the Processor Group Selection List when you specify a name mask or a
partial group name on the Processor Group Display panel. It lists the processor groups currently
defined for the specified system, stage, and type. From this list, you can:

Select a group by placing an S to the left of the type name.

Press PF3 to return to the Processor Group Display panel.

The Processor Group Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

Environment
Name of the environment you are using.

System
Name of the system for which the processor groups are listed.

Stage
Name of the stage for which the processor groups are listed.

Type
Name of the type to which the processor group(s) applies.

Selection (no title)

Field used to select a processor group. Type an S in this column to the left of the processor group
you want to select.

Processor Group
Name of the processor group.

04-May-2018 164/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processor Group Description

Description of the processor group.

Retrieving Elements
The Retrieve action copies an element from CA Endevor® SCM to a user data set. Use the Retrieve
Elements panel to identify the element being retrieved. Enter information in the following fields. You
can retrieve a sourceless element in batch mode. CA Endevor® SCM will use the source from the next
sourced element up the map providing that the last level timestamps between the sourceless and
sourced elements are the same.

Note: Be careful when retrieving more than one element at a time. If you perform multiple
retrieves, you could exceed your AWS line limit.

The Retrieve Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

R
Retrieve the specified element to a user library.

S
Display the Summary of Levels panel. You can use this panel to retrieve a prior level. This
command is not valid when used against a sourceless element. For elements of log delta
format, you can only retrieve the current (last) level.

M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels: Element Master Info (M), Element
Browse (B), Element Changes (C), or Element History (H). The B, C, and H display options are
not valid when used against sourceless elements. For elements of log delta format, options H
and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the element.
For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element being retrieved. The following options are available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to retrieve an element from
another environment.

04-May-2018 165/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be retrieved. If the TO DATA SET is a library,
you can leave this field blank; the member name in that library automatically becomes the
element name. You also can use a name mask to indicate that all elements, or only those
matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.
Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage from which you want to retrieve the element. Use one of the IDs
listed to the right of this field. You also can use a name mask with this field.

Comment
Enter any comments describing this request. Depending upon the system specified for the
request, comments may be required.

Action
These options provide additional information for the Retrieve request. The following options are
available:

CCID
This is the name of the CCID associated with the request. The interface will set the retrieve
CCID field to this value when it executes this request. A CCID may be required depending on
the system being used.

Expand Includes
This option allows you to expand INCLUDE statements when the element is retrieved.

Enter Y to expand INCLUDE statements.

Enter N to indicate that INCLUDE statements should not be expanded. This is the default
value.

No Signout
This option applies only if signin/signout is in effect for the system. NO SIGNOUT allows you to
retrieve the element without signing it out to your user ID. This option enables another user
to retrieve the element at the same time you are working with it. Similarly, you can retrieve a
copy of an element currently in use by another user if that user has specified the NO SIGNOUT
option.

04-May-2018 166/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Enter Y to retrieve the element but not sign it out to your user ID.

Enter N to retrieve the element and sign it out to your user ID. This is the default value.

Override Signout
This option applies only if the element to be retrieved is currently signed out.

Enter Y to indicate that the element can be processed, even if it is not signed out to you.
CA Endevor® SCM signs the element out to you if you specify this option.

Enter N to indicate that processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out. This is
the default value.

Replace Member
This option applies only if the TO DATA SET is a library. If you retrieve an element to a library,
the system checks whether that element (member) currently resides in the library. If it does,
the request normally is rejected. The REPLACE MEMBER option, however, allows you to
replace a member currently in the library with the retrieved element.

Enter Y to replace the member in the library.

Enter N to reject the request if the member currently resides in the library. This is the
default value.

To Partitioned or Sequential Data Set

Enter information defining the library or data set to which the element is being retrieved.

Data Set Name -- Enter the appropriate data set name.

Member -- Enter the appropriate member name; you can enter either the full name or use a
name mask. If you leave this field blank, the member name defaults to the element name.

As an alternative, you can retrieve an element to a Roscoe data set. The following describes this
retrieval action:

To retrieve to your Roscoe data set, enter 'ROSCOE' in the data set name field.

The following ROSDATA JCL will be generated to import the member to your Roscoe data set:
//ROSCOE  DD DSN=&&TEMP.,UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5,15))
//     DCB=(LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,RECFM=FB),DISP=(,PASS)
//     EXEC ROSDATA,PARM='ROSCOE.CONTROL'
//STEPLIB DD DSN=ROSCOE.ROSLIB,DISP=SHR
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A
//ROSLIB00 DD DSN=ROSCOE.ROSLIB00,DISP=SHR
//ROSLIB01 DD DSN=ROSCOE.ROSLIB01,DISP=SHR
//ROSLIB02 DD DSN=ROSCOE.ROSLIB02,DISP=SHR
//FROMDD1 DD DSN=&&TEMP.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSIN  DD DD*
$ADD MEMBER=membername, KEY=keyname
$FROM FROMDD1 (membername)

List Options:

Display List -- This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ -- A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those

04-May-2018 167/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Where CCID EQ -- A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements whose last CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field
is not used to limit the selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ -- A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection
list to only those elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the
WHERE PROC GRP EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

The Element Selection List for the Retrieve Action

CA Endevor® SCM returns an Element Selection List for the Retrieve action when you:

Leave the ELEMENT field and MEMBER field blank, or use a name mask for either of these fields,
or

Leave the element type blank or use a name mask, or

Identify an element that resides in both stages, and/or

Leave the OPTION field blank.

The Element Selection List shows all elements that match the criteria specified on the Retrieve
Elements panel. The FROM and TO information is displayed at the top of the panel, above the
element listing.

From this list, you can:

Select one or more elements to be retrieved, by placing an R to the left of each element you
want.

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing the appropriate
character (S, M, B, C, or H) to the left of each sourced element name. S, B, C and H are invalid
display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log delta format, options H and C are not
valid, and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the element. For elements of
image delta format, H and C are not valid.

The COMMENT field is initially filled in for each element, according to the information provided on
the Retrieve Elements panel. You can override this entry before you select an element(s) for
processing. If the output data set is a library, you can enter a NEWNAME, which then becomes the to
MEMBER name.

When you press Enter, the Roscoe Interface performs the processing requested and returns the panel
with the message “*WRITTEN” next to each element retrieved.

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

From
Display-only. Indicates the environment, system, and subsystem for the element being retrieved.

To
Display-only. Indicates the to data set for the Retrieve action, as specified on the Retrieve
Elements panel.

Selection (no title)

04-May-2018 168/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Selection (no title)

Use this field to select an element for processing. Place an R in this column next to each element
to be retrieved. Place an S, M, B, C, or H in this column next to each element for which you want
additional information. You cannot use the S, B, C, and H display options on sourceless elements.
For elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on
the current (last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

Element
Display-only. Name of the element.

Newname
Applicable for a Retrieve action if the output data set is a library. This is the name to be used as
the output member name. If you leave this field blank, the output member name defaults to the
element name. This field is also used to display the message “*WRITTEN.”

Stg
Display-only. ID of the stage in which the element resides.

Type
Display-only. Name of the type associated with the element.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Display-only. This is the current level for the element, within the stage shown. By default, this is
the level that is retrieved.
To retrieve a different level, access the Summary of Levels panel by placing an S to the left of the
appropriate element (in the selection field). When that panel is returned, select the level you
want to use. For more information, see Retrieving Prior Versions (see page 169).

Retrieving Prior Versions

In retrieve processing, the Summary of Levels panel provides specific functionality; that is, by
specifying an R in the SELECTION field (to the left of the version number vv), you can retrieve prior
versions of an element.

The Summary of Levels panel appears when you enter the option next to a particular element on the
Retrieve Element Selection List.

Retrieving prior versions of an element using the Summary of Levels panel can only be done on
sourced elements.

Generating Elements
The Generate action executes the generate processor for the current level of a CA Endevor® SCM
element. Use the Generate Elements panel to identify the element being generated.

The Generate Elements panel contains the following fields:

04-May-2018 169/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

G
Execute the generate processor for the element.

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels:

Summary of Levels (S)

Element Master Info (M)

Element Browse (B)

Element Changes (C)

Element History (H)

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element being generated. The following options are available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to generate an element from
another environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be generated. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type

04-May-2018 170/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage from which you want to generate the element. Use one of the IDs
listed to the right of this field. You also can use a name mask with this field.

Comment
Enter any comments describing this request. Depending upon the system specified for the
request, comments may be required.

Action
These options provide additional information for the Generate request. The following options are
available:

CCID
You can enter a CCID (up to 12 characters) to further define the element(s) being generated.
Depending on the system specified for this request, a CCID may be required.

Copyback
COPYBACK copies the current level of the source stage element back into the target stage,
and then generates the element in the target stage. If the target stage has been specified in
the request (that is, if the element currently resides in the target stage), however, the
COPYBACK option cannot be used.

When COPYBACK = Y, if you attempt to generate an element in the target stage that does
not exist in that stage, the element is copied from source stage and then generated in the
target stage. In this situation, the element remains unchanged in the source stage, and the
version/level assigned in the target stage is the same as the version/level in the source
stage.

When COPYBACK = N, the element is generated in the stage you specify, providing the
element exists in that stage.

You cannot specify COPYBACK = Y when you use a name mask in the stage field or when the
source stage. is used.
The Element Selection List is affected by how you set COPYBACK:

If COPYBACK = Y, stage must be 1 but the Element Selection List displays applicable
elements from both stages.

If COPYBACK = N, the Element Selection List displays elements from the stage specified on
the Generate Elements panel.

Override Signout
This option applies only when signin/signout is in effect for the specified system.

Enter Y to process the element even if it is not signed out to you. CA Endevor® SCM signs
the element out to you if you specify this option.

Enter N to indicate that processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out to you.
This is the default value.

04-May-2018 171/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processor Group
This is the name of the processor group to be used. If you leave this field blank, the system
defaults to the processor group last used for this element.
You can also type a processor group name in this field or use a name mask for a list of
processor groups from which you can select.

List
The following list options are available:

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit
the selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP
EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

The Element Selection List for the Generate Action

The Roscoe Interface returns an Element Selection List for the Generate action when you do not
uniquely identify the element you want. The Element Selection List shows all elements that match
the criteria specified on the Generate Elements panel.

From this list, you can:

Select one or more elements to be generated, by placing a G to the left of each element you
want, and/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing an appropriate character
( S, M, B, C, or H) to the left of each element name. S, B, C and H are invalid display option for
sourceless elements. For elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B
can only be used on the current (last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H
and C are not valid.

When you press Enter, the Roscoe Interface generates the SCL required for processing and returns
the panel with an appropriate message next to any generated element(s).

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

From
Display-only. Indicates the environment, system, and subsystem for the element being generated.

Selection (no title)

Use this field to select an element for processing.

Element
Display-only. Name of the element.

Message (no title)

04-May-2018 172/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Message (no title)

This field displays a message, such as “*GENERATED.”

Stg
Display-only. ID of the stage in which the element resides.

Type
Display-only. Name of the type associated with the element.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Display-only. The current version/level for the element, within the stage shown.

Comment
Comments describing the Generate request. You can either use this comment or enter a different
one.

Moving Elements
The Move action moves an element from one inventory location (the FROM CA Endevor® SCM
location) to the next location on a map route. You can move elements either with history or without
history.

The Move Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

O
Move the element from the source stage to the target stage.

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels:

Summary of Levels (S)

Element Master Info (M)

Element Browse (B)

Element Changes (C)

Element History (H)

04-May-2018 173/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element being moved. The following options are available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to move an element in another
environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be moved. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
This field is for display only, and contains the ID of the stage where the element resides. For a
Move request, the ID always reflects the entry stage.

Comment
Comments describing the Move request. You can either use the existing comment or enter a
different one.

Action

These options provide additional information about the Move request. The following options are
available:

CCID
You can enter a CCID (up to 12 characters) to further define the element(s) being generated.
Depending upon the system specified for this request, a CCID may be required.

SYNC
Normally, if the element(s) exists in both stages but the source location of the move base level
differs from the target location of the move current level, the Move request is rejected. This
happens because during the Add action CA Endevor® SCM verifies that the source location of the
move base and the target location of the move current level are the same. The SYNC option

04-May-2018 174/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

move base and the target location of the move current level are the same. The SYNC option
enables you to perform the request, however, by allowing a new level to be created in the target
location of the move even though the source location of the move base level is not equal to the
target location of the move current level. It is advisable to research this condition before using
the SYNC option.

Enter Y to use the SYNC option. Exercise caution when using this option, as you could regress
changes when the Move action is performed.

Enter N to indicate that the Move should not be performed if the source location of the move
base level is different than the target location of the move current level. This is the default
value.

With History
The WITH HISTORY option preserves the source location of the move change history. If you
request a MOVE WITH HISTORY, the system first ensures that the target location of the move
current level is the same as the source location of the move base level. All levels of the element
are then moved from the source location of the move to the target location of the move, and the
source location of the move change history is appended to the target location of the move
change history.
If you do not specify this option and differences exist between the source location of the move
current level and the target location of the move current level, these differences are combined
and recorded as a new level in the target location of the move.

Enter Y to append the source location of the move change history to the target location of the
move change history.

Enter N to combine all the source location of the move change levels into one level to be
moved into the target location of the move. This is the default value.

Retain Signout
This option tells CA Endevor® SCM to retain the source location signouts for all elements at the
target location. This option applies only if the element was signed out at the target before the
MOVE. If the element was signed out at the target before the MOVE, it will be signed out to that
same ID at the target after the MOVE. If the element was not signed out at the target before the
MOVE, it will not be signed out at the target after the MOVE. If you do not use this option, the
element at the target location is not signed out, regardless of whether it was signed out at the
target before the MOVE took place.

Signout To
This option tells CA Endevor® SCM to sign all elements out to the specified user ID at the target
stage.

Acknowledge Elm Jump

The JUMP option tells CA Endevor® SCM to move elements across environments even if the
element exists at an intermediate stage that is not on the map. If the element exists at an
intermediate stage, the move fails if REQ ELM JUMP ACKNOWLEDGE=Y at the system level and
the JUMP option is not coded.
In either case, CA Endevor® SCM issues a message informing you that the element exists in a non-
map stage between the source and target stages of the move.

04-May-2018 175/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Bypass Element Delete

This option tells CA Endevor® SCM to retain the element in the source stage after successfully
completing the move.

List

The following list options are available:

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit the
selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements to
which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP EQ field is not
used to limit the selection list.

The Element Selection List for the Move Action

CA Endevor® SCM returns an Element Selection List for the Move action when you do not uniquely
identify the element you want. The Element Selection List shows all elements that match the criteria
specified on the Move Elements panel.

From this list, you can:

Select one or more elements to be moved, by placing an O to the left of each element you want,
and/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing the appropriate
character (S, M, B, C , or H) to the left of each element name. S, B, C, and H are invalid display
options for sourceless elements. For elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid,
and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the element. For elements of image
delta format, H and C are not valid.

When you press Enter, the Roscoe Interface generates the SCL required for processing and returns
the panel with an appropriate message next to each moved element.

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

From
Indicates the environment, system, subsystem, and stage for the element being moved.

Selection (no title)

04-May-2018 176/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Selection (no title)

Use this field to select an element for processing. Place an O in this column next to each element
to be moved. Place an S, M, B, C, or H in this column next to each element for which you want
additional information. S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For
elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the
current (last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

Element
Name of the element.

Message (no title)

This field displays the message “WRITTEN.”

Type
Name of the type associated with the element.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
The current version/level for the element, within the stage shown. This is the level that is moved.

Dates
These dates describe the processing related to the element (ddMMMyy format):

Current -- The date for the current level.

Generate -- The generate processor date. This field is blank if the generate processor has not
yet been run for the element.

Last Action
The last action recorded for the element.

NDVR RC
The CA Endevor® SCM return code stored in the Master Control File for the element.

Deleting Elements
The Delete action deletes all levels of an element. Use the Delete Elements panel to identify the
element being deleted.

The Delete Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

04-May-2018 177/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

#
Delete the element.

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels:

Summary of Levels (S)

Element Master Info (M)

Element Browse (B)

Element Changes (C)

Element History (H)

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element being deleted. The following options are available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to delete an element in another
environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be deleted. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage from which you want to delete the element. Use one of the IDs listed
to the right of this field. You also can use a name mask with this field.

04-May-2018 178/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Comment
Enter any comments describing this request. Depending upon the system specified for the
request, comments may be required.

Action
These options provide additional information about the Delete action. The following options are
available:

CCID
You can enter a CCID (up to 12 characters) to further define the element(s) being generated.
Depending upon the system specified for this request, a CCID may be required.

Override Signout
This option applies only when signin/signout is in effect for the specified system.

Enter Y to delete the element even if it is not signed out to you. CA Endevor® SCM signs
the element out to you if you specify this option.

Enter N to indicate that processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out to you.
This is the default value.

Only Component
Applicable for CA Endevor® SCM ACM users only. Indicates whether you want to delete both
the element component list and the element, or the element component list only.

Enter Y to delete just the element component list

Enter N to delete the element as well as the element component list. This is the default
value.

List
The following List options are available:

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit
the selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP
EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

The Element Selection List for the Delete Action

The Roscoe Interface returns an Element Selection List for the Delete action when you do not
uniquely identify the element you want. The Element Selection List shows all elements that match
the criteria specified on the Delete Elements panel.

From this list, you can:

04-May-2018 179/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

From this list, you can:

Select one or more elements to be deleted, by placing a # to the left of each element you want,
and/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing the appropriate
character (S, M, B, C, or H) to the left of each element. The S, B, C, and H display options are
invalid for sourceless elements. For elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid,
and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the element. For elements of image
delta format, H and C are not valid.

When you press Enter, the Roscoe Interface generates the SCL required for processing and returns
the panel with an appropriate message next to each deleted element.

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

From
Indicates the environment, system, and subsystem from which the element is being deleted.

Selection (no title)

Use this field to select an element for processing.

Element
Name of the element.

Message (no title)

This field displays the message “WRITTEN.”

Stg
ID of the stage for the element.

Type
Name of the type associated with the element.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
This is the current version/level for the element, within the stage shown.

Dates
These dates describe the processing related to the element (ddMMMyy format):

Current -- The date for the current level.

Generate -- The generate processor date. This field is blank if the generate processor has not
yet been run for the element.

04-May-2018 180/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Last Action
This is the last action recorded for the element.

Printing Elements
The Print Elements action prints selected information about an element(s), in report format. Use this
panel to identify the element for which you want information, as well as to select the type of report
you want to print.

The Print Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Enter the appropriate code to receive the information/report you want. The following options are
available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

P Print element
Prints a browse report, which shows all statements in the current level of the element, as well
as the level at which each statement was inserted. This is the default entry. This option is
invalid for sourceless elements. For elements of log delta format, this option is only valid on
the current (last) level of the element.

PC Print changes only

Prints a changes report, which shows all inserts and deletes made to the element as of the
current level. This option is invalid for sourceless elements and elements of log delta format.

PS Print element summary

Prints a summary report, which includes one line of summary information for each level of the
element. This option is invalid for sourceless elements.

PM Print master information

Prints an element master report, which lists Master Control File information for the element.

PH Print change history

Prints a history report, which lists all statements in all levels of the element, from the base
level through the current level. This option is invalid for sourceless elements and elements of
log delta format.

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels:

Summary of Levels (S)

Element Master Info (M)

Element Browse (B)

Element Changes (C)

04-May-2018 181/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element History (H)

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements
of log delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the
current (last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not
valid.

From Location

Enter information defining the element to be printed. The following options are available:

Environment

Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to print an element from another
environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be printed. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage from which you want to print the element. Use one of the IDs listed to
the right of this field. You also can use a name mask with this field.

List

The following List options are available:

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit the
selection list.

04-May-2018 182/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements to
which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP EQ field does not
limit the selection list.

The Element Selection List for the Print Elements Action

The Roscoe Interface returns this panel from the Print Elements panel or one of the list panels, when
you do not uniquely identify a specific element. It lists all the elements that match the criteria
specified on the Print Elements panel.

From this list you can:

Select one or more elements to be printed, by placing a P, PC, PS, PM, or PH (depending on the
report you want) to the left of each element you want. When you press ENTER, the Roscoe
Interface generates the SCL required for processing and returns the panel with an appropriate
message next to each element queued for print. P, PC, PS, and PH are invalid actions for
sourceless elements.

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing an appropriate character
(S, M, B, C, or H) to the left of each element you want. Press PF3 to return to the previous panel.
S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log delta
format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of
the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

From
Identification of the environment, system, and subsystem from which the element is being
printed.

Selection (no title)

Used to select an element to be processed.

Element
Name of the element.

Message (no title)

Used to display the message “WRITTEN.”

Stg
ID of the stage for the element.

Type
Name of the type for the element.

NS

04-May-2018 183/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Current version/level for the element, within the stage shown.

Dates
Dates that describe the processing related to the element (in ddMMMyy format):

Current -- Date for the current level.

Generate -- Generate processor date. This field is blank if the generate processor has not
been run yet for the element.

Last Action
Last action recorded for the element.

Signin Elements
The Signin action removes a user signout associated with a particular CA Endevor® SCM element,
allowing another user to access the element without overriding the signout. This action is available
only for systems where signin/signout is in effect. Use the Signin Elements panel to identify the
element being signed in.

The Signin Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

SI
Sign in the element.

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels:

Summary of Levels (S)

Element Master Info (M)

Element Browse (B)

Element Changes (C)

Element History (H)

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log

04-May-2018 184/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element to be signed in. The following options are available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to sign in an element in another
environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be signed in. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
This field is for display only, and contains the ID of the stage where the element resides.

Action
These options provide additional information about the Signin request. The following options are
available:

Override Signout
This option applies only when signin/signout is in effect for the specified system.

Enter Y to sign in the element even if it is not signed out to you. CA Endevor® SCM signs
the element out to you if you specify this option.

Enter N to indicate that processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out to you.
This is the default value.

Signout To
Used to sign out the element to another user. CA Endevor® SCM uses this user ID to set the
SIGNOUT ID field (on the Element Master panel) for this element.

List
The following List options are available:

04-May-2018 185/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit
the selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP
EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

Where User EQ
A signout user ID can be specified in the WHERE USER EQ field to limit the selection list to only
those elements whose user ID is equal to the specified SIGNOUT USER ID.

The Element Selection List for the Signin Action

The Roscoe Interface returns this panel from the Signin Elements panel or one of the list panels,
when you do not uniquely identify a specific element. This panel lists all the elements that match the
criteria specified.

From this list you can:

Select one or more elements to be signed in, by placing an SI to the left of each element name,
and/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing the appropriate
character (S, M, B, C, or H) to the left of each element you want. S, B, C, and H are invalid display
options for sourceless elements. For elements of log delta format, options H and C are not valid,
and option B can only be used on the current (last) level of the element. For elements of image
delta format, H and C are not valid.

When you press Enter, the Roscoe Interface generates the SCL required for processing and returns
the panel with an appropriate message next to each element that is signed in.

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

From
Identification of the environment, system, and subsystem for the element being signed in.

Selection (no title)

Used to select an element.

Element
Name of the element.

04-May-2018 186/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Message (no title)

Used to display the message “*WRITTEN.”

Stg (Stage)
Stage where the element resides.

Type
Name of the element type.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Current version/level for the element, within the stage shown.

Signout User ID
ID of the user to whom the element is currently signed out.

Transferring Elements
The Transfer action transfers elements from one CA Endevor® SCM location to another. Use the
Transfer Elements panel to identify the element being transferred. The Transfer action cannot be
done against a sourceless element.

If you want to transfer an element to or from an archive data set, you must manually code the SCL for
the action.

Note: For more information about manually coding the SCL, see Edit the Request Data Set
(see page 204).

If you manually code a Transfer request to an archive data set, you cannot use “ROSCOE” as the
archive (TO) data set. If you assign “ROSCOE” as the TO data set name, you receive an error message.

The Transfer Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

T
Generate an action request to transfer a sourced element from the From Location to the To
Location.

04-May-2018 187/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels:

Summary of Levels (S)

Element Master Info (M)

Element Browse (B)

Element Changes (C)

Element History (H)

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Define the location from which the element is being transferred. The following options are
available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to transfer an element from
another environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is currently defined. You can use a name mask
to indicate that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is currently defined. You can use a name
mask to indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be
considered in this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be transferred. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage from which you want to transfer the element. Use one of the IDs
listed to the right of this field. You also can use a name mask with this field.

04-May-2018 188/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To Location
Define the To Location for the element being transferred. The following options are available:

Note: You cannot use name masks with the To Location fields.
Note: You can enter a new element name here only if you coded a full element name as
the FROM element name. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-
9, @, #, and $

Type

Name of the to element type (such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc.). If you leave this field blank,
the type defaults to the FROM type entry.

Stage

The stage ID for the TO element. If you leave this field blank, the stage ID defaults to the
FROM stage.

Comment

Enter any comments describing this request. Depending upon the system specified for the
request, comments may be required.

List
The following List options are available:

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit
the selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP
EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

Action
These provide additional information about the Transfer request. The following options are
available:

CCID
You can enter a CCID (up to 12 characters) to further define the element. Depending upon the
system specified for this request, a CCID may be required.

04-May-2018 189/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Bypass Element Delete

Use the BYPASS ELEMENT DELETE option to retain the element in the From Location after it is
transferred. Otherwise, the system automatically deletes that element after the Transfer
action is completed.

Enter Y to retain the element after it is transferred. This is the default value.

Enter N to delete the element after it is transferred.

Bypass Gen Processor

Use this option if you want to bypass the generate processor for the element after it is
transferred. Otherwise, the system looks for and executes the generate processor for that
element.

Enter Y to bypass (that is, not execute) the generate processor for the element after it is
transferred. This is the default value.

Enter N to execute the generate processor for the element after the Transfer action is
completed.

Override Signout
This option applies only when signin/signout is in effect for the FROM system.

Enter Y to transfer the element even if it is not signed out to you. CA Endevor® SCM signs
the element out to you if you specify this option.

Enter N to indicate that processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out to you.
This is the default value.

Processor Group
The name of the processor group to be used. If you leave this field blank, the system defaults
to the processor group last used for this element. You can also type a processor group name
in this field or use a name mask to access a list of processor groups from which you can select.

Synchronize
This option applies when the element already exists in the To Location. The SYNCHRONIZE
option is used in conjunction with the WITH HISTORY option. When you want to transfer an
element with history, and the current level of the To Location element differs from the base
level of the From Location element, you normally receive an error message and the transfer is
not performed.
If you use this option, however, the system creates an intermediate level known as the
synchronized level which contains the differences between the base level of the From
Location element and the current level of the To Location element. All levels (change history)
associated with the From Location element are then appended to the To Location element
and renumbered.

Enter Y if you want the Transfer action to be performed even though the base level of the
FROM element differs from the current level of the TO element.

Enter N if you do not want the Transfer action to be performed when the base level of the
FROM element differs from the current level of the TO element. This is the default value.

With History

04-May-2018 190/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

With History
The WITH HISTORY option preserves From Location change history. If you request a TRANSFER
WITH HISTORY, the system first ensures that the current level of the To Location element is
the same as the current level of the From Location element. All levels of the element are then
moved from the From Location to the To Location, and the From Location change history is
appended to the To Location change history.
If you do not specify this option and differences exist between the current levels of the From
Location element and the To Location element, these differences are combined and recorded
as a new level in the To Location.

Enter Y to append From Location change history to To Location change history.

Enter N to combine ALL From Location change levels into one level to be moved into the
To Location. This is the default value.

Retain Signout
This option tells CA Endevor® SCM to retain the source location signouts for all elements at
the target location. This option applies only if the element was signed out at the source
before the TRANSFER.

If the element was signed out at the source before the TRANSFER, it will be signed out to
that same ID at the target after the TRANSFER.

If the element was not signed out at the source before the TRANSFER, it will not be signed
out at the target after the TRANSFER.

If you do not use this option, the element at the target location is not signed out,
regardless of whether it was signed out at the target before the TRANSFER took place.

Signout To
This option tells CA Endevor® SCM to sign all elements out to the specified user ID at the
target stage.

The Element Selection List for the Transfer Action

If you do not specify the element, type, stage, or option you want, the Roscoe Interface returns an
Element Selection List. You can restrict this list to a particular range of elements by specifying an
element name mask, or to specific element types by using a type name mask.

Use the list to:

Select one or more elements to be transferred, by placing a T to the left of each sourced element
you want, and/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing an appropriate character
(S, M, B, C, or H) to the left of each element you want.

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION and TO NAME fields are display-only.

04-May-2018 191/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

From
Identification of the FROM environment, system, and subsystem for the element being
transferred.

To
Identification of the TO environment, system, subsystem, and stage for the element being
transferred.

Selection (no title)

Field used to select an element for processing. Place a T in this column next to each element to be
transferred. Place an S, M, B, C, or H in this column next to each element for which you want
additional information, as described for the Transfer Elements panel.

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

Element
Name of the FROM element.

To Name
Name of the TO element. This name defaults to the from element name.

Stg
Stage ID for the from element.

Type
Name of the element type for the from element.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Current version/level for the element, within the stage shown.

Dates
Dates that describe the processing related to the element (in ddMMMyy format):

Current -- The date for the current level.

Generate -- Generate processor date. This field is blank if the generate processor has not
been run yet for the element.

Last Action
Last action recorded for the element.

04-May-2018 192/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Printing Members
The Print Members action prints information about library members. Use the Print Members panel to
identify the library member.

The Print Members panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a member list for the library named.

B
Show a Browse panel with the contents of a specific library member.

P
Generate an action request to print the member specified.

From Partitioned or Sequential Data Set

Define the library or data set in which the member currently resides. The following options are
available:

Data Set Name

Enter the appropriate data set name.

Member
Enter the appropriate member name; you can use a name mask.

Thru Member
The name entered here indicates the last in the range, with the name specified in the
MEMBER field considered as the first name in the range. You can enter a full member name or
use a name mask.

List Options
The Display List option is always set to Y.

The Member Selection List for the Print Members Action

The Member Selection List appears when you do not fully specify the library members that you want
to print or browse.

The Member Selection List panel shows the library being processed (FROM DATA SET). It lists each
member in the library down the left-hand column, and the footprint information for that member (if
any) to the right. This footprint information includes the system and subsystem for the associated CA
Endevor® SCM element, the element name itself, the type for the element, the version and level of
the element associated with this member, and the date/time the footprint was written.

Using this panel, you can:

Select one or more members to be printed, by placing a P to the left of each member you want,
and/or

Select one or more members to be browsed, by placing a B to the left of each member you want.

04-May-2018 193/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Select one or more members to be browsed, by placing a B to the left of each member you want.

Press ENTER to continue.

If you request BROWSE (B), the Roscoe Interface returns a Browse panel for the member. Press PF3
when you are through browsing the member, to return to the Member Selection List.

Listing Elements
The List Element action scans elements in the Master Control File and creates a list of elements that
meet the criteria you enter on the List Element Action panel. This list takes the form of action
requests for the elements. Use the List Element action panel to identify those elements to be listed.

You also can list elements from an archive data set. However, you must manually code the SCL for
this action using the Edit screen.

Note: For more information about manually coding the SCL, see Edit the Request Data Set (see page
204) and the SCL Reference Manual.

In addition, you can create action requests to list members from a library. A separate panel List
Members is used to perform this action; this panel is discussed in the next section of this chapter.

The List Element Action panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you wish to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list.

L
Generate an action request to list the element(s) identified on the screen.

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels: Summary of Levels (S), Element
Browse (B), Element History (H), Element Changes (C), or Element Master Info (M).

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element to be listed. The following options are available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to list an element from another
environment.

System

04-May-2018 194/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be listed. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $.

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this request.

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage for the element. Use one of the IDs listed to the right of this field.
You also can use a name mask with this field.

List
The following List options are available:

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit
the selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP
EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

Text String
This option allows you to specify that only those elements containing a particular character string
(as defined in this field) can be selected for the List action request. Enter the text string for which
you want to search; you can code up to 70 characters. Enclose the string in quotes if it contains
blanks or special characters.
If you use the SCAN COLUMNS option, you can restrict the search to specific columns only.

Scan Columns
This option applies only if you specify a text string. You can indicate that only a particular range of
columns is to be searched for the text string indicated. For example, you may want to list only
those elements with a specific character string contained within columns 25-45. If the text cannot
be found within these columns, the element will not be selected for the list.
If you use this option, you must enter both a starting and an ending column. Enter the
appropriate column numbers in the START and END fields on the panel.

04-May-2018 195/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action to Be Generated When List is Created

Enter the type of action you want the List requests to generate. Specify any of the actions listed
next:

&&ACTION -- Use this to specify actions at run time rather than when the list is first
generated.

ADD

ARCHIVE

COPY

DELETE

GENERATE

LIST

MOVE

PRINT

RESTORE

RETRIEVE

SIGNIN

TRANSFER

UPDATE

If you leave this field blank, the system defaults to &&ACTION.

Write List to Output Data Set

By default, the action cards generated from the list are written to the Batch Execution report. You
can, however, have the list written to an output data set as well; simply enter the name of the
data set in this field. Leave the field blank to write the list in the Execution report only. The List
Output panel is presented to prompt you for the data set name.

Where Component EQ
A component can be specified in the WHERE COMPONENT EQ field to limit the selection list to
only those elements containing the component(s) indicated.

The Element Selection List for the List Element Action

The Roscoe Interface returns an Element Selection List if you do not specify the element, type, stage,
or option you want. You can restrict this list to a particular range of elements by specifying an
element name mask, or to specific element types by using a type name mask. Use the list to select
the element(s) you want.

Use the Element Selection List to:

04-May-2018 196/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Select one or more elements to be listed, by placing an L to the left of each element you want, and
/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing an appropriate
character (S, M, B, C, or H) to the left of each element you want.

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

From
Identification of the environment for the element being listed.

System
Identification of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsystem
Identification of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Stage
Identification of the stage for the element.

Selection (no title)

Used to select an element for processing. Place an L in this column next to each element to be
listed. Place an S, M, B, C, or H in this column next to each element for which you want additional
information, as described for the List Element action panel.

Element
Name of the element.

Message (no title)

Used to display messages, such as “WRITTEN.”

Type
Name of the element type.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Current version/level for the element, within the stage shown.

04-May-2018 197/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Dates
Dates that describe the processing related to the element (in ddMMMyy format):

Current -- The date for the current level.

Generate -- The generate processor date. This field is blank if the generate processor has not
yet been run for the element.

Last Action
Last action recorded for the element.

NDVR
CA Endevor® SCM return code for the element.

The List Output Panel

If you specify WRITE LIST TO OUTPUT DATA SET = N on the List Elements panel, CA Endevor® SCM
returns the Element Selection List.

If, however, you specify WRITE LIST TO OUTPUT DATA SET = Y on the List Elements panel, the Roscoe
Interface returns the List Output panel.

The List Output panel contains the following fields:

Option
Leave this field blank.

Data Set Name

Enter the appropriate data set name.

Member
Enter the appropriate member name; you can specify either the full name or use a name mask.

Listing Members
The List Members action scans members in a library and lists the members that meet the remaining
criteria entered in the List Members panel. This list takes the form of action requests for the
members. Use the List Members panel to identify those members to be listed.

You also can list members from a library external to CA Endevor® SCM. However, you must manually
code the SCL for this action using the Edit screen.

You can also create action requests which list elements from the Master Control File. A separate
panel List Element action is used to perform this action; this panel is discussed in the previous section
of this chapter.

The List Members panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use the OPTION field to specify the processing you want to perform. The following options are
available:

04-May-2018 198/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Blank
Display a Member Selection List for the library named, optionally restricted according to any
member name mask provided.

B
Return a Browse panel showing the contents of a specific library member.

L
Generate an action request to list the member specified.

From Partitioned or Sequential Data Set

Enter information defining the library or data set in which the member currently resides. The
following options are available:

Data Set Name

Enter the appropriate data set name.

Member
Enter the appropriate member name; you can specify either the full name or use a name
mask.

Thru Member
Use this field to print a range of members in the data set. The member name entered here
indicates the last member in the range, with the name specified in the MEMBER field
considered as the first name in the range. You can enter either a full member name or use a
name mask.

List
The Display List option is always set to Y.

Text String
Use this option to specify that only those members containing a particular character string (as
defined in this field) can be selected for the List request. Enter the text string for which you want
to search; you can code up to 70 characters. Enclose the string in quotes if it contains blanks or
special characters.
If you use the SCAN COLUMNS option, you can restrict the search to specific columns only.

Scan Columns
This option applies only if you specify a text string. You can indicate that only a particular range of
columns is to be searched for the text string indicated. For example, you may want to list only
those members with a specific character string contained within columns 25-45. If the text cannot
be found within these columns, the member is not selected for the list.
If you use this option, you must enter both a starting and an ending column. Enter the
appropriate column numbers in the START and END fields on the panel.

Actions to Be Generated When List is Created

Enter the type of action you want the List requests to generate. Specify any of the actions listed
next:

&&ACTION -- Use this to specify actions at run time rather than when the list is first
generated.

ADD

04-May-2018 199/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
ADD

ARCHIVE

COPY

DELETE

GENERATE

LIST

MOVE

PRINT

RESTORE

RETRIEVE

SIGNIN

TRANSFER

UPDATE

If you leave this field blank, the system defaults to &&ACTION.

Write List to Output Data Set

By default, the action cards generated from the list are written to the Batch Execution report. You
can, however, have the list written to an output data set as well; simply enter the name of the
data set in this field.
Leave the field blank to write the list in the Execution report only.

The Member Selection List for the List Member Action

When you leave the member name blank or supply a name mask, the Roscoe Interface returns a
Member Selection List. The list is limited according to any member name mask specified on the List
Members panel. Use the Member Selection List to select the member(s) you want to list or browse.

The Member Selection List shows the library being processed (FROM DATA SET). Each member in the
library is listed in the left-hand column, and the footprint information for that member (if any) is
listed to the right of the member name. Footprint information includes the system and subsystem for
the associated CA Endevor® SCM element, the element name itself, the element type, the version
and level of the element associated with this member, and the date and time the footprint was
written.

Use the Member Selection List panel to:

Select one or more members to be listed, by placing an L to the left of each member you want,
and/or

Select one or more members to be browsed, by placing a B to the left of each member you want.

04-May-2018 200/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Archiving Elements
The Archive action writes the current version (including the base level and all change levels) of a CA
Endevor® SCM element to a sequential file, known as an archive data set. Use the Archive Elements
panel to identify the element(s) being archived.

The Archive Elements panel contains the following fields:

Option
Use this field to specify the processing you want to perform. The following options are available:

Blank
Display a selection list, optionally restricted according to any specifications provided
(environment, system name, etc.).

V
Generate an action request to archive the element(s) identified on the screen. The archive
action is invalid for sourceless element. If you attempt to archive a sourceless element you
will receive an error.

S, M, B, C, H
Display one of the following element information panels:

Summary of Levels (S)

Element Master Info (M)

Element Browse (B)

Element Changes (C)

Element History (H)

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

From Location
Enter information defining the element to be archived. The following options are available:

Environment
Name of the current environment. Enter a different name to archive an element from another
environment.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to indicate
that all systems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in this
request.

Subsystem

04-May-2018 201/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined. You can use a name mask to
indicate that all subsystems, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request.

Element
The name of the element (up to 10 characters) to be archived. You also can use a name mask
to indicate that all elements, or only those matching the characters specified, be considered in
this request. Element names can include only the following characters: A-Z, 0-9, @, #, and $

Type
The element type, such as COBOL, COPYLIB, etc. You can use a name mask to indicate that all
types, or only those matching the characters specified, should be considered in this request.

Stage
Enter the ID of the stage from which you want to archive the element. Use one of the IDs
listed to the right of this field. You also can use a name mask with this field.

Comment
Enter any comments describing this request. Depending upon the system specified for this
request, comments may be required.

Action
These provide additional information about the Archive request. The following options are
available:

CCID
You can enter a CCID (up to 12 characters) to further define the element. Depending upon the
system specified for this request, a CCID may be required.

Bypass Element Delete

Use the BYPASS ELEMENT DELETE option to retain the element in the From Location after it is
archived. Otherwise, the system automatically deletes that element after the Archive action is
complete.

Enter Y to retain the element after it is archived. This is the default.

Enter N to delete the element after it is archived.

Override Signout
This option applies only when signin/signout is in effect for the FROM system.

Enter Y to archive the element even if it is not signed out to you. CA Endevor® SCM signs
the element out to you if you specify this option.

Enter N to indicate that processing is not allowed unless the element is signed out to you.
This is the default value.

To File
Enter the DDNAME for the archive data set. Be sure to include the JCL for this data set when you
submit the batch job for execution (specify Y in the INCLUDE JCL field on the Batch Options Menu).
The DCB must specify variable blocked records (RECFM=VB), and the DSORG should be PS. The
minimum LRECL should be the greater of 3 times the maximum MCF-record length or the TYPE-

LENGTH plus (+) 14. When archiving to disk, the recommended block size is one-half a track, and

04-May-2018 202/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

LENGTH plus (+) 14. When archiving to disk, the recommended block size is one-half a track, and
the recommended LRECL is one-half a track minus (-) 4 unless the previous rule requires a bigger
LRECL/BLKSIZE. When archiving to tape, the recommended block size is 32760 and the
recommended LRECL is 32756.

Note: You cannot archive an element to ROSCOE. If you assign ROSCOE as the TO data set
name, you receive an error message.

List
The following List options are available:

Display List
This option is always set to Y.

Where CCID EQ
A CCID can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those elements whose last
CCID is equal to the specified CCID. If omitted, the WHERE CCID EQ field is not used to limit
the selection list.

Where PROC GRP EQ

A processor group can be specified in this field to limit the selection list to only those
elements to which the processor group has been assigned. If omitted, the WHERE PROC GRP
EQ field is not used to limit the selection list.

The Element Selection List for the Archive Action

The Roscoe Interface returns an Element Selection List if you do not specify the element, type, stage,
or option you want. You can restrict this list to a particular group of elements by specifying an
element name mask, or to specific element types by using a type name mask. Use the list to select
the element(s) you want.

Use the Element Selection List panel to:

Select one or more sourced elements to be archived, by placing a V to the left of each element
you want, and/or

Request a detailed element display for one or more elements, by placing an appropriate character
to the left of each element for which you want to display information. The characters are S
(display), M (element master), B (element browse), C (changes), or H (history).

The Element Selection List contains the following fields:

Note: All fields except the SELECTION field are display-only.

From
Environment, system, and subsystem for the element being archived.

To
DDNAME for the to archive data set.

04-May-2018 203/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Selection (no title)

Field used to select an element for processing. Place a V in this column next to each element to
be archived; use S, M, B, C, or H to display element information.

Note: S, B, C, and H are invalid display options for sourceless elements. For elements of log
delta format, options H and C are not valid, and option B can only be used on the current
(last) level of the element. For elements of image delta format, H and C are not valid.

Element
Name of the element.

Message (no title)

Used to display the message “*WRITTEN.”

Stg
ID of the stage for the element.

Type
Name of the type for the element.

NS
Indicates whether the element is a sourceless element. A value of Y indicates it is sourceless. If
blank, the element is not sourceless.

VVLL
Current version/level for the element, within the stage shown.

Edit the Request Data Set

To edit your request data set, use option 2, EDIT, on the Batch Options Menu. You can either change
existing requests or add new requests using CA Endevor® SCM's Software Control Language (SCL).
The Roscoe edit facility is used to perform the editing.

When you select this option, you must provide the following information in addition to the option
number:

Request Data Set

Enter information defining the request data set being edited.

DSNAME
Enter the appropriate data set name.

Member
Enter the name of the member in which you want to place your action requests.

04-May-2018 204/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: If you prefer to create SCL requests within your Roscoe workspace (AWS), you may
enter the keyword ROSCOE. You must also enter a member name. You can place the
member name in this field, in brackets immediately following the keyword, or in the
MEMBER field on the next line.

You do not need to fill in the remaining fields on the Batch Options Menu when using the EDIT
option.

Press ENTER when you have filled in the necessary information. Roscoe returns a panel to display the
contents of the action request data set.

Use the panel to review the action requests in the data set, or to modify the data set.

Submit the Request Data Set

To submit a job to execute your action requests in batch, use option 3, SUBMIT, on the Batch Options
Menu. Before submitting the job, you can optionally specify that additional DD statements should be
included with this job. Use option 5, BUILD JCL, to define the JCL.

When you select this option, you must provide the following information in addition to the option
number.

Request Data Set

Enter information defining the request data set you want to submit.

DSNAME
Enter the appropriate data set name.

Member
Enter the name of the member in which you want to place your action requests.

Note: If you prefer to create SCL requests within your Roscoe workspace (AWS), you may
enter the keyword ROSCOE. You must also enter a member name. You can place the
member name in this field, in brackets immediately following the keyword, or in the
MEMBER field on the next line.

Append
Indicate whether you want to add new requests to the end of an existing data set or library
member (Y) or overwrite any data currently in the data set or library member (N).

Include JCL
Indicates whether you want to include supplementary JCL with this job. This field is required with
the SUBMIT option.

Enter Y to add JCL to the standard execution JCL. If you select this option, you must have
previously defined the additional JCL (using option 5 on the Batch Options Menu).

Enter N to indicate that no additional JCL is required for this job.

04-May-2018 205/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Enter N to indicate that no additional JCL is required for this job.

Job Statement Information

The job card to be submitted with the execution. If you have not already done so, enter the
appropriate information on this panel. This is the final bit of information you need to enter on the
Batch Options Menu when using the SUBMIT option.
Press ENTER when you have filled in the necessary information. Roscoe builds the JCL to submit
the job dynamically, including the job card (JOB STATEMENT INFORMATION) from the Batch
Options Menu, a standard job stream provided during installation, and any additional JCL
(included only if you specified Y in the INCLUDE JCL field).
Roscoe displays a message on the Batch Options Menu to let you know the job was submitted.

Build the JCL for the Action Request

To define JCL (generally DD statements) that should be included with the JCL submitted to execute
action requests, use option 5, BUILD JCL, on the Batch Options Menu. You would do this if, for
example, an action request referenced a FROM or To Location file by DDNAME or if you identified an
archive data set in an action request.

In the Batch Options menu, type 5 in the OPTION field and press Enter. Then, fill in the JCL (complete
statements) you want to include with the batch job execution, and then press PF3 to return to the
Batch Options Menu.

Estimating Resource Requirements

Contents
CA Endevor SCM CA Roscoe Interface Resource Requirements (Roscoe) (see page 206)
Interface Processing Structure (see page 206)
Interface Storage Requirements (see page 207)

CA Endevor SCM CA Roscoe Interface Resource

Requirements (Roscoe)
Use this appendix to help you estimate the resource requirements for an active interface. You can
use the estimates to determine the maximum number of active interface users that a Roscoe region
can support, to determine the REGION parameter to be associated with a interface Roscoe region, or
to determine the number of interface servers to define.

Interface Processing Structure

The Roscoe Interface consists of two components:

The Roscoe Interface dialog driver

The Roscoe Interface server tasks

04-May-2018 206/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Roscoe Interface dialog driver, program C1RPUSER, is a Roscoe ETSO application that interacts
with the Roscoe Interface user to perform CA Endevor® SCM functions.

The Roscoe Interface server is a set of routines that the dialog driver uses to perform CA Endevor®
SCM specific functions. The number of active servers is defined by the SERVERS= parameter on the
Roscoe Interface configuration macro, C1RMCNFG.

Note: For more information about building the configuration module, see How the Roscoe
Installation Works (see page ).

When the dialog driver requires a CA Endevor® SCM service, it will pass the request to the first
available server. The dialog driver and the server will be tied together only for the duration of the
request. If a server is not available, the request will be queued until a server becomes available and
the Roscoe Interface user will be placed in a “wait” condition. If a large number of users will be active
concurrently, it is important that you define a sufficient number of servers to process the dialog
requests in order to reduce the amount of time spent waiting.

If you issue the Roscoe Interface QUIE command, message C1R119I will indicate the number of times
a Roscoe Interface user had to wait for a server. You can use this value to determine if a sufficient
number of servers have been defined. A large WAIT count indicates that the number of servers
should be increased.

Interface Storage Requirements

The interface has a fixed storage requirement and a variable storage requirement. The fixed storage
requirement consists of the base interface and CA Endevor® SCM modules. The variable storage
requirements consist of the interface server requirements and the interface dialog driver
requirements.

The fixed storage requirement for the CA Endevor® SCM and interface reentrant programs is 900K
(24 bit addressable).

The variable storage requirement for the interface server dynamic storage and non-reentrant
programs (per defined server) is 70K (24 bit addressable).

The variable storage requirement for the interface dialog driver (per active user) is 20K (31 bit
addressable), plus selection list storage. The amount of storage required for the CA Endevor®
SCM selection list depends on the size of the list and the type of the list. A formula, therefore,
cannot be easily provided. All selection lists, however, are allocated from 31 bit addressable
storage. Storage for a selection list is released after the table has been processed by the user.

Example: Configure 25 Users for the Interface

In this example, assume that the C1RMCNFG macro specified that 25 users will concurrently use the
interface. The estimated variable storage requirement to support this configuration is the following:

For the server, the estimated requirement is 70K.

For 25 dialogs at 20K for each dialog, the estimated requirement is 500K (31 bit)

04-May-2018 207/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For 25 dialogs at 20K for each dialog, the estimated requirement is 500K (31 bit)

The total estimated variable storage requirement is 570K.

Note: Remember that the storage for the dialogs does not include the selection list
requirements. In addition, these are estimates only and the actual storage requirements
may vary depending on the maintenance level of the CA Endevor® SCM and interface
products that you are executing.

CA Endevor CA Roscoe Interface Messages

Contents

C1R1001 (see page 209)

C1R101I (see page 209)
C1R102E (see page 209)
C1R103E (see page 210)
C1R104E (see page 210)
C1R105E (see page 210)
C1R106E (see page 211)
C1R107E (see page 211)
C1R108E (see page 211)
C1R109E (see page 212)
C1R110E (see page 212)
C1R115E (see page 212)
C1R118E (see page 213)
C1R119I (see page 213)
C1R120E (see page 213)
C1R122I (see page 214)
C1R201E (see page 214)
C1R202E (see page 214)
C1R203E (see page 215)
C1R205E (see page 215)
C1R301E (see page 215)
C1R302E (see page 216)
C1R303E (see page 216)
C1R304E (see page 216)
C1R305E (see page 217)
C1R306E (see page 217)
C1R307E (see page 217)
C1R308E (see page 218)

C1R309E (see page 218)

04-May-2018 208/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R309E (see page 218)

C1R311E (see page 218)
C1R312E (see page 219)
C1R313E (see page 219)
C1R314E (see page 219)
C1R316E (see page 220)
C1R318E (see page 220)
C1R319E (see page 220)
C1R320E (see page 220)
C1R502E (see page 221)
C1R503I (see page 221)
C1R507I (see page 221)
C1R504E (see page 222)
C1R505I (see page 222)
C1R506E (see page 222)

C1R1001
Activating the CA Roscoe 14.0 Interface

Reason:

The CA Endevor SCM CA Roscoe Interface initialization task is beginning to activate the interface.

Action:

None.

C1R101I
CA Roscoe Interface initialized with count servers

Reason:

The CA Endevor SCM CA Roscoe Interface initialization task has completed and the number of
interface servers specified have been created.

Action:

None.

C1R102E
IDENTIFY of C1RPCTR2 failed

Reason:

04-May-2018 209/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Reason:

The interface initialization task, C1RPCTRL, received a non-zero return code from the MVS IDENTIFY
service. The initialization task will terminate with a return code of four.

Action:

Reinitialize the interface by restarting the Roscoe region. If the problem persists, contact Technical
Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R103E
CA Roscoe Interface server execution failed with code return code

Reason:

A interface server unexpectedly terminated while processing a CA Endevor® SCM request. The return
code identifies the return code placed in the TCB when the server terminated.

Action:

If more than one server was defined in the interface configuration then no action is necessary. Any
CA Endevor® SCM requests will be processed by the remaining servers. For assistance, contact
Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R104E
CA Roscoe Interface server initialization failed with code return code

Reason:

A interface server abended during initialization. The return code identifies the return code that was
placed in the server TCB for the server.

Action:

Check the CA Roscoe IE message log for any error messages that may have been issued during the
server initialization and take the corrective action specified for the message. Reinitialize the interface
by restarting the CA Roscoe IE region. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.
com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R105E
Identify of C1RDGCT failed

Reason:

04-May-2018 210/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The interface initialization task, C1RPCTRL, received a non-zero return code from the MVS IDENTIFY
service. The initialization task will terminate with a return code of four.

Action:

Reinitialize the interface by restarting the CA Roscoe IE region. If the problem persists, contact
Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R106E
Unable to load the C1DEFLTS table

Reason:

The interface initialization task, C1RPCTRL, was unable to load the CA Endevor® SCM C1DEFLTS table.
The interface will terminate with a return code 16.

Action:

Verify that the C1DEFLTS table is in the CONLIB DD data set specified in the Roscoe execution JCL.
Also, refer to the CA Roscoe IE message log to determine if the MVS program manager issued any
error messages and take the corrective action associated with the message.

C1R107E
Unable to load C1RPLINK

Reason:

The interface initialization task, C1RPCTRL, was unable to load module C1RPLINK. The interface will
terminate with a return code 16.

Action:

Verify that module C1RPLINK is in the STEPLIB/JOBLIB DD data set specified in the Roscoe execution
JCL. Also, refer to the CA Roscoe IE message log to determine if the MVS program manager issued any
error messages and take the corrective action associated with the message.

C1R108E
Unable to load C1RPCNFG

Reason:

The interface initialization task, C1RPCTRL, was unable to load module C1RPCNFG. The interface will
terminate with a return code 16.

Action:

04-May-2018 211/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action:

Verify that module C1RPCNFG is in the STEPLIB/JOBLIB DD data set specified in the Roscoe execution
JCL. Also, refer to the interface message log to determine if the MVS program manager issued any
error messages and take the corrective action associated with the message. If the module is not
found, verify that the interface installation job C1RPCNFG executed without any errors.

C1R109E
A valid ETSOLIB DCB address was not provided

Reason:

The ETSOLIB declaration may not have been made when your site's JCL brought up the Roscoe
application.

Action:

Check your site's JCL for bringing up the Roscoe application. Insure that the ETSOLIB declaration has
been made. Once the declaration has been made, reinitialize the interface by restarting the Roscoe
region.

C1R110E
Load of ENDEVOR service routine failed

Reason:

The interface initialization task, C1RPCTRL, was unable to load one or more CA Endevor® SCM
programs. The interface will terminate with a return code 16.

Action:

Refer to the Roscoe message log to determine the program that could not be executed. Verify that
the Roscoe execution JCL contains the appropriate CA Endevor® SCM and interface libraries in the
JOBLIB/STEPLIB/ETSOLIB concatenation.

C1R115E
Attach of the CA Roscoe Interface server failed

Reason:

The interface initialization task, C1RPCTRL, was unable to attach one of the interface server tasks. The
interface will terminate with a return code 16.

Action:

Verify that program C1RPSRVR is in the STEPLIB/JOBLIB concatenation. If not, update the Roscoe

04-May-2018 212/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Verify that program C1RPSRVR is in the STEPLIB/JOBLIB concatenation. If not, update the Roscoe
execution JCL to include the appropriate interface load library.

C1R118E
CA Roscoe Interface has been forced unavailable

Reason:

The interface has been disabled because all of the defined CA Endevor® SCM servers have
unexpectedly terminated. Message C1R103E is issued when a server terminates abnormally.

Action:

In order to reestablish the interface, the interface will have to be reinitialized by restarting the
Roscoe region.

C1R119I
CA Roscoe Interface session statistics: Users connected=count, Server dispatches=count Max
servers used=count Server ABENDs=count WAITs for server=count WAITs for dispatch queue=count

Reason:

The interface has received and processed the QUIE command. The message identifies interface server
statistics. The statistics can be used to tune the number of interface servers defined by the
C1RMCNFG configuration macro.

Action:

None. This is an informational message only.

C1R120E
No CA Roscoe Interface servers requested. The interface is not available

Reason:

The number of servers specified on the C1RMCNFG macro SERVERS parameter was zero. Without any
servers defined, the interface cannot perform any work.

Action:

Rebuild the interface configuration module by reassembling the C1RMCNFG macro. Refer to
installation job C1RPCNFG. Specify at least one server on the SERVER macro parameter. Reinitialize
the interface.

04-May-2018 213/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R122I
CA Roscoe Interface shutdown complete

Reason:

The interface SHUT command was entered. The interface servers have completed shutdown
processing. The interface is no longer available.

Action:

None. To restart the interface, the Roscoe region must be reinitialized.

C1R201E
No storage available for the Server control block

Reason:

An error occurred initializing the CA Endevor® SCM environment. Program C1BMINIT passed a non-
zero return code. The interface server initialization will terminate with an error code of 202.

Action:

Refer to the Roscoe message log for any other error messages that may have been issued by CA
Endevor® SCM. Refer to the corrective action for those messages. Restart the Roscoe region to
reinitialize the interface. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (
http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R202E
Error in C1BMINIT initializing the server

Reason:

An error occurred in C1BMINIT while initializing the CA Endevor® SCM environment. Program
C1BMINIT passed a non-zero return code. The interface server initialization will terminate with an
error code of 202.

Action:

Refer to the Roscoe message log for any other error messages that may have been issued by the CA
Endevor® SCM initialization program. Refer to the corrective action for those messages. If cause
cannot be determined, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support
).

04-May-2018 214/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R203E
Error initializing access to the CA Roscoe library

Reason:

The interface server received a non-zero return code from the Roscoe LIBI INITX service. The
interface server initialization will terminate with an error code of 203.

Action:

Refer to the Roscoe message log for any other error messages that may have been issued by the
Roscoe library service routines. Refer to the corrective action for those messages. Restart the Roscoe
region to reinitialize the interface. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com
/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R205E
CIRPSRV2 abend-code ABEND occurred

Reason:

The interface server abended while processing a request. The server was able to recover from the
action.

Action:

For assistance, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support). Have

available the abend dump and the Roscoe message log.

C1R301E
Error occurred during ETSO function-name request. R14 (register 14), R12 (register 12), R15
(register 15)

Reason:

The interface dialog driver program CIRPUSER encountered a problem while executing a Roscoe ETSO
function. The dialog driver will terminate with an error code 4.

Action:

Retry the function that caused the message. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at
http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

04-May-2018 215/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R302E
Error occurred during C1RPLINK service name request of request name

Reason:

The internal PSILINK service returned a non-zero return code while processing the service identified.
The interface will terminate.

Action:

Retry the function that caused the message. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at
http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R303E
Error connecting to the Endevor server

Reason:

The interface dialog driver program, C1RPUSER, was unable to connect to an interface server. The
dialog driver will terminate with an error code 12.

Action:

Check the Roscoe message log to verify that the interface servers initialized. Message C1R101I will
indicate the number of servers that initialized. If the servers failed to initialized, perform the
corrective action associated with any server initialization error messages.

C1R304E
The Endevor server ABENDed during processing

Reason:

The interface server abended while processing a request from the dialog driver. Message C1R103E
should appear in the Roscoe message log to identify the ABEND code. The dialog driver will terminate
with an error code of 16.

Action:

Refer to the corrective action for message C1R103E and retry the function that caused the error. If
the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support)
.

04-May-2018 216/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R305E
No storage available for the UCT

Reason:

The interface dialog driver was unable to acquire the storage needed for an internal data structure.
Each active dialog user requires approximately 12K of 31 bit addressable storage for the UCT. The
dialog driver will terminate with an error code of 20.

Action:

Increase the REGION size assigned to the Roscoe task and restart the region in order to reinitialize the
interface.

C1R306E
Error during Endevor Environment processing

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing the CA Endevor® SCM Environment supplied on a dialog
panel. The dialog driver will terminate with an error code of 24.

Action:

Verify that the Environment name specified is valid and retry the function that generated the error
message. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.
com/support).

C1R307E
Error during Endevor System processing

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing the CA Endevor® SCM System supplied on a dialog panel.
The dialog driver will terminate with an error code of 28.

Action:

Verify that the System name specified is valid and retry the function that generated the error
message. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.
com/support).

04-May-2018 217/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R308E
Error during Endevor Subsystem processing

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing the CA Endevor® SCM Subsystem supplied on a dialog
panel. The dialog driver will terminate with an error code of 32.

Action:

Verify that the Subsystem name specified is valid and retry the function that generated the error
message. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.
com/support).

C1R309E
Internal error code occurred. Execution has terminated

Reason:

An internal logic error occurred while processing a dialog selection panel. The code value identifies
the type of error that occurred. The dialog driver will terminate with an error code of 36.

Action:

Retry the function that generated the error message. If the problem persists, contact Technical
Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R311E
The CA Roscoe Interface server interface has not been initialized

Reason:

The interface dialog has determined that the interface servers have not been initialized in the Roscoe
region. The dialog will terminate with an error code of 40.

Action:

Verify that the interface control task, C1RPCTRL, has been properly installed. If the interface has been
properly installed, refer to the Roscoe message log to determine if any error messages were issued
during the server initialization process and perform the corrective action associated with those
messages.

04-May-2018 218/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R312E
Error during Endevor Element processing

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing the CA Endevor® SCM Element supplied on a dialog
panel. The dialog driver will terminate with an error code of 44.

Action:

Verify that the Element name specified is valid and retry the function that generated the error
message. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.
com/support).

C1R313E
Error during Endevor Level processing

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing a CA Endevor® SCM Summary of Levels request. The
dialog driver will terminate with an error code of 48.

Action:

Retry the function that generated the error message. If the problem persists, contact Technical
Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R314E
Error during BROWSE processing. RC=return code

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing the BROWSE request. The return code field identifies the
return code passed by the interface server BROWSE function. The dialog driver will terminate with an
error code of 32.

Action:

Retry the BROWSE function. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.com
/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

04-May-2018 219/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R316E
Error during member processing. RC=return code

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing the member request on behalf of the dialog driver. The
return code field identifies the return code passed by the interface server function. The dialog driver
will terminate with an error code of 60.

Action:

Refer to the Roscoe message log for any other error messages. If the problem cannot be resolved,
contact Technical Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R318E
The CA Roscoe Interface is not available

Reason:

All interface servers are not available.

Action:

Check the Roscoe message log for any errors that might indicate the cause. Reinitialize the interface
by restarting the CA Roscoe region. If the problem persists, contact Technical Support at http://ca.
com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R319E
Error during Endevor element type processing

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing a Type List request. The dialog driver will terminate with
an error code of 72.

Action:

Retry the function that generated the error message. If the problem persists, contact Technical
Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R320E
Error during Endevor processor group processing

04-May-2018 220/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Reason:

An internal error occurred while processing a Processor Group request. The dialog driver will
terminate with an error code of 76.

Action:

Retry the function that generated the error message. If the problem persists, contact Technical
Support at http://ca.com/support (http://www.ca.com/support).

C1R502E
The CA Roscoe Interface was not quiesced

Reason:

The REST command was entered but a previous QUIE command had not been entered. The dialog will
terminate with an error code of 72.

Action:

None.

C1R503I
The CA Roscoe Interface posted to restart

Reason:

The interface REST command was entered. The dialog has requested each server to restart
processing. The interface servers will begin accepting service requests.

Action:

None.

C1R507I
The CA Roscoe Interface posted to shutdown

Reason:

The interface SHUT command was entered and has been successfully processed. The interface
servers have been told to stop processing.

Action:

None. Message C1R122I will be issued when the servers have stopped processing.

04-May-2018 221/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1R504E
The CA Roscoe Interface is not active

Reason:

The interface QUIE, SHUT or REST command was specified but the interface has not been initialized in
the Roscoe region. The dialog will terminate with an error code of 76.

Action:

Verify that the interface control task, C1RPCTRL, has been properly installed. If the interface has been
properly installed, refer to the Roscoe message log to determine if any error messages were issued
during the server initialization process and perform the corrective action associated with those
messages.

C1R505I
CA Roscoe Interface has been marked unavailable

Reason:

The QUIE command was entered and has been successfully processed. The interface servers will not
accept any more requests.

Action:

None. To restart the interface, use the REST command.

C1R506E
Invalid command specified. No action was taken

Reason:

The interface was started with an optional command specified on the command line. The command
entered is invalid. The dialog will terminate with an error code 80.

Action:

Reinvoke the dialog with a valid command. Valid commands are REST, QUIE and SHUT or by not
specifying a command on the command line.

Installing the Interface

Contents:

04-May-2018 222/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Contents:

How the CA Roscoe Interface Works (see page 223)

Install the Configuration Module (see page 224)
Update the Initialization Exit (see page 224)
Modify the Roscoe ETSO Eligible Program List (EPL) (see page 225)
Update the Roscoe Application JCL (see page 226)
Modify ROSXINIT (see page 227)
Copy the Interface RPFs to the Public RPF Library (see page 227)
Create the Interface Panel Library Userid (see page 228)
Recycle the Roscoe System (see page 228)
Install the CA Endevor SCM Batch JCL (see page 228)
How to Make the Interface Unavailable to Users (see page 229)
Quiesce the Interface (see page 229)
Terminate the Roscoe Interface (see page 229)

The CA Endevor CA Roscoe Interface lets you perform CA Endevor SCM functions in a CA Roscoe
Interactive Environment. You can display and retrieve elements, display the footprints in source,
object or load libraries, and build batch requests using the CA Endevor SCM Software Control
Language (SCL). You can also edit batch requests, build JCL and submit jobs.

The interface is initialized with other user applications during CA Roscoe IE startup, and remains
ready for use until the CA Roscoe IE application is terminated by an operator command from the
console.

All applications that are to be executed under ETSO must be defined in a load library known to ETSO
and the Eligible Program List (EPL).

Prior to installing the interface, be sure that:

You are using release 6.0 or later of Advantage CA Roscoe Interactive Environment.

You are using the application programming interface ETSO.

You have properly installed CA Endevor SCM

You have access to SMP/E modules.

How the CA Roscoe Interface Works

To install the interface, you must perform the following steps:

1. Install the Configuration Module.

2. Update the Initialization Exit.

3. Modify the Roscoe ETSO Eligible Program List.

4. Update the Roscoe Application JCL.

04-May-2018 223/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

5. Modify ROSXINIT.

6. Copy the interface RPFs to the Public RPF Library.

7. Create the interface Panel Library Userid.

8. Recycle the Roscoe System.

9. Install the CA Endevor SCM Batch JCL.

Install the Configuration Module

You must modify the configuration parameters for the interface. These parameters are contained in
data set iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL in member C1RJCNFG. Change the following parameters for your site and
execute the JCL.

SERVERS= Must be set to 1. If another number is used, at initialization time, the server number is
reset back down to 1.

PPFX= Indicates the prefix of the Roscoe panel library. The default is ' C1'. You should change this to
the prefix used for the Roscoe execution library that exists at your site.

SPFX= Indicates the scratchpad work area prefix. The SPFX parameter is optional. If it is not specified,
or specified as blank, the scratchpad work area will be allocated in the user's directory. If specified, it
must be two or three characters long and must identify a prefix whose work area can be updated by
any Roscoe user.

Note: This job creates the uprfx.uqual.RSCOLOAD library.

Update the Initialization Exit

During Roscoe Interface initialization, the user interface program, C1RPUSER, calls a user supplied
exit routine in order to determine the user ID of the current Roscoe user. The user ID returned by the
user exit is used by the foreground Retrieve routine to perform signin-signout processing for the
element to be retrieved.

The initialization user exit is called C1RPUX00. This module is loaded into memory during the startup
phase of the interface. The exit is responsible for providing the Roscoe Interface user interface
program with an eight character, blank padded user ID that is associated with the current Roscoe
user. CA provides the following three sample user exits in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN.

C1RPUX00. This exit can be used if your installation is running Roscoe with the EXTSEC=RACF or
EXTSEC=TOPSECRET enabled. The routine returns the security ID that is located in the ACEE
associated with the current Roscoe user. No changes have to be made to the exit if your
installation meets these criteria.

C1RPUX01. This is a dummy exit that must be coded if C1RPUX00 cannot be used in your
installation. The exit contains only the entrance and exit linkage code. You must add the
necessary logic to extract the appropriate user ID, then save the user ID in the area provided for
the exit. If you code your own exit, rename C1RPUX01 to C1RPUX00 and make the appropriate
changes.

04-May-2018 224/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1RPUX02. This exit can be used if your installation is running Roscoe with ACF2 enabled. The
routine returns the logon ID found in the SCBACFB field. This field is initialized by ACF$ EXIT (ACF2
EXIT). If this exit meets your installation needs, re-name C1RPUX02 to C1RPUX00.

The installation user exit passes the address of a one word parameter list in register 1. The parameter
list points to an eight byte field into which the exit places the user ID associated with the current
Roscoe user. The user ID must be padded to the right with spaces if it is less than eight characters
long.

The exit passes one of the following return codes in register 15:

R15 = 0, if the exit has placed the user ID in the output field provided.

R15 = 4, if the exit was unable to place the user ID in the output field provided.

If the exit routine passes a non-zero return code or if the user ID provided by the exit is blanks, the
Roscoe Interface will disable the foreground Retrieve action. If a user attempts to perform a
foreground Retrieve when the action has been disabled, you receive the following message:
'RETRIEVE disabled by the user exit'.

The user exit CSECT must be called C1RPUX00. The routine must be reentrant and reusable and able
to execute in AMODE(31).

To assemble and link the user exit, use the JCL located in data set iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL in member
BC1JRXIT.

Note: If you are on ACF2 release 6.1 or greater, C1RPUX02 is not required, use C1RPUX00.

Modify the Roscoe ETSO Eligible Program List (EPL)

Follow this step to modify your site EPL to include the CA Endevor SCM module C1RPUSER. The EPL
identifies the attributes of each application that can be called by terminal users. When a terminal
user calls an application, ETSO assumes the EPL is defined in the member RO.ETSOPGMS. If your site
has defined the EPL in a different member or with a different prefix, the Roscoe initialization
parameter ETSOPGMS= designates the new member/prefix.

Add the following entries to the EPL for your site. Remember that each EPL entry must be in
alphabetical order. They are listed by column, contents and comments.

EPL Definition for Roscoe 6.0. and higher

Column Contents Comments

1-8 name Program entry point. The name must start with an alphabetic character.
9 blank
10-12 999 Maximum number of concurrent executions of the applications.
13 blank
14-17 9999 CPU slice time (microseconds) prevents the application from terminating. Default
value Small time slice (site specific).
5000

04-May-2018 225/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Column Contents Comments

0020
18 blank
19-24 1024 Total memory (in K) for this application below the 16 MB line.
25 blank
26-31 1024 Total memory (in K) for each variable length request below the 16 MB line.
32 blank
33-38 1024 Total memory (in K) for this application above the 16 MB line.
39 blank
40-45 1024 Total memory (in K) for each variable length request above the 16 MB line.
46 blank
47 Y or DN Produce dump if application abends. Suppress dump.
48 blank
49 Y Application may go into supervisor state and is authorized for MODESET SVC.
50 blank
51-52 N Not a TSO command processor.
53-255 blank ignored

Note: Memory allocations can be reduced if your system is storage constrained. If a value specified is
too small, the interface user may experience an out of memory condition when building large CA
Endevor SCM selection lists. In addition, CA Endevor SCM acquires most of its storage from above the
16 MB line.

Update the Roscoe Application JCL

This step describes how to update the Roscoe application JCL to function properly with CA Endevor
SCM.

By default, ETSO expects all of the applications called by the terminal user to be located in the load
library assigned to the DDNAME ETSOLIB. However, if the Roscoe JCL contains ETSSRCH=ALL, the
application load modules may be located in ETSOLIB (or a data set concatenated to it), JOBLIB or
STEPLIB (or a data set concatenated to it), the Link Pack Area or a data set defined in the linklist
concatenation.

Note: For more information, see the Roscoe System Reference Manual SR-40-10-AO.

1. If not running from a LINKLIST, update the JCL for the Roscoe application at your site by
adding the following CONLIB or STEPLIB statements before the ETSOLIB declaration:

//STEPLIB DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU,DISP=SH
// DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH,DISP=SHR
// DD DSN=uprfx.uqual.RSCOLOAD,DISP=SHR
// DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR
.
.
.
//CONLIB DD DSN=uprfx.uqual.RSCOLOAD,DISP=SHR
// DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR

04-May-2018 226/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Specify the name of the CONLIB you created in the step Populate SMP/E and CA Endevor SCM
for Roscoe Install Data Sets, and the name of the CA Endevor SCM CONLIB for your site.

2. Define the Roscoe Interface load modules to Roscoe by adding the following loadlib
statements within the ETSOLIB declaration:

// DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
// DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH
// DD DSN=uprfx.uqual.RSCOLOAD
// DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

Note: Data sets iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH need to be APF authorized.

Modify ROSXINIT
In this step, you modify the ROSXINIT macro. You must indicate that the interface control module
C1RPCTRL must be executed upon startup of the Roscoe application. To do this, include the following
entry in the ROSXINIT macro. Then reassemble this macro into the Roscoe loadlib for your site.

[tag] ROSX C1RPCTRL

Note: The MON option is omitted, causing ROSXINIT to always attempt to execute C1RPCTRL. No
corresponding entry in ROSXTERM is required. Due to storage considerations, it is recommended that
C1RPCTRL be placed near the top of the initialization list in ROSXINIT.

Copy the Interface RPFs to the Public RPF Library

There are four RPFs (NDVR, NDVRROSC, NDVRRPF and NDVRRETV) in the partitioned data set iprfx.
iqual.CSIQCLS0 that you must move to the execution/public RPF library at your site. Before you move
the RPFs, you need to edit them to conform to your site requirements. You need to edit only the
NDVR, NDVRROSC, and NDVRRPF RPFs; you do not need to modify NDVRRETV.

Edit NDVR

Before moving the RPFs, you must edit the NDVR members to indicate your site-specific Roscoe index
and system libraries in the included ROSDATA step. The number of these libraries is site-specific and
may be more than the five files shown in bold next.

Use the NDVR member to keep RPFs in a common library.

'//ROSDATA EXEC PGM=ROSDATA,PARM=''' |S.KEY |''',COND=(4,LT) '
'//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIB '
'//ROSLIB00 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBOO '
'//ROSLIB01 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBO1'
'//ROSLIB02 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBO2'
'//ROSLIB03 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBO3'
'//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*

Edit NDVRRPF and NDVRROSC

You must also edit RPF NDVRRPF and NDVRROSC to indicate the name of the panel library (iprfx.iqual.
CSIQPENU) you created in the step Populate SMP/E and CA Endevor SCM for Roscoe Install Data Sets.

For NDVRRPF, edit the following line shown in bold:

LET ATTACH NOPAUSE
LET L16 = 'iprfx.iqual.CSIQPENU'
+IMP DSN=+L16+(*)
FILL 10 255 / /

04-May-2018 227/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FILL 10 255 / /
DELX 1 3 /C1R/
R 1 1

For NDVRROSC, edit the lines shown in bold next to conform to your site's requirements:
'//ROSCOPY EXEC PGM=ROSCOPY,PARM=''' &lor. S.KEY &lor. ''' '
'//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIB '
'//ROSLIB00 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBOO '
'//ROSLIB01 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBO1 '
'//ROSLIB02 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBO2 '
'//ROSLIB03 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.ROSLIBO3 '
'//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* ' '//*SYSLIST DD SYSOUT=* '
'//SYSOUT DD DSN=&&NDVRADD('&lor.L6&lor.')'
'// DISP=(OLD,PASS) '

After editing is complete, move the RPFs to the execution/public RPF library. The share options of
these RPFs should be execute-only.

Create the Interface Panel Library Userid

The interface panels are stored in the directory of a user from which all interface users must have
read and execute authority. The prefix of the Roscoe user must be the same as the prefix specified on
the PPFX parameter on the C1RMCNFG macro assembled in the step Install the Configuration
Module.

Sign on to the execution/public library and execute the RPF NDVRRPF. This RPF will import all
interface panels from the partitioned data set iprfx.iqual.CSIQPENU to the ROSCOE execution/public
library.

Recycle the Roscoe System

Submit the Roscoe application JCL. When the interface has completed initialization, the following
message appears on the console:

'C1R101I Roscoe Interface initialized with 1 server"

Note: If the message above is not seen in the z/OS Console log, then the interface server is not
available. Return to the step Modify ROSXINIT and check the output for error messages.

Install the CA Endevor SCM Batch JCL

The interface should now be operational. This step enables you to test the installation in conjunction
with identifying the name of the batch JCL to the interface.

This procedure requires Roscoe administrator authority. You must use the Roscoe control account
(R0) to logon to Roscoe. The Roscoe logon screen appears.

To test the installation:

1. Type NDVR and press Enter. The Primary Options Menu appears.

2. Type 5 (SYSTEM PROFILE) and press Enter. (Only authorized administrators receive the full
panel with the 5 option.) The interface System Profile Maintenance menu appears.

3. Type the following data set name and then press Enter. Be sure to include the member name
C1SB300R.

04-May-2018 228/1109
 3. CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL(C1SB300R)

4. Review the batch JCL to make sure that it conforms to your site specifications, updating the
variables as noted in the step Allocate and Initialize the SMP/E Environment and CA Endevor
SCM Data Sets.

How to Make the Interface Unavailable to Users

As an administrator, there may be times when you want to make the interface unavailable to users.
There are two different ways to do so:

You can make Roscoe quiescent to keep users who are not logged on from starting the interface.
All users who are logged on are allowed to finish the session.

You can perform a shutdown to terminate the interface entirely.

Important! To bring up the interface after a shutdown, you must recycle the Roscoe application.

Quiesce the Interface

To make the interface unavailable to users:

1. Use the CA Roscoe IE control account (RO) to logon to Roscoe. The CA Roscoe IE logon screen
appears.

2. Type NDVR QUIE and press Enter. You receive the following message:

ENDEVOR FOR OS/390 ROSCOE INTERFACE MARKED UNAVAILABLE.

3. To restart CA Roscoe IE, type NDVR REST and press ENTER. You receive the following
message:

ENDEVOR FOR OS/390 ROSCOE INTERFACE POSTED TO RESTART.

Terminate the Roscoe Interface

To terminate Roscoe:

1. Use the Roscoe control account (RO) to logon to Roscoe. The Roscoe logon screen appears.

2. Type NDVR QUIE and press Enter. You receive the following message:

ENDEVOR for OS/390 ROSCOE INTERFACE MARKED UNAVAILABLE.

3. Type NDVR SHUT and press Enter. This command terminates the interface. You receive the
following message:

ENDEVOR for OS/390 ROSCOE INTERFACE POSTED TO SHUTDOWN.

You also receive a console message when the shutdown is complete. Once you issue the
'SHUT' command, session statistics are written to the operator console. To view the statistics,
access the system log. The log will contain statistics similar to the following:

04-May-2018 229/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ENDEVOR FOR OS/390 ROSCOE INTERFACE SESSION STATISTICS:

USERS CONNECTED= SERVER DISPATCHES=
MAX SERVERS USED= SERVER ABENDS=
WAITS FOR SERVER= WAITS FOR DISPATCH QUEUE
ENDEVOR FOR OS/390 ROSCOE INTERFACE SHUTDOWN COMPLETE

4. To bring up the interface after a shutdown, recycle the Roscoe application according to the
procedures used at your site.

04-May-2018 230/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Concurrent Action Processing

The following information explains how to enable, understand, activate, and manage the Concurrent
Action Processing (CAP) feature to speed the processing of batch jobs and packages.

How to Enable and Secure Concurrent Action Processing (see page 231)
Review Prerequisites (see page 233)
Concurrent Action Processing Overview (see page 235)
Enable Spawn Parameters for CAP (see page 239)
Enable the CAICCI Spawn Facility for CAP (see page 240)
Verify CA Common Services are Running (see page 243)
Setting Up Security for CAP (see page 243)
How to Activate Concurrent Action Processing (see page 247)
How to Monitor Concurrent Action Processing (see page 251)

To enable CAP, the CA Endevor® SCM administrator requires the assistance of the following roles:

CA Common Services (CCS) administrator (or systems programmer): This role is required to
enable the CCS Common Communications Interface (CAICCI) Spawn facility for CAP.

Security administrator: This role is required to configure your site security software to allow the
spawn facility to function for CAP. This role is also required if you want to limit who can activate
CAP.

How to Enable and Secure Concurrent Action

Processing
As a change manager (CA Endevor® SCM administrator), you can enable the CAP to speed the
processing of batch jobs and packages. CAP causes certain element action requests to be executed
concurrently. This method of processing reduces the elapsed time that it takes to process multiple
actions.

To set up this feature, you need your CCS administrator (or systems programmer) and your site
security administrator. Optionally, you can limit who can use CAP.

This diagram shows how you enable CAP and, optionally, how you secure user access to CAP.

04-May-2018 231/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Enable CAP

To enable CAP, the following roles and tasks are involved:

CA Endevor® SCM administrator

This role completes the following steps:

1. Review Prerequisites (see page 233).

2. Enable Spawn Parameters for CAP.

3. Ask your CCS administrator to perform the task Enable the CAICCI Spawn Facility for CAP.
Also, ask them to let you know when they have completed this task.

4. Ask your Security administrator to perform the task Enable Spawn for CAP in Security
Software. Also, ask them to let you know when they have completed this task.

CCS administrator
This role completes the following steps:

1. Enable the CAICCI Spawn Facility for CAP.

04-May-2018 232/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

2. Inform the CA Endevor® SCM administrator that the CAICCI Spawn Facility for CAP task is
done.

Security administrator
This role completes the following steps:

1. Enable the spawn facility for CAP in your security software. Depending on the security
software in use at your site, complete one of the following tasks:

How to Configure CA Top Secret for CAP (see page 243)

How to Configure CA ACF2 for CAP (see page 245)

How to Configure IBM RACF for CAP (see page 245)

2. Inform the CA Endevor® SCM administrator that your site security software is configured to
enable the spawn facility CAP.

How to Secure User Access to CAP

Optionally, you can limit who can use CAP. To secure user access to CAP, the following roles and tasks
are involved:

CA Endevor® SCM administrator

This role completes the following steps:

1. Set a Security Control Checkpoint for CAP (see page 246)

2. Ask your security administrator to enable user access to CAP in your security software. Also,
ask them to let you know when they have completed this task.

Security administrator
This role completes the following steps:

1. Enable users read access to CAP in your security software -- The security administrator
enables user access in the site security software to the pseudo data set that the CA
Endevor® SCM administrator defined as the security checkpoint for CAP. Details on how to
enable access to a data set are not included in the CA Endevor® SCM documentation,
because this is a usual procedure.

2. Inform the CA Endevor® SCM administrator that the task to enable user access to the CAP
data set is done.

Review Prerequisites
Before users can submit batch jobs or packages for Concurrent Action Processing, the following
prerequisites are required:

Verify that Global Type Sequencing is enabled.

Global Type Sequencing causes the batch processing of element actions to occur in a Type
sequence that is defined at the site level. CAP uses this feature to determine which actions can be

processed simultaneously. Global Type sequencing is required when using CAP. You can make

04-May-2018 233/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

processed simultaneously. Global Type sequencing is required when using CAP. You can make
CAP more efficient by including a category definition for Types that can be processed
simultaneously. For more information about Global Type Sequencing, see How Global Type
Sequencing Affects Concurrent Action Processing (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/Global+Type+Sequencing#GlobalTypeSequencing-
HowGlobalTypeSequencingAffectsConcurrentActionProcessing). For more information about enabling
Global Type Sequencing, see the scenario How to Enable Global Type Sequencing.

Before enabling CAP, the CA Endevor® SCM administrator must understand how CAP works to
properly set the spawn parameters. Review the following topics, which explain CAP processing:

Concurrent Action Processing Overview (see page 235)

How Concurrent Action Processing Works (see page 235)

Verify that the following CCS components are installed and running on your z/OS mainframe that
hosts CA Endevor® SCM:

CAIENF
The Event Notification Facility enables concurrent action processing through the component
CAICCI Communication Interface. If your site is running CAIENF r12 or higher, a database is not
required for CAP.

CAICCI
The Common Communications Interface is required only if you want to use CAP, Web
Services, the Eclipsed-Based UI, or CA CMEW.

Note: CA Endevor® SCM uses the CCS Resource Initialization Manager (CAIRIM)
component for product license authorization. CAIRIM is mandatory to run CA Endevor®
SCM, whether your site uses CAP or CA CMEW. For information about how to determine if
the components are installed, see Verify CA Common Services are Running (see page 243).

(Optional) Enable IBM z/OS VSAM Record Level Sharing (RLS) facility to manage your CA Endevor®
SCM VSAM data sets. These data sets include all Master Control Files (MCFs), Element catalog and
EINDEX, and the package data set.
RLS improves VSAM performance and, so, improves the performance of CAP.

Ensure that the C1DEFLTS referenced in the routing region JCL is the same as the C1DEFLTS
referenced in the procedure JCL for the action request regions.

Verify that your exits work as expected.

User exits are called in the routing region and action request regions. A summary of these exits is
shown in the following table.

Exit Where Called When Called

Number
1 Routing Region, Action Request After security calls
Region
2 Action Request Region Only Before action is executed

04-May-2018 234/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3 Action Request Region Only After action is executed

4 Action Request Region Only Called before exit 2 for add, update, retrieve
5 Routing Region, Action Request Called once in each job
Region
6 Routing Region, Action Request Called once in each CA Endevor® SCM
Region termination
7 Routing Region, Action Request Called once in each CA Endevor® SCM startup
Region

Certain requirements apply to the SCL requests in the jobs that are submitted for processing. Element
names cannot be wildcarded. Additionally, the To and From statements on all Add, Update, and
Retrieve actions must reference cataloged data sets. For more information about SCL requests, see
SCL Requirements for CAP (see page 250).

Concurrent Action Processing Overview

CAP speeds up the processing of batch jobs and packages. CAP causes certain element action
requests to be executed concurrently, thus reducing the elapsed time that it takes to process
multiple actions.

CAP uses Global Type Sequencing to determine which actions can be processed simultaneously. The
CAP facility processes certain element actions of the same type concurrently, and must complete the
processing of all actions of the same type before starting to process elements of the next type.
However, any action types that are not defined in the Global Type Sequence can be processed
concurrently with any other action. The following actions can be processed concurrently: ADD,
ALTER, UPDATE, RETRIEVE, MOVE, GENERATE, DELETE, SIGNIN, and TRANSFER CA Endevor® SCM to
CA Endevor® SCM. All other actions on the request are processed serially.

The administrator can specify whether CAP is allowed and how many additional started tasks a single
job can create for concurrent processing. These parameters are set in the C1DEFLTS table. Through
the External Security Interface, the administrator can limit who is authorized to use CAP. This method
of processing is not initiated automatically; users must request CAP at the job level.

Note: CAP with CA CM Enterprise Workbench is available only for packages and enterprise
packages, not for element actions.

How Concurrent Action Processing Works

CAP dynamically creates additional server address spaces to process certain actions concurrently.
This processing method reduces the elapsed time that is required to process large numbers of
actions. Thus CAP speeds the processing of batch jobs and packages.

When CAP is requested, the request is processed in the following manner:

1. Any actions that are wildcarded or masked, are expanded and the actions are sorted in type
sequence order to create a chain of element action requests.

04-May-2018 235/1109
 1. CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Only use wildcarding or masking when you are submitting one action (for
example, all Add actions) in the same job, to avoid unpredictable results.

2. Any actions that use an archive file as input, such as RESTORE, LIST from archive file, and
TRANSFER, are executed serially in the routing region. These actions run serially in the routing
region.

3. Before execution of other actions, CA Endevor® SCM determines whether CAP is enabled and
the user is authorized in the following order:

a. CA Endevor® SCM determines whether Global Type Sequencing is enabled.

b. If Global Type Sequencing is enabled, the request JCL is examined for the presence of
an EN$CAP or EN$CAPnn DD card. These parameters indicate whether the JCL
requests Concurrent Action Processing.

c. If the JCL requests CAP, the C1DEFLTS parameters SPAWN and SPAWNCNT values are
checked to see if CAP is enabled.

d. A check is made through the External Security Interface to determine whether the user
is authorized to request Concurrent Action Processing.

If any of these conditions are not met, all actions are processed serially.

4. If CAP was requested and is permitted as verified in step 3, the chain of action requests that
remains from step 1 and 2 is examined. Any ADD, UPDATE, or RETRIEVE requests found in the
chain are then preprocessed as follows.

a. Any DDNAME is translated to a data set name; that is, the DDNAME is localized. These
data set names are created in the following manner.

When a CA Endevor® SCM server allocates a pseudo-temporary data set name, CA

Endevor® SCM builds the name using a jobnumber node in the CA Endevor® SCM
generated name, rather than the jobname. This is necessary to avoid data set
contention among the action request regions.

Sometimes, CA Endevor® SCM requests that the system generated names of

temporary data sets be unique in the system. This is done to avoid data set
contention among servers. Currently, when CA Endevor® SCM allocates a
temporary data set that is to have a system generated name, it does so by
specifying a DALDSNAM text unit. This causes the temporary data set name to
have the following form, which may not be unique:
    SYSyyddd.Thhmmss.RA000.jobname.dsname.Hnn
    SYSyyddd.Thhmmss.RA000.jjobname.Rggnnnnn

However, in an action request region that is created for CAP, CA Endevor® SCM may
eliminate the DALDSNAM for some temporary data sets. This action causes a name to
be generated with the following form, which is unique:

04-May-2018 236/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For temporary data sets created and deleted in the same processor
step (that is, allocated with DISP=(NEW,DELETE,DELETE), or with no DISP at
all), the DALDSNAM is not eliminated. This means that such data sets are
always generated as SYSyyddd.Thhmmss.RA000.jobname.dsname.Hnn,
even with Concurrent Action Processing. Therefore, contention is still
possible with such data sets.

b. The data set specified (using the DSNAME or DDNAME parameter) is checked to
determine if it is a cataloged data set. If any data set refers to an uncataloged file (for
example, a SYSIN/SYSOUT data set, a temporary data set or a non-SMS data set with a
disposition of NEW), CAP cannot be enabled, and the actions are processed serially.

Important: If you use exit 4 programs to alter input and output files before
the execution of an ADD, UPDATE, or RETRIEVE action, the data sets
specified in the SCL must be cataloged data sets. This requirement applies
even if the user has an exit 4 program that changes the data set names.

5. Action request regions are created equal to the SPAWNCNT value set in the C1DEFLTS table.
However, if the SPAWNCNT value was overridden on the job request, that value is used to
determine the maximum number of action request regions. The value can be changed for a
specific job in the following manner:

For batch requests, by using the EN$CAPnn DD card on a batch job request JCL.

For foreground requests, by using the Concurrent Number field on the Submit Package
panel or the Batch Options Menu.

Note: If CA Endevor® SCM is called from a processor, it will not create any servers. In addition,
if an action request region is created during concurrent action processing, it will not create
additional servers.

6. The actions ADD, ALTER, UPDATE, RETRIEVE, MOVE, GENERATE, DELETE, SIGNIN, and
TRANSFER (CA Endevor® SCM to CA Endevor® SCM) are dispatched to action request regions.
Actions that can be processed simultaneously are routed from the routing region of the
originating job to the action request regions and processed concurrently.

The routing region is the batch job, TSO session, or CA CM Enterprise Workbench session
that has requested that actions be processed concurrently.

Action request regions are the started tasks that are created to process the actions.
Multiple action request regions are created. They receive individual action requests from
the routing region, process them, and send the results back.

CAP uses Global Type Sequencing to determine which actions can be processed
simultaneously. Global Type Sequencing determines whether actions can be processed
concurrently. Elements in the same type sequence can be processed concurrently. Also,
elements that are not listed in the global type sequence can be processed concurrently with
any element. There is no guarantee that actions on elements in the same type sequence (or

04-May-2018 237/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

any element. There is no guarantee that actions on elements in the same type sequence (or
on elements that are not type sequenced) are processed in the order in which they appear in
the SCL. However, actions against the same element name are processed serially and in the
order in which they appear in the SCL, provided the element names are explicit. One action
must complete before the next is dispatched.

Note: If you specify AUTOGEN, SCL requests are fully resolved based on current
inventory contents before any actions are processed. For example, suppose that
you have a GENERATE action with the AUTOGEN option and several MOVE actions
in the same request. The MOVE actions do not include any of the additional
elements that are copied back as a result of the GENERATE action.

7. After all other actions have completed processing, the actions PRINT, ARCHIVE, LIST, and
TRANSFER to archive data set are performed serially in the routing region.

How Global Type Sequencing Affects Concurrent Action Processing

Global Type sequencing is required when using Concurrent Action Processing (CAP). You can make
CAP more efficient by including a category definition for Types that can be processed simultaneously.
Categories are defined in the Global Type Sequence table.

Important: Specifying a category in the Global Type Sequencing table does not affect how
sequenced Type and nonsequenced Type requests are built and sorted. The category only
affects how the actions are dispatched by Concurrent Action Processing.

CAP processes requests as follows:

1. When CA Endevor® SCM is dispatching element actions to process concurrently, it refers both
to the Type and to the category associated with the Type when deciding which action
requests to dispatch.

a. If the next request in the sequenced Type chain contains the same category value as
the previous request, that element action can be dispatched to an available STC.
With categories, CA Endevor® SCM continues dispatching element actions from the
sequenced Type chain as long as the category value matches the previous request.
Available STCs only have to wait if sequenced Type requests from one category value
are still processing and there are no non-sequenced Type requests to process.

b. If the next request does not have the same category value, CA Endevor® SCM attempts
to dispatch a request from the nonsequenced Type chain.
Without categories, element actions of the next sequenced Type number have to wait
until all actions of the previous sequenced Type have completed processing.
Nonsequenced Type element actions are then dispatched as STCs become available or
after all the sequenced Type requests are dispatched. Available STCs remain idle if
there are sequenced Type requests still processing, and there are no requests from the
nonsequenced Type chain to process.

04-May-2018 238/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

2. When all the requests have been processed for a particular sequenced Type and category, CA
Endevor® SCM begins processing requests for the next sequenced Type.

3. When all requests from the sequenced Type chain have been completed, any remaining
requests from the nonsequenced Type chain are then dispatched.

Enable Spawn Parameters for CAP

The CAP option requires that you enable spawn parameters in the Defaults table (C1DEFLTS). CAP
uses the parameters to spawn address spaces that allow multiple element actions to be processed
simultaneously.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the C1DEFLTS member that is located in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQSRC.

2. Change SPAWN=N to SPAWN=Y in the TYPE=MAIN section of the C1DEFLTS table.

The spawn function for CAP is set to enable CAP.

3. Set the following parameters in the C1DEFLTS table.

SPAWNCNT=n
Specifies the default number of spawned regions that are started when CAP is used. Valid
values are 2 through 99, but it cannot exceed the value of the parameter SPAWNMAX. The
field can also be set to 0 to disable CAP when SPAWN=Y. If SPAWN=N, SPAWNCNT must
be set to 0.

SPAWNMAX=n
Specifies the maximum number of tasks that a single job can spawn. Valid values are 2
through 99. The field can also be set to 0 to disable CAP if SPAWN=Y. If SPAWN=N,
SPAWNMAX must be set to 0.

Note: The CCS Communications Interface (CAICCI) SERVICE definition

MAX#_PROCESSES can be used to limit the total number of service processes on a
system.

SPAWNPROC=CAP_server_name
Specifies the one to eight-character name of the CAP server. This name must be a CAICCI
SERVICE definition service_name and a started task procedure name. A name is only
required if the SPAWN=Y.

If SPAWN=Y and SPAWNCNT=0, CAP is disabled. However, users can override the SPAWNCNT
value for a specific job by using the EN$CAPnn DDNAME on the job request JCL. However,
users cannot override the SPAWNMAX value.
Press End.
Your changes to C1DEFLTS are saved. The spawn parameters are set according to your
preferences. The Edit session ends and the Edit Entry Panel opens.

4.
04-May-2018 239/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. Complete the fields to select the BC1JTABL member located in the installation library iprfx.
iqual.CSIQJCL. Press Enter.
The sample JCL BC1JTABL opens in an ISPF Edit panel.

5. Edit the sample JCL BC1JTABL found in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL to your installation standards.
Execute the job.
The Defaults table is assembled, link-edited, and stored as member C1DEFLTS in your
authorized user library, iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU. The spawn parameters are enabled for CAP
processing. However, CAP cannot be used until the CAICCI Spawn Facility is enabled for CAP.

Note: Instead of steps 4 and 5, you can assemble and link-edit C1DEFLTS using an SMP/E
USERMOD.

Example: C1DEFLT Spawn Parameters for CAP

In this example, the C1DEFLTS table's spawn parameters are set to enable CAP. The spawn facility for
CAP is activated, because SPAWN=Y. When CAP is used, CAICCI uses the spawn procedure ENDEVOR.
Eight spawn regions are started and one job can spawn a maximum of 99 address spaces.
SPAWN=Y                  ACTIVATE THE SPAWN FACILITY 
SPAWNCNT=8,              SPAWN COUNT                 
SPAWNMAX=99,             MAXIMUM SPAWN COUNT         
SPAWNPROC=ENDEVOR,       NAME OF SPAWN PROC

Note: Ask your CA Common Services administrator (or systems programmer) to enable the CAICCI
Spawn Facility for CAP. Also ask the administrator to let you know when they have successfully
completed this task.

Ask your CCS administrator (or systems programmer) to enable the CAICCI Spawn Facility for CAP.
Also, ask the administrator to let you know when they have completed this task.

Enable the CAICCI Spawn Facility for CAP

CAP uses the CCS Common Communications Interface (CAICCI) Spawn facility. This facility spawns
multiple address spaces to enable multiple actions to be processed simultaneously. The following
setup steps are required to use the spawn facility:

A CAP spawn parameter definition file must be appended to the SPNPARMS DD in the CA Event
Notification Facility (CAIENF) procedure.

The spawn parameter file must be customized. The customization specifies the started task to
enable the spawn facility to spawn address spaces in the z/OS environment where CA Endevor®
SCM is installed.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the CAIENF member located in your CAI.CAIPROC library.

04-May-2018 240/1109
 1.
CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: If CAIENF is not in the CAI.CAIPROC library, your system administrator could
have copied the CAIENF member to your system PROCLIB.

2. Append the CAP spawn parameter file definition named SPNPARMS DD to the CAIENF
procedure JCL. For example, in the sample JCL below, you add and customize the two lines in
bold.
//ENF PROC OPTLIB='SYS2.CA90S.PARMLIB',
//                   ENFDB='SYS2.CA31.ENFDB',
//                   ENFPARM=ENFPRM31,
//                   SPNPAR1=SPWNSNMP,
//                   SPNPARn=ndvspawn,
//                   CCIPARM=CCIPCA31,
//                   ENFCMDS=ENFCMD31,
//ENF      EXEC PGM=CAS9MNGR,TIME=1440
//CASRT01  DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1))
//CASRT02  DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1))
//CASRT03  DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1))
//CASRT04  DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1))
//CASRT05  DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1))
//SPNPARMS DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&OPTLIB(&SPNPAR1)
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&OPTLIB(&SPNPARn)
//SPNPRINT DD SYSOUT=X
//SPNDEBUG DD SYSOUT=X
//SRVDEBUG DD SYSOUT=X
//ENFDB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&ENFDB
//ENFPARMS DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&OPTLIB(&ENFPARM)
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&OPTLIB(&CCIPARM)
//ENFCMDS  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&OPTLIB(&ENFCMDS)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=X

SPNPARn
Specifies a symbolic for a CAIENF parameter member. The value for n must be the next
sequential number in the list of parameter files for the spawn function.

ndvspawn
Specifies the spawn parameter file for CAP. Throughout this procedure, this file is named
ndvspawn. When you save the member in step 4, you can name the member as
appropriate for your site. However, ensure that you substitute that name wherever
ndvspawn is referenced in this procedure, including here in the SPNPARMS DD statement.

Press End.
Your changes are saved. The CAP spawn parameter file is defined to the CAIENF procedure for
CAICCI. The Edit session closes, and the Edit Entry panel opens.

3. Open the CAPCCI member, which is located in the installation source library iprfx.iqual.
CSIQOPTN, in an ISPF Edit panel.

4. Customize the spawn parameters by editing the following CAICCI SERVICE and PROCESS
statements in the CAPCCI file. Verify that the procname and the task name are the same. Keep
the statements in the exact format provided in the sample file, maintaining spaces and
column alignments.
            ********************************************************************
            * CCI SERVICE STATEMENTS FOR ENDEVOR
            ********************************************************************
            ENDEVOR      SERVICE SERVER_NAME=MVS_START_SERVER,
                               DEALLOCATE=TERMINATE,

                               LOST_CLIENT=DEALLOCATE,

04-May-2018 241/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

                               LOST_CLIENT=DEALLOCATE,
                               MAX#_SERVICES=100,
                               MAX#_CLIENTS=1,
                               MAX#_PROCESSES=100,
                               SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE=START_SERVICE,
                               START=SPAWN_ONLY,
                               SIGNON/NOPASSCHK=SERVICE
            ********************************************************************
            * CCI PROCESS STATEMENTS FOR ENDEVOR
            ********************************************************************
                               PROCESS PROCESS_TYPE=MVS_STC,                   
  
                               PROCNAME=ENDEVOR,

SERVICE statement
Specifies the host application.

PROCESS statement
Specifies the JCL procedure that executes CA Endevor® SCM.

PROCNAME=procname
Specifies the name of the started task procedure that the Spawn facility initiates. For
example, PROCNAME=ENDEVOR.

Enter the Save command and specify a name for the spawn parameter file for CAP
(ndvspawn).
The CAP spawn parameter file (ndvspawn) is customized to specify the started task procedure
that CAICCI can use to spawn address spaces for CAP. Your changes are saved. The Edit
session closes, and the Edit Entry panel opens.

5. Save the customized file in your CAI.PARMLIB data set as the member ndvspawn.
The file is now saved in a location where CAICCI can use it to spawn address spaces for CAP.

6. Open the ENDEVOR member, which is located in the CSIQJCL library that is delivered with CA
Endevor® SCM, in an ISPF Edit panel.

7. Edit the sample ENDEVOR started task procedure as appropriate for your site. Enter Copy on
the command line and specify the PROCLIB defined to JES where you want to copy the file.
Your changes are saved. The started task procedure ENDEVOR is available to spawn the
address spaces where multiple element actions can be processed simultaneously. The Edit
session closes, and the Edit Entry panel opens.

8. Recycle CAICCI or perform an IPL.

The changes to CAICCI are in effect. Therefore, the CAICCI SPAWN facility is in effect for CAP
and CA Endevor® SCM can process jobs that are submitted with the CAP option. When users
submit a batch job or package from foreground panels, the option to specify CAP is available
on the panel.

Note: If you use a PROC name other than ENDEVOR, update the other locations where the
PROC name is used. Verify the SPAWNPROC parameter in the C1DEFLTS table and the
CAICCI Service name and CAICCI PROC in the PROCLIB member all contain the same value.
This parameter is also the same name as the PROCNAME= value specified in the CAICCI
definitions.

04-May-2018 242/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

You have now enabled the CAP to speed the processing of batch jobs and packages.

Inform your CA Endevor® SCM administrator to let them know that the CAICCI SPAWN facility is in
effect for CAP.

Verify CA Common Services are Running

The CCS components CAIRIM, CAIENF, and CAICCI must be installed and running on your mainframe.
CAIENF and CAICCI are required only if you want to use CAP, the Web Services component, or the
companion product CA CMEW. If they are not installed and running, install these services according
to the instructions in CCS DocOps platform (https://wiki.ca.com/CCSZOS).

Follow these steps:

1. Go to the SDSF status display and enter the prefix ENF*.

Note: If you do not see ENF* active on your system, contact your systems
programmer to start it.

2. If the job is running, select it and search for (Find) CAICCI within the job.

If you find CAICCI, CAIENF and CAICCI are running.

If you do not find CAICCI, check your site CAI.CAIPROC library to see if the ENF member
has been modified to run CAICCI at your site.
If the ENF member does not exist, contact your CCS administrator (or systems
programmer) to determine the status of CAIRIM, CAIENF, and CAICCI on your system.

Setting Up Security for CAP

Your site security administrator must enable the spawn facility for CAP in your security software,
depending on the security software in use at your site. The CA Endevor SCM administrator must set
the security control checkpoint for CAP in CA Endevor SCM.

How to Configure CA Top Secret for CAP

For the CA, Inc. Event Notification Facility (CAIENF) to spawn the SPAWNPROC defined to the
C1DEFLTS table, the task must be defined to your security software package with a corresponding
default user ID. Using these definitions, CAIENF will start the spawned task. The task will start under
the security context of the default user ID, but then switch security context to that of the user
submitting the CA Endevor® SCM job.

04-May-2018 243/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Important: In the following description ENDEVOR is used as both the SPAWNPROC started
task name and its corresponding user ID. If your site already has user ID ENDEVOR defined
as the alternate user ID, do not use ENDEVOR for your task name or task user ID. Instead,
select a different value. The alternate ID (ALTID) is defined in the C1DEFLTS table as
RACFUID=ENDEVOR.

If your site uses CA Top Secret:

1. Define a new facility name ENDEVOR for CAP. To do so, add the following definitions to the
Top Secret Security parameter file (specified by the PARMFIELD DD statement):
* USERnn FACILITY FOR
*
FAC(USERnn=NAME=ENDEVOR)
FAC(ENDEVOR=xxxx)

Where xxxx is any other facility control options to be set other than the defaults. The facility
can be defined dynamically using the TSS MODIFY command. For example:
TSS MODIFY(FAC(USERnn=NAME=ENDEVOR)) 
TSS MODIFY(FAC(ENDEVOR=xxxx))

The TSS MODIFY command is only valid until the next recycle of CA Top Secret.

2. Define a new ACID named ENDEVOR:

TSS CRE(ENDEVOR) NAME(endevor user-id?) TYPE(USER) FAC(STC,ENDEVOR) PAS(xxxx,0)
TSS ADD(ENDEVOR) FAC(STC)

CA Top Secret recommends that all started task (STC) ACIDs be given a password and that
OPTIONS(4) be set in the CA Top Secret parameter file. OPTIONS(4) eliminates the prompt for
a password when the STC starts. However, if someone tries to log on with the STC ACID, that
person must know the password.
The NODSNCHK, NORESCHK, and NOSUBCHK bypass attributes on the ENDEVOR ACID may be
required. If not, verify that the ACID is authorized to access all the files and resources it
requires.

3. Give the ENDEVOR ACID a MASTFAC definition:

TSS ADD(ENDEVOR) MASTFAC(ENDEV0R)

4. Assign userid ENDEVOR as the default ACID for the CAICCI spawned task ENDEVOR:
TSS ADD(STC) PROCNAME(ENDEVOR) ACID(ENDEVOR)

5. Grant each user of CA SCM for Mainframe access to the ENDEVOR facility:
TSS ADD(USER-ID) FAC(ENDEVOR

Note: For more information about defining a new facility, see CA Top Secret Control
Options. For more information about the CRE and ADD commands, see CA Top
Secret Command Functions.

04-May-2018 244/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Configure CA ACF2 for CAP

For the CA, Inc. Event Notification Facility (CAIENF) to spawn the SPAWNPROC defined to the
C1DEFLTS table, the task must be defined to your security software package with a corresponding
default user ID. Using these definitions, CAIENF will start the spawned task. The task will start under
the security context of the default user ID, but then switch security context to that of the user
submitting the CA Endevor® SCM job.

Important: In the following description ENDEVOR is used as both the SPAWNPROC started
task name and its corresponding user ID. If your site already has user ID ENDEVOR defined
as the alternate user ID, do not use ENDEVOR for your task name or task user ID. Instead,
select a different value. The alternate ID (ALTID) is defined in the C1DEFLTS table as
RACFUID=ENDEVOR.

To configure CA ACF2 for CAP:

1. Create an STC logon ID named ENDEVOR for the Concurrent Action Processing Started task:
ACF
INSERT ENDEVOR NAME(ENDEVOR) STC

2. Verify that the ENDEVOR logon ID is defined with site-specific logon ID fields such as those
fields used to create the UID string.

3. Verify that the ENDEVOR logon ID has access to all the data sets in the ENDEVOR task by
writing CA ACF2 security ACCESS rules for the logon ID.

Note: For more information about configuring CA ACF2, see the CA ACF2 Security
Administration Guide.

How to Configure RACF for CAP

For the CA, Inc. Event Notification Facility (CAIENF) to spawn the SPAWNPROC defined to the
C1DEFLTS table, the task must be defined to your security software package with a corresponding
default user ID. Using these definitions, CAIENF will start the spawned task. The task will start under
the security context of the default user ID, but then switch security context to that of the user
submitting the CA Endevor® SCM job.

Important: In the following description ENDEVOR is used as both the SPAWNPROC started
task name and its corresponding user ID. If your site already has user ID ENDEVOR defined
as the alternate user ID, do not use ENDEVOR for your task name or task user ID. Instead,
select a different value. The alternate ID (ALTID) is defined in the C1DEFLTS table as
RACFUID=ENDEVOR.

04-May-2018 245/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To customize IBM RACF to let the CAP started task initialize correctly:

1. Define a started task to RACF, using one of the following methods:

Define a new profile to the STARTED class (recommended by IBM)

Add a new entry in the started procedures table (ICHRIN03)

2. Assign a RACF user ID to the started task xxxxxxxx and assign the user ID to a RACF group
authorized to initiate started procedures. To define a RACF user ID for xxxxxxxx, use the
ADDUSER command and associate it with your existing started task RACF group, as follows:
ADDUSER user_name DFLTGRP(default_group) OWNER(default_group) NOPASSWORD 

user_name
Specifies the name of the new RACF user ID. This name should be the same as the name of
the started task member in your PROCLIB that CAP uses.

default_group
Specifies the default group that contains all system started tasks; for example, STCGROUP.

Note: This command is only an example. For more information about using the
ADDUSER command, see your RACF administrator.
If you do not know the name of the default group, see your RACF administrator. For
detailed information to implement the RACF STARTED class or to modify the started
task table (ICHRIN03), see the IBM RACF Security Administrator Guide.

Set a Security Control Checkpoint for CAP

You can set a security control checkpoint for CAP, by defining a pseudo data set in the CA Endevor®
SCM External Security Interface (ESI). A pseudo data set represents a data set access rule. The pseudo
data set does not refer to a physical data set.

The security control checkpoint works with your site security software to determine whether users
have authority to use CAP. Your security software must allow users read access to the pseudo data
set to authorize users to use CAP. If a user does not have authority to use CAP, actions are processed
in the order they are defined for Global Type Sequencing.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the External Security Interface (ESI) Name Equates Table, member BC1TNEQU, located
in your iprfx.iqual.CSIQSRC installation library.

2. Add a NAMEQU CONCURRENT_ACT_PROC entry and specify the L1 and L2 values.

NAMEQU CONCURRENT_ACT_PROC.
     L1=('high_level_qualifier'),
     L2=('next_level_qualifier')

04-May-2018 246/1109
 2.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NAMEQU CONCURRENT_ACT_PROC
Specifies the pseudo data set name that the RACROUTE macro uses to secure CAP
processing. Set the following values:

L1
Specifies the high-level qualifier for the data set.

L2
Specifies the next-level qualifier for the data set. We recommend that you specify a
value of CAP to make it easy to understand the purpose of pseudo data set.

Press End.
Your changes are saved. A pseudo data set name is defined in your ESI Name Equates Table to
act as a security checkpoint for CAP. The Edit session closes, and the Edit Entry panel opens.

3. Assemble and link-edit member BC1TNEQU.

Now when users request access to CAP, the pseudo data set defined in the ESI acts as a
security control checkpoint. If your site security software allows users read access to the
pseudo data set, the users have authority to use CAP.

Note: Ask your security administrator to grant read access to the pseudo data set for the
users you want to have access to CAP. Also, ask the security administrator to let you know
when they have completed this task.

Example: A sample CONCURRENT_ACT_PROC rule for Name Equates Table

In this example, the Name Equates table includes the following entry.
NAMEQU CONCURRENT_ACT_PROC.
      L1=('C1'),
      L2=('CAP')

Users who have read authority to the data set library C1.CAP have authority to request CAP.

How to Activate Concurrent Action Processing

To speed up the processing of batch jobs and packages, you can use the CAP option. To activate CAP,
an EN$CAP or EN$CAPnn DD statement is required in the job step that executes CA Endevor® SCM. In
addition, the SCL statements in the batch jobs or packages that are submitted for CAP processing,
must conform to certain requirements.

To add the DD statement and activate CAP, use one of the following methods:

Activate CAP in Batch JCL (see page 248)

Activate CAP for Packages Submitted in Foreground (see page 249)

Activate CAP for Batch Jobs Submitted in Foreground (see page 250)

04-May-2018 247/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For more information about SCL requirements, see SCL Requirements for CAP (see page 250).

Activate CAP in Batch JCL

To speed the processing of batch jobs and packages that contain many actions, you can request CAP
in the JCL that executes CA Endevor® SCM.

Follow these steps:

1. Verify that the SCL requests meet these requirements:

All elements are fully qualified; wildcarding is not used for elements.

On any Add, Update, or Request statements, the referenced data sets are cataloged data
sets.

Note: For more information about SCL requirements, see SCL Requirements for CAP
(see page 250).

2. Add an EN$CAP or EN$CAPnn DD statement in the job step that executes CA Endevor® SCM.

Note: When you submit a job or package for batch processing from foreground
panels, the option to specify concurrent action processing is provided on the panel.
When you select this option, the EN$CAPnn DD statement is automatically included
in the submitted JCL.

//EN$CAP     DD SYSOUT=*

Specifies that the number of CAP processors that are allowed for this job is equal to the
SPAWNCNT value in C1DEFLTS. For Concurrent Action Processing to occur, SPAWN=Y must be
coded in C1DEFLTS and SPAWNCNT must be greater than 1.
 
//EN$CAPnn DD SYSOUT=*
nn
Specifies the maximum number of action request regions that are allowed for a j
ob. This parameter limits the Extended Common Storage Area (ECSA) that is used 
by CAP.
00  -  Concurrent action processing will not be used and actions will be proces
sed sequentially.
02-nn  -  Indicates the maximum number of action request regions that are allow
ed per job. This value overrides the SPAWNCNT value in C1DEFLTS, but does not ov
erride the SPAWNMAX value in C1DEFLTS. SPAWN=Y must be coded in C1DEFLTS to ena
ble Concurrent Action Processing. To determine what nn value to specify, use the
 following formulas. Where x in the formula is the same as the nn value for EN$
CAPnn. 
To determine the minimum amount of ECSA that must be free before CAP is started,
use the following formula:
Minimum ECSA = 3.6K*x + 3.2K
To determine the maximum amount of ECSA that a CAP job can use, use the followi
ng formula:
Maximum ECSA = 40.1K*x + 3.2K
To determine the size of the ECSA storage area that a CAP job can use that will

04-May-2018 248/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To determine the size of the ECSA storage area that a CAP job can use that will
 not use all the ECSA free storage, add 20% to the maximum value, as follows:
Maximum ECSA plus 20% = (40.1K*x + 3.2K)1.20
 

Your processing preferences are set. When you submit the job, it is processed according to
your preferences. If more than one EN$CAPnn card is included in the JCL for the job step, only
the first one is used.

Activate CAP for Packages Submitted in Foreground

To speed the processing of batch jobs and packages that contain many actions, you can request CAP
in the JCL that executes CA Endevor® SCM.

Follow these steps:

1. Verify that the SCL requests meet these requirements:

All elements are fully qualified; wildcarding is not used for elements.

On any Add, Update, or Request statements, the referenced data sets are cataloged data
sets.

Note: For more information about SCL requirements, see SCL Requirements for CAP
(see page 250).

2. Edit the following options on the Submit Package panel.

Note: If CAP is not enabled, the following options are dimmed on the panel.

Concurrent Action Processing

Use this field to indicate whether you want to use concurrent action processing. Valid
values are Y and N. The default value when you enter the panel is N. If this feature is not
enabled for your site, this option is read-only.

Concurrent Number
Specify the number of concurrent actions that are to be processed. The default is the
SPAWNCNT value set in C1DEFLTS. If you overwrite the default but decide you want to use
the default, type in the default value or blank out this field. Valid values are 02 through
the Max number that is shown on the panel. The Max number is the value of SPAWNMAX
specified in the C1DEFLTS.

Your processing preferences are set. When you submit the job, it is processed according to
your preferences.

04-May-2018 249/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Activate CAP for Batch Jobs Submitted in Foreground

When you submit a job for batch processing from the foreground Submit Package panel, you can
request concurrent action processing.

Follow these steps:

1. Verify that the SCL requests meet these requirements:

All elements are fully qualified; wildcarding is not used for elements.

On any Add, Update, or Request statements, the referenced data sets are cataloged data
sets.

Note: For more information about SCL requirements, see SCL Requirements for CAP
(see page 250).

2. Edit the following options on the Batch Options Menu:

Concurrent Action Processing

Use this field to indicate whether you want to use concurrent action processing. Valid
values are Y and N. The default value when you enter the panel is N. If this feature is not
enabled for your site, this option is read-only.

Concurrent Number
Specify the number of concurrent actions that are to be processed. The default is the
SPAWNCNT value set in C1DEFLTS. If you overwrite the default but decide you want to use
the default, type in the default value or blank out this field. Valid values are 02 through
the Max number that is shown on the panel. The Max number is the value of SPAWNMAX
specified in the C1DEFLTS.

Your processing preferences are set. When you submit the job, it is processed according to
your preferences.

SCL Requirements for CAP

When batch jobs or packages are submitted for CAP processing, the SCL statements in these jobs
must conform to the following requirements to process properly.

Use explicit element names in SCL, if you plan to submit different actions in the same job.
If you use wildcards in the element or member names, actions against the same element may not
be processed in statement order. For example, if you code the following, with the GEN following
the ADD statement, the ADD may not complete before the GEN begins:
ADD ‘*’ TO ENV ‘TESTENV’ SYSTEM ‘TESTSYS’ SUBSYSTEM ‘TESTSBS’ TYPE ‘TESTTYPE’…
GEN ‘*’ FROM ENV ‘TESTENV’ SYSTEM ‘TESTSYS’ SUBSYSTEM ‘TESTSBS’ TYPE ‘TESTTYPE’ …

You can use wildcards or masking, if you submit one action per job. For example, you can use
wildcards when submitting multiple Add actions in the same job.

04-May-2018 250/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Examine your SCL requests. If your job will use CAP, check all ADD, UPDATE, and RETRIEVE actions
ensuring that all data sets referenced by the TO FILE, TO DSNAME, TO DDNAME and FROM FILE,
FROM DSNAME, and FROM DDNAME are cataloged data sets. They cannot be uncatalogued,
temporary, or JES2 file data sets.

If your site uses exit 4 programs to alter input or output files before the execution of an ADD,
UPDATE, or RETRIEVE, ensure that the data sets specified in the SCL are cataloged data sets, even
if the exit 4 program changes the data set names.

How to Monitor Concurrent Action Processing

To monitor CAP, the CA Endevor® SCM administrator can use MVS modify commands to view action
status. You can issue MVS modify commands to the routing region to determine the status of the
actions. Responses are written to the region joblog.

The general format of an MVS modify command is as follows:

F jobname.identifier,parameters       

D[ISP] STAT

D[ISP] STATS

D[ISP] STATISTICS
Displays statistics.
A display statistics command returns the following response:
Number of Completed Requests        nnnnnn  
Number of Executing Requests        nn  
Number of Action Request regIons    nn  
Max Elapsed Time so far     nnnnnn  Act# num Stmt #num action element type  
Min Elapsed Time so far         nnnnnn  Act #num Stmt #num action element type  
Total Elapsed Time collected so far nnnnnn  

D[ISP] ACTIVE REQS

D[ISP] ACTIVE REQUESTS

Displays status of currently active action requests. This parameter returns the following response:
ACT# num Stmt #num ACTIVE ON jobname jobnumber cci-id action element type.

D[ISP] SERVERS
Display the status of spawned servers. If the server is busy processing a request, information
about the request appears. This parameter returns the following response:
REGION jobname jobnumber cci-id status [ACT# nnnn STMT# nnnn action element-type]

The cci-id status is BUSY, AVAILABLE, or UNINITIALIZED. If the action request region is BUSY, the
action number, statement number, action being performed, element being acted upon and the
element type are displayed.

04-May-2018 251/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Load Modules
Contents

How Controlling Load Modules Works (see page 252)

View Load Module Information (see page 253)
How to Track Changes to Load Modules (see page 255)

You can place the following modules under the control of CA Endevor® SCM:

Source data with a record length of up to 32,000 bytes. CA Endevor® SCM controls the actual
source in base, delta, and source output libraries.

Load modules. When you add a member defined as RECFM=U, CA Endevor® SCM checks for the
presence of linkage editor information. If this information is present, CA Endevor® SCM
recognizes the member as a load module. CA Endevor® SCM creates a summary of the
information contained in the load module, allowing you to track changes to the load module. This
summary, not the actual load module, is placed in CA Endevor® SCM-controlled libraries.

This ability to track load modules lets you put, for example, vendor code, which is often distributed in
load module format only, under CA Endevor® SCM control.

How Controlling Load Modules Works

You can add a load module directly from a load module library. When you add a load module, CA
Endevor® SCM actually adds a summary of the information contained in the load module. This
information summary is in the form of a text file with LRECL=80.

Controlling load modules.

04-May-2018 252/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The load module generate processor can copy the load module from the external library to a load
library for the target stage.

BEND--How Endevor Controls Load Modules 2of2--OTH

Note: For more information about generate processors for load modules, see How to Track
Changes to Load Modules (see page ).

View Load Module Information

You can view load module summary information using option 1 (Elements) on the Display Options
menu.

The Summary of Levels and Element Master panels for load module summary elements are the same
as those for other elements. The Browse, Changes, and History panels differ slightly as shown in the
following sections.

The Browse Panel

The header and source level information fields on this panel contain the same information as the
standard browse panel.

04-May-2018 253/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Link date
Date when the load module was last link edited.

Linkage editor
Identifier for the linkage editor used to link edit the load module.

Entry point offset

Position of entry point.

Size
Size of the load module, in decimal bytes.

EP
Identifies the entry point CSECT.

CSECT
CSECT name and date when it was last generated.

Size
Size of the CSECT, in decimal bytes.

Translator
Identifier for the compiler that performed the translation.

CSECT
CSECT name.

Environ
Footprint environment.

System
Footprint system.

Subsystem
Footprint subsystem.

Element
Footprint element name.

Type
Footprint type.

S
Footprint stage.

VVLL
Footprint version and level for the element.

Date
Footprint date.

No ZAP Data Present

Indicates that no ZAPs have been applied to the current load module.

04-May-2018 254/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information about how ZAP information is displayed, see The Changes
Panel (see page 255).

Attributes
Load module attributes assigned by the linkage editor.

The Changes Panel

This change panel tells you that:

The load module now resides in a different library.

The load module has been re-linked, using a more recent version of the same linkage editor.

New footprints have been created for each CSECT.

This list describes the ZAP information fields:

ZAP to CSECT
Name of CSECT to which a ZAP was applied.

Date
Date the ZAP was applied to the CSECT.

ID
User-defined ZAP ID.

How to Track Changes to Load Modules

To track changes to load modules using CA Endevor® SCM, perform the following actions:

Define a type to associate with load module summaries. This type can have a maximum
LRECL=80, and should specify a compare range of 1-80. A source output library need not be
specified.

Write a generate processor for ADD, UPDATE, and TRANSFER actions, and a move processor that
copies the load module from one load library to another without using the summary of
information element.

04-May-2018 255/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: When writing a generate processor for load modules, verify that none of the job
steps executes for the GENERATE action. Because the generate processor only copies the
load module from one external load library to another, changes made to an original load
module could be copied into a target load module by the generate processor, causing the
target load module to become out of sync with the summary of information element
stored in CA Endevor® SCM.

When coding generate processors for use with load modules, include an EXECIF clause to
prevent the use of that generate processor for the GENERATE action.

Sample Generate Processor

A sample generate processors for ADD, UPDATE, and TRANSFER actions related to load modules is
shown next:
//ADDCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY
//    EXECIF=(&C1ACTION.,EQ,ADD)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//ILIB   DD DSN=&C1USRDSN.,DISP=SHR
//OLIB   DD DSN=user.stg1.loadlib,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN  DD *
   C  I=ILIB,0=OLIB
   S  M=((&C1USRMBR.,&C1ELEMENT.,R))
//UPDCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY
//    EXECIF=(&C1ACTION.,EQ,UPDATE)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//ILIB   DD DSN=&C1USRDSN.,DISP=SHR
//OLIB   DD DSN=user.stg1.loadlib,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN  DD *
   C  I=ILIB,0=OLIB
   S  M=((&C1USRMBR.,&C1ELEMENT.,R))
//XFRCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY
//    EXECIF=(&C1ACTION.,EQ,TRANSFER)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//ILIB   DD DSN=ndvr.input.loadlib,DISP=SHR,
//OLIB   DD DSN=ndvr.output.loadlib,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN  DD *
   C  I=ILIB,0=OLIB
   S  M=((&C1USRMBR.,&C1ELEMENT.,R))

user.stg1.loadlib
User-defined Stage 1 load library

ndvr.input.loadlib
Load library associated with the from location of the transfer.

ndvr.output.loadlib
Load library associated with the to location of the transfer.

04-May-2018 256/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Sample Move Processor

A sample move processor for load modules:
//MOVCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY
//    EXECIF=(&C1ACTION.,EQ,MOVE)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//ILIB   DD DSN=ndvr.inputlib,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=VERIFY
//OLIB   DD DSN=ndvr.outlib,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN  DD *
   C  I=ILIB,0=OLIB
   S  M=((&C1USRMBR.,&C1ELEMENT.,R))
//TRANCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY
//    EXECIF=(&C1ACTION.,EQ,TRANSFER)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//ILIB   DD DSN=ndvr.inputlib,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=VERIFY
//OLIB   DD DSN=ndvr.outlib,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN  DD *
   C  I=ILIB,0=OLIB
   S  M=((&C1USRMBR.,&C1ELEMENT.,R))

Sample Delete Processor

You can use standard delete processors for load module management.

04-May-2018 257/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Converting Delta Formats

How to Convert Forward Delta Formats to Reverse Delta Formats (see page 258)
How to Convert a Forward/Reverse Delta to a Full-Image Delta (see page 261)
Restore Action and Converting Delta Formats (see page 261)
How to Convert Elements to Log Delta Format (see page 262)

How to Convert Forward Delta Formats to

Reverse Delta Formats
Conversion to reverse delta format should be planned carefully. The steps in conversion are
summarized here, then described in detail in the following sections.

1. Analyze existing types to determine which are likely to benefit from conversion.

2. Resize and allocate new base libraries for these types.

3. Resize the delta libraries.

4. Evaluate and modify processors.

5. Run a full unload for each environment.

6. Adjust the definitions of these types to reflect the conversion. Make the necessary changes to
the library names on the Type Definition panel.

7. Reload by system to populate the new libraries.

8. Run the Validate utility to confirm results.

Considerations When Converting Forward Delta Formats to

Reverse Delta Formats
Consider the following when converting to reverse delta format to ensure your success:

Elements are stored in the new storage format after the first source UPDATE following the
conversion.

Component lists are stored in the new storage format after the first GENERATE action is executed
against the element following either a change in an input component or a source update.

The current delta format for an element appears on panel 1 of the Element Master display.

Source messages related to forward/reverse delta conversion are in SMGRnnnn format.

04-May-2018 258/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Analyzing Existing Types

Use reverse deltas for the types that:

Normally need a source output library but do not need to be backed out (CA Endevor SCM does
not backout/backin base/delta libraries).

Need to be kept in standard PDS format for utilities, such as Advantage CA File Master.

Are used exclusively on the workstation.

Types that can benefit from the reverse delta storage format include the following:

Copybooks

JCL

Source

Use forward deltas for types that:

Have no external access requirements.

Can benefit from being compressed.

Can benefit from being shared (encrypted).

Resizing and Allocating New Base Libraries

Since the element base is the current image in reverse delta format, separate base libraries are
required for each type in a particular stage. When reallocating your base libraries, keep the following
in mind:

Plan the library structure first. Keep a record of the plan for use when updating type definitions.

Confirm that LRECL, BLKSIZE, and RECFM parameters are appropriate to the type being converted
(see the existing source output libraries).

Keep in mind non-compression when planning space requirements.

Plan for and allocate new base libraries for every type within a system. Confirm that the new
libraries map properly to stage and type requirements.

When planning for workstation types, remember that most mainframe compilers require
LRECL=80.

04-May-2018 259/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Resizing the Delta Libraries

Resize the delta libraries to account for movement of the base component list member to the delta
library. The resizing requires space revisions to the file and the directory.

Evaluating and Modifying Processors

Evaluate your processors, keeping in mind the following:

The CONWRITE step can be eliminated when using reverse deltas.

The CONWRITE step, when used, needs to be modified to take account of revised Include
libraries.

Processors can read the base library directly when reverse deltas are being used.

Running a Full Unload of Each Environment

To capture all elements, perform a full unload (BC1JUNLD) against each environment or, optionally,
by system for large installations.

Adjusting Type Definitions

After unloading all affected elements, change the type definitions on the Type Definition panel for
those types that you want to store in reverse delta format. Change the following:

FWD/REV DELTA field to R (reverse).

COMPRESS BASE/ENCRYPT NAME field to N (no).

SOURCE LENGTH, COMPARE FROM, and COMPARE TO fields to the desired values.

FWD/REV delta setting in the COMPONENT LIST OPTION field (optional).

Library definitions as necessary to reflect new base libraries and optional changes to include and
source output libraries. Use the information recorded in Step 2.

Reloading Inventory by System

Execute the Reload utility (BC1JRELD) by system to populate the new libraries with your inventory.

04-May-2018 260/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Validating the Results

Execute the Validate utility (BC1JVALD) to confirm the results.

How to Convert a Forward/Reverse Delta to a Full-

Image Delta
If you want to change the delta format of an existing type from forward/reverse to full image, and
the type has elements associated with it, you must do the following:

Define a new type as full image delta format

Transfer the elements to the new type

If types are mapped with different delta formats, the WITH HISTORY option may or may not be an
option. The following table shows when the WITH HISTORY option can be used for a MOVE or
TRANSFER when types with different delta formats are mapped together:

Source Target MOVE with MOVE without TRANSFER with TRANSFER without
Format Format history history history history
Full-image Full-image Yes Yes Yes Yes
Full-image Reverse No Yes No Yes
Full-image Forward No Yes No Yes
Reverse Full-image No Yes No Yes
Forward Full-image No Yes No Yes

Restore Action and Converting Delta Formats

The Restore statement restores an element from an archive data set back to CA Endevor SCM,
copying the source as it was before the element was archived or transferred to the data set. Also, the
Restore action can restore elements from an unload CA Endevor SCM file.

You can use the Restore action to convert elements to different storage formats as follows:

Reverse delta elements to forward delta elements

Forward delta elements to reverse delta elements

Forward, reverse, or image delta elements to log delta elements

Note: For more information, see SCL Reference (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17

04-May-2018 261/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information, see SCL Reference (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17

/SCL+Reference).

How to Convert Elements to Log Delta Format

You can use the Restore action to convert forward, reverse, or image delta elements to log delta
elements. Complete the following steps to convert to log delta format:

1. Use the Transfer to Archive action with the Bypass Delete Processor option to archive the
elements you want to change.
This archives the element and component base and delta files in their current formats, deletes
them from CA Endevor SCM, but leaves the elements outputs.

2. Change the Type definition to Log on the elements in their current location.

3. Use the Restore action with the Bypass Generate Processor to restore the elements from the
archive to the element's current location.
The element delta type is changed to log format and the outputs are not changed.

Note: To retain the MCF generate information, also specify the Retain Generate
History option. Without the Retain Generate History option, the Restore action
reinitializes the generate MCF information and the prior information is lost.

04-May-2018 262/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Notification
Contents

Email Notification (see page 263)

Synchronization Notification (see page 265)
Email Interface Program BC1PMLIF (see page 268)
Notification Utility BC1PNTFY (see page 269)
Interfacing with CA Common Services (CCS) (see page 274)

Email Notification
Email notification within CA Endevor SCM is enabled by creating the mainframe ID and email ID table,
ESMTPTBL. This table maps mainframe user IDs to email IDs or group names. When an email
notification event occurs, the invoked program scans the ESMTPTBL table for an appropriate match.
The program searches the table for a matching mainframe ID. If a match is found, an email addressed
to the associated email ID is sent. If no match is found, no email is sent.

However, if you code the DFTID=USERID parameter in the ESMTPTBL, instead of bypassing unlisted
IDs, CA Endevor SCM will construct an email address with the CA Endevor SCM user ID suffixed with
the default domain. If your site has defined email aliases for all your mainframe user IDs, coding of
DFTID=USERID allows you to reduce the size of the ESMTPTBL and makes it easier to maintain.

The email interface utility BC1PMLIF allows you to write simple email programs without having an in-
depth knowledge of the NOTIFY block or the ESMTP table lookup.

Email Notification Components

The following components are provided as part of the Email Notification Facility:

$ESMTP
Macro that builds a table (ESMTPTBL) that maps mainframe IDs to email IDs.

ESMTPTBL
Table created by the macro $ESMTP to map mainframe IDs to email IDs.

BC1JTABL
Sample JCL used to assemble and link any of the Tables, including the ESMTPTBL table.

The $ESMTP Macro

The macro, $ESMTP, builds the mainframe ID and email ID table, ESMTPTBL. The macro has a section
for global information and a section for each mainframe user ID.

The JCL to assemble and link this macro is located in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. The resulting load module,

04-May-2018 263/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The JCL to assemble and link this macro is located in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. The resulting load module,
ESMTPTBL, must reside in the CA Endevor SCM authorized library (uprfx.uqual or iprfx.iqual.
CSIQAUTH).

The global information section includes the following fields:

ATSIGN
Use this field to specify the byte value that replaces the @ sign in email addresses. You can
specify any value, except 00 and 40. For example, ATSIGN=80. The default value is 7C.

HOSTNAME
NJE node name of the z/OS system where SMTP is running.

DFTDOMAIN
Domain name to be used in email addresses. You can override this field in the mainframe ID
section.

MAILFROM
Defines a default MAIL FROM value. The value is free form and CA Endevor SCM neither does
syntax checking on the parameter nor appends a hostname to it.
The MAIL FROM value can be defined in several ways. The value that is used is the one that is
found first in the following search order:

1. NOTFOPT@ (if NOTFOPT has been set to 2 or 3)

2. NOTFROM@

3. MAILFROM

4. The default CA Endevor SCM value

DFTURL
URL where CA CMEW is running. You can override this field in the mainframe ID section.

DFTID=USERID
If CA Endevor SCM cannot find the USERID in ESMTPTBL and DFTID=USERID is coded, CA Endevor
SCM attempts to send an email to the mainframe user ID by constructing an email address with
the CA Endevor SCM user ID suffixed with the default domain. Without DTFID=USERID, CA
Endevor SCM does not send an email if it cannot find the mainframe user ID in ESMTPTBL. This
parameter does not override email addresses in ESMTPTBL. If an invalid address is found in
ESMTPTBL, no email is sent to that user ID.
To enable the default ID feature, only one value is permitted (DFTID=USERID). If the value is
omitted, or coded as null (DFTID=), then the parameter has no effect.

SMTPTASKNAME
The name of the SMTP address space. The default is SMTP and is rarely subject to change.

SMTPCLASS
The SYSOUT CLASS associated with the SMTP task. The default is B and is rarely subject to change.

The mainframe ID/email ID section includes the following fields:

04-May-2018 264/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

HOSTNAME
NJE node name of the z/OS system where SMTP is running.

MFID
The mainframe user ID or package approver group name. This field can contain up to 16
character.

EMAILID
The portion of the email ID that precedes the @. This field size is unlimited.

DOMAIN
The portion of the email ID that follows the @. If not specified, the global default domain is used.
This parameter supports an environment where email IDs might be defined in multiple domains.

URL
The URL where CA CMEW is running. If not specified, the global default URL is used. This
parameter enables you to point users to different implementations of CA CMEW.

Disable Notification for Specific Users

To completely disable notifications for a particular user, simply provide a dummy or invalid email
address. The default does not override any explicitly coded email address; therefore, if you leave an
invalid email address in ESMTPTBL, no email is actually delivered to that particular user.

Sample ESMTPTBL
A sample ESMTPTBL table is provided in the Tables library. The sample ESMTPTBL includes the
DFTID=USERID parameter, which enables CA Endevor SCM to construct email addresses from the CA
Endevor SCM user ID and the default domain. If your ESMTPTBL includes DFTID=USERID, when a
package is cast requiring an approval from one or more users not defined in the table, for example
peter01 and sally02, CA Endevor SCM will send an email to [email protected] (mailto:
[email protected]) and [email protected] (mailto:[email protected]), in addition to emails to
users defined in the table.

Sample BC1JTABL
The JCL that can be used to assemble and link-edit tables, including ESMTPTBL, is located in member
BC1JTABL, provided in the JCL library (iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL). An alternative is to employ an SMP/E
USERMOD to accomplish this.

Synchronization Notification
The Synchronization Notification feature immediately sends an email to the element change owner,
when an element is changed or added higher in the software lifecycle map and is found to be out-of-
sync with the element located lower in the map.

Out-of-sync elements are instances of the same element with the element at the higher location in

04-May-2018 265/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Out-of-sync elements are instances of the same element with the element at the higher location in
the software lifecycle map having change levels that are not reflected in the element located lower in
the map. These elements are out of synchronization (out of sync).

A source sync check occurs whenever an element is changed or arrives at a new location in the
lifecycle map. All instances of that element located lower in the software lifecycle map are checked to
determine if the newly changed or added element is out of synchronization (out of sync) with the
elements located lower in the map. The source sync check verifies the last level time stamp of the
element at the higher lifecycle location against the base level time stamp of the lower elements. If
the dates do not match, a source management's synchronization check function is invoked for these
elements to determine if they are actually out of sync.

Provided Synchronization Notification has been enabled by the administrator, it is initiated by the
following activities:

The element actions: Add, Update, Move, Restore, Transfer C1-C1, and Transfer from Archive.

The Quick Edit actions: Create and Edit.

The Search and Replace utility.

For each out-of-sync element found, an email is sent to the owner associated with the last source
change level of the element located lower in the map than the newly changed or added element.
However, if a change level does not exist yet, the email is sent to the last element action user ID. In
addition, a message is written to the action log to record the out-of-sync elements. In foreground, if
an action causes out-of-sync elements, the "route sync problem" text appears on the action's panel,
unless this message is suppressed by the administrator.

Note: If email notification is not already set up at your site, the administrator must set it up
in order for this feature to work.

Enable Synchronization Notification

To let users know when an element is added up the software lifecycle map that is out of
synchronization with their element located lower in the map, the administrator can enable
synchronization notification.

Note: If email notification is not already set up at your site, the administrator must set it up
in order for this feature to work. For details, see Email Notification.

Follow these steps:

1. In the Type=Main section of the C1DEFLTS table, set the SYNC@CHK parameter to Y as
follows:

SYNC@CHK=Y,

04-May-2018 266/1109
 1.
CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SYNC@CHK=Y,

Source synchronization is enabled.

Note: To turn off source synchronization, set one of the following. (SYNC@CHK=, is
the default.)

SYNC@CHK=N,

SYNC@CHK=,

2. Set the severity level of the out-of-sync messages written to the action log, by setting
SYNC@MSV= parameter in the C1DEFLTS table to one of the options.

SYNC@MSV=[I,W,C],
I-Informational message.
W-Warning message.
C-Caution message.
Blank-Default. If no option is specified (for example, SYNC@MSV=,) then the option
defaults to I for informational message.

When an out-of-sync element is added, a message with the severity level you specify is
written to the action log.

3. Mark an environment as the starting location in the software lifecycle where you want source
sync checks to be performed. In the Type=Environment section of the C1DEFLTS table, set the
SYNC@BLOC parameter to Y (SYNC@BLOC=Y,) for this environment. The options for this
parameter are as follows:

SYNC@BLOC=[Y,N],
Y-The environment is a source synchronization location.
N-Default. The environment is not a source synchronization location.
Blank-If no option is specified (for example, SYNC@BLOC=,) then the option defaults to N.
Specifies whether the Environment, Stage location is a source synchronization location. If
SYNC@BLOC=Y, when an action adds or moves an element to this location, or to any
location higher up the map, a sync check is performed. If an element located lower in the
map is not in sync with the new element, a synchronization notification email is sent to
the owner of the out-of-sync element at the lower location. If more than one SYNC@BLOC
is specified in C1DEFLTS, regardless of its specification (SYNC@BLOC=, SYNC@BLOC=N, or
SYNC@BLOC=Y,) all SYNC@BLOC parameters after the first one in the map are ignored.

Example: Synchronization Notification - Starting Point in the Software lifecycle Map

Assume that your site's C1DEFLTS table maps environment DEV to QA1, maps QA1 to QA2, and maps
QA2 to PRD. If the C1DEFLTS table definition of QA2 has SYNC@BLOC set to Y, then QA2 and PRD are
synchronization locations. It is not necessary to mark PRD.

04-May-2018 267/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Source Synch Check Email Format

A separate email notification is given for each out-of-sync element. The email is formated as follows.
The "Package : package" text line is omitted if the element is not associated with a package.
User id has just placed element name type name version level vvll in SCM at location:
   Env          : environment
   System     : system
   Subsystem: subsystem
   Stage ID   : id
   With CCID: ccid         Comment: comment
   Package   : package 
 
Your element vvll at location below is now out-of-sync with the above element.
   Env          : environment
   System     : system
   Subsystem: subsystem
   Stage ID   : id
   With CCID: ccid         Comment: comment
   Package   : package

View Synchronization Notification Settings

There are several ways to check the C1DEFLTS settings in effect at your site for the Synchronization
Notification function.

To see if source sync checking is enabled and what severity level is assigned to the action log
messages, you can check the site options using either of the following methods:

See the panel Site Information from C1DEFLTS. The Function Control section of the panel
includes the following fields: Sync Sev Msg and Sourc Sync Check.

Run a Site Options Settings report, which lists the Source Sync Chk and Sync Sev Msg fields in
the C1DEFLTS section of the report.

To see if an environment is an active source synchronization location, you can use either of the
following methods:

See the Environment Information panel's field Out-of-Sync Alerts.

Use the CSV utility's List Environment function and view the SYNC LOC field in the returned
data.

If your site uses the API, the API List Site and List Environment requests return Source Notification
settings.

Email Interface Program BC1PMLIF

You can write free format email messages to be sent during CA Endevor® SCM processing. The email
interface program BC1PMLIF allows you to do this without having an in depth knowledge about the
$NOTIFY block and or the ESMTP table lookup.

Your program can call BC1PMLIF at exit points or in processors with an easy to use parameter list.

04-May-2018 268/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Your program can call BC1PMLIF at exit points or in processors with an easy to use parameter list.
BC1PMLIF formats the required internal control blocks and calls the existing CA Endevor® SCM email
interface modules. The following parameter list is passed to BC1PMLIF. The first two parameters are
mandatory, and the others are optional.

MYSMTP-MESSAGE (132 bytes)

Error message return area

MYSMTP-USERID (8 bytes)
Mainframe USERID used to lookup the email address in ESMTPTBL

MYSMTP-FROM (50 bytes)

Email FROM line, no embedded spaces are allowed.

MYSMTP-SUBJECT (50 bytes)

Email SUBJECT line, embedded spaces are allowed.

MYSMTP-TEXT
Two byte counter followed by nn lines of data. Up to 99 lines of 133 bytes are allowed. Email line
count, Email text area.

MYSMTP-URL (1 byte)
Includes the default URL value of ESMTPTBL in the email. If no default URL is coded in ESMTPTBL
(DFTURL=,) then no URL is included in the email. Can contain Y or any other 1-byte value; the
content of the passed value is not important.

BC1PMLIF uses the CA Endevor® SCM ESMTPTBL to translate the Mainframe User ID name into an
email address. Then it formats the message and sends it to the email server. If BC1PMLIF detects any
errors during execution, it sets a non-zero return code and posts an error message in the Error
Message area.

Note: A sample COBOL program that uses BC1PMLIF is provided as member CALLMLIF in
the installation source library.

Notification Utility BC1PNTFY

The Notification utility (BC1PNTFY) allows you to alert people, such as CA Endevor® SCM users and
package approvers, of the occurrence of various CA Endevor® SCM events. It can be called by user
exit programs, and by CA Endevor® SCM itself. Messages can be sent using the following four
protocols:

SMTP (email)

TSO

TPX

XMIT

04-May-2018 269/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Several sample user exit programs are provided with CA Endevor® SCM. The source for these exit
programs is located in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN library.

How to Configure the Notification Utility

Configuring the Notification utility to send messages to your CA Endevor® SCM users and package
approvers consists of two basic steps:

1. Modify the exit program to pass the values for the universal parameters to the control block.

2. Modify the exit program to pass the values for the protocol-specific parameters to the control
block.

The following sections explain these parameters and their values.

Universal Parameters
Regardless of which protocol you use to send the notification, the exit program always needs to pass
certain parameters to the control block. The following table describes these parameters. Information
is given for both assembler and COBOL. Copybooks and Dsects are provided in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN
for use in your programs. See members $NOTIFY and NOTIFYDS for assembler and COBOL.

NOTFTYPE (assembler)

NOTI-NOTIFY-TYPE (COBOL)
Specifies the protocol you want to use to send the message. The possible values are:

SMTP

TSO

TPX

XMIT

Blank (uses default protocol)

NOTMSGTX (assembler)

NOTI-MESSAGE-TEXT (COBOL)
80-character text field used to specify the message.

Note: If you select a value of V for the NOTMSGVF parameter, this field is not used.

NOTFUSER (assembler)

04-May-2018 270/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NOTI-USER (COBOL)
The ID of the user or users that will receive the notification. The type of ID depends on the
protocol used to send the message.

Protocol-specific Parameters
Depending on which protocol you want to use to send the notification to your users and package
approvers, the exit program must pass certain protocol-specific parameters to the control block, in
addition to the universal parameters discussed in the previous section.

The following sections describe these protocol-specific parameters.

SMTP-specific Parameters
If you are using the SMTP protocol to inform your users and package approvers of a CA Endevor®
SCM event, use the following information for the SMTP-specific parameters that the exit program
must pass to the control block. Information is provided for assembler.

NOTATSIGN
This field allows you to override the default character used to construct email addresses. When
no value is entered, CA Endevor® SCM uses the default value, which can be @ sign, or the value
coded in $ESMTP table. Specify one byte hexadecimal value, or leave the field blank if you do not
want to override the default value. :

NOTMSGVF
Indicates whether the message text format is fixed or variable length. The possible values are:

Note: If you select F, or do not select a value, use the NOTMSGTX parameter to specify the
message text. Do not use the NOTSMTPM parameter.

F-Fixed length. This is the default setting.

V-Variable length.

NOTSIZE
Indicates the size field in the $NOTIFY control block.

NOTMSGMX
Indicates the maximum message length. Required only if the value of NOTMSGVF is V.

NOTSMTPM
The address of the email text. The text must be in the following format:
LLLLmessage-text

LLLL-The length (in binary) of the message text.

message-text-The message text.

NOTSMTPS

04-May-2018 271/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NOTSMTPS
50-character text field used for the email's subject field.

NOTMSGLP
Text field used to specify the message.

If NOTMSGVF is F, then the data string is treated as a string of fixed records. Fixed records are
84 bytes long, with a 4-byte address of the next record (zero - end), and 80 bytes of text
content.

If NOTMSGVF is V, then the data string is treated as a string of variable records, instead of as a
string of a single variable record. The variable record format is a 4-byte address of the next
record (zero - end), a 2-byte length of string, and nn bytes of string content (up to 32K bytes).

NOTFROM
A four-byte field that allows you to specify a FROM USER for the emails that are sent. The field
should contain the address of an area of up to 50 bytes containing the FROM-ID that is to be used
in emails. No spaces are allowed in the FROM-USER field. If the address is zeros, CA Endevor®
SCM uses a default FROM USER definition.

For a sample exit program that illustrates how to use these parameters, see XIT7MAIL in the iprfx.
iqual.CSIQOPTN library.

Note: For more information about XIT7MAIL, see the API and Exits.

TSO-specific Parameters
If you are using the TSO protocol to inform your users and package approvers of a CA Endevor® SCM
event, refer to the following table for the TSO-specific parameters that the exit program must pass to
the control block. Information is provided for both assembler and COBOL.

NTSOALLU (assembler)

NOTI-SET-ALL-USER-OPT (COBOL)
Specifies whether you want to send the message to all TSO users. The possible values are:

N-Do not send the message to all TSO users. This is the default setting.

Y-Send the message to all TSO users.

Note: If you select Y, the NOTFUSER (assembler) or NOTI-USER (COBOL) field must be left blank.

NTSOLOGN (assembler)

NOTI-SET-LOGON-OPT (COBOL)
Specifies when users receive the message. The possible values are:

Y-Users receive the message when they log in to TSO. This is the default setting.

N-Users do not receive the message when they log in to TSO.

NTSOSAVE (assembler)

04-May-2018 272/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NTSOSAVE (assembler)

NOTI-SET-SAVE-OPT (COBOL)
Specifies whether you want to save the message in a broadcast set. The possible values are:

N-(Default) Do not save the message in a broadcast set.

Y-Save the message in a broadcast set.

TPX-specific Parameters
If you are using the TPX protocol to inform your users and package approvers of a CA Endevor® SCM
event, refer to the following table for the TPX-specific parameters that the exit program must pass to
the control block. Information is provided for both assembler and COBOL.

NTPXJOBN (assembler)

NOTI-TPX-JOB-NAME (COBOL)
The site-specific name of the TPX started task. This is a required entry.

NTPXTYPE (assembler)

NOTI-USERID-OPTION (COBOL)
Specifies the type of TPX call to issue. The possible values are:

U-(Default) USERID.L-LISTID

T-TERMID
A-APPLID
S-SESSION ID
Note: If you want to send the message to all TPX users, this field must be left blank.

NTPXALL (assembler)

NOTI-ALL-OPTION (COBOL)
Specifies whether you want to send the message to all TPX users. The possible values are:

N-(Default) Do not send the message to all TPX users.

Y-Send the message to all TPX users.

Note: If you select Y, the NTPXTYPE (assembler) or NOTI-USERID-OPTION (COBOL) field must be
left blank.

NTPXSAVE (assembler)

NOTI-SAVE-OPTION (COBOL)
Specifies whether the message will be saved for the user. The possible values are:

Y-(Default)Save the message for the user.

N-Do not save the message for the user.

NTPXBREK (assembler)

04-May-2018 273/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NOTI-BREAK-IN-OPTION (COBOL)
Specifies whether you want users in an active TPX session to receive messages immediately. The
possible values are:

N-(Default) The Notification utility does not interrupt active TPX sessions.

Y-The Notification utility interrupts active TPX sessions and will display the message. The user can
then decide to save or delete the message before returning to the session.

XMIT-specific Parameters
If you are using the XMIT protocol to inform your users and package approvers of a CA Endevor® SCM
event, refer to the following table for the XMIT-specific parameters that the exit program must pass
to the control block. Information is provided for both assembler and COBOL.

NXMTNODE (assembler)

NOTI-NJE-NODE (COBOL)
The site-specific NJE target node name. This is a required entry

NOTERMSG (assembler).

NOTI-XMIT-MESSAGE (COBOL)
The Notification utility fills in this field if there has been an error. This field should be moved to
the exit block error message field.

NXMTUNON (assembler only)

Specifies whether you want the Notification utility to append the NONOTIFY operand to the XMIT
command. The possible values are:

N-(Default) Do not append the NONOTIFY operand to the XMIT command.

Y-Append the NONOTIFY operand to the XMIT command.

Interfacing with CA Common Services (CCS)

With CA Endevor SCM, you can trap messages issued by CA Endevor SCM user exits and processor
programs and display them on the CA Common Services (CCS) Event Console. Once alerted to the
event, the Event Console administrator can respond appropriately.

For example, with this facility you can notify a CA Endevor SCM administrator when a CA Endevor
SCM package has been denied by one of the package approvers or if an attempt to move an element
into the production environment fails.

Let's look at the following message to understand how events issued from CA Endevor SCM can be
used by CCS Event Manager. Let's assume this message appears on the Event Console:
%CATD_I_060, SNMPTRAP: -c public 791 172.24.255.255
<productname>.machine.name (http://machine.name) 6 1 00:00:00 1 OID:
machine.public.name (http://machine.public.name) 6 1 00:00:00 1 OID:
1.3.6.1.4.1.791.2.7.3.1
&per.iso.org (http://per.iso.org).dod.internet.private.enterprises.791.2.7.3.1 VALUE:
ENF00000 THIS IS A TEST OF CA ENDEVOR MESSAGING

04-May-2018 274/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The bold portion of the message is the value submitted by user code and the non-bold part was
added by CCS Event Management routines. Let's assume this message is associated with a rule that
looks for the unique trap id, 1.3.6.1.4.1.791.2.7.3, of all client-defined CA Endevor SCM messages.
When it encounters this message id, it routes the messages to a secondary console that logs and
prints each message for later review.

CA Endevor SCM administrator to structuresd the contents of their messages in a way that allows the
message to be trapped and forwarded by CCS Event Manager.

CCS allows a 102-byte message field to be displayed on the Event Console. When you construct a
message to be sent to CCS, consider including the following information:

A unique message identifier

A severity code

The date and time

CA Endevor SCM inventory location information

A detailed description of the error

You should also try to delimit message components with a space or a standard character to simplify
forming events and rules.

How the Interface Works

The following illustration shows how CA Endevor SCM sends messages to the CCS Event Manager.
From CA Endevor SCM, you can code a user exit or a processor program and REXX procedure to
invoke the CA Endevor SCM Interface, which in turn traps message and sends events to the CCS Event
Manager. An IP address table determines which Event Console receives the event.

04-May-2018 275/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This diagram shows how CA Endevor SCM sends messages to the CCS Event Manager.

The CCS Event Manager takes the free-format 102-byte message and adds control and system
information before routing the entire message composite to the indicated consoles. Once the
message is received at each console, CCS Event Management detects messages based upon string
content and takes action using the message action facilities of Event Management.

Procedures for calling the interface from a user exit or from a processor are described next, followed
by information about creating the CCS IP address table.

Calling the Interface from a User Exit

One method of calling the CA Endevor SCM Interface is to code a CA Endevor SCM user exit program.
The user exit program must call the user exit interface assembler program, BC1PTRPO.

The BC1PTRPO user exit interface program requires the following two parameters:

04-May-2018 276/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The BC1PTRPO user exit interface program requires the following two parameters:

Message
A102 byte message field which is passed 'as-is' to the Event Console.

Result-area
An 80-byte field into which BC1PTRPO returns the result of the Event submission. If the Event
submission is successful, it contains "OK" as the first two characters, padded with spaces.
Otherwise, it contains the reason for the Event submission failure.

The user exit must build the message and interrogate the result area. Writing user exits assumes you
have a working knowledge of CA Endevor SCM user exit architecture. A sample user exit is delivered
as member XIT3MSG, in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN library.

Calling the Interface from a Processor

Another way of calling the CA Endevor SCM Interface utilizes a CA Endevor SCM processor which
executes a REXX procedure. The REXX procedure must call the REXX procedure interface program,
BC1PTRAP.

The BC1PTRAP REXX procedure interface program is an assembler program which is called with one
parameter and returns a result message to the REXX procedure. It requires the following parameters:

Message
A 102 byte message field which is passed 'as-is' to the Event Console.

Result-area
A field where BC1PTRAP returns the result of the Event submission. If the Event submission is
successful, it contains "*-ok" as the first four characters, padded with spaces. Otherwise, it
contains the reason for the Event submission failure.

The REXX procedure must build the message and interrogate the result area.

Sample Processor Fragment

To call the CA Endevor SCM Interface from a CA Endevor SCM processor, you should refer to the
sample processor fragment shown next, in combination with the REXX procedure sample, ENFSAMP,
that follows.

//******************************************************
//* CREATE TEMPORARY INPUT FILE TO SEND A MESSAGE      *
//******************************************************
//MSGBLD  EXEC PGM=IEBGENER
//SYSPRINT DD  SYSOUT=*
//SYSUT2 DD
//    DSN=BC1USERID..TEMPMSG,DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=8000),
//    SPACE=(TRK,2,1)
//SYSUT1  DD *
EX 'uprfx.uqual.ISRCLIB(ENFSAMP)' 'ENF00000 &C1ACTION. &C1ELEMENT'.
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY
//******************************************************
//* SEND A UNICENTER TNG EVENT IN FOREGROUND**
//* NOTE: ATTEMPTING TO RUN THIS STEP IN BG**
//* WILL RESULT IN RC=5**
//******************************************************

04-May-2018 277/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//******************************************************
//SMSGFG EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0,MAXRC=5,
// PARM='BC1USERID..TEMPMSG'
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU,DISP=SHR
//     DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR
//SYSTERM  DD DSN=&&PARMLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSTSPRT DD DSN=&&PARMLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&PARMLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSOUT  DD DSN=&&PARMLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*****************************************************
//* SEND A UNICENTER TNG EVENT IN BACKGROUND          *
//*****************************************************
//SMSGBG EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,
//    COND=((5,NE,SMSGFG),(5,LT)),MAXRC=7
//SYSTSPRT DD DSN=&&PARMLIST.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSTSIN  DD DSN=&&TEMPMSG.,DISP=OLD

Sample REXX Procedure

The REXX procedure, ENFSAMP, passes a message to the CA Endevor SCM REXX interface program,
BC1PTRAP. Any error conditions are passed back to the REXX procedure using standard REXX WORD
return protocol.

The following REXX procedure corresponds to the previous processor fragment:

/* REXX */
ARG child_prm
msgid = WORD(child_prm,1)
prm1 = WORD(child_prm,2)
prm2 = WORD(child_prm,3)
"ISPEXEC LIBDEF ISPLLIB DATASET ID('iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD')"
/*Note* The length of a REXX generated message */
/*Note* must be 2 bytes less than the maximum */
/*Note* 104 to account for the enclosing quotes*/
message= msgid||" A "||prm1||" OF "||prm2||" FAILED"
message=LEFT(message,102)
y=BC1PTRAP(message)
IF WORD(y,1)/="*-ok" THEN
  DO
  SAY "Return from BC1TRAP0 is "||WORD(y,1)
  SAY "Reason is "||WORD(y,2)
  END
ELSE
  SAY "Message successfully sent"
"ISPEXEC LIBDEF ISPLLIB"
EXIT

04-May-2018 278/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Extended Processors
Contents

Processor Groups (see page 279)

Processors and Element Types (see page 279)
Processors Invoked by Actions (see page 280)

CA Endevor® SCM allows you to create and maintain processors. Coded using standard JCL,
processors instruct CA Endevor® SCM to modify, move, verify, delete, or create executable forms of
elements. There are three types of processors:

Generate processors create listings, object modules, and/or load modules.

Delete processors delete generate processor outputs.

Move processors move elements from one map location to another.

The term extended processor refers to a user-written processor that is defined to CA Endevor® SCM.
It supplies functionality beyond writing or deleting a member in an output library.

Processor Groups
Processors may be specified in processor groups. A processor group consists of the following:

One generate, one delete, and one move processor, or any combination thereof. (For example, a
non-executable element may require only a move processor in its processor group. You cannot,
however, have multiple processors of the same type in a processor group.)

The default symbolic overrides for the processors' JCL.

Processor groups allow you to handle common variations among the members of a particular type
quickly and easily. If you create a single set of processors using symbolic parameters, you can create
different processor groups using the same set of processors but containing different default symbolic
overrides. For example, your site has applications coded in COBOL and COBOL/370. You could define
a single type, COBOL, and have two processor groups, one for COBOL II and another processor group
for COBOL/370.

Processors and Element Types

Each element type can have multiple processor groups associated with it, but each element within
that type must be associated with only one group. When you define the element type, you define
one processor group as the default. When you add an element of that type, CA Endevor® SCM
automatically assigns the default processor group to the element. You can override this assignment
on the Add/Update Elements panel.

04-May-2018 279/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

You add processors to CA Endevor® SCM in the same manner as other elements. They must be added
to type Process, or they are not executable.

Because CA Endevor® SCM processors get translated into load modules, they should not be
named the same as any programs you may be executing within a processor. For example,
do not name a processor CONWRITE or IEWL.

Processors Invoked by Actions

CA Endevor® SCM actions invoke processors as follows:

Add
Invokes the Generate processor and provides the following options:

Processor group

Bypass generate processor

Archive
Invokes the Delete processor and provides the Bypass element delete option.

Delete
Invokes the Delete processor and provides the Bypass element delete option.

Generate
Invokes the Generate processor (and Delete processor if processor group changes) and provides
the Processor group option.

Move
Invokes the Move (default) or Generate, and Delete processors and provides the Bypass element
delete option.

Restore
Invokes the Generate processor and provides the following options:

Processor group

Bypass generate processor

Transfer
Invokes the Generate (default) or Move processor, and Delete processor and provides the
following options:

Processor group

Bypass generate processor

Bypass delete processor

04-May-2018 280/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Bypass element delete

Update
Invokes the Generate processor and provides the following options:

Processor group

Bypass generate processor

The COPY, DISPLAY, LIST, PRINT, RETRIEVE, and SIGNIN actions do not invoke processors.

Writing Processors
Contents

Processor Names (see page 282)

Processor Features (see page 284)
Reserved Words and Labels for Processors (see page 284)
Authorized Program Table (see page 285)
Processor Keywords (see page 285)
The FOOTPRNT Keyword (see page 285)
MAXRC Keyword (see page 287)
EXECIF Keyword (see page 288)
BACKOUT Keyword (see page 289)
MONITOR Keyword (see page 289)
ALTID Keyword (see page 290)
Symbolic Parameters (see page 294)
Ampersand (&) Character (see page 294)
Symbols Guidelines (see page 295)
User Symbols (see page 297)
Site Symbols (see page 297)
CA Endevor® SCM Symbols (see page 299)
In-Stream Data (see page 307)
Controlling Processor Flow Using the IF-THEN-ELSE Statement (see page 308)
RC Expression (see page 315)
The ABENDCC Expression (see page 315)
ABEND Expression (see page 315)
ABEND Expression (see page 315)
RUN True Expression (see page 315)
RUN False Expression (see page 316)
IF-THEN-ELSE Trace Facility (see page 316)
Dynamically Allocated Libraries (see page 317)
Internal Reader (see page 318)

04-May-2018 281/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processors are coded using standard JCL syntax and are converted to a CA Endevor® SCM executable
form. Processor statements specify which programs/utilities are run, the order in which they are run,
and any special conditions required. (They are similar to JCL statements.)

CA Endevor® SCM provides several keywords, symbolic parameters, and utilities for use in coding
processors. While CA Endevor® SCM supplies many of its own utilities, user-coded or third-party
utilities or programs can be used within a processor as well.

All DD statements allocated for a CA Endevor® SCM processor step are de-allocated at processor step
termination. This means if a processor step uses a previously allocated DD statement such as
SYSPROC, it is allocated for the processor step and subsequently de-allocated at processor step
termination.

Note: For an explanation and illustration of the various types and uses of processors, see
Sample Processors (see page 385).

Processor Names
Processor names can have up to eight characters. The following table provides abbreviations that do
not represent a complete list, and are offered as guidelines only, shown by character position and
then description:

Character Position Description

1 Processor type; for example:

G = generate processor

D = delete processor

M = move processor
2-4 Language type or utility; for example:

ASM = ASSEMBLER

CLI = CLIST

CII = COBOL

DAT = DATA (documentation)

EAS = EASYTRIEVE

FOR = FORTRAN

JCL = JCL

LEC = Link edit control cards

04-May-2018 282/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Character Position Description

LOD = Load modules

OBJ = Object modules

PLI = PLI

RPG = RPG

TEL = TELON

TRA = TRANSFORM
5 Data base environment; for example:

D = DB2/DL1

S = IDMS

I = IMS

N = None
6 Operating environment; for example:

B = Batch

C = CICS

S = IDMS-DC

I = IMS-DC

N = None
7 Output type:

A = Impact Analysis SCL

L = Load Module

K = NCAL Load Module

O = Object

P = PDS

R = Report(s)

N = None
8 Stage ID

04-May-2018 283/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processor Features
For the most part, CA Endevor® SCM processors are written using standard OS JCL syntax. CA
Endevor® SCM supports most JCL parameters.

Note: For a complete list of unsupported JCL parameters, see Unsupported Parameters
(see page 425).

To improve processing throughput, CA Endevor® SCM allocates DD statements defined with

DISP=OLD as DISP=SHR. During execution, it issues an enqueue (Qname=CTLIPROC) to single thread
access to the data set. DISP=OLD requires longer exclusive access than the CA Endevor® SCM queue.

If a DD statement or a library needs to run with a true DISP=OLD, you must enable the
ENHOPTDD feature in the CA Endevor® SCM Options table (ENCOPTBL).

CA Endevor® SCM provides the following additional features and capabilities within processors:

Keywords to tailor your processors

CA Endevor® SCM, User- and Site-defined symbols

Component monitoring (for CA Endevor® SCM Automated Configuration Option clients)

CA Endevor® SCM utilities

Support for in-stream data

Each of these features is discussed in detail in this section.

Reserved Words and Labels for Processors

When writing a processor, avoid using the following reserved names:

CC

DDA

DDB

JCL

PGM

SYM

SIN

04-May-2018 284/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PRITE

FLD

Otherwise, your processor terminates with this message:

ASMA043E *** ERROR *** Previously defined symbol xxxx

Authorized Program Table

Add the names of non-CA Endevor SCM programs to the Authorized Program Table (C1GTAPGM), if
these programs are invoked within a processor and need to run APF-authorized.

Processor Keywords
The following keywords are specific to CA Endevor® SCM processor statements:

FOOTPRNT
Causes CA Endevor® SCM footprints to be created or verified.

MAXRC
Specifies the maximum acceptable return code for a job step.

EXECIF
Permits execution of a specific step only if the specified conditions are met.

BACKOUT
Allows you to maintain backout information on a library by library basis, if you are using package
processing.

MONITOR
Allows monitoring of input and output components as a part of Configuration Management.

ALTID
ALTID=N enables you to disable the CA Endevor® SCM alternate user ID during execution of the
processor step.

ALLOC
Indicates whether the DD statement is to be expanded into a concatenation of data sets based on
the map.

The FOOTPRNT Keyword

FOOTPRNT can be used in DD statements, to create or verify a CA Endevor® SCM footprint, or to
bypass footprint creation:

04-May-2018 285/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: The processor keyword FOOTPRNT cannot be specified on DD statements that refer
to USS path and file names.

FOOTPRNT=CREATE
Footprints a member in an output data set, to associate that member with the element being
processed.

If the output is written by a CA Endevor® SCM action, such as RETRIEVE, to a specific PDS (or ELIB)
member, or if you are using the CONWRITE or CONLIST utilities, the member is footprinted
automatically, regardless of whether you use the FOOTPRNT keyword.

If you are using BSTCOPY, the output is directed to a PDS by a non-CA Endevor® SCM utility (such
as a user program), or the output is a sequential object module, you must specify
FOOTPRNT=CREATE for the member to be footprinted.

To footprint a load module, you must specify FOOTPRNT=CREATE on the SYSLMOD DD statement
for the load module, shown as follows:
//LKED     EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=((0,NE,CONWRITE),(4,LT,COMPILE)),
//             PARM='PARMLNK',MAXRC=4
//SYSLIN   DD  DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLMOD  DD  DSN=&LOADLIB(&MEMBER).,FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,DISP=SHR
//SYSLIB   DD  DSN=&LSYSLIB1.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//         DD  DSN=&LSYSLIB2.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//         DD  DSN=&COBLIB.,
//             DISP=SHR
//SYSUT1   DD  UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT DD  DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS) 

When footprinting, remember:

To footprint an object deck, CA Endevor® SCM locates the first, named CSECT within the
object deck, and uses that name to build a linkage-editor identify control card. If there is no
named CSECT in the object deck, the footprinting action fails.

All CSECTs within a load module should be footprinted.

You cannot footprint object modules that do not contain CSECT names.

The library member name must match the name of the element to which it corresponds.

FOOTPRNT=VERIFY
Verifies the footprint in an existing library member corresponds to the current level of the
element being processed. This statement is generally used in the move processor to verify the
element against the CA Endevor® SCM Master Control File before the element is moved or
transferred.
An error during the footprint verification step causes the job to fail because it is a CA Endevor®
SCM error. To override this default, the VFY_FP_FAILURES feature must be activated in the CA
Endevor® SCM Options table (ENCOPTBL). With this option, the footprint verification return code
becomes a step return code instead of a CA Endevor® SCM return code.

04-May-2018 286/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY
//SYSPRINT  DD  SYSOUT=*
//IN        DD  DSN=STAGE1.COPYLIB,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=VERIFY
//OUT       DD  DSN=STAGE2.COPYLIB,DISP=SHR

FOOTPRNT=NONE tells CA Endevor® SCM to bypass footprint creation.

MAXRC Keyword
MAXRC defines the highest acceptable step return code for a processor. It is coded on the EXEC
statement for the corresponding job step and affects only the current element action. The syntax for
the MAXRC parameter follows:
MAXRC=nnn
nnn

The highest acceptable OS return code for the step

If the return code exceeds the value specified:

The CA Endevor® SCM return code is set to 12.

A processor-failed flag is set for the element within CA Endevor® SCM.

The processor's remaining steps are executed.

All remaining actions are executed.

Use the Element Master Info display to confirm the processor-failed flag is set for an element. The
literal “FAILED” appears next to the processor return code when the flag is set. If the processor-failed
flag is set for an element in either stage, CA Endevor® SCM does not allow a MOVE or TRANSFER
action against the element.

You can bypass executing one or more steps, by coding the COND or EXECIF parameters on the steps
or using IF/THEN/ELSE processor logic.

MAXRC Scenario
There is a processor containing three steps:

1. Compile

2. Link-edit

3. CONLIST

You would code the following parameters:

MAXRC parameter on the compile and link-edit steps

COND parameter on the link-edit step

Regardless of the return codes in the first two steps, you always want the CONLIST step to execute
and store the listings.

MAXRC Example

04-May-2018 287/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

MAXRC Example

A COBOL compile with warnings has a return code of 04. To allow warnings but prohibit serious
problems, specify MAXRC=04 on the compile EXEC statement. Return codes greater than 04 set the
CA Endevor® SCM processor-failed flag for the element.
//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=IKFCBL00,MAXRC=04,COND=(0,NE)

All remaining steps are executed unless the COND, EXECIF or IF/THEN/ELSE logic specifies otherwise.

EXECIF Keyword
EXECIF lets you define conditions under which a processor step is executed. Using the EXECIF
keyword, you can create a single processor containing the steps that are conditionally required. You
can, therefore, write one processor instead of executing multiple processors.

EXECIF is a truth statement, and in its simplest format its syntax is:
EXECIF=(value1,operator,value2)

value1
The user specified value for the truth statement. It can be a literal, a CA Endevor® SCM, user, or
site symbol.

operator
The required condition between value1 and value2. Valid values are as follows:

EQ-equal to

GT-greater than

NE-not equal to

LE-less than or equal to

LT-less than

GE-greater than or equal to

value2
The user specified value for the truth statement. It can be a literal, a CA Endevor® SCM symbol, or
a user symbol.

The EXECIF statement can contain as many value clauses as required, if you have the appropriate
number of parentheses (that is, nested parentheses). For example:
EXECIF=((value1,EQ,value1A),(value2,EQ,value2A),(value3,EQ,value3A))

Note: When you use multiple clauses in the EXECIF statement, all clauses must be true for
the step to be executed.

The following example illustrates the use of the EXECIF keyword to allow a single generate processor

04-May-2018 288/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following example illustrates the use of the EXECIF keyword to allow a single generate processor
to be used for DLI COBOL and IDMS COBOL. The generate data coded is the same for each type of
COBOL, but different TRANSLATE steps are required by each to execute.
//DLI      EXEC PGM=DFHECP1$,COND=(0,NE),
//              EXECIF=(&C1PRGRP.,EQ,DLI),
//              PARM='&PRM1'.
//SYSPRINT   DD DSN=&&TRNLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSPUNCH   DD DSN=&&TRN,DISP=(NEW,PASS,DELETE),
//              UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=4000),
//              MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSIN      DD DSN=&&SRC,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//********************************************************
//IDMS     EXEC PGM=IDMSDMLC,COND=(0,NE),MAXRC=04,
//              EXECIF=(&C1PRGRP.,EQ,IDMS),
//              PARM='SDMLC-IDMS-STEP',DBNAME='MINI'
//DBRUNLOG   DD DSN=CA.DBRUNLOG,DISP=SHR
//STEPLIB    DD DSN=CA.LOAD.TEST,DISP=SHR
//           DD DSN=CA.LOAD.CV1,DISP=SHR
//SYSDDL     DD DSN=CA.NQ.DDA01.CV1,DISP=SHR
//SYSIPT     DD DSN=CA.READONLY.DMLC,DISP=SHR
//           DD DSN=&&SRC,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSJRNL    DD DUMMY
//SYSLST     DD DSN=&&TRNLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSPCH     DD DSN=&&TRN,DISP=(NEW,PASS,DELETE),
//              UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=4000),

You can also use the EXECIF statement in generate processors for use with load modules, to make
sure that a GENERATE action against the load module does not execute the generate processor.

BACKOUT Keyword
If you are using package processing, BACKOUT allows you to maintain backout information on a
library by library basis.

When you use packages, CA Endevor® SCM, by default, maintains backout information for PDS
members that are created, changed, or deleted during processor execution. If you do not want this
information maintained for a library, code BACKOUT=N in the DD statement for the library.
//LKED    EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=((0,NE,CONWRITE),(4,LT,COMPILE)),
//             PARM='PARMLNK',MAXRC=4
//SYSLIN    DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLMOD   DD DSN=&LOADLIB(&MEMBER).,FOOTPRNT=CREATE,BACKOUT=N,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,DISP=SHR
//SYSLIB    DD DSN=&LSYSLIB1.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&LSYSLIB2.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&COBLIB.,
//             DISP=SHR
//SYSUT1    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT  DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)

MONITOR Keyword
Component monitoring is a feature of the CA Endevor® SCM Automated Configuration Manager
(ACM). You can use the keyword MONITOR to monitor selected library data sets for component
relationships.

04-May-2018 289/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The processor keyword MONITOR cannot be specified on DD statements that refer to USS path and
file names.

ALTID Keyword
If a CA Endevor® SCM alternate ID is defined in the C1DEFLTS table, then a processor step executes
under the security context of the CA Endevor® SCM alternate ID. However, you can override this
behavior by specifying ALTID=N on the EXEC statement of the processor. If ALTID=N is specified, then
the processor step runs under the security context of the user ID associated with the job.

If ALTID=N is specified, then CA Endevor® SCM does not use the alternate user ID during execution of
that processor step, the value of the INTRDR_ALTID option in the CA Endevor® SCM Options Table is
ignored, and any jobs submitted to the internal reader run under the security context of the user ID.

If you are using CA Top Secret and you want CA Endevor® SCM to submit JOBs to the INTRDR using
the credentials of the CA Endevor® SCM user ID, you must set the CA Top Secret global option JES
(VERIFY). If the JES(VERIFY) option is not set, CA Top Secret attempts to build the USER= JOBCARD
parameter with the CA Endevor® SCM Alternate ID as the USER parameter value. This causes the
submitted JOB to fail, because users typically do not have the authority to specify the CA Endevor®
SCM Alternate ID on their JOBCARD. For more information about the internal reader, see The Internal
Reader (see page ).

The security context used for USS file access in processor steps is determined by the ALTID keyword.
The IBM APAR OA39558 allows processors to run under either the credentials of the user, or under
the Alternate ID, so that USS outputs (created, copied, compiled) have the Alternate ID as the owner
or group owner.

ALLOC Keyword
Use the ALLOC keyword to implement the processor map allocation feature. The ALLOC clause
indicates whether a DD statement is to be expanded into a concatenation of data sets based on the
map. The allocation of the DD statement for map processing includes all data sets in a concatenation
starting from the current location until the end of the map. The following fields are used to
determine the map, starting from the CA Endevor® SCM location at which the processor is being
executed: environment, stage, system, subsystem, and type. If system, subsystem, or type are not
defined at any point in the map, map allocation stops at the last stage where they are all defined.
This option simplifies processor maintenance, especially for work area (sandbox) implementations.

For more information, see Processor Map Allocation (see page 291).

The keyword has the following format:

    ALLOC={LMAP|PMAP|STD}   

LMAP
Bases the concatenation on the logical map.

PMAP
Bases the concatenation on the physical map.

STD
Standard allocation. No special map processing is done. This is the default when ALLOC is not
specified.

04-May-2018 290/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Certain symbols must be used to specify location information for a data set name
that varies based on the map. These symbols, when specified with ALLOC={LMAP|PMAP},
varies for each location in the map. For more information, see Implement Processor Map
Allocation (see page 291).

Processor Map Allocation

The processor map allocation feature simplifies the administrator’s task of building and maintaining
processors -- especially for private work area (sandbox) implementations.

This feature provides the ability to code a varying concatenation of data sets to a single DD statement
based on the map using location (environment, stage, system, subsystem) information provided by
symbol within the data set name, eliminating the need to use if-then-else logic. It facilitates in the
implementation of private work spaces by eliminating the need for alias data set names when system
or subsystem names change across environments.

The use of segregated private work areas is most easily implemented by using a private work area
identifier (usually a user ID) as the subsystem name in the lowest environment in the life cycle.
However, because the file names for source, copy, macro and header libraries contain the subsystem
name, the processors definitions must be defined with many if-then-else statements to
accommodate different file name formats. This precludes the use of symbolic variables to build the
file names. The processor map allocation enhancement eliminates the need for conditional
statements like if-then-else when concatenation allocations vary by life cycle location.

Processor map allocation works for data sets whose names follow the mapping structure of the
location from which the processor is executing. Processors do not have to be generated after a
change to the mapping structure.

You cannot use the processor map allocation feature for data sets that do not follow the current
mapping structure, as in data sets that are from a different CA Endevor® SCM implementation. This
feature does not allow a concatenation of interspersed data set names based on the map.
Implement Processor Map Allocation

To simplify processors, when system or subsystem names change across environments, you can use
the processor map allocation feature, which lets you code a varying concatenation of data sets to a
single DD statement.

Follow these steps:

1. Write a processor DD statement that includes the ALLOC= clause to indicate whether the DD
statement is to be expanded into a concatenation of data sets based on the logical or physical
map.

ALLOC=LMAP
Bases the concatenation on the logical map.

ALLOC=PMAP
Bases the concatenation on the physical map.

04-May-2018 291/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The allocation of the DD statement for map processing includes all data sets in a
concatenation starting from the current location until the end of the map.

2. Use the following symbols for the location specifications in the DD statement.

a. &C1ENVMNT, &C1EN - Environment

b. &C1STAGE, &C1ST - Stage Name

c. &C1STGID, &C1SI - Stage ID

d. &C1STGNUM, &C1S# - Stage Number

e. &C1SYSTEM, &C1SY - System

f. &C1SUBSYS, &C1SU - Subsystem

These symbols, when specified with ALLOC={LMAP|PMAP}, vary for each location in the map.
Other symbols are allowed, but remain the same for all data sets in the concatenation.

Example--Implement Processor Map Allocation

Assume the logical map to be D1=>D2=>Q2=>P2, with the physical map including Q1 and P1 prior to
Q2 and P2, respectively.

Start with the following DD statement in your processor, where &LIB=MACLIB is specified in the
processor:
SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.MORMI08.&LIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.&C1SY..&C1SU..&C1EN(1,1)&C1S#..&LIB,
          DISP=SHR,ALLOC=LMAP

If executing the processor in DEV stage 1, system NDVR, subsystem MORMI08, the logical map
allocation would be generated as follows:
SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.MORMI08.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR

If executing from QA stage 2:

SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.MORMI08.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR

If the prior DD’s were coded with ALLOC=PMAP, the following physical map allocations would result:
SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.MORMI08.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.Q1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR

If executing from QA stage 2:

04-May-2018 292/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.MORMI08.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR

In addition, if the DD statements were coded as follows, with the subsystem symbol &SUBSYS, and
where &SUBSYS=&C1SU.. is specified in the processor, the same respective allocation results as
above would apply :
SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.MORMI08.&LIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.&C1SY..&SUBSYS&C1EN(1,1)&C1S#..&LIB,
          DISP=SHR,ALLOC={LMAP|PMAP}

Example--Implement Processor Map Allocation with Interspersed Data Sets

Assume the logical map to be D1=>D2=>Q2=>P2, with the physical map including Q1 and P1 prior to
Q2 and P2, respectively.

This enhancement does not provide the capability of interspersing datasets in a concatenation based
on the map.

If executing a processor in DEV stage 1, system NDVR, subsystem MORMI08, with a DD statement,
after symbolic substitution, that would be allocated as follows (with alternating NDVR and EA data
sets), you would have to make a choice as to which set of data sets needs to be first in the
concatenation, if you want to take advantage of map allocation.
SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.D1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.D2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR

You could code it as follows, using logical map allocation:

SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.&C1SY..&C1SU..&C1EN(1,1)&C1S#..MACLIB,
       DISP=SHR,ALLOC=LMAP
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.&C1EN(1,1)&C1S#..MACLIB,
       DISP=SHR,ALLOC=LMAP

This would result in the following allocation:

SYSLIB DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.MORMI08.D2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.NDVR.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.D1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.D2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.Q2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
       DD DSN=BST.CSCRE.EA.BASE.P2.MACLIB,DISP=SHR

If this would not work for your situation, then you would not be able to take advantage of processor
map allocation.

04-May-2018 293/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Symbolic Parameters
Symbolic parameters (symbols) provide a powerful means of writing processors for your
environment. The processors treat the symbols in the same manner as OS JCL treats parameters. A
specific value is substituted for a variable embedded in the JCL. This option lets you write one
processor for multiple environments, systems, subsystem, or stage. You can write one processor to
perform many functions.

There are three types of symbols within CA Endevor® SCM:

User symbols

Site symbols

CA Endevor® SCM symbols

Additionally, CA Endevor® SCM provides capabilities not available with standard JCL. For example:

You can use a symbol as the numeric operand (portion) in the COND parameter of an execution
statement.

CA Endevor® SCM supports symbolic substitution, using CA Endevor® SCM, site, or user symbols,
within in-stream data.

Either operand in an EXECIF statement can be a symbol.

Ampersand (&) Character

Symbols can be used to tailor processors. Symbols are recognized by an ampersand ( &) as the first
character of the value. Any value that appears on the right side of a keyword parameter can be
represented by a symbol. Examples follow:

To define an execution parameter, for example: PARM='&execparm'

To define a data set name, for example: DSN=&dsname..LOADLIB

If you want a period to follow a CA Endevor SCM symbol, you must specify two consecutive
periods, if your symbol uses a single ampersand. For example, assume you code the following and
CA is the value substituted for &dsname.
DSN = &dsname..LOADLIB

Then the result is as follows:

DSN = CA.LOADLIB

Note: If your symbol uses double ampersands, then you would specify only one period.

The following considerations apply:

When a statement containing a symbol requires a period after the symbol, the symbol itself must

04-May-2018 294/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

When a statement containing a symbol requires a period after the symbol, the symbol itself must
end with one of the following:
. , / ' ) ( * & + - = " or space 

When using a symbol for a data set, do not include the member name as part of the symbol or
you get an allocation error. Use two symbols, for example:
//SYSLIB DD DSN=&LIB1(&C1ELEMENT)

When using concatenated symbols to create a symbol, use an intermediate symbol instead or you
get a translation error. For example, if you combine the symbols into a single symbol as shown in
the following sample, the result is an undefined symbol error for the &H&C1SY:
DSN=&H&C1SY..&L1TSTL 

However, the following sample does not result in an undefined symbol error, provided that
DISTLQ='&H&C1SY..' is how the intermediate symbol is defined:
DSN=&DISTLQ..&L1TSTL 

Symbols Guidelines
When using symbols in CA Endevor® SCM processors, remember that:

The first character of a site symbol name must be a #.

When referencing any symbol, an ampersand (&) must be appended to the beginning of the
symbol name.

A user symbol name can consist of any character, except for any of the following terminating
characters: . , / ' ( ) * + - = " or space

User-defined symbolic parameters must be defined in PROC statements at the beginning of the
processor.

You can specify symbols only on the right side of keyword parameters.

For data set allocation, one symbol must replace only one subparameter. For example, to use
symbolic substitution in the statement SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE), you might code SPACE=(&UNITS,
(&PRIM,&SECD),RLSE). It would be incorrect to code SPACE=(&TRAK,RLSE), because this
statement merges three subparameters (TRK, 1 and 1) into the single symbol &TRAK.

Note: In this case, (1,1) is considered to be two subparameters. Thus, defining a single
symbol to be '1,1' and substituting that symbol in the SPACE statement results in an
allocation error.

Processor symbols are not validated until execution time. Therefore, ensure that user symbols
have valid default values in the processor or valid override values in the processor group
definition.

04-May-2018 295/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

When a character string contains symbols, the symbol names must be terminated by a
terminating character. The terminating character is not considered part of the symbol name. It is
just the character at which CA Endevor® SCM stops when searching for symbol names in the
string.
Valid terminating characters are:

space ' '

period '.'

comma ','

forward slash '/'

quote '''

double quote '"'

close parenthesis ')'

open parenthesis '('

asterisk '*'

ampersand '&'

plus '+'

minus '-'

equal '='

less than '<'

greater than '>'

semi colon ';'

Example: Symbolic Name Terminating Character in Character String

In this example the PARM specifies a character string containing symbolics.

If the symbolics are coded as follows, then during resolution CA Endevor® SCM will recognize the
symbolic name &ABC because the name is terminated by a "<". CA Endevor® SCM will recognize the
symbolic name &DEF because it is terminated by a quote character "'". The resolved character string
will be: UVW<ACTIONXYZ
//TEST PROC ABC=UVW,
// DEF=XYZ
//STEP EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,PARM='&ABC<ACTION&DEF'

If &ABC is not terminated by a terminating character, it would not be recognized as a symbolic. The
following coding would resolve the character string to: &ABCAACTIONXYZ

//TEST PROC ABC=UVW,

04-May-2018 296/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//TEST PROC ABC=UVW,
// DEF=XYZ
//STEP EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,PARM='&ABCAACTION&DEF'

User Symbols
User symbols are specific to your site and requirements. As mentioned above, these symbols must be
defined in PROC statements that may be specified in the processor.

Processors treat user symbols in the same manner as does standard JCL-as a specific value is
substituted for a variable embedded in the JCL code. You can override the symbol default values
initially established in the PROC statement. The user symbol override function is part of the processor
group definition procedure.

Note: For more information, see The Processor Group Definition Panel (see page ).

Example (PROC statement)

//**
//GCIIDBL PROC PRM1='(XOPTS(DLI,COBOL2,NOSOURCE))',
//             PRM2='(DYN,DATA(24))',
//             PRM3='XREF,AMODE=31,RMODE=ANY,RENT,SIZE=(256K,128K)',
//             PRM4=STORE,
//             STG1='CA.STG1.DEMO',
//             STG2='CA.STG2.DEMO'
//** 

By changing the parameters established for a particular processor, you can use that processor to
perform different functions. The above values are used whenever the processor GCIIDBL is used.

Site Symbols
Site symbols can be used wherever CA Endevor® SCM symbols are used. At execution time, site
symbols referenced by a processor are stored with the processor symbols in the component data. If a
site symbol is also specified as a processor symbol, the processor symbol (and the processor symbol
override) take precedence.

When CA Endevor® SCM is initialized, the site symbols are placed into memory and when CA
Endevor® SCM is terminated, the site symbol storage is released.

To implement site symbols, the symbol and its data value are defined in a table that is assembled and
linked into an authorized load library. Once this is complete, the table is associated with the
appropriate environment by updating SYMBOLTBL parameter in the C1DEFLTS table with the name of
the site symbols table. These actions are described in the following sections.

Note: Site symbols are required if you are using USS path name specifications for element
type base or source output file definitions.

04-May-2018 297/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Using Site Symbols in Processors

Site symbols, like other symbols, are preceded by an ampersand (&) when they are referenced in a
processor. The site symbol #VENDORLIB looks like this in a processor: &#VENDORLIB

Example: Using Site Symbols in Processors

Assume that your site uses the following site symbols and values:

#ENDPRE -- CA

#MIDDLE -- 'QA&C1SY..S1'

#SITESYM -- 'QA&&#ENDPRE..S1'

This is how your site symbols are coded in your processor:

//IN     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&#ENDPRE..R40.SRCLIB
//OUT    DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CA.&#MIDDLE..OBJLIB
//DUMMY  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&#ENDPRE..&#MIDDLE..&C1ELTYPE

Then at runtime, the following values would be used:

//IN     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CA.R40.SRCLIB 
//OUT    DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CA.QAc1system.S1.OBJLIB
//DUMMY  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CA.QAc1system.S1.c1eltype

If the current system value is ADMIN and the current type value is ASMMAC at runtime, then the
following values would be used:
//IN     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CA.R40.SRCLIB 
//OUT    DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CA.QAADMIN.S1.OBJLIB
//DUMMY  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CA.QAADMIN.S1.ASMMAC

Define Site Symbols

Before defining the site symbols, remember:

Site symbol names must begin with “#".

Site symbol names can contain up to twelve characters, including the "#".

The symbol value may be up to seventy characters long.

Site symbols are referenced with an ampersand preceding the symbol name. For example, site
symbol #VENDORLB is referenced as:
&#VENDORLB.

Follow these steps:

1. Define the symbol and its data value. This is the syntax for the site symbols table:
$ESYMBOL SYMNAME=#symbolname,SYMDATA=symbolvalue

04-May-2018 298/1109
 1.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

symbolname
The symbol name is 2 to 12 characters long and its first character must be a #. The #
indicates that the symbol is defined in the site-defined symbols table.

symbolvalue
The data value associated with the site symbol is 1 to 70 characters in length, with no
restrictions on the content of the data. If you do not specify a data value for a symbol, CA
Endevor® SCM treats it as a null variable.

2. Assemble and link-edit the symbols table. Use JCL member BC1JTABL in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL to
assemble and link-edit the site defined symbols table. An alternative is to use an SMP/E
USERMOD to accomplish this.

3. Update C1DEFLTS to associate the site symbols to the CA Endevor® SCM environment.
By using the Site Information panel, you can determine if site symbols are defined in your CA
Endevor® SCM Environment.

Note: A site symbol may contain references to CA Endevor® SCM symbols, or other
site symbols. In such cases, the value of SYMDATA contains the name of the CA
Endevor® SCM or site symbols preceded by a double ampersand (&&). For example,

$ESYMBOL SYMNAME=#H,SYMDATA='BST.CSCRE'
$ESYMBOL SYMNAME=#BASEPRFX,SYMDATA='&&#H..&&C1SY..&&C1EN(1,1)&&C1S#.'

The Site Information from C1DEFLTS panel indicates if site symbols are installed. The name of
the site symbols file is displayed in the SYMBOLICS Table field when symbols are used.

Note: To display your site symbols and the associated values, from the CA Endevor®
SCM Primary Options Menu select the option for Display. Select S to display the site
symbols and values defined in your CA Endevor® SCM environment.

CA Endevor® SCM Symbols

CA Endevor® SCM symbol names are reserved, and represent values specific to CA Endevor® SCM,
such as environment and element name. CA Endevor® SCM determines the value to be substituted at
execution time. For example, if you code the CA Endevor® SCM symbol &C1STGID1 in a processor
and add an element, CA Endevor® SCM substitutes the appropriate Stage 1 ID when the processor
executes. For compatibility with previous releases, CA Endevor® SCM symbols can begin with one or
two ampersands: & or &&.

When CA Endevor® SCM encounters a CA Endevor® SCM symbol immediately followed by a period, it
takes one of the following actions:

If the symbol begins with a single ampersand (&), CA Endevor® SCM does not include the period
in the resolved statement.

04-May-2018 299/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If the symbol begins with a double ampersand (&&), CA Endevor® SCM retains the period in the
resolved statement.

For example, assume the symbol &C1SYSTEM is set to TEST, and the following DD statements are
encountered in the processor:
//DD1 DD DSN=&C1SYSTEM..TEST.DATASET,DISP=OLD
//DD2 DD DSN=&&C1SYSTEM..PROD.DATASET,DISP=OLD

CA Endevor® SCM resolves these statements as:

//DD1 DD DSN=TEST.TEST.DATASET,DISP=OLD
//DD2 DD DSN=TEST..PROD.DATASET,DISP=OLD

As this example shows, if you want a period to follow a CA Endevor® SCM symbol, you must specify
two consecutive periods if your symbol uses a single ampersand, and only one period if your symbol
uses double ampersands.

The symbolic parameters are listed next along with a description of what the symbol is replaced by in
the processor. The numbers in parenthesis following each symbol name indicate the maximum length
of the value to be substituted at execution time.

Note: The symbols in italics beginning with &C1S in the following list should be used only
for the source location of Move or Transfer actions made using the move/generate
processor. The symbols in italics beginning with &C1T in the following list should be used
only for the target location of Move or Transfer actions made using the move/generate
processor. For all other actions that execute a generate processor and actions that execute
a delete processor, CA Endevor® SCM assigns these symbols the same values as those
assigned to the corresponding symbol beginning with &C1.

&C1ACTION (8)
Action currently being executed.

Note: If action is ADD with update option turned on and element exists on store, the
C1ACTION resolves to UPDATE.

&C1ADDMMMYY (7)
Date in the format DDMMMYY. For example: 15JUN01

&C1ADDMMYY (6)
Date in the format DDMMYY. For example: 150601

&C1ADDMMYYYY (8)
Date in the format DDMMYYYY. For example: 15062001

&C1ADD (2)
Date in the format DD. For example: 15

04-May-2018 300/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

&C1AMM (2)
Date in the format MM. For example: 06

&C1AMMM (3)
Date in the format MMM. For example: JUN

&C1AYY (2)
Date in the format YY. For example: 01

&C1AYYYY (4)
Date in the format YYYY. For example: 2001

&C1AHHMMSS (6)
Time in the format HHMMSS. For example: 125930

&C1AHHMM (4)
Time in the format HHMM. For example: 1259

&C1AHH (2)
Time in the format HH. For example: 12

&C1ATMM (2)
Time in the format MM. For example: 59

&C1ASS (2)
Time in the format SS. For example: 30

&C1BASELIB (44)
Contains the resolved base library name definition for the current element.

&C1SBASLIB (44)
Base data set name on the Type definition for the action source location. Any embedded symbolic
variables are resolved before the action is performed on the element by source management.

&C1TBASLIB (44)
Base data set name on the Type definition for the action target location. Any embedded symbolic
variables are resolved before any action is performed on the element by source management.

&C1CCID (12)
Last-specified CCID for the element.

&C1COMMENT (&C1COM) (40)

Comment associated with the action being executed.

&C1ELEMENT (&C1TELEMENT) (8)

Up to eight character name of the element being processed. Names longer than eight characters
are shortened.

&C1ELMCHG (1)
One character used to indicate whether the source manager detected changes to this element;
Y=Yes, N=No.

&C1ELMNOSRC (1)

04-May-2018 301/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

&C1ELMNOSRC (1)
Indicates whether this is a NoSource element.Y = Yes, the element is sourceless. N=No, the
element has source.

&C1SELMNOSRC (1)
One character indicating whether the element is Nosource at the source location prior to being
executed by a Move or Transfer action. Y = Yes, the element is sourceless. N=No, the element has
source. The symbol is resolved before the action is performed on the element by source
management.

&C1TELMNOSRC (1)
One character indicating whether the element is Nosource at the target location prior to being
executed by a Move or Transfer action. Y = Yes, the element is sourceless. N=No, the element has
source. The symbol is resolved before the action is performed on the element by source
management.

&C1ELMNT10 (&C1TELMNT10) (10)

1- to 10-character name of the element being processed. Generally used to assign a name to a CA
Panvalet member.

&C1ELMNT255 (&C1TELMNT255) (255)

1- to 255-character name for element names greater than 10 characters and mixed/lower case
names less than 10 characters.
Note: When using this symbol within a processor, consider using the processor symbolic
substringing feature. For example, &C1ELMNT255(7,50) or &C1TELMNT255(5,200)

&C1ELTYPE (&C1TELTYPE) (&C1TY) (8)

Type associated with the element being processed.

&C1ENVMNT (&C1TENVMNT) (&C1EN) (8)

Name of the current environment.

&C1EUDATA (80)
Up to 80 bytes of user data.

&C1FOOTPRT (64)
Footprint of the element being processed.

&C1LEV (2)
Level number for the element being processed.

&C1SLEV (2)
Element level at the source location prior to being executed by a Move or Transfer action.

&C1TLEV (2)
Element level at the target location prior to being executed by a Move or Transfer action.

&C1MACLIB (44)
Value of MACDSN defined in the C1DEFLTS table.

&C1PKGID (16)
Name of the package being executed. Blank if no package is being executed.

&C1PRGRP (&C1TPRGRP) (8)

04-May-2018 302/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

&C1PRGRP (&C1TPRGRP) (8)

Name of the current processor group. This symbol can be used as part of the source output
library or include library data set name specifications.

Note: &C1PRGRP cannot be used as part of the base or delta library data set specification.

&C1PRTYPE (8)
Function of the current processor (generate, move, or delete).

&C1SITE (1)
Current site ID.

&C1STAGE (&C1TSTAGE) (&C1ST) (8)

Name of the current stage.

&C1STAGE1 (&C1TSTAGE1) (&C1ST1) (8)

Stage 1 name. This symbol must be used for the target stage name for a MOVE action.

&C1STAGE2 (&C1TSTAGE2) (&C1ST2) (8)

Stage 2 name. This symbol must be used for the target stage name for a MOVE action.

&C1STGID (&C1TSTGID) (&C1SI) (1)

ID of the current stage.

&C1STGID1 (&C1TSTGID1) (&C1SI1) (1)

Stage 1 ID. This symbol must be used for the target stage ID for a MOVE action.

&C1STGID2 (&C1TSTGID2) (&C1SI2) (1)

Stage 2 ID. This symbol must be used for the target stage ID for a MOVE action.

&C1STGNUM (&C1TSTGNUM) (&C1S#) (1)

Number of the current stage.

&C1SUBSYS (&C1TSUBSYS) (&C1SU) (8)

Name of the current subsystem.

&C1SYSID (8)
System ID of the current system the processor is running on.

&C1SYSTEM (&C1TSYSTEM) (&C1SY) (8)

Name of the current system.

&C1SARCFIL (1)
Indicates if the source is an archive file. The value can be Y or N.

&C1SELEMENT (8)
Element name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

04-May-2018 303/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

&C1SELMNT10 (10)
CA Panvalet element name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move
/generate processor.

&C1SELMNT255 (255)
1-255 character name for elements at the source location of actions such as move and transfer.
Note: When using this symbol within a processor, consider using the processor symbolic
substringing feature. For example, &C1SELMNT255 (10,100).

&C1SELTYPE (8)
Element type at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1SENVMNT (8)
Environment name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1SPRGRP (8)
Processor group name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1SSTAGE (8)
Stage name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1SSTAGE1 (8)
Stage 1 name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1SSTAGE2 (8)
Stage 2 name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1SSTGID (1)
Stage ID at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate processor.

&C1SSTGID1 (1)
Stage 1 ID at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate processor.

&C1SSTGID2 (1)
Stage 2 ID at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate processor.

&C1SSTGNUM (1)
Stage number at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1SSUBSYS (8)
Subsystem name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

04-May-2018 304/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

&C1SSYSTEM (8)
System name at the source of MOVE or TRANSFER actions that execute a move/generate
processor.

&C1USERID (8)
User ID associated with the current action.

&C1USRDSN (44)
Data set name of the source for ADD or UPDATE requests.

&C1USRFILE (255)
Source USS file names for the ADD or UPDATE requests.

Note: When using this symbol within a processor, consider using the processor symbolic
substringing feature. For example, &C1USRFILE (5,150).

&C1USRMBR (10)
Source member name for the ADD or UPDATE requests.

&C1USRPATH (768)
USS path name of the source for the ADD or UPDATE requests.
Note: When using this symbol within a processor, consider using the processor symbolic
substringing feature. For example, &C1USRPATH(720,48).

&C1VER (2)
Version number of the element being processed.

&C1SVER (2)
Element version at the source location prior to being executed by a Move or Transfer action.

&C1TVER (2)
Element version at the target location prior to being executed by a Move or Transfer action.

&C1XLANG (8)
External language for the element type.

Note: The &&C1VIOUNIT variable is taken from the VIOUNIT value in the C1DEFLTS table
and used throughout the CA Endevor® SCM process. This value is only obtained by the
initialization program BC1PINIT and set for use throughout the product.

Substringing
CA Endevor® SCM lets you substring symbolic variables. Substringing lets you use portions of the
symbol value in the processor. A substring expression is identified as follows:

&SYMBOLIC(start,length,pad)

04-May-2018 305/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

In this expression:

start
The position within the symbol where substringing is to begin.
Default: 1.

length
Indicates the length of the substituted value.
Default: Length of the symbol.

pad
A single character used for padding.
Default: Blank.

If the start length is greater than the maximum symbol length, CA Endevor® SCM does not perform
the substring substitution. If the length of the substring exceeds the length of the symbol, CA
Endevor® SCM substitutes the specified characters and the remainder of the substring is filled with
the pad character.

For example, your data set names are prefixed with a special two-character code denoting your
department. When you use the data set name in a processor, however, you want to exclude the
department identification. Therefore, you might code a statement similar to the following:

DSN=&dsname(3,3).LOADLIB

In this example, (3,3) indicates that you want to begin with the third character of the substitution
value and you want the substituted entry to consist of the third, fourth, and fifth characters of the
substituted value.

In this example, the data set name to be used for &dsname is APNDVR01. Using the above substring
statement, the characters AP are ignored and the substituted value begins with the third character (N
). Because you have indicated a length of 3, CA Endevor® SCM substitutes only three characters, N, D,
and V. The result of the substitution is:

DSN=NDV.LOADLIB

If you indicate a substring specification of (3,5) in this example, NDVR0 is substituted.

If you indicate a length of more characters than exist in the substitution value, the resulting field
is blank-filled to meet the indicated number of spaces. For example, if you specify (3,7), the
substituted value is NDVR01_ (where "_" indicates a blank).

If you want to designate a specific character, rather than blanks, to pad the substituted value,
simply include that character in the substring. In the above example, assume you want to use
dollar signs ($) to pad the substituted value. This particular substring is coded as (3,7,$), and the
substituted value is NDVR01$.

You can indicate the substring start position, length, and pad character as symbolic parameters. For
example, you may assign:

&S to indicate the starting position of the substituted value.

&L to indicate the length of the substituted value.

&P to indicate the character to be used for padding.

04-May-2018 306/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

&P to indicate the character to be used for padding.

In this situation, the statement in our example would be coded as:

DSN = &dsname(&S,&L,&P).LOADLIB

When you use several symbolic parameters (nested symbols), CA Endevor® SCM begins substitution
with the innermost parentheses. The following example illustrates the principles discussed in this
section:

DSN = &LIB(&C1ELEMENT(&S,&L,&P))

where:

&LIB = CA.LIB

&C1ELEMENT = ABC

&S = 1

&L = 8

&P = $

CA Endevor® SCM resolves this statement by substituting the values for the following:

the starting position (&S), length (&L), and padding character (&P):
DSN = &LIB(&C1ELEMENT(1,8,$))

&C1ELEMENT:
DSN = &LIB(ABC$$$$)

&LIB:
DSN = CA.LIB

When CA Endevor® SCM finishes resolving the statement, the result is:

DSN = CA.LIB(ABC$$$$$)

Note: When using a substring within an IF statement in a processor, you must put a set of
single quotes around the substringing part of the statement. For example:

IF(('&C1ELEMENT(1,3)'='ACC'))

In-Stream Data
CA Endevor® SCM supports in-stream data (DD*/DD DATA), which are coded according to JCL syntax.

04-May-2018 307/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Columns 73 through 80 are unpredictable within processor data. If any symbolic parameters are
present, substitution occurs only between columns 1 and 72 of the input statement. Each line is
truncated or padded to 72 characters.

To turn on wrapping for a symbolic that is longer than 72 characters (a long-name symbolic), the
parameter C1WRAP must be set to Y on the processor PROC statement. If C1WRAP is set to
anything else, or is absent, no wrapping occurs.

When wrapping is turned on by C1WRAP, long-name symbolics are split on several lines in the
following ways:

If there is a continuation character in column 72 and numeric characters in columns 73

through 80, substitution occurs without any split to preserve the behavior when continuation
is coded.

If there are blank characters in columns 72 through 80 and a long-name symbolic is used,
substitution occurs and the line is split on several lines with a length of 72. If spaces exist in
the substituted line, CA Endevor SCM tries to split it on the space character if that is possible.

If SCL syntax is used in the in-stream data, CA Endevor SCM joins lines without space characters if
the split is in the middle of a name in apostrophes. Therefore, if the name contains spaces, split it
manually with a substring to keep the spaces in the correct positions.

BPXBATCH uses a different approach to joining more lines in the in-stream data. It joins them
with an additional space character between them. Because of this, you need to edit this string to
remove those space characters to get the original string (if it did not contain spaces).

Example: BPXBATCH and wrapping of in-stream data

Assume the following BPXBATCH example:

SH echo '/tmp/&C1ELMNT255' | sed 's/\ //g'| xargs ls -l ;

The whole name is sent to SED program, which substitutes all space characters with empty
characters. After that, the substituted name is sent to XARGS which constructs an
argument list and run a command (for example, in this case it is ls - l).

Controlling Processor Flow Using the IF-THEN-ELSE

Statement
The CA Endevor® SCM IF-THEN-ELSE JCL statement provides control of the order SCL statements are
processed. The IF-THEN-ELSE statement is derived from the IBM OS JCL statement and provides the
following functionality:

Control over the execution of job steps.

04-May-2018 308/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Use of symbolic variables and IF-THEN-ELSE statements to control the inclusion (or exclusion) of
complete DD statements and input in-stream data.

At run time, the IF-THEN-ELSE statement is evaluated and then the appropriate statements are
selected for inclusion. Consequently, the processor JCL can be customized at each run without
causing intervening modifications to the processor.

The CA Endevor® SCM IF-THEN-ELSE statement is similar to the COND and EXECIF keywords function.
However, the IF-THEN-ELSE statement provides the following advantages over the COND and EXECIF
keywords:

Control for multiple processor steps.

Control data set inclusion

One-time coding.

A larger selection of conditional choices

COND and EXECIF keywords must be coded on each applicable EXEC statement.

CA Endevor® SCM allows selection of steps and DD statements using not only condition codes from
prior steps but also values of CA Endevor® SCM symbols and processor symbols. This allows the
customer more control of the processor execution.

The basic syntax of IF-THEN-ELSE follows the syntax of most JCL statements, but also has some
idiosyncrasies. Columns 1 and 2 must contain slashes "//". An optional name may be placed in
Column 3, can be up to eight characters long, and must be followed by a blank.

Note: We recommend that you specify a name. This action helps in the debugging process.

The IF statement must be present followed by a conditional statement and is concluded

with the THEN statement. The conditional statement may be enclosed in parentheses to
indicate nesting. An ELSE statement is coded similarly to the IF statement excluding the
conditional statement. The IF block is completed by the ENDIF.

Syntax example
//TEST1      IF keyword operator value THEN
//
.
.
.
statements
//ELSE1    ELSE
//
.
.

04-May-2018 309/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

.
statements
//ENDIF1 ENDIF

keyword

Valid keywords are:

CA Endevor® SCM symbolics

IBM defined expressions

RC

ABENDCC

ABEND

¬ABEND

RUN

¬RUN

operator

Valid operators are:

EQ or =

GT or >

NE or ¬=

LE

LT or <

GE

Note: For more information about these operators, see The EXECIF Keyword (see page )
.

value

Values are:

1- to 16-characters in length

Alphanumeric

Numerics. Numeric values must always be enclosed in quotes. There is one exception to this rule,

04-May-2018 310/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Numerics. Numeric values must always be enclosed in quotes. There is one exception to this rule,
if the numeric value is compared to the RC keyword, quotes are not required.

statements

Represents any valid JCL statements inserted between the IF-THEN-ELSE statements.

These statements can be EXEC or DD statements.

The entire statement must be coded within the IF-THEN-ELSE structure. If a JCL statement is
continued on multiple lines, it must be completed before an intervening IF-THEN-ELSE is
encountered.

Example: IF-THEN-ELSE Statement (example 1)

This example is valid.

//* Valid example
//IF    IF   (&STAGE=PRD) THEN
//DD1   DD   DISP=(,CATLG),UNIT=SYSDA,
//      VOL=SER=VOLUME,DSN=ABC.DEF
//      ENDIF

The following example is not valid.

//* Invalid example
//IF   IF  (&STAGE=PRD) THEN
//DD1  DD  DISP=(,CATLG),UNIT=SYSDA,
//     ENDIF
//     VOL=SER=VOLUME,DSN=ABC.DEF

Example: IF-THEN-ELSE Statement (example 2)

This example is valid.

//* Valid example
//SYSABEND   DD DUMMY                                                      
//           IF (&CDEBUGD='D') THEN                                        
//SYSLIB     DD DSN=ABC.DEF1,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=BCD.DEF2,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=CDE.DEF3,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=IJK.DEFADD,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                 
//           ELSE                                                          
//SYSLIB     DD DSN=EFG.DEF4,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=FGH.DEF5,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=HGI.DEF6,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=IJK.DEFADD,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                 
//           ENDIF                                                         

The following example is not valid.

//*Invalid example                                                         
//SYSABEND   DD DUMMY                                                      
//           IF (&CDEBUGD='D') THEN                                        
//SYSLIB     DD DSN=ABC.DEF1,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=BCD.DEF2,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=CDE.DEF3,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           ELSE                                                          
//SYSLIB     DD DSN=EFG.DEF4,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=FGH.DEF5,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           DD DSN=HGI.DEF6,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//           ENDIF                                                         
//           DD DSN=IJK.DEFADD,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS  

An IF clause may be coded at three points in the processor JCL:

04-May-2018 311/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

An IF clause may be coded at three points in the processor JCL:

1. Prior to EXEC statements and all of their associated DD statements.

The IF clause is coded here when a test is to be made to determine if one or more complete
steps within an IF-THEN-ELSE block are to be included or excluded from the processor
execution.
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//  IF (STEP1.RC=0)
//    THEN
//STEP2 EXEC PGM=LINK
//DD1   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT
//DD2   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=OUTPUT
//STEP3 EXEC PGM=PRINT
//DD1   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT
//DD2   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=OUTPUT
//    ELSE
//STEP4 EXEC PGM=PRINT
//DD1   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT
//DD2   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=OUTPUT
//    ENDIF
//STEP5 EXEC PGM=COPY

If the return code of STEP1 is equal to 0, STEP2 and STEP3 are executed. STEP4 is not
executed.

2. Prior to DD statements and any DD statements that are concatenated to them.

The IF clause is coded here when a test is to be made to determine if one or more complete
DD statements within an IF-THEN-ELSE block are to be included or excluded from the
processor step definition.
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//STEP2 EXEC PGM=LINK
//DD1   DD   DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT1
//  IF (&STAGE=PRD).
//    THEN
//DD2   DD   DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT2
//DD3   DD   DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT3
//    ELSE
//DD4   DD   DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT4
//    ENDIF
//STEP3 EXEC PGM=PRINT

If &STAGE is equal to PRD when STEP2 is executed, then DD1, DD2, and DD3 are included in
the step definition. DD4 is not included in the step definition.

3. Prior to a DD statement that is part of a DD concatenation.

The IF clause is coded here when a test is to be made to determine if one or more statements
that are part of a DD concatenation and within an ITE (IF-THEN-ELSE) block are to be included
or excluded from the processor step definition.
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//STEP2 EXEC PGM=LINK
//DD1   DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT1
// IF (&STAGE=PRD).
//   THEN
//      DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT2
//      DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT3
//   ELSE
//      DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT4
//   ENDIF
//DD2   DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT5
//DD3   DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT6
//STEP3 EXEC PGM=PRINT

04-May-2018 312/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If &STAGE is equal to PRD when STEP2 is executed, datasets INPUT1, INPUT2, INPUT3 are
included in the dataset concatenation defined by DD1. The INPUT4 dataset is not included.
An IF-THEN-ELSE IF specification may extend over multiple statements. The specification must
be within columns 1 - 71 of each statement. Column 72 may contain an X to indicate a
continuation of the line, but it is not mandatory.

Example (An IF statement extending over multiple statements, without an 'X' in column 72)
CC                                                    CC
1                                                     72
//TESTIF    IF  ((&STG. EQ PRD1) OR (&STG. EQ PRD2)
//          OR   (&STG. EQ PRD3) OR (&STG. EQ PRD4)
//          OR   (&STG. EQ PRD5)) THEN

Example (An IF statement extending over multiple statements, with an 'X' in column 72)
CC                                                    CC
1                                                     72
//TESTIF   IF   ((&STG. EQ PRD1)                      X
//         OR   (&STG. EQ PRD2)                       X
//         OR   (&STG. EQ PRD3)                       X
//         OR   (&STG. EQ PRD4)                       X
//         OR (&STG. EQ PRD5)) THEN

The THEN clause may be on the same statement as the preceding IF definition or it can be specified
on a subsequent statement. All text to the right of the THEN clause is treated as comments.

Example (THEN clause on the same line as the IF statement)

//TESTIF  IF (&STG. EQ PRD) THEN   COMMENTS
//STEP1   EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//TESTIF           ELSE
//STEP2   EXEC PGM=COBOL2
//TESTIF  ENDIF

Example (THEN clause on a separate line from the IF statement)

//TESTIF  IF (&STG. EQ PRD)
//             THEN  COMMENTS
//STEP1   EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//TESTIF       ELSE
//STEP2   EXEC PGM=COBOL2
//TESTIF  ENDIF

Stacking IF-THEN-ELSE specifications on the same statement is not acceptable.

//T1    IF(&SYS. EQ ACC)THEN IF(&SUB. EQ REC)THEN
//STEP  EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//      ELSE
//STEP  EXEC PGM=COBOL2
//      ENDIF
//      ELSE
//STEP  EXEC PGM=COBOL3
//      ENDIF

The syntax in this IF-THEN-ELSE definition is rejected at translation time because anything on the first
statement following the THEN clause is treated as a comment.

IF-THEN-ELSE specifications can be nested, however. The above could have been coded in the
following manner.
//T1    IF(&SYS. EQ ACC)
//      THEN
//T2    IF(&SUB. EQ REC)
//      THEN

04-May-2018 313/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//      THEN
//STEP  EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//T2    ELSE
//STEP  EXEC PGM=COBOL2
//T2    ENDIF
//T1    ELSE
//STEP  EXEC PGM=COBOL3
//T1    ENDIF

Example (nested IF-THEN-ELSE statement)

DD statements related to an EXEC must be included within the IF-THEN-ELSE block for that step. CA
Endevor® SCM has no way of knowing that DD statements following an EXEC statement belong to a
prior statement. In short, the step must be complete as if IF-THEN-ELSE were not coded. As an
example, this processor is invalid:
//IF     IF     (&COBOL='1'). THEN
//STEP1  EXEC  PGM=COBOL1
//       ELSE
//STEP1  EXEC  PGM=COBOL2
//       ENDIF
//SYSIN  DD   DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT.SOURCE
//SYSLIN DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=OBJECT.OUTPUT
//...

It is desirable to associate the DD statements with program COBOL1 or program COBOL2. However,
in this case the DD statements are only associated with program COBOL2. If the IF-THEN-ELSE
statements are removed, the DDs are allocated to the COBOL2 program. Internally, DD statements
are associated with the prior exec statement. To associate the DD statements with the first exec
statement, they must be duplicated in that step. This example is valid:
//       IF  (&COBOL='1')  THEN
//STEP1  EXEC PGM=COBOL1
//SYSIN  DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT.SOURCE
//SYSLIN DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=OBJECT.OUTPUT
//...
//       ELSE
//STEP1  EXEC PGM=COBOL2
//SYSIN  DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=INPUT.SOURCE
//SYSLIN DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=OBJECT.OUTPUT
//...
//       ENDIF 

The relational expression of the IF statement tests six IBM-defined possible expressions and the CA
Endevor® SCM symbolic variables and literals. The six IBM expressions are:

RC

ABENDCC

ABEND

¬ABEND

RUN

¬RUN

¬RUN

04-May-2018 314/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RC Expression
Indicates the relational expression tests a return code. Evaluate a return code by coding RC, a
comparison operator, and a numeric value.

IF(RC=8)
Tests for a return code equal to 8 from any previous step.

IF(stepname.RC>=10)
Tests for a return code greater than or equal to 10 from a specified step.

The ABENDCC Expression

Indicates the relational expression tests for a system abend completion code or a user-defined
completion code.

IF(ABENDCC=Sxx)
Tests true when most recent system abend is equal to Sxx.

IF(ABENDCC=Uxxxx)
Tests true when most recent user abend is equal to Uxxxx.

IF(stepname.ABENDCC=Sxxx)
Tests true when a specific step abends with Sxxx.

ABEND Expression
Indicates the relational expression tests for an abend condition that occurred during processing of a
prior job step.

IF(ABEND)
Tests true if an abend occurs on any previous step.

IF(stepname.ABEND)
Tests true if an abend occurred on a specific step.

ABEND Expression
Indicates the relational expression verifies an abend condition did not occur during the execution of a
prior job step.

IF(¬ABEND)
Tests true when no abend occurred on any previous step.

IF(¬stepname.ABEND)
Tests true when no abend occurred on a specific step.

RUN True Expression

Indicates the relational expression tests for execution of a specific job step.

04-May-2018 315/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

IF(stepname.RUN)
 
IF(stepname.RUN=TRUE)

RUN False Expression

Indicates the relational expression verifies a specific step did not execute.
IF(¬stepname.RUN)
 
IF(stepname.RUN=FALSE)

IF-THEN-ELSE Trace Facility

The IF-THEN-ELSE Trace facility helps you to determine if the IF THEN/ELSE logic is functioning
correctly. When the Trace Facility is activated, trace records are written that indicate the result of IF-
THEN-ELSE condition testing.

Include the following ddname in your CA Endevor® SCM JCL to activate the trace.
//EN$TRITE DD DUMMY

The following is extracted from an output listing of an action with tracing activated:
C1G0249I //T01 IF ((&C1SY. EQ 'SYSTEM')AND(&C1SU. NE 'SUB1'))
C1G0249I //    OR((&C1SY. EQ 'SYSTEM2')AND(&C1SU. EQ 'SUB1'))
C1G0249I //    OR((&C1SY. NE 'SYSTEM2')AND(&C1SU. EQ 'SUB3')))
C1G0249I //T01      THEN
C1G0249I //T02 IF(('&C1ELEMENT(1.,3)'='ACC'))
C1G0249I //T02      THEN
C1G0249I //STEP1   EXEC PGM=COBOL1
C1G0249I //T02      ELSE
C1G0249I //STEP2   EXEC PGM=COBOL2
C1G0249I //T02      ENDIF
C1G0249I //T01      ELSE
C1G0249I //STEP3   EXEC PGM=COBOL3
C1G0249I //T03  IF (&C1TY='JCL').
C1G0249I //T03     THEN
C1G0249I //DD1    DD DSN=SYS2.PROCLIB,DISP=SHR
C1G0249I //DD2    DD DSN=SYS2.LINKLIB,DISP=SHR
C1G0249I //T03     ELSE
C1G0249I //T03     ENDIF
C1G0249I //T01     ENDIF
C1G0011I PROCESSOR SYMBOLIC SUBSTITUTION OCCURRED-
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL  :&C1SY.
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUTED:GIKSYS
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL :&C1SU.
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUTED:GIKSUB
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL :&C1SY.
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUTED:GIKSYS
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL :&C1SU.
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUTED:GIKSUB
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL :&C1SY.
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUTED:GIKSYS
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL :&C1SU.
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUTED:GIKSUB
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL :&C1ELEMENT(1.,3)
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUTED:T01
C1G0009I  ORIGINAL :&C1TY.
C1G0009I  SUBSTITUED:JCL
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Expression: GIKSYS EQ SYSTEM1 Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Expression: GIKSUB NE SUB1 Result: TRUE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Connecting: FALSE AND TRUE, Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Expression: GIKSYS EQ SYSTEM2 Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Expression: GIKSUB EQ SUB1 Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Connecting: FALSE AND FALSE, Result: FALSE

04-May-2018 316/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Connecting: FALSE AND FALSE, Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Expression: GIKSYS NE SYSTEM2 Result: TRUE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Expression: GIKSUB EQ SUB3 Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Connecting: TRUE AND FALSE, Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Connecting: FALSE OR FALSE, Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )Connecting: FALSE OR FALSE, Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 )ITE IF encountered, truth set to FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T02 )Expression: T01 EQ ACC Result: FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T02 )ITE IF encountered, truth set to FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T02 )ITE ELSE encountered, truth set to TRUE
C1X0000I C1GP2000: Step STEP2 selected for execution by ITE
C1X0012I STEP STEP2 INVOKING PROGRAM COBOL2
C1X0010I STEP STEP2 PROGRAM COBOL2 COMPLETED, RC=0000
C1X0000I C1GP2000: Step STEP2 has completed, RC(0000)
C1X0000I ITE(T02 ) ITE ENDIF encountered, truth set to FALSE
C1X0000I ITE(T01 ) ITE ELSE encountered, truth set to TRUE
C1X0000I C1GP2000: step STEP3 selected for execution by ITE
C1X0000I ITE(T03 ) Expression: JCL EQ JCL Result: TRUE
C1X0000I ITE(T03 ) ITE IF encountered, truth set to TRUE
C1X0000I DD DD1  included by ITE
C1X0000I DD DD2  included by ITE
C1X0012I STEP STEP3 INVOKING PROGRAM COBOL3
C1X0010I STEP STEP3 PROGRAM COBOL3 COMPLETED, RC=0000
C1X0000I C1GP2000: Step STEP3 has completed, RC(0000)

Symbolic Resolution Trace Facility

The Symbolic Resolution trace facility can help support technicians diagnose errors in processors that
use symbolic variables. To turn on the trace facility, include a DD statement with DDname EN$TRSYM
in the execution JCL.

Note: For more information, see Trace Facilities (see page 1107).

Dynamically Allocated Libraries

You can create footprints, monitor components, or control creation of backout members on
dynamically allocated libraries by adding EN$DYNxx DD statements to a processor.

Some user programs in a processor dynamically allocate data sets. Typical examples are IKJEFT01 and
EDCPRLK. When these programs read or write members to the data sets, the user has no control over
the following parameters:

MONITOR=COMPONENTS

BACKOUT=N

FOOTPRNT=CREATE

As a result, the default values for these parameters are used. Therefore, by default:

No components are monitored

Backouts are written

No footprints are written

04-May-2018 317/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

No footprints are written

You can change these defaults, even though the file allocations are beyond your control, by
specifying special DDNAMES for the data sets that receive special treatment. Any DDNAME starting
with EN$DYN can be used to specify one or more data set names with their monitor, backout, and
footprint specification.

CA Endevor® SCM does not support FOOTPRNT=CREATE on a concatenated data set. Therefore, if
FOOTPRNT=CREATE is required, more than one statement is required.

In the following example, no backout records are written to the file &SYSLIB1, even if IKJEFT01
allocates it and writes members to &SYSLIB1. Similarly, all members created in SYSLIB2 are
footprinted.
//STEP1    EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01
//EN$DYN00 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB1.,BACKOUT=NO
//EN$DYNM  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB2.,FOOTPRNT=CREATE

In the following example, components are monitored from all files in the SYSLIB concatenation, even
if EDCPRLK reallocates each file separately under another DDNAME.
//PRELINK EXEC PGM=EDCPRLK
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB1.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB2.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS ETC.
//EN$DYNDS DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB1.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&SYSLIB2.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS ETC.

Note: In the previous example, you can remove the MONITOR=COMPONENTS statements
from the SYSLIB concatenation. This is because the MONITOR=COMPONENTS statements
on the EN$DYNDS DD statement cause all components to be monitored, regardless of
whether each file is reallocated separately under another DDNAME.

Internal Reader
By default, any job submitted to the internal reader by a processor step runs under the security
credentials of the user ID. You can override this by specifying INTRDR_ALTID=ON in the CA Endevor®
SCM options table. When this value is specified, jobs submitted to the internal reader run under the
security context of the alternate ID.

However, if you code ALTID=N on the EXEC statement of a processor, then any jobs submitted to the
internal reader run under the security credentials of the user ID, regardless of the setting of
INTRDR_ALTID.

If you are using CA Top Secret for z/OS, the CA Top Secret global option of JES(VERIFY)
should be set if you want CA Endevor® SCM to submit JOBs to the INTRDR, using the
credentials of the CA Endevor® SCM User ID. If JES(VERIFY) is not specified, CA Endevor®
SCM's default behavior for CA Top Secret is to submit jobs to the internal reader using the
alternate ID.

04-May-2018 318/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processor Utilities
Including Processor Utilities in Processor Logic (see page 319)
BC1PDSIN Utility (see page 321)
BC1PTMP0 Utility (see page 322)
BC1PXFPI Utility (see page 325)
BSTCOPY Utility (see page 326)
C1BM3000 Utility (see page 330)
C1PRMGEN Utility (see page 332)
CONAPI Utility (see page 333)
CONDELE Utility (see page 334)
CONLIST Utility (see page 335)
CONPARMX Utility (see page 341)
CONRELE Utility (see page 349)
CONSCAN Utility (see page 353)
CONWRITE Utility (see page 364)
ENUSSUTL Utility (see page 370)
LEXTRCTR and BC1PCCSP Utilities (see page 370)

Including Processor Utilities in Processor Logic

The following utilities are delivered with CA Endevor® SCM. You can include these utilities anywhere
in your processor logic, to perform the functions described. A Yes or No indicates whether the utility
supports USS files.

BC1PDSIN
(No) Initializes any number of allocated data sets that begin with ddname C1INIT. This utility is
generally used to allocate list data sets.

BC1PTMP0
(Yes) Executes TSO commands, once a TSO environment has been created. This program accepts
as input a parameter defining the data set containing the TSO commands to be called. BC1PTMP0
acts as a terminal monitor program and command processor, calling one program (EXEC) to place
the commands in a TSO stack, then issuing GETLINE requests to extract the commands from the
TSO stack.

BC1PXFPI
(No) Installs “transportable” footprints in object modules generated under z/OS, VSE, or z/VM.

Note: For more information about "transportable" footprints, see Administrating (see
page 36).

04-May-2018 319/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BC1PMVCL
(No) Provides the ability to update the component list to reflect the location of the output
components as the result of the move processor. (The Delta library, where the component list is
stored, cannot be a USS file.)

BSTCOPY
(No) Copies members from one partitioned data set to another. BSTCOPY allows for the use of
MONITOR=COMPONENTS and backout.

C1BM3000
(Yes) Executes CA Endevor® SCM from within a processor.

C1PRMGEN
(No) Creates 80-column (card-image) statements from a parameter passed to the utility. These
statements, once expanded, are passed as input control statements to subsequent job steps.
C1PRMGEN expands any CA Endevor® SCM symbolic parameters contained in the statements,
allowing you to vary the input control specifications based on the values of CA Endevor® SCM
symbolic parameters.

CONAPI
(Yes) Invokes a program which issues API calls through a processor.

CONDELE
(Yes) Removes a member from a user library or USS directory, after verifying the footprint for the
member.

CONLIST
(No) Manages output listings generated by the processors: store (and footprint) new members in
listing libraries, print listings stored as sequential files or as members in listing libraries, or copy a
member from one listing library to another (optionally after appending one or more listings at the
end of the member).

CONPARMX
(Yes) Reduces processor complexity and the number of CA Endevor® SCM Processor Groups. The
primary use of CONPARMX is to support varying program (for example: compiler or linkage
editor) options without having to create and update large numbers of processors or processor
groups by allowing different levels of Options members (Default, Processor Group, Element) to be
included at execution time.

CONRELE
(Yes) Includes entities related to an element in a component list when generating component list
reports and when using the LIST action.

CONSCAN
(No) Creates ACM relationships between a CA Endevor® SCM ELEMENT and scanned values from
the content of the ELEMENT. It then applies parsing rules to the ELEMENT content, and passes
these as standard CONRELE syntax to the CONRELE step as exemplified in the CONSCAN
prototype.

04-May-2018 320/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CONWRITE
(Yes) Combines all levels of an element, optionally expands INCLUDE statements and writes the
merged source to a user-specified data set or USS directory. Can be used as input to a specified
program.
Writes a component list to an external data set for further processing.

ENBX1000
(Yes) For more information, see Expand Includes Utility (see page 1060).

ENUSSUTL
(Yes) Collects package backout information for USS processor output files.

LEXTRCTR
To parse and capture all the pieces of a CSP application when the user is managing at the
application rather than the component level.

BC1PCCSP
Attaches the compiler for each piece of the application identified by LEXTRCTR.

Note: The following non-processor utilities do not support USS files:

BC1PNLIB-ELIB Copy Utility

ENBS1000-Text Search-and-Replace

ENBX1000-Include/Copy Member Expansion Utility

C1BML000-Initial Inventory Load Utility

Important! ELIB utilities, BC1PNLIB, NCPY, and NLST cannot be used within a processor.

BC1PDSIN Utility
BC1PDSIN can be used to initialize sequential data sets. For example, in a processor with COMPILE,
LINK, and CONLIST steps (where CONLIST uses temporary listing data sets created by the COMPILE
and LINK steps), an allocation error would occur in the CONLIST step if the COMPILE or LINK did not
run thereby not creating the needed temporary data sets. If you use BC1PDSIN, however, it allocates
temporary data sets, so CONLIST has the files it needs to execute.

BC1PDSIN initializes all data sets that are allocated by the C1INIT or C1LIST DD statements. If you
specify more than one C1INIT or C1LIST data sets, assign the ddnames sequentially. For example,
C1LIST01, C1LIST02 and so forth, or C1INIT01, C1INIT02, and so forth.

To initialize a PDS within BC1PDSIN, specify:

04-May-2018 321/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The member name in the data set name

DSORG=PO

The number of directory blocks to allocate in the SPACE parameter.

To allocate but not initialize an entire temporary PDS, use a DDNAME that does not begin with
//C1INIT. For example, //C2INIT, //TEMPPDS, or //C1INTPO. This allocates the library in the same
manner as IEFBR14.

Sample JCL

A sample JCL for the BC1PDSIN utility is shown:

//STEPNAME   EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN
//C1INITxx   DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//              UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1,2),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=3630,DSORG=PO)
 
//C1LISTxx   DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//              UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1,2),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=3630,DSORG=PO)

BC1PTMP0 Utility
BC1PTMP0 allows TSO commands to be executed once a TSO environment has been created. The
program accepts as input a parameter that defines the data set containing the TSO commands to be
called. This program is usually used for processors that are executed under the CA Endevor® SCM
ISPF dialog.

Note: BC1PTMP0 issues TSO command processor STACK services using the BARRIER option.
Only releases of TSO that support the BARRIER option can use this utility.

Note: If using a REXX EXEC instead of a TSO CLIST, a PUSH END statement must be coded at
the end of the EXEC.

BC1PTMP0 first checks whether a TSO environment is present and performs the following actions:

If no TSO environment is present, BC1PTMP0 ends with a return code of 5.

Note: For more information about return codes, see Return Codes (see page 323).

04-May-2018 322/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If a TSO environment is present, BC1PTMP0 acts as a terminal monitor program and command
processor. BC1PTMP0 calls the program EXEC, which then places the commands (specified in the
data set coded on the PARM= parameter) in the TSO stack. BC1PTMP0 issues GETLINE requests to
extract those commands from the TSO stack.

TSO does not allow the program IKJEFT01, a TSO program, to be executed once TSO processing has
started. (That is, TSO does not allow TSO to run under it.) Executing BC1PTMP0 in a processor rather
than executing IKJEFT01 allows TSO commands to be executed within a CA Endevor® SCM processor.

The CA Endevor® SCM for DB2 product requires the use of BC1PTMP0.

You can code a BC1PTMP0 step and a IKJEFT01 step in a processor, so that BC1PTMP0 executes, if the
processor is running under TSO, and IKJEFT01 executes, if the processor is running in batch mode.
Use the following steps to implement this technique.
//TSOMODE      EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0                                             
//XX                                                                      
//BATMODE      EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,COND=(5,NE,TSOMODE)                         
//XX                                                                       

Important! ISPF services cannot be invoked in a TMP. CA Endevor® SCM is using ISPF
services to invoke the processor and an attached TMP (BC1PTMP0) can not start another
ISPF service in the same TSO address space. ISPF services (ISPEXEC, ISPSTART, etc.) cannot
be invoked via BC1PTMP0.

Sample JCL and Parameters

The following JCL is specified in the processor:
//STEPNAME EXEC  PGM=BC1PTMP0,
//    PARM='uprfx.uqual.CLISTLIB(clist)'
//STEPLIB DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR

The parameters in the previous syntax are described as follows:

PARM=
The name of the data set containing the commands to be executed by BC1PTMP0.

uprfx.uqual.CLISTLIB
The name of the CLIST library containing the commands that you want to execute.

clist
The name of the CLIST that you want to execute.

iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD
The CA Endevor® SCM installation load library containing the program BC1PTMP0. (For DB2
processors, you may need to add your DB2 load library.)

Return Codes
BC1PTMP0 utility can return any of the following return codes:

04-May-2018 323/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

0
All commands were successfully processed.

5
TSO (that is, program IKJEFT01) currently is not active. This step within the processor was
executed, however.

6
No parameter was specified in the PARM= statement within the JCL, or a data set name greater
than 56 characters was specified.

7
A command specified in the CLIST was not found. BC1PTMP0 attempts to load all programs prior
to issuing an ATTACH. If the load fails, this return code is passed back to.

8
The PARM= specification on the EXEC card was coded incorrectly, for example:

No parameter was passed

Parameter is too large (greater than 54)

Parameter does not end with a pair of parentheses surrounding a member name

Member name portion of the parameter is invalid

9
A GETMAIN failed for the command buffer required by attached programs. BC1PTMP0 attempted
to acquire a command buffer in subpool 78 and the GETMAIN failed.

Any program or command invoked by BC1PTMP0 can issue any return code for their own reasons.
This includes return codes 5,6,7,8,9 and any other return code. BC1PTMP0 simply returns the return
code passed by those programs. For example, a command invoked by BC1PTMP0 may return a RC=8
when it gets an allocation error. A different command invoked by BC1PTMP0 may return a RC=8
when a program is not found.

REXX Exec or CLIST Executing a DB2 Bind

To enable BC1PTMP0 to invoke a REXX exec or CLIST to execute a DB2 Bind, a DD statement with the
name EN$SELCT must be coded in the BC1PTMP0 definitions.

Assume that a processor running in foreground is executing BC1PTMP0 which invokes a CLIST or a
REXX exec to execute a DB2 Bind. A STEPLIB in the BC1PTMP0 step defines the library containing the
DB2 DSNxxxxx programs. In this case, the STEPLIB is ignored and an 806 occurs. The error occurs if
the following processor step and CLIST are coded:

Example processor step:

//TMP0 EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0
// PARM='PROD.CLIST(TSTCLIST)'
//STEPLIB DD DSN=PUBLIC.PXXXX.STEPLIB,DISP=SHR
//SYSTERM DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=*

04-May-2018 324/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example CLIST TSTCLIST:

DSN SYSTEM(D91A)
BIND PLAN(P2229PRG) -
MEMBER (P2229PRG) -
OWNER (KEIGR01) -
ACTION (REPLACE) RETAIN -
VALIDATE (BIND)

The problem occurs due to the way the program DSN is invoked internally by BC1PTMP0. To correct
this, the REXX exec or CLIST must be invoked by a different method. To use this method, code a DD
statement with the name EN$SELCT in the BC1PTMP0 definitions. Also, the library containing the
REXX exec must be a member of the SYSPROC dd definition. In the following corrected processor
step, the clist library 'PROD.CLIST' was defined to the SYSPROC DD concatenation.

Example of a corrected processor step:

//TMP0 EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0
// PARM='PROD.CLIST(TSTCLIST)'
//STEPLIB DD DSN=PUBLIC.PXXXX.STEPLIB,DISP=SHR
//SYSTERM DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=*
//EN$SELCT DD DUMMY

If this method is used, then the STEPLIB is passed through to the invocation of the DB2 DSN
programs.

BC1PXFPI Utility
The BC1PXFPI utility installs “transportable” footprints in object modules generated under z/OS, VSE,
or z/VM. Transportable footprints provide footprint audit trails for software that executes in non-z
/OS environments (VSE and z/VM).

Note: For more information about transportable footprints, see Footprint Synchronization
(see page 438). (This facility is for non-z/OS environments only).

BC1PMVCL Utility
The BC1PMVCL utility provides the ability to update the component list to reflect the location of the
output components as the result of the move processor.

A move processor typically copies the outputs of the generate processor from their libraries to the
next stage's output libraries. Once the outputs have been copied, the move processor typically also
copies the existing component list to the new inventory area. The utility to move component lists is a
pseudo processor program called BC1PMVCL.

04-May-2018 325/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

When using BC1PMVCL, the existing component data does not get updated so all the input and
output components in the component list reflect the data sets used at generate time. If, in a move
processor, MONITOR=COMPONENTS is coded on the output files, and BC1PMVCL is part of the
processor (as the last step), CA Endevor® SCM :

Removes existing output components from component list

Adds new output components to component list

Does not change input components

Technically, the BC1PMVCL does not have to be the last step; however, it must execute after all
monitored components. If components have been monitored in a move processor (prior to the
execution of BC1PMVCL), then all of the gathered output components is used to replace all existing
output components in the existing component list. These gathered output components are
subsequently removed from the storage lists in which they were collected to avoid subsequent
update at the end of the processor execution.

This causes output component lists to be generated by a move if a move processor has collected new
output components prior to the execution of BC1PMVCL. The output components replace all output
in the existing components list.

BC1PMVCL provides the ability to update the component list to reflect the location of the output
components as the result of the move processor.

The move processor utility BC1PMVCL now can dynamically replace old Endevor output components
with the new output components at the end of the move processor execution. By using BC1PMVCL in
your move processor, Quick Edit commands LL and LO function after a move.

BSTCOPY Utility
The BSTCOPY utility offers a limited subset of the functionality provided by IEBCOPY.

You must use BSTCOPY instead of IEBCOPY if you use the CA Endevor® SCM Automated Configuration
Manager (ACM), or if package backout has been enabled for the output library. This is because CA
Endevor® SCM cannot determine which members are changed by IEBCOPY.

BSTXCOPY is a CA Endevor® SCM utility that performs the same functions as the CA Endevor® SCM
processor utility BSTCOPY. However, you can use BSTXCOPY to perform these functions outside of a
CA Endevor® SCM processor.

BSTCOPY Copy Functions

BSTCOPY can be used to copy between PDS load libraries and PDSE load libraries, from PDSE to PDSE,
and from PDSE back to PDS. It cannot copy between a PDSE load library and any other CA Endevor®
SCM access method (CA Librarian, CA Panvalet, ELIB).

BSTCOPY can copy aliases, but the alias must be explicitly requested. To copy an alias, the original
loadlib member must be copied first. For more information about aliases, see BSTCOPY and Aliases
(see page 327).

Copying from a PDSE load library to a PDS may result in errors, depending on whether the PDSE

04-May-2018 326/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Copying from a PDSE load library to a PDS may result in errors, depending on whether the PDSE
contains any program object members which cannot be converted back to load modules. This
includes program objects which are greater than 16 megabytes in size, or which included mixed-case,
extended names, or contain more than 32K of external symbols.

Note: For more information about the conversion restrictions, see the program
management manuals for DFSMS/MVS 1.1 or higher.

BSTCOPY is not intended to replace IEBCOPY. Rather, it is provided to support simple member copy
operations from one library to another.

When a PDS load module is copied to a PDSE, CA Endevor® SCMinframe load module footprint
information is retained only if the CA Endevor® SCM processor utility BSTCOPY is used. Other utilities,
such as IEBCOPY, do not have the capability to copy the *LOADMOD footprint. For more information,
see TEC316937, How to Convert AllFusion Endevor Change Manager Load Libraries between PDS and
PDSe Formats, on ca.com/support.

BSTCOPY Syntax - Literal Interpretation

►►──COPy──Indd──=─┬──ddname1────────┬──,──Outdd──=──ddname2──────────────────────────►
                  └─ ((ddname1,R)) ─┘
►►──Select──Member──=─┬─member1────────────────────────┬──.─────────────────────────►◄
                      ├─member1, member2───────────────┤
                      ├─((member1,newname1,R))─────────┤
                      │    ┌─,────────────────────┐    │
                      └─(──▼─(member1,newname1,R)─┴──)─┘

BSTCOPY Syntax - Alternate Interpretation

►►──COPy──INDd──=─┬──ddname1────────┬──,──OUTdd──=──ddname2──────────────────────────►
                  └─ ((ddname1,R)) ─┘
►►──SELect──MEMber──=─┬─member1────────────────────────┬──.─────────────────────────►◄
                      ├─member1, member2───────────────┤
                      │    ┌─,────────────────────┐    │
                      └─(──▼─(member1,newname1,R)─┴──)─┘

Important! Spaces before or after the comma between COPY INDD and OUTDD results in a
syntax error.

BSTCOPY and Aliases

Load modules and program objects with an alias can be handled by BSTCOPY even though BSTCOPY
does not support COPYGRP syntax. The following methods are suggested.

To bring loadonly software under CA Endevor® SCM control, use the following method, which
requires two steps in the Generate processor:

A step to COPYGRP with IEBCOPY into a temporary PDSE, and then

A BSTCOPY step to copy all the results into the final target PDSE library. This latter step
ensures that the CA Endevor® SCM Automated Configuration option output components are
monitored, while preserving the aliases.

04-May-2018 327/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following Generate Processor example uses this method:

//************************************************************
//* FIRST COPY LOADMODULE TO TEMPORARY PDSE
//************************************************************
//CPY1    EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUT3    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD      DD DSN=&C1USRDS,DISP=SHR
//OUTDD     DD DSN=&&TEMPDSN,DISP=(,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
//            SPACE=(CYL,(5,5,44)),DSNTYPE=LIBRARY,
//            DCB=(LRECL=0,BLKSIZE=32760,RECFM=U,DSORG=PO)
//SYSIN     DD *
   COPYGRP OUTDD=OUTDD,INDD=INDD
   SELECT MEMBER=&C1ELEMENT
//**********************************************************************
//* NOW COPY All INTO TARGET OUTPUT LOADLIB MONITOR=COMPONENTS         *
//**********************************************************************
//CPY2    EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUT3    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD      DD DSN=&&TEMPDSN,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//OUTDD     DD DSN=&LOADLIB1,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//           FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN     DD *
   COPY    OUTDD=OUTDD,INDD=((INDD,R))
 

To copy aliases of load modules or program objects inside a Move processor, use the following
method. The temporary library and the source library for IEBCOPY must be the same library type
(PDS or PDSE). Otherwise IEBCOPY might not copy the *LOADMOD Footprint.
The following Move Processor example uses this method:
//IF2  IF (&C1ACTION=TRANSFER) OR (&C1ACTION=MOVE) THEN
//********FIRST IEBCOPY COPYGRP TO PRESERVE ALIAS***********************
//TRCOPY1 EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT  DD SYSOUT=*
//FCOPYOFF DD DUMMY
//SYSUT3    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD      DD DSN=&LOADLIB1,DISP=SHR
//OUTDD     DD DSN=&&TMPDSN,DISP=(,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
//            SPACE=(CYL,(5,5,44)),DSNTYPE=LIBRARY,
//            DCB=(LRECL=0,BLKSIZE=32760,RECFM=U,DSORG=PO)
//SYSIN     DD *
   COPYGRP OUTDD=OUTDD,INDD=INDD
   SELECT MEMBER=&C1ELEMENT
//********NOW COPY ALL IN TEMPORARY TO TARGET PDSE**********************
//TRCPY2 EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT  DD  SYSOUT=*
//SYSUT3    DD  UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4    DD  UNIT=&WRKUNIT,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//OUTDD     DD  DSN=&LOADLIB2,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//INDD      DD  DSN=&&TMPDSN,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=VERIFY
//SYSIN     DD  *
   COPY    OUTDD=OUTDD,INDD=((INDD,R))
//********NOW MOVE THE COMPONENT LIST..must be the LAST step       ***
//BC1PMVCL EXEC PGM=BC1PMVCL,COND=(0,NE)
//END2  ENDIF

BSTCOPY Unsupported Functions

BSTCOPY does not:

Copy members of a partitioned data set to a sequential data set.

04-May-2018 328/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Compress partitioned data sets.

Copy load modules that have the linkage editor OVERLAY attribute.

Reblock load modules when the BLKSIZE of the input library is greater than that of the output
library.

Support multiple DD definitions on the INDD statement.

Support splitting a SELECT statement on multiple lines. A SELECT statement must be specified on
one physical input record.

Support FREE-CLOSE on any input or output DD names.

//BSTCOPY  PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=0
//SYSPRINT DD  SYSOUT=*
//IN1      DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=DSNAME1
//IN2      DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=DSNAME2
//OUT1     DD  DISP=OLD,DSN=DSNAME3
//SYSIN    DD  *
    COPY INDD=((IN1,R)),OUTDD=OUT1
    SELECT MEMBER=MEMBER1
    COPY INDD=IN2,OUTDD=OUT1
    SELECT MEMBER=((MEMBER2,,R),(MEMBER3,,R))
    SELECT MEMBER=((MEMBER4,NEWNAME4,R))
 /*

BSTCOPY and OVERLAY Modules

BSTCOPY does not support the copy of a load module that is linked as OVERLAY. When BSTCOPY
cannot be used, backout processing is effectively disabled for packages.

One solution is to relink the load modules. If the load modules are vendor-supplied, however, and
relinking may jeopardize ongoing vendor support, another solution is to write a two-step processor.
Follow these steps to create the new processor:

1. Create a dummy module and execute a BSTCOPY step that copies it and renames it to the
name of the OVERLAY module. This bypasses the system's security and renames the target
module, creating a backout.

2. Code an IEBCOPY step that copies the real module in, overlaying the dummy module. Because
IEBCOPY cannot be screened, backouts are not affected.

The following processor executes these two steps:

//STEP1    EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//IN       DD DSN=source.data.set,DISP=SHR
//OUT      DD DSN=target.data.set,DISP=SHR
//SYSIN    DD *
 C I=IN,O=OUT
 S M=((dumymbr,&C1ELEMENT.,R)) <===DUMMY MEMBER COPIED TO CREATE BACKOUT
//STEP2    EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK, (5,5))
//SYSUT4   DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK, (5,5))
//IN       DD DSN=source.data.set,DISP=SHR
//OUT      DD DSN=target.data.set,DISP=OLD
//SYSIN    DD *

 C I=IN,O=OUT

04-May-2018 329/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 C I=IN,O=OUT
 S M=((&C1ELEMENT.,,R)) <===COPY REAL MEMBER

For PDSMAN users

1. Using the PDSMAN $IEBCOPY statement, BSTCOPY can be replaced with the PDSMAN utility
FASTCOPY. Specify NAME=BSTCOPY on the $IEBCOPY statement to enable this support.
Package shipment jobs and processors coded to run BSTCOPY in this situation execute
FASTCOPY instead.

2. To disable substitution of FASTCOPY for BSTCOPY in this environment, code a DD statement in

the processor JCL for the ddname 'FCOPYOFF,' allocated to DD DUMMY.

3. For CA Endevor® SCM Automated Configuration Option users, when executing FASTCOPY,
input components are not collected. Output components are collected and package backout
members and data are collected.

4. OVERLAY and SCTRLOAD modules are supported when using FASTCOPY.

5. Set the $IEBCOPY operand STORFAIL= to the value TERMINATE when using FASTCOPY
substitution for BSTCOPY.

SYSPRINT DCB Information

When directing SYSPRINT output to a data set, the DCB information specified should be as follows:

RECFM=VBA

LRECL=121

BLKSIZE=125

C1BM3000 Utility
The C1BM3000 utility lets you execute CA Endevor® SCM actions from within a processor.

You must pass the SCLIN (SCL input) and MSGOUT1 (output messages) parameters to the C1BM3000
utility. Optionally, if you want:

A package ID associated with this execution, you must pass the PACKAGE parameter.

CA Endevor® SCM to write the Action Summary report to a separate file, you must pass the
MSGOUT2 parameter.

Important! When a package action executes a processor that invokes C1BM3000, the
actions run by the C1BM3000 step are considered non-package actions. If the actions
update an inventory area that has approver relations, the C1BM3000 utility issues a
C1U0900E error (package processing required). Also, backout information is not created for
actions run in a C1BM3000 step.

04-May-2018 330/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example (Sample JCL)

Sample JCL for the C1BM3000 utility is shown next. This JCL specifies a SCL input file, and the
messages and Action Summary report are written to SYSOUT. A package ID is not specified, as
indicated by the two commas between MSGOUT1 and MSGOUT2. The two commas are required.
//C1BM3000  EXEC PGM=C1BM3000,PARM='SCLIN,MSGOUT1,,MSGOUT2'
//STEPLIB   DD  DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH,
//          DISP=SHR
//MSGOUT1   DD  SYSOUT=*
//MSGOUT2   DD  SYSOUT=*
//SYSABEND  DD  SYSOUT=*
//SCLIN     DD  DSN=uprfx.uqual.SCL,DISP=SHR
//          DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,DSORG=PS)
//

Note: You need not specify the CONLIB DD statement, because the library has been
specified by the batch job or by the logon procedure in foreground.

Considerations When Using the C1BM3000 Utility

Do not use the following:

BSTIPT01 for SCLIN, the name is reserved by CA Endevor® SCM for input SCL.

C1MSGS1 for MSGOUT1, the name is reserved by CA Endevor® SCM for batch execution report
messages.

C1MSGS2 for MSGOUT2, the name is reserved by CA Endevor® SCM for the Action Summary
report.

Important! A C1BM3000 step in a processor step cannot perform actions against an

element that is currently being acted upon. Only actions that do not require exclusive use
of the element, for example LIST, PRINT or TRANSFER with BYPASS ELEMENT DELETE, can
be executed against the same element. Failure to observe this rule leads to an endless wait
where the primary C1BM3000 task waits for the secondary task to terminate while the
secondary C1BM3000 task waits for the primary task to release the element.

C1WORK01-06 DD Statements
When you use the C1BM3000 utility to TRANSFER an element, the datasets are dynamically allocated
to process data. The dynamically allocated datasets may not be sufficient, if a large element is
transferred, and the System abort B37 error may occur. In this case, you can use the C1WORK01-
C1WORK06 DD statements to override the standard dynamic allocation of datasets, and run the
TRANSFER action again. These DD statements override the following records during the TRANSFER
action:

C1WORK01-Merged configuration records

04-May-2018 331/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1WORK02-Configuration delta records

C1WORK03-Configuration base records

C1WORK04-Merged element records

C1WORK05-Element delta records

C1WORK06-Element base records

You can code any or all of the previous DD statements. If you code one C1WORK DD statement, then
it overrides the equivalent dynamic allocation of datasets. For example, if a very large element is
transferred the regular dynamic allocation of datasets may not be sufficient for storing element base,
element delta, and merged element records. In this case, you can code the C1WORK04, C1WORK05
and C1WORK06 statements to override the dynamic allocation of datasets.

A sample JCL illustrating how to code these DD statements is shown as follows:

//STEP1     EXEC PGM=C1BM3000,PARM='SCLIN,MSGOUT1,,MSGOUT2'
//MSGOUT1   DD  SYSOUT=A
//MSGOUT2   DD  SYSOUT=A
//SCLIN     DD  *
//ARC       DD  DISP=OLD,DSN=ARCHIVE.DATASET
//C1WORK04  DD  UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(50,50)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=5000,BLKSIZE=6233)
//C1WORK05  DD  UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(50,50)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=5000,BLKSIZE=6233)
//C1WORK06  DD  UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(50,50)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=5000,BLKSIZE=6233)
//BSTIPT01  DD  *

C1PRMGEN Utility
The C1PRMGEN utility creates 80-column (card-image) statements from a parameter passed to it.
These statements are passed as input control statements to subsequent job steps.

To create card-image data, you can include CA Endevor® SCM symbols in the parameter passed to
C1PRMGEN. If you do this, the utility expands the symbols as it creates the output statements,
allowing you to vary the input control statements passed to subsequent job steps based on the
values of CA Endevor® SCM symbolic parameters. This is illustrated next, where C1PRMGEN creates
two control statements for use by the IBM IEBCOPY utility.

Example (Sample JCL)

To use C1PRMGEN, pass the data to be expanded in the PARM= parameter of the EXEC statement. To
create more than one card-image statement, separate the statements using a vertical bar ( |) in the
PARM= value, as illustrated in the following sample JCL:
//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=C1PRMGEN,
//              PARM=' C I=I,O=O| S M=((&&C1ELEMENT.,,R))'
//PARMOUT    DD  DSN=&&CPYPARM,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE)
//               DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80)

The parameters in the previous sample JCL are described as follows:

04-May-2018 332/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PARM=
The statement to be expanded, enclosed in single quotes or parentheses. This statement can be 1-
100 characters in length. Once expanded, it is output in card-image format starting in column 1.
To output more than one card-image statement, use the separator character (|) in the PARM
statement, as shown above.
If the statement contains more than 72 characters (up to 100 characters are allowed), you can
add a second line to the parameter by coding the statement as follows:

Enter the first 71 characters of the line.

In position 72, type any non-blank character (except a single quote), and continue entering
your data on the next line.

Type a (single) quote only at the end of the entire statement. Note the example below:
Col                                                 Col1                          
                       72PARM='abcd...............................................
...zx//  z.................................................a'   

To include a quotation mark within the card-image data, specify two contiguous quotes: ' '.

You can include an unbalanced parentheses, with the restriction that you must use single
quotes as the surrounding delimiters in this case. You cannot include unbalanced parentheses
when the enclosing characters are parentheses, however.

PARMOUT
The data set to which the expanded statement is written.
In the previous example, the output written to PARMOUT, assuming that the current element is
NDVR, is as follows:
Col
1
C I=I,O=O
S M=((NDVR,R))

CONAPI Utility
The CONAPI utility lets you execute a program that issues API calls through a processor.

A program that issues API calls CANNOT be executed from a processor directly. You must use this
utility passing it the name of your program through the PARM= parameter on the EXEC statement. If
your program requires parameter data, you may append it to the parameter string using a comma to
separate the program name from your parameter data.

Note: For more information about the API interface, see API and User Exits Reference (
https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/API+and+User+Exits+Reference).

Example (Sample JCL)

A sample JCL is shown:

04-May-2018 333/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=CONAPI,PARM='APIPROG1,1,22,333'

CONAPI invokes program APIPROG1. On entry to APIPROG1, register 1 contains an address which
points to an address for the parameter data. The first two bytes of parameter data contains the
length after which follows the data.

In the above example storage (in hex) would appear as follows:

     0008F16BF2F26BF3F3F3

CONDELE Utility
The CONDELE utility removes a member (load module, listing, etc.) from an output library. The output
library can be any of the following:

Source output library

Processor listing library

Processor load library

User output library

USS directory

This utility is generally used in delete processors.

Example (Sample JCL)

Sample JCL for this utility is shown next:

//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=CONDELE,PARM='mbr-name'
//C1LIB       DD  DSN=CA.STAGE1.LOADLIB,DISP=SHR

The parameters in the preceding syntax are described as follows:

PARM=
Indicates an alternate member name (mbr-name) for the element. You have the option of
overriding the default member name. To specify all output components (including object
modules, load modules, and listings) instead of an individual member name, specify
'PARM=*COMPONENTS'. CONDELE accesses the component list at the current location and
deletes all output components from that list.

Important! CONDELE does not verify the component list was generated at the current
location. You need to verify this independently before using the PARM=*COMPONENTS
parameter.

C1LIB
Specifies the library or USS directory containing the member targeted for deletion. The member
name is the name of the element being processed (generally moved, deleted, or archived).

04-May-2018 334/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CONLIST Utility
The CONLIST utility is a multi-purpose utility used to manage output listings. Specify one of the
following options on the PARM= statement on the EXEC card. You can also specify the MBR option
with any of these options, except for the PRINT option.

STORE
Consolidates and compresses one or more temporary list data sets into a member in the output
library defined by the DD statement C1LLIBO. CONLIST converts the data sets to the record
format of the output library, and uses the member name as the element name. The output library
can be a PDS with record size and record format appropriate for listings (RECFM=VBA is
recommended), or a ELIB data set which is stored as if RECFM=VBA. You can optionally generate a
banner page and store it at the front of the member.

Note: RECFM=VBA forces the listing to be stored in compressed format. To store the
listing in uncompressed (human readable) format, allocate the library with RECFM=FBA
instead.

If more than one file is input, CONLIST concatenates the files before storing them.
The listing files must be sequential; they cannot be PDS members. If you use a PDS, you receive an
error message stating the member cannot be found in the directory.

PRINT
Default. Prints a temporary list data set, optionally generating a banner page before the listing. If
more than one file is input, CONLIST concatenates the files before printing them.

PRTMBR
Decompresses then prints a member from a listing library.

COPY
Copies a member from an input listing library to an output listing library (generally from Stage 1
to Stage 2), after optionally appending one or more temporary list data sets at the end of the
member. You can optionally store a banner at the front of the member in the output library.

DELETE
Deletes a member from the output library.

MBR (mbr-name)
Overrides the default member name (that is, the element name) used by CONLIST. This option
can be used with the STORE, PRTMBR, COPY, and DELETE options.

Banner Pages
You can request a banner when using the STORE, PRINT, and COPY options. Banner pages are defined
with a C1BANNER DD statement. This statement must specify LRECL=121.

The banner is useful for scanning listings and browsing stored members. The banner includes the
following items:

The element name across the top.

04-May-2018 335/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The element name across the top.

A summary of the processor being run (user ID, date, return code, stage, and so on).

An itemization of each processor step, up to but not including the CONLIST step, with the return
code from each.

Error conditions are reflected in the banner; for example, an error may have occurred within a
processor step, or steps were not executed because of condition-code testing.

STORE Option
The STORE option consolidates and compresses one or more temporary list data sets into a member
in the output library defined by the DD statement C1LLIBO.
//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='STORE'
//C1BANNER    DD DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//               UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1LLIBO     DD DSN=&C1STAGE.LISTINGS,DISP=SHR
//LIST01      DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02      DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)

The parameters in the previous sample JCL are described next:

C1BANNER
Requests a banner (as illustrated above) be included at the front of the stored member. Omit this
statement if you do not want the banner included.

C1LLIBO
Identifies the output listing library to which the new member is written. The output member
name is the name of the element being processed. If a member by this name currently exists, it is
replaced.

Note: FOOTPRNT=CREATE is not needed on this DD statement, becuase CONLIST footprints

automatically.

LISTnn
Identifies a listing data set to be stored in C1LLIBO. If you specify more than one LISTnn library,
assign the ddnames sequentially (LIST01, LIST02, and so forth). LISTnn data sets are concatenated
before they are stored, in order by the nn suffix.
Note: You must specify at least one LISTnn DD statement.

Note: You can override the default member (element) name for the STORE option, using
the MBR (mbr-name) option.

04-May-2018 336/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PRINT Option
The PRINT option prints a temporary list data set, optionally generating a banner page before the
listing.
//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='PRINT'
//C1BANNER    DD DSN=&&BANNER,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//               UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT     DD SYSOUT=*,
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01      DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02      DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)

The parameters in the previous sample JCL are described:

C1BANNER
Requests a banner page (as illustrated above). Omit this statement if you do not want the banner
to print.

C1PRINT
The output print file.

LISTnn
Identifies a listing data set to be printed. If you specify more than one LIST nn data set, assign the
ddnames sequentially (LIST01, LIST02, and so forth). LISTnn data sets are concatenated before
they are printed, in order by the nn suffix.
Note: You must specify at least one LISTnn DD statement.

PRTMBR (Print Member) Option

The PRTMBR option decompresses then prints a member from a listing library.
//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='PRTMBR'
//C1LLIBI     DD DSN=STAGE1.LISTINGS,DISP=SHR
//C1PRINT     DD SYSOUT=*,
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)

The parameters in the previous syntax are described:

C1LLIBI
Identifies the input listing library from which a member is being printed. The name of the
member to be printed is the name of the element being processed.

C1PRINT
The output print file.

Note: You can override the default member (element) name for the PRTMBR option, using
the MBR (mbr-name) option. For example, to specify member mbrname in data set prtmbr.
mbr, you would code:

//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='PRTMBR.MBR(mbr-name)'

04-May-2018 337/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The COPY Option

The COPY option copies a member from an input listing library to an output listing library (generally
from Stage 1 to Stage 2), after optionally appending one or more temporary list data sets at the end
of the member.
//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='COPY'
//C1BANNER    DD DSN=&&BANNER,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//               UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1LLIBI     DD DSN=STAGE1.LISTINGS,DISP=SHR
//C1LLIBO     DD DSN=STAGE2.LISTINGS,DISP=SHR
//LIST01      DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02      DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)

The parameters in the previous sample JCL are described:

C1BANNER
Requests a banner page. Omit this statement if you do not want the banner included in the
output member.

C1LLIBI
Identifies the input listing library from which a member is being copied. The member being
copied has the name of the element being processed.

C1LLIBO
Identifies the output listing library to which the copied member is being written (after appending
any LISTnn files at the end of the member). The member name is the element name.

LISTnn
Identifies a listing data set to be concatenated at the end of the C1LLIBI member before it is
written to C1LLIBO. If you specify more than one LISTnn data set, assign the ddnames sequentially
(LIST01, LIST02, and so forth). LISTnn data sets are concatenated (in order by the nn suffix) before
they are appended to the member.
Note: Specifying a LISTnn DD statement is optional for the COPY option.

Note: You can override the default member (element) name for the COPY option, using the
MBR (mbr-name) option.

DELETE Option
The DELETE option deletes a member from the output library.
//STEPNAME  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='DELETE'
//C1LLIBI     DD DSN=STAGE1.LISTINGS,DISP=SHR

The parameters in the previous sample JCL are described:

C1LLIBI
Identifies the input listing library from which a member is to be deleted. The name of the member
to be deleted is the name of the element being processed.

04-May-2018 338/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: You can override the default member (element) name for the DELETE option, using
the MBR (mbr-name) option. For example, to specify member mbrname in data set delete.
mbr, you would code:

//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='DELETE.MBR(mbrname)'

Guidelines When Creating Listings

There are several ways you can approach the creation and handling of listings within CA Endevor®
SCM processors. The following is the recommended approach.

1. Writing the listings to a data set other than SYSOUT during the processor step

2. Running the CA Endevor® SCM CONLIST utility at the end of the job to combine all the listings
into a single member of a listing library.

To do this:

1. Initialize each listing data set before you write to it, to ensure that there is a listing to open in
the final (CONLIST) step. You need one such data set for each utility that outputs listings. The
utility that initializes data sets is BC1PDSIN.

2. In the JCL for the processor utilities, write to the appropriate listing data set--not to SYSOUT.

3. Use the CA Endevor® SCM CONLIST utility to condense and combine the listings from all the
job steps, and store them in a designated listing library or print them.

This approach is illustrated by the following compile and link-edit processor.

Note: In the following examples, Userinfo represents information you must supply.

//INITLST  EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,COND=EVEN
//C1INIT01   DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),UNIT=SYSDA,
//              SPACE=(TRK,(1,2),RLSE)
//C1INIT02   DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),UNIT=SYSDA,
//              SPACE=(TRK,(1,2),RLSE)
//WRITE    EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM='EXPINCL(N)'
//ELMOUT     DD DSN=&&SYSIN,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),userinfo
//*
//*
//COMPILE  EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(0,NE),PARM=mmm,MAXRC=04
//SYSLIB     DD DSN=userinfo
//SYSIN      DD DSN=userinfo
//SYSLIN     DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),userinfo
//SYSUT1     DD UNIT=SYSDA,userinfo
//*
//SYSUT6     DD UNIT=SYSDA,userinfo
//SYSPRINT   DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(OLD,PASS,DELETE),
//              UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(5,10),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//*
//LINK    EXEC PGM=IEWL,PARM='userinfo,COND=userinfo,MAXRC=0
//SYSLIN    DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSLMOD   DD DSN=userinfo

04-May-2018 339/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//SYSLMOD   DD DSN=userinfo
//SYSUT1    DD UNIT=SYSDA,userinfo
//SYSPRINT  DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(OLD,PASS,DELETE),
//             UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(5,3),RLSE),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0)
//*
//CONLIST  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM=STORE,COND=EVEN,MAXRC=0
//C1LLIBO    DD DSN=STAGE1.LISTINGS,DISP=SHR
//C1BANNER   DD DSN=&&BANNER,userinfo
//LIST01     DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02     DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//

BC1PDSIN initializes a listing library for use in the COMPILE and LINK steps.

CA Endevor® SCM CONWRITE utility creates a source file by merging all levels of the element.

COBOL compile writes listings to the file initialized in the INITCOB step.

Link-edit writes listings to the file initialized in the INITLNK step.

CA Endevor® SCM CONLIST utility creates a CA Endevor® SCM banner page and combines the
compile and link-edit listings and stores them as a single member in the Stage 1 listings library.

One Alternative
As an alternative, you can write the listings to SYSOUT. If you are running the processor in batch,
SYSOUT=* data sets are attached to the message class (MSGCLASS) assigned in the jobcard for the
corresponding batch job.

Note: If you are running in foreground, SYSOUT=* data sets are attached to the default
SYSOUT class assigned for your user ID. TSO allocates the SYSOUT file when it is first
opened, and does not free it until you log off from TSO or issue an explicit TSO FREE
command for the file.

This approach is illustrated by the compile and link-edit processor shown next:
//*
//WRITE    EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM='EXPINCL(N)'
//ELMOUT     DD DSN=&&SYSIN,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),userinfo
//*
//COMPILE EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(0,NE),PARM=mmm
//SYSLIB     DD DSN=userinfo
//SYSIN      DD DSN=userinfo
//SYSLIN     DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),userinfo
//SYSUT1     DD UNIT=SYSDA,userinfo
//*
//SYSUT6     DD UNIT=SYSDA,userinfo
//SYSPRINT   DD SYSOUT=*
//*
//*
//LINK     EXEC PGM=IEWL,PARM='userinfo,COND=userinfo,
//SYSLIN     DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSLMOD    DD DSN=userinfo
//SYSUT1     DD UNIT=SYSDA,userinfo
//SYSPRINT   DD SYSOUT=*
//*

CA Endevor® SCM CONWRITE utility creates a source file by merging all levels of the element.

04-May-2018 340/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA Endevor® SCM CONWRITE utility creates a source file by merging all levels of the element.

COBOL compile writes listings to SYSOUT.

Link-edit writes listings to SYSOUT.

Another Alternative
This approach is similar to the recommended approach but uses the PRINT option of the CONLIST
utility, so the listings are printed instead of stored. The JCL for this approach is the same as that for
the recommended approach with the exception of the CONLIST step, which is shown below.
//*
//*
//CONLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,MAXRC=0
//C1PRINT   DD SYSOUT=*,
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//C1BANNER  DD DSN=&&BANNER,userinfo
//LIST01    DD DSN=&&COBLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02    DD DSN=&&LNKLST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
 *

CONPARMX Utility
The CONPARMX utility lets administrators reduce processor complexity and the number of processor
groups. CONPARMX dynamically builds execution parameters for processor programs such as
compilers or the linkage editor. The build process uses the symbols defined in the processor and one
or more of the following groups of options, which may or may not be concatenated:

Default options

Processor group options

Element options

Using this utility avoids the need to create and update large numbers of processors or processor
groups with different input parameters.

How to Create a CONPARMX Processor JCL Step

CONPARMX enables you to use fewer processors and processor groups. To use the utility, do the
following:

Write your CONPARMX processor JCL.

Create the options members referenced by CONPARMX's PARM= parameters. Follow the syntax
rules when you create the options members.

Note: We recommend that you store the options members in CA Endevor® SCM and
monitor the members as part of an element's input component list.

04-May-2018 341/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CONPARMX - Dynamically Build a Parameter String

The CONPARMX utility can reduce the complexity of your processors by dynamically building
execution parameters for a specified program. CONPARMX builds a parameter string and optionally
invokes a program depending on how you code the utility.

The processor step JCL for the CONPARMX utility is shown next.
//CONP     EXEC PGM=CONPARMX,MAXRC=n, 
//         PARM=(parm1,'(parm2)',parm3,parm4,parm5,
//         '(parm6)','parm7','parm8')
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=xxxxxx.loadlib.if.required,DISP=SHR 
//PARMSDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&PFX..PARMS, 
//            MONITOR=COMPONENTS,ALLOC=PMAP       
//PARMS    DD DSN=&&PPARMS,DISP=(,PASS),   
//            SPACE=(CYL,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//PARMSMSG DD SYSOUT=*                  
//* Additional DD statements as required by the parm1 program

The JCL statements and variables used by the CONPARMX utility are as follows:

CONP EXEC PGM=CONPARMX,MAXRC=n,

PARM=(parm1,'(parm2)',parm3,parm4,parm5,'(parm6)','parm7','parm8')
Specifies the JCL EXEC statement that executes the CONPARMX utility program. This step requires
the following parameters.

MAXRC=n
Specifies the maximum return code value for the parm1 value. If the parm1 program is not
called by CONPARMX, the MAXRC should be set to 0.

PARM=

Specifies the parameters the utility used. The total length of the output options string using all
options values for CONPARMX parm2 through parm6 can be no more than 512 characters (the
CONPARMX limit). This limit is the limit supported by the parm1 program. If CONPARMX is not going
to invoke the parm1 program (parm8 = Y), the 512 characters limit is suppressed.

PARM=

Specifies the parameters the utility used. The total length of the output options string using all
options values for CONPARMX parm2 through parm6 can be no more than 512 characters (the
CONPARMX limit). This limit is the limit supported by the parm1 program.

parm1
Specifies a program name for which the options parameter string is to be built. This program name is
used to find the options values within the options members. It can be any value up to eight
characters. If CONPARMX is going to invoke the program (parm8 = N), this value must also be the
name of the program to be run.

When IGYCRCTL is passed as the program name, the parameters have the prefix CBL. This is to allow
those parameters to be passed through SYSIN DD. If this is not wanted, use another program name.

04-May-2018 342/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

parm2
(Optional) Specifies the processor symbolic that identifies the options to be included first in the
output options string. This value must be within parentheses in the CONPARMX parameter list.
Parm2 is usually specified with a processor symbolic and can contain 0 to n options. Its value is
placed first and is always included in the output options string. The parentheses are not included
in the output.

parm3
Specifies the default options member name. The options values found in this member to match
the parm1 value (the program name) are added in the output parameter string after the parm2
options values. This member is read from the PARMSDEF DD statement.
Parm7 determines whether the options members are concatenated. For more information, see
parm7.

parm4
Specifies the processor group options member name. A processor group options member can be
created for each processor group. In the member, only the options that are to be overridden for a
particular processor group should be included, unless parm7 is set to N. This member is read from
the PARMSDEF DD statement.
Parm7 determines whether the options members are concatenated. For more information, see
parm7.

parm5
Specifies the element options member name. An element options member can be created for any
element in the CA Endevor SCM inventory. In this member, only the options that are to be
overridden specifically for this element should be included, unless parm7 is set to N. This member
is read from the PARMSDEF DD statement.
Parm7 determines whether the options members are concatenated. For more information, see
parm7.

parm6
(Optional) Specifies the processor symbolic that identifies the options to be included last in the
output parameter string. This value must be specified within parentheses in the CONPARMX
parameter list. Parm6 can contain 0 to n options and its value is placed last and always is included
in the output options string. The parentheses are not included in the output.

parm7
(Optional) Specifies whether to concatenate the options values in the output parameter string.
Valid values follow:
Y - (Default) Specifies that the contents of parm2 through parm6 are to be concatenated.
N - Specifies that the content of parm5, parm4, or parm3 are to be included between parm2 and
parm6. The first options member found to have a record that matches the parm1 program name
is used. The options members are searched until the match is found beginning with parm5, then
parm4, and then parm3.

parm8
(Optional) Specifies whether to build a parameter string to a file. Valid values follow.
Y - Writes the parameter string to the PARMS DD statement and the parm1 program is not
invoked. This data set can be used as input to a program step that follows. This option suppresses
the 512 characters limit for the output options string.
N - (Default) Passes the parameter string to the parm1 program and invokes the program. The
parameter string is not written to the PARMS DD statement.

04-May-2018 343/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

STEPLIB DD DSN=xxxxxx.loadlib.if.required,DISP=SHR

Specifies the library that should be searched for the parm1 program executed by CONPARMX.
Required only if parm8=N indicating that the parm1 program is to be invoked.

PARMSDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&PFX..PARMS,

MONITOR=COMPONENTS,ALLOC=PMAP

Specifies a concatenation of one or more FB-80 PDS or PDSE data sets. The parm3, parm4, and parm5
values point to options members in this data set. Options members do not have to exist or can exist
in one or more of the concatenated data sets. The first found options member is used. During
processing, if an options member does not exist, it is skipped and processing continues.

MONITOR=COMPONENTS
(Optional) Instructs the CA Endevor® SCM Automated Configuration option to monitor the &PRX..
PARMS data set for input or output components and to build a component list with the
information captured.

ALLOC=PMAP
(Optional) The ALLOC=PMAP processor DD statement parameter can be specified to indicate that
this data set concatenation varies with the CA Endevor® SCM location from which the processor is
being executed.

PARMS DD DSN=&&PPARMS,DISP=(,PASS),

SPACE=(CYL,(1,1)),

DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)

Specifies the data set name to which the parameter string built by the utility is written. The PARMS
DD statement is only required if the parm8 value in the CONPARMX parameter string is set to Y.

Note: For program ASMA90, this data set is read from the ASMAOPT DD statement. For
COBOL and PL/I compiler programs, place this data set first within the SYSIN DD statement.

PARMSMSG DD SYSOUT=*

Specifies that the output options string value is written to this data set for diagnostic purposes. The
PARMSMSG DD statement is not required. The data set DCB attributes are FB-80-32720.

If parm8=N, the output options string is written to the data set 72 bytes per line until the string is
exhausted. A maximum of 512 bytes of data (the maximum size of the output options string) or eight
lines (7 x 72 = 504 bytes plus 8 bytes on the eighth line) are written to the data set.

If parm8=Y, the output options string is written to the data set exactly as it appears in the PARMS DD
output. The 512 bytes limit is suppressed in this case.

04-May-2018 344/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How CONPARMX Creates a Parameter String

CONPARMX builds the parameter string and determines whether to execute the program based on
how you code the CONPARMX JCL as follows:

The following parameters can be specified for CONPARMX. These parameters are passed to
CONPARMX on the EXEC statement using the PARM keyword as follows:
//STEP001 EXEC PGM=CONPARMX,PARM=(parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8)

CONPARMX produces an output options string from the options values in parm2 through parm6,
subject to the following parameters:

Parm1 specifies the processor program for which the parameters are built.

Parm7 is optional and specifies if the parameters are concatenated. The default forces
concatenation.

Parm8 is optional and specifies whether the parm1 processor program is invoked or if the
parameters are stored for a future processor step. The default invokes the program.

The PARMSDEF DD statement on the CONPARMX JCL reads the options members whose names
are coded in parm3, parm4, and parm5. PARMSDEF finds the matching record in each options
member by matching the record to the name of the program specified in parm1. The options
members contains records that start with a program name followed by a parameter string. For
example, the following record matches parm1 IGYCRCTL and specifies the parameters COBOL,
LANGLVL(2), and NOSOURCE:
IGYCRCTL   ‘COBOL3,LANGLVL(2),NOSOURCE’

For parm3, parm4, and parm5, only the options in the matching records are used as input to
building the output parameter string. Whether the options for parm3, parm4, or parm5 are
included in the output parameter string depends on the parm7 concatenation specification.

Example: CONPARMX Builds a Parameter String and Invokes a Program

Sample processor step JCL for the CONPARMX utility is shown next. This JCL invokes program
ASMA90 and passes a parameter string to the program.

The parameter string is built as follows:

The string begins with the content of &PARMA.

Then $$$$DFLT is read and the program name ASMA90 is searched for within the member. If
there is a match for ASMA90, the options values are added to the output options string.

Then &C1PRGRP and &C1ELEMENare processed the same way.

The options values for &PARMZ are added last in the output options string.
//CONP     EXEC PGM=CONPARMX,MAXRC=4, 
//         PARM=(ASMA90,'(&PARMA)',$$$$DFLT,&C1PRGRP,&C1ELEMENT,
//         '(&PARMZ)','Y','N')
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=ASMA90.loadlib.if.required,DISP=SHR 
//PARMSDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&PFX..PARMS, 
//            MONITOR=COMPONENTS

04-May-2018 345/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//            MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//PARMS    DD DSN=&&PPARMS,DISP=(,PASS),  
// SPACE=(CYL,(1,1)),
// DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//PARMSMSG DD SYSOUT=*                 
//* Additional DD statements as required by the parm1 program

Example: CONPARMX Builds a Parameter String and Writes It to PARM DD

This example JCL builds a parameter string and writes it to PARM DD for the program IGYCRCTL.

In the JCL, see the comments to the right that identify parm1, parm2, parm6, parm7, and parm8:
//COBPROC PROC PARMTAIL=XYZ
//STEP001  EXEC PGM=CONPARMX,                    
// PARM=(IGYCRCTL,     (invocation pgm name)
// (‘ABC’),           (parm2 - constant parm data)
// $$$$DFLT,  &C1PRGRP.P, &C1ELEMENT.P, 
// '(&PARMTAIL)',      (parm6 - last parm)
// 'Y','Y')            (parm7/8 directions)
//PARMSDEF DD DSN=input.parameter.pds,DISP=SHR
//PARMS    DD DSN=&&parmout,DISP=(NEW,PASS),…

The options members specified in the JCL are as follows:

Parm3, $$$$DFLT, is the member that contains the default options.

This example assumes that parm3, $$$$DLFT, contains the following records:
ASMA90    ‘LIST…      ‘
IGYCRCTL ‘COBOL3,LANGLVL(2),NOSOURCE’
IEWL ‘AMODE(31)’
IEWL ‘RMODE(ANY)’

Parm4, &C1PRGRP.P, is the member that contains the processor group override parameters.

Parm5, &C1ELEMENT.P, is the member that contains the element override parameters.

This example JCL results in a PARMS output DD that contains the following parameter string for
IGYCRCTL:
ABC
COBOL3,LANGLVL(2),NOSOURCE
Parameters defined by the Processor member
Parameters defined by the Element member
XYZ

This parameter string includes the following:

ABC- The constant parameter data specified by parm2.

COBOL3,LANGLVL(2),NOSOURCE - The record in parm3 options member $$$$DLFT found to

match IGYCRCTL.

Parameters defined by the Processor member - The actual parameters defined by parm4,
&C1PRGRP.P, would depend on the record found to match IGYCRCTL.

Parameters defined by the Element member - The actual parameters defined by parm5,
&C1ELEMENT.P, would depend on the record found to match IGYCRCTL.

XYZ- The constant parameter data specified by parm6.

04-May-2018 346/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If parm8 in this example was N, instead of Y, the parameter string would not have been written to the
PARMS output DD. Instead, IGYCRCTL would have been invoked directly with the following parameter
string:
//CONPARMX EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,
// PARM=‘ABC,COBOL3,LANGLVL(2),NOSOURCE,
// procgrp-parms, elm-parms, XYZ’

Return Codes for CONPARMX

The following return codes can be issued during CONPARMX processing:

0
Processing successful.

16
WTO message issued with specific error condition.

All other return codes are issued by the parm1 program when called.

Options Member Syntax Rules

The options members contain the options values that can be passed by the PARM parameter to the
CONPARMX utility. The syntax for the options members follows:
Column 1
V
program = 'options values[,]' [+ -] 
          ["options values[,]"] [+ -]
              .
              .
              .
          ['options values[,]'] 

program
Specifies a program name and must begin in column 1.

options values
Specifies the options values that can be passed by the PARM parameter to the CONPARMX utility.
The following rules apply to options values:

Bracketed […] elements in the syntax diagram are optional.

The options values can be enclosed within single or double quotes, can span multiple lines,
and optionally end with a comma (,).

A plus sign (+) or dash (-) at the end of a line indicates continuation of the options values on
the next line. Only enter one of the continuation characters.

An options values continuation line can begin in any column.

A blank in column 1 is treated as a comment line, unless the previous line contains a
continuation character.

An asterisk (*) in column 1 always indicates a comment line and is ignored.

Single or double quotes can be used to enclose the options member’s options values. If an

04-May-2018 347/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Single or double quotes can be used to enclose the options member’s options values. If an
options value requires single quotes, enclose the value in double quotes. For example:
********************************* Top of Data **************************
----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7--
CCNDRVR = 'ARCH(5),EXPMAC,RENT,'+
        "SEARCH(//'SYS1.SIEAHDR.H'),"+  
        'RENT,' 
******************************** Bottom of Data ************************

The total length of the output options string using all options values coded for CONPARMX
parm2 through parm6 must be less than 512 characters (CONPARMX limit) or the limit that is
supported by the parm1 program, whichever is less.

Options Member Examples

Example: Sample Default Options Member

This example assumes this sample defaults options member:

********************************* Top of Data **************************
----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7--
ASMA90 = 'RENT,TERM,XREF(SHORT),USING(MAP,WARN(13)),LIST(133),'
IGYCRCTL = 'OBJECT,APOST,AWO,DATA(24),FASTSRT,LIB,FLAG(W),'+
           'RESIDENT,LIST,RENT,TRUNC(BIN),'+
           'NODBCS,SOURCE,MAP,NOSEQ,XREF,NONUMBER,LIST,'
IEWL = 'LIST,MAP,RENT,REUS,NOLET,XREF,SIZE=(256K,64K),'
******************************** Bottom of Data ************************

This defaults options member would display this options string for ASMA90:
RENT,TERM,XREF(SHORT),USING(MAP,WARN(13)),LIST(133) 

It would display this options string for IGYCRCTL:

OBJECT,APOST,AWO,DATA(24),FASTSRT,LIB,FLAG(W),RESIDENT,LIST,RENT,TRUNC(BIN), NODBCS,
SOURCE,MAP,NOSEQ,XREF,NONUMBER,LIST

Example: Sample Processor Group and Element Options Members

This example assumes that the parm7 value is set to Y. When parm7 is set to Y (default), for the
processor group options member, the utility only includes options that are overridden from the
default options member. For the element options member, the utility only includes options that are
overridden from the processor group, default options members, or both.

Note: When parm7 is set to N, the utility includes all necessary options values. The options
values that are first found to match the program name are used and placed in the output
options string.

This example assumes this is the default options member:

********************************* Top of Data **************************
----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7--
ASMA90 = 'RENT,TERM,XREF(SHORT),USING(MAP,WARN(13)),LIST(133),'
IGYCRCTL = 'OBJECT,APOST,AWO,DATA(24),FASTSRT,LIB,FLAG(W),'+
           'RESIDENT,LIST,RENT,TRUNC(BIN),'+
           'NODBCS,SOURCE,MAP,NOSEQ,XREF,NONUMBER,LIST,'

IEWL = 'LIST,MAP,RENT,REUS,NOLET,XREF,SIZE=(256K,64K),'

04-May-2018 348/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

IEWL = 'LIST,MAP,RENT,REUS,NOLET,XREF,SIZE=(256K,64K),'
******************************** Bottom of Data ************************

This example assumes this member is the processor group options member:
********************************* Top of Data **************************
----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7--
ASMA90 = 'NORENT,'
******************************** Bottom of Data ************************

Using this default options member with this processor group options member would result in the
following output options string for ASMA90:
RENT,TERM,XREF(SHORT),USING(MAP,WARN(13)),LIST(133),NORENT

ASMA90 and most compiler programs use the last option specified if conflicting options are
used. Consequently, in this example, the NORENT option overrides the RENT option
specified earlier in the options list.

CONRELE Utility
The CONRELE utility allows you to include entities related to an element in a component list. The
entities can be data sets, CASE entities, JCL, parameter list members, documentation members, etc.
The entities do not have to be CA Endevor® SCM elements.

The CONRELE utility parses and processes input data. CONRELE accepts user syntax from the
NDVRIPT DD statement. After the parsing process is complete the data is formatted as special
component record types and processed with the rest of the component list. The related data portion
is appended to the end of the component list. You are not required to store the input in.

Note: You must use the CONRELE utility with an active component list (the component list
for the element being processed).

You must include the CONRELE utility as a processor step and you must provide the input. You can
include the optional NOECHO parameter to suppress CONRELE messages from appearing in C1MSGS1
output. The following sample processor JCL executes CONRELE and suppresses the CONRELE
messages:
//STEPxx   EXEC  PGM=CONRELE,PARM='NOECHO'
//NDVRIPT  DD   DSN=&user.data.set,DISP=SHR

CONRELE Utility Commands

The CONRELE utility accepts the following commands from the NDVRIPT file:

RELATE ELEMENT-Relates an element to another element.

RELATE MEMBER-Relates a data set member to an element.

04-May-2018 349/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RELATE OBJECT-Relates an object such as a pathname or a filename for an object on another

platform to an element.

RELATE COMMENT-Adds comments to a component list.

SET ERROR RETURN CODE-Returns an error code when the CONRELE utility finds errors in the
input syntax (default 8).

The syntax for these commands follows.

RELATE ELEMENT Command Syntax

The RELATE ELEMENT command syntax is shown next.
►►───RELate ELEment──element─name────────────────────────────────────────────►
►──¤─┬─────────────────────────────────────────┬──¤──────────────────────────►
     ├─LOCation────────────────────────────────┤
     ├─ENVironment──┬────┬──'environment-name'─┤
     │              ├─EQ─┤                     │
     │              └─=──┘                     │
     ├─SYStem──┬────┬────'system-name'─────────┤
     │         ├─EQ─┤                          │
     │         └─=──┘                          │
     ├─SUBsystem──┬────┬───'subsystem-name'────┤
     │            ├─EQ─┤                       │
     │            └─=──┘                       │
     ├─TYPe──┬────┬──'type-name'───────────────┤
     │       ├─EQ─┤                            │
     │       └─=──┘                            │
     └─STAge──┬────┬──'stage-id'───────────────┘
              ├─EQ─┤
              └─=──┘
►──┬─INPut──┬───┬─────────┬──.───────────────────────────────────────────────►◄
   └─OUTput─┘   └VALidate─┘

element-name
The name of the element, maximum length of 10.

LOCATION
(Optional) Location of the element-name. If you do not include the location in your syntax the
location defaults to the target location of the current CA Endevor® SCM element.
INPUT
Input component
OUTPUT
Output component

VALIDATE
Verifies the elements' presence at the specified location in. This is optional.
If the element doesn't exist, the RELATEd element is rejected.
If you specify the VALIDATE option and the validation fails, the return code is set according to the
SET ERROR RETURN CODE syntax.

When the VALIDATE option is specified, the location names (environment, system, etc.)
cannot be wildcarded. If they are omitted, the location names associated with the target
element are used.

When the VALIDATE option is NOT specified, CONRELE stores the location information "as
specified". Omitted location information is taken from the target element's location.

04-May-2018 350/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Package component validation only validates RELATED ELEMENTS, (not members,
objects or comments) which were related using the CONRELE VALIDATE option.

RELATE MEMBER Command Syntax

The RELATE MEMBER command syntax is shown next:
►►───RELate MEMber──member─name──DATaset──┬────┬──data set-name──────────►
►──┬─INPut──┬───┬─────────┬──┬───────────────────┬──.────────────────────►◄
   └─OUTput─┘   └VALidate─┘  └INClude FOOtprints─┘

member-name
The name of the member in a data set, the maximum member-name length is 10. A blank
member is valid.

data set-name
The name of the data set that contains the member-name.
INPUT
Input component
OUTPUT
Output component

VALIDATE
CA Endevor® SCM determines whether the specified data set exists. This is optional.
If you specify the VALIDATE option, CA Endevor® SCM determines whether or not the data set
exists.
If the validation fails the default SET ERROR RETURN CODE is displayed. If you do not specify the
VALIDATE option no validation occurs.

INCLUDE FOOTPRINTS
(Optional) If the member is footprinted, the footprint is stored in the component list.

RELATE OBJECT Command Syntax

The RELATE OBJECT command syntax is shown:
►►───RELate OBJect──object-data──.────────────────────────────────────────►◄

object-data
The name of object-data. The object-data name is a maximum length of 70 bytes. The object-data
is not verified. Related objects are stored in a first-in-first-out (FIFO) sequence.

RELATE COMMENT Command Syntax

The RELATE COMMENT command syntax is shown next:
►►───RELate COMment──comment-data──.────────────────────────────────────────►◄

Comment-data
The comments should be enclosed in quotations marks and are stored in a first-in-first-out (FIFO)
sequence. You can include an unlimited number of comments. The comments are not verified but
you can search on the text.

04-May-2018 351/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SET ERROR RETURN CODE Command Syntax

The SET ERROR RETURN CODE command syntax is shown:
►►───SET ERRor RETurn CODe──┬────┬──error-return-code──.─────────────────────►◄
                            ├─EQ─┤
                            └─=──┘

error-return-code
Specifies the error return code when the Validate option fails.
Default: 8.

Example of CONRELE Syntax

An example of the CONRELE syntax is shown:
SET ERROR RETURN CODE 0000.
 RELATE ELEMENT BGSQL600
   LOCATION
    ENVIRONMENT = TEST
    SYSTEM   = FINANCE
    SUBSYSTEM  = AP
    TYPE    = BGLOAD2
    STAGE    = 1
   INPUT.

 RELATE ELEMENT BGSQL723
   LOCATION
    ENVIRONMENT = TEST
    SYSTEM   = FINANCE
    SUBSYSTEM  = AP
    TYPE    = BGLOAD3
    STAGE    = 1
   INPUT.

 RELATE ELEMENT BGSQL601
   LOCATION
    ENVIRONMENT = TEST
    SYSTEM   = FINANCE
    SUBSYSTEM  = AP
    TYPE    = BGLOAD2
    STAGE    = 1
   OUTPUT.

 RELATE ELEMENT BGSQL64
   LOCATION
    ENVIRONMENT = TEST
    SYSTEM   = FINANCE
    SUBSYSTEM  = AP
    TYPE    = DB2COB3
    STAGE    = 1
   OUTPUT.
 RELATE ELEMENT BGSQL65
   LOCATION
    ENVIRONMENT = TEST
    SYSTEM   = FINANCE
    SUBSYSTEM  = AP
    TYPE    = DB2COB
    STAGE    = 1
  OUTPUT
 VALIDATE.
 RELATE MEMBER BC1PSQL1
    dataset = 'JSMITH.SRCLIB'
    INPUT.

 RELATE MEMBER BGSQL60
    dataset = 'DA1BG10.DBRMLIB'
    INPUT

04-May-2018 352/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

    INPUT
    VALIDATE
    INCLUDE FOOTPRINTS.
 
RELATE MEMBER BC1PSQL3
    dataset = 'JSMITH.SRCLIB'
    OUTPUT.

RELATE MEMBER BGSQL70
    dataset = 'DA1BG10.DBRMLIB'
    INPUT
    VALIDATE
    INCLUDE FOOTPRINTS.
 
RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC'.
 RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC2'.
 RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC3'.
 RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC4'.
 RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC5'.
 RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC6'.
 RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC7'.
 RELATE OBJECT 'D;\ENDEVOR\TEMP.DOC8'.
 RELATE OBJECT
'<--------------------------------------------------------------.'
.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST2'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST3'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST4'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST5'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST6'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST7'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST8'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST9'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST10'.
 RELATE COMMENT 'THIS IS A FREE FORM TEST11'.

CONSCAN Utility
The CONSCAN utility lets you identify additional Automated Configuration Management (ACM)
relationships between CA Endevor® SCM Elements and objects contained within the element, such as
data set or program names contained within a JCL jobstream or dynamic program call statements
within a COBOL program.

User-defined selection criteria and scan rules are applied against the element source and CONRELE
control statements are produced by the CONSCAN utility. These statements can be passed to the
CONRELE utility, which updates the ACM component data for an element.

Note: For more information about the CONRELE utility, see The CONRELE Utility (see page
).

Once these relationships are established, the element display component options or the ACMQ
facility can be used to view this information in addition to standard ACM input and output
component data.

04-May-2018 353/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Although CONSCAN can be executed as a stand-alone utility, it is intended to be executed as a step in

a CA Endevor® SCM processor, followed by a CONRELE step. If used as a stand-alone utility, none of
the CA Endevor® SCM processor symbolic parameters (&C1ELEM, etc.) are available and the
processor IF, THEN, ELSE logic cannot be utilized.

CONSCAN Parameter Data Set

A user-defined data set must be created to hold the input control parameters necessary to execute
this utility. This data set must be a card image file defined as a fixed blocked file with a record length
of 80. It is recommended this file be a partitioned data set (PDS).

This parameter data set contains selection criteria and scan rules. It is recommended you create one
PARMSCAN member in this library for each element TYPE that utilizes the CONSCAN utility.

PARMSCAN Parameter Statements

When coding PARMSCAN statements, keep these conditions in mind:

All lines with an asterisk in column 1 are considered comments and are ignored.

Positions 2-72 are used for control statement syntax in free format.

Lines that end with a comma are continued.

Literals that contain special characters must be enclosed within single quotes.

Quotes within literals must be doubled.

Only one statement is allowed per line.

CONSCAN validates all the PARMSCAN input for proper syntax. If a syntax error is detected, a return
code of 8 is returned and error messages are written to the report file.

CONSCAN does not scan any source until all the statements in the PARMSCAN input pass the syntax
checking rules.

The contents of the PARMSCAN input consists of three logical parts:

Excluding source data

Selecting source data

Scan rule processing

Excluding Source Data

Exclusion groups define conditions that cause source data to be ignored. An unlimited number of
exclusion groups are allowed per PARMSCAN member, but none are required. A COMMENT
statement is used to identify the beginning of an exclusion group. A FIND statement, which defines
element source exclusion criteria follows. If a match is found, the input source data is ignored. This
may be the entire record or selected data within a record. An END must follow the FIND statement to
identify the end of the data to be excluded and to terminate the exclusion group.

04-May-2018 354/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Exclusion Group Syntax

 COMMENT
 FIND1 STRING='string',POS=ANY/'nn'
 END1 CARD/STRING='string',POS=ANY/'nn'

COMMENT
Indicates the beginning of an exclusion group.

FIND1
Indicates the beginning of the FIND statement.

STRING=
Indicates to scan this record for a string. The search is case sensitive; the search only finds a string
value with a matching case.

'string',
Specified string. One to eight characters can be specified.

POS
Identifies the position to search for the delimiter string.

ANY
The specified string may occur anywhere in the source.

nn
The specified string must occur after this position in the source.

END1
END1 Indicates the end of an exclusion group.

CARD
Ignore from the FIND POS to the end of the source record.

STRING
Delimiter for the data to be ignored.

'string',
Indicates to include any characters following this string. 1-8 characters can be specified.

POS
Identifies the position to search for the delimiter string.

ANY
The specified string may occur anywhere in the source.

nn
The specified string must occur after this position in the source.

Examples: Exclusion Groups

Example 1: In this assembler example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing an asterisk
'*' in position 1. If found, the remainder of this record is ignored.

COMMENT

04-May-2018 355/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COMMENT
FIND1 STRING='*',POS=1
END1  CARD

Example 2: In this JCL example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing '//*' starting in
position 1. If found, the remainder of the record is ignored.
COMMENT
FIND1 STRING='//*',POS=1
END1 CARD

Example 3: In this example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing a '/*' followed by a '*/'
in any position of the record. If found, these characters and any characters in between are ignored.
COMMENT
FIND1 STRING='/*',POS=ANY
END1 STRING='*/',POS=ANY

Selecting Source Data

Selection groups specify the conditions that are used to select source data. An unlimited number of
selection groups are allowed per PARMSCAN member. A minimum of one group is required.

These are the required statements, and they must be in order:

1. SCANTYPE-Identifies the beginning of a selection group.

2. FIND-Defines the element source selection criteria. One FIND statement (FIND1) is required
and an optional second FIND statement (FIND2) can be specified per group. If FIND1 and
FIND2 are present, both conditions must be true (treated as an AND condition) for the source
data to be selected.

3. START- Follows the last FIND statement and identifies the location of the data to extract and is
placed on the generated CONRELE control statement. Only one START statement is allowed.

4. END-Must follow the START statement to terminate the extracted string and to terminate the
selection group. One END statement is required (END1) and an optional second END
statement (END2) can be specified per group. If END1 and END2 are present, either condition
can be true (treated as an OR condition) for the termination to take place.

If a match is found against the FIND criteria, the data specified by the START criteria is extracted.
There can be more than one match per input record. CONRELE control statements are generated for
each match found. These control parameters are written to the data set specified on the ACMRELE
DD statement and to the report file, SCANPRT.

Selection Group Syntax

 SCANTYPE type
 FINDn keyword,
    STRING='string'POS=nn/ANY
 START TYPE=type,PARM=parm
 ENDn TYPE=type,PARM=parm

SCANTYPE
Indicates the beginning of a selection group.

04-May-2018 356/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

type
Identifies the type of relationship and is used to generate the CONRELE RELATE control
statements. Valid values are:

MEMBER

ELEMENT

OBJECT

COMMENT

CONSCAN attempts to determine the type of relationship existing in the data. You may have specified
a type of OBJECT, but the control statements are generated with a type of COMMENT. If you specify
the type MEMBER and the FIND string is 'DSN=' several checks are performed. If no member exists in
the extracted string, CONSCAN determines the length of the data set name and the CONRELE control
statements are generated with a type of OBJECT.

FIND
Indicates the beginning of a FIND statement.

n
The valid values for n are 1 or 2. FIND2 cannot exist unless FIND1 exists.

keyword
Optional keywords used to identify additional information related to the string. Only one keyword
is allowed:
AFTER
Used in conjunction with the POS parameter. Directs CONSCAN to begin the search for the string
after POS=nn.
WORD
The string must be a word surrounded by spaces, parentheses () or greater than/less than
symbols >< or preceded or followed by one of the following symbols:.,;+-/*.
REJECT
Specified on a FIND2 statement. Allows the user to code a FIND1 and not FIND2 condition. If
FIND1 and FIND2 match and REJECT is present on the FIND2 statement, the source data is
ignored. For REJECT to work properly, two selection groups are required and the FIND1 statement
must be identical.

Note: For an example of the REJECT parameter, see Example 3.

STRING=
Indicates to start scanning this record for a string. The search is case sensitive; the search only
finds a string value with a matching case.
'string',
Specified string. One to eight characters can be specified.

POS
Identifies the position to search for the delimiter string.
ANY
The specified string may occur anywhere in the source.

04-May-2018 357/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The specified string may occur anywhere in the source.

nn
The specified string must occur after this position in the source.

START
Defines where to start the collection of data when the FIND criteria is true. If two FIND
statements are specified and both match, the start criteria are relative to the FIND2 statement.

TYPE=
Identifies the direction of the start collection. Valid values are:

FORW

BACK

STRG

DFLT

PARM=
Works in conjunction with the TYPE keyword.

parm
PARM defines the position to start the collection of data characters as follows:

After the last character found by the FIND statements when TYPE is FORW.

Before the first character found by the FIND statements when TYPE is BACK.

Note: The collection of data starts at the first non-blank character.

END
Indicates the START collection string delimiter. When this condition is met, the string
collection is terminated.
The valid values are 1 and 2. END2 cannot be specified unless END1 is specified. Code all END
statements after the START statement. If END1 and END2 are present, they are treated as an
OR condition.

TYPE=
Identifies the type of delimiter.
type
Works in conjunction with the PARM keyword. Valid values are:

CHAR

LENG

SPAC

STRG

PARM=

04-May-2018 358/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PARM=
Works in conjunction with the TYPE keyword.
parm
Specifies:

If TYPE is CHAR, which character(s) ends the collection string

If TYPE is LENG, the length of the collection string.

If TYPE is SPAC, PARM is ignored.

If TYPE is STRG, specifies the number of additional strings to collect after the initial string before
termination of the collection. Each string must be separated by a space. For example, if a START
string is detected and PARM=3 is specified, the initial string plus three additional strings are
collected. CONRELE control statements are generated for each of the four strings.

Generated CONRELE Control Statements

CONRELE control card statements are generated as output from CONSCAN. This file can be fed into
the CONRELE utility and added as additional component information. As described above, four types
of components can be created; MEMBER, ELEMENT, OBJECT, and COMMENT. A sample CONRELE
control statement output is shown next:
RELATE COMMENT
  'WS-ABEND-PGM'
.
 RELATE ELEMENT DTESUB
  LOCATION
  ENVIRONMENT = ' '
  SYSTEM = ' '
  SUBSYSTEM = ' '
  TYPE = ' '
  STAGE = ' '
  INPUT
.
 RELATE MEMBER SCANCBL
   data set='iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN'
   INPUT
.
 RELATE OBJECT
   'iprfx.iqual.LOADLIB'

Selection Group Examples

Example 1

In this JCL example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing data set or member names. The
data set name begins in the first position after the FIND string (DSN=) and is terminated by a space or
a comma.

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

//DD DSN=SYS1.PROCS(ABC) SCANTYPE MEMBER RELATE MEMBER ABC

//DD DSN=SYS1.PROC2II FIND1 STRING='DSN=', DSN='SYS1.PROCS'

POS=ANY INPUT.

START TYPE=DFLT RELATE OBJECT

04-May-2018 359/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

END1 TYPE=SPAC DSN='SYS1.PROC2II'

END2 TYPE=CHAR,

PARM=','

Example 2

In this COBOL example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing dynamically called
programs. The program name is the next word following the search string of CALL and terminated by
a space or a comma.

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

CALL DTESUB. SCANTYPE ELEMENT RELATE ELEMENT DTESUB

FIND1 STRING='CALL', LOCATION

POS=ANY ENVIRONMENT = ' '

START TYPE=DFLT SYSTEM = ' '

END1 TYPE=SPAC TYPE = ' '

END2 TYPE=CHAR, STAGE = ' '

PARM='.' INPUT.

Example 3

In this JCL example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing PROC names. This requires two
selection groups. The first selection group ensures program names are not selected. The second
selection group selects the processors. In both cases, the search is terminated by a space.

Note: The FIND1 statement is identical in both selection groups.

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

//PROC EXEC NDVR SCANTYPE ELEMENT ELATE ELEMENT NDVR

//EXEC PGM=ABC FIND1 STRING='EXEC', LOCATION

* POS=ANY ENVIRONMENT = ' '

FIND2 REJECT, SYSTEM = ' '

STRING='PGM', SUBSYSTEM = ' '

04-May-2018 360/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

POS=ANY TYPE = ' '

START TYPE=DFLT STAGE = ' '

END1 TYPE=SPAC INPUT.

SCANTYPE ELEMENT

FIND1 STRING='EXEC',

POS=ANY

START TYPE=DFLT

END1 TYPE=SPAC

Example 4

In this assembler example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing links to other programs.
Two FIND statements are required to identify these programs. Both conditions must be true to be
selected. The search is terminated when a blank space or a comma is detected.

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

LINK EP=CSECT1 SCANTYPE ELEMENT RELATE ELEMENT CSECT1

FIND1 STRING='LINK', LOCATION

POS=ANY ENVIRONMENT = ' '

FIND2 STRING='EP=', SYSTEM = ' '

POS=ANY SUBSYSTEM = ' '

START TYPE=DFLT TYPE = ' '

END1 TYPE=SPAC STAGE = ' '

END2 TYPE=CHAR, INPUT.

PARM=','

Example 5

In this COBOL example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing calls to program XYZ. This
program requires three parameters. The goal is to capture the data associated with each parameter
and generate a RELATE control statement for each. The extract is terminated after the third
parameter or when the closing ')' is detected.

04-May-2018 361/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

CALL XYZ,(PARM1 PARM2) SCANTYPE COMMENT RELATE COMMENT 'PARM1 PARM2'.

FIND1 STRING='XYZ,(',

POS=ANY

START TYPE=DFLT

END1 TYPE=STRG,

PARM=1

END2 TYPE=CHAR,

PARM=')'

Example 6

In this COBOL example, CONSCAN searches for source records containing object names which are
followed by a special comment denoting the type of object. The object name begins in the 20
positions before the FIND string (object), is 16 characters in length and is terminated by a space.

Source Statements CONSCAN Statements CONRELE Statements

SERVICE-FIND-APP OBJECT SCANTYPE OBJECT RELATE 'OBJECT'.

FIND1 AFTER,

POS=7,

STRING=' OBJ'

FIND2 AFTER,

POS=7,

STRING='OBJECT'

START TYPE=BACK,

PARM=20

END1 TYPE=LENG,PARM=16

Additional examples can be found in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN installation library. Assembler

examples are provided in member SCANASM, COBOL examples are in SCANCBL, and JCL examples in
SCANJCL.

04-May-2018 362/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Scan Rule Processing

The element source is read one line at a time. Each selection group defined, from top to bottom, is
applied against this source line. If a match is found against a group, the FIND criteria of this group is
applied to the remainder of this record to check for any additional matches. If a record contains data
that matches the FIND criteria of a group, this record is not processed against any of the subsequent
selection groups. By default, CONRELE control statements are only generated by one selection group.

If you want your input records to be applied against all the selection groups, regardless of the
outcome of previous selection groups, code APPLY ALL as the first line of your PARMSCAN control
statements. This causes the input record to be applied against each selection group within the
PARMSCAN library. Therefore, CONRELE control statements may be generated for one input record
by more than one selection group.

Sample CONSCAN Utility Processor

//*-------------------------------------------------------------------*
//*
//*
//* NAME: CONSCAN
//*
//* FUNCTION: SCAN THE ELEMENT BASED ON THE PARMSCAN PARAMETERS TO
//* CREATE ADDITIONAL RELATIONSHIPS. THE SCAN RULES VARY
//* DEPENDING ON THE ENDEVOR TYPE.
//*
//* ADD THE RELATIONSHIP TO THE ELEMENT COMPONENT LIST
//* USING THE CONRELE UTILITY.
//*
//* THE SRCIN DD IS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
//* 1) FOR FORWARD DELTAS, THIS IS CONWRITE OUTPUT OF THE ELEMENT
//* 2) FOR REVERSE DELTAS, THIS IS BASE OUTPUT LIBRARY
//*-------------------------------------------------------------------*
//*
//*********************************************************************
//** SCAN CONTENTS OF ELEMENT USING THE CONSCAN UTILITY
//*********************************************************************
//CONSCAN EXEC PGM=CONSCAN,REGION=4*96K
//*********************************************************************
//* INPUT FILES
//*********************************************************************
//SRCIN DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&ELMOUT
//PARMSCAN DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN(&C1ELTYPE)
//*********************************************************************
//* OUTPUT FILES
//*********************************************************************
//ACMRELE   DD   DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&RELEIN,SPACE=(TRK,(10,5))
//SCANPRT   DD   DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&SCOUT2                   
//SYSPRINT  DD   DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&SCOUT1                   
//*
//********************************************************************
//* ADD RELATIONSHIPS TO ELEMENT COMPONENT LIST
//********************************************************************
//CONRELE    EXEC   PGM=CONRELE                    
//NDVRIPT    DD     DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&RELEIN 
//*

Note: The SYSPRINT DD is required when running the CONSCAN JCL in a CA Endevor® SCM
processor or in a batch job.

04-May-2018 363/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CONWRITE Utility
You can use the CONWRITE utility to write component list data or the current level of any element to
an external location such as a data set or a database.

The standard form of CONWRITE writes the current element to a user specified data set.

The extended form of CONWRITE:

Writes component list data to an external file.

Processes WRITE ELEMENT control statements to write user specified elements to an external
data set or USS directory.

Passes individual element data to a user exit program.

Both forms of CONWRITE can expand INCLUDE statements embedded in the element.

Writing Component List Data to an External Location

The CONWRITE utility provides you with the ability to take component list data and store it in an
external data set or use the component list data as input to other processes. The component list can
be an active component list or an existing component list. (An active component list is actively being
built in memory by a processor, and may be incomplete depending on when and where you request
it. If this is a delete processor, the list is taken from disk.)

You can code a CONWRITE step anywhere in any processor. For example, you can code a CONWRITE
step within a move processor. The default location of the component list is the target location of the
MOVE action, but you can override this default.

Note: You should be aware when retrieving an active component list that the entire
component list is not available until all steps are complete.

Component List Data

CONWRITE allows you to extract and use the following component list data:

Input components

Output components

Symbolics

Related input and related output data

Related objects

Related comments

04-May-2018 364/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Use the CONRELE utility to create related input components, related output
components, related objects, and related comments before using the CONWRITE utility.

Output Format
The output format of the extracted component list data does not contain binary data. Assembler
DSECTS and COBOL copy statements are provided in the output source file of the install process. In
addition, COBOL layouts for the data are provided in &uprfx.SOURCE(COBCOMP), and an example of
a COBOL program displaying records field by field is provided in &uprfx.SOURCE(COBCOMPX). See the
following elements for the layout of external component list records:

$COMPDS ASMMAC
Assembler layouts for component list data

COMPRECS EXAMPLE
COBOL copy statements for component list data

CONCOMP EXAMPLE
COBOL program which displays fields within component list data.

Writing Elements to an External Location

When CONWRITE writes to an external data set or USS directory, it validates the external data set
record length against the maximum record length defined in the element type record. If the external
data set record length is less than the element type record length, CONWRITE truncates the element
data records. If the external data set record length is greater than the element type record length,
CONWRITE pads the element records with spaces. In both cases CONWRITE issues a warning message
and sets the step return code to four. If either circumstance is not desired then code the MAXRC or
COND statement on the processor JCL to terminate the processor.

The Standard Form of CONWRITE

The standard form of CONWRITE writes to the first DD statement after the EXEC statement that does
not begin with C1INCL and is not the CONWLIB or CONWIN statement. The CONWRITE output can be
passed to a subsequent processor step such as a compiler or assembler. STEPLIB is a reserved DD
name for the CONWRITE utility.

Note: The standard form of CONWRITE does not support the extraction of a component
list.

The following JCL is an example of the standard form of the CONWRITE utility:
//WRITE  EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM='EXPINCL(N)'
//ELMOUT   DD DSN=&&SYSIN,DISP=(NEW,PASS,DELETE)

04-May-2018 365/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Extended Form of CONWRITE

You can use the extended form of CONWRITE to extract elements or component list records for any
CA Endevor® SCM element. CONWRITE reads WRITE ELEMENT control statements from the CONWIN
DD statement to determine which elements to be extracted. You can write the output element or
component list records to an external data set or you can pass it to a user specified exit program.

The following JCL is an example of the extended form of CONWRITE:

//WRITE  EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,MAXRC=4
//CONWLIB  DD DSN=user.loadlib,DISP=SHR
//CONWIN   DD *

You create copies of more than one element or component list record using the CONWIN DD
statement. You can also use this statement to pass the individual element or component list records
to a user exit program.

Sample JCL for using the CONWIN DD statement to extract a component list with the extended form
of CONWRITE is shown next:
//WRITE   EXEC   PGM=CONWRITE
//COMPOUT   DD   DSN=&user.data.set,DISP=(NEW,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
//               SPACE=(TRK,(3,5),RLSE),
//               DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=256,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//CONWIN    DD    *
  WRITE ELEMENT &c1element
     FROM ENV &c1envmnt SYSTEM &c1system SUBSYSTEM &c1subsys
          TYPE &c1eltype STAGE &c1stgid
  TO DDN COMPOUT
  OPTION COMPONENT.
 /*

Command Syntax for the CONWRITE Utility

The syntax of the CONWRITE utility is shown as follows:
►►──WRIte ELEment──element-name──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────►
►──FROm──ENVironment──env-name──SYStem──sys-name──SUBsystem──subsys-name──TYPe──type-name────────►
►──┬─STAge──stage-id────────┬──TO──¤──┬─────────────────────┬──¤──┬─PGM─────┬──program-name──────►
   └─STAge NUMber──stage-no─┘         ├─┬─FILe───┬──dd-name─┤     └─PROgram─┘
                                      │ └─DDName─┘          │
                                      └─MEMber──member-name─┘
►──┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬──.─────────────────────────────►◄
   └─OPTions──¤──┬─────────────────────────────────────────┬─¤─┘
                 ├─EXPand──┬──────────┬────────────────────┤
                 │         └─INCludes─┘                    │
                 └─┬─SEArch─────────────────────────────┬──┘
                   ├─COMponent──────────────────────────┤
                    └─┬─PGM─────┬──PARm─┬────┬─parameter─┘        
                      └─PROgram─┘       ├─EQ─┤
                                        └─=──┘

user.loadlib
The load library where a user exit program resides.

program-name
The name of a user exit program invoked for each element record. If the CONWLIB DD statement
is specified the program is loaded from the library specified in the DD statement.
On entry to the user program, R1 points to this parameter list:

+0-Address of a 256 byte work area. The area is initialized to zeroes for the first invocation of
the exit.

04-May-2018 366/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

+4-Address of a half word containing the record length.

+8-Address of the data record.

+12-Address of a 100 byte message area. The message area is set to blanks before each user
program call.

+16-Address of the parameter specified on the 'program parm =' statement. The parameter is
a halfword length field followed by the parameter string. If a 'program parm =' statement was
not specified, the halfword length is set to zero.

parameter
A 1- to 70-character parameter passed to the user program.

Note: When you include a CONWIN DD statement in a CONWRITE step, CONWRITE ignores
PARM information in the EXEC statement for that step.

There is no limit to the number of WRITE ELEMENT statements that can be included in the CONWIN
DD statement.

If a syntax error is detected in the CONWIN DD input stream, CONWRITE issues an error message. All
remaining WRITE ELEMENT statements are syntax-checked, but they are not executed.

For example, if link-edit control cards are separate from programs, and you want to use these control
cards in a processor, you can fetch the control cards using the extended form of CONWRITE. The
following example shows how the control cards can be processed:

Note: This example uses OPTION SEARCH to fetch the current version of LINKCARD's
source.

//*********************************************************************
//**  EXAMPLE OF CONWRITE EXECUTION JCL WITH CONWIN DD STMT INPUT **
//*********************************************************************
//CONWRITE EXEC PGM=CONWRITE
//*
//* ELMSRC IS A TEMPORARY DATA SET USED TO CONTAIN ELM SOURCE CODE
//*
//ELMSRC  DD DSN=&&ELMSRC,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=VIO,SPACE=(TRK,5,1),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//*
//* LNKSRC IS A TEMPORARY DATA SET USED TO CONTAIN ELM LINK-EDIT STMTS
//*
//LNKSRC  DD DSN=&&LNKSRC,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=VIO,SPACE=(TRK,1,1),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//CONWIN  DD *
 WRITE ELEMENT &C1ELEMENT.
     FROM ENV &C1ENVMNT. SYSTEM &C1SYSTEM. SUBSYSTEM &C1SUBSYS.
          TYPE &C1ELTYPE.  STAGE &C1STGID.
     TO  DDN ELMSRC
     OPTION EXPAND INCLUDES.

04-May-2018 367/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

     OPTION EXPAND INCLUDES.
 WRITE ELEMENT &C1ELEMENT.
     FROM ENV &C1ENVMNT. SYSTEM &C1SYSTEM. SUBSYSTEM &C1SUBSYS.
          TYPE LINKCARD  STAGE &C1STGID.
     TO  DDN LNKSRC
   OPTION SEARCH.
//*
//*********************************************************************
//**  PERFORM COMPILE                       **
//*********************************************************************
//COMPILE EXEC...
//SYSIN  DD DSN=&&ELMSRC,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*
//*********************************************************************
//**  PERFORM LINK-EDIT                      **
//*********************************************************************
//LINKEDIT EXEC PGM=IEWL
//SYSLIN  DD DSN=&&LNKSRC,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)

Using CONWRITE to Expand INCLUDEs

If the element source references one or more INCLUDE members, you can expand or not expand
those members within CONWRITE using either of the following clauses.

PARM=EXPINCL( ) Clause
Specify PARM=EXPINCL(Y) to expand INCLUDE members; specify PARM=EXPINCL(N) if you do not
want to expand the INCLUDE members. The default is PARM=EXPINCL(N).
//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM=EXPINCL(Y)
//DDNAME     DD DSN=&&WRITEOUT,DISP=PASS,UNIT=SYSDA,
//              SPACE=(TRK,(3,5),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS) 

EXPAND INCLUDES Option within a WRITE ELEMENT Statement

//CONWIN  DD *
 WRITE ELEMENT &C1ELEMENT.
       FROM ENV &C1ENVMNT. SYSTEM &C1SYSTEM. SUBSYSTEM &C1SUBSYS.
            TYPE &C1ELTYPE.  STAGE &C1STGID.
       TO  DDN ELMSRC
   OPTION EXPAND INCLUDES.

Note: CONWIN DD statements and PARM clauses are mutually exclusive. If you code a
CONWIN DD statement, CONWRITE ignores any PARM clauses in the EXEC statement for
the step.

By default, CONWRITE searches the environment map for INCLUDE members in the default INCLUDE
libraries for specified types. This means that when expanding INCLUDEs for a Stage 1 element,
CONWRITE looks first in the Stage 1 INCLUDE library for the member, then in INCLUDE libraries in
successive stages on the map. When processing a Stage 2 element, CONWRITE looks for the INCLUDE
member first in the Stage 2 library, then in successive stages on the map.

Alternatively, you can use C1INCL DD statements to specify up to 99 INCLUDE libraries within the
CONWRITE step of a processor. When you do this, CA Endevor® SCM accesses these statements in
ascending order based on their DD names. The example below shows how to write C1INCL DD
statements.

//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM=EXPINCL(Y)

04-May-2018 368/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM=EXPINCL(Y)
//C1INCL01 DD DSN=include.library1,DISP=SHR
//C1INCL02 DD DSN=include.library2,DISP=SHR
//DDNAME   DD DSN=&&WRITEOUT,DISP=(NEW,PASS),
//            UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(3,5),RLSE),

Note: These search rules are mutually exclusive. If you use C1INCL DD statements,
CONWRITE does not search in the default INCLUDE libraries for the specified types. Also, all
C1INCL DD statements must precede the CONWRITE output data set statement.

Writing Exit Programs to Use CONWRITE Input

The WRITE ELEMENT control statement allows CONWRITE to pass the output element, record by
record, to a user-specified exit program. The program could, for example, process the data before the
exit writes the record to an external data set. Specify the user program on the TO PROGRAM
statement of the WRITE ELEMENT action. You can use the OPTION PROGRAM PARM EQ statement to
pass a parameter string to the user program.

CONWRITE passes the user exit a five-word parameter list for each data record. Register 1 points to
the parameter list. The parameter list and all parameters are in 24-bit addressable storage. The
parameter list points to these fields:

A 256-byte program work area. The work area is double word aligned and is initialized to binary
zeroes for the first exit call. The work area is not reinitialized between exit calls or between WRITE
ELEMENT statements within a step.

A halfword field that contains the length of the record.

The element data record.

A 100-byte area in which the user program can place a message. The area is initialized to blanks
prior to each invocation of the exit. The message is printed if the exit sets a return code of four or
eight and the message area contains non-blank data.

The program parameter specified in the OPTION PROGRAM PARM EQ statement. The parameter
is a halfword length field followed by the parameter specified. If the PROGRAM PARM EQ
statement was not specified, CONWRITE sets the halfword length field to zero.

After CONWRITE processes all of the element data records, it calls the exit a final time with the
record length field and the record address parameter set to zero. CONWRITE expects one of the
following return codes from the user program. The return code is passed back in Register 15.

0
Normal completion. CONWRITE continues processing the element.

4
Terminate the current WRITE ELEMENT operation. CONWRITE continues with the next WRITE
ELEMENT statement.

04-May-2018 369/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

8
Terminate CONWRITE processing. CONWRITE immediately terminates with a return code of 12. If
an invalid return code is received, CONWRITE immediately terminates the current step with a
return code of 12.

The exit program should be link-edited with the REUS attribute.

ENUSSUTL Utility
The ENUSSUTL processor utility collects package backout information for USS processor output files.
This backout information consists of backout records and backout files.

Package outputs for USS files can be transmitted to other sites using the Package Ship utility.
However, the output cannot be shipped unless package backout information for USS files is available.
To collect this information, the processor that is associated to the element type must include the
ENUSSUTL utility to collect and associate the backout files to an element. When this utility is
executed under Package processing, the utility enables these files for Package Backout and Package
Ship. For more information about ENUSSUTL, see How to Enable USS Supported Files for Package Ship
(see page 814).

LEXTRCTR and BC1PCCSP Utilities

The CSP 4.1 generate program produces link cards that must be passed dynamically to the linkage
editor during processor execution. CA Endevor® SCM for CSP uses the LEXTRCTR utility to pass these
link cards.

The purpose of LEXTRCTR is to parse and capture all the pieces of a CSP application when the user is
managing at the application versus the component level. BC1PCCSP then attaches the compiler for
each piece of the application identified by LEXTRCTR.

Note: For an example of the use of LEXTRCTR and BC1PCCSP, see Sample Processors (see
page 385).

Classifying and Managing Processors

Processors are identified by the same logical structure used for other elements: they are located in an
environment and stage, and are classified by system, subsystem, and type. This article discusses the
classification scheme.

You must classify processors as type PROCESS.

04-May-2018 370/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For elements of type PROCESS, CA Endevor® SCM reserves a processor group, also called PROCESS.
Type PROCESS has a predefined set of processors-GPPROCSS and DPPROCSS-- which are defined
automatically in this processor group:

GPPROCSS
The generate and move processor in Stage 1 and Stage 2. It checks the processor syntax and
creates an executable form of the processor in the processor load library. If a processor contains
syntax errors, GPPROCSS does not create the executable form. In this situation, refer to the listing
created by GPPROCSS in the processor listing library, to check your errors.

DPPROCSS
The delete processor in Stage 1 and Stage 2. It deletes the executable form of the processor,
should you delete the processor source from CA Endevor® SCM.

You can change only two items in processor group PROCESS:

The description of the processor group.

Whether the processor is executable in foreground as well as batch.

After defining the type 'process', you can perform any CA Endevor® SCM action against the type
'process'.

Implement Processors
Follow these steps:

1. Define a system, for example ADMIN, in your production environment, specifying ENDEVOR.
EMER.PRCSLOAD as the Stage 1 processor load library and ENDEVOR.PROD.PRCSLOAD as the
Stage 2 processor load library for system. Remember to define the required processor type,
PROCESS, to this system. Allocating listing libraries is optional.

2. Define a subsystem, for example PROCESS, within system ADMIN. Use subsystem PROCESS to
store and maintain all your processors. The following diagram shows the resulting
configuration:

04-May-2018 371/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Implementing Processors 1of2--OTH.PNG

3. Have all systems in all environments reference ENDEVOR.EMER.PRCSLOAD as their Stage 1

processor load library, and ENDEVOR.PROD.PRCSLOAD as their Stage 2 processor load library.
However, you maintain processors only in system ADMIN in environment PROD.

BEND--Implementing Processors 2of2--OTH.PNG

Note: Process types cannot be mapped.

04-May-2018 372/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Maintain Processors
To maintain processors managed according to the previous example:

1. Copy your current administration system to create a test system.

2. Modify the PRCSLOAD and LIST entries in the test system definitions.

3. Modify the Base/Delta entries for types.

4. Add the processor to the test system and run your test programs.

5. After the tests have completed successfully, transfer the processor to your administration
system.

Where CA Endevor® SCM Looks for Processors

After determining the processor group for an action, CA Endevor® SCM looks for the requisite
processor first in Stage 1, then in Stage 2.

Using Processor Groups

Contents

Processor Groups Overview (see page 373)

Processor Group Information (see page 376)
Change or Display Processor Group Symbols (see page 377)
Processor Group Selection List (see page 379)
Processor Group Definition Panel (see page 380)
Processor Group Symbolics Panel (see page 384)
Processor Display Panel (see page 384)

Processor Groups Overview

There are three main processor types, namely delete, generate, and move. Instead of associating one
of each type of processor with each element type, CA Endevor® SCM lets you combine the processors
into processor groups, and to associate one or more of these groups with each element type. A
processor group:

Identifies the delete, generate, and move processor that CA Endevor® SCM should use to process
a particular element type. (A processor group can identify less than three processors if a
particular element type does not require all of them. For example, a non-executable element type
may only require a move processor, so its processor group can omit a generate and delete
processor.)

Contains the symbolic overrides for the processors' JCL.

04-May-2018 373/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Contains the symbolic overrides for the processors' JCL.

Note: For more information about symbols, see Symbols Parameters (see page 294).

You can associate any number of processor groups with a given element type. This is useful when
elements of one type may require slightly different processing. For example, a site may have COBOL
programs coded in batch COBOL and CICS COBOL. In this case, the processor group capability of CA
Endevor® SCM allows you to create a single COBOL type with two processor groups, one to handle
each variation of COBOL code. Furthermore, symbols allow you to use the same processor for both
types, changing only the symbolic overrides in the two processor groups.

If the stage 1 is the entry stage, then the processor group must be defined to both stage 1 and stage
2. If stage 2 is the entry stage (ENTRYSTG#=2 in C1DEFLTS) then it is only necessary to define the
processor group in stage 2.

Suggested Naming Conventions for Processor Groups

Processor group names can have up to eight characters. The following abbreviations do not represent
a complete list, and are offered as guidelines only. They are shown by position and description:

1-3
Language Type

ASM = Assembler

COB = COBOL

CII = COBOL 2

EAS = Easytrieve

FOR = Fortran

PLI = PL-1

RPG = RPG

TRA = Transform

UTL = Utility

4
Database environment

D = DB2/DL1

S = IDMS

I = IMS

N = None

04-May-2018 374/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

5
Operating environment

B = Batch

C = CICS

S = IDMS-DC

I = IMS-DC

N = None

6
Output type

A = Impact analysis SCL

L = Load module

K = NCAL load module

O = Object module

N = None

P = PDS

R = Reports

S = Listing

7, 8
User-defined. Can be used for sequence number, stage identifier, option, etc.

Example

The example later in this section discusses two processor groups: COBNBL and COBNBL01. The
identifier COBNBL indicates that the processor group processes COBOL elements (COB), that the
elements do not have a database type (N), that the processor is for batch execution (B), and that the
output of processor will be a load module (L). The identifier 01 in processor group COBNBL01 is a
sequence number indicating that COBNBL is a default processor group, with processor COBNBL01 as
a derivative processor group.

User-Defined Symbols
CA Endevor® SCM supports user-defined symbols in processors. The symbols defined for each
processor in a processor group appear on the Processor Group Symbolics panel. You can use this
panel to view and/or override user-defined symbols for this processor group.

04-May-2018 375/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To specify a default processor group for an element type, enter the group's name in the DFLT PROC
GRP field on the Type Definition panel. After that, each element of that type that you create is
automatically associated with the type's symbolic overrides. If the element requires special
processing, however, you can override the default symbols at execution time.

Note: For more information, see Change or Display Processor Group Symbols (see page 377
).

Processor Group Information

You create, update, and display processor group information using the Processor Group Definition
panel. You can:

Change the definition of a processor group by selecting option 6 from the Environment Options
Menu.

Change the default processor group for a given type, or assign a new processor group to a new
type, by changing the value in the DFLT PROC GRP field on a Type Definition panel.

Create, Update, and Display Processor Group Information (Environment Options

Menu)
Follow these steps:

1. Select option 6 and press Enter. CA Endevor® SCM displays the Processor Group Request
panel.

2. On the Processor Group request panel, type:

An option (Blank, #, C, or U).

An environment name, if different from the displayed name.

A system name or mask (not used for CREATE).

A type name or mask (not used for CREATE).

A stage ID.

A processor group name or mask (not used for CREATE).

Press ENTER.

3. If CA Endevor® SCM displays a:

System Selection List, select a system and press Enter.

Type Selection List, select a type and press Enter.

04-May-2018 376/1109
 3.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Type Selection List, select a type and press Enter.

Processor Group Selection List, select a processor group and press ENTER. You can:

Display information about the group by typing an S to the left of the group's name.

Update information about the group by typing a U to the left of the group's name.

Delete the group by typing # to the left of the group's name.

Processor Group Definition panel, type or change information as necessary on the

Processor Group Definition panel and press Enter to save the changes.

Note: For more information about this panel, see The Processor Group Definition
Panel (see page ).

Create, Update, and Display Processor Group Information (Type Definition Panel)
Follow these steps:

1. Access the Type Definition panel in update or create mode by selecting option C or U from the
Type Request panel. For details, see Defining Inventory Structure (https://docops.ca.com/display
/CE17/Defining+Inventory+Structures).

2. Change the DFLT PROC GRP value and press Enter. CA Endevor® SCM displays the Processor
Group Definition panel, in either create or update mode.

3. Type or change information as necessary on the Processor Group Definition panel and press
Enter. CA Endevor® SCM displays the message GROUP CREATED in the upper right corner.

Note: For more information about this panel, see The Processor Group Definition
Panel (see page ).

4. To return to the Type Definition panel, press End.

Change or Display Processor Group Symbols

To change or display the symbols for a processor, access the Processor Group Definition panel, type
either S (browse) or U (Update) in the SELECTION field next to the processor, and press ENTER. The
processing option you have selected is displayed in the upper left corner of this panel.

You can change the value in the -/O (Default/Override) and VALUE fields when the processing mode
of this panel is Update.

If the value in the -/O field is - (dash), you can change the default value of the symbol by typing O
in the --/O field, and typing new information in the VALUE field, and pressing ENTER.

04-May-2018 377/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If the value in the -/O field is O, you can:

Enter a new override value by typing it in the VALUE field and pressing ENTER.

Restore the default value for the symbol by typing - (dash) in the -/O field and pressing
ENTER.

Once you have established a default value and an override value for a symbol you can toggle back
and forth between them by typing -- (dash) or O in the -/O field and pressing ENTER.

Note: If the dash is specified the symbols original value is restored when you end your CA
Endevor® SCM session.

Change or Display Processor Group Symbols - Example

Assume that you usually store the listings from compile/link-edits of your COBOL programs, but that
periodically you print the listings rather than store them. You decide to set up a type COBOL in Stage
1 and Stage 2 that references a default processor group, COBNBL, to compile, link-edit, and store
COBOL listings. You write these processors using symbols. You then use the same processors as the
base for a second processor group (COBNBL01) that, by changing the symbols, can be invoked when
necessary to print the listings. To set up these two processor groups:

1. Add the processors for the processor groups to CA Endevor® SCM.

2. When you create type COBOL, override the default value *NOPROC* in the DFLT PROC GRP
field of the Type Definition panel with the name you have selected for the processor group
that stores listings, in this case COBNBL.
When you press Enter, a Processor Group Definition panel is displayed.

3. Create the default processor group by typing the following information on the Processor
Group Definition panel:

A description of the processor group in the DESCRIPTION field.

The element names for the generate, move, and/or delete processors that will make up
the processor group.

One of the following values for each processor:

Y-if you want to allow the processor to run in foreground.
N-if you do not want the processor to run in foreground.
Press ENTER to create the default processor group.

4. To view a list of the symbols for any of these processors, type S next to a processor and press
Enter.

5. Exit to the Environment Options Menu by pressing END.

6.
04-May-2018 378/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

6. To create the second processor group that you need for your COBOL inventory, access a
Processor Group Definition panel through option 6 of the Environment Options Menu. Specify
the name of the second processor group (COBNBL01) on the Processor Group Request panel.
Type the information for the new processor group on the Processor Group Definition panel.

Note: We have used the same generate, move, and delete processors for both
processor groups.Type U (update symbolics) next to the generate processor
(GCIINBL) on the Processor Group Definition panel and press Enter. On the
Processor Group Symbolics panel, type O in the -/O field next to the symbol LISTLIB,
then type new information in the VALUE field for this symbol.

7. Press ENTER. You have created a second processor group to print compile listings by simply
changing the symbols referenced by the GCIINBL processor.

Display Processors
You can access the Processor Display panel from the Processor Group Definition panel by typing L
(List) in the selection field next to the processor in which you are interested, then pressing ENTER.

Note: For more information about this panel, see Processor Display Panel (see page ).

Processor Group Selection List

CA Endevor® SCM displays the Processor Group Selection List when you specify a name mask or an
incomplete group name on the Processor Group Request panel. It lists the processor groups currently
defined for the specified system, stage, and type.

The panel fields are described, except for SELECTION, they are display-only.

Current Env
Name of the current environment.

Stage ID
Name of the current stage.

System
Name of the current system.

Type
Name of the type to which the processor group(s) apply.

Next Env
Name of the environment in the next map location.

Stage ID

04-May-2018 379/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Stage ID
Name of the stage at the next map location.

System
Name of the system at the next map location.

Type
Name of the type at the next map location.

Selection (no title)

Used to select a processor group for display, deletion, or update. Place an S (display), # (delete),
or U (update) next to the processor group you want to process.

Processor Group
Name of the processor group.

Processor Group Description

Description of the processor group.

Processor Group Definition Panel

When you update and/or create processor groups for all types other than type PROCESS, CA
Endevor® SCM displays the Processor Group Definition panel.

The fields that appear on a Processor Group Definition panel depend on the type to which the
processor group applies and the processing option that you have selected.

Processor Group Definition panels for CREATE and UPDATE provide three output management
information options (S--browse symbolics, U--update symbolics, L--list processor) and allow you
to enter information in the DESCRIPTION, PROCESSOR, and FOREGROUND EXECUTION fields.

Processor Group Definition panels for DISPLAY and DELETE provide two output management
information options (S--browse symbolics, L--list processor), and do not allow you to enter
information in any fields.

Processor Group Definition panels for type PROCESS and for the default processor group
*NOPROC* provide no output management information options and allow you to enter
information only in the DESCRIPTION and FOREGROUND EXECUTION fields. The PROCESSOR O/P
TYPE field is available for the default proc group: *NOPROC*

Note: In effect, there is only one processor group for type PROCESS. These “processors that
process processors” (GPPROCSS and DPPROCSS) are hard coded in CA Endevor® SCM. The
only allowed update actions against this processor group are changing the description of
the processor group and/or allowing the processors to run in foreground.

If you run an action in foreground that normally would result in a processor being executed, but that
processor cannot be run in foreground, you receive a message stating that fact. In this situation, you
must submit the job in batch.

04-May-2018 380/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The remaining information in this section relates to the Processor Group Definition panel.

The use of the Processor Group Definition panel varies by processing option:

Display
Display a processor group definition.

Delete
View a processor group definition and verify that you want to delete it. To cancel the request,
press End.

Create
Define a new processor group. To cancel the request, press End.

Update
Modify a processor group definition. To cancel the request, press END.

After you have entered the necessary information on the panel, press ENTER to perform the
requested processing.

Identification Fields
The first six fields on this panel identify the processor group. If you have accessed this panel to
display, delete, or update this processor group, information appears in all six fields. If you have
accessed this panel to create a processor group, you must type information in the DESCRIPTION field.

Current Env
Display-only. Name of the current environment.

Stage ID
Display-only. Name of the stage in which the processor groups on the list are defined.

System
Display-only. Name of the system in which the processor groups on the list are defined.

Type
Display-only. Name of the type to which the processor group applies.

Next Env
Display-only. Name of the environment at the next map location.

Stage ID
Display-only. Name of the stage at the next map location.

System
Display-only. Name of the system at the next map location.

Type
Name of the type at the next map location. You can change the type name when you access this
panel in create or update mode.

Processor Group
Name of the processor group.

04-May-2018 381/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processor O/P Type

This 16 character field's initial default value is a concatenation of the element's type and
processor group. The processor "output type" works in conjunction with element registration to
enable duplicate element names across systems, subsystems, or element types. This feature
prevents like-named modules from overlaying each other in output libraries because the addition
of the output type makes each like-named element unique. You can change the output type.
This feature is turned on at the system definition level.

Description
Description of the processor group.

Next Prcs Group

Name of the processor group at the next map location. If this processor group was defined to CA
Endevor® SCM:

Before release 3.6 was installed, *DEFAULT appears in this field.

After release 3.6 was installed, the processor group name appears in this field.

You can override these default values in update mode.

Updated

Identifies the date, time, and user ID of the last user to update the processor group definition.
When creating a new processor group definition this field is blank.

Output Management Information Fields

There are four groups of OUTPUT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION fields: Move/Transfer processor
selection fields, option fields, processor identification fields, and foreground execution fields.

Move/Transfer Processor Selection

The MOVE action executes a move processor, which copies the inventory from the source to the
target location. If you want to recompile inventory as part of the MOVE action, specify G in the
PROCESSOR TO USE FOR MOVE ACTION field, to tell CA Endevor® SCM to execute the generate, not
the move processor.

The TRANSFER action executes a generate processor at the target location. If you want to transfer
component lists as part of the TRANSFER action, specify M in the PROCESSOR TO USE FOR TRANSFER
ACTION field, to tell CA Endevor® SCM to execute the move, not the generate, processor.

Note: You can select either a move or a generate processor only when transferring from
one CA Endevor® SCM location to another. When transferring from an archive data set to
CA Endevor® SCM, or when using a move processor with a TRANSFER action, CA Endevor®
SCM does not allow you to rename elements at the target location.

04-May-2018 382/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Option Fields
The options that appear on Processor Group Definition panels may be used as indicated next. These
options are not available for type Process or for processor groups named *NOPROC*.

S-Browse Symbolics
Appears on Processor Group Definition panels for display, delete, create, and update processing.
Used to access a Processor Group Symbolics panel.

L-List Processor
Appears on Processor Definition panels for display, delete, create, and update processing. Used to
access a Processor Display panel.

U-Update Symbolics
Appears on Processor Definition panels for create and update processing only. Used to access a
Processor Group Symbolics panel.

Processor Identification Fields

The GENERATE PROCESSOR, DELETE PROCESSOR, and MOVE PROCESSOR fields on this panel identify
the generate, delete, and move processors that make up this processor group.

If you have accessed this panel to display, delete, or update a processor group, information
displays in these fields.

If you have accessed this panel to create a new processor group, you must type the names of the
processors that you want to include in this new group in these fields.
If these fields contain processor names when you access the Processor Group Definition panel in
create mode, you can override these names with new values. If you want to use one or more of
the processors that appear on this panel, first make sure that they are defined for the system and
stage for which you are creating the processor group.

Note: These are required fields. If you do not want to identify one or more processors in
this processor group, you must enter the value *NOPROC* in those fields. (CA Endevor®
SCM converts one or more blanks in these fields to *NOPROC*.)

Foreground Execution Fields

The foreground execution fields on this panel indicate whether the generate, delete, or move
processors identified in the respective PROCESSOR fields can be executed in foreground. The
acceptable values are:

Y-Processor can be executed in foreground.

N-Processor cannot be executed in foreground.

04-May-2018 383/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

When a processor runs as part of a package, the package foreground execution flag (PKGTSO= in the
C1DEFLTS Table) overrides the foreground execution flag in the processor group. This means that if a
package can be executed in foreground, all processors in that package will execute, regardless of the
value in the foreground execution field for the processor group.

Processor Group Symbolics Panel

Symbolics panel lets you change the default and override values for the processor's symbolic
parameters.

Identification Fields
The first eight fields on this panel identify the inventory area to which the processor group is defined
(CURRENT ENV, STAGE ID, SYSTEM, and TYPE), the processor group (PROCESSOR GROUP and
DESCRIPTION), a processor within the group (PROCESSOR), and where it is stored (LOAD LIBRARY).

Immediately below the identification fields there are three lines of instructions for working with this
panel.

Symbolic Identification Fields

The remaining fields on this panel provide information about the symbols defined for this processor.

Symbolic
Name of the symbol in the PROC statement of the processor.

- (dash)/O
Indicates the status of the value of the symbol.
- (dash)-Default value for the symbol. This is the value assigned to the symbol in the PROC
statement contained in the processor.
O-Override value for the symbol.

Value
Value to be assigned to the symbol during the next run of the processor.

Processor Display Panel

This panel lets you view the JCL for the processors in a processor group. You can access Processor
Display panels from Processor Group Definition panels. To access a Processor Display panel, type L
(List) in the SELECTION field next to the processor in which you are interested and press Enter. CA
Endevor® SCM displays a Processor Display panel.

Note that the ISPF browse facility is used to display processors, so you can use ISPF browse
commands on the COMMAND line.

This panel displays:

PROCESSOR FOOTPRINT fields, which provide footprint information about the processor.

A processor listing.

04-May-2018 384/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

A processor listing.

All fields are display-only.

Sample Processors
Contents

How to Convert PROCs to Processors (see page 385)

Generate Processors (see page 386)
Delete Processors (see page 397)
Move Processors (see page 398)
Other Processors (see page 402)
CSP Processors (see page 402)

The processor examples in this article demonstrate the use of CA Endevor® SCM utilities, keywords,
and user-defined symbols within the processors. These capabilities let you easily convert your JCL and
PROCs into CA Endevor® SCM processors. User-defined symbols can then be overridden by the
administrator during processor group definition.

How to Convert PROCs to Processors

To convert an existing JCL PROC into a processor:

1. Start with the current JCL or PROC.

2. Copy the current PROC and make the following changes:

a. Add the BC1PDSIN utility as the first step.

The BC1PDSIN utility is used to initialize temporary data sets. These temporary data
sets are then written to by subsequent compile, assemble, or link-edit steps, instead of
SYSOUT=* (for example, SYSPRINT). The CONLIST step then bundles these temporary
data sets together and either store them in a listings data set or print them.
There is a sample BC1PDSIN step in the iprfx.iqual.JCL library as member BC1PDSIN. It
can be copied into your PROCs and modified to include or exclude data sets as
appropriate.

b. Add the CONWRITE utility as the second step.

The CONWRITE utility is used to get a copy of the current level of the controlled base
/delta source and write it to a temporary data set. The temporary data set can then be
passed as input to a subsequent compile, assemble or link-edit step. For users of CA
Panvalet and CA Librarian, the CONWRITE utility expands ++INCLUDE or -INC
statements in the source.

There is a sample CONWRITE step in the iprfx.iqual.JCL library as member CONWRITE.

This sample CONWRITE step uses the &EXPINC. and &MONITOR. symbols. You can
define the following values for these symbols in your PROC statements:

EXPINC=N

04-May-2018 385/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

EXPINC=N
If you do not want to expand ++INCLUDE or -INC statements.

EXPINC=Y
If you want to expand ++INCLUDE and -INC statements.

MONITOR= COMPONENTS
If you want to monitor selected data sets in order to build component lists.

MONITOR=NONE
If you do not have ACM or do not want the data set monitored.

c. Add MAXRC=nnn to each step.

The MAXRC keyword is added to each step on the EXEC statement. It tells CA Endevor®
SCM of the highest acceptable OS return code (RC) for the step. If the utility returns an
OS return code higher than the value coded, CA Endevor® SCM sets a failed flag on for
the element and issue a CA Endevor® SCM return code of 12.

d. Add MONITOR=COMPONENTS on appropriate DSN= parameters.

The MONITOR keyword is added to each data set name in a DD statement. This
keyword is for ACM users. It instructs ACM to monitor the specific data set for input or
output components and to build a component list with the information captured. Add
this keyword to copylibs, loadlibs and listing data sets. Non-ACM users can code the
MONITOR=NONE keyword in anticipation of adding ACM at a later point in time.

e. Add the CONLIST utility as the last step.

The CONLIST utility is used to concatenate the output listings from several temporary
data sets written to by the compile, assemble, and link-edit steps. It then places a
banner page on the front of the combined listing and either prints or stores the listing.
For more information, see The CONLIST Utility (see page ).
There is a sample CONLIST step in the iprfx.iqual.JCL library as member CONLIST. It can
be copied into your PROCs and modified to include or exclude data sets as
appropriate. This sample CONLIST step uses the &LISTLIB symbol. If you add
LISTLIB=listing library name to your PROC statement, CA Endevor® SCM stores the
listing in the listing library name as coded. If you add LISTLIB=NO to your PROC
statement CA Endevor® SCM prints the listing.

f. Ensure that all user symbols are defined on the PROC statement.

Generate Processors
This section contains sample generate processors. Samples are provided in iprfx.iqual.CSIQSAMP.
These processors are:

GASMNBL
An Assembler compile and link-edit processor.

GCIIDBL
A processor that performs a DB2 pre-compile, compiles, link-edits a COBOL II program, and binds
the DB2 plan.

04-May-2018 386/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

GCIINBL
A COBOL II and COBOL/370 compile and link-edit processor.

GLNKNBL
A link-edit-only processor (composite link).

LOADONLY
This processor handles “sourceless” load modules or binary files that you want CA Endevor® SCM
to manage It is used as a generate process for ADD and UPDATE, and a move process for MOVE
and TRANSFER.

These processors are designed to execute at Stage 1. To use a processor at Stage 2, override during
processor group definition the &CSYSLIB1, &LSYSLIB1, &LISTLIB and &LOADLIB symbols with the
appropriate Stage 2 data set names.

For ACM users, each processor is coded to monitor the appropriate data sets. This option has been
coded using the MONITOR=&MONITOR syntax. The MONITOR symbol defaults to COMPONENTS as
defined on each PROC statement. If you do not have or use ACM, you can override the value for the
MONITOR symbol to read NONE.

These processors also offer two alternatives for handling listings. If you override the value of the
LISTLIB parameter to read no, the listings will be printed rather than stored.

The names of the sample processors in this appendix reflect the conventions discussed (on page xx).
Each sample is introduced with an expansion of its identifier. For example, GCIINBL is introduced as G
enerate COBOL II, No database, for Batch, and create a Load module.

The GASMNBL Generate Processor

Generate Assembler, No database, for Batch, and create a Load module.
//*******************************************************************
//**                                                               **
//**  ASSEMBLE AND LINK-EDIT PROCESSOR                             **
//**                                                               **
//*******************************************************************
//*
//GASMNBL PROC LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LISTLIB',
//        LOADLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LOADLIB',
//        MACLIB='SYSMACLIB',
//        PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//        GROUP='SMPL',
//        STG3='EMER',
//        STG4='PROD',
//        EXPINC=N,
//        LSYSLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LOADLIB',
//        LSYSLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST2..LOADLIB',
//        LSYSLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG3..LOADLIB',
//        LSYSLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG4..LOADLIB',
//        MACLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..MACLIB',
//        MACLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST2..MACLIB',
//        MACLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG3..MACLIB',
//        MACLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG4..MACLIB',
//        MEMBER=&C1ELEMENT.,
//        MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//        PARMASM='NODECK,OBJECT,NOTERM,XREF,NOUSING',
//        PARMLNK='LIST,MAP,RENT,XREF',
//        SYSOUT=*,
//        WRKUNIT=TDISK
//**********************************************************************
//*  ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS                               *

04-May-2018 387/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*  ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS                               *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT   EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&ASMLIST,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(100,100),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=125,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//C1INIT02 DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=125,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//*********************************************************************
//* READ SOURCE AND EXPAND INCLUDES                                   *
//*********************************************************************
//CONWRITE EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=0,
// PARM='EXPINCL(&EXPINC)'.
//ELMOUT  DD DSN=&&ELMOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(100,100),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0),
//           MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//*******************************************************************
//*   ASSEMBLE THE ELEMENT                                         **
//*******************************************************************
//ASM   EXEC PGM=ASMA90,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=4,
// PARM='&PARMASM'.
//SYSLIB   DD DSN=&MACLIB1.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&MACLIB2.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&MACLIB3.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&MACLIB4.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&MACLIB.,
//            DISP=SHR
//SYSIN    DD DSN=&&ELMOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(100,100),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0),
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSPUNCH DD DUMMY
//SYSUT1   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSUT2   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&ASMLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*******************************************************************
//*   LINK EDIT THE ELEMENT                                        **
//*******************************************************************
//LKED   EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
// PARM='&PARMLNK'.
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLMOD  DD DSN=&LOADLIB(&MEMBER).,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//            DISP=SHR
//SYSLIB   DD DSN=&LSYSLIB1.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB2.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB3.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB4.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//SYSUT1   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)

//*******************************************************************

04-May-2018 388/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*******************************************************************
//*   STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=LISTING. LIBRARY NAME         *
//*******************************************************************
//STORLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=STORE,COND=EVEN,
//              EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBO    DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,
//              MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1BANNER   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=0)
//LIST01     DD DSN=&&ASMLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02     DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*******************************************************************
//*   PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=NO.                           *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
//              EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)
//C1BANNER   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT    DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.,
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01     DD DSN=&&ASMLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02     DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)

The GCIIDBL Generate Processor

Generate Cobol II, for DB2, for Batch, and create a Load module.
//*******************************************************************
//**                                                               **
//** PERFORMS A DB2 PRECOMPILE, COBOL2 COMPILE AND LINK EDIT       **
//** BINDS THE DB2 APPL PLAN                                       **
//**                                                               **
//*******************************************************************
//GCIIDBL PROC LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LISTLIB',
//             CLECOMP='SYSCLECOMP',                        *SIGYCOMP
//             CLERUN='SYSCLERUN',                          *SCEERUN
//             CLELKED='SYSCLELKED',                        *SCEELKED
//             CIILIB='SYSCIILIB',
//             CIICOMP='SYSCIICOMP',
//             DB2SYS='DB2SYSTEM',
//             DB2LOADL='SYSDB2LIB',
//             DBRMLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..DBRMLIB',
//             PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//             GROUP='SMPL',
//             STG1='&C1ST.',    CURRENT ENV STAGE 2 NAME
//             STG2='&C1ST2.',   CURRENT ENV STAGE 2 NAME
//             STG3='EMER',      EMER STAGE
//             STG4='PROD',      PROD STAGE
//             CSYSLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..COPYLIB',
//             CSYSLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..COPYLIB',
//             CSYSLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG3..COPYLIB',
//             CSYSLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG4..COPYLIB',
//             EXPINC=N,
//             LOADLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB1='&LOADLIB'.,
//             LSYSLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP..&STG2..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP..&STG3..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP..&STG4..LOADLIB',
//             MEMBER=&C1ELEMENT.,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//             PARMLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..PARMLIB',
//             PARMPC='HOST(COB2),APOST,APOSTSQL',
//             PARMCOB='LIB,NOSEQ,OBJECT,APOST,',
//             PARMLNK='LIST,MAP,XREF',
//             PLAN=&MEMBER.,
//             SYSOUT=A,
//             WRKUNIT=TDISK
//**********************************************************************
//*   ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS                               *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT      EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0

04-May-2018 389/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//INIT      EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01    DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&DB2PLIST,
//               UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10)),
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0)
//C1INIT02    DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&COBLIST,
//               UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10)),
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0)
//C1INIT03    DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&LNKLIST,
//               UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10)),
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=125,BLKSIZE=0)
//C1INIT04    DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&PARMLIST,
//               UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10)),
//               DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0)
//*********************************************************************
//* READ SOURCE AND EXPAND INCLUDES                                   *
//*********************************************************************
//CONWRITE EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=0,
// PARM='EXPINCL(&EXPINC)'.
//C1INCL01   DD DSN=&CSYSLIB1.,DISP=SHR,
//              MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1INCL02   DD DSN=&CSYSLIB2.,DISP=SHR,
//              MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1INCL03   DD DSN=&CSYSLIB3.,DISP=SHR,
//              MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1INCL04   DD DSN=&CSYSLIB4.,DISP=SHR,
//              MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//ELMOUT     DD DSN=&&ELMOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//              UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0),
//              MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//*********************************************************************
//*  DB2 PRECOMPILIER PROCESSING                                      *
//*********************************************************************
//PRECOMP EXEC PGM=DSNHPC,COND=(0,NE),MAXRC=4,
// PARM='&PARMPC'.
//STEPLIB   DD DSN=&DB2LOADL.,DISP=SHR
//DBRMLIB   DD DSN=&DBRMLIB(&MEMBER).,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN     DD DSN=&&ELMOUT,DISP=OLD
//SYSCIN    DD DSN=&&PREOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//             UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10),RLSE),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0)
//SYSLIB    DD DSN=&CSYSLIB1.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&CSYSLIB2.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&CSYSLIB3.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&CSYSLIB4.,
//             MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//             DISP=SHR
//SYSTERM   DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.
//SYSPRINT  DD DSN=&&DB2PLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSUT2    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//*******************************************************************
//**  COMPILE THE ELEMENT                                          **
//*******************************************************************
//COMPILE EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=4,
// PARM='&PARMCOB'.
//* TEST PROCESSOR GROUP IF CIINBL THEN ALLOCATE COBOL2 LIBRARIES
//*           IF CLENBL ALLOCATE COBOL/MVS RUNTIME LIBS
// IF &C1PRGRP=CIINBL. THEN
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=&CIICOMP.,DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CIILIB.,DISP=SHR
// ELSE
//* PROCESSOR GROUP IS COBOL/LE

//STEPLIB  DD DSN=&CLECOMP.,DISP=SHR

04-May-2018 390/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//STEPLIB  DD DSN=&CLECOMP.,DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CLERUN.,DISP=SHR
// ENDIF
//*******************************************************************
//*   COPYLIB CONCATENATIONS                                       **
//*******************************************************************
//SYSLIB   DD DSN=&CSYSLIB1.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CSYSLIB2.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CSYSLIB3.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CSYSLIB4.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//SYSIN    DD DSN=&&PREOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0),
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSUT1   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT2   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT4   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT5   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT6   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT7   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COBLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*******************************************************************
//**  LINK EDIT THE ELEMENT                                        **
//*******************************************************************
//LKED   EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
// PARM='&PARMLNK'.
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLMOD  DD DSN=&LOADLIB(&MEMBER).,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//            DISP=SHR
//SYSLIB   DD DSN=&LSYSLIB1.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB2.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB3.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB4.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&DB2LOADL.,
//            DISP=SHR
//* IF PROCESSOR GROUP IS CIINBL THEN ALLOC COB2 CALL LIBRARY COB2LIB
// IF &C1PRGRP=CIINBL. THEN
//         DD DSN=&CIILIB.,
//            DISP=SHR
// ELSE
//* IF PROCESSOR GROUP IS COBOL/LE THEN ALLOC LE CALL LIBRARY SCEELKED
//         DD DSN=&CLELKED.,
//            DISP=SHR
// ENDIF
//SYSUT1   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IF EXECUTING IN FOREGROUND
//* NOTE: ATTEMPTING TO RUN THIS STEP IN BG WILL RESULT IN RC=5
//*********************************************************************
//BINDFG EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0,MAXRC=5,COND=(4,LT),

// PARM='&PARMLIB(&C1ELEMENT)'.

04-May-2018 391/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

// PARM='&PARMLIB(&C1ELEMENT)'.
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=&DB2LOADL.,DISP=SHR
//DBRMLIB  DD DSN=&DBRMLIB.,DISP=SHR
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.
//*********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IF EXECUTING IN BACKGROUND                  *
//*********************************************************************
//BINDBG EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,COND=((5,NE,BINDFG),(5,LT)),MAXRC=7
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=&DB2LOADL.,DISP=SHR
//DBRMLIB  DD DSN=&DBRMLIB.,DISP=SHR
//SYSTSPRT DD DSN=&&PARMLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSTSIN  DD DSN=&PARMLIB(&C1ELEMENT).,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*******************************************************************
//*   STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=LISTING. LIBRARY NAME         *
//*******************************************************************
//STORLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=STORE,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBO   DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,
//           MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1BANNER  DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//LIST01    DD DSN=&&DB2PLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02    DD DSN=&&COBLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03    DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST04    DD DSN=&&PARMLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*******************************************************************
//*   PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=NO.                           *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)
//C1BANNER  DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT   DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.,
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=1330,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01    DD DSN=&&DB2PLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02    DD DSN=&&COBLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03    DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST04    DD DSN=&&PARMLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//**

The GCIINBL Generate Processor

Generate Cobol II, No database, for Batch, and create a Load module. This processor uses If-Then-
Else logic to specify the proper system libraries using the COBOL version selected during installation.
Values are:

CII-COBOL II

CLE-COBOL/LE

COBOL-COBOL for z/OS

//*******************************************************************
//**                                                               **
//**  COBOL2 AND COBOL/MVS COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT PROCESSOR
//**                                                               **
//*******************************************************************
//GCIINBL PROC LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LISTLIB',
//             CLECOMP='SYSCLECOMP',                        *SIGYCOMP
//             CLERUN='SYSCLERUN',                          *SCEERUN
//             CLELKED='SYSCLELKED',                        *SCEELKED
//             CIILIB='SYSCIILIB',                          *COB2LIB
//             CIICOMP='SYSCIICOMP',                        *COB2COMP
//             PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//             GROUP='SMPL',
//             STG3='EMER',             SMPLPROD/EMER STAGE
//             STG4='PROD',             SMPLPROD/PROD STAGE

//             CSYSLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..COPYLIB',

04-May-2018 392/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//             CSYSLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..COPYLIB',
//             CSYSLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST2..COPYLIB',
//             CSYSLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG3..COPYLIB',
//             CSYSLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG4..COPYLIB',
//             EXPINC=N,
//             LOADLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB1='&LOADLIB'.,
//             LSYSLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST2..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG3..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG4..LOADLIB',
//             MEMBER=&C1ELEMENT.,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//             PARMCOB='LIB,NOSEQ,OBJECT,APOST,',
//             PARMLNK='LIST,MAP,XREF',
//             SYSOUT=*,
//             WRKUNIT=TDISK
//**********************************************************************
//*   ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS                               *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT     EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01   DD DSN=&&COBLIST,DISP=(,PASS),
//              UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//C1INIT02   DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(,PASS),
//              UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=125,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//*********************************************************************
//* READ SOURCE AND EXPAND INCLUDES                                   *
//*********************************************************************
//CONWRITE EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=0,
// PARM='EXPINCL(&EXPINC)'.
//ELMOUT     DD DSN=&&ELMOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//              UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(100,100),RLSE),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0),
//              MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//*******************************************************************
//**  COMPILE THE ELEMENT                                          **
//*******************************************************************
//COMPILE EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=4,
// PARM='&PARMCOB'.
//* TEST PROCESSOR GROUP IF CIINBL THEN ALLOCATE COBOL2 LIBRARIES
//*           IF CLENBL ALLOCATE COBOL/MVS RUNTIME LIBS
// IF &C1PRGRP=CIINBL. THEN
//STEPLIB   DD DSN=&CIICOMP.,DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&CIILIB.,DISP=SHR
// ELSE
//* PROCESSOR GROUP IS COBOL/LE
//STEPLIB   DD DSN=&CLECOMP.,DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&CLERUN.,DISP=SHR
// ENDIF
//*******************************************************************
//*   COPYLIB CONCATENATIONS                                       **
//*******************************************************************
//SYSLIB   DD DSN=&CSYSLIB1.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CSYSLIB2.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CSYSLIB3.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&CSYSLIB4.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//SYSIN    DD DSN=&&ELMOUT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(100,100),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0),
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSUT1   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))

//SYSUT2   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))

04-May-2018 393/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//SYSUT2   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT4   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT5   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT6   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSUT7   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COBLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*******************************************************************
//**  LINK EDIT THE ELEMENT                                        **
//*******************************************************************
//LKED   EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
// PARM='&PARMLNK'.
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&SYSLIN,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SYSLMOD  DD DSN=&LOADLIB(&MEMBER).,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//            DISP=SHR
//SYSLIB   DD DSN=&LSYSLIB1.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB2.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB3.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//         DD DSN=&LSYSLIB4.,
//            MONITOR=&MONITOR.,
//            DISP=SHR
//* IF PROCESSOR GROUP IS CIINBL THEN ALLOC COB2 CALL LIBRARY COB2LIB
// IF &C1PRGRP=CIINBL. THEN
//        DD DSN=&CIILIB.,
//           DISP=SHR
// ELSE
//* IF PROCESSOR GROUP IS COBOL/LE THEN ALLOC LE CALL LIBRARY SCEELKED
//         DD DSN=&CLELKED.,
//            DISP=SHR
// ENDIF
//SYSUT1   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*******************************************************************
//*   STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=LISTING. LIBRARY NAME         *
//*******************************************************************
//STORLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=STORE,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBO DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,
//      MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//      DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=0)
//LIST01  DD DSN=&&COBLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02  DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*******************************************************************
//*   PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=NO.                           *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT  DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&COBLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02   DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//**

The GLNKNBL Generate Processor

Generate Link-edit only No database for Batch and create a Load module.
//*******************************************************************
//**                                                               **
//** LINK-EDIT ONLY PROCESSOR (COMPOSITE LINK) FOR TYPE LINKCARD   **

04-May-2018 394/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//** LINK-EDIT ONLY PROCESSOR (COMPOSITE LINK) FOR TYPE LINKCARD   **
//**  (USING ASSEMBLER OR COBOL OBJECT MODULES)                    **
//**                                                               **
//*******************************************************************
//*
//GLNKNBL PROC LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LISTLIB',
//             LOADLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LOADLIB',
//             CII='C??',
//             CIILIB='SYSCIILIB',                          **COB2LIB
//             CLELIB='SYSCLELIB',                         **SCEELKED
//             EXPINC=N,
//             PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//             GROUP='SMPL',
//             LSYSLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST2..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG3..LOADLIB',
//             LSYSLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG4..LOADLIB',
//             STG3='EMER',
//             STG4='PROD',
//             MEMBER=&C1ELEMENT.,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//             OBJLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST..OBJLIB',
//             OBJLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&C1ST2..OBJLIB',
//             OBJLIB3='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG3..OBJLIB',
//             OBJLIB4='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG4..OBJLIB',
//             PARMLNK='LIST,MAP,XREF',
//             WRKUNIT=TDISK
//**********************************************************************
//*  ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS                               *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT   EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01  DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(,PASS),
//        UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,2),RLSE),
//        DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=125,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//*******************************************************************
//**   LINK EDIT THE ELEMENT                                        **
//*******************************************************************
//LKED    EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=0,
// PARM='&PARMLNK'.
//SYSPRINT  DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1    DD UNIT=TDISK,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
//SYSLIB    DD DSN=&LSYSLIB1.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//          DD DSN=&LSYSLIB2.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//          DD DSN=&LSYSLIB3.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//          DD DSN=&LSYSLIB4.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
// IF &CII=CII. THEN
//          DD DSN=&CIILIB.,DISP=SHR
// ELSE
//          DD DSN=&CLELIB.,DISP=SHR
// ENDIF
//OBJLIB    DD DSN=&OBJLIB1.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//          DD DSN=&OBJLIB2.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//          DD DSN=&OBJLIB3.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//          DD DSN=&OBJLIB4.,DISP=SHR,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLIN    DD DSN=&C1BASELIB(&C1ELEMENT).,DISP=SHR
//SYSLMOD   DD DSN=&LOADLIB.,DISP=SHR,
//             FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//*******************************************************************
//*   STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=LISTING. LIBRARY NAME         *
//*******************************************************************
//STORLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=STORE,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)

//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,

04-May-2018 395/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,
//           MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*******************************************************************
//*   PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=NO.                           *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT  DD SYSOUT=*,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&LNKLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*

The LOADONLY Generate Processor

The LOADONLY processor can be used as a generate or a move processor. The processing varies
depending on the type of processor requested.

Generate-Copies the requested element, file, or member from the user's file into and CA
Endevor® SCM managed library.

Move-Copies the member from one stage's output library to the next stage's output library.
//**********************************************************************
//*                                                                    *
//* COPY SOURCELES LOAD MODULES FROM USER DATA SETS TO STAGE1          *
//*                                                                    *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//LOADONLY PROC LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.SMPL&C1ST..LISTLIB',
//              LOADLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.SMPL&C1ST..LOADLIB',
//              LOADLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.SMPL&STG2..LOADLIB',
//              PROJECT='IPRFX',
//              GROUP='IQUAL',
//              STG2='&C1SSTAGE.', FROM STAGE FOR TRANSFER/MOVE
//              MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//              SYSOUT=*,
//              WRKUNIT=TDISK
//**********************************************************************
//*  ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS                               *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT   EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,
//            DISP=(NEW,PASS,DELETE),
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,
//            SPACE=(CYL,(1,2),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//**********************************************************************
//*                                                                    *
//* ONLY PERFORM COPY FROM USER LOADLIB WHEN ADD OR UPDATE IS REQUESTED*
//*                                                                    *
//**********************************************************************
//IF1 IF ((&C1ACTION=ADD). OR (&C1ACTION=UPDATE)). THEN
//ADD    EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD     DD DSN=&C1USRDSN.,DISP=SHR
//OUTDD    DD DSN=&LOADLIB1.,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN    DD *
 COPY  I=INDD,O=OUTDD
 SELECT MEMBER=((&C1USRMBR.,&C1ELEMENT.,R))
//END1 ENDIF
//**********************************************************************
//*                                                                    *

04-May-2018 396/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*                                                                    *
//* IF TRANSFER,COPY FROM SOURCE LOADLIB TO CURRENT LOADLIB            *
//*                                                                    *
//**********************************************************************
//IF2 IF (&C1ACTION=TRANSFER). OR (&C1ACTION=MOVE). THEN
//TRANSFER EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD  DD DSN=&LOADLIB1.,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=VERIFY
//OUTDD DD DSN=&LOADLIB2.,DISP=SHR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE
//SYSIN    DD *
 COPY  I=INDD,O=OUTDD
 SELECT MEMBER=((&C1ELEMENT.,,R))
//END2 ENDIF
//*******************************************************************
//*      STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=LISTING. LIBRARY           *
//*******************************************************************
//STORLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='STORE',COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBO    DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR
//C1BANNER   DD DSN=&&BANNER,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//              UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01     DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*******************************************************************
//*   PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTLIB=NO.                           *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)
//C1BANNER  DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT   DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.,
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=0,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01    DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*
//**

Delete Processors
Delete processors clean up (delete) what generate processors create. Since most generate processors
create a load module and possibly a listing, delete processors can be generic. A single delete
processor can be used to clean up the work created by several generate processors.

This section contains two sample delete processors. Samples are provided in the iprfx.iqual.
CSIQSAMP. These processors are:

DLODDNL
Delete Load modules, for DB2, No (All) operating environments, No (All) output types.

DLODNNL
Delete Load modules, No (All) databases, No (All) operating environments, No (All) output types.
These processors can be used as Stage 1 or Stage 2 delete processors. To change the PROC
statement symbol values, override the data set names during processor group definition.

If you do not want to store listings, change the &LISTLIB symbol to NO.

The DLODDNL Delete Processor

Delete LOad modules, for DB2, No (All) operating environments, No (All) output types.

//**********************************************************************

04-May-2018 397/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//**********************************************************************
//*                                                                    *
//* DELETE COBOL LOAD AND LISTING MODULES & DBRM                       *
//*                                                                    *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//DLODDNL PROC DBRMLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..DBRMLIB',
//             LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LISTLIB',
//             LOADLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LOADLIB',
//             PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//             GROUP='SMPL',
//             STG1='&C1STAGE.'   CURRENT STAGE
//*
//DELLOD  EXEC PGM=CONDELE,MAXRC=12
//C1LIB     DD DSN=&LOADLIB.,DISP=SHR
//*
//DELDBRM EXEC PGM=CONDELE,MAXRC=12
//C1LIB     DD DSN=&DBRMLIB.,DISP=SHR
//*
//DELLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='DELETE',MAXRC=12,COND=EVEN,
//       EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBI   DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR

The DLODNNL Delete Processor

Delete LOad modules, No (All) databases, No (All) operating environments and Listings
//**********************************************************************
//*                                                                    *
//* DELETE LOAD/OBJECT AND LISTING MODULES                             *
//*                                                                    *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//DLODNNL PROC LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LISTLIB',
//             LOADLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LOADLIB',
//             PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//             GROUP='SMPL',
//             STG1='&C1STAGE.'   CURRENT STAGE
//*
//DELMOD  EXEC PGM=CONDELE,MAXRC=12
//C1LIB     DD DSN=&LOADLIB.,DISP=SHR
//**********************************************************************
//* DELETE THE LISTING IF: &LISTLIB=LISTING. LIBRARY NAME              *
//**********************************************************************
//CONLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM='DELETE',MAXRC=12,COND=EVEN,
//      EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBI   DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR

Move Processors
Move processors are used during a MOVE action to create the appropriate outputs at the target
stage. This can be accomplished by:

Copying the outputs (load modules and listings) from the source to the target stage. This section
includes two sample move processors that accomplish this.

Recreating the load module at the target stage. This occurs when a generate processor is used as
a move processor.

To use a generate processor as a move processor, make sure to specify G in the PROCESSOR TO
USE FOR THE MOVE ACTION field on the definition panel for the APPROPRIATE PROCESSOR
GROUP.

04-May-2018 398/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Do not re-create load modules at the target stage by coding a compile and link step
in a move processor, this causes the load module footprint to become out of sync with
Master Control File information for the element.

This section contains two sample move processors that are provided in iprfx.iqual.CSIQSAMP. These
processors copy load modules, and their associated component lists and listings, from a source to a
target stage. By using symbolic overrides for LOADLIB1 and LOADLIB2, these processors can be used
for almost every type in your inventory structure. If the &LISTLIB2 symbol is overridden during
processor group definition to read NO, CA Endevor® SCM copies the load modules and component
lists, but prints the listings, instead of copying them to the target stage.

If ACM is not installed, or if you do not wish to copy component lists to the target stage, you can
override the MONITOR symbol with any value except components.

The MLODDNL Move Processor

Move Load Modules, for DB2, No (All) operating environments, to Load modules.
//**********************************************************************
//*                                                                    *
//* COPY LOAD MODULES FROM STAGE 1 TO STAGE 2 AND THEIR ASSOCIATED     *
//* COMPONENT LIST AND LISTINGS. ALSO COPY DBRM MEMBERS AND BIND       *
//* APPLICATION PLAN.                                                  *
//*                                                                    *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//MLODDNL PROC DBRMLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..DBRMLIB',
//             DBRMLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..DBRMLIB',
//             DB2SYS='DB2SYSTEM',
//             DB2LOADL='SYSDB2LIB',
//             EDB2AUTH='IPRFX.IQUAL.EDB2.AUTHLIB',
//             EDB2CONL='IPRFX.IQUAL.EDB2.LOADLIB',
//             LISTLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LISTLIB',
//             LISTLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LISTLIB',
//             LISTLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..LISTLIB',
//             LOADLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LOADLIB',
//             LOADLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..LOADLIB',
//             PARMLIB='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..PARMLIB',
//             PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//             GROUP='SMPL',
//             STG1='&C1SSTAGE.',   CURRENT STAGE
//             STG2='&C1STAGE.',  TO STAGE
//             PLAN=&C1ELEMENT.,
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//             SYSOUT=A,
//             WRKUNIT=PDISK
//**********************************************************************
//*  ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASET                                *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT   EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01 DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&COPY1LST,
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT02 DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&COPY2LST,
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT03 DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&PARMLIST,
//            UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//**********************************************************************
//* COPY THE LOAD MODULE                                               *
//**********************************************************************

04-May-2018 399/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//**********************************************************************
//BSTCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04,COND=(0,LT)
//SYSPRINT  DD DSN=&&COPY1LST,DISP=OLD
//SYSUT3    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD      DD DSN=&LOADLIB1.,DISP=SHR
//OUTDD     DD DSN=&LOADLIB2.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//SYSIN     DD *
 COPY O=OUTDD,I=INDD
 SELECT MEMBER=((&C1ELEMENT.,,R))
//**********************************************************************
//* COPY THE DBRM MODULE                                               *
//**********************************************************************
//BSTCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04,COND=(4,LT)
//SYSPRINT  DD DSN=&&COPY2LST,DISP=OLD
//SYSUT3    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4    DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD      DD DSN=&DBRMLIB1.,DISP=SHR
//OUTDD     DD DSN=&DBRMLIB2.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//SYSIN     DD *
 COPY O=OUTDD,I=INDD
 SELECT MEMBER=((&C1ELEMENT.,,R))
//**********************************************************************
//* MOVE THE COMPONENT LIST                                            *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//*
//**********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IF EXECUTING IN FOREGROUND
//* NOTE: ATTEMPTING TO RUN THIS STEP IN BG WILL RESULT IN RC=5
//*********************************************************************
//BINDFG EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0,MAXRC=5,COND=(4,LT),
// PARM='&PARMLIB(&C1ELEMENT)'.
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=&DB2LOADL.,DISP=SHR
//DBRMLIB  DD DSN=&DBRMLIB2.,DISP=SHR
//SYSTSPRT DD DSN=&&PARMLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.
//*********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IF EXECUTING IN BACKGROUND                  *
//*********************************************************************
//BINDBG EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,COND=((5,NE,BINDFG),(5,LT)),MAXRC=7
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=&DB2LOADL.,DISP=SHR
//DBRMLIB  DD DSN=&DBRMLIB2.,DISP=SHR
//SYSTSPRT DD DSN=&&PARMLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSTSIN  DD DSN=&PARMLIB(&C1ELEMENT).,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//**********************************************************************
//* FOOTPRINT DB2 PLAN                                                 *
//**********************************************************************
//FOOTDB2 EXEC PGM=BC1PCAF,COND=(8,LE),MAXRC=0,
// PARM='&DB2SYS.,BC1PSQL1,BC1PDBFP'
//STEPLIB   DD DSN=&EDB2AUTH.,DISP=SHR
//          DD DSN=&EDB2CONL.,DISP=SHR
//DBRMLIB   DD DSN=&DBRMLIB2.,DISP=SHR
//BSTIPT    DD DSN=&PARMLIB(&C1ELEMENT).,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*******************************************************************
//*   COPY THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=LISTING. LIBRARY NAME          *
//*******************************************************************
//CONLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=COPY,COND=EVEN,
//     EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,NE,NO)
//C1LLIBI  DD DSN=&LISTLIB1.,DISP=SHR
//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB2.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&COPY1LST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02   DD DSN=&&COPY2LST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03   DD DSN=&&PARMLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*******************************************************************
//*   PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=NO.                           *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
//     EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)

//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),

04-May-2018 400/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1PRINT  DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=1330,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01  DD DSN=&&COPY1LST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02  DD DSN=&&COPY2LST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03  DD DSN=&&PARMLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//MOVECL  EXEC PGM=BC1PMVCL,MAXRC=04,COND=(4,LT)
//*
_

The MLODNNL Move Processor

In the following sample move processor (MLODNNL), we specify that when the load module is moved
from Stage 1 to Stage 2, its associated Component List information is also moved and updated.
//**********************************************************************
//*                                                                    *
//* COPY LOAD MODULES FROM STAGE 1 TO STAGE 2 AND THEIR ASSOCIATED     *
//* COMPONENT LIST AND LISTINGS.                                       *
//*                                                                    *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//MLODNNL PROC LISTLIB='YES',
//             LISTLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LISTLIB',
//             LISTLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..LISTLIB',
//             LOADLIB1='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG1..LOADLIB',
//             LOADLIB2='&PROJECT..&GROUP.&STG2..LOADLIB',
//             PROJECT='IPRFX.IQUAL',
//             GROUP='SMPL',
//             STG1='&C1SSTAGE.',   CURRENT STAGE
//             STG2='&C1STAGE.',   TO STAGE
//             MONITOR=COMPONENTS,
//             SYSOUT=*,
//             WRKUNIT=TDISK
//**********************************************************************
//*  ALLOCATE TEMPORARY LISTING DATASETS                               *
//**********************************************************************
//INIT   EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//           UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(CYL,(1,2),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=V,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=125,DSORG=PS)
//**********************************************************************
//* COPY THE LOAD MODULE                                               *
//**********************************************************************
//BSTCOPY EXEC PGM=BSTCOPY,MAXRC=04
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//SYSUT4   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
//INDD     DD DSN=&LOADLIB1.,DISP=SHR
//OUTDD    DD DSN=&LOADLIB2.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//SYSIN    DD *
 COPY O=OUTDD,I=INDD
 SELECT MEMBER=((&C1ELEMENT.,,R))
//*******************************************************************
//*   COPY & STORE THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=LISTING LIBRARY        *
//*******************************************************************
//COPYLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=COPY,COND=EVEN,
//     EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,YES)
//C1LLIBI    DD DSN=&LISTLIB1.,DISP=SHR
//C1LLIBO    DD DSN=&LISTLIB2.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR.
//C1BANNER   DD DSN=&&BANNER,DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),
//              UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01     DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*******************************************************************
//*   PRINT THE LISTINGS IF: &LISTING=NO.                           *
//*******************************************************************
//PRNTLIST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,MAXRC=0,PARM=PRINT,COND=EVEN,
//     EXECIF=(&LISTLIB.,EQ,NO)
//C1BANNER   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),

04-May-2018 401/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//C1BANNER   DD UNIT=&WRKUNIT.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171,DSORG=PS)
//C1PRINT    DD SYSOUT=&SYSOUT.,
//              DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=1330,DSORG=PS)
//LIST01     DD DSN=&&COPYLIST,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//**********************************************************************
//* UPDATE THE COMPONENT LIST WITH THE NEW OUTPUT COMPONENTS           *
//* AND MOVE THE COMPONENT LIST TO THE NEXT STAGE
//**********************************************************************
//MOVECL  EXEC PGM=BC1PMVCL,COND=(0,NE)
//*

Other Processors
These processors are provided as an example of how to manage other types of source. Use these
processors as a guide. The following samples are provided in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQSAMP.

ALIASMOV
Moves alias load modules associated with the current element

BINDPLAN
Stand-alone Generate processor for bind cards

CICSMAP
Generate processor for CICS maps and copybooks

EASYTRIE
Generate processor for CA Easytrieve IQ Online Query

GCPYIMP
Ascertains a copybook's impact by executing a list action (using ACMQ) and providing a list of
elements using the copybook

IDEAL01
Sample processor for CA Ideal for CA Datacom

IMSDBD
Sample IMS processor

JCLCHK
Sample processor for Unicenter CA JCLCheck

JOBSCAN
Sample JOBSCAN Processor

SDFIIMAP
Generate Processor for SDF II maps

CSP Processors
This appendix contains examples of Generate processors that use the LEXTRCTR and BC1PCCSP
utilities.

GELCL

04-May-2018 402/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

GELCL

GELPCLB

GELTCL

GELPTCLB

GCSP41LN (for CSP Extension Facility elements)

The GELCL CSP Processor

//**********************************************************************
//** GENERATE, COMPILE, LINK-EDIT CSP APPLS, TABLES AND MAP GROUPS    **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//GELCL  PROC CGHLQ='USER',
//     COBCOMP='SYS1.COB2COMP',
//     COBLIB='SYS1.COB2LIB',
//     CONLIB='iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD',
//     CRS='CRS210',
//     CSP='CSP410',
//     CSPVSAM='CSP410',
//     CSPCUST='CSP410',
//     CSPUSER='CSPUSER',
//     DATA='31',
//     ENV='MVSBATCH',
//     LISTLIB=NULLFILE,
//     LOADLIB=NULLFILE,
//     MAP='NONE',
//     NLS='ENU',
//     RESLIB='IMSVS.RESLIB',  (UNCOMMENT BELOW IF NECESSARY)
//     SOUT='*',
//     TABLE='NONE',
//     USR1MSL=NULLFILE,
//     USR2MSL=NULLFILE,
//     WSPC=500
//*
//* CSP PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*
//*   CGHLQ   = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   COBCOMP = COBOL COMPILER LIBRARY
//*   COBLIB  = COBOL RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*   CRS     = CSP/370RS HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   CSP     = CSP/370AD HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   CSPVSAM = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR VSAM DATA SETS
//*   CSPCUST = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR CUSTOMIZED LIBRARIES
//*   CSPUSER = CSP/370AD USER WORK DATA SET HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   DATA    = COMPILE OPTION FOR PLACING WORKING STORAGE
//*             ABOVE 16M LINE
//*   ENV     = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET ENVIRONMENT QUALIFIER
//*             (SHOULD BE EQUAL TO GENERATION TARGET ENVIRONMENT)
//*   MAP     = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN MAPS WITH APPL
//*   NLS     = NLS CODE (NATIONAL LANGUAGE DATA SET QUALIFIER)
//*   RESLIB  = IMS RESLIB LIBRARY
//*   SOUT    = SYSOUT ASSIGNMENT
//*   TABLE   = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN TABLES WITH APPL
//*   WSPC    = PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SPACE ALLOCATION
//* Endevor PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*   CONLIB  = Endevor RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*   LISTLIB = Endevor LISTINGS LIBRARY
//*   LOADLIB = Endevor/CSP OUTPUT LOAD LIBRARY
//*   USR1MSL = READ/WRITE MSL
//*   USR2MSL = READ-ONLY MSL
//*
//*********************************************************************
//*  INITIALIZE GENERATE/COMPILE/LINK-EDIT LISTING DATA SETS          *
//*********************************************************************
//*

04-May-2018 403/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
//INITLIST EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT02 DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=VBA,LRECL=654,BLKSIZE=6000)
//C1INIT03 DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(30,15)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT04 DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT05 DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=3630)
//*
//COBGEN EXEC PGM=BC1PDCGB,COND=(0,NE),MAXRC=4
//*-----------------------
//*  LOADLIB AND MESSAGE FILES
//*-----------------------
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSP..SEZELMD
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=EDC.SEDCLINK
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=PLI.SIBMLINK
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//*
//EZECOMM DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZECOMM
//*
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*  THE FOLLOWING MESSAGE FILES SHOULD BE PRE-ALLOCATED
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*EZEDMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..FZEMSG
//*EZEEMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZEMSG
//*EZETES  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZETUTOR
//*EZEMAP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZEMAPDS
//*-----------------------
//*  WORK FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEWORK  DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&CSPUSER..EZEWORK
//EZEWRK1  DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200)
//*-----------------------
//*  COMMAND AND LOG FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZECOUT  DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*-----------------------
//*  PRINT FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEPRINT DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//EZECPRT  DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL GENERATION CONTROL FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEOPT   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..PDS.EZEOPT
//*EZEOPT  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..VSAM.EZEOPT
//EZEJTMP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP
//EZEWORD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP(EZEWORDS)
//EZESNAP  DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  INTERNAL READER FILE FOR PREPARATION JCL SUBMISSION
//*-----------------------
//EZEJCL  DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  ENVIRONMENT DEPENDENT CONTROL AND OUTPUT FILES

//*

04-May-2018 404/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
//*  THE FOLLOWING FILES MAY OR MAY NOT BE REQUIRED, DEPENDING
//*  ON FUNCTIONS USED AT SPECIFIC INSTALLATIONS. THE DD CARDS
//*  ARE SHOWN AS COMMENTS IN THE PROCEDURE. THE GENERATOR USES
//*  DYNAMIC ALLOCATION TO ALLOCATE EXISTING DATA SETS WITH THE
//*  NAMES AS SHOWN IN THE DD CARDS, WHERE &CGHLQ. IS THE DATA SET
//*  QUALIFIER FROM THE USERID COBOL GENERATION OPTION AND &ENV.
//*  IS THE TARGET EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT.
//*
//*  TO USE DATA SETS WITH OTHER NAMES, MODIFY THE PROCEDURE OR THE
//*  JCL TO ALLOCATE THE DATA SETS WITH THE APPROPRIATE DD NAMES
//*  AS SHOWN BELOW. THE GENERATOR CHECKS TO SEE IF A DATA SET
//*  HAS ALREADY BEEN ALLOCATED TO THE DD NAME BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO
//*  DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE A DATA SET WITH THE STANDARD NAME.
//*
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL SOURCE FILE
//*-----------------------
//EZESRC  DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5,10),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*
//EZEDUMMY DD DUMMY,DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEDUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  USER DEFINED LINK EDIT CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------
//EZELINK DD DUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*  USER DEFINED BIND CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------
//EZEBIND DD DUMMY
//*--------------------------
//*  IMS COBOL COPY LIBRARY
//*--------------------------
//*EZECOPY DD DISP=SHR,DSM=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZECOPY
//*-----------------------
//*  OBJECT LIBRARIES FOR GENERATED MAP GROUPS
//*-----------------------
//EZEFOBJ DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5,1),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*EZEPOBJ DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEPOBJ
//*-----------------------
//*  TSO CLIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZECLST DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  PARTS LIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZEPCTL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  MFS SOURCE LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//*EZEMFS  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEMFS
//*-----------------------
//*  JCL LIBRARIES
//*-----------------------
//*EZEJCLX DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLX
//*EZEJCLP DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLP
//USR1MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR1MSL.
//USR2MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR2MSL.
//NDVRIPT  DD *
 M=USR1MSL ROMSL=USR2MSL CMDIN=EZECIN CMDOUT=EZECOUT
//EZECIN  DD *
 GENERATE MEMBER(&C1ELEMENT). SYSTEM(&ENV).
      TABLES(&TABLE). MAPS(&MAP). BATCH(NO) ;
//EZEPARM  DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80)
//*
//**********************************************************************

//*      EXTRACT THE LINKAGE-EDITOR CONTROL STATEMENTS FROM

04-May-2018 405/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*      EXTRACT THE LINKAGE-EDITOR CONTROL STATEMENTS FROM
//*      THE SEQUENTIAL FILE CREATED BY THE GENERATE STEP
//**********************************************************************
//*
//EXTRLNK EXEC PGM=LEXTRCTR,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//INPUT   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//OUTPUT  DD DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//** ELACL - COBOL COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT
//**********************************************************************
//*
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE THE COBOL PROGRAM
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C        EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//         PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//         'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSIN    DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC(&C1ELEMENT)
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLIN   DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET(&C1ELEMENT),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC.,10)),
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE ANY ADDITIONAL MAPS AND TABLES                        *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C2       EXEC PGM=BC1PCCSP,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//         PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//         'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//COBCOMP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSIN    DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(6400,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6400)
//SYSLIN   DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3120,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3630,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//GENCNTL  DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CONTROL
//EZESRC   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC
//OBJLIB   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET
//PRINTLIB DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CB2PRINT
//GENINFO  DD *
ELEMENT=&C1ELEMENT.       KEEP THESE CARDS IN ORDER,
 COMPILER=IGYCRCTL       LEFT JUST WITH NO BLANKS
//SYSUT1  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      LINK-EDIT THE COBOL PROGRAM AND ANY MAPS/TABLES               *

//*      IF THE RETURN CODE ON ALL PREVIOUS STEPS IS 4 OR LESS         *

04-May-2018 406/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*      IF THE RETURN CODE ON ALL PREVIOUS STEPS IS 4 OR LESS         *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//L        EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0,
//         PARM='RENT,REUS,LIST,XREF,MAP,AMODE(31),RMODE(ANY)'
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//*        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&RESLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//OBJLIB   DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&LOADSET,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SELALMD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLMOD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&LOADLIB.,
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(1024,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,UNIT=tdisk
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*
//*********************************************************************
//*  STORE OUTPUT LISTINGS IN LIST LIBRARY                            *
//*********************************************************************
//CONLIST  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM=STORE,MAXRC=0,COND=EVEN
//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02   DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST04   DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST05   DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST06   DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*

The GELPCLB CSP Processor

//**********************************************************************
//** GENERATE, DB2 PRE-PROCESS, COMPILE, LINK-EDIT AND BIND           **
//**  CSP APPLICATIONS                                                **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//GELPCLB PROC CGHLQ='USER',
//         BINDDSN='&C1USERID..NDVRCSP.BINDDSN',
//         COBCOMP='SYS1.COB2COMP',
//         COBLIB='SYS1.COB2LIB',
//         CONLIB='iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD',
//         CRS='CRS210',
//         CSP='CSP410',
//         CSPVSAM='CSP410',
//         CSPCUST='CSP410',
//         CSPUSER='CSPUSER',
//         DATA='31',
//         DBRMLIB='NULLFILE',
//         DSNEXIT='DSN220.DSNEXIT',
//         DSNLOAD='DSN220.DSNLOAD',
//         ENV='MVSBATCH',
//         LISTLIB='NULLFILE',
//         LOADLIB='NULLFILE',
//         MAP='NONE',
//         NLS='ENU',
//         RESLIB='IMSVS.RESLIB',  (UNCOMMENT BELOW IF NECESSARY)
//         SOUT='*',
//         TABLE='NONE',
//         USR1MSL='NULLFILE',
//         USR2MSL='NULLFILE',
//         WSPC=500
//*
//*
//* CSP PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*
//*    CGHLQ   = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    COBCOMP = COBOL COMPILER LIBRARY
//*    COBLIB  = COBOL RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*    CRS     = CSP/370RS HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    CSP     = CSP/370AD HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER

04-May-2018 407/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*    CSP     = CSP/370AD HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    CSPVSAM = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR VSAM DATA SETS
//*    CSPCUST = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR CUSTOMIZED LIBRARIES
//*    CSPUSER = CSP/370AD USER WORK DATA SET HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    DATA    = COMPILE OPTION FOR PLACING WORKING STORAGE
//*         ABOVE 16M LINE
//*    DSNEXIT = DB2 DSNEXIT LIBRARY
//*    DSNLOAD = DB2 DSNLOAD LIBRARY
//*    ENV     = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET ENVIRONMENT QUALIFIER
//*              (SHOULD BE EQUAL TO GENERATION TARGET ENVIRONMENT)
//*    MAP     = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN MAPS WITH APPL
//*    NLS     = NLS CODE (NATIONAL LANGUAGE DATA SET QUALIFIER)
//*    RESLIB  = IMS RESLIB LIBRARY
//*   SOUT     = SYSOUT ASSIGNMENT
//*   TABLE    = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN TABLES WITH APPL
//*   WSPC     = PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SPACE ALLOCATION
//*
//* Endevor PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*
//*   BINDDSN  = 'PERMANENTLY-ALLOCATED' TEMPORARY BIND CNTL CARD LIB
//*   CONLIB   = Endevor RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*   DBRMLIB  = DB2 DBRMLIB LIBRARY
//*   LISTLIB  = Endevor/CSP LISTINGS LIBRARY
//*   LOADLIB  = Endevor/CSP OUTPUT LOAD LIBRARY
//*   USR1MSL  = READ/WRITE MSL
//*   USR2MSL  = READ-ONLY MSL
//*
//*********************************************************************
//*  INITIALIZE GENERATE/COMPILE/LINK-EDIT LISTING DATA SETS          *
//*********************************************************************
//*
//INITLIST EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT02 DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=VBA,LRECL=654,BLKSIZE=6000)
//C1INIT03 DD DSN=&&PRPPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT04 DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT05 DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT06 DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=3630)
//C1INIT07 DD DSN=&&BNDPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//*********************************************************************
//* INVOKE IDCAMS TO ENSURE THE BIND CNTL CARD O/P DATA SET IS DELETED*
//*********************************************************************
//IDCAMS   EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
//SYSPRINT DD DUMMY
//SYSIN    DD *
 DELETE '&BINDDSN'.
 SET MAXCC = 0
//COBGEN EXEC PGM=BC1PDCGB,COND=(0,NE),MAXRC=4
//*-----------------------
//*  LOADLIB AND MESSAGE FILES
//*-----------------------
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSP..SEZELMD
//*        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=EDC.SEDCLINK
//*        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=PLI.SIBMLINK
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.

//*

04-May-2018 408/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
//EZECOMM  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZECOMM
//*
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*  THE FOLLOWING MESSAGE FILES SHOULD BE PRE-ALLOCATED
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*EZEDMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..FZEMSG
//*EZEEMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZEMSG
//*EZETES  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZETUTOR
//*EZEMAP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZEMAPDS
//*-----------------------
//*  WORK FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEWORK DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&CSPUSER..EZEWORK
//EZEWRK1 DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200)
//*-----------------------
//*  COMMAND AND LOG FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZECOUT DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*-----------------------
//*  PRINT FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEPRINT DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//EZECPRT  DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL GENERATION CONTROL FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEOPT   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..PDS.EZEOPT
//*EZEOPT  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..VSAM.EZEOPT
//EZEJTMP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP
//EZEWORD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP(EZEWORDS)
//EZESNAP  DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  INTERNAL READER FILE FOR PREPARATION JCL SUBMISSION
//*-----------------------
//EZEJCL  DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*EZEJCL DD SYSOUT=(,INTRDR)
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  ENVIRONMENT DEPENDENT CONTROL AND OUTPUT FILES
//*
//*  THE FOLLOWING FILES MAY OR MAY NOT BE REQUIRED, DEPENDING
//*  ON FUNCTIONS USED AT SPECIFIC INSTALLATIONS. THE DD CARDS
//*  ARE SHOWN AS COMMENTS IN THE PROCEDURE. THE GENERATOR USES
//*  DYNAMIC ALLOCATION TO ALLOCATE EXISTING DATA SETS WITH THE
//*  NAMES AS SHOWN IN THE DD CARDS, WHERE &CGHLQ. IS THE DATA SET
//*  QUALIFIER FROM THE USERID COBOL GENERATION OPTION AND &ENV.
//*  IS THE TARGET EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT.
//*
//*  TO USE DATA SETS WITH OTHER NAMES, MODIFY THE PROCEDURE OR THE
//*  JCL TO ALLOCATE THE DATA SETS WITH THE APPROPRIATE DD NAMES
//*  AS SHOWN BELOW. THE GENERATOR CHECKS TO SEE IF A DATA SET
//*  HAS ALREADY BEEN ALLOCATED TO THE DD NAME BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO
//*  DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE A DATA SET WITH THE STANDARD NAME.
//*
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL SOURCE FILE
//*-----------------------
//EZESRC  DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5,10),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*
//EZEDUMMY DD DUMMY,DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEDUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  USER DEFINED LINK EDIT CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------

//EZELINK DD DUMMY

04-May-2018 409/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//EZELINK DD DUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*  USER-DEFINED BIND CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------
//EZEBIND DD DSN=&BINDDSN.,DISP=(,CATLG,DELETE),
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*--------------------------
//*  IMS COBOL COPY LIBRARY
//*--------------------------
//*EZECOPY DD DISP=SHR,DSM=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZECOPY
//*-----------------------
//*  OBJECT LIBRARIES FOR GENERATED MAP GROUPS
//*-----------------------
//EZEFOBJ DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5,1),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*EZEPOBJ DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEPOBJ
//*-----------------------
//*  TSO CLIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZECLST DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  PARTS LIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZEPCTL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  MFS SOURCE LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//*EZEMFS  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEMFS
//*-----------------------
//*  JCL LIBRARIES
//*-----------------------
//*EZEJCLX DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLX
//*EZEJCLP DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLP
//USR1MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR1MSL.
//USR2MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR2MSL.
//NDVRIPT  DD *
 M=USR1MSL ROMSL=USR2MSL CMDIN=EZECIN CMDOUT=EZECOUT
//EZECIN  DD *
 GENERATE MEMBER(&C1ELEMENT). SYSTEM(&ENV).
      TABLES(&TABLE). MAPS(&MAP). BATCH(NO) ;
//EZEPARM  DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      EXTRACT THE LINKAGE-EDITOR CONTROL STATEMENTS FROM           **
//*      THE SEQUENTIAL FILE CREATED BY THE GENERATE STEP             **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//EXTRLNK EXEC PGM=LEXTRCTR,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0
//STEPLIB DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//INPUT   DD  DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//OUTPUT  DD  DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//**********************************************************************
//** ELAPCLB - COBOL PRECOMPILE/COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT                 **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//*****************************************************************
//*      PRECOMPILE THE COBOL PROGRAM                            **
//*****************************************************************
//*
//P        EXEC PGM=DSNHPC,MAXRC=4,
//         PARM=('HOST(COB2),APOSTSQL,QUOTE')
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNEXIT.
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//DBRMLIB  DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&DBRMLIB.(&C1ELEMENT).
//SYSCIN   DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&DSNHOUT,UNIT=tdisk,
//            SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).

//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS

04-May-2018 410/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&PRPPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSIN    DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC(&C1ELEMENT)
//*
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE THE COBOL PROGRAM                                    **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C        EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//         PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//         'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSIN    DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&DSNHOUT
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLIN   DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET(&C1ELEMENT),UNIT=tdisk,
//            SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC.,10)),FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE ANY ADDITIONAL MAPS AND TABLES                       **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C2       EXEC PGM=BC1PCCSP,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//         PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//        'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//COBCOMP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSIN    DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(6400,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6400)
//SYSLIN   DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3120,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3630,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//GENCNTL  DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CONTROL
//EZESRC   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC
//OBJLIB   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET
//PRINTLIB DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CB2PRINT
//GENINFO DD *
ELEMENT=&C1ELEMENT.       KEEP THESE CARDS IN ORDER,
 COMPILER=IGYCRCTL       LEFT JUST WITH NO BLANKS
//SYSUT1  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      LINK-EDIT THE COBOL PROGRAM                                  **
//*      IF THE RETURN CODE ON ALL PREVIOUS STEPS IS 4 OR LESS        **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//L        EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0,
//         PARM='RENT,REUS,LIST,XREF,MAP,AMODE(31),RMODE(ANY)'
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//*        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&RESLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//OBJLIB   DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&LOADSET,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,MONITOR=COMPONENTS

//SELALMD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD,MONITOR=COMPONENTS

04-May-2018 411/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//SELALMD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLMOD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&LOADLIB.,
//            FOOTPRNT=CREATE,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(1024,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,UNIT=tdisk
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IN FOREGROUND                               **
//* NOTE: ATTEMPTING TO RUN THIS STEP IN BG WILL RESULT IN RC=5       **
//**********************************************************************
//BINDFG   EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0,COND=(8,LT),MAXRC=5,
//         PARM='&BINDDSN(&C1ELEMENT)'.
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//DBRMLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DBRMLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELADBRM,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSTSPRT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&BNDPRINT
//**********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IN BACKGROUND                                *
//**********************************************************************
//BINDBG   EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,COND=((8,LT),(5,NE,BINDFG)),MAXRC=0
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//SYSTSIN  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&BINDDSN.(&C1ELEMENT).
//DBRMLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DBRMLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELADBRM,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSTSPRT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&BNDPRINT
//**********************************************************************
//* FOOTPRINT DB2 PLAN                                                 *
//**********************************************************************
//FOOTDB2 EXEC PGM=BC1PCAF,COND=(8,LT),MAXRC=0,
//        PARM='DB2T,BC1PSQL1,BC1PDBFP'
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//DBRMLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DBRMLIB.
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELADBRM
//BSTIPT  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&BINDDSN.(&C1ELEMENT).
//*********************************************************************
//* INVOKE IDCAMS TO ENSURE THE BIND CNTL CARD O/P DATA SET IS DELETED*
//*********************************************************************
//IDCAMS   EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
//SYSPRINT DD DUMMY
//SYSIN    DD *
 DELETE '&BINDDSN'.
 SET MAXCC = 0
//*********************************************************************
//*  STORE OUTPUT LISTINGS IN LIST LIBRARY                            *
//*********************************************************************
//CONLIST  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM=STORE,MAXRC=0,COND=EVEN
//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02   DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST04   DD DSN=&&PRPPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST05   DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST06   DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST07   DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST08   DD DSN=&&BNDPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*

The GELTCL CSP Processor

//**********************************************************************
//** GENERATE, CICS TRANLATE, COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT CSP APPLICATIONS   *
//**********************************************************************
//*
//GELTCL  PROC CGHLQ='USER',
//         COBCICS='SYS1.COB2CICS',
//         COBCOMP='SYS1.COB2COMP',
//         COBLIB='SYS1.COB2LIB',
//         CONLIB='iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD',
//         CRS='CRS210',

04-May-2018 412/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//         CRS='CRS210',
//         CSP='CSP410',
//         CSPVSAM='CSP410',
//         CSPCUST='CSP410',
//         CSPUSER='CSPUSER',
//         DATA='31',
//         DBCS=,
//         DFHLOAD='SYS5.CICS212.LOADLIB',
//         ENV='MVSCICS',
//         LISTLIB=NULLFILE,
//         LOADLIB=NULLFILE,
//         MAP='NONE',
//         NLS='ENU',
//         RESLIB='IMSVS.RESLIB',  (UNCOMMENT BELOW IF NECESSARY)
//         SOUT='*',
//         SP=,
//         SUFF=1$,
//         TABLE='NONE',
//         USR1MSL=NULLFILE,
//         USR2MSL=NULLFILE,
//         WSPC=500
//*
//*
//* CSP PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*
//*   CGHLQ   = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   COBCICS = COBOL CICS RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*   COBCOMP = COBOL COMPILER LIBRARY
//*   COBLIB  = COBOL RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*   CRS     = CSP/370RS HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   CSP     = CSP/370AD HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   CSPVSAM = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR VSAM DATA SETS
//*   CSPCUST = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR CUSTOMIZED LIBRARIES
//*   CSPUSER = CSP/370AD USER WORK DATA SET HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*   DATA    = COMPILE OPTION FOR PLACING WORKING STORAGE
//*             ABOVE 16M LINE
//*   DBCS    = DOUBLE BYTE CHARACTER SUPPORT
//*   DFHLOAD = CICS TRANSLATOR LIBRARY
//*   ENV     = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET ENVIRONMENT QUALIFIER
//*             (SHOULD BE EQUAL TO GENERATION TARGET ENVIRONMENT)
//*   MAP     = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN MAPS WITH APPL
//*   NLS     = NLS CODE (NATIONAL LANGUAGE DATA SET QUALIFIER)
//*   RESLIB  = IMS RESLIB LIBRARY
//*   SOUT    = SYSOUT ASSIGNMENT
//*   SP      = CICS/ESA SYSTEM PROGRAMMING TRANSLATOR OPTION
//*   SUFF    = CICS TRANSLATOR PROGRAM NAME SUFFIX
//*   TABLE   = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN TABLES WITH APPL
//*   WSPC    = PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SPACE ALLOCATION
//*
//* Endevor PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*   CONLIB  = Endevor RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*   LISTLIB = Endevor/CSP LISTINGS LIBRARY
//*   LOADLIB = Endevor/CSP OUTPUT LOAD LIBRARY
//*   USR1MSL = READ/WRITE MSL
//*   USR2MSL = READ-ONLY MSL
//*
//*********************************************************************
//*  INITIALIZE GENERATE/COMPILE/LINK-EDIT LISTING DATA SETS          *
//*********************************************************************
//*
//INITLIST EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT02 DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=VBA,LRECL=654,BLKSIZE=6000)
//C1INIT02 DD DSN=&&TRNPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT04 DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),

//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),

04-May-2018 413/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT05 DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT06 DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=3630)
//*
//COBGEN EXEC PGM=BC1PDCGB,COND=(0,NE),MAXRC=4
//*-----------------------
//*   LOADLIB AND MESSAGE FILES
//*-----------------------
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSP..SEZELMD
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=EDC.SEDCLINK
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=PLI.SIBMLINK
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//*
//EZECOMM DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZECOMM
//*
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*  THE FOLLOWING MESSAGE FILES SHOULD BE PRE-ALLOCATED
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*EZEDMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..FZEMSG
//*EZEEMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZEMSG
//*EZETES  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZETUTOR
//*EZEMAP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZEMAPDS
//*-----------------------
//*  WORK FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEWORK DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&CSPUSER..EZEWORK
//EZEWRK1 DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200)
//*-----------------------
//*  COMMAND AND LOG FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZECOUT  DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*-----------------------
//*  PRINT FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEPRINT DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//EZECPRT  DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL GENERATION CONTROL FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEOPT  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..PDS.EZEOPT
//*EZEOPT  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..VSAM.EZEOPT
//EZEJTMP DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP
//EZEWORD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP(EZEWORDS)
//EZESNAP DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  INTERNAL READER FILE FOR PREPARATION JCL SUBMISSION
//*-----------------------
//EZEJCL  DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*EZEJCL  DD SYSOUT=(,INTRDR)
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  ENVIRONMENT DEPENDENT CONTROL AND OUTPUT FILES
//*
//*  THE FOLLOWING FILES MAY OR MAY NOT BE REQUIRED, DEPENDING
//*  ON FUNCTIONS USED AT SPECIFIC INSTALLATIONS. THE DD CARDS
//*  ARE SHOWN AS COMMENTS IN THE PROCEDURE. THE GENERATOR USES
//*  DYNAMIC ALLOCATION TO ALLOCATE EXISTING DATA SETS WITH THE
//*  NAMES AS SHOWN IN THE DD CARDS, WHERE &CGHLQ. IS THE DATA SET
//*  QUALIFIER FROM THE USERID COBOL GENERATION OPTION AND &ENV.
//*  IS THE TARGET EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT.

//*

04-May-2018 414/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
//*  TO USE DATA SETS WITH OTHER NAMES, MODIFY THE PROCEDURE OR THE
//*  JCL TO ALLOCATE THE DATA SETS WITH THE APPROPRIATE DD NAMES
//*  AS SHOWN BELOW. THE GENERATOR CHECKS TO SEE IF A DATA SET
//*  HAS ALREADY BEEN ALLOCATED TO THE DD NAME BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO
//*  DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE A DATA SET WITH THE STANDARD NAME.
//*
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL SOURCE FILE
//*-----------------------
//EZESRC  DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5,10),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*
//EZEDUMMY DD DUMMY,DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEDUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  USER DEFINED LINK EDIT CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------
//EZELINK DD DUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*  USER DEFINED BIND CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------
//EZEBIND DD DUMMY
//*--------------------------
//*  IMS COBOL COPY LIBRARY
//*--------------------------
//*EZECOPY DD DISP=SHR,DSM=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZECOPY
//*-----------------------
//*  OBJECT LIBRARIES FOR GENERATED MAP GROUPS
//*-----------------------
//EZEFOBJ DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5,1),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*EZEPOBJ DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEPOBJ
//*-----------------------
//*  TSO CLIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZECLST DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  PARTS LIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZEPCTL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  MFS SOURCE LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//*EZEMFS  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEMFS
//*-----------------------
//*  JCL LIBRARIES
//*-----------------------
//*EZEJCLX DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLX
//*EZEJCLP DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLP
//USR1MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR1MSL.
//USR2MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR2MSL.
//NDVRIPT  DD *
 M=USR1MSL ROMSL=USR2MSL CMDIN=EZECIN CMDOUT=EZECOUT
//EZECIN  DD *
 GENERATE MEMBER(&C1ELEMENT). SYSTEM(&ENV).
      TABLES(&TABLE). MAPS(&MAP). BATCH(NO) ;
//EZEPARM  DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      EXTRACT THE LINKAGE-EDITOR CONTROL STATEMENTS FROM           **
//*      THE SEQUENTIAL FILE CREATED BY THE GENERATE STEP             **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//EXTRLNK EXEC PGM=LEXTRCTR,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//INPUT   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//OUTPUT  DD DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(,PASS),

//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),

04-May-2018 415/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//** ELATCL - CICS TRANSLATE, COBOL COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT             **
//**********************************************************************
//T    EXEC PGM=DFHECP&SUFF.,MAXRC=4,
//       PARM='COBOL2,QUOTE,NOSEQ&SP&DBCS'.
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DFHLOAD.
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&TRNPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSPUNCH DD DSN=&&SYSCIN,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).
//SYSIN    DD DSN=&&EZESRC(&C1ELEMENT),DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE THE COBOL PROGRAM                                    **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C    EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//     PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//     'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSIN   DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&SYSCIN
//SYSLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLIN  DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET(&C1ELEMENT),UNIT=tdisk,
//           SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC.,10)),FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE ANY ADDITIONAL MAPS AND TABLES                       **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C2    EXEC PGM=BC1PCCSP,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//          PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//     'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//COBCOMP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSIN    DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(6400,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6400)
//SYSLIN   DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3120,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3630,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//GENCNTL  DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CONTROL
//EZESRC   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC
//OBJLIB   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET
//PRINTLIB DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CB2PRINT
//GENINFO  DD *
ELEMENT=&C1ELEMENT.       KEEP THESE CARDS IN ORDER,
 COMPILER=IGYCRCTL       LEFT JUST WITH NO BLANKS
//SYSUT1  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//*
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      LINK-EDIT THE COBOL PROGRAM                                  **
//*      IF THE RETURN CODE ON ALL PREVIOUS STEPS IS 4 OR LESS        **
//**********************************************************************

//*

04-May-2018 416/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
//L    EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0,
//     PARM='RENT,REUS,LIST,XREF,MAP,AMODE(31),RMODE(ANY)'
//SYSLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DFHLOAD.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCICS.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&RESLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//OBJLIB  DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&LOADSET,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//        DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SELALMD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLMOD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&LOADLIB.,
//       FOOTPRNT=CREATE,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(1024,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,UNIT=tdisk
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*********************************************************************
//*  STORE OUTPUT LISTINGS IN LIST LIBRARY                           **
//*********************************************************************
//CONLIST  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM=STORE,MAXRC=0,COND=EVEN
//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02   DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST04   DD DSN=&&TRNPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST05   DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST06   DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST07   DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*

The GELPTCLB CSP Processor

//**********************************************************************
//** GENERATE, DB2 PRE-PROCESS, CICS TRANSLATE, COMPILE, LINK-EDIT    **
//**  AND BIND CSP APPLICATIONS                                       **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//GELPTCLB PROC CGHLQ='USER',
//          BINDDSN  ='&C1USERID..NDVRCSP.BINDDSN',
//          COBCICS  ='SYS1.COB2CICS',
//          COBCOMP  ='SYS1.COB2COMP',
//          COBLIB   ='SYS1.COB2LIB',
//          CONLIB   ='iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD',
//          CRS      ='CRS210',
//          CSP      ='CSP410',
//          CSPVSAM  ='CSP410',
//          CSPCUST  ='CSP410',
//          CSPUSER  ='CSPUSER',
//          DATA     ='31',
//          DBRMLIB  ='NULLFILE',
//          DSNEXIT  ='DSN220.DSNEXIT',
//          DSNLOAD  ='DSN220.DSNLOAD',
//          ENV      ='MVSCICS',
//          DBCS     =,
//          DFHLOAD  ='SYS5.CICS212.LOADLIB',
//          LISTLIB  ='NULLFILE',
//          LOADLIB  ='NULLFILE',
//          MAP      ='NONE',
//          NLS      ='ENU',
//          RESLIB   ='IMSVS.RESLIB',  (UNCOMMENT BELOW IF NECESSARY)
//          SOUT     ='*',
//          SP       =,
//          SUFF     =1$,
//          TABLE    ='NONE',
//          USR1MSL  ='NULLFILE',
//          USR2MSL  ='NULLFILE',
//          WSPC     =500
//*
//*
//* CSP PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*

04-May-2018 417/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
//*    CGHLQ   = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    COBCICS = COBOL CICS RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*    COBCOMP = COBOL COMPILER LIBRARY
//*    COBLIB  = COBOL RUN TIME LIBRARY

//*    CRS     = CSP/370RS HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    CSP     = CSP/370AD HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    CSPVSAM = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR VSAM DATA SETS
//*    CSPCUST = HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER FOR CUSTOMIZED LIBRARIES
//*    CSPUSER = CSP/370AD USER WORK DATA SET HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//*    DATA    = COMPILE OPTION FOR PLACING WORKING STORAGE
//*              ABOVE 16M LINE
//*   DBCS     = DOUBLE BYTE CHARACTER SUPPORT
//*   DFHLOAD  = CICS TRANSLATOR LIBRARY
//*   DSNEXIT  = DB2 DSNEXIT LIBRARY
//*   DSNLOAD  = DB2 DSNLOAD LIBRARY
//*   ENV      = COBOL GENERATION USER DATA SET ENVIRONMENT QUALIFIER
//*              (SHOULD BE EQUAL TO GENERATION TARGET ENVIRONMENT)
//*   MAP      = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN MAPS WITH APPL
//*   NLS      = NLS CODE (NATIONAL LANGUAGE DATA SET QUALIFIER)
//*   RESLIB   = IMS RESLIB LIBRARY
//*   SOUT     = SYSOUT ASSIGNMENT
//*   SP       = CICS/ESA SYSTEM PROGRAMMING TRANSLATOR OPTION
//*   SUFF     = CICS TRANSLATOR PROGRAM NAME SUFFIX
//*   TABLE    = NONE/ALL - FOR APPLICATION, GEN TABLES WITH APPL
//*   WSPC     = PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SPACE ALLOCATION
//*
//* Endevor PARMS: (PARM VALUES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED VIA PROC GROUPS)
//*   BINDDSN  = 'PERMANENTLY-ALLOCATED' TEMPORARY BIND CNTL CARD LIB
//*   CONLIB   = Endevor RUN TIME LIBRARY
//*   DBRMLIB  = DB2 DBRMLIB LIBRARY
//*   LISTLIB  = Endevor/CSP LISTINGS LIBRARY
//*   LOADLIB  = Endevor/CSP OUTPUT LOAD LIBRARY
//*   USR1MSL  = READ/WRITE MSL
//*   USR2MSL  = READ-ONLY MSL
//*
//*
//*********************************************************************
//*  INITIALIZE GENERATE/COMPILE/LINK-EDIT LISTING DATA SETS          *
//*********************************************************************
//*
//INITLIST EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01 DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT02 DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=VBA,LRECL=654,BLKSIZE=6000)
//C1INIT03 DD DSN=&&PRPPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT04 DD DSN=&&TRNPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//C1INIT05 DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT06 DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(15,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)
//C1INIT07 DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=3630)
//C1INIT08 DD DSN=&&BNDPRINT,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//*********************************************************************
//* INVOKE IDCAMS TO ENSURE THE BIND CNTL CARD O/P DATA SET IS DELETED*
//*********************************************************************
//IDCAMS EXEC PGM=IDCAMS

//SYSPRINT DD DUMMY

04-May-2018 418/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//SYSPRINT DD DUMMY
//SYSIN    DD *
 DELETE '&BINDDSN'.
 SET MAXCC = 0
//COBGEN EXEC PGM=BC1PDCGB,COND=(0,NE),MAXRC=4
//*
//*-----------------------
//*  LOADLIB AND MESSAGE FILES
//*-----------------------
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSP..SEZELMD
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=EDC.SEDCLINK
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=PLI.SIBMLINK
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//*
//EZECOMM DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZECOMM
//*
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*  THE FOLLOWING MESSAGE FILES SHOULD BE PRE-ALLOCATED
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*EZEDMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..FZEMSG
//*EZEEMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZEMSG
//*EZETES  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZETUTOR
//*EZEMAP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZEMAPDS
//*-----------------------
//*  WORK FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEWORK DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&CSPUSER..EZEWORK
//EZEWRK1 DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200)
//*-----------------------
//*  COMMAND AND LOG FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZECOUT DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//*-----------------------
//*  PRINT FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEPRINT DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//EZECPRT  DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL GENERATION CONTROL FILES
//*-----------------------
//EZEOPT   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..PDS.EZEOPT
//*EZEOPT  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..VSAM.EZEOPT
//EZEJTMP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP
//EZEWORD  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPCUST..EZESAMP(EZEWORDS)
//EZESNAP  DD SYSOUT=&SOUT.
//*-----------------------
//*  INTERNAL READER FILE FOR PREPARATION JCL SUBMISSION
//*-----------------------
//EZEJCL   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*EZEJCL  DD SYSOUT=(,INTRDR)
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  ENVIRONMENT DEPENDENT CONTROL AND OUTPUT FILES
//*
//*  THE FOLLOWING FILES MAY OR MAY NOT BE REQUIRED, DEPENDING
//*  ON FUNCTIONS USED AT SPECIFIC INSTALLATIONS. THE DD CARDS
//*  ARE SHOWN AS COMMENTS IN THE PROCEDURE. THE GENERATOR USES
//*  DYNAMIC ALLOCATION TO ALLOCATE EXISTING DATA SETS WITH THE
//*  NAMES AS SHOWN IN THE DD CARDS, WHERE &CGHLQ. IS THE DATA SET
//*  QUALIFIER FROM THE USERID COBOL GENERATION OPTION AND &ENV.
//*  IS THE TARGET EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT.
//*
//*  TO USE DATA SETS WITH OTHER NAMES, MODIFY THE PROCEDURE OR THE
//*  JCL TO ALLOCATE THE DATA SETS WITH THE APPROPRIATE DD NAMES
//*  AS SHOWN BELOW. THE GENERATOR CHECKS TO SEE IF A DATA SET

//*  HAS ALREADY BEEN ALLOCATED TO THE DD NAME BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO

04-May-2018 419/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*  HAS ALREADY BEEN ALLOCATED TO THE DD NAME BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO
//*  DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE A DATA SET WITH THE STANDARD NAME.
//*
//*-----------------------
//*  COBOL SOURCE FILE
//*-----------------------
//EZESRC  DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5,10),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//*
//EZEDUMMY DD DUMMY,DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEDUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*-----------------------
//*  USER DEFINED LINK EDIT CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------
//EZELINK DD DUMMY
//*-----------------------
//*  USER-DEFINED BIND CONTROL STATEMENTS
//*-----------------------
//EZEBIND DD DSN=&BINDDSN.,DISP=(,CATLG,DELETE),
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*--------------------------
//*  IMS COBOL COPY LIBRARY
//*--------------------------
//*EZECOPY DD DISP=SHR,DSM=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZECOPY
//*-----------------------
//*  OBJECT LIBRARIES FOR GENERATED MAP GROUPS
//*-----------------------
//EZEFOBJ DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5,1),RLSE),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//*EZEPOBJ DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEPOBJ
//*-----------------------
//*  TSO CLIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZECLST DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  PARTS LIST LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//EZEPCTL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=NULLFILE
//*-----------------------
//*  MFS SOURCE LIBRARY
//*-----------------------
//*EZEMFS  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEMFS
//*-----------------------
//*  JCL LIBRARIES
//*-----------------------
//*EZEJCLX DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLX
//*EZEJCLP DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CGHLQ..&ENV..EZEJCLP
//USR1MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR1MSL.
//USR2MSL  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR2MSL.
//NDVRIPT  DD *
 M=USR1MSL ROMSL=USR2MSL CMDIN=EZECIN CMDOUT=EZECOUT
//EZECIN  DD *
 GENERATE MEMBER(&C1ELEMENT). SYSTEM(&ENV).
      TABLES(&TABLE). MAPS(&MAP). BATCH(NO) ;
//EZEPARM  DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      EXTRACT THE LINKAGE-EDITOR CONTROL STATEMENTS FROM           **
//*      THE SEQUENTIAL FILE CREATED BY THE GENERATE STEP             **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//EXTRLNK EXEC PGM=LEXTRCTR,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//INPUT   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//OUTPUT  DD DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(,PASS),
//           UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)

//*

04-May-2018 420/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
//**********************************************************************
//** ELAPCLB - COBOL PRECOMPILE/COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT                 **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//*****************************************************************
//*      PRECOMPILE THE COBOL PROGRAM                            **
//*****************************************************************
//*
//P     EXEC PGM=DSNHPC,MAXRC=4,
//      PARM=('HOST(COB2),APOSTSQL,QUOTE')
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNEXIT.
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//DBRMLIB DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&DBRMLIB.(&C1ELEMENT).
//SYSCIN  DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&DSNHOUT,UNIT=tdisk,
//           SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).
//SYSLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&PRPPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSIN   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC(&C1ELEMENT)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//** ELATCL - CICS TRANSLATE, COBOL COMPILE AND LINK-EDIT             **
//**********************************************************************
//T      EXEC PGM=DFHECP&SUFF.,MAXRC=4,
//       PARM='COBOL2,QUOTE,NOSEQ&SP&DBCS'.
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DFHLOAD.
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&TRNPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSPUNCH DD DSN=&&SYSCIN,DISP=(,PASS),
//            UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).
//SYSIN    DD DSN=&&DSNHOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE THE COBOL PROGRAM                                    **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C     EXEC PGM=IGYCRCTL,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//      PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//     'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSIN   DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&SYSCIN
//SYSLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLIN  DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET(&C1ELEMENT),UNIT=tdisk,
//           SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC.,10)),FOOTPRNT=CREATE,
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7   DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//
* **********************************************************************
//*      COMPILE ANY ADDITIONAL MAPS AND TABLES                       **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//C2     EXEC PGM=BC1PCCSP,COND=(4,LT),MAXRC=4,
//       PARM=(NOSEQ,QUOTE,OFFSET,LIB,RES,RENT,NODYNAM,DBCS,OPT,
//      'TRUNC(BIN)','NUMPROC(NOPFD)',NOCMPR2,'DATA(&DATA)').
//COBCOMP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCOMP.
//SYSLIB   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELACOPY,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSIN    DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(6400,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6400)
//SYSLIN   DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3120,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//            DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPRINT  DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(3630,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=6251)

//GENCNTL  DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CONTROL

04-May-2018 421/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//GENCNTL  DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CONTROL
//EZESRC   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&EZESRC
//OBJLIB   DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&LOADSET
//PRINTLIB DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CB2PRINT
//GENINFO DD *
ELEMENT=&C1ELEMENT.       KEEP THESE CARDS IN ORDER,
 COMPILER=IGYCRCTL       LEFT JUST WITH NO BLANKS
//SYSUT1  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT2  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT3  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT4  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT5  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT6  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//SYSUT7  DD SPACE=(800,(&WSPC.,&WSPC).,,,ROUND),UNIT=tdisk
//*
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*      LINK-EDIT THE COBOL PROGRAM                                  **
//*      IF THE RETURN CODE ON ALL PREVIOUS STEPS IS 4 OR LESS        **
//**********************************************************************
//*
//L      EXEC PGM=IEWL,COND=(5,LT),MAXRC=0,
//       PARM='RENT,REUS,LIST,XREF,MAP,AMODE(31),RMODE(ANY)'
//SYSLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DFHLOAD.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBCICS.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&RESLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//OBJLIB  DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&LOADSET,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//     DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&EZEFOBJ,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SELALMD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSLMOD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&LOADLIB.,
//       FOOTPRNT=CREATE,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSPRINT DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SYSUT1   DD SPACE=(1024,(&WSPC.,&WSPC)).,UNIT=tdisk
//SYSLIN   DD DSN=&&CONTROL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*
//**********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IN FOREGROUND                               **
//* NOTE: ATTEMPTING TO RUN THIS STEP IN BG WILL RESULT IN RC=5       **
//**********************************************************************
//BINDFG  EXEC PGM=BC1PTMP0,COND=(8,LT),MAXRC=5,
//        PARM='&BINDDSN(&C1ELEMENT)'.
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//DBRMLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DBRMLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELADBRM,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSTSPRT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&BNDPRINT
//**********************************************************************
//* BIND APPLICATION PLAN IN BACKGROUND                               **
//**********************************************************************
//BINDBG  EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,COND=((8,LT),(5,NE,BINDFG)),MAXRC=0
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//SYSTSIN DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&BINDDSN.(&C1ELEMENT).
//DBRMLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DBRMLIB.,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELADBRM,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//SYSTSPRT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&BNDPRINT
//**********************************************************************
//* FOOTPRINT DB2 PLAN                                                **
//**********************************************************************
//FOOTDB2 EXEC PGM=BC1PCAF,COND=(8,LT),MAXRC=0,
//       PARM='DB2T,BC1PSQL1,BC1PDBFP'
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DSNLOAD.
//DBRMLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&DBRMLIB.
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELADBRM
//BSTIPT  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&BINDDSN.(&C1ELEMENT).
//*********************************************************************
//* INVOKE IDCAMS TO ENSURE THE BIND CNTL CARD O/P DATA SET IS DELETED*
//*********************************************************************
//IDCAMS   EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
//SYSPRINT DD DUMMY
//SYSIN    DD *

 DELETE '&BINDDSN'.

04-May-2018 422/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 DELETE '&BINDDSN'.
 SET MAXCC = 0
//*********************************************************************
//*  STORE OUTPUT LISTINGS IN LIST LIBRARY                           **
//*********************************************************************
//CONLIST  EXEC PGM=CONLIST,PARM=STORE,MAXRC=0,COND=EVEN
//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR,MONITOR=COMPONENTS
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,1),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121)
//LIST01   DD DSN=&&EZECOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST02   DD DSN=&&EZEPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST03   DD DSN=&&EZEJCL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST04   DD DSN=&&PRPPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST05   DD DSN=&&TRNPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST06   DD DSN=&&COBPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST07   DD DSN=&&CB2PRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST08   DD DSN=&&LNKPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//LIST09   DD DSN=&&BNDPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//*

The GCSP41LN CSP Processor

//************************+++ GCSP41LN +++****************************
//* GENERATE PROCESSOR THE CSP EXTENSION FACILITY.
//* EXTENSION TYPES ARE RECDEX, PROCEX AND SGRPEX.
//* THIS PROCESSOR PERFORMS THE FOLLOWING ACTIVITIES:
//* 1) ALLOCATE LISTING DATA SETS.
//* 2) WRITE A CURRENT COPY OF THE ELEMENT TO A TEMP FILE.
//* 3) ALLOCATE EZEWORK FILE.
//* 4) INVOKE CSP/AD VIA BC1PDCGB TO IMPORT THE MEMBER FROM
//* THE TEMP FILE TO THE STAGE MSL.
//* 5) WRITE LISTINGS TO LISTINGS LIBRARY.
//**********************************************************************
//*
//GCSP41LN PROC COBLIB='SYS1.COB2LIB', COBOL RUN-TIME LIBRARY00130002
//         CONLIB='iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD', 00140002
//         CRS='CRS210', CSP/370RS HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//         CSP='CSP410', CSP/370AD HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
//         CSPUSER='CSPUSER', USER WORK DATASET HIGH QUALIFIER
//         CSPVSAM='CSP410', HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER - VSAM DS
//         LISTLIB='NULLFILE', Endevor/CSP LISTINGS LIBRARY
//         NLS='LLL', NATIONAL LANGUAGE QUALIFIER
//         WORKDISK='tdisk', UNITNAME FOR TEMP DATASETS
//         USR1MSL='NULLFILE', READ/WRITE MSL
//         USR2MSL='NULLFILE', READ-ONLY MSL
//         vvolser=''VOLSER FOR VSAM EZEWORK
//**********************************************************************
//* STEP1 - ALLOCATE AND INITIALIZE ALL THE TEMP DATA SETS            **
//**********************************************************************
//INITTDS EXEC PGM=BC1PDSIN,MAXRC=0
//C1INIT01  DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&AMSLST,
//             UNIT=&WORKDISK.,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=1210)
//C1INIT02  DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&LOGLST,
//             UNIT=&WORKDISK.,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=1210)
//C1INIT03  DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&CMDLST,
//             UNIT=&WORKDISK.,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE),
//             DCB=(RECFM=VBA,LRECL=650,BLKSIZE=654)
//C1INIT04  DD DISP=(,PASS),DSN=&&TEMPSRC,
//             UNIT=&WORKDISK.,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//**********************************************************************
//* STEP2 - WRITE A CURRENT COPY OF THE ELEMENT TO THE ESF DATA SET   **
//**********************************************************************
//CONWRT EXEC PGM=CONWRITE,PARM='EXPINCL(N)',COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=0
//ELMOUT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&TEMPSRC
//**********************************************************************
//* STEP3 - ALLOCATE THE EZEWORK VSAM FILE                            **
//**********************************************************************
//ALLOWRK  EXEC PGM=IDCAMS,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=0
//SYSPRINT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&AMSLST

04-May-2018 423/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//SYSPRINT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&AMSLST
//SYSIN DD *
 DELETE '&CSPUSER..EZEWORK' PURGE
 SET MAXCC=0
 DEFINE CLUSTER (NAME('&CSPUSER..EZEWORK') -
        VOL(&vvolser). -
        CYLINDERS(02 01) -
        KEYS(14 0) -
        RECORDSIZE(272 272) -
        SHR (3 3) -
      INDEXED            ) -
 DATA  (NAME('&CSPUSER..EZEWORK.DATA')) -
 INDEX (NAME('&CSPUSER..EZEWORK.INDEX'))
//**********************************************************************
//* STEP4 - INVOKE CSP/AD VIA E/CSP UTILITY TO PERFORM CSP COMMAND    **
//**********************************************************************
//IMPORT EXEC PGM=BC1PDCGB,COND=(0,LT),MAXRC=8
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CRS..SELALMD
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSP..SEZELMD
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=EDC.SEDCLINK
//*       DD DISP=SHR,DSN=PLI.SIBMLINK
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&COBLIB.
//        DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CONLIB.
//**********************************************************************
//* CSP MESSAGE AND TUTORIAL FILES                                    **
//**********************************************************************
//EZECOMM  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZECOMM
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//* THE FOLLOWING MESSAGE FILES SHOULD BE PRE-ALLOCATED
//*----------------------------------------------------------
//*EZEDMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..FZEMSG
//*EZEEMSG DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..EZEMSG
//*EZETES  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZETUTOR
//*EZEMAP  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPVSAM..&NLS..FZEMAPDS
//**********************************************************************
//* STAGE MEMBER SPECIFICATION LIBRARY (R/W MSL)                      **
//**********************************************************************
//USR1MSL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR1MSL.
//USR2MSL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&USR2MSL.
//*********************************************************************
//* CSP TEMPORARY WORK FILE
//*********************************************************************
//EZEWORK DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSPUSER..EZEWORK
//EZEWRK1 DD UNIT=&WORKDISK.,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1)),
//           DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200)
//*********************************************************************
//* CSP ESF SERIAL FILE                                              **
//*********************************************************************
//TEMPSRC DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&TEMPSRC
//*********************************************************************
//* CSP INVOCATION PARAMETER                                         **
//*********************************************************************
//NDVRIPT DD *
M=USR1MSL ROMSL=USR2MSL CMDIN=EZECIN CMDOUT=EZECOUT
/*
//*********************************************************************
//* CSP LOG AND LISTINGS FILES                                       **
//*********************************************************************
//EZECOUT  DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&LOGLST
//EZEPRINT DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=&&CMDLST
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//*********************************************************************
//* CSP COMMAND INPUT                                               ** 
//*********************************************************************
//EZECIN DD *
IMPORT SERIAL(TEMPSRC) REPLACE(Y);
 /*
//**********************************************************************
//* STEP5 - STORE THE LISTINGS FROM THE PREVIOUS STEPS                **
//**********************************************************************
//STRLST EXEC PGM=CONLIST,COND=EVEN,MAXRC=0,PARM=STORE

//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR

04-May-2018 424/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//C1LLIBO  DD DSN=&LISTLIB.,DISP=SHR
//C1BANNER DD UNIT=&WORKDISK.,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)),
//            DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//LIST01   DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&AMSLST
//LIST02   DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&LOGLST
//LIST03   DD DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&CMDLST
//*

Unsupported Parameters
Contents

General Restrictions (see page 425)

SET Statement (see page 425)
INCLUDE Statement (see page 426)
EXEC Statement Parameters (see page 426)
DD Statement Parameters (see page 426)
DCB Subparameters (see page 426)
DDNAME Subparameters (see page 427)

General Restrictions
CA Endevor® SCM processors are written using standard OS JCL syntax, with a few restrictions. Most
JCL parameters are supported in CA Endevor® SCM processor statements.

Selected JCL parameters, and the JCL SET statement, are unsupported by CA Endevor® SCM and, if
used, are ignored by the system or cause as an error. A message is returned when CA Endevor® SCM
encounters one of these parameters:

If the parameter is ignored, the message reads:

C1X0205W STMT statement-no INVALID--KEYWORD keyword IS NOT SUPPORTED

If the parameter causes an error, the message reads:

C1X0202E STMT statement-no INVALID--STATEMENT

The following JCL keyword parameters and the JCL SET statement and INCLUDE statement are not
supported by CA Endevor® SCM processors.

Except for the SET statement, which can appear anywhere in JCL, the invalid parameters are shown in
the following lists with the statement type (EXEC= or DD=) in which they are normally used.

SET Statement
The SET command cannot be used in a processor.

04-May-2018 425/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

INCLUDE Statement
The JCL INCLUDE statement cannot be used in a processor. However, CA Panvalet and CA Librarian
include member parameters can be used.

EXEC Statement Parameters

CA Endevor® SCM processors support the EXEC statement, but they do not support backward
reference (REFERBACK), or these EXEC statement parameters:
ACCT
ADDRSPC
DYNAMNBR
PERFORM
PROC
RD
REGION
TIME

DD Statement Parameters
CA Endevor® SCM processors support the DD statement, but they do not support backward reference
(REFERBACK), or these DD statement parameters:
ACCODE
AMP
BURST
CHARS
CHKPT
CNTL
DYNAM
SUBSYS=PANV

DCB Subparameters
CA Endevor® SCM processors support the DCB parameter. The following DCB subparameters that are
not supported.

BUFIN

BUFMAX

BUFOFF

BUFOUT

BUFSIZE

CODE

CPRI

04-May-2018 426/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CPRI

CYLOFL

FRID

FUNC

GNCP

INTVL

IPLTXID

MODE

NTM

PCI

PRTSP

RESERVE

RKP

STACK

THRESH

TRTCH

DDNAME Subparameters
CA Endevor® SCM processors support the DDNAME parameter. The following DDNAME
subparameters are not supported.

DSID

FLASH

MODIFY

MSVGP

OUTPUT

QNAME

REFDD

SPLIT

04-May-2018 427/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SUBALLOC

DDNAME

04-May-2018 428/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

File Definition and Maintenance

Contents

How to Define the CA Endevor® SCM Files (see page 430)

How to Maintain Files (see page 433)
How to Back Up CA Endevor® SCM (see page 435)
How CA Endevor® SCM Recovery Works (see page 436)

This list describes the CA Endevor® SCM data sets:

Master Control File

Definitions of stages, systems, subsystems, element types, and elements. This file is accessed and
updated by CA Endevor® SCM to perform source and output management, and to handle other
miscellaneous services. There is one Master Control File (MCF) for each stage at a site. The
Master Control Files are defined as a function of installation.

Package data set

Package information for all environments defined for the site.

Base and delta libraries

Source statements for elements, including processors. The base library contains the source as
originally added to CA Endevor® SCM. The delta library contains the changes made to the
elements. These libraries are specified separately to each element type definition, but can be
shared by multiple element types. The libraries can be shared across systems and stages, but
make sure that the defined record length for each library is adequate to store the element source
from all systems/stages that share the library. At a minimum, you must have one library to store
base and delta members in each environment.
If you use CA Endevor® SCM ACM, the component base and delta are also stored in these same
libraries and require a logical record length of at least 259. Each base or delta library can be an OS
partitioned data set (PDS or PDS/E), a CA Panvalet data set, a CA Librarian data set, or a self-
reorganizing ELIB data set.

Source output library

Latest full source form of each element, created during output management. This is an optional
library defined to each element type (although the same library can be shared across element
types). This library is designed for use with COBOL copybooks, assembler macros, or JCL
procedures that are copied elsewhere (and therefore have to be available in full source form). It
can be used for any type element however.
The source output library can be an OS PDS or PDS/E, or a CA Panvalet or CA Librarian data set.

CA Endevor® SCM listing library

Listings output by the CA Endevor® SCM CONLIST utility or by the type PROCESS generate
processor (GPPROCSS). For both listing purposes, this library must be specific to a stage, but can
be shared across systems. This library can be an OS PDS or PDS/E or ELIB data set.

04-May-2018 429/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processor load library

Load module form of each processor defined to CA Endevor® SCM, as output by the type
PROCESS generate processor, GPPROCSS. This library is specific to a stage, but can be shared
across systems. This library must be an OS load library (RECFM=U).

Note: In addition to the libraries referenced, you may also have INCLUDE libraries and user
libraries (copy libraries, macro libraries, JCL libraries) defined to processors. These libraries
are not specific to CA Endevor® SCM, and therefore are not described here.

How to Define the CA Endevor® SCM Files

You establish your CA Endevor® SCM files during installation. The following instructions explain how
to set up additional base and delta libraries, processor listing libraries, processor load libraries, and
source output libraries, as well as how to monitor and maintain the existing libraries.

If you are currently using OS PDS or PDS/Es for base, delta, and/or listing libraries, consider
converting these PDS or PDS/Es to ELIB self-reorganizing data sets.

ELIB Data Sets

ELIB data sets offer several performance advantages over OS PDS. ELIB data sets:

Automatically reorganize member space as members are rewritten or deleted, thereby

eliminating the need to compress the data set.

Exploit 31-bit storage for VSAM-organized data sets, thereby reducing 24-bit storage contention.

Expand directories and data sets automatically.

Provide improved directory processing.

Maintain additional statistical information about the member size.

These features eliminate most of the growth and compress problems involved with managing PDS or
PDS/Es. ELIB provides faster support for add, update, and delete activities due to its advanced
directory processing techniques.

Note: For more information about ELIB data sets, see ELIB Data Sets (see page 965).

04-May-2018 430/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Define Base and Delta Libraries

Base and delta libraries can be ELIB (ELIB) data sets, partitioned data sets (PDS or PDS/E), or CA
Panvalet or CA Librarian data sets. Depending upon the delta format chosen, each base/delta library
set can be any combination of these file types.

For example, if you use reverse deltas, a regular PDS or PDS/E to be used to store element base, and
an ELIB dataset to store deltas. Base libraries can be HFS directories.

Base and Delta Library Space Requirements

Space requirements for base libraries are a function of the number of elements (members) to be
stored, the number of source lines per element (for base libraries), the volatility of the elements (for
delta libraries that is, the number and extent of expected changes), and the library management
facility in use.

Allocate a New PDS or PDS/E

1. To allocate a new PDS or PDS/E, use ISPF/PDF option 3 (Utilities), option 2 (Data sets), or any
suitable IBM utility (such as IEFBR14).

2. Specify the following DCB, assigning a block size appropriate to your disk device:
DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=record length,BLKSIZE=block-size)
Where record length is the maximum record length that you anticipate storing in the PDS or
PDS/E plus the constant 4. Block-size is a number at least 4 greater than the LRECL length.
When specifying the number of directory blocks in each library, you have one directory block
for every four elements. For efficiency, directory blocks should be allocated in increments of
45 for a 3390-type device (whatever number can fit on a single track, if you are using another
type of device).
To calculate this number, divide the estimated number of elements (members) to be stored in
the library by 4. Round up to an even multiple of 45 (assuming a 3390-type device). The
number should be the same for the base and delta libraries.

Note: If the Automated Configuration Manager facility (CA Endevor® SCM ACM) is installed
at your site, increase the file size by 20 percent and double the number of directory blocks.

Allocate a New CA Panvalet or CA Librarian Data Set

Allocate and Initialize a New ELIB Data Set
To allocate and initialize a new ELIB data set, see ELIB Data Sets (see page 965).

04-May-2018 431/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Define a CA Endevor® SCM Listing Library

Space requirements for a CA Endevor® SCM listing library are a function of the number of elements
added to the system(s) with which the library is associated (by CONLIST or type PROCESS), and the
number of lines in each listing.

To allocate a new PDS or PDS/E, use ISPF/PDF option 3 (Utilities), option 2 (Data sets), or any suitable
IBM utility (such as IEFBR14). Specify the following DCB, assigning a block size appropriate to your
disk device:
DCB=(RECFM=VBA,LRECL=259,BLKSIZE=block-size)

Specify the number of directory blocks needed. There is one directory block for every four listing
members. For efficiency, directory blocks are allocated in increments of 45 (or whatever number can
fit on a single track, if you are using a device other than a 3390-type device).

To calculate this number, divide the expected number of listings by four and round up to an even
multiple of 45 (for a 3390-type device).

Note: For more information about allocating a new ELIB data set, see ELIB Data Sets (see
page 965).

Define a Processor Load Library

Space requirements for this library are a function of the number of processors added to the system(s)
with which the library is associated, and the number of lines in each processor.

To allocate the library, use ISPF/PDF option 3 (Utilities), option 2 (Data sets), or any suitable IBM
utility (for example, IEFBR14). Specify the following DCB, assigning a block size appropriate to your
disk device:

DCB=(RECFM=U,BLKSIZE=block-size)

Specify the number of directory blocks needed. There is one directory block for every four
processors. For efficiency, directory blocks are allocated in increments of 45 (or whatever number
can fit on a single track, if you are using a device other than a 3390-type device).

To calculate this number, divide the expected number of processors by four, then round up to an
even multiple of 45 (for a 3390-type device).

Define a Source Output Library or HFS Directory

Each source output library can be a USS directory, a partitioned data set (PDS or PDS/E), or a CA
Panvalet or CA Librarian library. If it is a PDS or PDS/E, it can have fixed or variable-length records.

Follow these steps:

04-May-2018 432/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Follow these steps:

1. Use ISPF/PDF option 3 (Utilities), option 2 (Data sets), or any suitable IBM utility (such as
IEFBR14).

2. Specify the following DCB, assigning a block size appropriate to your disk device:
DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=block-size) (fixed records)
or
DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=rec-len,BLKSIZE=block-size)(variable records)
rec-len is the maximum record length (as specified when defining the element type(s) that use
this library), plus 4.
You must specify the number of directory blocks needed. There is one directory block for
every four source modules. For efficiency, directory blocks are allocated in increments of 45
(or whatever number can fit on a single track, if you are using a device other than a 3390-type
device).
To calculate this number, divide the expected number of source modules by four, then round
up to an even multiple of 45 (for a 3390-type device).

How to Maintain Files

The CA Endevor® SCM administrator must monitor the CA Endevor® SCM files regularly, to ensure
that they have adequate space. This section describes some of the standard tools you, as the CA
Endevor® SCM administrator can use to monitor and maintain the files.

Monitor Space Utilization

The Master Control File and Package data sets are VSAM files, and should be maintained using the
standard IBM VSAM maintenance utility IDCAMS. To obtain file utilization statistics, run the utility
with the LISTCAT command.

Monitor your CA Endevor® SCM libraries regularly, as explained in the following:

OS PDS or PDS/E libraries

Use ISPF/PDF, option 3 (Utilities), option 2 (Data sets) to display space utilization statistics. OS
PDS or PDS/E libraries include the CA Endevor® SCM listing libraries and processor load library,
and may include the base and delta libraries and the source output library.

CA Librarian or CA Panvalet libraries

The base library, delta library, and source output library may be CA Librarian or CA Panvalet files.

ELIB data sets

Run the BC1PNLST utility program. ELIB data sets can be used for the base, delta, and/or listing
libraries.

Note: For more information about the BC1PNLST utility, see ELIB Data Sets (see page 965).

04-May-2018 433/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Expand or Compress a File

If a file becomes full, compress or expand the file, as appropriate. This section explains how to do this
for the Master Control File, Package data sets, PDS or PDS/E libraries, CA Librarian and CA Panvalet
libraries and ELIB data sets.

Expand or Compress the Master Control File

For the Master Control File (MCF), run the job supplied as member BC1JRMCF in your installation JCL
library. Use this job to expand the files, to periodically clean up control interval splits, or both. This
job processes the Stage 1 and Stage 2 files. When expanding an MCF, you can modify the procedure
as necessary.

Expand or Compress Package Data Sets

For package data sets, run the job supplied as member BC1JRPKG in your installation JCL library. Use
this job to expand the data set, to periodically clean up control interval splits, or both. When
expanding the data set, you can modify the job as necessary.

Reorganize Element Catalog and Eindex Files

For Element Catalog and Eindex files, run the job supplied as member BC1JRCAT in your installation
JCL library. Use this job to reorganize the Element Catalog and Eindex files.

Expand or Compress PDS or PDS/E Libraries

For partitioned data set libraries, run a batch job using the IBM IEBCOPY utility, such as that shown
next, to perform the compression. The first step of the job should back up the data set in the event of
a subsequent problem.
//BACKUP EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY
//SYSPRINT DDSYSOUT=*
//DFILE DDDSN=library-dsn,DISP=OLD
//TFILE DDDSN=seq-backup-dsn,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),UNIT=TAPE
//SYSIN DD*
 COPY INDD=DFILE,OUTDD=TFILE
/*
//COMPRESS EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,COND=(0,NE,BACKUP)
//SYSPRINT DDSYSOUT=*
//DFILE DDDSN=library-dsn,DISP=OLD
//SYSIN DD*
 COPY INDD=DFILE,OUTDD=DFILE
/*

Expand or Compress CA Librarian and CA Panvalet Libraries

CA Librarian or CA Panvalet data sets are automatically compressed each time a member is stored or
updated and therefore, compression is unnecessary. Should a library become full, follow the
appropriate CA Librarian or CA Panvalet procedures to expand the file.

Expand or Compress ELIB Data Sets

ELIB data sets are automatically maintained each time a member is stored or updated and therefore,
compression is unnecessary. In addition, ELIB data sets can automatically expand into secondary
extents.

04-May-2018 434/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information about changing the secondary expansion quantity or the
directory size, see ELIB Data Sets (see page 965).

How to Back Up CA Endevor® SCM

You should back up the CA Endevor® SCM files regularly. Back up all files associated with a stage
together, when no update processing is occurring against the stage. Define each data set being
backed up with DISP=OLD, to ensure that no update processing can occur against the data set during
backup.

Each CA Endevor® SCM file is classified as critical or non-critical. Critical files, if lost, can only be
rebuilt from a backup. Critical files are the Master Control File, base library, and delta library. Non-
critical files include the source output library, processor listing library, and processor load library. Non-
critical files can be rebuilt by processing the elements. If the source output library is lost, for example,
the source can be recreated from the base and delta libraries.

The following describes how to back up various CA Endevor® SCM files:

The Master Control File

Use the IDCAMS utility with the REPRO command.

A PDS or PDS/E
Use a standard IBM utility (for example, IEBCOPY), or any other appropriate utility in use at your
site.

A CA Panvalet or CA Librarian file

See the appropriate documentation.

Back Up VSAM ELIB Data Sets

To back up ELIB VSAM data sets, use the IDCAMS utility and supply the appropriate space and DCB
information, and is located in the member BC1JELIB is supplied in your iprfx.iqual JCL library for this
purpose. You can also use any other appropriate utility in use at your site.

Back Up BDAM ELIB Data Sets

To back up an ELIB BDAM data set, use the standard IBM IEBGENER utility or any other appropriate
utility in use at your site.

04-May-2018 435/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Back Up Using the Unload, Reload, and Validate

Utility
If you do not want to use the standard IBM backup utility, you can use the CA Endevor® SCM Unload,
Reload, and Validate utility. This utility provides a backup, reload, and validation mechanism for CA
Endevor® SCM VSAM files (Master Control File and package data set) and base/delta libraries.

Note: For more information about using this utility, see Unload, Reload, and Validate (see
page 986).

How CA Endevor® SCM Recovery Works

If a critical file is lost or its integrity compromised, restore all critical files, including the Master
Control File, base library, and delta library. First restore the files using the latest backup. Then reapply
any updates made since the last backup.

Important! Keep the source version of all changes made to critical files until a backup can
be made. Otherwise, you cannot reapply these updates.

The Footprint Exception Report (CONRPT83) identifies those members of an output library that are
out of sync with the MCF, and can be used to identify the members that must be added/updated in
the Master Control File. If allocated, the source output library can be used to assist in the recovery. In
the event that source code is lost prior to taking a backup of the critical files, the source output
library still contains a current copy of the source.

If a non-critical file is lost or its integrity compromised:

Rebuild the file by reprocessing the lost elements. Again, non-critical files include the source
output library, CA Endevor® SCM listing libraries, and processor load library.

If you have a backup copy of the file that is in sync with the critical files, you can recover directly
from the backup. If you do this, however, first ensure that the restored file matches the
information contained in the current MCF, base library, and delta library exactly.

04-May-2018 436/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Recover Using the Unload, Reload, and Validate

Utility
You can use the CA Endevor® SCM Unload, Reload, and Validate utility for recovery. This utility
provides a backup, reload, and validation mechanism for CA Endevor® SCM VSAM files (Master
Control File and package data set) and base/delta libraries.

04-May-2018 437/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Footprint Synchronization
A footprint is a set of encrypted data placed by CA Endevor SCM processors in generated source,
object, or load modules. Footprints contain location and event information from the Master Control
File record for the element:

Site ID

Environment

Stage Number

System

Subsystem

Type

Element Name

Version and Level

Date and time the output was created

By relating an output to an element, footprints let you:

Keep source synchronized with executables

Display source information from executables

How Synchronizing Source and Executables Works

CA Endevor SCM helps you to keep source synchronized with executables by comparing the date and
time that the element was last generated (from the Master Control File) with the date and time
information in the footprint.

Use this capability by doing the following:

Including the FOOTPRNT=VERIFY statement in processors. This option automates footprint

verification each time the processor runs.

Running footprint reports.

FOOTPRNT=VERIFY Statement

04-May-2018 438/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Including the FOOTPRNT=VERIFY statement in your processors automates footprint verification each
time the processor runs.

Footprint Reports
Running footprint reports on a regular basis helps you to monitor footprints. The following describes
the footprint reports:

CONRPT80 -- Library Member Footprint Report

Footprint information stored in the members of load and non-load libraries.

CONRPT81 -- Library CSECT Listing

CSECTs in a load library, along with corresponding member names and link-edit compile dates,
and the footprint, if available.

CONRPT82 -- Library Zapped CSECT Profile

CSECTs that were zapped from a load library.

CONRPT83 -- Footprint Exception Report

Members, CSECTs, or load modules that have no footprint or whose footprints were corrupted.

Note: For more information about footprints (including sample reports), see Footprint
Reporting.

Source Input from Executables

CA Endevor SCM uses footprints to let you display:

A list of members in a library, with footprint information for each.

A list of CSECTs for a specific load module, with footprint information for each CSECT and for the
load module.

If a member, CSECT, or load module is footprinted, CA Endevor SCM lets you display information
(current source, change history, changes at the current level, summary of levels, Master Control File
information) about it from this selection list.

How to Install Remote Footprint Synchronization

The Footprint Synchronization facility lets you do the following:

Produce all footprint reports at a remote site as if the remote load library existed on a central
machine.

04-May-2018 439/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Determine which load modules changed since they were shipped to a remote site by comparing
their footprints with Master Control File information at a host site.

Install the Remote Footprint Synchronization facility available in CA Endevor SCM. The installation
consists of the following steps:

1. Create a load library at the remote site that contains the footprint synchronization programs.

2. Create and placing a copy of the C1DEFLTS table in the load library at the remote site.

3. Create a JCL library at the remote site containing the JCL to execute the footprint extract
program, the data transmission utility program and, optionally, the report generator.

How CA Endevor SCM Stores Footprints

Contents

Footprints and Library Data Sets (see page 440)

Footprints and Sequential Object Data Sets (see page 441)
Footprints and Load Libraries (see page 441)
Footprints and PDS/E Load Libraries (see page 441)
Footprints and USS Directories (see page 441)

CA Endevor SCM stores footprints in:

Library data sets

Sequential object data sets

Load libraries

Note: CA Endevor SCM cannot footprint sequential source.

Footprints and Library Data Sets

For a source or object data set stored in a PDS or a ELIB data set, the footprint is kept in the user data
area of the directory. Do not use the ISPF RESET STATISTICS function (3.5) to reset statistics of a
footprint library. Doing so overwrites the footprint, which results in future compromise messages
such as C1G0118C.

Footprint information is stored in library data sets as noted below:

For the CA Endevor SCM CA Librarian Interface, it is stored as a history record.

For the CA Endevor SCM for CA Panvalet Interface, it is stored as a COMMENT field.

04-May-2018 440/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For the CA Endevor SCM for CA Panvalet Interface, it is stored as a COMMENT field.

Footprints and Sequential Object Data Sets

For a sequential data set that is an object deck, the footprint is stored as an IDENTIFY statement at
the end of the object code.

For a previously footprinted sequential data set (object deck only) that is stored in a PDS (using
FOOTPRNT=CREATE), there is a footprint (part of an IDENTIFY statement) at the end of the data set
and in the user data area of the directory. If the sequential data set (object deck only) and PDS
member are created by the same processor, they are in sync.

Footprints and Load Libraries

For a PDS load module, CSECT footprints are kept in the user IDR record of the load module, one
footprint for each CSECT. The footprint for the load module is stored in the ZAPIDR record for that
load module.

Note: CA Endevor SCM does not allow the footprinting of the load module PDS directory
because this would compromise the ability of the load module to execute. For PDS load
module footprints, a user update to the IDR or a zap applied to the load module
compromises the footprint.

Footprints and PDS/E Load Libraries

For PDS/E load library members, known as program objects, CSECT footprints are stored in the same
fashion as they are in conventional load module members. For example, footprint data is introduced
through an IDENTIFY card added to the input object modules, and the binder incorporates these
footprints into IDRU records in the program object. The module-level footprint is also stored in a
special IDRU record and is added using the IEWBIND programming interface. All footprint data is
extracted from program objects using the IEWBIND interface.

Footprints and USS Directories

For source stored in an USS directory, the footprint associated with the source is placed in a footprint
subdirectory named @EFP. When a file is created or deleted from the directory, the corresponding
footprint is written to or removed from the @EFP subdirectory. CA Endevor SCM dynamically creates
the @EFP subdirectory if the directory does not exist. The @EFP subdirectory is not deleted when the
last footprint is removed.

04-May-2018 441/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Copy the C1DEFLTS Table

Contents

How to Create CONLIB (see page 442)

How to Create the JCL Library (see page 442)

Copy the C1DEFLTS table that was created during CA Endevor SCM installation at your base site from
your system linklist library to the newly created load library.

If ASCM is enabled at your site, the C1DEFLTS table must be changed. Disable this facility by removing
the ACMROOT and ACMXREF specified in the table and setting ASCM=N. Then reassemble and link
the new C1DEFLTS table into the CONLIB created in the previous step. This change is required to
prevent the remote footprint job from trying to allocate the ACMROOT and XREF files, which do not
exist in the remote site.

Note: If the RACF alternate user ID is enabled at your site, the C1DEFLTS table must be
changed. Disable this facility by removing the RACFUID specified in the table. Then
reassemble and link the new C1DEFLTS table into the CONLIB created in the previous step.

How to Create CONLIB

Copy the contents of iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH into a new load library. This
library then contains the software necessary to execute the footprint synchronization facility
(BC1PFOOT) at the remote site.

How to Create the JCL Library

Create a library to contain the sample JCL for running the footprint extract program, data
transmission utility and optionally, the footprint reports. The member BC1JFEXT in the iprfx.iqual.JCL
library installed at your base site contains the JCL necessary to extract the footprints at the remote
site. This JCL should be copied into the newly created JCL library. This JCL must be customized to
execute at each remote site.

Note: For more information about sample jobstreams, see Sample JCL (see page 442).

Sample JCL
The sample JCL is provided in the iprfx.iqual.JCL library on the installation cartridge. You need to
customize each jobstream for your site.

04-May-2018 442/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Sample JCL is provided for the following programs:

BC1JFEXT
The footprint extract program, which excutes at the remote site and extracts footprints at the
remote site.

BC1JFNDM
The data transmission utility program for sites using the CONNECT:Direct data transmission
utility. BC1JFNDM transmits the remote footprint synchronization utility footprint extract data set
from the remote site to the central CA Endevor SCM site.

BC1JFNTV
The data transmission utility program for sites using the Tivoli NetView transmission utility.
BC1JFNTV transmits the remote footprint synchronization utility footprint extract data set from
the remote site to the central CA Endevor SCM site.

BC1JFBDT
The data transmission utility program for sites using the Bulk Data Transfer transmission utility.
BC1JFBDT transmits the remote footprint synchronization utility footprint extract data set from
the remote site to the central CA Endevor SCM site.

BC1JFRPT
The report generator program. BC1JFRPT generates the reports CONRPT80, CONRPT81, and
CONRPT82 at the central site.

BC1JFEXT
In the BC1JFEXT sample JCL, the analyze statement input refers to a coded ANALYZE statement.

Note: For more information about the coded ANALYZE statement, see Footprint Reporting
(see page 444).

The BC1PFOOT executable program does not have to be called by an authorized program. However, if
you are executing the non-authorized program, you must have the requisite security access to the CA
Endevor SCM data sets for the function requested. The caller's security profile must have sufficient
CA Top Secret, CA ACF2, or RACF, access to the CA Endevor SCM control files (catalog, master,
package, base, delta), because the CA Endevor SCM alternate ID facility is not available when running
in an unauthorized mode.

To call the footprint extract utility from a non-authorized program, specify the following:
EXEC PGM=BC1PFOOT

How to Use the Footprint Synchronization Facility

After the footprint synchronization facility is installed and the skeletal JCL customized, you can run
reports CONRPT80, CONRPT81, and CONRPT82 at the remote site just as you run them on the host.

04-May-2018 443/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To determine if footprints at a remote site are synchronized with CA Endevor SCM location
information from the central location:

1. Run job BC1JFEXT at the remote site to extract footprint information and place it in a footprint
extract file.

2. Transmit the footprint extract file to the host site.

3. Run job BC1JFRPT at the host site to determine if the remote load module footprints are
synchronized with the host inventory information.

Footprint Report Information

Footprint reports list the footprint information placed in source and load modules by CA Endevor
SCM. They also provide a listing of those CSECTs that were zapped and document those members for
which footprint and CA Endevor SCM Master Control File information is out of sync.

CONRPT80
Library Member Footprint report

CONRPT81
Library CSECT Listing

CONRPT82
Library Zapped CSECT Profile

CONRPT83
Footprint Exception report

Note: Footprint reports and Package reports are mutually exclusive. If you need both types
of reports, submit two separate jobs, or two separate jobsteps in the same job.

How to Generate Footprint Reports

Contents

How to Specify Data Extract Phase Selection Criteria (see page 445)
Syntax Examples for Generating Footprint Reports (see page 447)
Name Masking (see page 448)

The generation of Footprint reports is a two-phase process:

1. The first phase extracts information for the requested members from a partitioned data set, a
CA Endevor SCM for CA Panvalet Interface library, or a CA Endevor SCM CA Librarian Interface
library, as appropriate to the report request (and defined by the BSTPDS DD statement).

04-May-2018 444/1109
 1.
CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For non-load libraries

The extracted information for each member is extracted separately and placed in a single
record of the extract file.

For load libraries

The extracted information is written separately by CSECT to the extract file. For load
libraries, this extracted information includes the footprint and, if requested, ZAP,
compiler, and link-edit information.

2. The second phase reads the sequential extract file and produces the reports requested.

To request the Footprint reports, execute the BC1JRPTS job after supplying appropriate Selection
Statements for each of the two phases of processing. Use the BSTIPT DD statement to specify
footprint selection criteria, and the BSTINP DD statement to specify the reports you want to produce.

With CA Endevor SCM, you can extract footprint data about specified data sets by running the
BC1JFEXT job. You can use BC1JFEXT alone to extract footprint data before editing and running the
report JCL job BC1JRPTS. After running BC1JFEXT, you reference the data set created by BC1JFEXT in
your report JCL syntax.
//BSTINP DD *
   FOOTPRINT DDNAME footfile.
//FOOTFILE DD DSN=FOOTPRINT.FILE.DSN, DISP=SHR

Note: When running BC1JFEXT separately, no BSTIPT footprint selection criteria is needed
when running the subsequent footprint reports. Only the FOOTPRINT DDNAME statement
within the BSTINP input is required.

How to Specify Data Extract Phase Selection Criteria

By specifying selection criteria using the BSTIPT DD statement, you can limit the amount of data that
is included in the Footprint reports.

Using selection criteria, you define the members and CSECTs for which information should be
extracted, and the extent of detail you want to extract for each load member. Only the information
requested is available for reporting.

Any selection criteria specified apply across all Footprint reports (80-83). If you specify INCLUDE
MEMBERS AR*, for example, only the information for members beginning with AR is provided -- for
all Footprint reports requested.

The syntax is freeform when coding the BSTIPT DD input. It can be specified across any number of
cards, as long as each keyword or name is fully contained on one card.

04-May-2018 445/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Data Extract Phase Selection Criteria--OTH.PNG

The following are the options for the syntax:

ANALYZE/DIRECTORY
Indicates the level of detail you want to extract, as follows.

Specify ANALYZE (the default) to extract:

For each non-load member, the same information as for DIRECTORY, below.
For each load member, the member name and, for each CSECT, the CSECT name, date the
load module was last link-edited, date the CSECT was last compiled, a record of any PTFs
applied to the CSECT, and footprint information.

Specify DIRECTORY to extract:

For each non-load member, the member name, all footprint information, the date and time
the generate processor was run last, and the CA Endevor SCM environment.
For each load member, only the member name.

INCLUDE/EXCLUDE
Parameters used to restrict the extract to specific members, or CSECTs, or both. By default,
extraction occurs for all members and all CSECTs that are in the library being processed.
Specify INCLUDE to extract information for only the members or CSECTs identified by the
members/csects parameter. Specify EXCLUDE to exclude from the extract processing those
members or CSECTs referenced by the members/csects parameter.
You can have any number of INCLUDE or EXCLUDE statements, or both. All the INCLUDEs are
processed first; EXCLUDEs are then processed, first for members, then for CSECTs. The effect is to
first limit the extract to those members or CSECTs specifically included, and to then exclude --
from the included members or CSECTs -- those names referenced by the EXCLUDE statements.

MEMBERS member-name CSECT csect-name

Identifies those MEMBERS (member-name) or CSECTs (csect-name) to which the INCLUDE or
EXCLUDE applies. The CSECTs option is only applicable for load members.
If your INCLUDE or EXCLUDE statements reference both members and CSECTs, all members
statements are processed first, then all CSECTs statements.
The member-name or csect-name fields can specify a full name to process only a specific member
or CSECT, or a name mask to process all members or CSECTs whose names begin with the partial
name specified. For example, you might specify "INCLUDE MEMBER BA*" to include all members
whose names begin with the characters BA (including an exact match on that name if one exists).
If you also supply a THRU or TO name, CA Endevor SCM processes all members or CSECTs starting
with the characters specified here through or to the THRU or TO name.
Following up on the previous example, if you specify "INCLUDE MEMBER BA* THRU C", CA
Endevor SCM processes all names beginning with BA through the member or CSECT named C
(exact match). If you had specified "THRU C*"at the end of the previous statement, then the
range would extend through all members having names beginning with C.
Similarly, if you specify "INCLUDE MEMBER BA* TO C", CA Endevor SCM processes all names
beginning with BA to -- but not including -- the name C.

04-May-2018 446/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

THRU/TO member-csect-name
THRU defines the last member or CSECT in the range of names to be processed. If you include a
mask character (*) at the end of the THRU MEMBER/CSECT-NAME, the range includes all names
beginning with the characters specified.

TO defines the member or CSECT name to which processing should go, excluding itself. A name
mask is inappropriate (and is ignored) if it is used with a TO member/csect-name.
The use of the THRU/TO option is described above for the members/csects parameters.

Note: When you run Footprint reports, CA Endevor SCM returns a report that lists the
selection criteria used and the number of extract records written.

Syntax Examples for Generating Footprint Reports

The following are the examples for generating footprint reports:

To extract DIRECTORY-level data for all members or CSECTs (or both) in the library:
DIRECTORY.

To extract full (ANALYSIS-level) detail for all members whose names begin with the characters C1:
ANALYZE INCLUDE MEMBERS C1*.

or
ANALYZE INCLUDE MEMBERS C1* TO D.
or
INCLUDE MEMBERS C1*.

or
INCLUDE MEMBERS C1* TO D.

To extract full detail for members A11B6300, A11B6301, and A11B6302:

INCLUDE MEM A11B6300
INCLUDE MEM A11B6301
INCLUDE MEM A11B6302.

To exclude any CSECTs whose names start with ILB:

EXCLUDE CSECTS ILB*.

To request only those members whose names start with A200, while excluding from those
selected members all CSECTs whose names start with ILB or $2:
INCLUDE MEMBERS A200*
EXCLUDE CSECTS ILB*
EXCLUDE CSECTS $2*.

Note: Remember that where CSECT detail is included in a footprint report, that detail is

04-May-2018 447/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Remember that where CSECT detail is included in a footprint report, that detail is
available only if you specify ANALYZE to the Data Extract phase.

Name Masking
To help you more easily find information and process requests, you can use name masking. By
substituting a name with the asterisk wildcard character (*), a character with the percent sign
placeholder (%), or by using both together, it is much faster and easier to find information and
process requests.

CONRPT80 Library Member Footprint Report

CONRPT80 lists the footprint information that is stored in the members of a load or non-load library.
For a load library, the footprint information is at the CSECT level. For a non-load library, it is at the
member level.

Selection Statements Sort Sequence Page Break Totals

REPORT80 1.CSECT None None

2.Member name

Library Member Footprint Report

The following options are shown in this report:

Library and Volume

Data set name for the library being processed, and the volume number of the disk pack on which
the library resides.

Member
Name of the (load or non-load) library member for which footprint information is shown to the
right.

CSECT
Applicable for load members only. Name of the CSECT for which footprint information is shown to
the right. If no footprint information displays to the right, the CSECT was not footprinted.

Environ
Name of the environment under which the corresponding element is defined.

System
Name of the system under which the corresponding element is defined.

Subsys
Name of the subsystem under which the corresponding element is defined.

04-May-2018 448/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element
Name of the CA Endevor SCM element that corresponds to this CSECT (for a load member) or
member (for a non-load member).

Type
Type for the element.

Stg
ID of the stage under which the corresponding element is defined.

VVLL
Current version and level for the element.

Date
Generate processor date for the element (ddMMMyy).

Time
Generate processor time for the element (hh:mm).

LD
An entry of Y indicates that the footprint was created by the load utility. A blank (no entry)
indicates that the footprint was created by a processor.

(no heading)
For CSECTs that were not footprinted, and for any CSECTs that had PTFs applied against them:

NO FOOTPRINT indicates that the member or CSECT was not footprinted.

CSECT ZAPPED indicates that the CSECT had at least one PTF applied.

CONRPT81 Library CSECT Listing

CONRPT81 lists the CSECTs in a load library, with the corresponding member name and link-edit
/compile dates. For those CSECTs that were footprinted, CONRPT81 also includes footprint
information.

Selection Statements Sort Sequence Page Break Totals

REPORT81 1.CSECT None None

2.Member name

Library CSECT Listing Report

The following options are shown in this report:

Library and Volume

Data set name for the library being processed, and the volume number of the disk pack on which
the library resides.

04-May-2018 449/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSECT
Name of the CSECT for which information is shown to the right.

Member
Name of the load member for the CSECT.

Linked
Date the load module was last link-edited with this CSECT (ddMMMyy).

Compiled
Date the load module was last compiled (ddMMMyy).

Environ
Name of the environment under which the corresponding element is defined.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsys
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the element that corresponds to this CSECT.

Type
Type for the element.

Stg
ID of the stage for the element.

VVLL
Current version and level for the element.

Date
Generate processor date for the element (ddMMMyy).

Time
Generate processor time for the element (hh:mm).

LD
An entry of Y indicates that the footprint was created by the load utility. A blank (no entry)
indicates that the footprint was created by a processor.

(no heading)
For CSECTs that were not footprinted, and for any CSECTs that had PTFs applied against them:

NO FOOTPRINT indicates that the member or CSECT was not footprinted.

CSECT ZAPPED indicates that the CSECT had at least one PTF applied.

CONRPT82 Library Zapped CSECT Profile

04-May-2018 450/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
CONRPT82 Library Zapped CSECT Profile
CONRPT82 lists the CSECTs from a load library that were zapped. For each CSECT listed, the report
includes footprint information similar to Report 81, and the date and IDRDATA for each PTF applied.

Selection Statements Sort Sequence Page Break Totals

REPORT82 1.CSECT None None

2.Member name

Library Zapped CSECT Profile Report

The following options are shown in this report:

Library and Volume

Data set name for the library being processed, and the volume number for the disk on which the
library resides.

CSECT
Name of the CSECT for which information is shown to the right.

Member
Name of the load member of which the CSECT is a part.

Compiled
Date the load module was last compiled (ddMMMyy).

Linked
Date the load module was last link-edited with this CSECT (ddMMMyy).

Environ
Name of the environment under which the corresponding element is defined.

System
Name of the system under which the corresponding element is defined.

Subsys
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the CA Endevor SCM element that corresponds to this CSECT.

Type
Type for the element.

Stg
ID of the stage for the element.

VVLL
Version and level of the element used to create this CSECT.

04-May-2018 451/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Date
Generate processor date for the element (ddMMMyy).

Time
Generate processor time for the element (hh:mm).

LD
An entry of Y indicates that the footprint was created by the load utility. A blank (no entry)
indicates that the footprint was created by a processor.

Cnt
Number of PTFs (ZAPs) that were applied against the CSECT.

Date
Date on which the PTF identified by the Info field (to the right) was applied. One date is included
for each PTF.

Info
IDRDATA assigned at the time the PTF was applied.

CONRPT83 Footprint Exception Report

CONRPT83 lists the members or CSECTs (or both) of a library that have no footprint information or
that have compromised footprint information. A compromise occurs if the footprint information is
out of sync with the CA Endevor SCM Master Control File (MCF) for the corresponding element, or
when the CSECT has been zapped.

To determine whether the footprint information is out of sync with the MCF, CA Endevor SCM
compares the member or CSECT footprint against the corresponding element, within the
environment and stage specified using the Selection Statements.

For each member or CSECT, a message is included to the far right. This message indicates the reason
why the member or CSECT is included in the report.

Selection Statements Sort Sequence Page Break Totals

REPORT83 1.Member name None None
ENVIRONMENT 2.CSECT

Footprint Exception Report

The following options are shown in this report:

Library and Volume

Data set name for the library being processed, and the volume number of the disk pack on which
the library resides.

04-May-2018 452/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSECT
Applicable for load members only. Name of the CSECT for which footprint information or the
comment "* NO FOOTPRINT PRESENT" displays to the right.

Environ
Name of the environment under which the corresponding element is defined.

System
Name of the system under which the element is defined.

Subsys
Name of the subsystem under which the element is defined.

Element
Name of the element that corresponds to this CSECT (for a load member) or member (for a non-
load member).

Type
Type for the element.

Stg
ID of the stage under which the corresponding element is defined.

VVLL
Current version and level for the element.

Date
Generate processor date for the element (ddMMMyy).

Time
Generate processor time for the element (hh:mm).

LD
An entry of Y indicates that the footprint was created by the load utility. A blank (no entry)
indicates that the footprint was created by a processor.

Gen/MSTR Date
Generate processor date for the element (ddMMMyy) from the Master Control File (MCF) for this
member or CSECT.

MOVE/CMP Date
Move date for the element -- and its associated component list, if there is one -- (ddMMMyy)
from the MCF file for this member or CSECT.

VVLL
Current version and level for the element from the MCF file for this element or CSECT.

Message
Message number to describe why the member or CSECT is included in the report. The message
numbers and meanings are described on the final page of this report.

04-May-2018 453/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Executable Module Footprint Report - Sample JCL

Contents

VSE/ESA - Sample JCL (see page 454)

VM/ESA EXEC - Sample JCL (see page 454)
z/OS - Sample JCL (see page 455)

This section provides sample report JCL (z/OS and VSE/ESA) and EXECs (VM/ESA) used to run the
Executable Module Footprint Report. Use the JCL (or EXEC) appropriate to your installation when
running this report. Certain variable parameters, indicated by lowercase entries in the JCL or EXEC,
must be changed to meet your particular requirements.

VSE/ESA - Sample JCL

* $$ JOB .....
* $$ .....
*
* BC1PXFPR: LIST FOOTPRINTS FROM PHASE LIBRARY
*  --- SUPPLY PROPER VSE/POWER CONTROL CARDS ---
*  --- AND ADJUST LIBDEF TO YOUR INSTALLATION ---
*
// JOB FOOTPRT
// LIBDEF PHASE,SEARCH=(bst.cilib,usr.cilib)
// EXEC BC1PXFPR,SIZE=100K
REPORT .
MEMBER = xxxxxxx .
MEMBER = yyyyyyy .
/*
/&
* $$ EOJ
 

VM/ESA EXEC - Sample JCL

&TRACE. OFF
*************************VM/ESA *************************  ***
* EXEC TO RUN FOOTPRINT REPORT AGAINST CMS LOADLIB(S)        *
* ARG 1 IS THE FILENAME OF THE LOADLIB TO REPORT AGAINST,    *
* ARG 2 IS THE FILENAME OF THE CONTROL CARDS (FT=SYSIPT).    *
**************************************************************
FILEDEF RPTLLIB DISK &1. LOADLIB *
GLOBAL LOADLIB BSTNDVR
FILEDEF SYSLST PRINT
FILEDEF SYSIPT DISK &2. SYSIPT A (LRECL 80 RECFM FB)
OSRUN BC1PXFPR
*
**************************************************************
* NOTE: FILE "&2. SYSIPT" SHOULD CONTAIN:
*   +---------------------------------------+
* REPORT .
* LOADLIB = RPTLLIB .
* MEMBER = xxxxxxxx .
* ... ETC ...
***************************************************************
 

04-May-2018 454/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

z/OS - Sample JCL

//XXXXXXXX JOB (..... PUT PROPER JOB CARD INFO HERE.
//*
//* BC1PXFPR: LIST FOOTPRINTS FROM LOAD LIBRARY
//* --- SUPPLY PROPER OS/390 JOB CARD INFO ---
//* --- AND ADJUST JOBLIB AS APPROPRIATE ---
//*
//JOBLIB DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR
//*
//*  NOTE: REGION MUST BE SUFFICIENT FOR 120K+SIZE OF LARGEST MEMBER
//*     TO REPORT ON.
//*
//R   EXEC BC1PXFPR,REGION=500K
//*
//*  MEMBERS WILL BE LOADED FROM HERE FOR REPORTING
//*
//RPTLIB DD DSN=your.appl.loadlib,DISP=SHR
//SYSLST DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIPT DD *
REPORT .
LIBRARY = RPTLIB .
MEMBER = xxxxxxx .
MEMBER = yyyyyyy .
/*

04-May-2018 455/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

InfoMan Interface
Contents

What You Need to Know (see page 456)

CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface (see page 456)
CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Operation (see page 457)
The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Batch Utility (see page 458)
The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Package Level (see page 459)
The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Action Level (see page 460)

What You Need to Know

Implementing the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface to IBM Tivoli Information Management
(InfoMan) requires that you make decisions about which CA Endevor® SCM information you want to
track in InfoMan, and where you want to store that information in InfoMan. Therefore, to implement
the interface most effectively, you should have the following resources available:

People familiar with how CA Endevor® SCM is used at your site, and in particular with CA
Endevor® SCM packages and exits.

People familiar with InfoMan policies and operations at your site.

CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface

The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface offers a flexible mechanism for implementing InfoMan
policies as they relate to CA Endevor® SCM, for controlling CA Endevor® SCM actions based on
InfoMan information, and for logging CA Endevor® SCM information in InfoMan.

The interface works with both native InfoMan and the InfoMan Interactive Facility (IIF).

In addition to managing the initialization and termination of InfoMan sessions under CA Endevor®
SCM, the interface implements package-level and action-level interaction between CA Endevor® SCM
and InfoMan. This allows you to:

Use the InfoMan approval process for moving packages into production, rather than the CA
Endevor® SCM process.

Use the InfoMan record as an auditing tool.

Display package information from InfoMan during a CA Endevor® SCM session.

Produce lists of available CCIDs when requesting stand-alone actions in foreground or batch SCL
generation.

The interface does this by communicating directly from CA Endevor® SCM exit points with the

04-May-2018 456/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The interface does this by communicating directly from CA Endevor® SCM exit points with the
InfoMan API. The communication is accomplished through a user-defined rule set, called the E/INFO
table, created when the interface is implemented. You create the rule set with a batch utility
provided with the interface.

Before the existence of the InfoMan API, Terminal Simulation Programs (TSPs) were the only way to
get to InfoMan. The batch utility offers another, flexible way to build a custom rule set for
implementing InfoMan policies in CA Endevor® SCM, and getting data requirements and processing
logic from CA Endevor® SCM to InfoMan.

The batch utility allows this rule set to be independent of InfoMan invocation. Moreover, the utility
does not require extensive experience with either TSPs or assembler programming.

CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Operation

CA Endevor® SCM provides a full set of exit points (before-exit and after-exit) for actions and
packages and uses control blocks to provide information to user programs written for these exit
points. InfoMan provides an API that uses data structures called PIDT tables to provide logical views
of InfoMan database records. The interface operates between the CA Endevor® SCM exit facility and
the InfoMan API.

The diagram below summarizes interface operation.

BEND--Interface Operation--OTH.PNG

As previously illustrated, the interface communicates directly with the InfoMan API at exit 5
(initialization) and exit 6 (termination). For exits 2 (before-action), 3 (after-action), and 7 (package
functions) the E/INFO table, the load module built using the batch utility, provides a bridge between
the CA Endevor® SCM exit facility and the InfoMan API. The rule set contained in the E/INFO table
determines how the interface acts.

04-May-2018 457/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Batch

Utility
You use the batch utility (program C1BMEI00) to build an assembled rule set to drive the package and
action levels of the interface. The utility provides a language that allows you to define this rule set by:

Identifying InfoMan actions to be performed (Inquiry, Retrieve, Create, Update), and the PIDT
table needed for each function.

Specifying the exit points where the actions are to be performed.

Establishing criteria on the CA Endevor® SCM or the InfoMan side for performing an action.

Specifying the CA Endevor® SCM information to be recorded in InfoMan, and the InfoMan fields
where the information is to be recorded.

The diagram below illustrates this process.

BEND--The Batch Utility--OTH.PNG

As previously illustrated, the utility assembles the definition syntax into a load module, referred to in
this manual as the E/INFO table. The E/INFO table is loaded at CA Endevor® SCM initialization, and is
independent of InfoMan invocation. The rule set it contains determines how the interface uses the
InfoMan API.

When the table is invoked, CA Endevor® SCM builds a request for the InfoMan API using the

04-May-2018 458/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

When the table is invoked, CA Endevor® SCM builds a request for the InfoMan API using the
information in the table. The InfoMan API executes the requested functions against the InfoMan
database.

The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Package

Level
The package level of the interface allows the capture of both package life cycle information and
information about the individual actions in the package. The interface establishes the following
relationships:

The CA Endevor® SCM package is cross-referenced to an InfoMan change record, with the
package ID stored in the COREQUISITE field of the InfoMan record, and the InfoMan RNID stored
in the CORRELATION field of the CA Endevor® SCM package record.

For each unique CCID in the package action SCL records, the interface maintains a change activity
record in InfoMan, with the CA Endevor® SCM CCID stored in the ACTION NAME field in the
InfoMan record. Information about each action associated with the CCID can be stored as
freeform text in that activity record. The freeform text field is useful for this purpose because new
information is always appended to existing information in the field.

The diagram below summarizes the package level of the interface.

BEND--Package Level of the Interface--OTH.PNG

04-May-2018 459/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

As previously illustrated, the package level of the InfoMan Interface allows sites that use InfoMan as
the mechanism for approving packages for production turnover to use the InfoMan approval process
instead of the approval process for CA Endevor® SCM packages.

The interface also provides an improved audit trail for packages, and better reporting on packages
than is currently available from CA Endevor® SCM.

Information Available from the Package Level of the

Interface

Note: You can view package information stored in InfoMan using reports. For more
information, see Using CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Reports. In addition, in
foreground you can view package correlation data from the Package Display panel.

The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Action

Level
Sites that do not use packages, or prefer to use InfoMan Problem records, can utilize the action level
of the interface. For standalone CA Endevor® SCM actions, the interface creates either a Problem or a
Change record in InfoMan for each unique CCID. The diagram below shows this relationship.

04-May-2018 460/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Action Level of the Interface--OTH.PNG

As previously illustrated, you can either utilize the action level of the interface, or you can create
either a Problem or a Change record in InfoMan for each unique CCID.

Information Available from the Action Level of the Interface

Note: When using the action level of the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface, the user is
allowed to wildcard the CCID field in CA Endevor® SCM when requesting the following
stand-alone actions in foreground and batch: ADD/UPDATE, MOVE, RETRIEVE, GENERATE,
DELETE, TRANSFER, and ARCHIVE. When a CCID value is fully specified, a list is not
produced. Processing proceeds normally, including processing specified by the interface. In
addition, wildcarding CCIDs is not allowed when building SCL in packages.

Installing infoman interface

Contents

How CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Installation Works (see page 462)
How to Install Basic InfoMan (see page 462)
How to Modify Basic InfoMan for the Interface (see page 464)

How to Connect the Interface (see page 467)

04-May-2018 461/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Connect the Interface (see page 467)

How to Verify the Installation (see page 469)

How CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Installation Works

To install the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface, you must do the following:

Install basic InfoMan

Modifying basic InfoMan to support the interface

Link the CA Endevor® SCM and InfoMan sides together

Verify the installation

How Installation at Customized InfoMan Sites Works

If your InfoMan system has already been modified, the order of installation is as follows:

1. Obtain the data set names from Phase 1.

2. Refer to the appendix "InfoMan Information for Advanced Users," for considerations relevant
to customized InfoMan shops or advanced users. The person in charge of customizing the
InfoMan product needs to review the interface requirements in this appendix.

3. Perform the tasks listed in Phase 3.

How Installation at IIF Sites Works

If you use the InfoMan Integrated Facility (IIF), see CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface Under IIF.

How to Install Basic InfoMan

The requirements in this section are basic InfoMan installation requirements that exist whether or
not the interface is installed.

Note: CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface requires that the IBM Information Management
product, version 4.2 or higher, is installed at your site.

InfoMan setup involves the following.

1. Define all interface users to a class in InfoMan.

2. Make sure the Information Management Load Library data set is in LINKLST, or that you have
the data set name available.

3. Prepare a session parameter (BLGSESxx) module to reflect the database, data dictionary, read

04-May-2018 462/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. Prepare a session parameter (BLGSESxx) module to reflect the database, data dictionary, read
panel, and RFT data sets that the interface uses when accessing the data base via the API.

4. Make sure that BLGISPFD, an InfoMan supplied ISPF panel, has been moved into your ISPPLIB
concatenation.

Define Users to InfoMan Classes

Each person authorized to use the interface must be defined to a class in InfoMan.

Note: For more information, see your InfoMan documentation.

Prepare a Session Parameter Member

InfoMan requires a BLGSESxx module that points to the database, data dictionary, read panels, and
RFT data set that the Interface uses when accessing the database via the API or native InfoMan.

This session parameter is well documented in the InfoMan install manuals. It is required of standard
InfoMan. The naming standard is BLGSESxx where xx is the user's choice. This suffix is also required
for a CA Endevor® SCM start-up block assembly. Note that the same BLGSESxx member can be used
for the interface as well as standard access to InfoMan.

The suffix used to name the actual BLGSESxx module is required in Phase 3. The rest of this install
requires the data set names from the BLGSESxx module.

Note: The interface installation includes one modified Assisted Entry panel, which must be
copied into your read panel data set concatenation. You can either overlay the IBM version
of this data set, or provide a new read panel data set ahead of the standard IBM data set.
Either way, the result is that the RPANEL0 label points to the data set used in the install.

Put Information Management Load Library Data Set in LINKLIST

The InfoMan load data set is used to install the interface.

Sometimes this library is part of LINKLIST, and sometimes it is not. If this data set is not in LINKLST,
the person implementing the interface needs to know its name, and must put it into a STEPLIB in the
concatenation.

Move BLGISPFD into ISPPLIB

Make sure that BLGISPFD, an InfoMan-supplied ISPF panel, has been moved into your ISPPLIB
concatenation. See your InfoMan administrator if you have any questions about this step.

04-May-2018 463/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Summary of Basic InfoMan Installation

In this phase of the implementation you have built a vanilla version of InfoMan. At this point you
should have installed InfoMan on your system, assigned users to an InfoMan class, and defined a
BLGSESxx session parameter module. For future reference, record the following:

BLGSESxx. Within BLGSESxx, you have defined the following:

Dictionary DD name:

RFTDS DS name:

RPANEL0 name:

INFOMAN LOAD DS name:

How to Modify Basic InfoMan for the Interface

In this phase, you customize the base InfoMan system set up in Phase 1 by performing the following
steps:

1. Copy interface report shells to the RFT data set identified in Phase 1. In this step, BC1JEI20 JCL
is used.

2. Copy CA Endevor® SCM version of BLG6CORQ into the RPANEL0 data set identified in Phase 1.
In this step, BC1JEI15 JCL is used.

3. Install the dictionary update. In this step, BC1JEI30 JCL is used.

4. Create the standard IBM PIDT and PIPT tables. In this step, BC1JEI45 JCL is used.

5. Build a rule set for driving the API using the interface batch utility. In this step, BC1JEI00 JCL is
used.

6. Assemble or copy the BLGSESxx module into your STEPLIB data set. In this step, BC1JEI05 JCL
is used.

Copy Interface Report Shells into the RFT Data Set

Copy the interface report shells (RFTs) to your RFT data set. Do this using the BC1JEI20 member in
iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.
uqual are the correct data set qualifiers,and confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name.

This job copies the following report shells:

EINTACH0
Action Change Record Summary

EINTACH1
Action Change Record Detail

04-May-2018 464/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

EINTAPB0
Action Problem Record Summary

EINTAPB1
Action Problem Record Detail

EINTPKG0
Package Parent Record Summary

EINTPKG1
Package/Activity Record Summary

EINTPKG2
Package/Activity Record Detail

Copy Modified BLG6CORQ into the RPANEL0 Data Set

The interface requires that a modified version of the Assisted Entry Panel (BLG6CORQ) be available in
the RPANEL0 data set pointed to by the BLGSESxx session parameter member. The modification
allows the BLG6CORQ panel to store the 16-character CA Endevor® SCM package ID. This field has
been flagged as a reserved field for the interface.

The modified panel is provided with the interface. Copy it into the RPANEL data set using the JCL in
member BC1JEI15 in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL data set.

This job uses the BLGUT6F utility to copy a PDS member that has been created from a InfoMan panel
using BLGUT6.

This panel must reside above the IBM panel of the same name. The person who runs the job to copy
the modified panel needs only the data set name. You recorded the RPANEL0 data set name in the
worksheet at the end of Phase 1.

Copy Dictionary Update

The modified Assisted Entry Panel (BLG6CORQ) has an associated dictionary entry. This entry must be
copied into the dictionary identified in the Phase 1 Summary. Run JCL job BC1JEI30 to install this
dictionary entry.

Important! Run this job only if you are installing basic InfoMan. If your site has customized
InfoMan, see the appendix "InfoMan Information for Advanced Users," for instructions on
updating the dictionary entry.

BC1JEI30 JCL is shown next. Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, and confirm that iprfx.iqual
and uprfx.uqual are the correct data set qualifiers.

04-May-2018 465/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Create the Standard IBM PIDT and PIPT Tables

Create the PIDT and PIPT tables by executing InfoMan's BLGUT8 utility program. This step is
necessary so that the updated dictionary entry is picked up. These tables are required by the
interface to support batch and real-time interface execution, CCID list support and display services.

Use the BC1JEI45 member in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card and
confirm that the iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the correct data set qualifiers.

Build a Rule Set

In addition to setting up InfoMan to support the interface, you need to build a rule set to drive the
InfoMan API. You do this using the batch utility provided by the interface.

Before proceeding, review:

Setting Up the E/INFO Table

The samples provided in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN. There are three samples provided:

EISCRIP1
Batch utility input for stand-alone actions, using InfoMan Change records.

EISCRIP2
Batch utility input for stand-alone actions, using InfoMan Problem records.

EISCRIP3
Batch utility input for package functions and package actions. Next, create a rule set. It is
advisable to keep it simple at first. Do this by taking one or two actions or package functions and
writing utility syntax input for them. Then run the batch utility to create an initial rule set. The JCL
for executing the utility to build the rule set is in member BC1JEI00 of iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.

A successful run of the utility produces a load module called by a name you specify. This load module
name is used in Phase 3. Assemble this load module into a STEPLIB data set.

Remember:

To change what you use the interface for is a simple run of the utility. It requires no further
InfoMan or CA Endevor® SCM work to enhance the rule set.

If you point to any PIDT tables other than the defaults, verify that they reside in the RFTDS data
set pointed to in your BLGSESxx member.

The JCL for executing the utility to build the rule set is in member BC1JEI00 of iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.
Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the correct
data set qualifiers, confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name and, if necessary, change the size of the
WORK1 or WORK2 data sets.

Copy the BLGSESxx Module to STEPLIB

Assemble or copy the BLGSESxx member into your STEPLIB data set. See iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL(BC1JEI05)
for sample JCL.

04-May-2018 466/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the correct
data set qualifiers, confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name,and replace xx in the string BLGSESxx with a
session identifier.

How to Connect the Interface

You must complete the tasks described for Phase 1 and Phase 2 before starting the tasks described in
this section.

This phase of the installation process involves setting up the InfoMan and CA Endevor® SCM sides of
the interface to work together, as described in the following.

1. Modify the @EINFO macro.

2. Assemble and link BC1TEI90 into a LINKLIST or authorized library.

3. Assemble C1DEFLTS with InfoMan password.

4. Make sure that required panels are in the ISPPLIB data set.

5. Make sure that members INFO01 and PKMR02 are in your ISPMLIB data set.

6. Edit C1SB3000 skeleton JCL.

Modify the EINFO Macro

Various parts of the interface access the user-assembled module BC1TEI90 to obtain user parameter
information. BC1TEI90 is a load module used during exits 5, 2, 3, and 7 for start-up parameters,
during display services, and during batch execution. The user must assemble this load module. Once
assembled, this module should be linked into a LINKLIST or authorized library.

The @EINFO macro, supplied with the interface, provides input to BC1TEI90. The macro can be found
embedded in member BC1JEI10 in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Edit this macro based on the information
contained in the Phase 1 checklist and your site standards.

The following is the @EINFO macro:

@EINFO ENTRY=START,
     BLGSESS=00,
     APISESID=USERID,
     EPIDT=ENDEVOR,
     INVCLASS=MASTER,
     WAITTIME=300,
     RECTYPE=CHANGE,
@EINFO ENTRY=END

The entries in this macro are described next.

ENTRY=START
Indicates the beginning of the BC1TEI90 table.

04-May-2018 467/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BLGSES=
InfoMan looks for session parameters in a module named BLGSESxx, where xx is a two-character
identifier for the module. This module is described in the InfoMan documentation. You recorded
the components of this module during Phase 1 of this installation, as well as the two-character
identifier for the module. When modifying the @EINFO macro supplied with the interface,
replace the default value 00 with the value you specified in Phase 1.
The default is 00. This is the same as standard InfoMan.

APISESID=
The API requires a session ID during initialization. This session can be called USERID or can be a
predefined InfoMan API ID.
The default is USERID. Leaving this default allows the same start-up module to be used by many
people, with the interface substituting the user ID of the caller for the literal USERID.
If you include this keyword, you must provide a value.

EPIDT=
This keyword contains the name of the assembled E/INFO table produced by the batch utility. The
default is Endevor.
If you include this keyword, you must provide a value.

INVCLASS=
InfoMan has its own security system. It is broken into classes with privileges. Every user or API ID
is assigned to at least one CLASS. The API requires a class name.
The default is MASTER.

WAITTIME=
The API allows the application to define how long it will wait for a response from the InfoMan API
server. If the user does not use this keyword, the default will be 300 seconds.

RECTYPE=
Users must select one kind of InfoMan record for recording information about stand-alone
actions. They can use either Change or Problem records. Display services also need this
information.
The default is CHANGE. If coded, it cannot be blank.

ENTRY=END
Required. This statement denotes the end of the BC1TEI90 table.

Assemble and Link BC1TEI90

Assemble and link BC1TEI90 using the JCL in member BC1JEI10 in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Before
submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the correct data
set qualifiers, and confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name.
//*
//*********************************************************************
//*  THE INPUT SHOULD BE ASSEMBLED AND LINKED INTO A STEPLIB DATASET. *
//*  PLEASE REFER TO THE INTERFACE CHAPTER COVERING IMPLEMENTATION AND*
//*  INSTALLATION.                                                   *
//*                                                                   *
//*********************************************************************
//*
//STEP2    EXEC PGM=IEWL,PARM='LIST,NCAL,RENT,XREF,SIZE=(256K,64K)',
//             COND=(0,NE)
//SYSLIN   DD  DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&SYSLIN.
//SYSLMOD  DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.uqual.LOADLIB(BC1TEI90)

04-May-2018 468/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//SYSLMOD  DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.uqual.LOADLIB(BC1TEI90)
//SYSUT1   DD  UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSPRINT DD  SYSOUT=*

Reassemble C1DEFLTS with the InfoMan Password

Include the InfoMan password in your C1DEFLTS table. The password parameter is in the TYPE=MAIN
section of the defaults table, as shown below.

Make Sure Required Panels Are in ISPPLIB

Make sure that the panels listed next reside in your ISPPLIB. These panels can be found in iprfx.iqual.
CSIQPENU.

C1EILIST, CITILIST
CCID list panel and its associated tutorial panel.

C1SEIBRW, CITEIBRW
InfoMan record display for packages and stand-alone actions and its associated tutorial panel.

C1SP1000, C1SP2000, C1SP3000, C1SP4000, C1SP5000, C1SP6000, C1SP7000

Package panels with capability to display correlation data.

CITP1000, CITP2000, CITP3000, CITP4000, CITP5000, CITP6000, CITP7000

Tutorials for package panels with capability to display correlation data.

Make Sure INFO01, PKEX21, and PKMR02 Are in ISPMLIB

Members INFO01, PKEX21. and PKMR02 contain interface messages, and must reside in your
ISPMLIB. These members can be found in iprfx.iqual.CSIQMENU.

Edit C1SB3000 Skeleton JCL

Member C1SB3000 is used to submit CA Endevor® SCM package and batch processing requests. The
member can be found in iprfx.iqual.ISPSLIB. Before submitting this JCL, confirm that iprfx.iqual are
the correct data set qualifiers, and confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name.

How to Verify the Installation

The following list shows the members that should reside in the designated data sets for the interface
to function as designed. If any of them are not there, the interface will not work as designed.

CSIQAUTH/CSIQAUTU
Load modules, as well as the following:

C1BMEI00

C1DEFLTS table. See Step 3. Reassemble C1DEFLTS with the InfoMan Password.

C1SM1000

04-May-2018 469/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BC1TEI90, the module containing user parameters, which you assembled in Step 2. Assemble
and Link BC1TEI90.

E/INFO table. This is the rule set that you build using the batch utility. See Step 5. Build a Rule
Set.

BLGSESxx, the module containing the InfoMan session parameters. See Step 2. Prepare a
Session Parameter Member.

CONLIB
The CA Endevor® SCM load modules installed from iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD. Make sure to save the
current copy of C1BEXITS before installing the new interface. This allows you to go back to the old
interface during testing.

RFTDS
EINTACH0, EINTACH1, EINTAPB0, EINTAPB1, EINTPKG0, EINTPKG1, EINTPKG2.
PIDT and PIPT tables. See the list in the next section. These panels are found in iprfx.iqual.
CSIQOPTN.
BLGISPFD, the InfoMan supplied ISPF panel.

RPANEL0
BLG6CORQ, the modified version of the Assisted Entry panel. See Step 3. Copy Dictionary Update.

DDICT
index RNCC/CCV15. This is the modified dictionary entry associated with the modified Assisted
Entry Panel. See Step 4. Create the Standard IBM PIDT and PIPT Tables.

iprfx.iqual. ISPPLIB
C1EILIST, C1SEIBRW, C1SP1000 ── C1SP7000 and the associated tutorials (CITILIST, CITEIBRW, and
CITP1000-CITP7000.

iprfx.iqual. ISPMLIB
INFO01, PKEX21, PKMR02.

iprfx.iqual. ISPSLIB
C1SB3000. The following shows how these modules tie the interface together, and indicates the
important members that should be at each location.

04-May-2018 470/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Verifying the Installation--OTH.PNG

As previously illustrated, you can see how the modules tie the interface together and which
important members should be at each location.

Required PIDT and PIPT Tables

For the interface to work correctly the following PIDT and PIPT tables must be in the RFT data set
pointed to by the BLGSESxx module.

There are three categories of PIDT/PIPT tables: Change, Change Activity, and Problem. These tables
are listed next, and can be found in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN.

Change Record PIDT and PIPT Tables

The following PIDT/PIPT tables related to Change records must be installed.

TS0B06A
Change record, Add, PIDT

TS0B06AP
Change record, Add, PIPT

TS0B06I
Change record, Inquiry, PIDT

TS0B06IP
Change record, Inquiry, PIPT

TS0B06C
Change record, Create, PIDT

TS0B06CP

04-May-2018 471/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TS0B06CP
Change record, Create, PIPT

TS0B06U
Change record, Update, PIDT

TS0B06UP
Change record, Update, PIPT

TS0B06R
Change record, Retrieve, PIDT

TS0B06RP
Change record, Retrieve, PIPT

Change Activity PIDT and PIPT Tables

The following PIDT/PIPT tables related to Change Activity records must be installed.

TS0B07I
Change activity record, Inquiry, PIDT

TS0B07IP
Change activity record, Inquiry, PIPT

TS0B07C
Change activity record, Create, PIDT

TS0B07CP
Change activity record, Create, PIPT

TS0B07U
Change activity record, Update, PIDT

TS0B07UP
Change activity record, Update, PIPT

TS0B07R
Change activity record, Retrieve, PIDT

TS0B07RP
Change activity record, Retrieve, PIPT

Problem Record PIDT and PIPT Tables

The following PIDT/PIPT tables related to Problem records must be installed.

TS0032I
Problem record, Inquiry, PIDT

TS0032IP
Problem record, Inquiry, PIPT

TS0032C

04-May-2018 472/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TS0032C
Problem record, Create, PIDT

TS0032CP
Problem record, Create, PIPT

TS0032U
Problem record, Update, PIDT

TS0032UP
Problem record, Update, PIPT

TS0032R
Problem record, Retrieve, PIDT

TS0032RP
Problem record, Retrieve, PIPT

Setting Up the CA Endevor SCM INFO Table

Contents

The CA Endevor® SCM Side of the Interface (see page 473)

How to Implement the CA Endevor® SCM Side (see page 474)
CA Endevor® SCM INFO Table Syntax (see page 474)
The TABLE Statement (see page 476)
The Control Block (see page 477)
Use Blocks (see page 480)
Label Blocks (see page 485)
Criteria Blocks (see page 491)
The Populate Block (see page 492)
FIELD Statements (see page 494)
CA Endevor® SCM Control Block Availability (see page 498)
Interface Syntax Batch Utility Output Report (see page 514)

The CA Endevor® SCM Side of the Interface

CA Endevor® SCM communicates with the InfoMan API through exit points, using a control block
referred to here as the CA Endevor® SCM INFO table (E/INFO table).

The purpose of the E/INFO table is to provide a flexible, easy way to implement site InfoMan policy
through the InfoMan API. In particular, the E/INFO table allows the user to:

Utilize custom PIDT tables to provide logical views of InfoMan records.

Explicitly specify the exit points where actions are to be performed.

Establish criteria on the CA Endevor® SCM or the InfoMan side for performing an action.

04-May-2018 473/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Establish criteria on the CA Endevor® SCM or the InfoMan side for performing an action.

Specify the CA Endevor® SCM information to be recorded in InfoMan, and the InfoMan fields
where the information is to be recorded.

Identify InfoMan actions to be performed (Inquiry, Retrieve, Create, Update), and the PIDT table
needed for each action.

You build the E/INFO table during interface implementation using a batch utility provided with the
interface. This utility assembles the table into a load module that is invoked at the exit points defined
in the table.

When the table is invoked, CA Endevor® SCM builds a request for the InfoMan API using the
information in the table. The InfoMan API executes the requested actions against the InfoMan
database, using the requested PIDT tables.

This chapter describes the syntax for the E/INFO table.

How to Implement the CA Endevor® SCM Side

Before writing the table definition statement, complete the following steps:

1. Determine what kind of CA Endevor® SCM information you want to store in InfoMan:
package, package action, or stand-alone action information.

2. Be familiar with the necessary CA Endevor® SCM exit points and exit control blocks for the
kinds of information you plan to track.

Note: For more information, see Administrating (see page 36).

3. Know which control block fields for the exit points you wish to utilize contain information
eligible for storage in InfoMan.

4. Decide which of the available control block fields you want to track in InfoMan.

5. Decide InfoMan fields you want to use to store the CA Endevor® SCM information.

After writing the table definition statement, submit it to the CA Endevor® SCM batch utility.

CA Endevor® SCM INFO Table Syntax

Here is an example of the syntax used to produce an E/INFO table. The rest of the chapter discusses
this example.
TABLE NAME (CASCMMF);

CTRL;
     IACT (TS0B06I);         /* Inquiry Change for actions    */
     RACT (TS0B06R);         /* Retrieve Change for actions   */

04-May-2018 474/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

     RACT (TS0B06R);         /* Retrieve Change for actions   */
     CACT (TS0B06C);         /* Create Change for actions     */
     UACT (TS0B06U);         /* Update Change for actions     */
ECTRL;
     USE(ADD,BEFORE,STANDALONE);
         NOTFOUND (CREATE,ADD0010);
         FOUND        (ADD0020);
         LABEL ADD0010;
             CRITERIA;
             ECRITERIA;
                 POPULATE;
                   FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
                   FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
                   FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
                     VALUE('API CREATED CHG RECORD');
                 EPOPULATE;
             RC (0);
         ELABEL;
         LABEL ADD0020;
             CRITERIA;
               FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
             ECRITERIA;
             POPULATE;
             EPOPULATE;
         CPASS ADDPASS;
         CFAIL ADDFAIL;
         ELABEL;
         LABEL ADDPASS;
             RC (0);
         ELABEL;
         LABEL ADDFAIL;
             RC (8);
         ELABEL;
     EUSE;
     USE(ADD,AFTER,STANDALONE);
         FOUND (ADD0010);
         NOTFOUND (RETURN);
         LABEL ADD0010;
             CRITERIA;
             ECRITERIA;
             POPULATE;
                 FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                 TEXT('PROCESSING COMPLETED FOR ELEMENT =EV2ELEMT ')    -
                  ('ACTION: =ACTION   EXECUTED BY: =USER '  ) -
                  ('ON =DATE =TIME');
             EPOPULATE;
         ELABEL;
     EUSE;
ETABLE;

Table Syntax Components

The major components of the E/INFO table syntax are shown below.

Table statement
One per table
Starts, names, and ends the table.

Control (CTRL) block

One per table
Identifies the InfoMan PIDT tables to be used by the requests produced by the E/INFO table.

Use blocks
One or more per table
Identifies the exit points where the table is invoked and associate processing logic with each exit
point.

04-May-2018 475/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
point.

Label blocks
One or more per Use block
Specify processing for an exit point.

Criteria blocks
One or more per Use block
Establish true/false conditions. When there is a true condition, the interface populates InfoMan
records with CA Endevor® SCM information.

Populate blocks
One or more per Use block
Identifies CA Endevor® SCM information to be recorded in InfoMan. The statements that can be
coded for each block are described later in this chapter.

Syntax Diagram Conventions

The following conventions are used in the syntax diagrams in this chapter:

User-supplied variables are presented in italics. For example:

TABLE NAME (name);

The acceptable values for the variables are supplied in the discussion of the syntax.

Optional syntax components are enclosed in brackets. For example, in the syntax below the
components STANDALONE and PROBLEM are (Optional)
USE(function,{BEFORE|AFTER|ACTIVITY}[,STANDALONE][,PROBLEM])

Required syntax components for which there is more than one acceptable value are shown
enclosed in braces, with the acceptable values separated by vertical lines. For example, in the
syntax below the second argument between parentheses must be BEFORE, AFTER, or ACTIVITY.
USE(function,{BEFORE|AFTER|ACTIVITY}[,STANDALONE][,PROBLEM])

The TABLE Statement

The TABLE statement starts a table, names the table, and ends the table.

The syntax is:

TABLE NAME (name);
.
ETABLE;

The following are descriptions of syntax components:

TABLE NAME
(Required) This must be the first statement in the E/INFO table syntax.

04-May-2018 476/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

name
(Required) A 1- to 8-alphanumeric character name for the table. This name is also used as the
output member name of the load module that interacts with the InfoMan API.
Parentheses on the name are (Optional) The name must be followed by a semicolon.

ETABLE
(Required) This must be the final statement in the E/INFO table syntax. It must be followed by a
semicolon.
Example:
TABLE NAME (NDVR);
.
ETABLE;

This example builds an E/INFO table called NDVR.

The Control Block

The Control (CTRL) block specifies the:

InfoMan functions that the table may request.

CA Endevor® SCM entities affected by the table.

PIDT tables that must be available to the E/INFO table.

The CTRL block must follow the TABLE statement. There must be a statement in this block for each
function that you want to perform against the InfoMan database. The statements in this block must
identify all the PIDT tables required by the requested functions.

Note: Users of standard InfoMan should always use the standard CTRL statements included
in the samples.

Control Block Syntax

The syntax for the Control block is:
CTRL;

     InfoMan action CA Endevor® SCM entity (PIDT name)

     ...
ECTRL;

The CTRL Statement

The CTRL keyword is (Required) It must be the first line in the control statement and must be
followed by a semicolon. The parentheses surrounding the PIDT name are optional; however, the
PIDT name must be followed by a semi-colon.

04-May-2018 477/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

InfoMan Action
An InfoMan action is (Required) There must be at least one InfoMan action specified in a control
statement. Acceptable values are

I (Inquiry)

R (Retrieve)

C (Change)

U (Update)

A (Add)

Use these actions as shown:

Inquiry (I)
Check to see if an InfoMan record exists.

Retrieve (R)
Test a field in an InfoMan record for a specific value.

Create (C)
Create records in InfoMan based on criteria in the E/INFO table.

Update (U)
Update existing records in InfoMan.

Add (A)
Use the InfoMan Change Activity record type to store information about package actions. The
InfoMan action appears together with a CA Endevor® SCM entity to which it applies. See the next
section for a description of CA Endevor® SCM entities.

CA Endevor® SCM Entity

A CA Endevor® SCM entity is required and specifies an entity for which you want to track information.
Acceptable values are ACT (stand-alone actions), PKG (packages), and PKGA (package actions). For a
table listing possible combinations of InfoMan actions and CA Endevor® SCM entities, see Possible
Requests.

PIDT Name
A PIDT name is (Required) Each request clause must identify an InfoMan PIDT table. The InfoMan API
uses this table to log CA Endevor® SCM information in InfoMan.

Parentheses are (Optional) The PIDT table name must be followed by a semicolon.

ECTRL Statement
An ECTRL statement is required and must be the final line in the control statement. It must be
followed by a semicolon.

04-May-2018 478/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Possible Requests
The following API requests may be defined in this block.

AACT
Add activity record creations.
Package action exit points, Create Activity, and one or more Populate blocks.

CACT
Action Change or Problem record creations.
Action exit points and one or more populate blocks.

CPKG
Package Change record creations.
Package exit points and one or more Populate blocks.

CPKGA
Package Activity record creations.
Package action exit points and one or more Populate blocks.

IACT
Action Change or Problem record inquiries.
Stand-alone action exit points.

IPKG
Package exit points.

IPKGA
Package action exit points.
Create activity.

RACT
Action Change or Problem record retrievals.
Action exit points and one or more Criteria blocks.

RPKG
Package Change record retrievals.
Package exit points and one or more Criteria blocks.

RPKGA
Package Activity record retrievals.
Package action exit points and one or more Criteria blocks.

UACT
Action Change or Problem record updates.
Action exit points, the STANDALONE keyword and one or more Populate blocks.

UPKG
Package Change record updates.
Package exit points and one or more Populate blocks.

04-May-2018 479/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

UPKGA
Package Activity record updates.
Package action exit points and one or more Populate blocks.
Create Activity and one or more Populate blocks.

CTRL Statement Examples

To store and maintain stand-alone action information in InfoMan, use this CTRL statement:
CTRL;
     IACT (TS0B06I);   /* Inquiry Change for actions    */
     RACT (TS0B06R);   /* Retrieve Change for actions   */
     CACT (TS0B06C);   /* Create Change for actions     */
     UACT (TS0B06U);   /* Update Change for actions     */
ECTRL;

This statement identifies four Change record PIDT tables (TS0B06I, TS0B06R, TS0B06C, TS0B06U), and
indicates that the table may request any of the available API actions (Inquiry, Retrieve, Create, or
Update).

To store and maintain package and package action information in InfoMan, use this CTRL statement:
CTRL;
     IPKG  (TS0B06I);  /* Inquiry Change table for packages           */
     IPKGA (TS0B07I);  /* Inquiry Activity table for package actions  */
     RPKG  (TS0B06R);  /* Retrieve Change table for packages          */
     RPKGA (TS0B07R);  /* Retrieve Activity table for package actions */
     CPKG  (TS0B06C);  /* Change Change table for packages            */
     CPKGA (TS0B07C);  /* Change Activity table for package actions   */
     UPKG  (TS0B06U);  /* Update Change table for packages            */
     UPKGA (TS0B07U);  /* Update Activity table for package actions   */
ECTRL;

This statement tells the InfoMan API that this E/INFO table may request access to any of four Change
record PIDT tables (TS0B06I, TS0B06R, TS0B06C, TS0B06U) for storing package information, and four
Activity record tables (TS0B07I, TS0B07R, TS0B07C, TS0B07U) for storing package action information.

Use Blocks
A Use block identifies one or more exit points where the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface is to be
invoked. A table definition can have multiple Use blocks.

All exit points at which you want to communicate with InfoMan must appear in a Use block. A single
USE block can refer to one, or more than one exit point. If a Use block refers to more than one exit
point, all exit points in the Use block must:

Be of the same kind. For example, a Use block can refer to multiple stand-alone action exit points
or multiple package exit points, but cannot refer to both stand-alone action exit points and
package exit points.

Utilize the same control blocks. Actions that can appear in the same Use block are:

ADD, UPDATE, RESTORE

RETRIEVE, ARCHIVE

04-May-2018 480/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TRANSFER, MOVE

GENERATE, DELETE

BACKIN, BACKOUT, CAST, COMMIT, EXECUTE, RESET, REVIEW, SHIP

The following actions must have their own Use block:

CREATE Activity

CREATE Before

CREATE After

PDELETE Before

PDELETE After

GENPKGID

Each Use block has the following components:

A USE statement to identify one or more exit points where the E/INFO table is to be invoked. Each
USE statement has one or more required CTRL block statements.

A NOTFOUND statement to indicate what to do if an InfoMan record does not exist for this exit
point, and which points to a Label block that specifies processing.

A FOUND statement to indicate what to do if an InfoMan record exists for this exit point, and
which points to a Label block that specifies processing.

One or more Label blocks, to specify the processing associated with the exit points named in the
USE statement.

A EUSE statement to mark the end of the Use block.

The USE Statement

The USE statement (required) is the first statement in a Use block, and identifies the exit point or
points referred to by the Use block. The USE statement must be the first word in the Use block.

The syntax for referring to a single exit point is:

USE(action,{BEFORE|AFTER|ACTIVITY}[,STANDALONE][,PROBLEM]);

The syntax for referring to multiple exit points is:

USE((action,{BEFORE|AFTER|ACTIVITY}[,STANDALONE][,PROBLEM])

       ...               (action,{BEFORE}[  .,STANDALONE][,PROBLEM]));

The Action Variable

This variable identifies the action for the Use block. The action along with the subparameter Before
/After/Activity, uniquely identifies a CA Endevor® SCM exit point. Valid combinations are:

04-May-2018 481/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
/After/Activity, uniquely identifies a CA Endevor® SCM exit point. Valid combinations are:

Action Subparameter
Backin Before/After
Backout Before/After
Cast Before/After
Commit Before/After
Confirm After
Create Before/After
Create Activity. This exit point builds activity records for package actions at after-cast time.
Pdelete Before/After (Package Delete)
Execute Before/After
GENPKGID Before/After
Modify Before/After
Reset Before/After
Review Before/After
Ship Before/After
Add Before/After
Update Before/After
Restore Before/After
Retrieve Before/After
Archive Before/After
Generate Before/After
Delete Before/After
Move Before/After
Transfer Before/After

The STANDALONE Subparameter

This subparameter is only valid with action functions. When used, it identifies actions running outside
of the package environment.

The PROBLEM Subparameter

This subparameter can only be used with stand-alone actions. When used, it means that a Problem
record will be used instead of a Change record when recording information in the InfoMan database.

USE Statement Syntax Examples

Here is an example of USE statement syntax for a single exit point:
  USE(ADD, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

This example indicates that the Use block refers to a before-action exit for ADD actions, and that the
ADD actions are performed in stand-alone mode (not as part of packages).

04-May-2018 482/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Here is an example of USE statement syntax for multiple exit points:

USE    ((ADD, AFTER),
       (UPDATE, AFTER),
       (RESTORE, AFTER));

This example indicates that the Use block applies to the after-exit point for the named actions, when
the actions are included in a package.

The NOTFOUND Statement

NOTFOUND and FOUND statements must follow the USE statement. Each statement can appear only
once for a Use block.

Once an exit point is driven, a search is made to locate the InfoMan record from the database. This
statement instructs the interface how to proceed when the InfoMan record has not been created yet.
This statement is required for:

All stand-alone action exit points.

The following package exit points: Create, Modify, Cast, Delete.

This statement is not valid when used with the package exit points for Backout, Backin, Commit,
Confirm, Create Activity, Execute, Reset, Review, and Ship.

Statement syntax is:

NOTFOUND ({[CREATE,] label | RETURN});

NOTFOUND
(Required) NOTFOUND must be the first word in this statement.

CREATE
(Optional) The CREATE keyword tells the interface to create one of the following in InfoMan:
A package change record. If you want to do this, the CTRL block must contain a CPKG statement.
A change activity record for a package action. If you want to do this, the CTRL block must contain
CPKGA and AACT statements.
A change or problem record for a stand-alone action. If you want to do this, the CTRL block must
contain a CACT statement.
The criteria for populating the new InfoMan record are contained in the block identified by the
label parameter.
If you want to update existing InfoMan records, omit CREATE from the NOTFOUND statement,
and make sure that UPKG, UPKGA, or UACT statements are in the CTRL block.

label
(Optional) This identifies the label name where execution resumes when a NOTFOUND condition
occurs. Required if CREATE is the first parameter.

RETURN
(Optional) Instructs the interface to return to CA Endevor® SCM. Examples of NOTFOUND
statements appear in the section on FOUND statements.

04-May-2018 483/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The FOUND Statement

This statement directs the logic process when the InfoMan record has been found.
FOUND ({[DELETE,] label | DELETE,RETURN | RETURN}  ); 

The following are descriptions of syntax components:

FOUND
(Required) FOUND must be the first word in this statement.

DELETE
(Optional) This parameter is only valid on the Package Delete (PDELETE) After exit point. This
option deletes the Package Change record along with all its corresponding activity records.
If you use this parameter, make sure that PDELETE is the first parameter in the USE statement.

label
(Optional) This identifies the label name where execution resumes when a FOUND condition
occurs. Required if DELETE is the first parameter.

RETURN
(Optional) Instructs the interface to return to CA Endevor® SCM.

NOTFOUND/FOUND Statement Examples

Here is an example of NOTFOUND/FOUND statements
NOTFOUND (CREATE,CMD0010);
FOUND    (CMD0020);

This example indicates that if the interface does not find a record on the InfoMan side, it is to create
that record. The information needed to create the record can be found later in the table at label
CMD0010.

The example also indicates that if the record is found in InfoMan, the interface should execute the
processing specified in label CMD0020.

Here is a second example of NOTFOUND/FOUND statements:

NOTFOUND (ERR0010);
FOUND (RETURN);      /* GREAT  JUST RETURN      */

This example indicates that if the record is not found, the interface is to execute the processing
specified in label ERR0010, and that if the record is found, the interface should return to CA Endevor®
SCM.

The EUSE Statement

Each USE statement must have a corresponding EUSE statement as the last statement in a Use block.
Its syntax is:
EUSE;

Example

This example shows the overall structure of a Use block:

04-May-2018 484/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This example shows the overall structure of a Use block:

USE(GENERATE, AFTER, STANDALONE);
    FOUND (GEN0010);
    NOTFOUND (RETURN);
    LABEL GEN0010;
        CRITERIA;
        ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('Action processing completed rc = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                          ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STAGE / =EV1ELM')
                TEXT ('ACTION:  =ACTION  USER: =USER  DATE: =DATE ') -
                          ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
    ELABEL;
EUSE; 

Label Blocks
Label blocks specify processing that is to occur related to the exit point in a Use block. A Label block
must be within a Use block. Multiple Label blocks are allowed per exit point.

Label blocks must contain:

A LABEL statement

An ELABEL statement

The Label block can also contain:

CPASS/CFAIL statements

TSP statements

Return code (RC) statements

Message (MSG) statements

Populate blocks

Criteria blocks

The LABEL statement marks the beginning of the block. All statements within the Label block are
processed. Once the ELABEL statement is reached, control is returned to CA Endevor® SCM unless a
CPASS/CFAIL statement is included in the block.

The LABEL Statement

The LABEL statement indicates the start of a Label block, and must also contain the name of that
block. The syntax is:
LABEL name;

The following are descriptions of syntax components:

LABEL

04-May-2018 485/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

LABEL
(Required) LABEL must be the first word in a Label block.

name
(Required) A 1- to 8-character alphanumeric name for the label. The name must be followed by a
semicolon.

Example

This example shows the use of a comment with the LABEL statement:
LABEL GEN0010;  /*  Change Record not found:  Create one. */

The ELABEL Statement

The ELABEL statement must be the last statement in a Label block. The syntax is:
ELABEL;

The semicolon at the end of the statement is required.

CPASS/CFAIL Statements
Use CPASS/CFAIL statements to pass control to another Label block when the current block's ELABEL
statement is reached, based on the conditions set by the Criteria block. The syntax is:
{CPASS|CFAIL} label-name; 
The following are descriptions of syntax components:

CPASS
Indicates a true condition.

CFAIL
Indicates a false condition.

label name
The up to eight character name of the label where processing resumes when the true or false
condition has been met. There can be one CPASS/CFAIL statement per Label block. The CPASS and
CFAIL statement may exist anywhere in the block, but the condition is only tested and the branch
occurs just prior to the ELABEL.

In order to code these statements, a Criteria and a Populate block must be present in the Label block.
CPASS represents a true condition and CFAIL represents a false condition. CPASS and CFAIL may be
coded independently.

Coding a null Criteria block sets a CPASS condition. However, if you want to pass control to another
Label block, you must still code the CPASS statement, specifying the Label block to which you want to
pass control.

Example (CFAIL Statement)

Here is an example of the use of CFAIL:

LABEL ARC0020;       /*  Change Record found  */
   RC (0);
   CRITERIA;

     FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');

04-May-2018 486/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

     FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
   ECRITERIA;
       POPULATE;
       EPOPULATE;
   CFAIL ARC0022;
ELABEL; 

In this example, a PIDT field in InfoMan would be checked for the value OPEN. The CFAIL statement
tells CA Endevor® SCM to execute the processing specified in Label block ARC0022 if the field does
not contain the value OPEN.

Example (CPASS Statement)

Here is an example of the use of CPASS:

LABEL CST0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND:  CREATE ONE. */
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
              /***************************************
               * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID          *
               ***************************************/
           FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
           FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
           FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
           VALUE('E/INFO CREATED CHANGE RECORD');
        EPOPULATE;
    CPASS CST0020;
ELABEL; 

In this example, the interface first executes the processing in this Label block to create a change
record in InfoMan. The CPASS statement instructs CA Endevor® SCM to execute the processing
specified in Label block CST0020, because a null Criteria block sets a true condition.

Example (CPASS and CFAIL Statements Together)

You can use CPASS and CFAIL statements together when you want to test a CA Endevor® SCM or an
InfoMan field for the presence of a value, then execute one Label block if the value exists, and
another Label block if the value does not exist.
LABEL CRT0020;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: ADD             */
  CRITERIA;
     FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('ADD     ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CPASS GRP0010;
  CFAIL CRT0025;
ELABEL; 

In this example, CA Endevor® SCM tests the PACTACTN field for the presence of the value ADD. The
CPASS statement instructs CA Endevor® SCM to continue processing at Label block GRP0010 if ADD is
the value in this field. The CFAIL statement instructs CA Endevor® SCM to resume processing at Label
block CRT0025 if ADD is not the value in the field.

TSP Statements
There can be one TSP statement per Label block. A TSP statement must be placed before any Criteria
or Populate blocks. The syntax is:
TSP;

A TSP statement instructs the InfoMan API to invoke a TSP. The user is responsible for developing this

04-May-2018 487/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

A TSP statement instructs the InfoMan API to invoke a TSP. The user is responsible for developing this
TSP. The TSP is invoked within the InfoMan TSP driver BLGAPI00. The user must update the InfoMan
TSP driver to include his/her TSP by including a LINK statement for transaction 111. For more
information regarding TSPs and the InfoMan see the IBM Tivoli Information Management Application
Program Interface Guide SC34-4592-00.

A TSP statement can appear only in the initial Label block of a chain of Label blocks. TSP statements
cannot be coded in a block to which control has been passed by a CPASS or CFAIL statement.

Example (Valid TSP Statements)

The TSP statements in this example are allowed, because LABEL (ABC) and LABEL (CDE) each start a
chain of Label blocks and therefore can each contain a TSP statement.
NOTFOUND (ABC);
FOUND (CDE);
.
LABEL ABC;
TSP;
.
CPASS FGH;
ELABEL;
LABEL CDE;
TSP;
.
CPASS KLM;
ELABEL;

Example (Invalid TSP Statements)

The TSP statement in LABEL (CDE) below is not allowed, because LABEL (CDE) is the second block in a
chain, pointed to by the CFAIL statement in LABEL (ABC).
NOTFOUND (ABC);
FOUND (CDE);
.
LABEL ABC;
TSP;
.
CFAIL CDE;
ELABEL;
LABEL CDE;
TSP;
.
CPASS KLM;
ELABEL;

Comments
You can put comments anywhere within the E/INFO table.

A comment must begin with the character string /* and must end with the character string */.
Comments can span multiple lines. The terminating character string, */, must be on the same line.

Comments must appear after the semicolon that ends a statement.

Example (Singe-line Comments)

Here is an example of single-line comments:

04-May-2018 488/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 CTRL;
     IACT (TS0B06I);    /* INQUIRY CHANGE FOR ACTIONS   */
     RACT (TS0B06R);    /* RETRIEVE CHANGE FOR ACTIONS  */
     CACT (TS0B06C);    /* CREATE CHANGE FOR ACTIONS    */
     UACT (TS0B06U);    /* UPDATE CHANGE FOR ACTIONS    */
  ECTRL;

Example (Multi-line Comments)

Here is an example of a comment that spans multiple lines:

 POPULATE;
    /******************************************
    * PREQCOMM:  PACKAGE COMMENT              *
    * PREQEWSD:  EXECUTION WINDOW START DATE  *
    * PREQEWST:  EXECUTION WINDOW START TIME  *
    * PREQEWED:  EXECUTION WINDOW END DATE    *
    * PREQEWET:  EXECUTION WINDOW END TIME    *
    * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID              *
    * PECBFNNM:  PACKAGE FUNCTION             *
    * PECBBANM:  BEFORE OR AFTER              *
    * PECBNDRC:  NDVR HIGH RETURN CODE        *
    * PHDRSTAT:  PACKAGE STATUS               *
    * PHDRCRD:   PACKAGE CREATION DATE        *
    * PHDRCRT:   PACKAGE CREATION TIME        *
    ******************************************/

In this example, the starting string (/*) and the ending string (*/) of the comment are shown in bold.

Example (Invalid Comments)

The comment below is invalid because it appears between the end of the statement and the
semicolon that ends the statement.
CTRL;
     IACT (TS0B06I)  /* INQUIRY CHANGE FOR ACTIONS   */; T

The following is the correct way to code this comment:

CTRL;
     IACT (TS0B06I);  /* INQUIRY CHANGE FOR ACTIONS   */

RC Statements
Use RC statements to specify a return code back to CA Endevor® SCM. This statement may appear
anywhere within a Label block. The syntax is:
     RC (return code);

Acceptable return code values are 0 (success) or 8 (failure). If the interface returns an “8” on a before-
action or before-package exit, CA Endevor® SCM aborts the function.

Multiple RC statements are allowed within the same block. When multiple RC statements are used,
the interface returns the highest value.

Example (RC Statement at the end of a Label block)

Here is an example of an RC statement at the end of a Label block:

LABEL MOV0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
   CRITERIA;
    ECRITERIA;
       POPULATE;

04-May-2018 489/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

       POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
          FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
          FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD')
       EPOPULATE;
       RC(0);
ELABEL;

Here is an example of an RC statement at the start of a Label block:

LABEL MOV0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
       RC (0);
    CRITERIA;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
    ECRITERIA;
       POPULATE;
       EPOPULATE;
    CFAIL MOV0022;
ELABEL; 

In both cases, the RC statement instructs the interface to send a return code of 0 back to CA
Endevor® SCM when it has completed the processing specified in the Label block.

MSG Statements
Use message (MSG) statements to include a message in the CA Endevor® SCM Execution Report. This
statement may appear anywhere within a Label block. Multiple occurrences are allowed.

The syntax is:

MSG ('text');
The text must be enclosed in single quotes. The maximum length of a message is 100 cha
racters. Expanded text in excess of 100 characters is truncated.

Note: CA Endevor® SCM keywords can be included in message text. The report prints with
the corresponding CA Endevor® SCM term. For example:

 MSG ('ACTIVITY RECORD FOR CCID: =CCID MISSING');

When this message prints on the execution report, =CCID is replaced with the value of the CCID for
which the record was not found.

Example

Here is an example of a MSG statement:

LABEL DEL0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
   CRITERIA;
      FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
      IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
      EIF;
   ECRITERIA;
   POPULATE;
   EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

04-May-2018 490/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Criteria Blocks
Use a Criteria block to specify a test that will result in a true/false condition. A test is established by
including FIELD statements in this block. If a true condition prevails, the interface populates the
InfoMan record with information from other FIELD statements, found in the Populate block.

When no test is specified in the Criteria block, a true condition is assumed to exist, and the Populate
block FIELD statements are executed automatically.

Criteria blocks are (Optional) One Criteria block is allowed per Label block.

The syntax is:

CRITERIA;
         FIELD statements
         IFYES/IFNO statements
ECRITERIA;

The following describes the components of this syntax:

CRITERIA
(Required) CRITERIA must be the first word in a Criteria block, and must be followed by a
semicolon.

FIELD statements
FIELD statements establish the conditions for populating InfoMan records. FIELD statements are
described in a later section.

IFYES/IFNO statements
Valid only in Criteria block FIELD statements. Used to specify processing when the test established
in the FIELD statement is true (IFYES) or false (IFNO). IFYES/IFNO statements are described in a
later section.

ECRITERIA
(Required) ECRITERIA must be the last word in a Criteria block, and must be followed by a
semicolon. If you want to populate an InfoMan record at this exit point without testing any fields,
you must code a null Criteria block. A null Criteria block looks like this:
CRITERIA;
ECRITERIA;

When coding Criteria blocks, keep in mind that the interface supports storing information only in
InfoMan X-type records (freeform text) and R-type records (Response records). Of these two record
types, the interface allows you to retrieve for scanning only the R-type records. This means that FIELD
statements in Criteria blocks should examine only InfoMan fields that contain R-type records.

Note: For more information about X-type records and R-type records, see your InfoMan
documentation.

Example (No Criteria)

Here is an example when there is no criteria, but the user wants to populate an InfoMan record. This

04-May-2018 491/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Here is an example when there is no criteria, but the user wants to populate an InfoMan record. This
use of the CRITERIA statement is common within a Label block associated with a NOTFOUND
statement, as shown below.
USE (ARCHIVE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);
   NOTFOUND (CREATE,ARC0010);
   FOUND    (ARC0020);
   LABEL ARC0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
      CRITERIA;
      ECRITERIA;
      POPULATE;
         FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
         FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
         FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
            VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
      EPOPULATE;
   RC(0);
   ELABEL;

Example (FIELD statements in both the Criteria and Populate blocks)

Here is an example of FIELD statements in both the Criteria and Populate blocks.
LABEL CFM0010;       /* SHIP CONFIRM AFTER - LOG SECTION       */
    CRITERIA;
       FIELD (=PECBSFNM) VALUE ('CONFIRM ');
    ECRITERIA;
    POPULATE;
        /***************************************
        * PREQDEST:  SHIP DESTINATION          *
        * PREQSCNF:  SHIP CONFIRMATIN TYPE     *
        * PREQSRES:  SHIP CONFIRMATION RESULTS *
        * PREQSRCV:  SHIP CONFIRM RC VALUE     *
        ****************************************/
        FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('SHIP:   DESTINATION =PREQDEST CONFIRM TYPE =PREQS  CNF') -
             ('        CONFIRMATION RESULTS  =PREQSRES =PREQSRCV');
    EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

Example (IFYES/IFNO conditions in the Criteria block, in addition to FIELD statements)

Here is an example that includes IFYES/IFNO conditions in the Criteria block, in addition to FIELD
statements.
LABEL RET0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
    CRITERIA;
        FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
            IFNO;
                RC (8);
                MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
            EIF;
    ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

The Populate Block

Use a Populate block to identify the CA Endevor® SCM information to be logged on an InfoMan
database record. Populate blocks can only contain FIELD statements.

04-May-2018 492/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

One Populate block is allowed per Label block, and must follow the Criteria block. If you include a
Populate block, you must also include a Criteria block.

Note: A Label block is not required to have the Criteria/Populate blocks.

The syntax is:

POPULATE;
     FIELD statements
EPOPULATE;

The following describes these components:

POPULATE
(Required) POPULATE must be the first word in a Populate block, and must be followed by a
semicolon

FIELD statements
FIELD statements establish the information to be recorded in InfoMan records. FIELD statements
are described in a later section.

EPOPULATE
(Required) EPOPULATE must be the last word in a Criteria block, and must be followed by a
semicolon. If you do not want to populate an InfoMan record at this exit point, you must code a
null Populate block. A null populate block looks like this:
POPULATE;
EPOPULATE;

Note: The interface supports only InfoMan X-type records (freeformtext) and R-type
records (Response records). This means that when coding FIELD statements in a Populate
block, you can refer only to InfoMan fields that store X-type or R-type information.

Note: For more information about X-type records and R-type records, see your InfoMan
documentation.

Example (null Populate block)

Here is an example of a null Populate block:

LABEL RET0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
   CRITERIA;
      FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
         IFNO;
            RC (8);
            MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
         EIF;

04-May-2018 493/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

         EIF;
   ECRITERIA;
      POPULATE;
      EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

Example (Populate block)

Here is an example of a Populate block:

LABEL CFM0010;       /* SHIP CONFIRM AFTER - LOG SECTION       */
   CRITERIA;
      FIELD (=PECBSFNM) VALUE ('CONFIRM ');
   ECRITERIA;
   POPULATE;
       /******************************************
       * PREQDEST:  SHIP DESTINATION             *
       * PREQSCNF:  SHIP CONFIRMATIN TYPE        *
       * PREQSRES:  SHIP CONFIRMATION RESULTS    *
       * PREQSRCV:  SHIP CONFIRM RC VALUE        *
       ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
       TEXT ('SHIP: DESTINATION =PREQDEST CONFIRM TYPE =PREQSCNF') -
            ('        CONFIRMATION RESULTS  =PREQSRES =PREQSRCV');
   EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

FIELD Statements
FIELD statements may only appear in Criteria and Populate blocks.

The interface uses Criteria block FIELD statements to determine a true or false condition. A true
condition results in the execution of the Populate Block.

When FIELD statements appear in the Populate block, the interface uses them to update an
InfoMan database record.

Example (FIELD Statement in a Criteria Block, InfoMan Field)

LABEL RET0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
    CRITERIA;
        FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
            IFNO;
                RC (8);
                MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL');
            EIF;
    ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

Example (FIELD Statement in a Criteria Block, CA Endevor® SCM Field)

LABEL CRT0020;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: ADD             */
    CRITERIA;
        FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('ADD     ');
    ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
        EPOPULATE;

Example (FIELD Statement with Equates USE (CREATE, ACTIVITY)

04-May-2018 494/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

LABEL CRT0010;       /* MAINLINE - ALL PKG ACTION POINTS.     */
    CRITERIA;
    ECRITERIA;
       POPULATE;
           FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
           FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
           FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
              TEXT('CCID: =PACTCCID IN PACKAGE: =PECBPKID');
           FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) VALUE('PKG/ACT');
       EPOPULATE;

    CPASS CRT0020;

ELABEL;

Example (FIELD Statement with Text)

LABEL GRP0020;       /* FOR PACKAGE ACTIONS: GENERATE           */
   RC (0);           /*                      DELETE             */
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
       POPULATE;
           /*****************************************
           * PACTACTN:  ACTION NAME                 *
           * PACTCOMM:  ACTION COMMENT              *
           * PACTSENV:  ENVIRONMENT NAME            *
           * PACTSSYS:  SYSTEM NAME                 *
           * PACTSSBS:  SUBSYSTEM NAME              *
           * PACTSTYP:  TYPE                        *
           * PACTSSTG:  STAGE NAME                  *
           * PACTSELM:  ELEMENT NAME                *
           ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
       TEXT ('ACTION:  =PACTACTN  =PACTCOMM')
       TEXT ('ELEMENT: =PACTSENV / =PACTSSYS / =PACTSSBS / ') -
           ('=PACTSTYP / =PACTSSTG / =PACTSELM ');
EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

FIELD Statement Syntax

FIELD statement syntax differs slightly depending on whether the syntax is for a Criteria Block or a
Populate block. When coding, values within parentheses must remain on the same line.

Criteria FIELD statement syntax to test an InfoMan field is:

FIELD PANEL(pname) INDEX(s-word) [LENGTH(length)]
   VALUE({CA Endevor® SCM field|'literals'|NONBLANK|BLANK});
   [IFYES statement] [IFNO statement]

Note: You cannot specify FIELD statements in a Criteria block associated with a Create
Activity Use block.

Criteria FIELD statement syntax to test a CA Endevor® SCM field is:

FIELD (CA Endevor® SCM field) [LENGTH(length)]
   VALUE({'literal'|NONBLANK|BLANK});
   [IFYES statement] [IFNO statement] 

Populate FIELD statement syntax is:

FIELD PANEL(pname) INDEX(s-word) [LENGTH(length)]

04-May-2018 495/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FIELD PANEL(pname) INDEX(s-word) [LENGTH(length)]
    VALUE({CA Endevor® SCM field|'literals'|=DATE|=TIME});  or
FIELD PANEL(pname) INDEX(s-word) TEXT(text);

Note: Population of CA Endevor® SCM field control blocks is not allowed. The syntax
components are explained in the next section.

Field Panel (Pname) and Index (S-Word) Clauses

Together, the FIELD PANEL and INDEX clauses identify a particular InfoMan record field.

When used in a Criteria block FIELD statement, this identifies the field against which the string in
the VALUE clause is tested.

When used in a Populate block FIELD statement, this identifies the field to be populated by the
string in the VALUE or TEXT clause.

The Pname identifies the InfoMan panel containing the field to be updated. The S-word identifies the
field to be updated. These fields must also be defined in the appropriate PIDT table.

The Length Value

Length is a numeric value that must be greater than zero but less than or equal to 256. The length
value determines both the number of characters moved during a MOVE action, and the number of
characters compared to determine the true or false condition.

The following table shows how the MOVE action and compare logic use the length value.

If the LENGTH value is Then the MOVE action or compare logic uses
Greater than the target The target length
Less than the target The LENGTH value, with any remaining fields padded with blanks.
Omitted The smaller of source or target

Note: When CA Endevor® SCM fields are converted from binary to character form, all
leading zeros are stripped. For example, 'x0010' becomes C'16'. During a compare
operation between an InfoMan field and a CA Endevor® SCM field that has undergone a
binary to character conversion, all leading zeros in the InfoMan field are stripped before
the comparison.

The Value Clause - Criteria Block

When used in a Criteria block FIELD statement, the VALUE clause establishes the criteria against
which the InfoMan or CA Endevor® SCM field is tested. Acceptable test criteria include the following.

04-May-2018 496/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA Endevor® SCM field

A value starting with an equal sign identifies a CA Endevor® SCM field. For example, VALUE
(=PECBUSER). Valid when testing InfoMan fields only.

Literal
Alphanumeric values enclosed in single quotes. For example: VALUE ('UPDATE ')

Blanks
Use this value to test whether the field is empty. A true condition exists when the field contains
blanks.

Nonblank
Use this value to test for the presence of information in a field. A true condition exists when the
field contains any non-blank characters.

The Value Clause - Populate Block

When used in a Populate block FIELD statement, the VALUE clause identifies the value to be used to
populate the InfoMan field. Acceptable populate values include the following.

CA Endevor® SCM field

A value starting with an equal sign identifies a CA Endevor® SCM field. For example: VALUE
(=PECBUSER)

Literal
Alphanumeric values enclosed in single quotes. For example: VALUE ('UPDATE ')

=DATE
Represents the current date. When used, the current date is retrieved to populate an InfoMan
database field. Format: mm/dd/yy.

=TIME
Represents the current time. When used, the current time is retrieved to populate an InfoMan
database field. Format: hh:mm.

The IFYES/IFNO Statement

IFYES and IFNO clauses may only be used in FIELD statements within the Criteria block.

The IFYES statement is invoked when the test of the InfoMan or CA Endevor® SCM field results in
a true condition.

The IFNO statement is invoked when the test of the InfoMan or CA Endevor® SCM field results in
a false condition.

IFYES syntax is:

IFYES;
   [MSG (text);] [RC (return code);]
EIF; IFNO syntax is:
IFNO;
   [MSG (text);] [RC (return code);]
EIF;

04-May-2018 497/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TEXT Clauses
Use TEXT clauses to specify information to be used to populate InfoMan fields. You must use this
format against InfoMan fields defined as freeform text fields. This format is allowed against other
field types.

The text data must be enclosed in single quotes. You can specify text to continue on the same line.

For example:
     TEXT ('This is an example of a free form text build setup ')  -
          ('statement line one')

This text clause is recorded in InfoMan as follows:

     This is an example of a free form text build setup statement line oe

You can also specify text on separate lines. For example:

     TEXT ('This is an example of a free form text build setup ')
     TEXT ('Statement line two')
     TEXT ('This is statement line three - Package RC =PECBNVRC')

This text clause is recorded in InfoMan as follows:

     This is an example of a free form text build setup
     Statement line two
     This is statement line three - Package RC 0

You can include a CA Endevor® SCM field equate in specified message text:
     TEXT('CCID: =PACTCCID IN PACKAGE: =PECBPKID');

The text recorded in InfoMan for this example includes the CCID for the package action in place of
the =PACTCCID equate, and the ID of the associated package in place of the =PECBPKID equate.

CA Endevor® SCM Control Block Availability

The E/INFO table uses information stored in exit control blocks when building requests to pass to the
InfoMan API. You identify the control block fields you want to use, and the target InfoMan database
fields for that information, when you code the Criteria and Populate blocks for your E/INFO table.

Control Blocks for Stand-alone Actions

The information in the $ECBDS and $REQPDS control blocks is available to all stand-alone actions. In
addition, the information in the environment ($ENVDS), element ($ELMDS), and file ($FILDS) control
blocks is available for either the source (SRC) or the target (TGT) location of an action. The table
below summarizes which control blocks are available to which groups of actions.

Actions that can appear together in Use blocks $ENVDS $ELMDS $FILDS $ECBDS $REQPDS
src tgt src tgt src tgt src tgt src tgt
ADD, UPDATE x x x x x
RETRIEVE, ARCHIVE x x x x x
GENERATE, DELETE x x x x

04-May-2018 498/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Actions that can appear together in Use blocks $ENVDS $ELMDS $FILDS $ECBDS $REQPDS
src tgt src tgt src tgt src tgt src tgt
MOVE, TRANSFER, RESTORE xx xx x x

The sections that follow explain the specific fields from each control block, and the equate values
used in the E/INFO table syntax to reference these fields.

Available $ENVDS Fields

The following lists the fields in the $ENVDS control block that are available to the E/INFO interface,
the information contained in each field, and the equate value to use in the syntax for the E/INFO
table for both source and target locations. The list contains the $ENVDS field, what this contains and
the source and target equate values.

This $ENVDS field Contains this source or target information And has these equate values
ENVSITE CA Endevor® SCM site ID EV1SITE (source)

EV2SITE (target)
ENVENVM Environment name EV1ENV (source)

EV2ENV (target)
ENVSYSTM System name EV1SYS (source)

EV2SYS (target)
ENVSUBSY Subsystem name EV1SUB (source)

EV2SUB (target)
ENVTYPE Type name EV1TYP (source)

EV2TYP (target)
ENVSTAGE Stage name EV1STAGE (source)

EV2STAGE (target)
ENVSTGID Stage number for the action (1 or 2) EV1STG# (source) EV2STG#
(target)
ENVSTGCD Stage ID EV1STGID (source)

EV2STGID (target)
ENVELEMT Name of the element EV1ELM (source)

EV2ELM (target)
ENVEVER Version number for the element EV1VER (source)

EV2VER (target)
ENVELVL Level for the element EV1LVL (source)

EV2LVL (target)

04-May-2018 499/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This $ENVDS field Contains this source or target information And has these equate values
ENVSPEC Indicates the kind of location. The location can EV1LOC (source)
be:
EV2LOC (target)
A CA Endevor® SCM environment

External to CA Endevor® SCM

ENVEAOFF Actual element name length EV1ELMLN (source)

EV2ELMLN (target)
ENVEAOFF Full element name EV1ELMFN (source)

EV2ELMFN (target)

Available $ELMDS Fields

The following lists the fields in the $ELMDS control block that are available to the E/INFO interface,
the information contained in each field, and the equate value to use in the syntax for the E/INFO
table for both source and target locations.

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
ELMNAME First ten characters of the element name EL1NAME (source)

EL2NAME (target)
ELMMVERS Element version EL1VER (source)

EL2VER (target)
ELMMLLVL Element level EL1LVL (source)

EL2LVL (target)
ELMM1STL Base level of the element at this location EL1BASE (source)

EL2BASE (target)
ELMMINS Number of inserts EL1INS (source)

EL2INS (target)
ELMMDEL Number of deletes EL1DEL (source)

EL2DEL (target)
ELMCCID CCID associated with the element EL1CCID (source)

EL2CCID (target)
ELMMBTOT Number of statements in the base level of the element EL1BTOT (source)

EL2BTOT (target)

04-May-2018 500/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
ELMMBDTE Date associated with the base level EL1BDATE (source)

EL2BDATE (target)
ELMMBTIM Time associated with the base level EL1BTIME (source)

EL2BTIME (target)
ELMBCOM Comment associated with the base level EL1BCOM (source)

EL2BCOM (target)
ELMBUSID User ID associated with the base level EL1BUSER (source)

EL2BUSER (target)
ELMNOSRC Element NoSource indicator flag EL1NOSRC (source)

EL2NOSRC (target)
ELMPUSID User ID associated with the last generate of the element EL1GUSER (source)

EL2GUSER (target)
ELMPDSTP Date the element was last generated EL1GDATE (source)

EL2GDATE (target)
ELMPTSTP Time the element was last generated EL1GTIME (source)

EL2GTIME (target)
ELMPRFLG Last processor executed against the element: EL1PFG (source)

0--no processor executed EL2PFG (target)

1--processor failed

2--last processor was generate

3--last processor was move

4--last processor was delete

5--restore processor not specified

ELMLPROD Date of last processor execution EL1PDATE (source)

EL2PDATE (target)
ELMLPROT Time of last processor execution EL1PTIME (source)

EL2PTIME (target)
ELMLPROU User ID associated with last processor executed against the EL1PUSER (source)
element

04-May-2018 501/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
EL2PUSER (target)
ELMLPRON Name of the processor last run against the element EL1PNAME (source)

EL2PNAME (target)
ELMMPRC Processor return code EL1PRC (source)

EL2PRC (target)
ELMPCOM Comment associated with the last action that generated the EL1PCOM (source)
element
EL2PCOM (target)
ELMMRC CA Endevor® SCM return code (NDVR RC) for the last execution EL1CRC (source)
of a processor against the element
EL2CRC (target)
ELMFDSN Name of the data set from which the element was last added, EL1DSN (source)
updated, or restored
EL2DSN (target)
ELMFMBR Member name of the element before it was last added, EL1MBR (source)
updated, or restored
EL2MBR (target)
ELMMVDTE Date element was last moved EL1MDATE (source)

EL2MDATE (target)
ELMMVTIM Time element was last moved EL1MTIME (source)

EL2MTIME (target)
ELMMUSID User ID associated with the last move of the element EL1MUSER (source)

EL2MUSER (target)
ELMRDSTP Date element was last retrieved EL1RDATE (source)

EL2RDATE (target)
ELMRTSTP Time element was last retrieved EL1RTIME (source)

EL2RTIME (target)
ELMRIID User ID associated with the last retrieve of the element EL1RUSER (source)

EL2RUSER (target)
ELMRCOM Comment associated with the last retrieve of the element EL1RCOM (source)

EL2RCOM (target)
ELMTDSN Name of the data set to which the element was last retrieved EL1RDSN (source)

EL2RDSN (target)

04-May-2018 502/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
ELMTMBR Member name of the element at the target data set of the last EL1RMBR (source)
retrieve
EL2RMBR (target)
ELMCCOM Current level comment for the element EL1CCOM (source)

EL2CCOM (target)
ELMMLDTE Date associated with the current level of the element EL1LDATE (source)

EL1LDATE (target)
ELMMLTME Time associated with the current level of the element EL1LTIME (source)

EL2LTIME (target)
ELMLUSID User ID associated with the current level of the element EL1LUSER (source)

EL2LUSER (target)
ELMMLACT Most recent action against the element EL1LACT (source)

EL2LACT (target)
ELMMLTOT Total number of source statements in the current level of the EL1LTOT (source)
element
EL2LTOT (target)
ELMRCCID CCID associated with the last RETRIEVE action against the EL1RCCID (source)
element
EL2RCCID (target)
ELMGCCID CCID associated with the last GENERATE action against the EL1GCCID (source)
element
EL2GCCID (target)
ELMODACT Last action executed against the element that modified the EL1LMACT (source)
element
EL2LMACT (target)
ELMLCCID CCID associated with the last action that modified the element EL1LCCID (source)

EL2LCCID (target)
ELMLCOMM Comment associated with the last action that modified the EL1LCOMM (source)
element
EL2LCOMM (target)
ELMLADT Date associated with the last action that modified the element EL1MLADT (source)

EL2MLADT (target)
ELMLATM Time associated with the last action that modified the element EL1MLATM (source)

EL2MLATM (target)
ELMLUID User ID associated with the last action that modified the EL1MLUID (source)
element

04-May-2018 503/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
EL2MLUID (target)
ELMUPDT Element name in the delta library EL1NUPDT (source)

EL2NUPDT (target)
ELMBASE Element name in the base library EL1NBASE (source)

EL2NBASE (target)
ELMIPCTG Percentage of inserts deleted EL1IPCTG (source)

EL2IPCTG (target)
ELMDPCTG Percentage of deletes inserted. EL1DPCTG (source)

EL2DPCTG (target)
ELMFPESD Name of footprinted object (ESD) module EL1FPESD (source)

EL2FPESD (target)
ELMEDFMT Delta format for the element EL1EDFMT (source)

EL2EDFMT (target)
ELMLPROV Version number of last processor used against this element. EL1LPROV (source)

EL2LPROV (target)
ELMPROL Level number of last processor used against this element EL1PROL (source)

EL2PROL (target)
ELMFMID Record format ID EL1FMID (source)

EL2FMID (target)
ELMXDNAM Component list delta member name EL1XDNAM (source)

EL2XDNAM (target)
ELMXBVER Component list delta version number EL1XBVER (source)

EL2XBVER (target)
ELMXBTOT Component list base total EL1XBTOT (source)

EL2XBTOT (target)
ELMXLTOT Component list last level total EL1XLTOT (source)

EL2XLTOT (target)
ELMXBLVL Component list base level number EL1XBLVL (source)

EL2XBLVL (target)

04-May-2018 504/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
ELMXLLVL Component list last level number EL1XLLVL (source)

EL2XLLVL (target)
ELMXINS Inserts at last level EL1XINS (source)

EL2XINS (target)
ELMXDLS Deletes at last level EL1XDLS (source)

EL2XDLS (target)
ELMXRGIN Component list regression insert percent EL1XRGIN (source)

EL2XRGIN (target)
ELMXRGDL Component list regression delete percent EL1XRGDL (source)

EL2XRGDL (target)
ELMXBDTE Component list base date EL1XBDTE (source)

EL2XBDTE (target)
ELMXBTIM Component list base time EL1XBTIM (source)

EL2XBTIM (target)
ELMXLDTE Component list last level date EL1XLDTE (source)

EL2XLDTE (target)
ELMXLTIM Component list last level time EL1XLTIM (source)

EL2XLTIM (target)
ELMXFLAG Component list component status flag EL1XFLAG (source)

EL2XFLAG (target)
ELMXDFMT Component list delta format EL1XDFMT (source)

EL2XDFMT (target)
ELMXUPDT Indicates whether component list base is in delta library EL1XUPDT (source)

EL2XUPDT (target)
ELMSPKG ID of the last processed package that included the source for EL1SPKG (source)
this element
EL2SPKG (target)
ELMSPKGT Time stamp of the last processed package that included the EL1SPKGT (source)
source for this element
EL2SPKGT (target)
ELMOPKG ID of package associated with the outputs of this element EL1OPKG (source)

04-May-2018 505/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
EL2OPKG (target)
ELMOPKGT Time stamp of package associated with the outputs of this EL1OPKGT (source)
element
EL2OPKGT (target)
ELMPRGRP Processor group name EL1PRGRP (source)

EL2PRGRP (target)
ELMFFFLG From file type flag EL1FFFLG (source)

EL2FFFLG (target)
ELMTFFLG To file type flag EL1TFFLG (source)

EL2TFFLG (target)
ELMFPAOFF From path name length EL1FPALN (source)

EL2FPALN (target)
ELMFPAOFF From path name EL1FPANM (source)

EL2FPANM (target)
ELMFNAOFF From file name length EL1FFILN (source)

EL2FFILN (target)
ELMFNAOFF From file name EL1FFINM (source)

EL2FFINM (target)
ELMTPAOFF To path name length EL1TPALN (source)

EL2TPALN (target)
ELMTPAOFF To path name EL1TPANM (source)

EL2TPANM (target)
ELMTNAOFF To file name length EL1TFILN (source)

EL2TFILN (target)
ELMTNAOFF To file name EL1TFINM (source)

EL2TFINM (target)
ELMEAOFF Element name length EL1ELMLN (source)

EL2ELMLN (target)
ELMEAOFF Full element name EL1ELMFN (source)

EL2ELMFN (target)

04-May-2018 506/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this source or target information And has these equate
$ELMDS values
field
ELMBVERS Element base version number EL1BVERS(source)
EL2BVERS (target)
ELMXLVER Component last version level EL1XLVER(source)

EL2XLVER(target)

Available $FILDS Fields

Use these equate values for $FILDS fields.

This $FILDS Contains this source or target information And has these equate
field values
FILDSN Data set name of the external file used by the current FI1DSN (source)
action
FI2DSN (target)
FILDSMEM Member name of the element associated with the FI1MBR (source)
current action
FI2MBR (target)
FILDDN DDname associated with the data set named above FI1DDN (source)

FI2DDN (target)
FILDSTY The kind of data set (DA, PSU, PO, IS, and the like) FI1DTY (source)

FI2DTY (target)
FILPAOFF Path name length FI1PALN (source)

FI2PALN (target)
FILNAOFF File name length FI1PANM (source)

FI2PANM (target)
FILPAOFF File name FI1PANM (source)

FI2PANM (target)

Available $ECBDS Fields

Use these equate values for $ECBDS fields.

This $ECBDS Contains this information And has this equate

field value
ECBEXTN Number identifying the exit being invoked EXITNO
ECBUSER User ID associated with the current session. Modifiable by exit 5. USER

04-May-2018 507/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This $ECBDS Contains this information And has this equate

field value
ECBMODE Indicates whether the current action was requested in MODE
foreground (T) or in batch (B).
ECBFUNC Action code. For example, 1 is the code for ADD, 7 is the code for ACTID
MOVE.
ECBFUNAM Literal describing the current action (for example ADD, MOVE). ACTION

Note: The EXITRC equate value maps to the ECBRTCD field in the $ECBDS control block.
This field is updated by the RC keyword value in the E/INFO table syntax.

Available $REQPDS Fields

Use these equate values for $REQPDS fields.

This Contains this information And has

$REQPDS this
field equate
value
REQCOMM Comment associated with the current action. COMM
REQCCID CCID associated with the current action. CCID
REQSISOF Indicates whether the current action requested a signout override. SISO
REQSISOC Applicable for RETRIEVE action. Indicates whether NO SIGNOUT was COPY
specified.
REQEXPND Applicable for RETRIEVE action. Indicates whether EXPAND INCLUDES was EXPAND
specified.
REQTCOD Action return code. ACTRC
REQOVRWR Applicable for RETRIEVE action. Indicates whether REPLACE was specified. REPL
REQDEL Applicable for ADD, ARCHIVE, DELETE, MOVE, TRANSFER, and UPDATE. DEL
Indicates whether or not a member or element is deleted after completing
the current action.
REQMOVWH Applicable for MOVE action. Indicates whether MOVE WITH HISTORY was WHIST
specified.
REQUPDT Applicable for ADD action. Indicates whether UPDATE IF PRESENT was UPD
specified.
REQORGH Applicable for the Restore action Retain Generate History option. RGENHIST
REQOSRCH Applicable for GENERATE and RETRIEVE actions. Indicates whether CA SEARCH
Endevor® SCM is to search the map when building a list.
REQNOSRC Applicable for GENERATE actions. Indicates whether CA Endevor® SCM is NOSOURCE
to search the map and use the first found sourced element as input to the
generate process. With this option, the found source is not copied back to
the target location.

04-May-2018 508/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This Contains this information And has

$REQPDS this
field equate
value
REQORSGN Applicable for MOVE and TRANSFER actions. Indicates whether RETAIN RETSIGN
SIGNOUT was specified.
REQOJUMP Applicable for MOVE action. Indicates whether CA Endevor® SCM allows JUMP
you to move an element when a version of the element exists at an
intermediate stage that is not on the map.
REQOSGNI Applicable for MOVE and TRANSFER actions. Indicates whether or not to SIGNIN
sign the target location was specified.
REQSYNC Applicable for TRANSFER actions. Indicates whether you want to transfer SYNC
an element with history when the current level of the element at the
target differs from the base level at the from-location.

Control Blocks for Packages and Package Actions

The control block information available to package actions is shown below.

Package actions that can appear together in Use blocks $PECBDS $PREQPDS $PHDRDS $PACTREQ
BACKIN, BACKOUT, CAST, COMMIT, EXECUTE, RESET, X X X
REVIEW, SHIP for before-exit and after-exit points
CREATE/MODIFY
before X X
after X X X
CREATE ACTIVITY X X X X
GENPKGID
before X X
after X X
PDELETE
before X X X
after X X

Not all the fields in the $PECBDS control block are available. Those fields that are available are shown
in the following list:

This $PECBDS field Contains this information And has this equate value
PECBPKID Package ID PECBPKID
PECBFNCD Package function code PECBFNCD
PECBSFCD Package subfunction code PECBFSCD
PECBBACD Package before/after code PECBBACD
PECBFNNM Package function literal PECBFNNM

04-May-2018 509/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This $PECBDS field Contains this information And has this equate value
PECBSFNM Package subfunction literal PECBSFNM
PECBBANM Package before/after literal PECBBANM
PECBACTE Action record existence flag PECBACTE
PECBAPPE Approver record existence flag PECBAPPE
PECBBODE Backout record existence flag PECBBODE
PECBNDRC CA Endevor® SCM high return code PECBNDRC
PECBNDAB CA Endevor® SCM abend code PECBNDAB
PECBNDMG CA Endevor® SCM message text PECBNDMG
PECBNDML CA Endevor® SCM message text length PECBNDML
PECBUSER TSO user or batch job name PECBUSER
PECBMODE Mode setting (online or batch) PECBMODE

The fields not available include:

The before/after exit switches (PECBBIBE through PECBSCAF)

The request for data flags (PECBACTR through PECBSCLR), as well as PECBRQRC, the return code
field for user requests for data.

PECBUECB, PECBUREQ, PECBUFIL, PECBUAPP, PECB#APG.

The following fields are set by the E/INFO interface, through the table syntax:

PECBRTCD

PECBMGCD

PECBMGLN

PECBMSG

$PREQPDS
Use these equate values for $PREQPDS fields.

This $PREQPDS field Contains this information And has this equate value
PREQCOMM Package comment PREQCOMM
PREQBOEN Backout enabled flag PREQBOEN
PREQDEL Delete enabled flag PREQDEL
PREQPSHR Sharable package flag PREQPSHR
PREQPAPD Append package flag PREQPAPD
PREQEWSD Execution window start date PREQEWSD
PREQEWST Execution window start time PREQEWST

04-May-2018 510/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This $PREQPDS field Contains this information And has this equate value
PREQEWED Execution window end date PREQEWED
PREQEWET Execution window end time PREQEWET
PREQIPKG Source package ID (copy subfunction) PREQIPKG
PREQDEST Shipment destination PREQDEST
PREQSTYP Shipment type PREQSTYP
PREQSCMP Ship complementary data set flag PREQSCMP
PREQSCNF Ship confirmation type PREQSCNF
PREQSRES Ship confirmation result PREQSRES
PREQSRCV Ship confirmation return code PREQSRCV
PREQAPGP Override approver group PREQAPGP
PREQAPID Override approver ID PREQAPID

$PHDRDS
Use these equate values for $PHDRDS fields.

This $PHDRDS field Contains this information And has this equate value
PHDRTYPE Package type (standard or emergency). PHDRTYPE
PHDRSTAT Package status PHDRSTAT
PHDRBOST Package backout status PHDRBOST
PHDRCRD Package creation date PHDRCRD
PHDRCRT Package creation time PHDRCRT
PHDRXRC Package execution return code PHDRXRC
PHDRPUD Date of last update to package SCL PHDRPUD
PHDRPUT Time of last update to package SCL PHDRPUT
PHDRCD Cast date PHDRCD
PHDRCT Cast time PHDRCT
PHDRAD Final approval/denial date PHDRAD
PHDRAT Final approval/denial time PHDRAT
PHDRWSD Execution window start date PHDRWSD
PHDRWST Execution window start time PHDRWST
PHDRWED Execution window end date PHDRWED
PHDRWET Execution window end time PHDRWET
PHDRXD Execution date PHDRXD
PHDRXT Execution time PHDRXT
PHDRCMD Commit date PHDRCMD
PHDRCMT Commit time PHDRCMT

04-May-2018 511/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This $PHDRDS field Contains this information And has this equate value
PHDRBOD Backout date PHDRBOD
PHDRBOT Backout time PHDRBOT
PHDRBID Backin date PHDRBID
PHDRBIT Backin time PHDRBIT
PHDREXD Date when execution completed PHDREXD
PHDREXT Time when execution completed PHDREXT

$PACTREQ
Use these equate values for $PACTREQ fields.

This $PACTREQ Contains this information And has this equate

field value
PACTSEQ# Sequence number of the action. PACTSEQ#
PACTACTN CA Endevor® SCM action. PACTACTN
PACTCCID Action CCID. PACTCCID
PACTCOMM Action comment. PACTCOMM
PACTNDRC CA Endevor® SCM high return code. PACTNDRC
PACTPRRC Processor high return code. PACTPRRC
PACTBEXD Begin execution date. PACTBEXD
PACTBEXT Begin execution time. PACTBEXT
PACTEEXD End execution date. PACTEEXD
PACTEEXT End execution time. PACTEEXT
PACTSSIT Site ID at the source of the action. PACTSSIT
PACTSENV Environment at the source location. PACTSENV
PACTSSYS System at the source location. PACTSSYS
PACTSSBS Subsystem at the source location. PACTSSBS
PACTSELM First 10 characters of the element name at the source PACTSELM
location.
PACTSTYP Type at the source location. PACTSTYP
PACTSSTG Stage name at the source location. PACTSSTG
PACTSSTI Stage ID at the source location. PACTSSTI
PACTSVL Version/level at the source location. PACTSVL
PACTSDD Delta/base creation date at source location. PACTSDD
PACTSDT Delta/base creation time at source location. PACTSDT
PACTSGD Date of last GENERATE action at the source location. PACTSGD
PACTSGT Time of last GENERATE action at the source location. PACTSGT
PACTSPD Date of last processor run at the source location. PACTSPD

04-May-2018 512/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PACTSPT Time of last processor run at the source location. PACTSPT

PACTSDSN External data set name. PACTSDSN
PACTSMBR External member name. PACTSMBR
PACTSPPI Previous package ID associated with the source. PACTSPPI
PACTSCTS Cast time stamp associated with source location. PACTSCTS
PACTTSIT Site ID at the target of the action. PACTTSIT
PACTTENV Environment at the target location. PACTTENV
PACTTSYS System at the target location. PACTTSYS
PACTTSBS Subsystem at the target location. PACTTSBS
PACTTELM First 10 characters of the element name at the target PACTTELM
location.
PACTTTYP Type at the target location. PACTTTYP
PACTTSTG Stage name at the target location. PACTTSTG
PACTTSTI Stage ID at the target location. PACTTSTI
PACTTDD Delta/base creation date at target location. PACTTDD
PACTTDT Delta/base creation time at target location. PACTTDT
PACTTGD Date of last Generate action at the target location. PACTTGD
PACTTGT Time of last Generate action at the target location. PACTTGT
PACTTPD Date of last processor run at the target location. PACTTPD
PACTTPT Time of the last processor run at the target location. PACTTPT
PACTTDSN External data set name at the target location. PACTTDSN
PACTTMBR External member name at the target location. PACTTMBR
PACTTPPI Previous package ID associated with the source at the PACTTPPI
target location.
PACTTCTS Cast time stamp associated with source at the target PACTTCTS
location.
PACTSFLAG Source file type indicator. PACTSFLAG
PACTTFLAG Target file type indicator. PACTTFLAG
PACTSEAOFF Source full element name length. PACTSELMLN
PACTSEAOFF Source full element name. PACTSELMFN
PACTSPAOFF Source path name length. PACTSPALN
PACTSPAOFF Source path name. PACTSPANM
PACTSNAOFF Source file name length. PACTSFILN
PACTSNAOFF Source file name. PACTSFINM
PACTTEAOFF Target full element name length. PACTTELMLN
PACTTEAOFF Target full element name. PACTTELMFN
PACTTPAOFF Target path name length. PACTTPALN

04-May-2018 513/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PACTTPAOFF Target path name. PACTTPANM

PACTTNAOFF Target file name length. PACTTFILN
PACTTNAOFF Target file name. PACTTFINM

Interface Syntax Batch Utility Output Report

When the E/INFO interface utility builds a load module from the table syntax that you submit, it also
produces an output report about the compile process. The output report contains the following
sections:

A Utility Syntax Report, which lists the input table syntax.

An E/INFO Interface Syntax Errors report, listing any messages produced by the utility.

Setting Up the Interface

Contents

The InfoMan API (see page 514)

How to Set Up the InfoMan Side (see page 515)
How to Build InfoMan PIDT Tables (see page 516)

The InfoMan API

This section contains an overview of the InfoMan Application Programming Interface (API), and is
intended to provide an orientation for people responsible for implementing the CA Endevor SCM
InfoMan Interface.

Note: For more information, consult InfoMan experts at your site, or IBM Tivoli
Information Management Application Program Interface Guide SC34-4592-00.

The InfoMan database consists of 16 record types. The interface uses the following four InfoMan
record types to store CA Endevor® SCM information.

Problem records, to record information about stand-alone actions. Stand-alone actions are
actions that are not associated with a package.

Change records, to record information about stand-alone actions and packages.

Change Activity records, to record information about package actions.

04-May-2018 514/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Change Activity records, to record information about package actions.

The Add Change Activity record, to relate package actions to a parent package record.

Four actions can be performed against each record: data can be created (Create), data can be
updated (Update), inquiries can be made against the record (Inquiry), and the record can be retrieved
(Retrieve). The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface supports all these access modes.

InfoMan allows logical views of these records, in the form of Program Interface Data Table (PIDT)
tables. PIDT tables define data fields that can be passed between an application (in this case CA
Endevor® SCM) and the API.

InfoMan comes with a predefined PIDT table for each record type and use. For example, the Problem
record type has four PIDT tables: Problem record create, Problem record update, Problem record
inquiry, and Problem record retrieve. Each PIDT table provides a view of the problem record.

The InfoMan API uses PIDT tables to access or update data from the InfoMan database.

You can run the interface with the standard PIDT tables, or you can create your own. If you create
your own PIDT tables, you must do so for each record type/action that you intend to use, and each
custom table must contain certain required fields. These fields are listed later in this chapter.

These PIDT definition statements are fed into the InfoMan BLGUT8 batch utility. This utility produces
two machine-loadable data structures for each table definition: the PIDT (Program Interface Data
Table) and the Program Interface Pattern Table (PIPT). The PIPT defines the pattern validation criteria
for each field found in the PIDT.

How to Set Up the InfoMan Side

Use this checklist when setting up the InfoMan side of the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface.

Note: It may be necessary to obtain detail information from both the CA Endevor® SCM
and the InfoMan administrators.

1. Decide which CA Endevor® SCM information you want to track in InfoMan.

2. Decide which InfoMan record type you want to use to record stand-alone action information:
Problem records or Change records.

3. Make sure that all InfoMan fields required by the interface are available.

4. Decide which functions you want to perform against the record types you have selected:

Use this function To perform the following

Inquiry Check for the existence of InfoMan records.
Retrieve Test InfoMan fields for specific values.
Create Create records in InfoMan.

04-May-2018 515/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Update Update existing records.

1. After making these decisions, build PIDT tables for the record types and functions that you
plan to use. For example, if you decide to record CA Endevor® SCM package information in
InfoMan, you would create PIDT tables for:

Inquiry against Change records, for packages.

Inquiry against Activity records, for package actions.

Retrieve against Change records, for packages.

Retrieve against Activity records, for package actions.

Create Change records, for packages.

Create Activity records, for package actions.

Update Change records, for packages.

Update Activity records, for package actions.

How to Build InfoMan PIDT Tables

The quickest way to get started using the interface is to use the IBM-supplied PIDT tables. If you are
using the standard IBM PIDT tables, you can skip this section. Make sure, however, that the InfoMan
fields reserved by the interface are not being used at your site to store other information.

If you are not using the standard PIDT tables, first complete the checklist in the previous section. You
must then build PIDT tables for the record types (Problem, Change, or Change Activity) that you want
to use, and the actions (Inquiry, Create, Update, Retrieve) that you want the interface to perform.

NotFor more information about building PIDT tables, see IBM Tivoli Information
Management Application Program Interface Guide SC34-4592-00.

Certain fields must appear in these PIDT tables. These required fields are listed in this section, for
each possible record type and use.

NotA four-character (for example IACT) or five-character (for example CPKGA) identifier
appears in the following lists. These identifiers are used in the Control block of the batch
utility syntax to build the E/INFO table. These identifiers are explained in Chapter 3,
"Setting Up the CA Endevor® SCM INFO Table."

04-May-2018 516/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Inquiry PIDT Required Fields

Inquiry against Change records, for packages (IPKG):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL (BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL (BLG6CORQ) INDEX(S0CD4) Package ID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PACKAGE
FIELD PANEL (BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Inquiry against Change Activity records, for package actions (IPKGA):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL (BLG0F000) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL (BLG6RNOR) INDEX(S0CD0) Parent RNID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6ACNM) INDEX(S0CBC) CCID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT
FIELD PANEL (BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Inquiry against Change records, for actions (IACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL (BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION
FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Inquiry against Problem records, for actions (IACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Problem type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION
FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Retrieve PIDT Required Fields

Retrieve against Change records, for packages (RPKG):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6CORQ) INDEX(S0CD4) Package ID
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PACKAGE

Retrieve against Change Activity records, for package actions (RPKGA):

04-May-2018 517/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Retrieve against Change Activity records, for package actions (RPKGA):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLGLAL31) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6RNOR) INDEX(S0CD0) Parent RNID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT
FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACNM) INDEX(S0CBC) CCID

Retrieve against Change records, for actions (RACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION

Retrieve against Problem records, for actions (RACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Problem type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION

Create PIDT Required Fields

Create Change records for packages (CPKG):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACNM) INDEX(S0CBC) Package ID
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PACKAGE
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Create Change Activity records for package actions (CPKGA):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLGLAL31) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6RNOR) INDEX(S0CD0) Parent RNID
FIELD PANEL(BLG6CORQ) INDEX(S0CD4) CCID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Create Change records for actions (CACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record

04-May-2018 518/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: package or action
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Create Problem records for actions (CACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: package or action
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Update PIDT Required Fields

Update Change records for packages (UPKG):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record

Update Change Activity records for package actions (UPKGA):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLGLAL31) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT

Update Change records for actions (UACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record

Update Problem records for actions (UACT):

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Problem type record

Using the Stand-alone Action Table Syntax

Template
Contents

The Syntax Template (see page 520)

IIF Sample Syntax (see page 520)

04-May-2018 519/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Syntax Template

There are two ways to track stand-alone actions: using InfoMan Change records or using InfoMan
Problem records. Although the template described here is designed to track stand-alone actions
using InfoMan Change records, you can easily modify the template to include syntax for using
Problem records.

The syntax template described in this chapter is contained in member EISCRIP1 in iprfx.iqual.
CSIQOPTN. The table built using this syntax updates/references InfoMan Change records. A syntax
template for utilizing Problem records is provided in member EISCRIP2 in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN.

If you have not modified standard InfoMan, you can use these syntax templates as-is. Consider,
however, reviewing the syntax, editing it as necessary, before submitting it to the Batch Utility.

This sample table syntax uses fields that exist in both Change and Problem record types. If you
customize this sample syntax, do not assume that all Change record fields are also defined within
Problem records.

The following pages contain a walk-through of EISCRIP1. Even if you want to use InfoMan Problem
records (EISCRIP2), studying the walk-through will be beneficial.

IIF Syntax Templates for Stand-Alone Actions

InfoMan Interactive Facility (IIF) users can find syntax templates for change and problem records in
iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN. Member EISCRXX1 contains the template for building a table to use IIF Change
records, and member EISCRXX2 contains a template for building a table to use IIF Problem records.

IIF Sample Syntax

To familiarize you with the syntax, this section provides descriptions for the first few syntax blocks.
TABLE NAME (ENDEV02);

The TABLE NAME clause starts the table, and names it. In this case the name of the table is ENDEVO2.

Note: For more information, see The Table Statement (see page 476).

CTRL;
    IACT (TS0B06I);         /* INQUIRY CHANGE FOR ACTIONS   */
    RACT (TS0B06R);         /* RETRIEVE CHANGE FOR ACTIONS  */
    CACT (TS0B06C);         /* CREATE CHANGE FOR ACTIONS    */
    UACT (TS0B06U);         /* UPDATE CHANGE FOR ACTIONS   */
 ECTRL;

This Control block indicates that CA Endevor® SCM may request the InfoMan API to:

Inquire against PIDT table TS0B06I.

Retrieve PIDT table TS0B06R.

04-May-2018 520/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Retrieve PIDT table TS0B06R.

Create a Change record in PIDT table TS0B06C.

Update and existing record in PIDT table TS0B06U.

Note: For more information, see The Control Block (see page 477).

USE(ADD,BEFORE,STANDALONE);

This USE statement indicates that the processing in this Use block applies to the before-exit point for
stand-alone ADD actions.

Note: For more information, see Use Blocks (see page 480).

NOTFOUND (CREATE,ADD0010);
FOUND    (ADD0020);

These NOTFOUND/FOUND statements indicate that:

If there is no Change record in InfoMan for the CCID associated with an ADD action, the interface
is to create a record, using the processing specified in Label block ADD0010.

If there is a record in InfoMan for the CCID associated with an ADD action, the interface is to
execute the processing specified in Label block ADD0020.

Note: For more information, see The FOUND Statement (see page 484).

LABEL ADD0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */

This LABEL statement starts the Label block referred to by the NOTFOUND statement earlier in the
syntax.

Note: For more information, see Label Blocks (see page 485).

CRITERIA;
ECRITERIA;

Even if there are no criteria for populating an InfoMan record, there must be a Criteria block within a
Label block, if that block also contains a POPULATE statement. When there are no criteria, code the
Criteria block this way.

04-May-2018 521/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information, see Criteria Blocks (see page 491).

POPULATE;

This statement starts a Populate block. The FIELD and INDEX statements in a Populate block specify
the fields to be populated in InfoMan. The VALUE statements specify the values to use to populate
those fields.

Note: For more information, see The Populate Block (see page 492).

FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);

This statement tells the InfoMan API to populate the BLG6REQN field (index S0B59) with the CA
Endevor® SCM user ID.

Note: For more information, see FIELD Statements (see page 494).

FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');

This statement tells the InfoMan API to populate the BLG6STAT field (index S0BEE) with the literal
OPEN.
FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');

This statement tells the InfoMan API to populate the BLG6DSAB field (index S0E0F) with the text API
CREATE CHG RECORD.

Note: For more information, see FIELD Statements (see page 494).

EPOPULATE;

This statement ends the Populate block.

Note: For more information, see The Populate Block (see page 492).

RC(0);

04-May-2018 522/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This statement tells the API to send a return code of zero back to CA Endevor® SCM after successfully
executing the processing in this Label block.

Note: For more information, see RC Statements (see page 489).

ELABEL;

This statement ends Label block ADD0010.

Note: For more information, see Label Blocks (see page 485).

LABEL ADD0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */

This statement starts the label block referenced in the FOUND statement earlier in the syntax.

Note: For more information, see Label Blocks (see page 485).

RC (0);

This statement tells the API to send a return code of zero back to CA Endevor® SCM after successfully
executing the processing in this Label block.

Note: For more information, see RC Statements (see page 489).

CRITERIA;

This is a required statement to start a Criteria block for this Label block.

Note: For more information, see Criteria Blocks (see page 491).

FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');

This statement tells the interface to query field BLG6STAT (index S0BEE) in the InfoMan Change
record associated with the CCID for this ADD action. If the value in the field is the literal OPEN, the
criteria block is considered true. In this case, this means that it considers the record as found.

04-May-2018 523/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information, see FIELD Statements (see page 494).

ECRITERIA;

This is a required statement to end a Criteria block.

Note: For more information, see Criteria Blocks (see page 491).

POPULATE;
EPOPULATE;

Even if you do not wish to populate an InfoMan record when a Criteria block is true, you must include
a Populate block with that Criteria block. This is the way to code a null Populate block.

Note: For more information, see The Populate Block (see page 492).

CFAIL ADD0022;

This CFAIL statement tells the interface to execute the processing specified in Label block ADD0022 if
the Criteria block is false. This would be the case in this example if the InfoMan field BLG6STAT (index
S0BEE) did not contain the value OPEN.

Note: For more information, see CPASS/CFAIL Statements (see page 486).

ELABEL;

This statement ends Label block ADD0020.

Note: For more information, see The ELABEL Statement (see page 486).

LABEL ADD0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */

This statement starts Label block ADD0022.

Note: For more information, see Label Blocks (see page 485).

04-May-2018 524/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CRITERIA;
  FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
     IFNO;
       RC (8);
       MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
     EIF;
ECRITERIA;

This Criteria block tells the interface to query field BLG6STAT (index S0BEE) in the InfoMan Change
record associated with the CCID for this ADD action.

If the value in the field is INITIAL, the criteria block is considered true, and processing continues
with the POPULATE statement.

If the value in the field is not INITIAL, the interface executes the IFNO statement, passing a return
code of 8 back to CA Endevor® SCM and issuing the message INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL
OR OPEN.
POPULATE;
EPOPULATE;

Even if you do not wish to populate an InfoMan record when a Criteria block is true, you must include
a Populate block with that Criteria block. This is the way to code a null Populate block.

Note: For more information, see The Populate Block (see page 492).

ELABEL;

This statement ends the ADD0022 Label block.

Note: For more information, see The ELABEL Statement (see page 486).

EUSE;

This statement ends the Use block for the before-exit point for stand-alone ADD actions.

Note: For more information, see The EUSE Statement (see page 484).

USE (ADD, AFTER, STANDALONE);

This USE statement starts another Use block. The processing in this Use block is to be invoked for the
after-exit point for stand-alone ADD actions.

Note: For more information, see The USE Statement (see page 481).

04-May-2018 525/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information, see The USE Statement (see page 481).

FOUND    (ADD0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

These NOTFOUND/FOUND statements indicate that:

If there is a record in InfoMan for the CCID associated with an ADD action, the interface is to
execute the processing specified in Label block ADD0010.

If there is no Change record in InfoMan for the CCID associated with an ADD action, the interface
is to return to CA Endevor® SCM.

Note: For more information, see The FOUND Statement (see page 484).

LABEL ADD0010;

This statement starts Label block ADD0010, referenced in the FOUND statement earlier in the Use
block.

Note: For more information, see Label Blocks (see page 485).

CRITERIA;
ECRITERIA;

Grouping the CRITERIA and ECRITERIA statements this way indicates that there are no criteria to be
satisfied after a record is found. This tells the interface to execute the processing specified in the
Populate block.

Note: For more information, see Criteria Blocks (see page 491).

POPULATE;
  FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
        TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV2ENV / =EV2SYS / =EV2SUB ') -

             ('/ =EV2TYP / =EV2STAGE / =EV2ELMFN')

        TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
             ('TIME: =TIME');
EPOPULATE;

This POPULATE statement tells the InfoMan API to populate field BLG0C010 (index S0E01) with a
three-line message.

There is one TEXT statement for each line. Lines are continued by placing a hyphen as the last

04-May-2018 526/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

There is one TEXT statement for each line. Lines are continued by placing a hyphen as the last
character in the first line. Also note that there is only one semicolon for all three TEXT statements,
located at the end of the last one.

The message is built using information from CA Endevor® SCM control blocks:

Line 1 uses the ACTRC field from the $ENVDS block.

Line 2 uses the EV2ENV, EV2SYS, EV2SUB, EV2TYP, EV2STAGE, and EV2ELMFN fields from the
$ENVDS block.

Line 3 uses the ACTION, USER, DATE, and TIME fields from the $ENVDS block.
ELABEL;

This statement ends Label block ADD0010.

Note: For more information, see The ELABEL Statement (see page 486).

EUSE; This statement ends the Use block for the after-exit point for stand-alone ADD actions.

Note: For more information, see The EUSE Statement (see page 484).

This concludes the annotated portion of the syntax example. Sample syntax for the remaining stand-
alone actions is shown on the following table.

USE(ADD, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,ADD0010);
FOUND    (ADD0020);

LABEL ADD0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL ADD0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL ADD0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL ADD0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;

04-May-2018 527/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (ADD, AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (ADD0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL ADD0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV2ENV / =EV2SYS / =EV2SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV2TYP / =EV2STAGE / =EV2ELMFN')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (UPDATE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,UPT0010);
FOUND    (UPT0020);

LABEL UPT0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL UPT0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL UPT0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL UPT0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

04-May-2018 528/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

USE (UPDATE, AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (UPT0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL UPT0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV2ENV / =EV2SYS / =EV2SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV2TYP / =EV2STAGE / =EV2ELMFN')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (RESTORE,BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,RST0010);
FOUND    (RST0020);

LABEL RST0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL RST0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL RST0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL RST0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

USE (RESTORE,AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (RST0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL RST0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)

            TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')

04-May-2018 529/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

            TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
            TEXT ('SOURCE ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                 ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STG# / =EV1ELMFN')
            TEXT ('TARGET ELEMENT: =EV2ENV / =EV2SYS / =EV2SUB ') -
                 ('/ =EV2TYP / =EV2STAGE / =EV2ELMFN')
            TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                 ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (GENERATE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,GEN0010);
FOUND    (GEN0020);

LABEL GEN0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL GEN0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL GEN0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL GEN0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

USE (GENERATE ,AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (GEN0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL GEN0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STAGE / =EV1ELMFN')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (RETRIEVE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

04-May-2018 530/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

USE (RETRIEVE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,RET0010);
FOUND    (RET0020);

LABEL RET0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL RET0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL RET0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL RET0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

USE (RETRIEVE, AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (RET0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL RET0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STAGE / =EV1ELMFN')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (ARCHIVE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,ARC0010);
FOUND    (ARC0020);

LABEL ARC0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;

       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);

04-May-2018 531/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL ARC0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL ARC0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL ARC0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

USE (ARCHIVE, AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (ARC0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL ARC0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STAGE / =EV1ELMFN')
                TEXT ('TARGET: =FI2DSN =FI2MBR')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (DELETE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,DEL0010);
FOUND    (DEL0020);

LABEL DEL0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL DEL0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */

04-May-2018 532/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

LABEL DEL0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL DEL0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL DEL0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

USE (DELETE, AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (DEL0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL DEL0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STAGE / =EV1ELMFN')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (MOVE, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,MOV0010);
FOUND    (MOV0020);

LABEL MOV0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL MOV0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL MOV0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL MOV0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */

  CRITERIA;

04-May-2018 533/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

USE (MOVE, AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (MOV0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL MOV0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('SOURCE ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STAGE / =EV1ELMFN')
                TEXT ('TARGET ELEMENT: =EV2ENV / =EV2SYS / =EV2SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV2TYP / =EV2STAGE / =EV2ELMFN')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

USE (TRANSFER, BEFORE, STANDALONE);

NOTFOUND (CREATE,TRA0010);
FOUND    (TRA0020);

LABEL TRA0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=USER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             VALUE('API CREATE CHG RECORD');
     EPOPULATE;
  RC(0);
ELABEL;

LABEL TRA0020;       /* CHANGE RECORD FOUND */
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;
  CFAIL TRA0022;
ELABEL;

LABEL TRA0022;       /* STATUS NOT OPEN - CHECK FOR INITIAL  */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('INITIAL');
       IFNO;
         RC (8);
         MSG ('INVALID STATUS - MUST BE INITIAL OR OPEN');
       EIF;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

ELABEL;

04-May-2018 534/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ELABEL;

EUSE;

USE (TRANSFER, AFTER, STANDALONE);

FOUND    (TRA0010);
NOTFOUND (RETURN);

LABEL TRA0010;
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
        POPULATE;
          FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
                TEXT ('ACTION PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =ACTRC')
                TEXT ('SOURCE ELEMENT: =EV1ENV / =EV1SYS / =EV1SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV1TYP / =EV1STAGE / =EV1ELMFN')
                TEXT ('TARGET ELEMENT: =EV2ENV / =EV2SYS / =EV2SUB ') -
                     ('/ =EV2TYP / =EV2STAGE / =EV2ELMFN')
                TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION USER: =USER DATE: =DATE ') -
                     ('TIME: =TIME');
        EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

ETABLE;

Building the CA Endevor SCM Info Table Using

Table Syntax
This article contains sample table syntax for packages and package actions. The sample is for your use
when building the E/INFO table for your site. The sample described is located in member EISCRIP3 in
iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN. Several lines are annotated at the beginning of the sample, for your reference.

InfoMan Interactive Facility (IIF) users can find a syntax template for packages and package actions in
member EISCRXX3 in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN.
TABLE NAME (ENDEV03);

This statement starts the table. The name of the table is ENDEV03. There must be an ETABLE
statement at the end of the table.

CTRL;
  IPKG (TS0B06I);         /* INQUIRY CHANGE TABLE FOR PACKAGES       */
  IPKGA(TS0B07I);         /* INQUIRY ACTIVITY  TABLE FOR PKG ACTIONS */
  RPKG (TS0B06R);         /* RETRIEVE CHANGE TABLE FOR PACKAGES      */
  RPKGA(TS0B07R);         /* RETRIEVE ACTIVITY TABLE FOR PKG ACTIONS */
  CPKG (TS0B06C);         /* CREATE CHANGE TABLE FOR PACKAGES        */
  CPKGA(TS0B07C);         /* CREATE ACTIVITY TABLE FOR PKG ACTIONS   */
  UPKG (TS0B06U);         /* UPDATE CHANGE TABLE FOR PACKAGES        */
  UPKGA(TS0B07U);         /* UPDATE ACTIVITY TABLE FOR PKG ACTIONS   */
  AACT (TS0B06A);         /* ADD CHANGE ACTIVITY TABLE FOR PKG ACTION*/
ECTRL;

This Control block indicates that CA Endevor® SCM may request the InfoMan API to:

Inquire about package (IPKG) and package action (IPKGA) records.

Retrieve package (RPKG) and package action (RPKGA) records.

04-May-2018 535/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Create a package (CPKG) and package action (CPKGA) records.

Update package (UPKG) and package action (UPKGA) records.

Add change activity (AACT) records for package actions.

/************************************************
 * EXIT POINTS: CREATE/AFTER   MODIFY/ AFTER    *
 ************************************************/
USE ((CREATE, AFTER),
     (MODIFY, AFTER));

This USE statement indicates that the processing in this Use block applies to the after-exit point for
the CREATE PACKAGE and MODIFY PACKAGE actions.

NOTFOUND (CREATE,CMD0010);
FOUND    (CMD0020);

These NOTFOUND/FOUND statements indicate that

If there is no Change record in InfoMan for a package, the interface is to create a record, using
the processing specified in Label block CMD0010.

If there is a record in InfoMan for the package, the interface is to execute the processing specified
in Label block CMD0020.

LABEL CMD0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND: CREATE ONE */

This LABEL statement starts the Label block referred to by the NOTFOUND statement earlier in the
syntax.

CRITERIA;
ECRITERIA;

Even if there are no criteria for populating an InfoMan record, there must be a Criteria block within a
Label block, if that block also contains a POPULATE statement. When there are no criteria, code the
Criteria block this way.

POPULATE;
      /***************************************
       * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID          *
       ***************************************/
  FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
  FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
  FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        VALUE('E/INFO CREATED CHANGE RECORD');
EPOPULATE;

This POPULATE block tells the InfoMan API what information to put in the Change record that it
creates. In this example the API populates three fields:

The BLG6REQN field (index S0B59) with the value in the PECBUSER field of the CA Endevor® SCM
package exit control block ($PECBDS).

The BLG6STAT field (index S0BEE) with the value OPEN.

The BLG0C010 field (index S0E01) with the value E/INFO CREATED CHANGE RECORD.

04-May-2018 536/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CPASS CMD0020;

The CPASS statement tells the interface to execute the processing specified in Label block CMD0020 if
the API populates the new record successfully.

ELABEL;

This statement ends Label block CMD0010.

LABEL CMD0020;

This statement starts the label block referenced in the CPASS statement in the preceding Label block.

RC (0);

This statement tells the API to send a return code of zero back to CA Endevor® SCM after successfully
executing the processing in this Label block.

Note: For more information, see RC Statements (see page 489).

CRITERIA;
ECRITERIA;

Grouping the CRITERIA and ECRITERIA statements this way indicates that there are no criteria to be
satisfied. This tells the interface to execute the processing specified in the Populate block.

Note: For more information, see Criteria Blocks (see page 491).

POPULATE;
        /******************************************
         * PREQCOMM:  PACKAGE COMMENT             *
         * PREQEWSD:  EXECUTION WINDOW START DATE *
         * PREQEWST:  EXECUTION WINDOW START TIME *
         * PREQEWED:  EXECUTION WINDOW END DATE   *
         * PREQEWET:  EXECUTION WINDOW END TIME   *
         * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID             *
         * PECBFNNM:  PACKAGE FUNCTION            *
         * PECBBANM:  BEFORE OR AFTER             *
         * PECBNDRC:  NDVR HIGH RETURN CODE       *
         * PHDRSTAT:  PACKAGE STATUS              *
         * PHDRCRD:   PACKAGE CREATION DATE       *
         * PHDRCRT:   PACKAGE CREATION TIME       *
         ******************************************/

This POPULATE statement is followed by a multi-line comment expanding the names of the CA
Endevor® SCM control block fields used to populate InfoMan fields in the following FIELD and TEXT
statements.

Note: For more information, see The Populate Block (see page 492).

04-May-2018 537/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F) VALUE(=PREQCOMM);
FIELD PANEL(BLG6SCHD) INDEX(S0C41) VALUE(=PREQEWSD);
FIELD PANEL(BLG6SCHT) INDEX(S0C6E) VALUE(=PREQEWST);
FIELD PANEL(BLG6TARD) INDEX(S0C42) VALUE(=PREQEWED);
FIELD PANEL(BLG6TART) INDEX(S0C6F) VALUE(=PREQEWET);
FIELD PANEL(BLG600CN) INDEX(S0B5C) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PHAC) INDEX(S0C0B) VALUE(=PECBFNNM);

These FIELD statements specify the InfoMan fields that are to contain CA Endevor® SCM information,
and the values that the API is to use to populate these fields. The comment earlier in the Populate
block identifies the information referred to by the equate value.

Note: For more information, see FIELD Statements (see page 494).

FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
  TEXT ('PACKAGE PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =PECBNDRC')
  TEXT ('INFO ACCESSED FROM PACKAGE EXIT =PECBBANM / =PECBFNNM')
  TEXT ('PKG STATUS:  =PHDRSTAT  USER: =PECBUSER')
  TEXT ('CREATE DATE: =PHDRCRD   TIME: =PHDRCRT');

These TEXT statements tell the interface to populate field BLGC010 (index S0E01) with a four-line
message.

There is one TEXT statement for each line. Lines are continued by placing a hyphen as the last
character in the first line. Also note that there is only one semicolon for all three TEXT statements,
located at the end of the last statement.

The message is built using information from CA Endevor® SCM control blocks.

Line 1 uses the PECBNDRC field from the $PECBDS block.

Line 2 uses the PECBBANM and PECBFNNM fields from the $PECBDS block.

Line 3 uses the PHDRSTAT field from the PHDRDS block and the PECBUSER field from the $PECBDS
block.

Line 4 uses the PHDRCRD and PHDRCRT fields from the PHDRDS block.
EPOPULATE;

This statement ends the Populate block.

ELABEL;

This statement ends Label block CMD0020.

EUSE;

This statement ends the Use block for the after-exit point for the CREATE PACKAGE and MODIFY
PACKAGE actions.

USE (CAST, AFTER);

FOUND    (CST0020);

04-May-2018 538/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FOUND    (CST0020);
NOTFOUND (CREATE, CST0010);

LABEL CST0010;       /* CHANGE RECORD NOT FOUND:  CREATE ONE. */
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /***************************************
                      * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID          *
                      ***************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
     EPOPULATE;
   CPASS CST0020;
ELABEL;

LABEL CST0020;
  RC (0);
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PREQCOMM:  PACKAGE COMMENT             *
                      * PREQEWSD:  EXECUTION WINDOW START DATE *
                      * PREQEWST:  EXECUTION WINDOW START TIME *
                      * PREQEWED:  EXECUTION WINDOW END DATE   *
                      * PREQEWET:  EXECUTION WINDOW END TIME   *
                      * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID             *
                      * PECBFNNM:  PACKAGE FUNCTION            *
                      * PECBBANM:  BEFORE OR AFTER             *
                      * PECBNDRC:  NDVR HIGH RETURN CODE       *
                      * PHDRSTAT:  PACKAGE STATUS              *
                      * PHDRCRD:   PACKAGE CREATION DATE       *
                      * PHDRCRT:   PACKAGE CREATION TIME       *
                      * PHDRCD:    PACKAGE CAST DATE           *
                      * PHDRCT:    PACKAGE CAST TIME           *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F) VALUE(=PREQCOMM);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6SCHD) INDEX(S0C41) VALUE(=PREQEWSD);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6SCHT) INDEX(S0C6E) VALUE(=PREQEWST);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6TARD) INDEX(S0C42) VALUE(=PREQEWED);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6TART) INDEX(S0C6F) VALUE(=PREQEWET);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG600CN) INDEX(S0B5C) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6PHAC) INDEX(S0C0B) VALUE(=PECBFNNM);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('PACKAGE PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =PECBNDRC')
        TEXT ('INFO ACCESSED FROM PACKAGE EXIT =PECBBANM / =PECBFNNM')
        TEXT ('PKG STATUS:  =PHDRSTAT  USER: =PECBUSER')
        TEXT ('CREATE DATE: =PHDRCRD   TIME: =PHDRCRT')
        TEXT ('CAST   DATE: =PHDRCD    TIME: =PHDRCT');
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

EUSE;

/************************************************
 * EXIT POINT:  CREATE/ACTIVITY. INVOKED AFTER  *
 * THE CAST AFTER EXIT. THIS INFO EXIT WILL     *
 * CREATE AN ACTIVITY RECORD PER PACKAGE ACTION *
 * BY CCID.                                    *
 ************************************************/

USE (CREATE, ACTIVITY);

LABEL CRT0010;       /* MAINLINE - ALL PKG ACTION POINTS.     */
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /***************************************
                      * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID          *

                      ***************************************/

04-May-2018 539/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

                      ***************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6REQN) INDEX(S0B59) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6STAT) INDEX(S0BEE) VALUE('OPEN');
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F)
             TEXT ('CCID: =PACTCCID IN PACKAGE: =PECBPKID');
     EPOPULATE;
   CPASS CRT0020;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0020;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: ADD             */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('ADD     ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0010;
  CFAIL CRT0025;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0025;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: UPDATE          */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('UPDATE  ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0010;
  CFAIL CRT0030;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0030;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: RESTORE         */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('RESTORE ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0010;
  CFAIL CRT0035;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0035;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: GENERATE        */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('GENERATE');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0020;
  CFAIL CRT0040;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0040;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: DELETE          */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('DELETE  ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0020;
  CFAIL CRT0045;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0045;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: RETRIEVE        */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('RETRIEVE');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0030;

04-May-2018 540/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

  CPASS GRP0030;
  CFAIL CRT0050;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0050;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: ARCHIVE         */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('ARCHIVE ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0020;
  CFAIL CRT0055;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0055;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: MOVE            */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('MOVE    ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0040;
  CFAIL CRT0060;
ELABEL;

LABEL CRT0060;       /* LOOKING FOR ACTION: TRANSFER        */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTACTN) VALUE('TRANSFER');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
     EPOPULATE;

  CPASS GRP0040;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0010;       /* FOR PACKAGE ACTION: ADD             */
  RC (0);            /*                     UPDATE          */
  CRITERIA;          /*                     RESTORE         */
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PACTACTN:  ACTION NAME                 *
                      * PACTCOMM:  ACTION COMMENT              *
                      * PACTSDSN:  DATA SET NAME               *
                      * PACTSMBR:  MEMBER                      *
                      * PACTTENV:  ENVIRONMENT NAME            *
                      * PACTTSYS:  SYSTEM NAME                 *
                      * PACTTSBS:  SUBSYSTEM NAME              *
                      * PACTTTYP:  TYPE                        *
                      * PACTTSTG:  STAGE NAME                  *
                      * PACTTELM:  ELEMENT NAME                *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('ACTION:  =PACTACTN  =PACTCOMM')
        TEXT ('ELEMENT: =PACTTENV / =PACTTSYS / =PACTTSBS / ') -
             ('=PACTTTYP / =PACTTSTG / =PACTTELMFN ');
     EPOPULATE;
  CPASS GRP0050;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0020;       /* FOR PACKAGE ACTIONS: GENERATE          */
  RC (0);            /*                      DELETE            */
  CRITERIA;          /*                      ARCHIVE           */
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PACTACTN:  ACTION NAME                 *
                      * PACTCOMM:  ACTION COMMENT              *
                      * PACTSENV:  ENVIRONMENT NAME            *

                      * PACTSSYS:  SYSTEM NAME                 *

04-May-2018 541/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

                      * PACTSSYS:  SYSTEM NAME                 *
                      * PACTSSBS:  SUBSYSTEM NAME              *
                      * PACTSTYP:  TYPE                        *
                      * PACTSSTG:  STAGE NAME                  *
                      * PACTSELM:  ELEMENT NAME                *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('ACTION:  =PACTACTN  =PACTCOMM')
        TEXT ('ELEMENT: =PACTSENV / =PACTSSYS / =PACTSSBS / ') -
             ('=PACTSTYP / =PACTSSTG / =PACTSELMFN ');
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0030;       /* FOR PACKAGE ACTIONS: RETRIEVE          */
  RC (0);            /*                                        */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PACTACTN:  ACTION NAME                 *
                      * PACTCOMM:  ACTION COMMENT              *
                      * PACTTDSN:  DATA SET NAME               *
                      * PACTTMBR:  MEMBER                      *
                      * PACTSENV:  ENVIRONMENT NAME            *
                      * PACTSSYS:  SYSTEM NAME                 *
                      * PACTSSBS:  SUBSYSTEM NAME              *
                      * PACTSTYP:  TYPE                        *
                      * PACTSSTG:  STAGE NAME                  *
                      * PACTSELM:  ELEMENT NAME                *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('ACTION:  =PACTACTN  =PACTCOMM')
        TEXT ('ELEMENT: =PACTSENV / =PACTSSYS / =PACTSSBS / ') -
             ('=PACTSTYP / =PACTSSTG / =PACTSELMFN ');
     EPOPULATE;
  CPASS GRP0070;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0040;       /* FOR PACKAGE ACTIONS: MOVE              */
  RC (0);            /*                      TRANSFER          */
  CRITERIA;
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PACTACTN:  ACTION NAME                 *
                      * PACTCOMM:  ACTION COMMENT              *
                      * PACTSENV:  ENVIRONMENT NAME            *
                      * PACTSSYS:  SYSTEM NAME                 *
                      * PACTSSBS:  SUBSYSTEM NAME              *
                      * PACTSTYP:  TYPE                        *
                      * PACTSSTG:  STAGE NAME                  *
                      * PACTSELM:  ELEMENT NAME                *
                      * PACTTENV:  ENVIRONMENT NAME            *
                      * PACTTSYS:  SYSTEM NAME                 *
                      * PACTTSBS:  SUBSYSTEM NAME              *
                      * PACTTTYP:  TYPE                        *
                      * PACTTSTG:  STAGE NAME                  *
                      * PACTTELM:  ELEMENT NAME                *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('ACTION:  =PACTACTN  =PACTCOMM')
        TEXT ('SOURCE:  =PACTSENV / =PACTSSYS / =PACTSSBS / ') -
             ('=PACTSTYP / =PACTSSTG / =PACTSELMFN ')
        TEXT ('TARGET:  =PACTTENV / =PACTTSYS / =PACTTSBS / ') -
             ('=PACTTTYP / =PACTTSTG / =PACTTELMFN ');
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0050;        /* ADD PATH  INFO FOR  ADD, UPDATE        */
  RC (0);             /*                                        */

  CRITERIA;

04-May-2018 542/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTSFLAG) VALUE('P');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('SOURCE:  =PACTSPANM  =PACTSFINM ');
     EPOPULATE;

  CFAIL GRP0060;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0060;        /* ADD DATA SET INFO FOR  ADD, UPDATE     */
  RC (0);             /*                        RESTORE         */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTSDSN) VALUE(NONBLANK);
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('SOURCE:  =PACTSDSN  =PACTSMBR ');
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0070;        /* ADD PATH  INFO FOR  RETRIEVE           */
  RC (0);             /*                                        */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTTFLAG) VALUE('P');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('TARGET:  =PACTTPANM  =PACTTFINM ');
     EPOPULATE;

  CFAIL GRP0080;
ELABEL;

LABEL GRP0080;        /* ADD DATA SET INFO FOR  RETRIEVE        */
  RC (0);             /*                        RESTORE         */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PACTTDSN) VALUE(NONBLANK);
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('TARGET:  =PACTTDSN  =PACTTMBR ');
     EPOPULATE;
ELABEL;
EUSE;

/************************************************
 * EXIT POINTS: REVIEW/AFTER  EXECUTE/AFTER     *
 *              SHIP/AFTER    CONFIRM/AFTER     *
 *              BACKOUT/AFTER BACKIN/AFTER      *
 *              COMMIT/AFTER                    *
 ************************************************/

USE ((REVIEW, AFTER),
     (EXECUTE, AFTER),
     (SHIP, AFTER),
     (CONFIRM, AFTER),
     (BACKOUT,AFTER),
     (BACKIN,AFTER),
     (COMMIT,AFTER));

LABEL GRP0010;       /* MAINLINE - ALL POINTS                  */
   RC(0);
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PREQCOMM:  PACKAGE COMMENT             *
                      * PREQEWSD:  EXECUTION WINDOW START DATE *

                      * PREQEWST:  EXECUTION WINDOW START TIME *

04-May-2018 543/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

                      * PREQEWST:  EXECUTION WINDOW START TIME *
                      * PREQEWED:  EXECUTION WINDOW END DATE   *
                      * PREQEWET:  EXECUTION WINDOW END TIME   *
                      * PECBUSER:  CURRENT USER ID             *
                      * PECBFNNM:  PACKAGE FUNCTION            *
                      * PECBBANM:  BEFORE OR AFTER             *
                      * PECBNDRC:  NDVR HIGH RETURN CODE       *
                      * PHDRSTAT:  PACKAGE STATUS              *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6DSAB) INDEX(S0E0F) VALUE(=PREQCOMM);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6SCHD) INDEX(S0C41) VALUE(=PREQEWSD);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6SCHT) INDEX(S0C6E) VALUE(=PREQEWST);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6TARD) INDEX(S0C42) VALUE(=PREQEWED);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6TART) INDEX(S0C6F) VALUE(=PREQEWET);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG600CN) INDEX(S0B5C) VALUE(=PECBUSER);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG6PHAC) INDEX(S0C0B) VALUE(=PECBFNNM);
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('PACKAGE PROCESSING COMPLETED RC = =PECBNDRC')
        TEXT ('INFO ACCESSED FROM PACKAGE EXIT =PECBBANM / =PECBFNNM')
        TEXT ('PKG STATUS: =PHDRSTAT  USER: =PECBUSER');
     EPOPULATE;

   CPASS EXE0010;
ELABEL;

LABEL EXE0010;       /* EXECUTE AFTER - LOG SECTION            */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PECBFNNM) VALUE ('EXECUTE ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PHDRXD:    EXECUTION DATE              *
                      * PHDRXT:    EXECUTION TIME              *
                      * PHDREEXD:  END EXECUTION DATE          *
                      * PHDREEXT:  END EXECUTION TIME          *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('EXECUTION:     =PHDRXD  =PHDRXT')
        TEXT ('END EXECUTION: =PHDREEXD  =PHDREEXT');
     EPOPULATE;

     CFAIL BKO0010;
ELABEL;

LABEL BKO0010;       /* BACKOUT AFTER - LOG SECTION            */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PECBFNNM) VALUE ('BACKOUT ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PHDRBOST:  BACKOUT STATUS              *
                      * PHDRBOD:   BACKOUT DATE                *
                      * PHDRBOT:   BACKOUT TIME                *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('BACKOUT:       =PHDRBOD  =PHDRBOT  STATUS: =PHDRBOST');
     EPOPULATE;

     CFAIL BKI0010;
ELABEL;

LABEL BKI0010;       /* BACKIN  AFTER - LOG SECTION            */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PECBFNNM) VALUE ('BACKIN  ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PHDRBID:   BACKIN DATE                 *
                      * PHDRBIT:   BACKIN TIME                 *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)

        TEXT ('BACKIN:        =PHDRBID  =PHDRBIT');

04-May-2018 544/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

        TEXT ('BACKIN:        =PHDRBID  =PHDRBIT');
     EPOPULATE;

     CFAIL COM0010;
ELABEL;

LABEL COM0010;       /* COMMIT  AFTER - LOG SECTION            */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PECBFNNM) VALUE ('COMMIT  ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PHDRCMD:   COMMIT DATE                 *
                      * PHDRCMT:   COMMIT TIME                 *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('COMMIT:        =PHDRCMD  =PHDRCMT');
     EPOPULATE;

     CFAIL SHP0010;
ELABEL;

LABEL SHP0010;       /* SHIP XMIT AFTER - LOG SECTION          */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PECBSFNM) VALUE ('XMIT    ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PREQDEST:  SHIP DESTINATION            *
                      * PREQSTYP:  SHIPMENT TYPE               *
                      * PREQSCMP:  SHIP COMPLEMENTS (Y/N)      *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('SHIP:   DESTINATION =PREQDEST  TYPE =PREQSTYP  ') -
             ('COMPLEMENTS =PREQSCMP');
     EPOPULATE;

     CFAIL CFM0010;
ELABEL;

LABEL CFM0010;       /* SHIP CONFIRM AFTER - LOG SECTION       */
  CRITERIA;
    FIELD (=PECBSFNM) VALUE ('CONFIRM ');
  ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
                     /******************************************
                      * PREQDEST:  SHIP DESTINATION            *
                      * PREQSCNF:  SHIP CONFIRMATIN TYPE       *
                      * PREQSRES:  SHIP CONFIRMATION RESULTS   *
                      * PREQSRCV:  SHIP CONFIRM RC VALUE       *
                      ******************************************/
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C010) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('SHIP:   DESTINATION =PREQDEST  CONFIRM TYPE =PREQSCNF') -
             ('        CONFIRMATION RESULTS  =PREQSRES =PREQSRCV');
     EPOPULATE;

ELABEL;

EUSE;

/************************************************
 * EXIT POINTS: ADD/BEFORE     UPDATE/BEFORE    *
 *              RESTORE/BEFORE RETRIEVE/BEFORE  *
 *              ARCHIVE/BEFORE GENERATE/BEFORE  *
 *              DELETE/BEFORE  MOVE/BEFORE      *
 *              TRANSFER/BEFORE                 *
 ************************************************/

USE ((ADD, BEFORE),

     (UPDATE, BEFORE),

04-May-2018 545/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

     (UPDATE, BEFORE),
     (RESTORE, BEFORE),
     (RETRIEVE, BEFORE),
     (ARCHIVE, BEFORE),
     (GENERATE, BEFORE),
     (DELETE, BEFORE),
     (MOVE, BEFORE),
     (TRANSFER, BEFORE));

NOTFOUND (RETURN);
FOUND (RETURN);      /* GREAT -- JUST RETURN                   */

EUSE;

/************************************************
 * ON PACKAGE ACTIONS - JUST BEFORE EXECUTION. *
 * PURPOSE:  RECORD ACTION RETURN CODE ON       *
 *           THE CCID ACTIVITY RECORD.         *
 ************************************************/

USE ((ADD, AFTER),
     (UPDATE, AFTER),
     (RESTORE, AFTER),
     (RETRIEVE, AFTER),
     (ARCHIVE, AFTER),
     (GENERATE, AFTER),
     (DELETE, AFTER),
     (MOVE, AFTER),
     (TRANSFER, AFTER));

NOTFOUND (ERR0010);
FOUND (GRP0010);

LABEL GRP0010;       /* ALL PKG ACTION POINTS                  */
   RC(0);
   CRITERIA;
   ECRITERIA;
     POPULATE;
       FIELD PANEL(BLG0C030) INDEX(S0E01)
        TEXT ('ACTION: =ACTION  =DATE =TIME  USER: =USER  RC: =ACTRC')
        TEXT ('COMMENT: =COMM');
     EPOPULATE;

ELABEL;

LABEL ERR0010;       /* TELL USER                              */
  MSG ('ACTIVITY CCID =CCID RECORD NOT FOUND');
ELABEL;

EUSE;

/************************************************
 * EXIT POINT:  DELETE AFTER                    *
 * PURPOSE:  DELETE CHANGE AND ACTIVITY PKG     *
 *           RECORDS, THEN RETURN.             *
 ************************************************/

USE (PDELETE, AFTER);

NOTFOUND (RETURN);
FOUND (DELETE,RETURN);

EUSE;

ETABLE;

04-May-2018 546/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Displaying Interface Information

Contents

How to Display Information Stored in InfoMan (see page 547)

How to List and Display CCID Information (see page 547)
How to Display Package Information (see page 549)

How to Display Information Stored in InfoMan

The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface allows users, in foreground, to:

Produce selection lists of CCIDs when requesting stand-alone actions.

Display the information stored in InfoMan about a CCID.

Display the information stored in InfoMan about a CA Endevor® SCM package.

The InfoMan record display panel is the same for packages and for CCIDs. The information displayed
is basic and some fields may be blank when they are not used in a site's InfoMan policy.

How to List and Display CCID Information

When the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface is active, users can produce a list of available CCIDs by
wildcarding the CCID field. The CCID list can be produced when requesting the following stand-alone
actions in foreground and when generating SCL for execution in batch.

ADD/UPDATE

MOVE

RETRIEVE

GENERATE

DELETE

TRANSFER

ARCHIVE

The interface searches the Change and Problem records in InfoMan and returns a list of CCIDs that
have an InfoMan type of ACTION, an InfoMan status other than CLOSED, and meet the wildcard
criteria.

04-May-2018 547/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Wildcarding CCIDs is not allowed when building packages. When a CCID value is fully
specified, a list is not produced. If no InfoMan records meet the wildcard criteria, a CCID
prompt panel appears. The user can type either a fully specified CCID or a wildcarded CCID
on this panel. This search process can be repeated multiple times if necessary.

From the CCID list, you can either view InfoMan correlation information for one or more CCIDs on the
list, or select one of the CCIDs for the action being requested.

Important! If you use the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface, make sure you set up all
your CA Endevor® SCM systems to require CCIDs. For more information, see Administrating
(see page 36).

When using the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface, CA Endevor® SCM CCIDs must start
with an alpha character. In addition, InfoMan stores only the first eight characters of the
CA Endevor® SCM CCID.

The CCID List Panel

The CCID List panel appears when you specify a full or partial wildcard in the CCID field on an action
request panel. The CA Endevor® SCM location fields on this panel display the current environment,
system, subsystem, type, and stage, and the element against which the action is being requested.
Other panel components are described below.

S--SELECT
Type this option next to the desired CCID to choose that CCID from this list.

B--BROWSE
Use this option to tell CA Endevor® SCM to display the InfoMan record associated with this CCID.

RNID/CCID
This field displays InfoMan record IDs (RNIDs).

RECORD DESCRIPTION
This field displays the description associated with the InfoMan RNID.

The Action Prompt Panel

When no CCIDs on the InfoMan side meet the wildcard criteria and the system named on the panel
has been defined to require CCIDs, the Action Prompt panel is displayed, allowing the user to enter a
new CCID value.

The CCID provided on the prompt panel can also be wildcarded. If CCIDs on the InfoMan side meet
this wildcard criteria, a list selection list appears.

After a user selects a CCID, the interface returns the original action panel.

04-May-2018 548/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

After a user selects a CCID, the interface returns the original action panel.

The CCID Correlation Panel

When you type B (Browse) next to a CCID on the CCID List panel, and InfoMan contains information
about that CCID, the CCID correlation panel appears when you press Enter.

From this panel you can:

Press PF3 to return to CA Endevor® SCM.

Press PF1 to access help for this panel.

How to Display Package Information

When package information exists in the InfoMan database, an additional option, CI - Display
Correlation Information, appears on the following panels:

Package Display

Create/Modify Package

Cast Package

Review Package

Execute/Submit Package

Backout Package

Commit Package (appears as I - Display Correlation Information)

If your site does not use InfoMan, or InfoMan correlation information does not exist, this option does
not appear on the panel.

The CI option behaves as follows.

The option appears on the appropriate panels if InfoMan is installed, regardless of whether
InfoMan is storing any package information.

If no correlation exists, the option and the text are shown in normal intensity.

If correlation information exists, the option is shown in high intensity when certain conditions are
met. These conditions are described below.

If the user selects the CI option when no correlation information exists, the ISPF short message
INVALID OPTION appears after you press Enter.

The CI option activates in either of two ways.

If the user creates the parent record in InfoMan using the CA Endevor® SCM scripts, then CI turns
to high intensity when the package is cast.

04-May-2018 549/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If the user creates the parent record directly in InfoMan, then CI turns to high intensity at the first
exit point invoked from CA Endevor® SCM after the Cast action.

This means that the CI option may stay at low intensity, and therefore unavailable, even when
package information exists in InfoMan. For example, if a user creates parent records for packages
directly in InfoMan, and builds an E/INFO table with only a (CREATE,AFTER) USE statement, the CI
option will not turn to high intensity.

When you type CI and press Enter, this correlation panel appears. Press PF3 to return to the package
panel from which you accessed the correlation information.

Using Interface Reports

Contents

The Interface Reports (see page 550)

Run the Reports in Native InfoMan (see page 551)
Run the Reports in Batch (see page 551)
How to Customize the Reports (see page 552)
The Action Change Record Summary Report (see page 552)
The Action Change Record Detail Report (see page 553)
The Action Problem Record Summary/Detail Reports (see page 553)
The Package Parent Record Summary Report (see page 554)
The Package/Activity Record Summary Report (see page 554)
The Package/Activity Record Detail--Package Detail Report (see page 556)
The Package/Activity Detail--Activity Detail Report (see page 556)

The Interface Reports

The CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface reports are designed to show the status of records in
InfoMan and to show their relationship to CA Endevor® SCM information. The reports provide an
audit trail for packages, package actions, and CCIDs. The reports are built using the InfoMan Report
Format Table (RFT) facility.

The following table contains the RFT streams that produce each report.

This RFT stream Produces this interface report

EINTACH0 Action Change Record Summary
EINTACH1 Action Change Record Detail
EINTAPB0 Action Problem Record Summary
EINTAPB1 Action Problem Record Detail
EINTPKG0 Package Parent Record Summary
EINTPKG1 Package/Activity Record Summary

04-May-2018 550/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This RFT stream Produces this interface report

EINTPKG2 Package/Activity Record Detail

These RFT streams are located in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN.

Run the Reports in Native InfoMan

To run the reports in native InfoMan, type the following on the InfoMan command line, then press
Enter:
REPORT,8,RFT name

In this syntax, RFT name can be any of the RFT streams in the table in the preceding section. For
example, the following command generates the Action Change Record Summary:
REPORT,8,EINTACH0

InfoMan prompts you for the report destination if the session defaults for print, report, and for
customized report destination are not in your InfoMan profile. To update these fields in your profile
select option 2 (PROFILE) from the InfoMan Main Menu to set the values, or contact your site
InfoMan administrator.

Run the Reports in Batch

The user submitting batch report jobs must be defined as a user to InfoMan. There are two additional
issues that you must address before running interface reports in batch.

Contention for the ISPF profile data set.

Setting defaults in InfoMan for output destination and class for reports.

Contention for the ISPF Profile Data Set

InfoMan requires access to the ISPF profile data set when executing report requests in batch. This
means that contention occurs when you use the same ISPF profile data set to run reports in batch
and to have an active ISPF/TSO session. To resolve this problem, copy your interactive ISPF profile
data set and rename it userid.iqual.ISPPROF. Use the renamed profile for use when logging on in
batch.

How to Set Defaults in InfoMan for Output Destination and Class for Reports
InfoMan stores user profile information, including default output destination and class information
for reports, in the BLG0PROF member in the ISPF profile data set.

These defaults can be set in either of two ways:

Each user can set their own options by invoking an interactive InfoMan session and updating their
own BLG0PROF profile member.

The InfoMan administrator can set up a default profile member for all users.

04-May-2018 551/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To run the reports in batch, modify JCL member BC1JEI35 in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL data set. The
default input stream is all reports. You can select the reports you want to run by modifying the input
stream.

How to Customize the Reports

You can customize the standard reports, or create your own reports using InfoMan's RFT facility.

Note: For more information about the InfoMan RFT facility, see your InfoMan
administrator.

The Action Change Record Summary Report

The Action Change Record Summary report lists the InfoMan Change records recorded as type
ACTION. The list is sorted by CCID.

Use this report as an inventory list of CCIDs, and to monitor the status of each CCID.

The following describes the report fields.

CCID
The CA Endevor® SCM CCID for the action, as recorded in the InfoMan RNID field.

Description of InfoMan Change Record

The description of the action from the Populate block of the batch utility, recorded in the
freeform text field in the InfoMan record.

Last Mod Userid

The ID of the user who last modified the InfoMan record.

Last Mod Date

The date of the last modification.

Last Mod Time

The time of the last modification.

Change Status
Change status of the action.

Approval Status
Approval status of the action.

04-May-2018 552/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Action Change Record Detail Report

The Action Change Record Detail report prints one page for each InfoMan Change record listed on
the Action Change Detail Summary report. In addition to repeating the information in the summary
report, this report prints any freeform text associated with the Change record. There is one freeform
text entry for each action associated with the CCID.

Use this report as an audit trail of the actions associated with a particular CCID.

The Action Problem Record Summary/Detail Reports

The Action Level Interface Problem Record Summary and Detail reports contain information similar to
that in the Change record reports.

Use these reports the same way that you would use the Action Change Record reports: the Summary
report as an inventory list for CCIDs, and the Detail report as an audit trail for actions associated with
CCIDs.

The following describes the report fields.

CCID
The CA Endevor® SCM CCID. For action problem records, this is the same as the InfoMan RNID.

Description
The description of the action from the Populate block of the batch utility, recorded in the free
form text field in the InfoMan record.

Last Mod Userid

The ID of the user who last modified the InfoMan record.

Last Mod Date

The date of the last modification.

Last Mod Time

The time of the last modification.

Problem Status
The status of the problem.

Date entered
The date this problem record was created in InfoMan.

Assignee name
The person who has been assigned the problem.

Free form text

Appears on the detail report only. Displays information about this action.

04-May-2018 553/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Package Parent Record Summary Report

The Package Level Interface Parent Record Summary report lists InfoMan Change records with a type
of PACKAGE.

The following describes the report fields.

Curr Stat
Current status of the package change record.

InfoMan RNID
The InfoMan RNID associated with this change record. The RNID is cross referenced with the
correlation field in the package header in CA Endevor® SCM.

CA Endevor® SCM package

The ID of the package in CA Endevor® SCM. The package ID is cross referenced with the InfoMan
co-requisite field.

InfoMan update
The date when this InfoMan record was last updated.

User
The ID of the user who last updated the record.

Package execution window - start

The date and time of the start of the package execution window.

Package execution window - end

The date and time of the end of the package execution window.

Approval status
User-defined status of the approval process.

Description
Description of the package change record.

The Package/Activity Record Summary Report

The Package/Activity Record Summary report lists package parent record summary information along
with summary information for any associated package actions. The report is sorted by the package
parent record InfoMan RNID.

This report contains the following fields:

Package Information
This report contains the following package information:

Curr Stat
Current status of the package change record.

INFO RNID

04-May-2018 554/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

INFO RNID
The InfoMan RNID associated with this change record. The RNID is cross referenced with the
CORRELATION field in the package header in CA Endevor® SCM.

CA Endevor® SCM package

The ID of the package in CA Endevor® SCM. The package ID is cross referenced with the
InfoMan COREQUISITE field.

InfoMan update
The date when this InfoMan record was last updated.

User
The ID of the user who last updated the record.

Package execution window - start

The date and time when the package execution window starts.

Package execution window - end

The date and time of the end of the package execution window.

Approval status
User-defined status of the approval process.

Package status
Current status of the package in CA Endevor® SCM.

Last package function

Last package function executed in CA Endevor® SCM.

Description
Description of the package.

Activity Information
This report contains the following activity information:

RNID
RNID associated with this activity record.

CCID
CA Endevor® SCM CCID associated with this activity record.

Last update - date

Date of the last update.

Last update - user

ID of the user who last updated this record.

Activity type
Always PKG/ACT for activity records.

Description
Description of the activity record.

04-May-2018 555/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Package/Activity Record Detail--Package Detail Report

The Package/Activity Record Detail report provides detail information for both the package parent
record and any associated activity records. Detail information includes the summary information plus
any freeform text associated with the parent package record or the activity records.

Page 1 of the report contains the information for the parent package record. The report starts a new
page for each activity record.

The Package/Activity Detail--Activity Detail Report

The activity detail portion of the Package Activity Detail report starts a new page for each activity
record associated with the parent change record. The information includes the same information as
on the summary report, and includes freeform text associated with each activity record.

The freeform text of activity records contains one entry for each action associated with the activity
record CCID.

Information for Advanced Users

Contents

The Modified Assisted Entry Panel (BLG6CORQ) (see page 556)

Customized Dictionary Entry (see page 557)
Reserved InfoMan Fields (see page 557)

The Modified Assisted Entry Panel (BLG6CORQ)

The BLG6CORQ Panel provided by standard InfoMan must be modified to allow it to store the 16-
character CA Endevor® SCM CCID.

Phase 2, Step 3 of the installation procedure documented in Step 3. Copy Dictionary Update explains
how to modify the BLG6CORQ panel if you are working with standard InfoMan.

InfoMan administrators at sites that have already modified their InfoMan panels should do the
following:

1. Create a PWORD of RNCC/ with a validation pattern of CCV15.

2. Assign an available prefix index number to this PWORD.

3. Update the BLG6CORQ panel to point to the index number you have assigned

The reports shown later in this section are standard InfoMan reports that provide the information
needed to modify the BLG6CORQ Panel to support the interface.

04-May-2018 556/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The PMF Report for the BLG6CORQ Panel

This report is for the use of an InfoMan expert at your site when modifying the BLG6CORQ Panel. The
index value must be assigned by the InfoMan administrator.

Customized Dictionary Entry

In addition to modifying the BLG6CORQ Panel, you also must add an entry to the dictionary data set
specified in the BLGSESxx session parameters member.

The second report in this section is a PWORD XREF report, and contains the PWORD dictionary entry
for the modified Assisted Entry panel.

This report is for the use of the InfoMan expert at a site that has already customized InfoMan. The
report provides the InfoMan technician with the information needed to customize the appropriate
dictionary entry.

The PWORD XREF Report

The index value in the PWORD XREF report must be assigned by the InfoMan administrator.

Reserved InfoMan Fields

The fields summarized on the following pages are reserved by the interface for its use. Make sure
that these fields are not being used to store any other data, because the interface overwrites any
data it finds in these fields.

Inquiry PIDT Required Fields

Inquiry against Change records, for packages (IPKG).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL (BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL (BLG6CORQ) INDEX(S0CD4) Package ID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PACKAGE
FIELD PANEL (BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Inquiry against Activity records, for package actions (IPKGA).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL (BLG0F000) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL (BLG6RNOR) INDEX(S0CD0) Parent RNID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6ACNM) INDEX(S0CBC) CCID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT

04-May-2018 557/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL (BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Inquiry against Change records, for actions (IACT).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL (BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION
FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Inquiry against Problem records, for actions (IACT).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Problem type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION
FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACCN) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Retrieve PIDT Required Fields

Retrieve against Change records, for packages (RPKG).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6CORQ) INDEX(S0CD4) Package ID
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PACKAGE

Retrieve against Activity records, for package actions (RPKGA).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG1A131) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6RNOR) INDEX(S0CD0) Parent RNID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT
FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACNM) INDEX(S0CBC) CCID

Retrieve against Change records, for actions (RACT).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION

Retrieve against Problem records, for actions (RACT).

04-May-2018 558/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Problem type record

FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: ACTION

Create PIDT Required Fields

Create Change records for packages (CPKG).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6CORQ) INDEX(S0Cd4) Package ID
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PACKAGE
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Create Activity records for package actions (CPKGA).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG1A131) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6RNOR) INDEX(S0CD0) Parent RNID
FIELD PANEL(BLG6ACNM) INDEX(S0CBC) CCID
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Create Change records for actions (CACT).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: package or action
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Create Problem records for actions (CACT).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Change type record
FIELD PANEL(BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: package or action
FIELD PANEL(BLG6URN0) INDEX(S0CCF) RNID value

Update PIDT Required Fields

Update Change records for packages (UPKG).

04-May-2018 559/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record

Update Activity records for package actions (UPKGA).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG1A131) INDEX(S0B07) Activity type record
FIELD PANEL (BLG6PTYP) INDEX(S0C09) Type: PKG/ACT

Update Change records for actions (UACT).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0B06) Change type record

Update Problem records for actions (UACT).

This PIDT field Is reserved for this information

FIELD PANEL(BLG00000) INDEX(S0032) Problem type record

Installing the Interface Under IIF

Contents

The installation of the interface falls into four phases:

Phase 1: Installing basic InfoMan.

Phase 2: Modifying basic InfoMan to support the interface.

Phase 3: Tying the CA Endevor® SCM and InfoMan sides together.

Phase 4: Verifying the installation

The target audience for this section is those people who have a strong understanding of InfoMan IIF
records and a general knowledge of CA Endevor® SCM. The best combination of people to install the
interface is the site InfoMan administrator and the site CA Endevor® SCM administrator working
together.

Phase 1. How to Install Basic InfoMan

The requirements in this section are basic InfoMan installation requirements that exist whether or
not the interface is installed.

04-May-2018 560/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: CA Endevor SCM InfoMan Interface requires that the IBM Information Management
product, version 4.2 or higher, is installed at your site.

InfoMan setup involves the following.

1. Define all interface users to a class in InfoMan.

2. Make sure the Information Management LOAD LIBrary data is in LINKLST or that you have its
data set name available.

3. Prepare a session parameter (BLGSESxx) module to reflect the database, data dictionary, read
panel, and RFT data sets that the interface uses when accessing the data base via the API.

4. Make sure that BLGISPFD, an InfoMan supplied ISPF panel, has been moved into your ISPPLIB
concatenation.

Step 1. Define Users to InfoMan Classes

Each person authorized to use the interface must be defined to a class in InfoMan. See the InfoMan
documentation for instructions.

Step 2. Prepare a Session Parameter Member

InfoMan requires a BLGSESxx module that points to the database, data dictionary, read panels, and
RFT data set that the Interface uses when accessing the database via the API or native InfoMan.

This session parameter is well documented in the InfoMan install manuals. It is required of standard
InfoMan. The naming standard is BLGSESxx where xx is the user's choice. This suffix is also required
for a CA Endevor® SCM start-up block assembly. Note that the same BLGSESxx member can be used
for the interface as well as standard access to InfoMan.

The suffix used to name the actual BLGSESxx module is required in Phase 3. The rest of this install
requires the data set names from the BLGSESxx module.

Note: The interface installation includes 15 modified panels, which must be copied into
your read panel data set concatenation. You can either overlay the IBM version of this data
set, or provide a new read panel data set ahead of the standard IBM data set. Either way,
the result is that the RPANEL0 label points to the data set used in the install.

Step 3. Put Information Management Load Data Set in LINKLIST

The InfoMan load data set is used to install the interface.

Sometimes this library is part of LINKLIST, and sometimes it is not. If its data set is not in LINKLST, the
person implementing the interface needs to know the name, and must put it into a STEPLIB in the
concatenation.

04-May-2018 561/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Step 4. Move BLGISPFD into ISPPLIB

Make sure that BLGISPFD, an InfoMan-supplied ISPF panel, has been moved into your ISPPLIB
concatenation. See your InfoMan administrator if you have any questions about this step.

Phase 1 Summary
In this phase of the implementation you have built a vanilla version of InfoMan IIF. At this point you
should have installed InfoMan on your system, assigned users to an InfoMan class, and defined a
BLGSESxx session parameter module. For future reference, record the following:

BLGSESxx:
Within BLGSESxx, you have defined:

    Dictionary DD name:

    RFTDS DS name:

    RPANEL0 name:

INFOMAN LOAD DS name:

Phase 2. How to Modify Basic InfoMan for the Interface

In this phase, you customize the base InfoMan system set up in Phase 1 by performing the following
steps

1. Copy interface report shells to the RFT data set identified in Phase 1.
BC1JEI20

2. Copy the CA Endevor® SCM versions of the InfoMan IIF panels into the RPANEL0 data set
identified in Phase 1.
BC1JEX15

3. Install the dictionary updates.

BC1JEI30

4. Create the IIF PIDT and PIPT tables.

BC1JEX45

5. Build a rule set for driving the API using the interface batch utility.
BC1JEX00

6. Assemble or copy the BLGSESxx module into your STEPLIB data set.
BC1JEI05

Step 1. Copy Interface Report Shells into the RFT Data Set
Copy the interface report shells (RFTs) to your RFT data set. Do this using the BC1JEI20 member in
iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.
uqual are the correct data set qualifiers, and confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name.

04-May-2018 562/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The BC1JE120 job copies the following report shells

EINTACH0
Action Change Record Summary

EINTACH1
Action Change Record Detail

EINTAPB0
Action Problem Record Summary

EINTAPB1
Action Problem Record Detail

EINTPKG0
Package Parent Record Summary

EINTPKG1
Package/Activity Record Summary

EINTPKG2
Package/Activity Record Detail

Step 2. Copy Modified Panels into the RPANEL0 Data Set

The interface requires that a modified version of the Assisted Entry Panel (BLG6CORQ) be available in
the RPANEL0 data set pointed to by the BLGSESxx session parameter member. The modification
allows the BLG6CORQ panel to store the 16-character CA Endevor® SCM package ID. This field has
been flagged as a reserved field for the interface.

The modified panel and other CA Endevor® SCM IIF tailored panels are provided with the interface.
Copy them into the RPANEL data set using the JCL in member BC1JEX15 in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL
data set.

This job uses the BLGUT6F utility to copy a PDS member that has been created from a InfoMan panel
using BLGUT6.

This panel must reside above the IBM panel of the same name. The person who runs the job to copy
the modified panel needs only the data set name. You recorded the RPANEL0 data set name in the
worksheet at the end of Phase 1.

Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, and confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the
correct data set qualifiers.

Step 3. Copy Dictionary Update

The modified Assisted Entry Panel (BLG6CORQ) has an associated dictionary entry. This entry must be
copied into the dictionary identified in the Phase 1 Summary. Run JCL job BC1JEI30 to install this
dictionary entry.

Important! Run this job only if you are installing basic InfoMan. If your site has customized

04-May-2018 563/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Important! Run this job only if you are installing basic InfoMan. If your site has customized
InfoMan, see the appendix "InfoMan Information for Advanced Users (see page 556)" for
instructions on updating the dictionary entry.

Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, and confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the
correct data set qualifier.

Step 4. Create CA PIDT and PIPT Tables

Create the CA Technologies PIDT and PIPT tables by executing the InfoMan BLGUT8 utility program
using the CA supplied source PIDT tables that reside in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN. This step is necessary to
pick up the updated data dictionary entry. The tables are required by the interface to support batch
and real-time execution, CCID list support and display services.

Use the BC1JEX45 member in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. This JCL is shown next. Before submitting the JCL,
provide a job card and ensure that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the correct data set qualifiers.

Step 5. Build a Rule Set

In addition to setting up InfoMan to support the interface, you need to build a rule set to drive the
InfoMan API. You do this using the batch utility provided by the interface.

Before proceeding, review the following:

Setting Up the E/INFO Table (see page 473)

The samples provided in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN. There are three samples provided:

EISCRXX1
Batch utility input for stand-alone actions, using IIF InfoMan Change records.

EISCRXX2
Batch utility input for stand-alone actions, using IIF InfoMan Problem records.

EISCRXX3
Batch utility input for package functions and package actions under IIF InfoMan.

Next, create a rule set. It is advisable to keep it simple at first. Do this by taking one or two actions or
package functions and writing utility syntax input for them. Then run the batch utility to create an
initial rule set. The JCL for executing the utility to build the rule set is in member BC1JEX00 of iprfx.
iqual.CSIQJCL.

A successful run of the utility produces a load module called by a name you specify. This load module
name is used in Phase 3. Assemble this load module into a STEPLIB data set.

Remember:

To change what you use the interface for is a simple run of the utility. It requires no further
InfoMan or CA Endevor® SCM work to enhance the rule set.

If you point to any PIDT tables other than the defaults, verify that they reside in the RFTDS data
set pointed to in your BLGSESxx member.

04-May-2018 564/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The JCL for executing the utility to build the rule set is in member BC1JEX00 of iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.
Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the correct
data set qualifiers, confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name and, if necessary, change the size of the
WORK1 or WORK2 data sets.

Step 6. Copy the BLGSESxx Module to STEPLIB

Assemble or copy the BLGSESxx member into your STEPLIB data set. See iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL(BC1JEI05)
for sample JCL.

Before submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that uprfx.uqual are the correct data set
qualifiers, confirm that tdisk is a valid unit name, and replace xx in the string BLGSESxx with a session
identifier.

Phase 2 Summary
The pieces are now in place for the interface on both the InfoMan and the CA Endevor® SCM sides. In
Phase 3, these pieces are connected to enable the interface.

Phase 3. How to Connect the Interface

You must complete the tasks described for Phase 1 and Phase 2 before starting the tasks described in
this section.

This phase of the installation process involves setting up the InfoMan and CA Endevor® SCM sides of
the interface to work together, as described:

1. Modify the @EINFO macro.

2. Assemble and link BC1TEI90 into a LINKLIST or authorized library.

3. Assemble C1DEFLTS with InfoMan password.

4. Make sure that required panels are in the ISPPLIB data set.

5. Make sure that members INFO01 and PKMR02 are in your ISPMLIB data set.

6. Edit C1SB3000 skeleton JCL. These steps are described in the following sections.

Step 1. Modify the EINFO Macro

Various parts of the interface access the user-assembled module BC1TEI90 to obtain user parameter
information. BC1TEI90 is a load module used during exits 5, 2, 3, and 7 for start-up parameters,
during display services, and during batch execution. The user must assemble this load module. Once
assembled, this module should be linked into a LINKLIST or authorized library.

The @EINFO macro, supplied with the interface, provides input to BC1TEI90. The macro can be found
embedded in member BC1JEI10 in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Edit this macro based on the information
contained in the Phase 1 checklist and your site standards. The @EINFO macro is shown next.

04-May-2018 565/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

@EINFO ENTRY=START,
     BLGSESS=00,
     APISESID=USERID,
     EPIDT=ENDEVOR,
     INVCLASS=MASTER,
     WAITTIME=300,
     RECTYPE=CHANGE,<tab>
@EINFO ENTRY=END

The following describes the entries in this macro:

ENTRY=START
Indicates the beginning of the BC1TEI90 table.

BLGSES=
InfoMan looks for session parameters in a module named BLGSESxx, where ‘xx’ is a two-character
identifier for the module. This module is described in the InfoMan documentation. You recorded
the components of this module during Phase 1 of this installation, as well as the two-character
identifier for the module. When modifying the @EINFO macro supplied with the interface,
replace the default value 00 with the value you specified in Phase 1.
The default is 00. This is the same as standard InfoMan.

APISESID=
The API requires a session ID during initialization. This session can be called USERID or can be a
predefined InfoMan API ID.
The default is USERID. Leaving this default allows the same start-up module to be used by many
people, with the interface substituting the user ID of the caller for the literal USERID.
If you include this keyword, you must provide a value.

EPIDT=
This keyword contains the name of the assembled E/INFO table produced by the batch utility. The
default is Endevor.
If you include this keyword, you must provide a value.

INVCLASS=
InfoMan has its own security system. It is broken into classes with privileges. Every user or API ID
is assigned to at least one CLASS. The API requires a class name.
The default is MASTER.

WAITTIME=
The API allows the application to define how long it will wait for a response from the InfoMan API
server. If the user does not use this keyword, the default will be 300 seconds.

RECTYPE=
Users must select one kind of InfoMan record for recording information about stand-alone
actions. They can use either Change or Problem records. Display services also need this
information.
The default is CHANGE. If coded, it cannot be blank.

ENTRY=END
(Required) This statement denotes the end of the BC1TEI90 table.

04-May-2018 566/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Step 2. Assemble and Link BC1TEI90

Assemble and link BC1TEI90 using the JCL in member BC1JEI10 in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Before
submitting this JCL, provide a job card, confirm that iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual are the correct data
set qualifiers, and that tdisk is a unit name.

Step 3. Reassemble C1DEFLTS with the InfoMan Password

Include the InfoMan password in your C1DEFLTS table. The password parameter is in the TYPE=MAIN
section of the defaults table, as shown.
 C1DEFLTS TYPE=MAIN,                                            X
        ACCSTBL=,                ACCESS SECURITY TABLE          X
        ACMIDXUP=N,              CROSS-REFERENCE DATA UPDATE    X
        ACMROOT=,                ROOT DATABASE                  X
        ACMXREF=,                XREF DATABASE                  X
        APRVFLG=N,               APPROVAL PROCESSING (Y/N)      X
        ASCM=N,                  ASCM CONTROL OPTION            X
        BATCHID=0,               BATCH UID FROM JOBNAME/USER=   X
        CIPODSN=,                          CCID VALIDATION DSN  X
        CUNAME='*** PUT YOUR COMPANY NAME HERE ***', (50 CHAR)  X

        DB2=N,                   DB2 CONTROL OPTION             X
        ESSI=N,                  ESSI CONTROL OPTION            X

        INFO=N,                  INFOMAN CONTROL OPTION         X
        LIBENV=,                 LIBRARIAN (LB), PANVALET (PV)  X
        LIBENVP=N,               LIBRARIAN/PANVALET OPTION      X
        LIBRPGM=,                LIBRARIAN BATCH PROGRAM NAME   X
        LINESPP=60,              LINES PER PAGE                 X
        MACDSN='iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN',    E/OS/390 SOURCE LIBRARY X
        PKGDSN='UPRFX.UQUAL.PACKAGE',      PACKAGE DATASET NAME X
        PKGTSO=N,                FOREGROUND PACKAGE EXEC (Y//N) X
        PDM=N,                   PDM CONTROL OPTION             X
        PKGSEC=,                 PACKAGE SECURITY               X
        PKGCSEC=N,               PACKAGE CAST SECURITY (Y/N)    X
        PKGCVAL=0,               PKG COMPONENT VALIDATION (Y/O) X
        PROC=N,                  PROCESSOR OPTION               X
        RACFUID=,                E/OS/390 RACF USERID           X
        SITEID=0,                E/OS/390 SITE ID               X
        SMFREC#=0,               SMF RECORD NUMBER              X
        SPFEDIT=SPFEDIT,         DEFAULT PDS RESERVE            X
        SYSIEWL=SYSIEWLP,        DEFAULT PDS/LINK EDIT RESERVE  X
        UIDLOC=(1,7),            UID/JOBNAME START/LENGTH POS   X
        VIOUNIT=TDISK,           UNIT FOR VIO-ELIGIBLE ALLOC    X
        WRKUNIT=TDISK,           UNIT NAME FOR WORK SPACE       X
        WORKVOL=                 VOL SER NUMBER FOR WRKUNIT 

Use an SMP/E USERMOD to assemble and link-edit C1DEFLTS after it has been customized.
Alternatively, edit the sample JCL BC1JTABL and use it to assemble and link source module C1DEFLTS
outside of SMP/E. BC1JTABL is located in the installation library iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. This will store the
defaults table in iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU as member C1DEFLTS.

Step 4. Make Sure Required Panels Are in ISPPLIB

Make sure that the panels listed next reside in your ISPPLIB. These panels can be found in iprfx.iqual.
CSIQPENU.

C1EILIST, CITILIST
CCID list panel and its associated tutorial panel.

C1SEIBRW, CITEIBRW

04-May-2018 567/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

C1SEIBRW, CITEIBRW
InfoMan record display for packages and stand-alone actions and its associated tutorial panel.

C1SP1000, C1SP2000, C1SP3000, C1SP4000, C1SP5000, C1SP6000, C1SP7000

Package panels with capability to display correlation data.

CITP1000, CITP2000, CITP3000, CITP4000, CITP5000, CITP6000, CITP7000

Tutorials for package panels with capability to display correlation data.

Step 5. Make Sure INFO01, PKEX21, and PKMR02 Are in ISPMLIB

Members INFO01, PKEX21. and PKMR02 contain interface messages, and must reside in your
ISPMLIB. These members can be found in iprfx.iqual.CSIQMENU.

Step 6. Edit C1SB3000 Skeleton JCL

Member C1SB3000 is used to submit CA Endevor® SCM package and batch processing requests. The
member can be found in iprfx.iqual.CSIQSENU. Before invoking this JCL, confirm that iprfx.iqual are
the correct data set qualifiers, and that tdisk is a valid unit name.

Phase 4. How to Verify the Installation

The list next shows the members that should reside in the designated data sets for the interface to
function as designed. If any of them are not there, the interface will not work as designed.

CSIQAUTH/CSIQAUTU
Load modules, as well as the following:

C1BMEI00

C1DEFLTS table. See Step 3. Reassemble C1DEFLTS with the InfoMan Password.

C1SM1000

BC1TEI90, the module containing user parameters, which you assembled in Phase 3, Step 1.

E/INFO table. This is the rule set that you build using the batch utility. See Step 5. Build a Rule
Set.

BLGSESxx, the module containing the InfoMan session parameters. See Step 2. Prepare a
Session Parameter Member.

CONLIB
The CA Endevor® SCM load modules installed from iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD. Make sure to save the
current copy of C1BEXITS before installing the new interface. This allows you to go back to the old
interface during testing.

04-May-2018 568/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RFTDS
EINTACH0, EINTACH1, EINTAPB0, EINTAPB1.
EINTPKG0, EINTPKG1, EINTPKG2.
PIDT and PIPT tables. See the list in the next section. These panels are found in iprfx.iqual.
CSIQOPTN.
BLGISPFD, the InfoMan supplied ISPF panel.

RPANEL0
BLG6CORQ, the modified version of the Assisted Entry panel.
BLGAPI10, BLGAPI90, BLGAPI92, BLGAPI95, BLGAPI99.
BLGZAACP, BLGAAUP.
BTN0B100, BTN0C100, BTN0C101, BTN0L100, BTN0M100, BTN0S020, BTN6PTY1.
See Step 3. Copy Dictionary Update.

DDICT
index RNCC/CCV15. This is the modified dictionary entry associated with the modified Assisted
Entry Panel. See Step 4. Create the Standard IBM PIDT and PIPT Tables.

iprfx.iqual.CSIQPENU
C1EILIST, C1SEIBRW, C1SP1000 ── C1SP7000 and the associated tutorials (CITILIST, CITEIBRW, and
CITP1000-CITP7000.

iprfx.iqual.CSIQMENU
INFO01, PKEX21, PKMR02.

iprfx.iqual.CSIQSENU
C1SB3000.

The graphic displayed next shows how these modules tie the interface together and indicates the
important members that should be at each location.

04-May-2018 569/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Phase 4. Verifying the Installation--OTH.PNG

As previously illustrated, the interfaces work based on how the modules tie them together.

Required PIDT and PIPT Tables

For the interface to work correctly the following PIDT and PIPT tables must be in the RFT data set
pointed to by the BLGSESxx module.

There are three categories of PIDT/PIPT tables: Change, Change Activity, and Problem.

Change Record PIDT and PIPT Tables

The following PIDT/PIPT tables related to Change records must be installed.

TS0B06A
Change record, Add, PIDT

TS0B06AP
Change record, Add, PIPT

TS0B06I
Change record, Inquiry, PIDT

TS0B06IP
Change record, Inquiry, PIPT

TS0B06C
Change record, Create, PIDT

04-May-2018 570/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TS0B06CP
Change record, Create, PIPT

TS0B06U
Change record, Update, PIDT

TS0B06UP
Change record, Update, PIPT

TS0B06R
Change record, Retrieve, PIDT

TS0B06RP
Change record, Retrieve, PIPT

Change Activity PIDT and PIPT Tables

The following PIDT/PIPT tables related to Change Activity records must be installed.

TS0B07I
Change activity record, Inquiry, PIDT.

TS0B07IP
Change activity record, Inquiry, PIPT.

TS0B07C
Change activity record, Create, PIDT.

TS0B07CP
Change activity record, Create, PIPT.

TS0B07U
Change activity record, Update, PIDT.

TS0B07UP
Change activity record, Update, PIPT.

TS0B07R
Change activity record, Retrieve, PIDT.

TS0B07RP
Change activity record, Retrieve, PIPT.

Problem Record PIDT and PIPT Tables

The following PIDT/PIPT tables related to Problem records must be installed.

TS0032I
Problem record, Inquiry, PIDT.

TS0032IP
Problem record, Inquiry, PIPT.

04-May-2018 571/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

TS0032C
Problem record, Create, PIDT.

TS0032CP
Problem record, Create, PIPT.

TS0032U
Problem record, Update, PIDT.

TS0032UP
Problem record, Update, PIPT.

TS0032R
Problem record, Retrieve, PIDT.

TS0032RP
Problem record, Retrieve, PIPT.

04-May-2018 572/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Inventory Analyzer
Contents

User Requirements (see page 573)

Audience (see page 574)
Inventory Analyzer and the Load Utility (see page 574)

This article introduces the CA Endevor® SCM Inventory Analyzer tool. The Inventory Analyzer
automatically classifies existing software components:

Physical classifications (types and processor groups), which can be used within CA Endevor® SCM.
Types and processor groups are product physical classification of components, such as JCL or
COBOL for DB2. The Inventory Analyzer provides a standard set of types and processor groups.
You can change the type and processor group names to meet the inventory naming conventions
you want to use.

Logical classifications (systems and subsystems). The Inventory Analyzer helps with this type of
classification by allowing you to take advantage of library and member naming standards.

Software components, which can reside in CA Librarian, CA Panvalet, or partitioned data sets. The
Inventory Analyzer can examine source, object, or load modules. Components that are not
compiled or translated (such as JCL, CLISTS, and so forth) are analyzed on a source-only basis.

When CA Endevor® SCM is initially implemented, the system creates an inventory structure that lets
you classify your source logically by application. CA Endevor® SCM creates the inventory structure by
examining the following components:

Existing component source and executables to determine component types. This is physical
classification.

Library naming conventions, or other grouping criteria, or both to determine your components'
logical classification.

Note: The Inventory Analyzer is not designed to categorize all of your software
components. For more information about the product inventory structure, see
Administrating (see page 36).

User Requirements
To use this product, you need a working knowledge of the mainframe environment, the z/OS
mainframe operating system, Time Sharing Option facility (TSO), and the Interactive System
Productivity Facility (ISPF). CA Endevor® SCM must be at your site.

04-May-2018 573/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Audience
Administrators and application developer managers benefit from using the Inventory Analyzer.

Administrators use the Inventory Analyzer to plan for and set up the logical and physical
components of your inventory structure.

Application Developer Managers use the Inventory Analyzer to help the administrator plan the
implementation of the inventory structure.

Inventory Analyzer and the Load Utility

The Inventory Analyzer creates syntax (SCL) that can be used as input to the Load Utility. The utility
lets you directly load software components into CA Endevor® SCM and, optionally, to footprint
executables.

The following example shows the SCL generated by the Inventory Analyzer:
LOAD MEMBER APFLIST
  FROM DSNAME 'BST.UTILS2.SOURCE'
  TO  ENVIRONMENT  DEMO
      SYSTEM       FINANCE
      SUBSYSTEM    ACCTREC
      TYPE         ASSEM
  OPTIONS CCID 'TESTCCID'
          COMMENT 'TEST COMMENT'
          PROCESSOR GROUP ASHNBL13
  FOOTPRINT 'BST.UTILS2.LOADLIB'

LOAD MEMBER APNCO
  FROM 'BST.UTILS2.SOURCE'
  TO  ENVIRONMENT  DEMO
      SYSTEM       FINANCE
      SUBSYSTEM    ACCTREC
      TYPE         ASSEM
  OPTIONS CCID 'TESTCCID'
          COMMENT 'TEST COMMENT'
          PROCESSOR GROUP ASHNBL47
  FOOTPRINT 'BST.UTILS2.LOADLIB'

The previous example shows the following information:

The environment, system, subsystem, CCID, and comment were all assigned in analysis requests
(in SET statements). The Request Syntax report reflects these request statements.

Note: For more information about the Request Syntax Report, see The Request Syntax
Report.

The library in which each member is to be footprinted defaults to the USING library in which the
member is found, as is indicated in the Output Model Definition Syntax Report by the line:
FOOTPRINT 'C1&USDN'

04-May-2018 574/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Inventory Analyzer analyzes each of the USING data sets indicated in the analysis request until it
finds the member. The FROM data set is analyzed to determine whether the member exists there
also.

Note: For more information about the Load Utility, see Load Utility (see page 1091).

This illustration shows the roles of the Inventory Analyzer and the Load Utility in relation to the CA
Endevor® SCM inventory structure:

Roles of the Inventory Analyzer andt he Load Utility Diagram

The illustration details the following information:

The Analysis Requests File provides the member names and library names to be examined and
analyzed by the Inventory Analyzer. Each member is individually processed, and can be specified
singly or as part of a group. Symbolics are assigned values to be included in the output data sets.
Global settings can be established and overridden on an individual request basis.

The Output Model Definition provides templates that define the format of SCL syntax that can be
used to load analyzed members into CA Endevor® SCM. Several templates can be identified within
one input file, each directed to a separate output DD statement.

Several reports are created that let you review selected portions of the analysis. In addition, the

04-May-2018 575/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Several reports are created that let you review selected portions of the analysis. In addition, the
Inventory Analyzer creates SCL that can be entered into CA Endevor® SCM. The Inventory
Analyzer produces reports that contain information pertinent to a particular part of the analysis
process. The following list shows the available Inventory Analysis reports:

Parameter Syntax

Request Syntax

Rule Syntax

Rule Analysis

Output Model Definition Syntax

Final Request Interpretation

Final Rule Interpretation

Request Processing

Analysis Summary

Load Module Summary

Execution Summary

Note: You can review the Inventory Analysis reports using the following detail levels:
summary, detail, and all. You select the amount of data that you want to see by using a
control card that is part of your analysis request.

Use the SCL that is created to load the classified elements directly into CA Endevor® SCM. The
elements are loaded using the Load Utility.

Using the Inventory Analyzer

How to Use the Inventory Analyzer (see page 577)
How to Use Analysis Request Statements (see page 579)
How Set Statements Work (see page 583)
How Clear Statements Work (see page 586)
How the EOF (EOJ) Processing Statement Works (see page 587)
How Analyze Requests are Processed (see page 587)

04-May-2018 576/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Use the Inventory Analyzer

Follow this process to use the Inventory Analyzer to organize and classify your software components:

1. Complete the Customize the Sample JCL (see page 577) procedure.

2. Complete How to Review the Output (see page 578).

3. Complete How to Use the Load Utility (see page 579).

Customize the Sample JCL

The first step when using the Inventory Analyzer is to customize the sample JCL (member BC1JANLZ
in the CA Endevor® SCM JCL library) to meet your requirements.

Follow these steps:

1. Create ANALYZE statements to let you select members for processing.

Determine which source and load libraries you want to analyze. You most likely will want
to analyze production load, source, JCL, and any other libraries containing elements that
lend themselves to use with CA Endevor® SCM. We recommend that you use load libraries
whenever possible, as load modules are more reliable when determining element type
and processor group.

Decide which members you want to analyze. You can use a name mask when specifying
member names.

Note: You can assign specific values to symbolics which reflect the system and
subsystem designations, as well as environment, CCID, and comment, at your site.
Using this statement in conjunction with member name masking, you can create
most of the SCL (load syntax) required for the load function.

For more information about creating (coding) the ANALYZE statements, see How to Use
Analysis Request Statements (see page 579).

2. Customize the Output Model Definition. The output model definition is used to generate SCL
that you can use to load analyzed members into CA Endevor® SCM. The Inventory Analyzer
contains a predefined output model definition. You can customize the output model
definition, as necessary.
You can create syntax to add to the SCL initially generated by the Inventory Analyzer. You can
also replace the SCL.

3. Decide which reporting level (summary, detail, or all) you want to use for the Inventory
Analyzer reports. In most cases, the reports produced by the summary level should be
sufficient for your needs.

4. Customize the JCL to point to the CA Endevor® SCM libraries containing the analysis rules, the

04-May-2018 577/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. Customize the JCL to point to the CA Endevor® SCM libraries containing the analysis rules, the
output model definition, and the input ANALYZE statements. The rules are divided into several
members, one or more of which can be omitted (unless that member is required, as indicated
in the following list). For example, if your site does not use DB2, you may want to omit that
member.
The following indicates how rules are grouped in the source library:

DEFINES
Language Definitions (required)

NODBMS
Batch (required)

DB2DBMS
DB2 (optional)

IDMSDBMS
IDMS (optional)

IMSDBMS
IMS (optional)

TOTALDBM
TOTAL (optional)

OTHERS
OTHERS (required)

Important! A basic rule set is provided on your installation tape to analyze the
majority of your current data (source, object, and load). Do not modify this rule
set, except as specified in customizing the Inventory Analyzer. If you encounter
source, object, or load data that cannot be classified by the Inventory Analyzer (as
indicated by the Inventory Analysis reports), you can manually classify those
modules.

5. Submit the job with a valid jobcard.

How to Review the Output

During, and as a result of, processing, the Inventory Analyzer generates several reports. Review this
output as it provides information that can impact load processing.

The most important information presented in the reports tells you the following:

How many members were analyzed.

How many members of each type and processor group were found. This information lets you
define the appropriate inventory structures to CA Endevor® SCM for eventual loading.

04-May-2018 578/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Which members could not be classified. "Failure" SCL is written for those members that could not
be uniquely classified. As much information as is available is provided in this SCL. You should
classify these members manually, by editing the load SCL with the appropriate remaining values.

Important! If load modules were examined, review the Load Module Summary Report to
ensure that all modules contain the same link attributes. If there are load modules of the
same type and processor group but with different attributes, the specified processor group
may have to be classified into one or more separate processor groups, to accommodate
the differences.

How to Use the Load Utility

You can use the Load Utility to place analyzed elements into CA Endevor® SCM. This utility
automatically loads the members from their existing libraries into the inventory structure and,
optionally, footprints the corresponding output members. The SCL input to the Load Utility is created
by the Inventory Analyzer and written to the DDname specified on the output model definition. For
more information, see Customizing the Inventory Analyzer (see page 588).

You need to decide whether you want to use this capability at this time.

If you want to use the Load Utility, you must first do the following:

Define the appropriate inventory structures.

Create the appropriate processors for the different types from within CA Endevor® SCM.

How to Use Analysis Request Statements

The Inventory Analyzer request processing uses the following four types of syntax statements:

ANALYZE statements. These are the only request statements executed by the Inventory Analyzer.
Use ANALYZE statements to select members for analysis and to specify the libraries to be
referenced during analysis.

SET statements. These are global default statements that establish values for subsequent
ANALYZE statements. If a certain parameter is required (or used) but not coded in an ANALYZE
statement, the Inventory Analyzer looks for that information in a previous SET statement.

CLEAR statements. These statements clear the information designated by a related SET
statement.

EOF (EOJ) statement. This statement instructs the Inventory Analyzer to stop parsing the request
syntax at a point; that is, request processing is terminated. No other requests are read from the
request input file once the EOF (EOJ) statement is encountered.

04-May-2018 579/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following section explains each statement. If you need help when coding the requests, see How
CA Endevor SCM Represents Syntax (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/Parallel+Development#ParallelDevelopment-SCLStatementSyntaxConvention).

How the Analyze Statement Works

The ANALYZE statement selects members from the specified source (FROM) and executable (USING)
data sets (one or both can be coded). Type and processor group are then resolved, using a rule-based
scanning technique.

This figure illustrates the syntax for the ANALYZE statement:

►►─ANAlyze-MEMber──member-name──┬──────────────────────────┬─────────────►
                                └─┬─THRough──┬─member-name─┘
                                  └THRu──────┘
►──┬───────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────►
   └─FROm DSName──('dataset-name')─┘
►──┬────────────────────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────►
   └─USIng DSName──('dataset-name')─┘
►──┬────────────────────────────────────────────────┬───.───────────────►◄
   │           ┌──,────────────────────────────┐    │
   └─ASSign──(─▼──symbol-name1 = symbol-value1─┴─) ─┘

The following describes the clauses in the ANALYZE statement:

ANALYZE MEMBER member-name

Required. Indicates the members to be analyzed. Member names can be up to ten characters in
length. You can code an explicit member name to process just one member, or you can use a
name mask (* at the end of the member name), a place holder (? within the member name), or
both, to process multiple members.

THROUGH (THRU) member-name

Optional. Indicates that a range of members are to be analyzed, beginning with the member
coded in the ANALYZE MEMBERS clause up to and including the member(s) specified in this
clause. You can use a name mask and place holder with the THROUGH member name.

FROM DSNAME (dataset-name . . .)

Required. Indicates the location of the members being analyzed. If the FROM clause is not coded
in the request, the Inventory Analyzer looks for a previously coded SET FROM clause.
The data sets can be any combination of PDS, PDSE, CA Librarian, or CA Panvalet libraries.
Sequential data sets are not supported.

Note: If you specify the parameter SOURCE OPTIONAL in the execution JCL, you do not
need to code FROM or SET FROM information. For more information, see How the SET
ASSIGN Statement Assigns the Default CCID and Comment (see page 585) and How to Use
Additional SET ASSIGN Statements within Requests (see page 585).

For more information about coding data set names in this clause, see How to Enter Information in
the Data Set Clauses (see page 581).

USING DSNAME (dataset-name . . .)

Optional. Indicates the location of the outputs directly associated with the member being
analyzed. If a USING DSNAME clause is not coded in the request, the Inventory Analyzer looks for
a SET USING DSNAME clause. A USING data set is optional, so you do not have to enter USING
DSNAME data.

04-May-2018 580/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

DSNAME data.
The data sets can be any combination of object or load libraries. The following are the
recommended guidelines:

You specify load libraries before object libraries when both types of libraries are present. A
better analysis can be performed using load libraries.

The source and executable member names are different, but follow standard naming
conventions. You can customize an exit specific to the Inventory Analyzer to accommodate
the situation.

For more information about coding data set names in this clause, see How to Enter Information in
the Data Set Clauses (see page 581).

ASSIGN symbol-name=symbol-value
Optional. Indicates a user-defined symbolic to be used in building SCL, along with the value
associated with that symbolic. Specify as many user-defined symbolics that you need. You can
assign values to one or more of the following symbolics:

ENV - to define an environment.

SYS - to define a system.

SBS - to define a subsystem.

CCID - to specify a CCID.

Comment - to specify a comment.

When building SCL to load the data classified by the Inventory Analyzer, an output model
definition template is used. When a user-defined symbolic is found in the template, the Inventory
Analyzer looks for a corresponding symbol-name in the ASSIGN clause of the request. Before
writing the SCL, the symbolic is replaced with the appropriate value, as defined by the ASSIGN
clause.

How to Enter Information in the Data Set Clauses

Use the following rules when you enter the data set information in the FROM DSNAME and USING
DSNAME clauses:

Specify one or more data sets, up to 1000 names. If you enter multiple data sets, separate the
names with blanks and enclose all names in a single set of parentheses. If you code only one data
set, you do not have to use parentheses.

Enclose each data set name in single or double quotes, and use the same convention for each
data set name in the list. Be sure each data set is cataloged in the system catalog.
The Inventory Analyzer checks each data set for members matching the selection criteria. The
order in which the data sets are specified becomes the search order. If a member is found in
more than one data set, the Inventory Analyzer selects the first occurrence of that member.

04-May-2018 581/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: This information also applies to the SET FROM DSNAME and SET USING DSNAME
statements.

How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes All Members

In the following example, all members in the FROM and USING libraries (PROD.SOURCELIB and PROD.
LOADLIB, respectively) are be analyzed. The same member names must exist in both libraries. If the
member names are not the same in both libraries, use exit C1BM7XIT, which lets you specify an
output library member for analysis when that member name differs from the input to source
member name.
ANALYZE MEMBER *
  FROM DSN  'PROD.SOURCELIB'
  USING DSN  'PROD.LOADLIB'
  ASSIGN ENV='PROD'
     SYS='GENERAL'
     SBS='GENERAL'
     CCID='LOAD'
     COMMENT='INITIAL CA Endevor® SCM LOAD'

The Inventory Analyzer first classifies members in the load library. Members classified successfully as
a result of the analysis of PROD.LOADLIB are bypassed in PROD.SOURCELIB. That is, those members
are not classified again in the source library. The load SCL created, however, loads the appropriate
members into CA Endevor® SCM from PROD.SOURCELIB.

The ASSIGN statements assign the specified values to the appropriate variables in the output model
definition. The SCL generated from this example can be used to load the analyzed members into the
following CA Endevor® SCM location: environment PROD, system GENERAL, and subsystem GENERAL.
The CCID LOAD and the comment 'INITIAL ENDEVOR LOAD' are assigned to each member.

How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes All Members Using Different Selection Criteria
The following example is similar to the previous example in that the same libraries are to be analyzed
and the same symbolic values are assigned. However, the member selection criteria are different
(note the ANALYZE MEMBER . . .THROUGH . . .clause):
ANALYZE MEMBER FI?A?C
   THROUGH FI?D?C
  FROM DSN  ('PROD.SOURCELIB'  'PROD.PANLIB')
  USING DSN  'PROD.LOADLIB'
  ASSIGN ENV='PROD'
     SYS='FINANCE'
     SBS='ACCTREC'
     CCID='LOAD"
     COMMENT='INITIAL CA Endevor® SCM LOAD'

Members are selected for analysis using the following criteria:

The first two characters of the member name must be FI.

The third and fifth positions of the member name, as indicated by the placeholder (?), may
contain any valid character (A-Z, 0-9, @, #, $).

The fourth position of the member name can only be A, B, C, or D. Any other character in this
position is not accepted.

The final character of the member name must be C.

04-May-2018 582/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The final character of the member name must be C.

The following member names would be selected for analysis:

FINARC

FI5C6C

FIND#C

Note: Names such as FINAR or FIGARC are not selected.

How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes Specific Members

In this example, only those members whose names begin with FINAR are analyzed.
ANALYZE MEMBER FINAR*
  FROM DSN  ('PROD.SOURCELIB'  'PROD.PANLIB')
  USING DSN  'PROD.LOADLIB'
  ASSIGN ENV='PROD'
     SYS='FINANCE'
     SBS='ACCTREC'
     CCID='LOAD"
     COMMENT='INITIAL CA Endevor® SCM LOAD'

The ASSIGN statements indicate the values to be assigned to the variables in the output model
definition. All members whose names begin with FINAR can be loaded into environment PROD,
system FINANCE, and subsystem ACCTREC in CA Endevor® SCM, and are assigned a CCID of LOAD and
the comment 'INITIAL ENDEVOR LOAD'.

How Set Statements Work

SET statements are global default statements that establish values for subsequent requests. SET
statements are never executed.

A SET statement establishes default parameters for specific items that are omitted from subsequent
ANALYZE requests. If a parameter is required (or used) but not coded in a request, the information
can be obtained from a previous, corresponding SET statement.

For example, if you want to use one FROM data set for several requests, you can specify that data set
by:

Coding the same FROM DSNAME clause in every request.

Entering a SET FROM DSNAME statement. The data set specified is applied to every ANALYZE
request that follows that SET statement.

"Reissuing" a SET statement to change the default values as often as you need. SET statements
remain in effect until another (similar SET statement or a related CLEAR statement) is
encountered or processing ends.

04-May-2018 583/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If you code the SOURCE OPTIONAL parameter on the execution JCL, you do not need to include
FROM information in the ANALYZE request.

How to Apply SET Statements

SET information applies only if similar information is not entered in the request. If you enter similar
information in the ANALYZE request, the SET value is ignored.

For example, you code a SET FROM DSNAME statement. In the first four ANALYZE requests following
the SET statement, you do not enter a FROM data set. In the fifth request, you enter a data set name.
The Inventory Analyzer applies the data set name from the SET statement for the first four requests.
For the fifth request, however, the Inventory Analyzer uses the value coded in the ANALYZE request.
The value in the SET statement is ignored.

How the SET ASSIGN Statement Works

This figure shows the SET ASSIGN statement:
                  ┌──,────────────────────────────┐
►►──SET ASSign──(─▼──symbol-name1 = symbol-value1─┴─)───.───────────────►◄

SET ASSIGN applies to each request that uses, but does not contain, an ASSIGN clause. The SET
ASSIGN statement remains in effect until the system encounters another SET ASSIGN statement with
the same symbol or a CLEAR ASSIGN statement, or processing ends.

How the SET FROM/USING Statement Works

This figure shows the SET FROM/USING statement:
                           ┌─,──────────────┐
►►──SET ┬─FROm──┬──DSName──▼─'dataset-name'─┴──.────────────────────────►◄
        └─USIng─┘

SET FROM and SET USING apply to each request that uses, but does not contain, a FROM DSNAME or
USING DSNAME clause respectively. The SET FROM statement remains in effect until the system
encounters another SET FROM statement or a CLEAR FROM statement, or processing ends. Similarly,
the SET USING statement remains in effect until the system encounters another SET USING statement
or a CLEAR USING statement, or processing ends.

The rules and processing for data sets apply to the data sets coded in these statements. For more
information, see How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes All Members (see page 582).

How the SET REPORT LEVEL Statement Works

The following is the SET REPORT LEVEL statement:
                        ┌─DETail───┐
►►──SET──REPort──LEVel──├─SUMmary──┤──.──────────────────────────────────►◄
                        └─ALL──────┘

SET REPORT LEVEL is a control card that lets you select the amount of information that you want to
receive as part of your reports (that is, which reports you want to see). If you want to use this
statement, code it with the ANALYZE request.

There are three levels (options) of information available. Each level provides a different set of
reports, as follows:

Summary

04-May-2018 584/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Summary
Parameter Syntax, Request Syntax, Output Model Definition, Final Request Interpretation,
Analysis Summary Report, Load Module Summary Report, Execution Summary Report.

Detail
Default. The reports listed in Summary, as well as the Request Processing report.

All
The reports listed in Summary, as well as the Rule Syntax, Rule Analysis, and Final Rule
Interpretation reports.

Note: For more information about reports, see Using the Inventory Analyzer Reports (see
page 595).

How the SET ASSIGN Statement Assigns the Default CCID and Comment
Use the following SET ASSIGN statement to assign the default CCID and comment to each member
analyzed, across all requests. This statement is based on the requests in How the Inventory Analyzer
Analyzes All Members, How the Inventory Analyzer Analyzes Specific Members, and How the
Inventory Analyzer Analyzes All Members Using Different Selection Criteria.
                  ┌──,────────────────────────────┐
►►──SET ASSign──(─▼──symbol-name1 = symbol-value1─┴─)───.───────────────►◄

Using this statement, you could enter the three ANALYZE requests as follows:
SET ASSIGN CCID='LOAD' COMMENT='INITIAL CA Endevor® SCM LOAD'.
ANALYZE MEMBER *
  FROM DSN  'PROD.SOURCELIB'
  USING DSN  'PROD.LOADLIB'
  ASSIGN ENV='PROD'
     SYS='GENERAL'
     SBS='GENERAL'
 .
ANALYZE MEMBER FINAR*
  FROM DSN  ('PROD.SOURCELIB'  'PROD.PANLIB')
  USING DSN  'PROD.LOADLIB'
  ASSIGN ENV='PROD'
     SYS='FINANCE'
     SBS='ACCTREC'
 .
ANALYZE MEMBER FI?A?C
   THROUGH FI?D?C
  FROM DSN  ('PROD.SOURCELIB'  'PROD.PANLIB')
  USING DSN  'PROD.LOADLIB'
  ASSIGN ENV='PROD'
     SYS='FINANCE'
     SBS='ACCTREC'

How to Use Additional SET ASSIGN Statements within Requests

In the previous example, the SET ASSIGN statement applied to all three ANALYZE requests. In that
example, the FROM and USING data sets in the second and third requests are the same. The ASSIGN
information is also the same. You can use additional SET ASSIGN statements within the requests to
set the values, as follows:

04-May-2018 585/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SET ASSIGN CCID='LOAD'  COMMENT='INITIAL CA Endevor® SCM LOAD'

ANALYZE MEMBER *
  FROM DSN  'PROD.SOURCELIB'
  USING DSN  'PROD.LOADLIB'
  ASSIGN ENV='PROD'
     SYS='GENERAL'
     SBS='GENERAL'
 .
SET FROM (DSN 'PROD.SOURCELIB'  'PROD.PANLIB')
SET USING DSN 'PROD.LOADLIB'
SET ASSIGN ENV='PROD' SYS='FINANCE' SBS='ACCTREC'
ANALYZE MEMBER FINAR* .
ANALYZE MEMBER FI?A?C
   THROUGH FI?D?C .

The CCID and comment assigned at the beginning of the series of requests are still applied to the
second and third requests. Remember that all SET statements remain in effect until another
statement (a similar SET statement or a CLEAR statement) is encountered, or processing ends.

How Clear Statements Work

CLEAR statements clear the information designated by a related SET statement. When you need to
remove information established in a SET statement, code a parallel CLEAR statement. The CLEAR
statement remains in effect until a new, related SET statement is encountered or processing ends.

Note: CLEAR statements apply only to SET statements. Similar information entered in the
ANALYZE request is not affected by a CLEAR statement.

How the CLEAR ALL Statement Works

This figure shows the CLEAR ALL statement:
►►──CLEar ALL──.────────────────────────────────────────────────────────►◄

CLEAR ALL clears all information established by all previous SET statements. Make sure that you
specify all required information in subsequent ANALYZE requests, or code new SET statements for the
required information.

How the CLEAR ASSIGN Statement Works

This figure shows the CLEAR ASSIGN statement:
►►──CLEar ASSign──.─────────────────────────────────────────────────────►◄

CLEAR ASSIGN clears all symbolics entered in previous SET ASSIGN statements.

How the CLEAR FROM/USING Statement Works

This figure shows the CLEAR FROM/USING statement:
►►──CLEar──┬─FROm───┬──.─────────────────────────────────────────────────►◄
           └─USIng──┘

CLEAR FROM and CLEAR USING clear information entered in previous SET FROM and SET USING

04-May-2018 586/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLEAR FROM and CLEAR USING clear information entered in previous SET FROM and SET USING
statements.

How the EOF (EOJ) Processing Statement Works

The EOF or EOJ (End of File or End of Job) statement instructs the parser to stop parsing the syntax at
a point. This statement eliminates the need to manually delete any requests you do not want
performed.

This figure shows the EOF (EOJ) statement:

►►──┬─EOF─┬──.───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────►◄
    └─EOJ─┘

Code EOF or EOJ, followed by a period. Use the term with which you are most comfortable.

How Analyze Requests are Processed

This table explains how ANALYZE requests are processed.

Sequence Condition Action

First None Searches for specified members in the FROM library list, if that library is
specified. Each occurrence of the member is noted in the Request Processing
report. The first occurrence of the member can be used later for source
scanning.

If the member is not located in any FROM library, the request is terminated.

Note: If you specify the parameter SOURCE OPTIONAL in the execution JCL,
you do not have to code FROM or SET FROM information. For more
information, see Understanding the Execution JCL (see page 599).
Second None Searches for the member in a USING library, if that library is specified. Each
occurrence of the member is noted in the Request Processing report. The
first occurrence of the member is used for executable scanning.

If the member is not located in any USING library, the request is terminated.

If no USING library is specified, executable scanning is not performed.

Note: We strongly recommended that libraries be specified for all software

components that have executable forms. The Inventory Analyzer can classify
components based on executables more accurately than components based
on source.
Third If the Formats and prints information about the members' source and output. This
request is information appears in the Request Processing report.
unsuccessful
Third If the Writes a line to the Analysis Summary Report indicating the member
request is analyzed, what libraries were used for the analysis, and the type and
successful processor group selected (if unique).

04-May-2018 587/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Customizing the Inventory Analyzer

Contents

How to Customize the Inventory Analyzer (see page 588)

How to Customize the Output Model Definition (see page 588)
How Symbolics Work (see page 589)
How the Output Model Definition Template Works (see page 592)
How Symbolics Work in the Output Model Definition Template (see page 593)
How the Same Template is Used for a SUCCESS and FAILURE Condition (see page 594)
Change Type and Processor Group Conventions (see page 594)
How ESTABLISH Statements Change Types and Processor Groups (see page 595)

How to Customize the Inventory Analyzer

This section explains how to customize the Inventory Analyzer based on your requirements:

Change the output model definition you want to use.

Change the type and processor group conventions.

Important! Do not modify any of the supplied Inventory Analyzer source members.

How to Customize the Output Model Definition

The output model definition generates SCL syntax that you can use to load analyzed members into CA
Endevor® SCM. If you want to use an output format other than SCL, such as IEBCOPY, you can
customize the output model definition to accommodate the syntax required.

Follow this process to customize the Output Model Definition:

1. Complete How the Output Model Definition Input File Works (see page 588).

2. Complete How Control Card Syntax Works (see page 589).

3. Complete How Symbolics Work (see page 589).

4. Complete How the Output Model Definition Template Works (see page 592).

How the Output Model Definition Input File Works

The Output Model Definition input file, which defines the syntax format, is essentially a collection of
SCL templates, each preceded by a control card. The template is free-form and may contain
references to symbolic variables. The control card indicates the destination and condition (success or
failure) under which the subsequent template is used.

04-May-2018 588/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How Control Card Syntax Works

The following is the syntax for the control card:
►►──%DDNAME──=──ddname──┬─────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────►
                        │          ┌─SUCCESS──────────┐   │
                        └─COND──=──├─FAILURE──────────┤───┘
                                   └─SUCCESS,FAILURE──┘
►───SCL template──.─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────►◄

The following are the variables in the control card:

ddname
Data set to which the template is written.
A single DDname can be referenced by one or more control cards, and each template is written to
that file when the conditions are met. If the DDname is not allocated, a warning message is
written to the Execution Report and processing continues. Be sure that the DDname referenced is
coded in the JCL executing the Inventory Analyzer.

COND=
Conditions under which the template is used: success only, failure only, or either. For more
information, see How Symbolics Work in the Output Model Definition Template (see page 593).

SCL template
Template (a combination of literals and symbolics) to be written to the DDname specified. For
more information, see How Symbolics Work in the Output Model Definition Template (see page
593).

How Symbolics Work

The output model definition template is created using symbolics. You can use symbolics to
dynamically customize the output model definitions. Symbolics are identified by an ampersand (&) as
the first character of the value.

When a symbolic parameter is followed by any character other than a special character (with the
exception of a period or a left parenthesis) the parameter must be followed by a period to separate it
from subsequent text. Special characters include the following: , / ' ) * & + - = .

To maintain a period in the text, you need to code two periods. For example, to include a period in a
data set name, you would code a statement similar to the following:
DSN=&dsname...LOADLIB

If you substitute the value PROD for &dsname, the resulting data set name appears as follows:
PROD.LOADLIB

To use symbolics to customize the output model definitions, do the following:

1. Read the section, How User-defined Symbolics Work (see page 590).

2. Read the section, How CA Endevor SCM Symbolics Work (see page 589)

3. Read the section, How Symbolic Substringing Works (see page 591).

04-May-2018 589/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How User-defined Symbolics Work

To assign values to user-defined symbolics in the request input file, do the following:

1. Define local symbolic values in each request statement using the ASSIGN statement.

2. Define global symbolic values using the SET ASSIGN statement.

3. Override a global value by entering the appropriate “like” data in an individual request.

You can assign values to one or more of the following symbolics (which are coded in the ASSIGN
statement of the ANALYZE request):

Symbolic Description
&ENV Defines an environment
&SYS Defines a system
&SBS Defines a subsystem
&CCID Specifies a CCID
&COMMENT Specifies a comment

When the Inventory Analyzer finds one of these entries, it substitutes the appropriate value in the
output model definition.

How CA Endevor® SCM Symbolics Work

In addition to user-defined symbolics, the Inventory Analyzer provides built-in symbolics. With CA
Endevor® SCM symbolics, the substituted value is derived from the analysis. When the Inventory
Analyzer encounters a CA Endevor® SCM symbolic in the output model definition, it replaces the
symbolic with the appropriate value found when the specified member is analyzed.

The following table contains CA Endevor® SCM symbolics:

Symbolic Size Indicates

&C1MEMBER (10) Member name selected for analysis.
&C1OUTMBR (10) Output member name selected for analysis. This name may be different from
C1MEMBER when a user exit (C1BM7XIT) has changed the output member name.
&C1ELTYPE (8) Type derived from the analysis (uniquely identified).
&C1PRGRP (8) Processor group derived from the analysis (uniquely identified).
&C1FDSN (44) FROM data set used for analysis.
&C1FDSNxx (44) Additional FROM data sets, where the member was also located (C1FDSN01,
C1FDSN02, and so forth).
&C1UDSN (44) USING data set used for analysis.
&C1UDSNx (44) Additional USING data sets, where the member was also located (C1UDSN01,
C1UDSN02, and so forth).

When you use some of the CA Endevor® SCM symbolics:

04-May-2018 590/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Data set symbolics have a NULL value when they are not applicable to a request. For example, if
you used a single source (FROM) data set but no output (USING) data set to analyze a member,
&C1FDSN contains the name of the source data set. The remaining data sets (&C1FDSN.xx,
&C1UDSN, and &C1UDSN.xx) are empty, or NULL.

&C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP contain type and processor group names when a unique solution has
been established.

If no solution is determined or multiple solutions are possible, a FAILURE condition results. In this
situation, &C1ELTYPE defaults to the user-defined symbolic "&TYPE" and &C1PRGRP defaults to
the user-defined symbolic "&PRGRP." This situation essentially allows you to assign default values
to the symbolics &C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP, by assigning the desired values to the symbolics
&TYPE and &PRGRP.

Important! You cannot define symbolics beginning with the characters C1. These
characters are reserved for use by CA Endevor® SCM. In addition, you cannot assign a
default value to a symbolic that begins with C1.

How Symbolic Substringing Works

The Inventory Analyzer supports symbolic substringing, which allows you to use only a portion of the
value substituted for the symbolic parameter. With any symbolic variable, you can specify the
character position with which you want to start, the number of positions to use, and the character
you want to use to pad any blank spaces.

Commas are used to separate the arguments in the substring syntax. The following is the syntax for
symbolic substringing:
&symbolic(&S,&L,&P)

&S
Starting position of the substituted value.

&L
Length of the substituted value.

&P
Character to be used for padding blanks.

The following table contains examples for how substring processing works. Assume the symbolic SYS
contains the value ACCOUNTG.

Substring Generates
&SYS ACCOUNTG
&SYS(3) COUNTG
&SYS(3,5) COUNT
&SYS(7,4) TGbb (where b is a blank)

04-May-2018 591/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Substring Generates
&SYS(7,4,*) TG**

How the Output Model Definition Template Works

The Output Model Definition Template is written to a data set, depending on the condition derived
from the analysis.

SUCCESS condition. When a member is analyzed and the type and processor group are uniquely
(successfully) identified, the first template is written to a DD statement called LOADSCL.

FAILURE condition. When a member is analyzed but the type and processor group are not
uniquely identified, the second template is written to the DD statement LOADSCL.

The following template illustrates how the output model definition produces SCL for use with the
Load Utility. This template is provided on the installation tape you receive as part of the installation
materials, in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN (MODEL).
%DDNAME=LOADSCL,COND=SUCCESS
    LOAD MEMBER &C1MEMBER
       FROM DSNAME '&C1FDSN'
       TO   ENVIRONMENT &ENV
           SYSTEM &SYS
           SUBSYSTEM &SBS
           TYPE &C1ELTYPE
       OPTIONS CCID '&CCID'
           COMMENT '&COMMENT'
           PROCESSOR GROUP &C1PRGRP
       FOOTPRINT '&C1UDSN'.

%DDNAME=LOADSCL,COND=FAILURE
    LOAD MEMBER &C1MEMBER
       FROM DSNAME '&C1FDSN'.
        TO   ENVIRONMENT &ENV
           SYSTEM &SYS
           SUBSYSTEM &SBS
           TYPE &TYPE.
       OPTIONS CCID '&CCID'
           COMMENT '&COMMENT'
           PROCESSOR GROUP PRGRP
       FOOTPRINT '&C1UDSN'.

Both templates are written to the same DD file to allow you to manually correct any statements, as
necessary. If you want failures to be written to a separate DDname, change the DDname in the
COND=FAILURE template and include the appropriate JCL in member BC1JANLZ in the CA Endevor®
SCM library.

The FAILURE template references the symbolics &TYPE and &PRGRP rather than the CA Endevor®
SCM supplied symbolics &C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP. When &C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP cannot be
determined by the Inventory Analyzer, a FAILURE condition results. Change type and processor group
defaults to &TYPE and &PRGRP, to which values can be assigned.

&C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP must both be resolved to have a SUCCESS condition. Type cannot be
resolved without processor group and conversely, processor group cannot be resolved without type.

04-May-2018 592/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How Symbolics Work in the Output Model Definition Template

The following example illustrates the use of both types of symbolics in the basic output model
definition template. Remember that the user-defined symbolics are assigned in the ASSIGN
statement of the ANALYZE request.

Assume you code an ANALYZE request similar to the following:

ANALYZE MEMBER FINAR*
   FROM DSNAME ('PROD.SRCLIB')
   USING DSNAME ('PROD.LOADLIB1' 'PROD.LOADLIB2')
   ASSIGN ENV=CORP SYS=FINANCE SBS=ACCTREC
   ASSIGN CCID='TEST'
       COMMENT='ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ELEMENT'
 .

In a SUCCESS condition, when the appropriate values are substituted for both CA Endevor® SCM
symbolics and user-defined symbolics, the following load SCL is created:
LOAD MEMBER FINARP01
   FROM DSNAME 'PROD.SRCLIB'
   TO  ENVIRONMENT CORP
      SYSTEM FINANCE
      SUBSYSTEM ACCTREC
      TYPE COBOL
   OPTIONS CCID 'TEST'
       COMMENT 'ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ELEMENT'
       PROCESSOR GROUP 'COBNBL01'
   FOOTPRINT 'PROD.LOADLIB1' 'PROD.LOADLIB2'.
 .

The Inventory Analyzer substitutes the appropriate values for the CA Endevor® SCM symbolics based
on the results of the analysis. The first member found matching the member name criteria is
FINARP01.

&C1FDSN is replaced by the FROM data set (PROD.SRCLIB) used by the Inventory Analyzer for the
analysis. The USING data sets used for analysis replace &C1USDN. The Inventory Analyzer was
able to determine unique values for the type and processor group (&C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP,
respectively). These values have been substituted into the SCL accordingly.

The values defined in the ASSIGN statement are substituted. FINARP01 is loaded into the
FINANCE system, ACCTREC subsystem, in environment CORP. The CCID TEST is designated for the
member, as well as the comment 'ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ELEMENT'.

Note: In the basic output model definition provided in the installation files, the symbolics
&ENV, &SYS, &SBS, &CCID, and &COMMENT are defined.

In a FAILURE condition, "failure" SCL is written, substituting those values available.

LOAD MEMBER FINARP02
   FROM DSNAME 'PROD.SRCLIB'
   TO  ENVIRONMENT CORP
      SYSTEM FINANCE
      SUBSYSTEM ACCTREC
      TYPE &TYPE.
   OPTIONS CCID 'TEST'
       COMMENT 'ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ELEMENT'

04-May-2018 593/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

       COMMENT 'ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ELEMENT'
       PROCESSOR GROUP &PRGRP.
   FOOTPRINT 'PROD.LOADLIB1' 'PROD.LOADLIB2'
 .

You can edit this SCL by manually coding the missing information (type and processor group).

How the Same Template is Used for a SUCCESS and FAILURE Condition
In the following example, the same template is used for either a SUCCESS or FAILURE condition.
&C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP are used as the symbolics for type and processor group. In a FAILURE
condition, when &C1ELTYPE and &C1PRGRP cannot be resolved, these variables default to &TYPE and
&PRGRP, which default to their respective user-defined values.
%DDNAME=LOADSCL,COND=(SUCCESS,FAILURE)
   LOAD MEMBER &C1MEMBER.
      FROM DSNAME '&C1FDSN'.
      TO   ENVIRONMENT &ENV.
          SYSTEM &SYS.
          SUBSYSTEM &SBS.
          TYPE &C1ELTYPE.
      OPTIONS CCID '&CCID'
          COMMENT '&COMMENT'
          PROCESSOR GROUP &C1PRGRP.
      FOOTPRINT 'C1UDSN'
 .

Change Type and Processor Group Conventions

You can modify the types and processor groups assigned to software components by the Inventory
Analyzer. For a list of all the types and processor groups provided with the utility, see Understanding
Types and Processor Groups.

Follow these steps:

1. Edit the following members in the CA Endevor® SCM source library:

NODBMS

OTHER

2. If you are using any of the following databases, edit the appropriate member in the CA
Endevor® SCM source library:

DB2DBMS for DB2

IDMSDBMS for IDMS

IMSDBMS for IMS

TOTALDBM for TOTAL

3. Edit the appropriate ESTABLISH statements.

04-May-2018 594/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Important! To ensure the integrity of the information provided on the installation tape,
make a copy of the members to be modified. Make all changes to the copied members,
and refer to those members in the JCL. Do not change the original members supplied on
the installation tape.

How ESTABLISH Statements Change Types and Processor Groups

Types and processor groups are edited using the ESTABLISH statements within each member. An
ESTABLISH statement associates the member being analyzed with a specific type and processor
group. Note the first line in the following example:
ESTABLISH TYPE COBOL PROCESSOR GROUP BATCHLNK
    WHEN PRIMARY TRANSLATOR = "CBL-TRAN"
    AND LINKAGE EDITOR = "*"  .

To change the type or processor group names to meet your requirements, rewrite the ESTABLISH
statement. Use the global change function to ensure that all appropriate ESTABLISH statements are
modified.

In the following example, the type has been changed to CBL and the processor group to BCHLNK:
ESTABLISH TYPE CBL PROCESSOR GROUP BCHLNK
    WHEN PRIMARY TRANSLATOR = "CBL-TRAN"
    AND LINKAGE EDITOR = "8"  .

Important! Modify only the type and processor group names in the ESTABLISH statement.
Do not change any other syntax. ESTABLISH statements are part of a complete set of logic
rules supplied with the Inventory Analyzer and, with the exception of types and processor
groups, should not be changed.

Using the Inventory Analyzer Reports

Contents

Report Options (see page 596)

Parameter Syntax Report (see page 596)
Request Syntax Report (see page 596)
Output Model Definition Syntax Report (see page 597)
Final Request Interpretation Report (see page 597)
Request Processing Report (see page 597)
Analysis Summary Report (see page 598)
Load Module Summary Report (see page 598)
Execution Summary Report (see page 598)

04-May-2018 595/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Inventory Analyzer produces several reports, during and as a result of the analysis procedure.
These reports provide detailed information about specific portions of the analysis and summary
information for the entire procedure.

You should review these reports carefully, as they can clarify what transpired throughout the analysis
procedure and present concisely the results of the exercise.

Note: The three rule-based reports are not included in this section.

Report Options
Using the SET REPORT LEVEL statement in your ANALYZE requests, you indicate which reports you
want to view. The following report options are available:

Summary
Parameter Syntax, Request Syntax, Output Mwilodel Definition Syntax, Final Request
Interpretation, Analysis Summary Report, Load Module Summary Report, Execution Summary
Report.

Detail
Default report level. If you do not indicate a specific report level in the ANALYZE request, you
receive all the summary reports and the Request Processing Report.

All
All the reports provided by the DETAIL option and the Rule Syntax, Rule Analysis, and Final Rule
Interpretation reports.

Important! Do not use the All option unless you are working with Technical Support and
they instruct you to run this particular set of reports.

Parameter Syntax Report

This report reflects the data entered in the program parameter (PARM= ''), if any. If no program
parameter has been coded, this report is not printed. For more information about the program
parameter, see Understanding the Execution JCL (see page 599).

Request Syntax Report

This report echoes each input statement from the Analysis Requests input file and checks for proper
syntax. Exceptions, such as member not found, are noted with warning messages. Errors in syntax are
noted and cause processing to terminate.

04-May-2018 596/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Output Model Definition Syntax Report

This report displays the templates you want to use to define the output format. The report echoes
exactly what was coded in the Output Model Definition input file. The output model definitions are
provided with the Inventory Analyzer and you should not have to change them.

Note: For more information about required changes, see How to Customize the Output
Model Definition (see page 588).

Final Request Interpretation Report

This report lists each analysis request, in order, with all applicable parameters. Any information
provided by SET and CLEAR statements is merged with each request. The individual SET and CLEAR
statements are not printed on the report.

Request Processing Report

This report identifies each member to be analyzed, as well as the libraries to be used, and prints the
results of the analysis. If a member fails to match exactly one type and processor group, all available
information about the member source and output is printed, to help you determine why the failure
occurred.

The RESULT entry indicates the result of the analysis, as follows:

A result of TRUE indicates that the member matched the type and processor group specified. A
single TRUE means that there is a unique type and processor group for the member.

A result of FALSE indicates that there is no match between the member and the type and
processor group combination.

A result of UNRESOLVED indicates that the analysis for this rule could not be performed. For
example, there may be conflicting attributes, such as when the same type has two different
processor groups and both rules prove TRUE.

In this and similar situations, review the rules. One of the attributes in the rule may be unclear. Or, all
attributes may be correct but the rule references another rule that does not exist. You can further
clarify the information needed to classify a member by editing the SCL manually.

Note: For more information about editing the SCL manually, see Customizing the Inventory
Analyzer (see page 588).

04-May-2018 597/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: A result of UNRESOLVED does not necessarily mean there is a problem. The rule
simply may not apply to the particular request, in which case it is ignored.

Analysis Summary Report

This report contains one line of summary data for each member analyzed. The source (FROM) and
output (USING) libraries used for analysis are listed, along with the type and processor group (if
uniquely identified) associated with the member. The page number on which the detailed analysis of
the member appears in the Request Processing report is also listed.

Load Module Summary Report

The Load Module Summary Report contains one line of attribute information for each load module
member analyzed. This report appears only for load modules successfully classified, and prints in
order by type and processor group.

The attributes listed for each member are associated with the processor group indicated. Processors
need to be created accordingly, with link-edit parameters that should match those indicated on the
report. By reviewing the report, you can determine whether there are any inconsistencies within the
same processor group. If you find inconsistencies, you may need to create one or more new
processor groups to accommodate the different types of load modules within that particular group.

Execution Summary Report

This report summarizes the results of the entire analysis procedure:

The first section of the report indicates the number of members that matched each type and
processor group combination.

The second section indicates the number of members both successfully processed and
unsuccessfully processed, and the DDname to which each set of members was directed.

The third section of the report provides the following information:

The total number of members processed.

The number of members for which processing was bypassed.

The number of processed members for which matches were found.

The number of members that did not match any type and processor group combination.

The number of members that matched more than one type and processor group combination.

04-May-2018 598/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Understanding the Execution JCL

JCL to Execute the Inventory Analyzer (see page 599)
How to Override the DDnames (see page 599)
How the Program Parameter Works (see page 600)

JCL to Execute the Inventory Analyzer

This sample shows the JCL required to execute the Inventory Analyzer:
//*(JOBCARD)                                                           
//*-------------------------------------------------------------------*
//*                                                                   *
//*   COPYRIGHT (C) 2007 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.                     *
//*                                                                   *
//* NAME: BC1JANLZ                                                    *
//*                                                                   *
//*    SAMPLE JCL THAT WILL RUN THE ANALYSIS UTILITY                  *
//*-------------------------------------------------------------------*
// INCLUDE MEMBER=SCMM@SYM                                             
//ANLZJCL  EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM=('C1BM7000SOURCE OPTIONAL')           
// INCLUDE MEMBER=SCMM@LIB                                             
//SYMDUMP  DD DUMMY                                                    
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*                                                 
//C1MSGS1  DD SYSOUT=*                                                 
//C1SUMARY DD SYSOUT=*                                                 
//BSTIPT01 DD *                                                        
               (PLACE INPUT HERE)                                      
//BSTRULES DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](DEFINES)           
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](NODBMS)  
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](DB2DBMS) 
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](IDMSDBMS)
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](IMSDBMS) 
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](TOTALDBM)
//         DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](OTHERS)  
//BSTMODEL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&I@PRFX..&[email protected](MODEL)   
//LOADSCL  DD DSN=&U@PRFX..&[email protected],DISP=(,CATLG,DELETE),
//         UNIT=&P@DISK,                                     
//         SPACE=(TRK,(5,5)),                                
//         DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80)                           
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*   

How to Override the DDnames

An optional parameter resides in the JCL-PARM='PARM DATA'-. This parameter lets you override the
DDnames initially assigned to the input and report files.

Specify data in the parameter as follows:

►►──¤───┬────────────────────────────────────┬──¤──.──────────────────────────────────────────────►◄
        ├──SOUrce OPTional───────────────────┤
        └─┬─┬─MESsage─┬─┬──DDName──=──ddname─┘
          │ └─MSG─────┘ │
          ├─MODel───────┤
          ├─REQuest─────┤
          ├─RULes───────┤
          └─SUMmary─────┘

This list explains the parameter fields:

SOURCE OPTIONAL

04-May-2018 599/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SOURCE OPTIONAL
Indicates to the Inventory Analyzer that the FROM clause may be omitted from an ANALYZE
request. When the FROM clause is omitted, the USING clause must be specified. The analysis
proceeds based entirely on the members found in the USING data sets. Any WHEN clauses (in the
rules) that require source to be scanned are considered FALSE.

DDnames
Each of the five regular input and output data set DDnames can be customized using the PARM=
field. The DDnames defined within the output models, however, cannot be changed using this
field.

This table lists the default DDname and description for each parameter:

Parameter Input/ Default Description

Output DDname
REQUEST Input BSTIPT01 Analysis requests (You provide this data.)
RULES Input BSTRULES Rule definitions (You can customize this parameter for type
and processor group.)
MODEL Input BSTMODEL Output model definitions (You customize this parameter for
output format.)
MESSAGES Output C1MSGS1 Execution Reports
(MSG)
SUMMARY Output C1SUMARY Summary Reports

How the Program Parameter Works

This example illustrates how the program parameter works. In this example, assume that you code
the following parameter:
PARM='MSG DDN=C1MSGS2 REQ=BSTIPT02'

This parameter specifies the following information:

The analysis requests is read from DDname BSTIPT02.

The Execution Reports is written to DDname C1MSGS2.

The rule definitions is read from DDname BSTRULES.

The output model definitions are read from DDname BSTMODEL.

The output Summary Reports are written to DDname C1SUMARY.

Note: You supply the first two DDnames in the parameter. The remaining DDnames are the
default values.

04-May-2018 600/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Understanding Types and Processor Groups

Contents

How the Inventory Analyzer Supports Type and Processor Group Combinations (see page 607)
Types and Processor Groups for NODBMS (see page 608)
Types and Processor Groups for DB2DBMS (see page 626)
Types and Processor Groups for IDMSDBMS (see page 645)
Types and Processor Groups for IMSDBMS (see page 663)
Types and Processor Groups for TOTALDBM (see page 681)
Types and Processor Groups for Non-3GL Type Items (see page 700)

This article lists the types and processor groups that are used within the base rule sets provided on
the CA Endevor® SCM installation tape-library iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN, members DB2DBMS, DEFINES,
IDMSDBMS, IMSDBMS, NODBMS, OTHERS, or TOTALDBM. The types and processor groups available
should meet all your requirements. Members not classified by the supplied rule set should be
classified manually, by customizing individual LOAD statements.

How Types and Processor Groups are Named

Type names can be generic in nature, such as COBOL or ASM. Processor groups indicate to CA
Endevor® SCM how to handle variations within types. For example, you may be using both batch
COBOL and CICS COBOL. You can create a single type of COBOL with two processor groups, one for
each variation of COBOL code. When you specify a particular processor group, you instruct CA
Endevor® SCM which type of COBOL to process. Specific naming conventions were used when
establishing the processor groups provided in this articel. Processor naming conventions are similar.

Use the following naming convention lists as a guideline. Although the list is extensive, it is not
complete. The information provided, however, should help you create the names.

Processor Group Names

Processor group names consist of eight characters. The following table contains the categories for
processor group names.

Character Position Category

1-3 Language type
4 Database environment
5 Operating environment
6 Output type
7 and 8 Sequence number for linkage options

The following section contains valid values for all categories (except the last one).

04-May-2018 601/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Language type (positions 1-3)

The following table contains valid language type characters for processor group names.

3-Character Abbreviation Stands for

ASF ASSEMBLER-F
ASH ASSEMBLER-H
CII COBOL II
CLT C-LATTICE
COB COBOL
EAS EASYTRIEVE
FOR FORTRAN
LEC LINKCARDS
LOD Load Modules
OBJ Object Modules
PLI PL/I
RPG RPG
TEL TELON
UTL UTILITY

Database environment (position 4)

The following table contains valid database environment characters for processor group names.

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

2 DB2
D IDMS
I IMS
N NONE
T TOTAL

Operating environment (position 5)

The following table contains valid operating environment characters for processor group names.

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

B BATCH
C CICS
D IDMS-DC
I IMS-DC

04-May-2018 602/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Output type (position 6)

The following table contains valid output type characters for processor group names.

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

I Impact Analysis SCL
L Load Module
O Object Modules
P PDS
R Reports
S Listing
N NONE

Processor Names
Processor names consist of eight characters. The following table contains the categories for processor
names.

Character Position Category

1 Processor type
2-4 Language type or utility
5 Database environment
6 Operating Environment
7 Output type
8 Stage ID (if required)

The following section contains valid values for all categories (except the last one).

Processor type (position 1)

The following table contains valid processor type characters for processor names.

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

G Generate
D Delete
M Move

04-May-2018 603/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Language type or utility (positions 2-4)

The following table contains valid language type or utility characters for processor names.

3-Character Abbreviation Stands for

ASM ASSEMBLER
CII COBOL II
CLI CLIST
COB COBOL
DAT Data (Documentation)
EAS EASYTRIEVE
FOR FORTRAN
JCL JCL
LEC Link-edit control cards
LOD Load Modules
OBJ Object Modules
PLI PL/I
RPG RPG
TEL TELON
TRA TRANSFORM

Database environment (position 5)

The following table contains valid database environment characters for processor names.

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

2 DB2
D IDMS
I IMS
N NONE

Operating environment (position 6)

The following table contains valid operating environment characters for processor names.

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

B BATCH
C CICS
D IDMS-DC

04-May-2018 604/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

I IMS-DC
N NONE

Output type (position 7)

The following table contains valid output type characters for processor names.

1-Character Abbreviation Stands for

I Impact Analysis SCL
L Load Module
K NCAL Load Module
O Object
P PDS
R Reports
N NONE

Data Set Names

If possible, naming standards should be used for data set names to take full advantage of CA
Endevor® SCM symbolics. Using symbolics can significantly reduce the number of processors
required.

Note: For more information about symbolics, see How Symbolics Work (see page 589).

The following are examples of data set naming conventions:

Master Control Files

NODE1
User-defined System

NODE2
Stage ID

NODE3
MCF

NODE4
Index Data

Source Libraries

04-May-2018 605/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Source Libraries

NODE1
User-defined System

NODE2
Stage

NODE3
Base Delta System

NODE4
Base Delta

Output Libraries

NODE1
User-defined System

NODE2
Stage

NODE3
System Subsystem

NODE4
COPYLIB LOADLIB JCLLIB MACLIB OBJLIB PROCLIB SRCLIB

Element Type Names

ASSM
NETRON

BASIC
PL/I

C
PROCS

CLISTS
RPG

COBOL
REPORTS

COPYBOOK
SORTCNTL

EASYTREV
SPECS

FORTRAN
TABLES

04-May-2018 606/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

JCL
TELON

LINKCARD
TRNSFORM

MACROS
UTILITY

MARKV

How the Inventory Analyzer Supports Type and Processor

Group Combinations
The following section provides a comprehensive list of each type and processor group combination,
and the related attributes that are recognized and supported by the Inventory Analyzer.

The following table lists the supported COBOL combinations:

CICS IMS RENT

CA Optimizer TELON EXEC
DB2 MANTIS ALIAS
IDMS AMODE24 or 31
TOTAL REUS

The following table lists the supported ASSEMBLER combinations:

CICS AMODE24 or 31
DB2 REUS
TOTAL RENT
IDMS EXEC
IMS ALIAS

The following table lists the supported PL1 combinations:

CICS IMS REUS

CA Optimizer TELON RENT
DB2 TOTAL EXEC
IDMS AMODE24 or 31 ALIAS

The following table lists the supported C combinations:

CICS TOTAL REUS

CA Optimizer IMS RENT

04-May-2018 607/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CICS TOTAL REUS

DB2 TELON EXEC
IDMS AMODE24 or 31 ALIAS

The following table lists the supported FORTRAN combinations:

CICS IMS REUS

CA Optimizer TELON RENT
DB2 TOTAL EXEC
IDMS AMODE24 or 31 ALIAS

The following items are also supported: KOM, EZTRIEVE, RPG, PROCS, JCL, MACROS, CA Endevor®
SCM Processor, IMS DBD, or PSB.

If your company has components that are not shown in these tables, classify these components
manually by preparing LOAD requests as input directly into the Load Utility.

Types and Processor Groups for NODBMS

**************************************************************
ASSM

ASFNBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
ASFNBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
ASFNCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 608/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASFNCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFNCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
ASHNBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
ASHNCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

ASHNCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 609/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASHNCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHNCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHNCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFNBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFNBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASFNCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFNCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHNBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHNBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHNCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHNCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
COBOL

COBNBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
COBNBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

COBNBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 610/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBNBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
COBNCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBNCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 611/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBNCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
CIINBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

CIINBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 612/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIINBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
CIINCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CIINCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 613/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIINCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIINCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIINCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBNBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIINBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIINBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
COBNCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBNCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIINCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIINCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************
**********************************************************
PL1

PL1NBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
PL1NBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1NBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 614/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1NBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
PL1NCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1NCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 615/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1NCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1NBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1NCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1NCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
******************************************************
******************************************************
C

CLTNBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
CLTNBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CLTNBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 616/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTNBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
CLTNCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CLTNCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 617/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTNCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTNCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
CSSNBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CSSNBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 618/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSNBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
CSSNCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

CSSNCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 619/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSNCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSNCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSNCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTNBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTNBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CLTNCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTNCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSNBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSNBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSNCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSNCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
FORTRAN

FORNBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
FORNBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

FORNBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 620/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORNBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
FORNCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

FORNCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 621/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORNCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORNCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORNBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORNBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
FORNCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORNCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
TELON

COBNBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBNBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 622/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBNBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBNCL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 623/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBNCL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBNCLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNCLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1NBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 624/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1NBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1NCL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 625/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1NCL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1NCLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1NCLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBNBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBNBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIINBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIINBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1NBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1NBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
COBNCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBNCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIINCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIINCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1NCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1NCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.

Types and Processor Groups for DB2DBMS

**********************************************************************
ASSM

ASF2BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 626/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASF2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASF2CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

ASH2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 627/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASH2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASH2CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASH2CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASF2BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASF2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASF2COD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASF2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASH2BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASH2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASH2COD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASH2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************

**************************************************************

04-May-2018 628/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

**************************************************************
COBOL

COB2BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

COB2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 629/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COB2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CII2BL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 630/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CII2BL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2BL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CII2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 631/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CII2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CII2CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CII2CL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COB2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CII2BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CII2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
COB2COD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COB2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CII2COD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CII2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************

**********************************************************

04-May-2018 632/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

**********************************************************
PL1

PL12BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

PL12CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 633/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL12CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL12BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
PL12COD7 OBJECT MODULE.

PL12COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.

04-May-2018 634/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL12COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
******************************************************
******************************************************
C

CLT2BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

CLT2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 635/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLT2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLT2CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2CL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CSS2BL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 636/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSS2BL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2BL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CSS2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 637/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSS2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSS2CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSS2CL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLT2BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLT2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CLT2COD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLT2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSS2BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSS2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSS2COD7 OBJECT MODULE.

CSS2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.

04-May-2018 638/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSS2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
FORTRAN

FOR2BL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2BL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

FOR2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 639/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FOR2BL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FOR2CL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2CL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FOR2BOD7 OBJECT MODULE.

FOR2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.

04-May-2018 640/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FOR2BOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
FOR2COD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FOR2COD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
TELON

COB2BL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2BLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

COB2BLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 641/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COB2BLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COB2CLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2CLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

COB2CLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 642/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COB2CLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12BLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12BLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

PL12CL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 643/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL12CL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL12CLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL12CLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COB2BOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COB2BOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CII2BOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CII2BOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL12BOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.

PL12BOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.

04-May-2018 644/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL12BOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
COB2COD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COB2COE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CII2COD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CII2COE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL12COD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL12COE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************************

Types and Processor Groups for IDMSDBMS

**********************************************************************
ASSM
ASFDBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

ASFDCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFDCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 645/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASFDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHDCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

ASHDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 646/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASHDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHDCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFDBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFDBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASFDCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFDCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHDBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHDBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHDCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHDCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
COBOL

COBDBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

COBDBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 647/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBDBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

COBDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 648/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

CIIDBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 649/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIIDBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIDCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

CIIDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 650/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIIDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIDCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBDBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
COBDCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBDCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************
**********************************************************
PL1

PL1DBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

PL1DBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 651/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1DBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

PL1DCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 652/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1DCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1DBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1DCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1DCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
******************************************************
******************************************************
C

CLTDBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

CLTDBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 653/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTDBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTDCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

CLTDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 654/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

CSSDBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 655/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSDBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSDCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

CSSDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 656/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSDCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTDBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTDBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CLTDCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTDCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSDBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSDBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSDCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSDCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
FORTRAN

FORDBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

FORDBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 657/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORDBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORDCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

FORDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 658/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORDCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORDBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORDBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
FORDCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORDCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
TELON

COBDBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

COBDBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 659/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBDBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBDCLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

COBDCLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 660/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBDCLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDCLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

PL1DBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 661/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1DBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1DCLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

PL1DCLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 662/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1DCLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1DCLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBDBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBDBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1DBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1DBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
COBDCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBDCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIIDCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1DCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1DCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************************

Types and Processor Groups for IMSDBMS

**********************************************************************
ASSM

ASFIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFIBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 663/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASFICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHIBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHIBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

ASHICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 664/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASHICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFIBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFIBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASFICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHIBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHIBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
COBOL

COBIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 665/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

COBICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 666/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIIBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

CIIIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 667/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIIIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIIBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIIICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

CIIICL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 668/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIIICL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIIICL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBIBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIIBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIIIBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
COBICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIIICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************
**********************************************************
PL1

PL1IBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1IBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 669/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1IBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1ICL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 670/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1ICL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1IBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1ICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1ICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
******************************************************
******************************************************
C

CLTIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

CLTIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 671/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTIBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CLTICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 672/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTICL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

CSSIBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 673/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSIBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSIBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSIBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

CSSICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 674/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSICL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTIBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTIBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CLTICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSIBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSIBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
FORTRAN

FORIBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

FORIBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 675/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORIBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORIBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

FORICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 676/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORICL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORICL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORICL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORIBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORIBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
FORICOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORICOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
TELON

COBIBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

COBIBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 677/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBIBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBIBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBICL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 678/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBICL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBICLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBICLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1IBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 679/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1IBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1IBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1IBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1ICLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1ICLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 680/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1ICLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1ICLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBIBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBIBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIIBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIIIBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1IBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1IBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
COBICOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBICOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIIICOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIIICOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1ICOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1ICOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.

Types and Processor Groups for TOTALDBM

**********************************************************************
ASSM

ASFTBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 681/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASFTBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASFTCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31

ASHTBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31

04-May-2018 682/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ASHTBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
ASHTCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
ASHTCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
ASFTBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFTBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASFTCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASFTCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHTBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHTBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
ASHTCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
ASHTCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
COBOL

COBTBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBTBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 683/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBTBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBTCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 684/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBTCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CIITBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 685/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIITBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CIITCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 686/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CIITCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CIITCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CIITCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBTBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIITBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIITBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
COBTCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
COBTCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CIITCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CIITCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************
**********************************************************
PL1

PL1TBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1TBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 687/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1TBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1TCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 688/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1TCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1TBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1TCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
PL1TCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
******************************************************
******************************************************
C

CLTTBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CLTTBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 689/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTTBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

CLTTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 690/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CLTTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CLTTCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

CSSTBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 691/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSTBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

CSSTCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 692/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CSSTCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
CSSTCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CSSTCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
CLTTBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTTBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CLTTCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CLTTCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSTBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSTBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
CSSTCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
CSSTCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
FORTRAN

FORTBL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

FORTBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 693/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORTBL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTBL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL01 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL02 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL03 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL04 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL05 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL06 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL07 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL08 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL09 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL10 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL11 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL12 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

FORTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 694/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

FORTCL13 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL14 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL15 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL16 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL17 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL18 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL19 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL20 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL21 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL22 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL23 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL24 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL25 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL26 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL27 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL28 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL29 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL30 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL31 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL32 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL33 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL34 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
FORTCL35 EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL36 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL37 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL38 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL39 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL40 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL41 EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL42 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL43 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL44 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL45 EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL46 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL47 EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL48 CAOPT,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL49 EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL50 CAOPT,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL51 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL52 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL53 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL54 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL55 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL56 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL57 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL58 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL59 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL60 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL61 NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL62 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL63 NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL64 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL65 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL66 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL67 NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTCL68 CAOPT,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
FORTBOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORTBOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
FORTCOD7 OBJECT MODULE.
FORTCOD8 CAOPT,OBJECT MODULE.
**************************************************************
**************************************************************
TELON

COBTBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

COBTBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 695/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBTBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

COBTCL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 696/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COBTCL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
COBTCLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTCLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1TBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 697/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1TBL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TBLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TBLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCL69 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL70 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL71 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL72 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL73 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL74 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL75 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL76 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL77 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL78 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL79 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL80 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL81 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL82 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL83 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL84 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24

PL1TCL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24

04-May-2018 698/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PL1TCL85 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL86 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL87 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL88 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL89 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL90 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL91 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL92 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL93 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL94 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL95 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL96 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL97 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL98 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCL99 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCLA0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCLA1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCLA2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE24
PL1TCLA3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLA4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLA5 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLA6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLA7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLA8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLA9 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB0 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB1 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB2 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB3 TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB4 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB5 TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB6 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB7 TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB8 CAOPT,TELON,EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLB9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC0 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC7 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC8 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLC9 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLD0 CAPEXO,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLD1 TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLD2 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,RENT,REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLD3 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLD4 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLD5 TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
PL1TCLD6 CAOPT,TELON,NOT-EXEC,NOT-RENT,NOT-REUS,NOT-ALIAS,AMODE31
COBTBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBTBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIITBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIITBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1TBOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1TBOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
COBTCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
COBTCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
CIITCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
CIITCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
PL1TCOD9 TELON, OBJECT MODULE.
PL1TCOE0 CAOPT,TELON,OBJECT MODULE.
**********************************************************************

04-May-2018 699/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Types and Processor Groups for Non-3GL Type Items

**********************************************************************
KOM KOMNBL00 LINKEDITED MODULE
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
EZTRIEVE *NOPROC*
RPG *NOPROC*
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
PROC *NOPROC*
JCL  *NOPROC*
MACRO *NOPROC*
PROCESS PROCESS
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
IMSDEF
   IMSPSB
   IMSDBD

Understanding the User Exit

This article provides a sample, and explains user exit C1BM7XIT. This user exit lets you specify an
output library member for analysis when that member name is different than the input or source
member name. You can also use the exit to bypass analysis for members by setting the return code
appropriately. The following is the sample user exit C1BM7XIT:
//*(JOBCARD)
//*********************************************************************
//*                                                                   *
//*   C1BM7XIT - ASSEMBLE AN EXIT FOR USE WITH THE INVENTORY ANALYZER. *
//*                                                                   *
//*    STEP1 WILL ASSEMBLE THE MEMBER SPECIFIED INLINE                *
//*                                                                   *
//*    STEP2 WILL LINKEDIT THE MEMBER AND STORE IN USER LOADLIB       *
//*                                                                   *
//*********************************************************************
//STEP1    EXEC PGM=ASMA90,PARM='NODECK,OBJECT,NOTERM'
//SYSLIB   DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN
//         DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=SYS1.MACLIB
//SYSLIN   DD  DISP=(,PASS,DELETE),DSN=&&SYSLIN.,
//             UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(3,5),RLSE),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120)
//SYSPUNCH DD  DUMMY
//SYSUT1   DD  UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSPRINT DD  SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN    DD   *
C1BM7XIT TITLE 'SAMPLE USER EXIT FOR THE CA Endevor® SCM INVENTORY ANALYZER'
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  PROGRAM NAME:   ANALEXIT                                           *
*                                                                     *
*  DESCRIPTION:    SAMPLE USER EXIT FOR THE CASCMM INVENTORY          *
*                  ANALYZER.                                          *
*                                                                     *
*                  THIS PROGRAM IS INTENDED TO DOCUMENT AND           *
*                  DEMONSTRATE THE INVENTORY ANALYZER USER EXIT.      *
*                                                                     *
*                  THE EXIT IS INTENDED TO ALLOW SPECIFICATION OF     *
*                  AN OUTPUT LIBRARY MEMBER NAME FOR ANALYSIS, WHEN   *
*                  IT IS DIFFERENT FROM THE INPUT MEMBER NAME.        *
*                                                                     *
*                  IT IS ALSO POSSIBLE TO BYPASS MEMBER ANALYSIS      *

04-May-2018 700/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

*                  IT IS ALSO POSSIBLE TO BYPASS MEMBER ANALYSIS      *
*                  BY SETTING THE RETURN CODE APPROPRIATELY.          *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  ABOUT THIS EXAMPLE:                                                *
*                                                                     *
*                  THIS EXAMPLE IS INTENDED TO DEMONSTRATE HOW        *
*                  AN EXIT MAY SPECIFY THE OUTPUT MEMBER NAME         *
*                  TO BE USED IN A SITUATION WHERE THE SOURCE         *
*                  MEMBER NAME IS NOT IDENTICAL TO THE OUTPUT         *
*                  MEMBER NAME. WE WILL ALSO DEMONSTRATE HOW          *
*                  TO BYPASS ANALYSIS FOR CERTAIN MEMBER NAMES.       *
*                                                                     *
*                  1)  THIS EXIT WILL TAKE ANY MEMBER NAMES THAT      *
*                      CONTAIN CHARACTERS IN POSITIONS 9 AND 10       *
*                      AND BUILD A MEMBER NAME USING POSITIONS        *
*                      1-6, AND 9-10. THIS REPRESENTS A SITUATION     *
*                      WHERE THE INPUT FILE MIGHT BE PANVALET AND     *
*                      THE OUTPUT FILE IS A LOAD MODULE PDS.          *
*                                                                     *
*                  2)  THIS EXIT WILL BYPASS PROCESSING ANY MEMBERS   *
*                      WHICH CONTAIN THE STRING "ABCDE" BEGINNING     *
*                      IN THE SECOND POSITION OF THE SOURCE MEMBER    *
*                      NAME.                                          *
*                                                                      
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  REGISTERS UPON ENTRY:                                              *
*                                                                     *
*                  R0:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R1:  POINTER TO A THREE WORD PARAMETER LIST        *
*                      WORD 1: ADDRESS OF 10 CHARACTER SOURCE         *
*                              MEMBER NAME                            *
*                      WORD 2: ADDRESS OF 10 CHARACTER OUTPUT         *
*                              MEMBER NAME                            *
*                      WORD 3: ADDRESS OF WORK AREA - DOUBLE WORD     *
*                              ALIGNED. THIS WORK AREA IS 400         *
*                              CHARACTERS IN SIZE (100 WORDS),        *
*                              AND MAY HOLD INFORMATION BETWEEN       *
*                              INVOCATIONS OF THE EXIT ROUTINE.       *
*                  R2:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R3:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R4:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R5:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R6:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R7:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R8:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R9:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R10: IGNORE                                        *
*                  R11: IGNORE                                        *
*                  R12: IGNORE                                        *
*                  R13: CALLERS SAVE AREA                             *
* --PLEASE NOTE---->   THE FIRST WORD OF THIS SAVE AREA               *
*                      MUST NOT BE MODIFIED.                          *
*                  R14: RETURN ADDRESS                                *
*                  R15: ENTRY POINT ADDRESS (ADDRESS OF "ANALEXIT")   *
*                                                                     *
*                                                                     *
*  REGISTERS UPON RETURN:                                             *
*                                                                     *
*                  R0:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R1:  IGNORE                                        *
*                  R2:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R3:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R4:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R5:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R6:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R7:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R8:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R9:  MUST BE RESTORED                              *

*                  R10: MUST BE RESTORED                              *

04-May-2018 701/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

*                  R10: MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R11: MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R12: MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R13: MUST BE RESTORED                              *
*                  R14: IGNORE                                        *
*                  R15: RESULT RETURN CODE                            *
*                      RC = 0, CONTINUE EXECUTION, USE THE SOURCE     *
*                              MEMBER NAME TO LOCATE THE OUTPUT,      *
*                      RC = 4, CONTINUE EXECUTION, AN OUTPUT MEMBER   *
*                              NAME HAS BEEN SUPPLIED IN THE          *
*                              SECOND FIELD IN THE PARAMETER LIST.    *
*                      RC = 8, TERMINATE PROCESSING OF THIS MEMBER    *
*                                                                     *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  NOTE:  THIS EXIT MUST BE LINKED WITH PROGRAM C1BM7500 IN ORDER     *
*         TO BE USED DURING PROCESSING. C1BM7500 CONTAINS A           *
*         WEAK-UNRESOLVED REFERENCE TO A CSECT "ANALEXIT".            *
*                                                                     *
*  LINKAGE EDITOR INPUT:                                              *
*                                                                     *
*         INCLUDE SYSLMOD(C1BM7500)                                   *
*         INCLUDE SYSLIB(C1BM7XIT) <- USE CORRECT OBJECT MEMBER NAME  *
*         ENTRY C1BM7500                                              *
*         NAME  C1BM7500(R)                                           *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  MODIFICATION LOG: (MOST RECENT CHANGES FIRST)                      *
*                                                                     *
*                                                                     *
*  MODIFICATION   DATE   BY    DESCRIPTION                            *
*  ------------   ----   ---   -------------------------------------- *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
         EJECT
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  DEFINE THE MODULE NAME (CSECT) AND ENTRY POINT FOR LINKAGE         *
*  EDITOR PROCESSING.                                                 *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
C1BM7XIT CSECT
         ENTRY ANALEXIT
ANALEXIT EQU   C1BM7XIT
         SPACE ,
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  SAVE THE CALLERS REGISTER CONTENTS, TO BE RESTORED WHEN RETURNING. *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
         SAVE  (14,12),, 'ANALEXIT-&SYSDATE-&SYSTIME'
         SPACE ,
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  THEN ESTABLISH SOME LOCAL ADDRESSABILITY                           *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
         LR    R12,R15                 COPY ENTRY POINT ADDRESS
         USING ANALEXIT,R12            INFORM THE ASSEMBLER
         SPACE ,
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  USING THE WORK AREA PROVIDED (PARM 3), ESTABLISH OUR OWN SAVE      *
*  AREA AND WORK AREA.                                                *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
         USING PARMAREA,R1             INFORM THE ASSEMBLER ABOUT THE  X
                                       . PARMAREA
         L     R2,PARM3                GET THE PARM 3 ADDRESS

         ST    R13,4(R2)               SET BACK CHAIN IN NEW SAVEAREA

04-May-2018 702/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

         ST    R13,4(R2)               SET BACK CHAIN IN NEW SAVEAREA
         ST    R2,8(R13)               SET FORWARD CHAIN IN OLD SAVE
         LR    R13,R2                  ESTABLISH THE CURRENT SAVEAREA
         USING SAVEAREA,R13            INFORM THE ASSEMBLER
         SPACE ,
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  GET THE SOURCE AND OUTPUT MEMBER NAME ADDRESS INTO WORK REGISTERS  *
*  SO THAT R1 MAY BE FREED FOR OTHER WORK (AS DESIRED).               *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
         L     R2,PARM1                LET R1 POINT TO SOURCE MEMBER
         L     R3,PARM2                LET R3 POINT TO OUTPUT MEMBER
         DROP  R1                      (PARMAREA)
         USING SOURCE,R2               INFORM THE ASSEMBLER
         USING TARGET,R3               INFORM THE ASSEMBLER
         SPACE ,
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  CHECK IF THE SOURCE MEMBER NAME CONTAINS "ABCDE" BEGINNING         *
*  IN THE SECOND POSITION.                                            *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
         CLC   =C'ABCDE',INMBR+1       DESIRED DATA PRESENT?
         BE    RETURN08                . YES, THEN SET RETURN CODE = 8
         SPACE ,
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  CHECK IF POSITIONS 9 AND 10 CONTAINS ANY DATA.                     *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
         CLI   INMBR+8,C' '           ANY CHARACTER IN POSITION 9?
         BNH   RETURN00                . NO, THEN RETURN WITH RC = 0
         MVC   OUTMBR(6),INMBR         COPY POSITIONS 1-6 FROM INPUT   X
                                       . TO THE OUTPUT MEMBER NAME
         MVC   OUTMBR+6(2),INMBR+8     COPY POSITIONS 9-10 FROM INPUT  X
                                       . TO THE OUTPUT MEMBER NAME
         B     RETURN04                RETURN WITH RETURN CODE = 4
         DROP  R2,R3                   (SOURCE,TARGET)
         SPACE ,
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  RETURN TO THE CALLER WITH THE APPROPRIATE RETURN CODE.             *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
RETURN00 DS    0H
         XR    R15,R15                 SET RETURN CODE = 0
         B     PGMEXIT
         SPACE ,
RETURN04 DS    0H
         LA    R15,4                   SET RETURN CODE = 4
         B     PGMEXIT
         SPACE ,
RETURN08 DS    0H
         LA    R15,8                   SET RETURN CODE = 8
         B     PGMEXIT
         SPACE ,
         DROP  R13                     (SAVEAREA)
         SPACE ,
PGMEXIT  DS    0H
         L     R13,4(,R13)             GET CALLERS SAVE AREA ADDRESS
         RETURN (14,12),,RC=(15)       RETURN
         EJECT
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  PARM AREA DEFINITION                                               *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
PARMAREA DSECT
PARM1    DS    A                       ADDRESS OF SOURCE MEMBER NAME
PARM2    DS    A                       ADDRESS OF OUTPUT MEMBER NAME

PARM3    DS    A                       ADDRESS OF SUPPLIED WORK AREA

04-May-2018 703/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PARM3    DS    A                       ADDRESS OF SUPPLIED WORK AREA
         SPACE 3
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  SOURCE MEMBER NAME DEFINITION                                      *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
SOURCE   DSECT
INMBR    DS    CL10                    INPUT MEMBER NAME
         SPACE 3
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  TARGET MEMBER NAME DEFINITION                                      *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
TARGET   DSECT
OUTMBR   DS    CL10                    OUTPUT MEMBER NAME
         SPACE 3
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  SAVE AREA AND WORK AREA DEFINITION                                 *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
SAVEAREA DSECT
         DS    18F                     RESERVE THE FIRST 18 WORDS AS
*                                      THE ACTUAL SAVE AREA.
WORKAREA DS    0D                      THIS IS THE BEGINNING OF THE
*                                      WORK AREA
***  A TOTAL OF 100 WORDS ARE PROVIDED IN THIS SAVEAREA/WORKAREA.
***  THE SAVE AREA ITSELF TAKES THE FIRST 18, LEAVING 82 WORDS
***  (328 BYTES) AVAILABLE AS A WORK AREA.
         EJECT
***********************************************************************
*                                                                     *
*  REGISTER EQUATE  DEFINITIONS                                       *
*                                                                     *
***********************************************************************
R0       EQU   0
R1       EQU   1
R2       EQU   2
R3       EQU   3
R4       EQU   4
R5       EQU   5
R6       EQU   6
R7       EQU   7
R8       EQU   8
R9       EQU   9
R10      EQU   10
R11      EQU   11
R12      EQU   12
R13      EQU   13
R14      EQU   14
R15      EQU   15
         END
/*
//*
//STEP2    EXEC PGM=IEWL,PARM='LIST,NCAL,XREF,SIZE=(256K,64K) ',
//             COND=(0,NE)
//SYSLIB   DD  DISP=(OLD,DELETE),DSN=&&SYSLIN.
//SYSLMOD  DD  DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.uqual.LOADLIB
//SYSUT1   DD  UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(5,3))
//SYSPRINT DD  SYSOUT=*
//SYSLIN   DD  *
  INCLUDE  SYSLMOD(C1BM7500)
  INCLUDE  SYSLIB
  ENTRY  C1BM7500
  NAME   C1BM7500(R)
/*
//

04-May-2018 704/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Long Names and USS Supported Files

Contents

Long Name and USS Support (see page 705)

USS Path Name (see page 705)
Long Name Elements (see page 708)
USS Files and Directories (see page 710)
USS Supported Files and the Alternate ID (see page 714)

Long Name and USS Support

Long name support lets CA Endevor SCM support the following:

Case-sensitive element names for files added from USS files systems

UNIX System Services (USS) path and file information in batch add, update, and retrieve actions

USS directories as base, source output, and include libraries on type definitions

Processor symbolics for long name elements and USS directories

USS path and file name support for the CONWRITE and CONDELE utilities

USS Path Name

The USS path name can be a maximum of 768 characters long and contain the following characters:

Uppercase letters

Lowercase letters

Numbers

National characters

Slash (/)

Plus (+)

Hyphen (-)

Period (.)

04-May-2018 705/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

USS Files
A file name can be 255 characters long. To be portable, the file name should use only the characters
in the POSIX portable file name character set, as follows:

Uppercase or lowercase A to Z

Numbers 0 to 9

Period (.)

Underscore (_)

Hyphen (-)

The following are the rules for naming a file:

The file name cannot contain null or / (slash) character.

The file name does not support double- byte characters.

Shells are case-sensitive, so distinguish between upper and lower case characters. For example,
FILE1 and file1 are not the same file names.

The file name can include the following:

Suffixes

An extension, consisting of a period (.) and several characters, to indicate its file type. Files
containing C code could have the extension .c, for example:
dbmod3.c

We recommend that you use suffixes and extensions to group like files together. Doing so lets
you execute a single command against multiple files.

Important! Double-byte characters in a file name can cause problems, because they are
treated as single-byte data. If one of the double-byte characters is a period (.) or / (slash),
the file system treats these as path name delimiters.

Element Names
Element names can be 255 characters long, and may contain the following characters:

Uppercase letters

Lowercase letters

Numbers

04-May-2018 706/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Numbers

National characters

Period(.)

Hyphen (-)

Underscore(_)

Long Name Support and CA Endevor SCM Interfaces

Long name support varies for the CA Endevor SCM interfaces. The following information explains the
differences:

ISPF
No support for actions involving long name elements or path names.

Quick Edit
Element names greater than 10 characters are truncated in lists. The truncated format consists of:

A left brace ([)

The first five characters of the element name

An ellipsis (…)

A right brace (])

For example, element 'longnameelement' displays in ISPF as:

 \{longn...\}

Note: Element information is not available from the ISPF list; it is only accessible from CA
CMEW or the Eclipse-Based UI. If there are multiple long name elements and the first five
characters are identical, ISPF displays a single entry.

HFS path names longer than 44 characters are truncated in type definitions and on the element
master display screen. The truncated format consists of:

Left bracket ({)

The first 39 characters of the path name

An ellipsis (...)

Right bracket (})

Batch (SCL), API, CA CMEW, Eclipse-Based UI, and Web Services User-Written Client Programs

Element names can be 255 characters long, containing mixed-case

04-May-2018 707/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element names can be 255 characters long, containing mixed-case

Periods, underscores, and hyphens are valid characters

Path names can be 768 characters, not including the HFS file name

HFS path and file name support is unavailable for the following functions:

1. CONLIST, CONRELE, or other utilities

2. The processor keyword MONITOR=

3. The processor keyword FOOTPRNT

Long Name Elements

This section provides information about how long name elements are added, stored, and displayed in
CA Endevor SCM.

Adding and Retrieving Long Name Elements

These file types are used to add elements to CA Endevor SCM or retrieve elements from CA Endevor
SCM:

DSN files-CA Endevor SCM supports base and source output libraries:

PDS, PDSE

ELIB

CA Panvalet

CA Librarian

HFS

USS path and file names

Elements can be retrieved from CA Endevor SCM and saved as a DSN member or as a file in the
USS directory. There is no relationship between the element name and the member name/file
name. The element name's characteristics limit which file type can be used as the target of the
retrieve action, as shown in the following table:

Element Name Characteristics USS DSN

Long-alphanumeric mixed case and @, $, #,., - ,_ Yes No
Short-alphanumeric mixed case and @, $, #,., - ,_ Yes No
Short-alphanumeric upper case and @, $, #,., - ,_ Yes Yes

04-May-2018 708/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Long element names are greater than 10 and less than 256 characters. Short element
names are less than or equal to 10 characters.

Storing Long Name Elements

The following table summarizes the supported storage definitions and any limitations for elements in
CA Endevor SCM:

Element Name Characteristics USS DSN Base USS Source DSN Source
Base Output Output
Long-alphanumeric mixed case and @, $, Yes Forward-delta Yes No
#,., - ,_ only
Short-alphanumeric mixed case and @, $, Yes Forward-delta Yes No
#,., - ,_ only
Short-alphanumeric upper case and @, $, Yes Yes Yes Yes
#,., - ,_

Note: Long element names are greater than 10 and less than 256 characters. Short element
names are less than or equal to 10 characters.

Displaying Element Information

Element lists behave differently in the various interfaces. ISPF and Quick Edit lists use brackets to
designate long name elements and short name elements with lowercase characters. CA CMEW and
the Eclipse-Based UI display the full element name. The following table explains these differences:

Element Name Characteristics Sample Element ISPF/Quick CA CMEW

Name Edit or
Eclipse-Based
UI
Long-alphanumeric mixed case and @, $, #,., - , abcdefghijklm {abcde…} Abcdefghijklm
_
Short-alphanumeric mixed case and @, $, #,., - LoNgNaMe {LoNgNaMe} LoNgNaMe
,_
Short-alphanumeric uppercase and @, $, #,., - , ELEMENT1 ELEMENT1 ELEMENT1
_

04-May-2018 709/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Long element names are greater than 10 and less than 256 characters. Short element
names are less than or equal to 10 characters. Element information is not available from
the ISPF or Quick Edit lists. It is only available from CA CMEW or the Eclipse-Based UI. If
there are multiple long name elements and the first five characters are identical, the ISPF
list displays a single entry.

USS Files and Directories

This section provides information about USS files and directories.

USS Directories and CA Endevor SCM Libraries

With USS file support, some CA Endevor SCM libraries can be located on this file system. Currently,
the only supported libraries are:

Base

Source output

Include

The following table lists the CA Endevor SCM libraries that can be located on USS file systems:

Library z/OS USS

Master Control Files Yes No
Package data set Yes No
Base libraries Yes Yes
Delta libraries Yes No
Processor output libraries Yes No
Source output libraries Yes Yes
Processor load libraries Yes No
Processor listing libraries Yes No
CA Endevor SCM listing libraries Yes No
Include libraries Yes Yes

Note: Processors can write outputs to USS directories. In addition, ensure that the
maximum record size associated with the USS file can be accommodated by the delta
library specified on the type definition.

04-May-2018 710/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

USS Directories and Type Definitions

If an USS file is to be used as a base file no types should share this file, meaning that any type
definition that uses an USS file as a base should keep the base file unique. Also, element registration
(using Processor Group Output Types) should be used to enforce the segregation across types.

When designating USS directories as base, source output, or include libraries in type definitions, you
can use site symbolics, CA Endevor SCM symbolics, or text to construct paths. When viewing the type
definition in ISPF, symbolics are displayed for the longer paths. As with CA Endevor SCM or user
symbolics, the site symbolics are resolved at runtime.

USS Directories and CA Endevor SCM Actions

CA Endevor SCM supports USS directories for Add, Update, and Retrieve actions initiated in batch
(SCL), or from CA CMEW or the Eclipse-Based UI. The following table summarizes the actions
supported by USS locations:

Action Fields USS Support

ADD/Update 'from' Y
Retrieve 'to' Y
Archive 'to N
Restore 'from' N
Transfer 'from archive' and 'to archive' N
Unload 'to' N
Reload 'from' N

USS Files and CA Endevor SCM Actions

CA Endevor SCM lets you work with USS files, long name elements, and short names containing lower
case characters using CA CMEW, the Eclipse-Based UI, or the batch interface. The following table
summarizes the supported actions:

Action CA CMEW ISPF Quick Batch SCL

or Eclipse- Edit
Based UI.
Master display, Element name Displays full N/A {abcde…}
name
Master display, 'Retrieved to' Displays full N/A Brackets if > 44
path characters
Master display, 'Added from' Displays full N/A Brackets if > 44
path characters
Add/Update, 'Add from' Input allowed Input not Full HFS path and
allowed file name

04-May-2018 711/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action CA CMEW ISPF Quick Batch SCL

or Eclipse- Edit
Based UI.
Retrieve, 'Retrieve to' Input allowed Input not Full HFS path and
allowed file name
Type definition: Base libraries, Source output Input allowed Input not Using site symbolics
libraries, Input libraries allowed
Type display Displays full Displays N/A
path Symbolics

The HFS RECFM Field

USS/HFS files are data streams. The HFS RECFM field specifies a record delimiter used to emulate
records. To emulate records, there must be a record delimiter. This is the purpose of the HFS RECFM
field.

Note: The change of a delimiter for types with existing elements may make these elements
unusable for Retrieve actions using CA Endevor SCM, CA CMEW,or the Eclipse-Based UI.

HFS RECFM (COMP/CR/CRLF/CRNL/F/LF/NL/V)

Identifies the record delimiter used in a HFS file. A record delimiter is necessary due to the nature of
HFS files. HFS files contain one large data stream. Therefore, a delimiter is used to identify individual
records within that data stream.

This is also true for elements associated with a type defined as text (Data Format=T). When the
element is transferred from CA Endevor SCM to CA CMEW or any other client application that uses
CA Endevor SCM WebServices. These programs recognize and append the delimiter for the
exchanged records. However, these delimiters are then translated from EBCDIC to the target code
page. When the element is transferred to CA Endevor SCM, all delimiters are removed before
translation. The one exception is where two delimiters appear consecutively, in which case a single
space is inserted to avoid creating zero length records.

If a delimiter is not specified, the system defaults to NL.

Note: The change of a delimiter for types with existing elements may make these elements
unusable for Retrieve actions.

Acceptable delimiter values are the following:

COMP
Variable length records compressed by CA Endevor SCM.

CR

04-May-2018 712/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CR
Carriage return. The hex value is x'0D' (and also x'0D' in ASCII).

CRLF
Carriage return \ line feed. The hex value is x'0D25' (or x'0D0A' in ASCII). This is the default
delimiter used on the Windows platform.

CRNL
Carriage return \ new line. The hex value is x'0D15' (or x'0D0A' in ASCII).

Note: CRNL is sometimes referred to as CRLF. However, CRNL should not be confused with
the HFS RECFM value CRLF, which is the EBCDIC version.

F
Fixed Length. When the type is specified as fixed length, CA Endevor SCM does not expect or use
any delimiters found in the file. This option should also be used for Stream data especially in
binary elements, to allow the native file system (ASCII or EBCDIC) delimiters to remain
unchanged.

LF
Line feed. The hex value is x'25' (or x'0A' in ASCII).

NL
Default. New line character. The hex value is x'15' (or x'0A' in ASCII). This is the delimiter used by
the OEDIT and OBROWSE editors. It is also the default delimiter on Unix platforms and is
supported in several Windows editor environments, making it a good choice for interoperability.

V
Variable. The first four bytes of the record contain the RDW (record descriptor word). The RDW
contains the length of the entire record, including the RDW.

Note: The maximum record length is 32000 bytes.

File Permissions Given to Output UNIX Files

The file permissions given to output UNIX files are dependent on various factors as described next:

CA Endevor SCM managed files (base files and source output files)

If option ENABLE_ALTID_USS_SECURITY is enabled, then the file permissions specified in that

option are used.

Otherwise, the UNIX permissions of 777 (a=rwx) are set.

Other output files

04-May-2018 713/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Files written to by the RETRIEVE command

If the target file exists, its existing file permissions are kept.

If the target file does not exist, the UNIX permissions of 777 a=rwx are set.

The directory structure for the target output file must give all users execute access.

Files written to by CONWRITE during processor execution.

If the DD statement for the file contains file permissions ons (PATHMODE) values, those
permissions are used.

If the DD statement does not contain file permission and if the file is an existing file, the
existing permissions are kept.

If the DD statement does not contain file permission and If the file does not exist, the
UNIX permissions of 777 (a=rwx) are set.

The directory structure for the target output file must give all users execute access.

Files written by the ENUSSUTL utility, which collects package backout information for USS
processor output files.

Concurrent Access ENQUEUE Scheme

To manage concurrent use of the CA Endevor SCM footprint file when it is in a z/OS UNIX directory,
CA Endevor SCM issues an ENQUEUE for the file.

The ENQ QNAME and RNAME follow the convention used by ISPF Edit and OEDIT as documented in
the IBM ISPF Planning and Customization manual. The QNAME is SPFEDIT. RNAME is a 12-byte value
consisting of the 4-byte Inode#, the 4-byte Device# and a 4-byte sysplex indicator. The sysplex
indicator is x'00000001' if z/OS UNIX is in a sysplex (OextSysplexActv is set ON) or x'00000000' if z/OS
UNIX is not in a sysplex (OextSysplexActv is set OFF). The ENQ scope is set to SYSTEMS if z/OS UNIX is
in a sysplex, otherwise it is set to SYSTEM.

USS Supported Files and the Alternate ID

When using a USS base library, CA Endevor SCM source management accesses the library using the
alternate ID. CA Endevor SCM also uses the alternate ID when it accesses a USS source output library
in the CA Endevor SCM reserved processors BASICGEN and BASICDEL.

The security context of a processor step is determined by the following factors:

ALTID keyword
The security context used for USS file access in processor steps is determined by the ALTID
keyword. Processors can run under either the credentials of the user, or under the Alternate ID,
so that USS outputs (created, copied, compiled, and so on) will have the Alternate ID as the
owner or group owner.

04-May-2018 714/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PATHOPTS=(OCREAT)
Any USS data sets created in processor steps using PATHOPTS=(OCREAT) are created using the
security context of the user ID, prior to the invocation of the processor program. When used in
the processor step, these data sets are opened using the security context of the processor step.

EXEC PGM=BPXBATCH
The security context of a processor step executing the IBM USS utility program BPXBATCH
depends on the following factors:

Whether BPXBATCH runs a shell script (PARM=’SH’) or directly executes an executable file
(PARM=’PGM’). We recommend BPXBATCH be invoked directly as processor step.

The settings of the Environment variables _BPX_BATCH_SPAWN and _BPX_SHAREAS.

The following table shows combinations of these parameters and settings with the resulting
security context of the processor step executing BPXBATCH.

BPXBATCH parameter _BPX_BATCH_SPAWN _BPX_SHAREAS Security context

SH ANY ANY Alternate ID
PGM NO n/a Alternate ID
PGM YES NO Alternate ID
PGM YES YES User ID

BPXBATSL, BPXBATA2 and BPXBATA8

These programs always run under the context of the user ID, because they process requests in
the same manner as the last row in the prior table (_BPX_BATCH_SPAWN=YES, and
_BPX_SHAREAS=YES).

BPXBATCH in an IKJEFT01 processor step

Note: We do not recommend the use of BPXBATCH in an IKJEFT01 step, because the
results can be unpredictable.

Whether BPXBATCH invoked by a CLIST or REXX in a processor step executing IKJEFT01 executes
under the context of the alternate ID depends on the following two additional factors:

Whether or not a LGNT$$$I swap was performed prior to the invocation of BPXBATCH.

Whether or not a prior USS service call was made in the job step prior to the BPXPBATCH call.
For example, the prior USS service call could occur when a USS Base or Source Output Library
was used during the CA Endevor SCM job step, or when a shell script was executed in this or
any prior CA Endevor SCM action.

The following table shows the security context results from these two additional factors when
calling BPXBATCH from a processor step that executes IKJEFT01:

LGNT$$$I swap performed Prior USS Service call made Security context

04-May-2018 715/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Yes No Alternate ID
Yes Yes Failure
No No User ID
No Yes User ID

04-May-2018 716/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Optional Feature Table ENCOPTBL

The optional feature table (OFT) supplied with CA Endevor SCM provides you with a simple
mechanism to customize the product for your site. This facility lets you configure your
implementation of CA Endevor SCM by specifying which features that you want to activate. After
modifying the OFT source, assemble and link the table, placing the output into the CA Endevor SCM
execution library.

The optional feature table embedded in ENCOPTNS provides a description of each option with
detailed information about parameter values and downstream effects.

The OFT source, as distributed, contains each option already coded, but inactive. To activate an entry,
remove the asterisk (*) in column 1 and verify that the second parameter, if required, contains the
appropriate value. Use sample JCL BC1JTABL to assemble and link ENCOPTBL to your iprfx.iqual.
CSIQAUTU outside of SMP/E or use an SMP/E USERMOD to accomplish this. BC1JTABL is supplied in
the installation library iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.

The optional feature table is provided with the CA Endevor SCM installation files as member
ENCOPTBL in the installation TABLES library (iprfx.iqual.CSIQSRC).

04-May-2018 717/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Package Administration
Contents

What Is a Package? (see page 718)

Package Benefits (see page 718)
Package Lifecycle (see page 719)
Reviewing Packages (see page 720)
Executing Packages (see page 721)
Committing Packages (see page 721)

What Is a Package?
A package is a set of CA Endevor® SCM actions that might require approval before being executed. To
create a package, the user defines SCL that specifies actions to be performed against Elements. The
SCL in a package must be explicit. Wildcarding is not allowed in any SCL contained in a package. When
you create a package, you define it as a standard (default) package or as an emergency package.
Emergency packages require approval from emergency approver groups. An emergency approver
group must be given the authority to approve emergency packages. When creating a package, you
must also specify whether it is a promotion package. A promotion package can contain Move actions
only and can be easily reused. A promotion package can be either a standard or an emergency
package.

Note: For information about how to create packages and perform package actions in foreground see
Package Element Actions. For information about SCL statements for packages, see Manage Packages
in Batch (Batch Package Facility).

Package Benefits
You can use packages to do the following actions:

Lock the Elements in a package. Locking prevents modification of the Element at the source of the
package action, target of the package action, or both.

Validate the actions in the package before executing the package.

Require that a package be approved before it can be executed. Approver groups can be defined
locally or to an external security product such as CA Top Secret for z/OS, IBM RACF, or CA ACF2
for z/OS.

Inspect the Elements in a package for security, signout, synchronization conflicts, and source
changes that might affect its successful execution.

Validate package components to prevent Elements from being moved until the Elements have
been assembled, compiled, or linked with current versions of all their dependencies.

04-May-2018 718/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Restart a package if it fails during execution. The package is "checkpointed" and, when re-
executed, begins at the first action that failed and re-executes the failed actions.

Back out package outputs (and later back in) after a package has been executed.

Ship package outputs to remote locations.

Secure package actions using the External Security Interface (ESI) or using approver groups.

Customize package processing using exit points before and after each package function,

Execute package functions in batch mode.

Package Lifecycle
The package lifecycle consists of five steps. A package is created, then cast and later reviewed by the
appropriate approvers. When the package is approved, it is executed and, when no further
modifications are required, the package can be committed and optionally archived and deleted.

After a package has been executed, its outputs can be backed out, backed in, or shipped to remote
locations.

CA Endevor® SCM assigns packages a status at each phase of the lifecycle and provides exit points
before and after all package functions.

The following table shows the change in package status that occurs when each package function is
performed. The table also lists the next appropriate action after the specified package action is
performed.

Package Function Old Status New Status Next Action

Create package (build, import, copy) None In-Edit Modify or cast
Modify package (edit, import, copy) In-edit In-edit Cast
Cast package
In-edit In-approval Review
Successful
In-edit Approved Execute
Approval
In-edit In-edit Correct, re-cast
No Approval

Unsuccessful
Review package
In-approval Approved Execute
Approved
In-approval Denied Reset and correct
Denied
Execute package
Approved In-execution None

04-May-2018 719/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Package Function Old Status New Status Next Action

Before execution In-execution Executed Backout, Backin, Ship, Commit

After execution In-execution Exec-failed Correct and re-execute

Successful

Unsuccessful
Commit package Executed Committed Delete, Reset, Archive
Backout package Executed Executed None, Backin, Ship
Backin package Executed Executed None, Backout, Ship
Ship package Executed Executed None, Backout, Backin, Commit

Note: At any time during package processing, you can reset a package to In-edit status. You
can backout and backin a package as many times as necessary - until you commit the
package.

Reviewing Packages
A package must be reviewed if one or more approver groups are associated with the inventory areas
included in the package. Once a package is in the review phase, only designated approvers can access
the package and review its contents. If the Dynamic Approvers option is enabled in the CA Endevor®
SCM Options Table, package approvers can add more users as one-time approvers for a particular
package while it is in the in-approval state.

To be approved, a package must:

Receive approval from at least the required approvers.

Receive approval from a quorum of approvers.

Not be denied approval by any approvers

A local approver group is an approver group which contains approver user IDs defined to CA
Endevor® SCM. An external approver group is an approver group which has no user IDs defined in CA
Endevor® SCM. Instead, the user IDs are defined to the external security packages such as CA Top
Secret, RACF, or CA ACF2.

Note: For more information about approver groups, see Approver Groups (https://docops.ca.
com/display/CE/Using+Approver+Groups).

Example: Use Approvers

04-May-2018 720/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The approver group PKGQA consists of three approvers. The approver group was established with a
quorum size of 2, with one approver required. This means that in addition to the required approver,
one of the two remaining members of the approver group must approve the package for it to be
executed.

The following table shows the package status in relationship to the review phase:

Phase Status Next Action

Before Review In-approval Review
After Review Approved (if approval granted) Execute
Denied (if approval not granted) Reset and Correct

Executing Packages
The package can be either executed online or submitted in batch. To execute the package, the user
must have the authority to execute the package and the authority to perform the actions that are
contained in the package.

The following table shows the package status in relationship to the execution phase. The outputs of
packages that have been executed can be backed out, backed in, or shipped to remote locations.

Phase Status Next Action

Before Execution Approved Execute
During Execution In-execution
Successful Executed Backout, backin, ship, or commit
Unsuccessful Exec-failed Correct and re-execute, backout, backin

Note: CA Endevor® SCM releases Element locks during package execution. Each lock is
released after the associated action completes successfully.

Committing Packages
Package processing provides you with the ability to backout, and later backin, change packages, if
necessary. The BACKOUT/BACKIN option is available only after you have executed a package. All
package event information (user, date, and time information pertaining to each step of the package
processing procedure), and backout/backin data, is maintained with the package until you commit
the package.

Committing a package simply removes any backout/backin data while retaining package event
information. Commit a package only when you are sure that you no longer need to back it out or in.
The following table shows the package status in relationship to the commit phase:

04-May-2018 721/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Phase Status Next Action

Before Commit Executed Commit, Archive

After Commit Committed Delete, Reset, Archive

Processing Packages in Batch

Contents

Specify SCL Data Set Information (see page 723)

Create a Selection List of Packages (see page 724)
How to Specify Actions to Perform on Selected Packages (see page 726)
How to Specify Additional Package Action Information (see page 728)
Submit SCL for Processing (see page 738)
Batch Package Execution Report (see page 738)

CA Endevor® SCM Batch Package Facility lets you perform package processing in batch. This process
involves placing package action SCL in an SCL data set and specifying when to submit this SCL for
processing.

Additionally, the CA Endevor® SCM Batch Package Facility:

Supports all foreground package actions, except the Dynamic Approver option. For more
information, see the chapter "Processing Packages in Foreground."

Provides the additional package actions:

SUBMIT

ARCHIVE

INSPECT

Has the same package status requirements as those used in foreground.

Supports before-and-after package exits.

Invokes the GENPKGID exit, if installed, to generate a new package ID. For information on package
exits, see Exits Reference (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Exits+Reference).

The SUBMIT action allows you to schedule package execution using the CA 7 scheduling
application. For information about implementing the CA 7 interface, see Using the CA 7 Interface
for Package Execution (see page 765).

To generate and submit package action SCL for processing in batch:

Specify SCL data set information.

Create a selection list of packages.

04-May-2018 722/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Create a selection list of packages.

Specify the package actions to be performed on selected packages.

Specify additional package action information if it is required for the action you chose to perform.

Specify when to submit the package action SCL for batch processing.

Specify SCL Data Set Information

You specify SCL data set information on the Batch Package panel. This panel lets you build the SCL
necessary to perform package processing in batch, or edit, browse, or submit existing SCL.

Follow these steps:

1. Access the Batch Package panel by typing 6 (Batch Packages) in the OPTION field on the
Primary Options Menu and pressing Enter.

2. Select an action by typing the number of the action you want to use in the ...SELECT AN
ACTION field. The following describes the valid actions:

1. Build SCL
Creates the SCL necessary to perform package processing in batch.

2. Edit SCL
Edits batch package SCL using the standard ISPF/PDF edit facility.

3. Browse SCL
Reviews batch package SCL using the standard ISPF/PDF browse facility.

5. Build Additional JCL

Builds additional JCL statements to be submitted with the execution JCL.

6. Submit JCL
Submits a JCL job stream that executes one or more package in batch. Before submitting
the job, you can use action 5 to specify additional DD statements to be included with the
job.

3. Enter the name of the SCL data set that contains the package action SCL or that you want to
contain the package action SCL in the SCL DATA SET NAME fields or the SEQUENTIAL OR
PARTITIONED DATA SET field. Use standard ISPF data set specifications. You can specify a
partitioned data set or a sequential file. The record length of the data set can be fixed (exactly
80) or variable (at least 84).

4. Specify SCL Processing Options in the SCL PROCESSING OPTION fields:

a. APPEND TO EXISTING SCL--Type Y in this field if you wish to append new SCL to
existing SCL in the specified data set. Type N in this field if you want to replace the
data that currently exists in that data set.

b.
04-May-2018 723/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

b. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL JCL--Type Y in this field if you wish to include additional JCL to
be submitted with the execution JCL. Use action 5, BUILD ADDITIONAL JCL, to specify
the additional DD statements to be included. Type N in this field if you do not want to
include additional DD statements.

5. If you are ready to submit the package action SCL for processing specify the JCL job statement
in the JCL JOB STATEMENTS field to execute the package actions, using action 6, Submit JCL.
Otherwise continue with Step 6.

6. Press Enter. The panel that appears depends upon the action you specified in Step 2 above, as
shown in the following:

1. Build SCL
The Package Specification panel appears.

2. Edit SCL
The ISPF edit panel appears displaying the data set you specified in Step 3. Use this panel
to edit batch package SCL.

3. Browse SCL
The ISPF browse panel appears displaying the data set you specified in Step 3. Use this
panel to review the batch package SCL.

5. Build Additional JCL

The Batch Package Additional JCL panel appears. Use this to specify additional JCL
statements to be submitted with the execution JCL.

6. Submit JCL
The package action SCL is submitted using the JCL job statement specified in the JCL JOB
STATEMENT field.

Create a Selection List of Packages

The Package Specification Panel, appears when you select action 1, Build SCL, from the Batch Package
panel.

This panel lets you perform the following actions:

Build a package selection list from which you select the package actions to be performed on one
or more packages.

Define (create) a new package or update an existing package.

Build a Package Selection List

Follow these steps:

1. Select DISPLAY LIST by typing 0 in the .SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Provide a package ID in the PACKAGE ID field. You can:

04-May-2018 724/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
2.

Enter a specific package ID to apply an action to a specific package.

Generate a selection list by leaving this blank or by specifying a wildcard in this field. CA
Endevor® SCM builds a list of packages that match the wildcard.

3. To limit your selection list of packages to those with a specific status, type Y in the
appropriate status field(s). If you do not wish to include packages of a specific status type in
your selection list, tab to that field(s) and type N.

4. To limit your selection list to packages that were created a specific number of days ago,
specify the number of days (up to 999) in the ADDITIONAL SELECTION CRITERIA field.

5. To limit your selection list by enterprise or promotion packages, use the following fields:

ENTERPRISE_PKG -- Specifies whether the package is an enterprise package associated

with CA CMEW.

A - Display enterprise and non-enterprise packages in the list.

E - Limit the list to enterprise packages.

X - Exclude enterprise packages from the list.

You can use the promotion package filter options to limit the selection list by promotion
flag and target location. For more information about the filters, see Promotion Package
Filter Options.

6. Press Enter, the Package Selection List appears. You can then apply actions to one or more of
the packages in this list.

You can specify one or any combination of the fields on this panel when building a package selection
list.

Note: For more information about applying actions to packages in the selection list, see
How to Specify Actions to Perform on Selected Packages (see page 726).

Define or Update a Package

Follow these steps:

1. Select DEFINE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Type the fully-qualified ID of the package you wish to create or update in the PACKAGE ID
field.

04-May-2018 725/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: If you have the optional GENPKGID exit enabled at you site, you can leave this
field blank, and a new package ID is automatically generated when you press Enter.
For more information about the GENPKGID exit, see Exits Reference (https://docops.
ca.com/display/CE17/Exits+Reference).

3. Press Enter. The panel that appears next depends on whether you are creating a new package
or updating an existing one. The Create a New Package panel appears when creating a new
package. The Modify an Existing Package panel appears when updating a package.

How to Specify Actions to Perform on Selected Packages

The Package Selection List panel, appears when you select DISPLAY LIST from the Package
Specifications Panel.

This panel lets you apply actions to one or more of the packages in the list. Specify the actions you
wish to perform on the package by typing the two-letter action code beside the appropriate package
ID and pressing Enter. If additional information is required to process a particular action, a second
panel appears so you can enter the appropriate information for that action. The Additional
Information panels are described in the Specify Additional Package Action Information section.

Note: The Package Selection List contains all packages that meet the criteria specified on
the Package Specification Panel. You may not, however, be authorized to perform all
actions against every package in the list for the following reasons:

The package is in the wrong state for the action selected.

The package is non-shareable and you are not the owner of the package.

The package has one or more approvers associated with it of which you are not a member.

If no additional information is required for the specified action the word "written" appears next to
the package ID to indicate that the package action SCL has been written to the SCL data set. To exit
the Package Selection List, enter the END command. The Batch Package panel appears again.

Package Actions
This table lists and defines the batch package actions that you can specify, along with the required
status of the package to which that action is applied. The table also indicates the panel that appears if
additional information is required to process that action.

Action Description Required Additional

Status Information Panel
Define Updates an existing package In-edit for Modify an Existing
an existing Package panel. For
package more information,

04-May-2018 726/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action Description Required Additional

Status Information Panel
see The Submit
Package Panel (see
page ).
Cast Casts a package, which freezes the data and prevents In-edit Cast Package panel.
further changes at that time For more
information, see
The Cast Package
Panel (see page
).
Approve Approves a package for execution In- Approve Package
approval panel. For more
information, see
The Approve
Package Panel (see
page ).
Deny Denies execution of a package In- Deny Package
approval panel. For more
information, see
The Deny Package
Panel (see page
).
Execute Executes a package Approved Execute Package
panel. For more
information, see
The Execute
Package Panel (see
page ).
Backout Backs out the change package to restore the executable Executed, None
and output modules to the state they were in prior to In-
execution execution
and Exec-
failed
Backin Backs a package in, reversing the BACKOUT PACKAGE Executed None
action
Commit Commits a package removing all backout/backin data, Executed None
but retaining package event information
Reset Resets a package to a status of In-edit Any status None
Delete Deletes an entire package from CA Endevor® SCM Any status None
Export Writes the SCL associated with a package to an external Any status Export Package
data set panel. For more
information, see
The Export Package
Panel (see page
).
Submit Submits a JCL job stream to execute one or more
packages

04-May-2018 727/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action Description Required Additional

Status Information Panel
Approved Submit Package
or Exec- panel. For more
failed information, see
The Submit
Package Panel (see
page ).
Archive Offloads a package definition to an external data set. The Executed if Archive Package
ARCHIVE action can, optionally, delete the package after backout is panel. For more
it is successfully written to an external data set. not information, see
enabled The Archive
Package Panel (see
Committed page ).
if backout
is enabled
Inspect The Inspect action checks each element for security, In- None
signout, and synchronization conflicts and source approval,
changes and reports on the changes in element status Approved,
that might affect the successful execution of the package. In-
For a list of validations for INSPECT, see Component execution,
Validation. or Exec-
failed
Package Displays information about a package Any status Package Summary
Summary Panel

How to Specify Additional Package Action Information

CA Endevor® SCM requires additional information for certain package actions specified on the
Package Selection List panel. An additional panel appears for the following actions so that you can
enter the required information:

APPROVE

ARCHIVE

CAST

DEFINE

DENY

EXECUTE

EXPORT

SUBMIT

This section describes each of the panels that appear.

04-May-2018 728/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Approve Package Panel

The Approve Package panel appears when you specify the APPROVE (AP) action on the Package
Selection panel. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Approve a package for execution.

Cancel the APPROVE action.

Enter notes you may want to associate with the package.

To approve a package

1. Select APPROVE PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To cancel the APPROVE action

1. Select CANCEL THE APPROVE ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To enter notes

1. Select ENTER PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter. The Enter Package Note Text panel appears.

Archive Package Panel

The ARCHIVE PACKAGE action offloads a package definition to an external data set. Archiving
provides more file space and improves performance. For more information, see SCL Reference (
https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/SCL+Reference).

You can only use an Archived package to generate package reports against the output data set. For
more information, see the chapter “Archived Package Reports” in Reports (https://docops.ca.com
/display/CE17/Reports).

The Archive Package panel appears when you specify the ARCHIVE (AR) action on the Package
Selection panel. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Archive a package definition to an external data set. The ARCHIVE action can, optionally, delete
the package after it is successfully written to an external data set. For promotion packages, the
current and all historical versions are archived, and the delete option deletes all versions of a
package.

Cancel the ARCHIVE action.

Display any notes associated with the package.

To archive a package

1. Select ARCHIVE PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

04-May-2018 729/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Select ARCHIVE PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Enter the name of the data set to which the package definition is to be archived in the
ARCHIVE TO DATA SET NAME fields or the OTHER PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL DATA SET
field. Use standard ISPF data set specifications. The archive package file must be defined with
variable length records and have a minimum record length of 4200. The data set blocksize
must be 4 bytes greater than the record length. We recommend that you define a blocksize of
0 and let the system default to the optimum block size.

3. Specify your desired archive options in the ARCHIVE OPTIONS fields:

a. DELETE AFTER ARCHIVE--Type Y in this field if you wish to delete the package after the
package definition is successfully archived. If this is a promotion package, all versions
of the package are deleted. Type N in this field if you do not want to delete the
package after it is archived.

b. REPLACE MEMBER--Type Y in this field if you wish to replace an existing like-named

member. You can only replace a member if a member name is specified in the
ARCHIVE TO DATA SET NAME fields. Type N in this field if you do not want to replace
the member.

c. Press Enter.

To cancel the ARCHIVE action

1. Select CANCEL THE ARCHIVE ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To display notes

1. Select DISPLAY PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. The Display Package Note Text panel appears.

Cast Package Panel

The Cast Package panel appears when you specify the CAST (CA) action on the Package Selection
panel. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Cast a package.

Cancel the CAST action.

Enter notes you may want to associate with the package.

To cast a package

1. Select CAST PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Specify whether CA Endevor® SCM should validate package components when casting the
package in the VALIDATE COMPONENTS field.

a. Y-Validate components, and do not allow the cast if validation fails.

04-May-2018 730/1109
 2.
CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

a. Y-Validate components, and do not allow the cast if validation fails.

b. N-Do not validate components

c. W-Validate components, but do not fail the cast if there are errors. You can only
specify this field if your site allows you to specify, through C1DEFLTS, whether
component validation is to be performed.

Note: For more information about component validation, see Component Validation
(https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Component+Validation).

3. Specify whether the backout/backin facility is available for this package in the ENABLE
BACKOUT field:

a. Y-The backout/backin facility can be used.

b. N-The backout/backin facility cannot be used with this package.

4. Specify the time frame within which the package can be executed, by date (in ddmmmyy
format) and time (in hh:mm format) in the EXECUTION WINDOW FROM/TO field. The initial
values are taken from the package definition.

5. Press Enter.

To cancel the CAST action

1. Select CANCEL THE CAST ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To enter notes

1. Select ENTER PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter. The Enter Package Note Text panel appears.

Create a Package Panel

This panel appears when you select action 1, Define, on the Package Specification Panel to create a
new package.

Important! You can define a new package using the Define Package panel by copying the
contents of an existing package or by importing the SCL from an existing data set. The
Batch Package Facility does not provide a mechanism to build the action SCL that makes up
a package. You can do this either by:

Using option 5, PACKAGES, on the Primary Options Menu.

04-May-2018 731/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Using option 3, BATCH, on the Primary Options Menu.

Entering the SCL using the ISPF/PDF editor.

You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Define a new package.

Cancel the DEFINE action.

Enter notes you may want to associate with the package.

To define a package

1. Select DEFINE PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Specify the appropriate information in the following fields:

Description
Provide a package description. You can enter up to a 50-character description. If the text
contains embedded spaces enclose it in single quotation marks.

Package Type
Specify the type of package: standard or emergency.

Promotion Package
Indicates whether this is a promotion package.

Y-The package is a promotion package.

N-The package is not a promotion package.

Sharable Package
Specify whether this package can be edited by more than one person when in In-edit
status.

Y-The package is shareable, and can be edited by other than the package creator.

N-The package can be edited only by its creator.

Enable Backout
Specify whether the backout/backin facility is available for this package:

Y-The backout/backin facility can be used

N-The backout/backin facility cannot be used with this package.

Append To Package
Specify whether you want to append imported or copied data to the contents of this
package. If you do not append the data, the contents of the package will be overwritten
with the new information. This field is valid only if the SCL IMPORT DATA SET NAME fields
or the PACKAGE TO BE COPIED field are specified.

04-May-2018 732/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Y-Append new data to the existing package

N-Overwrite the existing contents of the package

Execution Window From/to

Specify the time frame within which the package can be executed, by date (in ddmmmyy
format) and time (in hh:mm format).

Package To Be Copied
Enter a package ID in this field if you want the DEFINE action to copy SCL from an existing
package into the package you are creating. The package ID you specify must be a fully
qualified, existing package.

SCL Import Data Set Name

Specify an existing data set name or DD statement if you would like the DEFINE action to
import the SCL from the data set specified into the package you are creating. Use standard
ISPF data set specifications.

Other SCL Partitioned or Sequential Data Set

Specify the data set name of the data set containing the SCL you want to import into the
package you are creating. You can specify a partitioned data set or a sequential file. The
record length of the data set can be fixed (exactly 80) or variable (at least 84).

To cancel the DEFINE action

1. Select CANCEL THE DEFINE ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To enter notes

1. Select ENTER PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter. The Enter Package Note Text panel appears.

Deny Package Panel

The Deny Package panel appears when you specify the DENY (DN) action on the Package Selection
panel. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Deny execution of a package.

Cancel the DENY action.

Enter notes you may want to associate with the package

To deny a package

1. Select DENY PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To cancel the DENY action

04-May-2018 733/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Select CANCEL THE DENY ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To enter notes

1. Select ENTER PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter. The Enter Package Note Text panel appears.

Execute Package Panel

The Execute Package panel appears when you specify the EXECUTE (EX) action on the Package
Selection panel. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Execute a package.

Cancel the EXECUTE action.

Display notes associated with the package

To execute a package

1. Select EXECUTE PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Specify the time frame within which the package can be executed, by date (in ddmmmyy
format) and time (in hh:mm format in the EXECUTION WINDOW FROM/TO field. The values in
this field are taken from the package definition and can be changed only if the existing
execution window is closed.

3. Press Enter.

To cancel the EXECUTE action

1. Select CANCEL THE EXECUTE ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To display notes

1. Select DISPLAY PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter. The Display Package Note Text panel appears.

Export Package Panel

The Export Package panel appears when you specify the EXPORT (EP) action on the Package Selection
panel. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Export the SCL associated with a package to an external data set.

Cancel the EXPORT action.

04-May-2018 734/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Display notes associated with a package.

To export a package

1. Select EXPORT PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Specify the location of the external data set to which the SCL will be written in the EXPORT TO
DATA SET NAME fields. Use standard ISPF data set specifications. You can specify a partitioned
data set or a sequential file. The record length of the data set can be fixed (exactly 80) or
variable (at least 84).

3. Type Y in the EXPORT OPTIONS REPLACE MEMBER field if you want CA Endevor® SCM to
replace an existing like-named member when exporting the SCL to the external data set. You
can only replace a member if a member name is specified in the EXPORT TO DATA SET NAME
fields. Type N in this field if you do not want to replace an existing like-named member.

4. Press Enter.

To cancel the EXPORT action

1. Select CANCEL THE EXPORT ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

To display notes

1. Select DISPLAY PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter. The Display Package Note Text panel appears.

Modify an Existing Package Panel

The Modify an Existing Package panel appears when you specify an existing package on the Package
Specification Panel or when you specify the DEFINE (DE) action on the Package Selection List to
update an existing package. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Update an existing package.

Cancel the DEFINE action.

Enter notes you may want to associate with the package.

To update a package

1. Select DEFINE PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Modify the appropriate information in the following fields:

Description
Provide a package description. The current package description of the package you are
updating appears in this field. You can enter or modify an up to 50-character description.
If the text contains embedded spaces enclose it in single quotation marks.

Package Type

04-May-2018 735/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Package Type
Specify the type of package: standard or emergency.

Sharable Package
Specify whether this package can be edited by more than one person when in In-edit
status.

Y -- The package is shareable, and can be edited by someone other than the package
creator

N -- The package can be edited only by its creator.

Enable Backout
Specify whether the backout/backin facility is available for this package:

Y -- The backout/backin facility can be used

N -- The backout/backin facility cannot be used with this package

Append to Package
Specify whether you want to append imported or copied data to the contents of this
package. If you do not append the data, the contents of the package will be overwritten
with the new information. This field is valid only if the SCL IMPORT DATA SET NAME fields
or the PACKAGE TO BE COPIED field are specified.

Y -- Append new data to the existing package.

N -- Overwrite the existing contents of the package.

Execution Window From/To

Specify the time frame within which the package can be executed, by date (in ddmmmyy
format) and time (in hh:mm format).

Package to Be Copied
Enter a package ID in this field if you want the DEFINE action to copy SCL from an existing
package into the package you are updating. The package ID you specify must be a fully
qualified, existing package.

SCL Import Data Set Name

Specify an existing data set name or DD statement if you would like the DEFINE action to
copy the SCL from the data set specified into the package you are updating. Use standard
ISPF data set specifications.

Other SCL Partitioned or Sequential Data Set

Specify the data set name of the data set containing the SCL you want to import into the
package you are updating. You can specify a partitioned data set or a sequential file. The
record length of the data set can be fixed (exactly 80) or variable (at least 84).

To cancel the DEFINE action

1. Select CANCEL THE DEFINE ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

04-May-2018 736/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To enter notes

1. Select ENTER PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.
The Enter Package Note Text panel appears.

Package Summary Panel

The Package Summary panel appears when you specify PACKAGE SUMMARY (PS) on the Package
Selection panel. You can use this panel to display and review information about a package, exit the
Package Summary panel, or display notes associated with a package.

To exit the Package Summary panel use the END command or

1. Select END SUMMARY DISPLAY by typing 1 in the...SELECT AN OPTION... field.

2. Press Enter.

To display any notes associated with a package

1. Select DISPLAY PACKAGE NOTES by typing N in the ... SELECT AN OPTION... field.

2. Press Enter. The Display Package Note Text panel appears.

Submit Package Panel

The Submit Package panel appears when you specify the SUBMIT (SU) action on the Package
Selection panel. You can use this panel to perform the following actions:

Submit a JCL job stream to execute a package.

Cancel the SUBMIT action.

A sample JCL job stream for submitting a package can be found in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL, member name
ENDEVOR. Use this as a model for your own Submit procedure.

To submit a package

1. Select SUBMIT PACKAGE by typing 1 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Specify the location of the data set containing the JCL jobcard in the JOB CARD DATA SET
NAME fields or the OTHER PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL JOB CARD DATA SET field. Use
standard ISPF data set specifications. You can specify a partitioned data set or a sequential
file. The record length of the data set can be fixed (exactly 80) or variable (at least 84).

3. Specify the one- to eight-character JCL procedure name to be invoked in the SUBMIT OPTIONS
JCL PROCEDURE NAME field. A sample of a procedure is in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL member
ENDEVOR.

4. Press Enter.

To cancel the SUBMIT action

04-May-2018 737/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Select CANCEL THE SUBMIT ACTION by typing 2 in the ...SELECT AN ACTION field.

2. Press Enter.

Enter Package Note Text Panel

The Enter Package Note Text panel appears when you select N on the Approve Package, Cast
Package, Create a New Package, Deny Package, and Modify an Existing Package panels. Use this panel
to enter text you want to associate with the package. You may enter or modify eight text lines of up
to 60 characters each. Modify the text by deleting, inserting, and overtyping. Use cursor control keys
to move within the text and the PA2 key to refresh the screen.

When you finish typing the text, press Enter then the END command to save your changes, otherwise
press the END command to cancel text updates and return to the previous panel.

Display Package Note Text Panel

The Display Package Note Text panel appears when you select N on the Archive Package, Execute
Package, Export Package, and Package Summary panels. Use this panel to review any notes
associated with a package. When you have finished reviewing the package notes use the END
command to return to the previous panel.

Submit SCL for Processing

The package actions you selected on the Package Selection List panel are placed in the SCL data set
you specified on the Batch Package panel. They are not processed until you submit them.

Follow these steps:

1. Select action 6, on the Batch Package panel.

2. Provide at least one JCL JOB statement in JCL JOB STATEMENT field.

3. Press Enter.

Batch Package Execution Report

As the Batch Package Facility is processing, CA Endevor® SCM writes a report to the C1MSGS1 DD
statement. The report is divided into the following three sections:

The Statement Summary Report

The Action Execution Report

The Action Summary Report

04-May-2018 738/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Statement Summary Report

When you submit your batch package actions, CA Endevor® SCM validates the SCL syntax and assigns
a statement number to each SCL statement. The Statement Summary Report lists your control
statements and error messages, if any are detected. If no errors are detected, processing continues
and the Action Execution and Action Summary Reports are produced. If errors do exist, processing is
terminated.

Action Execution Report

The Action Execution Report contains the messages generated by each action during its processing.

Action Summary Report

The Action Summary report summarizes the actions performed by the Batch Package Facility. The
report contains one line for each package processed by each action. The report line identifies the
action, the package ID, and the action return code.

Approver Groups
Contents

External Approver Groups and RACF (see page 741)

External Approver Groups and CA Top Secret (see page 742)
External Approver Groups and CA ACF2 for z/OS (see page 742)
Approver Group Request Panel (see page 743)
Display an Approver Group Definition (see page 744)
Display an Approver Group Selection List (see page 744)
Delete an Approver Group Definition (see page 744)
Create an Approver Group Definition (see page 745)
Update an Approver Group Definition (see page 745)
Approver Group Selection List (see page 745)
Display an Approver Group Definition (see page 746)
Delete an Approver Group Definition (see page 746)
Update an Approver Group Definition (see page 747)
Approver Group Definition Panel (see page 747)
Delete an Approver Group Definition (see page 748)
Create an Approver Group Definition (see page 749)
Update an Approver Group Definition (see page 749)
Dynamic Approver Group Panel (see page 750)
Approver Group Relation Request Panel (see page 751)
Display a List of All Approver Group Relationships (see page 752)
Display a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 752)
Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 753)

Create a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 754)

04-May-2018 739/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Create a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 754)
Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area (see page 754)
Approver Group Relationship List (see page 755)
Display a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 755)
Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 756)
Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area (see page 757)
Approver Group Relationship Panel (see page 757)
Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 758)
Create a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group (see page 758)
Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area (see page 759)
Locking and Approver Groups (see page 759)

Approver groups are used with package processing. A package is similar to a request data set in that it
contains one or more CA Endevor® SCM actions which are to be performed. However, a package may
require approval before it can be executed. Approval is "electronic sign-off" for the package.
Packages can be approved or denied by people who have been identified as approvers. An approver
group is simply a particular subset of those people.

Note: The C1DEFLTS parameter APRVFLG can be set to 'no' to turn off the package
processing requirement.

Approver groups can be defined externally or internally to CA Endevor® SCM. When a group is
defined internally, all approver user IDs are stored in the master control file along with the approver
group definition. When a group is defined externally, the approver group definition is stored in the
master control file and the approver user IDs are stored in the external security product in use at
your site. If you want to define a user ID as required to approve packages, you must use an internal
approver group.

When using external approver groups, the CA Endevor® SCM approver group name must be the same
name as the group defined to the external security product.

When creating approver groups, you can specify the following:

A quorum size. This is the minimum of approvers from the group who must approve a package
before it can be executed.

Required approvers. For example, if you want the project leader for a development group to
approve all changes to the software with which the group is working, you can designate the
project leader as a required approver.

Note: Since external groups don't have any approvers defined locally to CA Endevor® SCM,
required approvers are not applicable for these groups.

04-May-2018 740/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Any required approvers in an approver group must approve a package before it can be executed.
Even if the quorum requirements are met, if a required approver has not yet approved a package, it
cannot be executed.

There are three types of approver groups:

Standard approver groups can only approve standard packages.

Emergency approver groups can only approve emergency packages.

Dynamic approver groups can only be assigned to approve a package while the package is in the
in-approval state.

When an approver group is related to a particular inventory area, then the group must approve
packages containing actions that affect elements in that inventory area. An inventory area consists of
a logical classification (system, subsystem, and type) within a CA Endevor® SCM location
(environment and stage).

Multiple approver groups can be associated with one inventory area. A single approver group can be
associated with many inventory areas.

Note: Once an approver group has been related to an inventory area, all processing for that
inventory area must be performed using packages. You can exempt certain actions from
this restriction by using the CA Endevor® SCM Optional Features Table.

External Approver Groups and RACF

In the case that the CA Endevor® SCM group matches the name of an existing RACF group, you will
not need to do anything more. All users that are currently connected to that RACF group will be
approvers. If the CA Endevor® SCM approver group name does not match an existing RACF group,
you will need to have the RACF Administrator create a new group, using the ADDGROUP command.
You will then need to provide a list of users which will be associated with the group. Your RACF
Administrator will need to CONNECT those users to the new group. If a user is to be connected to
more than one access group be sure the RACF system option GRPLISTis activated. GRPLIST activates a
list-of-groups access checking. A user's access authority is based upon the authority of all groups to
which the user is connected.

Note: For more information, see your site's RACF administrator.

04-May-2018 741/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

External Approver Groups and CA Top Secret

If you are using CA Top Secret for your external security package, to set up external approver groups,
you must define an IBMGROUP, and permit users, profiles, or both to it. The name of the IBMGROUP
should match with the name of the CA Endevor® SCM Approver Group.

In the following example, the IBMGROUP is 'External' and it associates the QA Profile group of users
to that IBMGROUP. ADD(dept) is the department acid you want to own the resource and PERMIT
(acid) is the user acid you want to permit it to. The PERMIT(acid) can be an attached profile or the ALL
record if all users should have access.

The following is an example of the IBMGROUP in CA Top Secret:

TSS ADD(dept) IBMGROUP(EXTERNAL) <=== must match CA Endevor® SCM approver group name
TSS PERMIT(acid) (QA) IBMGROUP(EXTERNAL)
             ¬ ¬
PROFILE Associates the QA profile group of
users to the IBMGROUP External

External Approver Groups and CA ACF2 for z/OS

To create an external approver group under CA ACF2 for z/OS Security, you must set up resource
class ENDAPR and write rules to allow access to the ENDAPR resources (approver groups) by the
users that belong to the groups.

The following are sample ACF2 commands that will define the ENDAPR resource class to CA ACF2 for z
/OS Security. Substitute your values for lowercase items.
SET CONTROL(GSO)
INSERT CLASMAP.endapr RESOURCE(ENDAPR) RSRCTYPE(end) ENTITYLN(16)

For improved performance, it is suggested that the ENDAPR resource class be made resident by
adding it to the INFODIR record. If masked rule keys are used, this is required.
CHANGE INFODIR TYPES(R-Rend)

To activate these records, issue the following console command:

F ACF2,REFRESH(ALL)

If the ENDAPR resource class was made resident, any modifications to the resource rules will not be
active until the following console command is issued:
F ACF2, REBUILD(end)

The following sample rules would create two approver groups:

endgrp1

endgrp2.

In this example, user1, user2, and user3 would belong to endgrp1; all users would belong to endgrp2.

04-May-2018 742/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

$KEY(endgrp1) TYPE(end)
 UID(user1) ALLOW
 UID(user2) ALLOW
 UID(user3) ALLOW
$KEY(endgrp2) TYPE(end)
 UID(*) ALLOW

Use the appropriate UID string for your site and the UID string in the rule can be masked. If your site
has any questions, contact your local CA ACF2 for z/OS Security Support.

Approver Group Request Panel

Use option 9, Approver Group, from the Environment Options Menu to maintain the approver groups
defined to a particular environment. When you select option 9, CA Endevor® SCM returns the
Approver Group Request panel.

Use the Approver Group Request panel to perform the following actions:

Display the current definition of a specified approver group.

Display a selection list of current approver groups.

Delete an approver group.

Create an approver group.

Update the definition of an approver group.

The following fields appear on the Approver Group Request panel:

Blank
Use this field to display the current definition of a specified approver group.

#
Use this field to delete an approver group.

C
Use this field to create an approver group.

U
Use this field to update the definition of an approver group.

Environment
Name of the environment in which the approver group you want is defined. The current
environment is displayed initially. Fill in a new name and press Enter if the approver group is in a
different environment.

Approver Group
The name of the approver group you want to use. To update or delete an approver group, fill in
the full name and press enter to directly access the Approver Group Definition panel. If you leave
the approver group name blank or use a name mask, CA Endevor® SCM returns an Approver
Group Selection List showing the approver groups currently defined.

04-May-2018 743/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Display an Approver Group Definition

To display the current definition of a particular approver group

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to display in the APPROVER GROUP field.

2. Verify that the approver group you want to display is defined to the current environment in
the ENVIRONMENT field. If the approver group you want to display is defined to a different
environment fill in the correct environment name.

3. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

4. When you have finished viewing the approver group definition, press the END key to return to
the Approver Group Request panel.
Note: To display an approver group definition from the Approver Group Selection List, type an
S to the left of the name of the approver group you want to display and press Enter. The
Approver Group Definition panel displays.

Display an Approver Group Selection List

To display a selection list of approver groups

1. Leave the APPROVER GROUP field blank.

2. Press Enter. The Approver Group Selection List panel displays.

Delete an Approver Group Definition

When you delete an approver group, any associated approver relate rules are also deleted.

To delete an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to delete in the APPROVER GROUP field or
leave the field blank to obtain a list of available approver groups.

2. Enter a # in the OPTION field.

The Approver Group Definition panel displays if you have specified an approver group in
the APPROVER GROUP field. If the Approver Group Definition panel displays, proceed to
Step 5.

The Approver Group Selection List panel displays if you have left the APPROVER GROUP
field blank. If the Approver Group Selection List panel displays, proceed to Step 4.

3. From the Approver Group Selection List panel type # to the left of the name of the approver
group you want to delete and press ENTER. The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

4. Review the information on the Approver Group Definition panel to verify that you want to
delete it.

5. Press Enter to complete processing.

The approver group you specified and any associated approver relate rules are deleted.

04-May-2018 744/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Create an Approver Group Definition

To create an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to create in the APPROVER GROUP field. If
this is to be an external approver group, the name of the group must match an existing profile
in your security product.

Note: If you are using CA Top Secret for z/OS, the IBMGROUP resource definition
must be used.

2. Enter a C in the OPTION field.

The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

3. Specify the appropriate approver group information on the Approver Group Definition panel
and press Enter to complete processing.

Update an Approver Group Definition

To update an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to update in the APPROVER GROUP field.

2. Enter a U in the OPTION field

The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

3. Change the appropriate approver group information on the Approver Group Definition panel
and press Enter to complete processing.

Note: If you select more than one approver group, processing occurs in the order in
which the names are listed.

Approver Group Selection List

The Approver Group Selection List panel displays when you use a name mask or do not specify an
approver group on the Approver Group Request panel. You can use this panel to perform the
following actions:

Display an approver group definition.

Delete an approver group definition.

Update an approver group definition.

The following fields appear on the Approver Group Selection List panel:

04-May-2018 745/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following fields appear on the Approver Group Selection List panel:

Environment
Display-only. The name of the current environment.

Selection (no title)

Field used to select an approver group for display (S), deletion (#), or update (U). Type the
appropriate character in this column, to the left of the approver group name(s) you want to
process.

Approver Group
Display-only. The names of the approver groups.

Approver Group Title

Display-only. A descriptive title for the approver group.

Display an Approver Group Definition

To display the current definition of a particular approver group

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to display in the APPROVER GROUP field.

2. Verify that the approver group you want to display is defined to the current environment in
the ENVIRONMENT field. If the approver group you want to display is defined to a different
environment fill in the correct environment name.

3. Press Enter. The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

Note: To display an approver group definition from the Approver Group Selection
List, type an S to the left of the name of the approver group you want to display and
press Enter. The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

4. When you have finished viewing the approver group definition, press the END key to return to
the Approver Group Request panel.

Delete an Approver Group Definition

When you delete an approver group, any associated approver relate rules are also deleted.

To delete an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to delete in the APPROVER GROUP field or
leave the field blank to obtain a list of available approver groups.

2. Type a # in the OPTION field.

3. Press Enter.

04-May-2018 746/1109
 3.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Approver Group Definition panel displays if you have specified an approver group in
the APPROVER GROUP field. If the Approver Group Definition panel displays, proceed to
Step 5.

The Approver Group Selection List panel displays if you have left the APPROVER GROUP
field blank. If the Approver Group Selection List panel displays, proceed to Step 4.

4. From the Approver Group Selection List panel type # to the left of the name of the approver
group you want to delete and press ENTER. The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

5. Review the information on the Approver Group Definition panel to verify that you want to
delete it.

6. Press Enter to complete processing.

The approver group you specified and any associated approver relate rules are deleted.

Update an Approver Group Definition

To update an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to update in the APPROVER GROUP field.

2. Type a U in the OPTION field.

3. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

4. Change the appropriate approver group information on the Approver Group Definition panel.

5. Press Enter to complete processing.

Note: If you select more than one approver group, processing occurs in the order in
which the names are listed.

Approver Group Definition Panel

The Approver Group Definition panel displays after you select the approver group that you want to
display, create, update, or delete on the Approver Group Request panel or the Approver Group
Selection List panel. Use this panel to complete the following actions:

Deletion of an approver group definition.

Creation of an approver group definition.

Update of an approver group definition.

04-May-2018 747/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: The current processing option displays in the upper left corner. You can cancel any
requests by pressing the End key.

The following fields appear on the Approver Group Definition panel:

Approver Group
Display-only. The name of the approver group displayed, or to be created, updated, or deleted.

Environment
Display-only. The name of the current environment.

Title
A 1- to 50-character description for the approver group.

Quorum Size
The minimum number of people in this group who must approve packages. For locally defined
groups, acceptable values are 0 - 16. For externally defined groups, acceptable values 0 - 32760.

Approver
For locally defined approver groups, the user IDs of the approvers in this group. For externally
defined approver groups, leave all of the approver fields blank. This tells CA Endevor® SCM to
look externally for the user IDs that are part of this group.

Req'd (Y/N)
Indicates whether this approver is required to approve the package: Y (yes) or N (no).

Note: This field is not valid for external approver groups.

Delete an Approver Group Definition

When you delete an approver group, any associated approver relate rules are also deleted.

To delete an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to delete in the APPROVER GROUP field or
leave the field blank to obtain a list of available approver groups.

2. Type a # in the OPTION field.

3. Press Enter.

The Approver Group Definition panel displays if you have specified an approver group in
the APPROVER GROUP field. If the Approver Group Definition panel displays, proceed to
Step 5.

The Approver Group Selection List panel displays if you have left the APPROVER GROUP
field blank. If the Approver Group Selection List panel displays, proceed to Step 4.

4.
04-May-2018 748/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. From the Approver Group Selection List panel type # to the left of the name of the approver
group you want to delete and press ENTER. The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

5. Review the information on the Approver Group Definition panel to verify that you want to
delete it.

6. Press Enter to complete processing.

The approver group you specified and any associated approver relate rules are deleted.

Create an Approver Group Definition

To create an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to create in the APPROVER GROUP field. If
this is to be an external approver group, the name of the group must match an existing profile
in your security product.

Note: If you are using CA Top Secret for z/OS, the IBMGROUP resource definition
must be used.

2. Type a C in the OPTION field.

3. Press Enter. The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

4. Specify the appropriate approver group information on the Approver Group Definition panel.

5. Press Enter to complete processing.

Update an Approver Group Definition

To update an approver group definition

1. Enter the name of the approver group you want to update in the APPROVER GROUP field.

2. Type a U in the OPTION field.

3. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Definition panel displays.

4. Change the appropriate approver group information on the Approver Group Definition panel.

5. Press Enter to complete processing.

Note: If you select more than one approver group, processing occurs in the order in
which the names are listed.

04-May-2018 749/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Dynamic Approver Group Panel

The Dynamic Approver option provides CA Endevor® SCM package approvers with the ability to add
additional approvers to a package while it is in the in-approval state. This enhances the approval
process by allowing one or more individuals to be dynamically defined as one-time approvers for a
particular package. This feature can be allowed or disallowed through the CA Endevor® SCM Options
table. By default, it is disallowed.

You can use the Dynamic Approver Group Panel to create, update, or delete a dynamic approver
group. To access this panel, select DA-Dynamic Approvers on the Review Package panel.

If the dynamic approver group does not yet exist for the package, you can enter a value in the
QUORUM field and specify from 1 to 16 approver user IDs and whether or not their approval is
required.

If the dynamic approver group exists, this panel is preformatted with any existing dynamic approver
group data. If the group has approved or denied the package, all fields are nonmodifiable. Otherwise,
you can update or delete only those approver IDs that you entered, unless you are a superuser. Any
entries where the approver has approved or denied the package are protected and are not
modifiable even by a superuser. If the entry is modifiable, you can blank out the approver ID
(effectively deleting the user ID from the dynamic approver group), type a new user ID over the
existing one (effectively deleting the original user ID and replacing it with a new one), or update the
APPROVAL REQ'D value. The QUORUM value can be updated at any time.

If a dynamic approver group is attached to a package and then deleted, the status of the package will
not be updated, regardless of whether the dynamic approver group has actually approved or denied
the package. The package will need to be reapproved by any attached approver groups.

When you press Enter, the panel is updated with any changes that you made on the panel. If you
press PF3, any changes you made on the panel are ignored.

The following fields appear on the Dynamic Approver Group panel:

QUORUM
Similar to the QUORUM value seen on the Approver Group Definition panel, this is the quorum
size for the approver group. Valid values are 0 through 16. The quorum size cannot exceed the
number of approvers on the panel. The quorum size cannot be 0 unless one or more approvers
are required approvers. A user cannot change the quorum size in such a way that it alters the
logical approval status of the group; that is, the quorum size must always be greater than the
number of approvers who have approved the package thus far.

APPROVER
TSO user ID of a dynamic approver. The ID must pass syntax checking: it cannot contain
embedded spaces; it must consist solely of alphanumeric characters and #, @, and $; and it must
not begin with a number.

REQ
Indicates whether the approval of this approver is required. Valid values are Y, N, or blank. Blank
defaults to N.

04-May-2018 750/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

STATUS
Indicates whether the approver has approved the package, and the time and date when the
approval was performed.

ADDED BY
Indicates the user ID that added this approver and the date and the time when the approver ID
was added.

Note: You do not have the option to provide a name or descriptive title for the dynamic
approver group. The group created on this panel is named Dynamic Approver and its title is
Dynamic Approver Group information.

Approver Group Relation Request Panel

Use option A from the Environment Options Menu to create or maintain approver group
relationships. When you request option A from the Environment Options Menu, CA Endevor® SCM
returns the Approver Group Relation Request panel.

Use the Approver Group Relation Request panel to perform the following actions:

Display a list of all relationships.

Display the relationship between certain inventory areas and an approver group.

Delete a relationship between inventory areas and approver groups. When you delete a
relationship, neither the approver group nor the inventory area is deleted; only the relationship
between the two is deleted.

Create a relationship between an inventory area and an approver group.

Change the approver group for an inventory area.

The following fields appear on the Approver Group Relation Request panel:

Blank
Use this field to display a list of relationships. To display all relationships, leave all fields, except
ENVIRONMENT and APPROVER TYPE, blank. To restrict the display to certain portions of the
inventory, enter additional information on the panel.

#
Specify this option to delete a relationship. When you delete a relationship, neither the approver
group nor the inventory area is deleted; only the relationship between the two is deleted.

C
Specify this option to create a relationship. When you create a relationship, the approver group
and inventory area involved must have been previously established within CA Endevor® SCM. You
are creating only the relationship.

04-May-2018 751/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

U
Specify this option to update a relationship. This option allows you to change the approver group
for a given area of the inventory.

Environment
Displays the name of the environment that contains the inventory area and the approver group to
which the inventory area is (to be) related. If you want to change the environment, fill in the
appropriate name and press Enter.

Approver Type
Indicates the approver type for this approver group: standard or emergency. An approver group
designated as standard can be used to approve standard packages only. Similarly, an approver
group designated as emergency can be used only to approve emergency packages. You must
enter the entire word when indicating approver type; that is, you cannot abbreviate the entry.

System
Name of the system to which this approver group relationship applies.

Subsystem
Name of the subsystem to which this approver group relationship applies.

Type
The element type to which this approver group relationship applies.

Stage Number
The stage number to which this approver group relationship applies.

Display a List of All Approver Group Relationships

To display a list of all relationships

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Leave all remaining fields blank.

4. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship List panel displays.

5. When you have finished viewing the list of relationships press the END key to return to the
Approver Group Relation Request panel.

Display a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group

To display the relationship between certain inventory areas and an approver group

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Enter the appropriate information in the INVENTORY AREA fields. You can enter one of three

04-May-2018 752/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. Enter the appropriate information in the INVENTORY AREA fields. You can enter one of three
values in these fields:

A full name. Enter a full name (number) in one or more fields, to indicate a specific
system, subsystem, type, and/or stage number.

Blanks. Leave one or more fields blank to build a list of approver group relationships for
the inventory areas matching the criteria entered.

An asterisk (*). Use an asterisk to relate an approver group to all systems, subsystems,
types or stages in an environment.

For example, if an approver group has been related to an inventory area with a system name
of ABC and a stage number of 2, and with an asterisk as the subsystem and the type, then the
approver group relationship applies to all elements in system ABC and Stage 2 -- regardless of
subsystem and type.

Note: To display a relationship from the Approver Group Relationship List panel,
type an S to the left of the inventory area and press Enter to display the Approver
Group Relationship panel.

4. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship panel displays with all inventory areas matching the criteria
you indicated and the approver groups related to these areas.

5. When you have finished viewing the Approver Group Relationship panel, press the END key to
return to the Approver Group Relation Request panel.

Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group

To delete a relationship between inventory areas and approver groups

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You can obtain a list of all relationships by leaving these fields blank.

4. Type a # in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
If the Approver Group Relationship List panel displays, proceed to Step 6. If the Approver
Group Relationship panel displays, proceed to Step 7.

6. From the Approver Group Relationship List panel type a # to the left of the name of the
inventory area for which you want to delete a relationship and press Enter. The Approver
Group Relationship panel displays.

7. Review the information on the Approver Group Relationship panel to verify that you want to

04-May-2018 753/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

7. Review the information on the Approver Group Relationship panel to verify that you want to
delete this relationship.

8. Press Enter to complete processing.

Create a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group

To create a relationship between an inventory area and an approver group

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You must enter either a full name or an asterisk in each of these fields.

4. Type a C in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship panel displays.

6. Enter the name of the approver group for which you want to build a relationship in the
APPROVER GROUP field.

7. Press Enter to complete processing.

Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area

To change the approver group for an inventory area

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You can obtain a list of all relationships by leaving these fields blank.

4. Type a U in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
If the Approver Group Relationship List panel displays, proceed to step 6. If the Approver
Group Relationship panel displays, proceed to step 7.

6. From the Approver Group Relationship List panel, type a U to the left of the name of the
inventory area for which you want to change a relationship and press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship panel displays.

7. On the Approver Group Relationship panel, enter the name of the approver group you want
to relate to this inventory area in the APPROVER GROUP field.

8. Press Enter to complete processing.

04-May-2018 754/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Approver Group Relationship List

The Approver Group Relationship List panel displays all inventory areas matching the criteria you
indicate on the Approver Group Relation Request panel, and the approver groups related to these
areas. Use this panel to perform the following actions:

Display a relationship between inventory areas and approver groups.

Delete a relationship between inventory areas and approver groups. When you delete a
relationship, neither the approver group nor the inventory area is deleted; only the relationship
between the two is deleted.

Change the approver group for an inventory area.

The following fields appear on the Approver Group Relationship List panel:

Environment
The current environment.

Approver Type
This field indicates whether this approver group type is emergency or standard.

System
The system to which the approver group is related.

Subsystem
The subsystem to which the approver group is related.

Type
The type to which the approver group is related.

Stage Number
The number of the stage to which the approver group is related.

Approver Group
The approver group related to the inventory area. Note that a given inventory area may be
related to several approver groups.

Display a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group

To display the relationship between certain inventory areas and an approver group

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Enter the appropriate information in the INVENTORY AREA fields. You can enter one of three
values in these fields:

04-May-2018 755/1109
 3.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

A full name. Enter a full name (number) in one or more fields, to indicate a specific
system, subsystem, type, and/or stage number.

Blanks. Leave one or more fields blank to build a list of approver group relationships for
the inventory areas matching the criteria entered.

An asterisk (*). Use an asterisk to relate an approver group to all systems, subsystems,
types or stages in an environment.

For example, if an approver group has been related to an inventory area with a system name
of ABC and a stage number of 2, and with an asterisk as the subsystem and the type, then the
approver group relationship applies to all elements in system ABC and Stage 2 -- regardless of
subsystem and type.

Note: To display a relationship from the Approver Group Relationship List panel,
type an S to the left of the inventory area and press Enter to display the Approver
Group Relationship panel.

4. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship panel displays with all inventory areas matching the criteria
you indicated and the approver groups related to these areas.

5. When you have finished viewing the Approver Group Relationship panel, press the END key to
return to the Approver Group Relation Request panel.

Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group

To delete a relationship between inventory areas and approver groups

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You can obtain a list of all relationships by leaving these fields blank.

4. Type a # in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
If the Approver Group Relationship List panel displays, proceed to Step 6. If the Approver
Group Relationship panel displays, proceed to Step 7.

6. From the Approver Group Relationship List panel type a # to the left of the name of the
inventory area for which you want to delete a relationship and press Enter. The Approver
Group Relationship panel displays.

7. Review the information on the Approver Group Relationship panel to verify that you want to
delete this relationship.

04-May-2018 756/1109
 7. CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
delete this relationship.

8. Press Enter to complete processing.

Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area

To change the approver group for an inventory area

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You can obtain a list of all relationships by leaving these fields blank.

4. Type a U in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
If the Approver Group Relationship List panel displays, proceed to step 6. If the Approver
Group Relationship panel displays, proceed to step 7.

6. From the Approver Group Relationship List panel, type a U to the left of the name of the
inventory area for which you want to change a relationship and press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship panel displays.

7. On the Approver Group Relationship panel, enter the name of the approver group you want
to relate to this inventory area in the APPROVER GROUP field.

8. Press Enter to complete processing.

Approver Group Relationship Panel

The Approver Group Relationship panel displays after you select the approver group relationship you
want to display, create, change, or delete on the Approver Group Relation Request panel or the
Approver Group Relationship List panel. Use this panel to perform the following actions:

Complete the deletion of a relationship between an inventory area and an approver group. When
you delete a relationship, neither the approver group nor the inventory area is deleted; only the
relationship between the two is deleted.

Complete the creation of a relationship between an inventory area and an approver group.

Complete the change of an approver group for an inventory area.

Note: You cancel a request by pressing the End key.

The following fields appear on the Approver Group Relationship panel. All fields are display-only,
except the APPROVER GROUP field.

04-May-2018 757/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Environment
This is the name of the current environment.

Approver Type
This is the type of approver group you specified: emergency or standard.

Approver Group
Name of the approver group to be related to this particular inventory area. Change the name of
the approver group accordingly.

System
This is the name of the system in the inventory area to which the approver group is related.

Subsystem
This is the name of the subsystem in the inventory area to which the approver group is related.

Type
This is the name of the element type in the inventory area to which the approver group is related.

Stage Number
This is the stage number in the inventory area to which the approver group is related.

Delete a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group

To delete a relationship between inventory areas and approver groups

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You can obtain a list of all relationships by leaving these fields blank.

4. Type a # in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
If the Approver Group Relationship List panel displays, proceed to Step 6. If the Approver
Group Relationship panel displays, proceed to Step 7.

6. From the Approver Group Relationship List panel type a # to the left of the name of the
inventory area for which you want to delete a relationship and press Enter. The Approver
Group Relationship panel displays.

7. Review the information on the Approver Group Relationship panel to verify that you want to
delete this relationship.

8. Press Enter to complete processing.

Create a Relationship Between an Inventory Area and an Approver Group

To create a relationship between an inventory area and an approver group

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

04-May-2018 758/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You must enter either a full name or an asterisk in each of these fields.

4. Type a C in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship panel displays.

6. Enter the name of the approver group for which you want to build a relationship in the
APPROVER GROUP field.

7. Press Enter to complete processing.

Change the Approver Group for an Inventory Area

To change the approver group for an inventory area

1. Specify an environment in the ENVIRONMENT field.

2. Indicate whether the approver group type is standard or emergency in the APPROVER TYPE
field. You must enter the entire word when indicating the approver type.

3. Specify the inventory area to which the approver group is related in the INVENTORY AREA
fields. You can obtain a list of all relationships by leaving these fields blank.

4. Type a U in the OPTION field.

5. Press Enter.
If the Approver Group Relationship List panel displays, proceed to step 6. If the Approver
Group Relationship panel displays, proceed to step 7.

6. From the Approver Group Relationship List panel, type a U to the left of the name of the
inventory area for which you want to change a relationship and press Enter.
The Approver Group Relationship panel displays.

7. On the Approver Group Relationship panel, enter the name of the approver group you want
to relate to this inventory area in the APPROVER GROUP field.

8. Press Enter to complete processing.

Locking and Approver Groups

The element locking feature of CA Endevor® SCM provides additional protection for inventory areas
in addition to that provided by approver groups and approver group relationships. Consider the
following two examples:

Example: Use Locking to Add Elements

04-May-2018 759/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

In this example, user 1 defines package PKG1 with two Add actions. Add number 1 is to an inventory
area protected by an approver group, while Add number 2 is to an area with no associated approver
group. User 1 casts and approves PKG1.

User 2 then modifies the external files referenced in the two Add actions, and submits SCL to Add the
elements, without including the SCL in a package.

When Locking=OFF:

The first Add statement in the SCL for user 2 fails because an approver group protects the target
inventory area and the Add statement is not part of a package. The second Add statement
completes successfully because no approver group protects the target inventory area, and locking
is off.

User 1 then executes package PKG1, and both Add actions fail with PKMR515E and PKMR516E
messages informing User 1 of an integrity error because the file has been modified since he cast
package PKG1.

When Locking=(ON,Y):

Both Add statements in the SCL for user 1 fail because the element names at the target inventory
locations have been locked by the cast of package PKG1.

When User 1 then executes package PKG1, both Add actions fail with PKMR515E and PKMR516E
messages.

In this example, PKG1 fails execution whether locking is ON or OFF. Locking, however, does prevent
the changed file in Add #2 from being added to CA Endevor® SCM.

Example: Use Locking to Move Elements

In this example, a site has a four-stage development life cycle, with a map that moves from
STG1→STG2→STG4. An approver group protects STG4. User 1 defines package PKG2 to move
element ELM1 from STG2→STG4.

After User 1 casts and approves PKG2, User 2 retrieves element ELM1, modifies it, adds it back to CA
Endevor® SCM, and tries to move it back into STG2.

With Locking=OFF:

The move back into STG2 is successful. User 2 then submits SCL to move ELM1 to STG4 but does
not include the SCL in a package. User 2's SCL fails because the STG4 inventory area is protected
by an approver group.

User 1 then executes package PKG2, and this move also fails with a PKMR512E message informing
User 1 of an element level mismatch.

With Locking=(ON,Y):

User 2's move back into STG2 fails because the element names at the source and target inventory
locations have been locked by the cast of package PKG2.

04-May-2018 760/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

User 1 then executes package PKG2, and this move succeeds because element ELM1 at STG2 has
been protected from modification by locking.

Using Promotion Packages

Contents

How Promotion Packages are Processed (see page 761)

How to Ship a Promotion Package Before Map Ends (see page 763)

A promotion package is a package of Move actions that can be reused to automatically promote the
package contents along the map until they reach the final location. It can consist of Move actions
only and the from environment and stage location for all Move actions must be the same. Although
you can reuse a promotion package until the contents have been promoted to the end of the map,
you still need to approve the package between executions, if approval is required, but you do not
have to reset the package, manually edit the SCL to modify the inventory source location, or re-cast
the package.

Each time a package is executed, the current copy of the package is saved and a new copy of the
package is created. Each copy is referred to as a version. There are no restrictions on the number of
promotions that can be performed against a promotion package. You can view historic versions of a
package through many of the package list functions. Even after you have executed a promotion
package, it is possible to reset the package, edit its SCL, and retain prior versions of the package.

You define a package as a promotion package when you create or modify the original package. A
promotion package can be defined as either a standard or an emergency package.

How Promotion Packages are Processed

The lifecycle of a promotion package is different than that of an ordinary package. Each time a
package is executed, the current version of the package is saved and a new version of the package is
automatically created from the prior version. Details of promotion package processing follow:

1. Create/modify package action. You define the package as a promotion package, when you
create or modify the original version.

2. Cast package action. You cast the original package. All subsequent casts of new versions occur
automatically. The following take place at cast time:

The package is checked to verify that it consists of move actions only and that all the
elements within the move actions are at the same location (environment and stage).

The target location information is stored in the package header. This identifies the target
location of the elements associated with each version of the promotion package. You can
view this information on the Display History panel and you can extract it using the API or
CSV List Package Header functions.

04-May-2018 761/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Promotion packages are automatically recast, unless you turn off this
functionality in the Optional Features table, ENCOPTBL, using the following option:
PROM_PKG_SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST. For more information, see How to Use the
SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST Option. (see page 765)

3. Execute package action. After a version is executed, it includes the package header, approver
and approver extension records, SCL, action summary and cast report records associated with
the package at the time it was successfully executed. What happens after execution depends
on whether the package has reached the end of the map:

If execution occurred at the final location defined in the map, the package remains in
Executed status.

If the package is not at the final location in the logical map, following a successful
execution, the following promotion package logic is performed against that package.

a. The executed package is committed and a historical version of the package is saved.

b. The current version of the package is reset to remove approver, action summary, and
cast report records.

c. The SCL records associated with the current package are rebuilt to point to the next
location.

d. The STOPRC statement matches the previous SCL STOPRC statement. This also
matches the original STOPRC value specified at the time of the last create/modify,
unless you manually edited the statement in the SCL while the package was in In-Edit
status.

e. The rebuilt comment statements are enclosed in quotes, unless the comment
contains a quote. In this case, the comments are enclosed in double quotes.

f. The comment field is forty characters. On the rebuild, trailing blanks are removed.

g. All the SCL statements of the old package that start with an asterisk are copied to the
new package until the first record of the old package is found that does not start with
an asterisk. Consequently, only the comments at the beginning of the old package
are copied to the new package and all subsequent comments are dropped. The
number of comment records copied to the new package can be zero to many,
depending on the location of the first non-comment card found in the old package.

h. A cast action is performed against the rebuilt version of the package. The component
validation value found in the package header determines if the validate component
option is in effect. If the previous value was Y or W (warnings), the component
validation parameter is set to Y on the automated cast action. If the cast fails, the
new version of the package is placed into In-Edit status.

4. Commit package action. After execution, the commit action occurs automatically for
promotion packages. After the commit action, this version of the package can no longer be
used, only viewed. However, if the execution occurred at the final location defined in the
map, the package remains in Executed status and you must manually issue the commit action.

The commit action includes an option to delete all the promotion history associated with

04-May-2018 762/1109
 4.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The commit action includes an option to delete all the promotion history associated with
previous versions of the package.

Back-out records are automatically deleted. The cast report records are retained for
current and historic versions.

5. Reset package action. After you execute a package, you may decide to manually edit the SCL
associated with that package before performing another promotion, for example to add
another move action. If you execute the Reset action, the package is placed in In-Edit status
and all the history associated with that promotion package is retained. Before you cast the
package, make sure that you add the appropriate SCL Move statements, because following
the successful execution of the package, a new version of the package is created and the SCL
move statements of the new version are updated to point to the next location.
Note: If the package is reset when it is at the final location in the logical map, an historic
version of the current package is created before the current version is replaced.

6. Archive package action. This action archives the current and all historical version of a package.
The option Delete After Archive deletes all versions of a package.

7. Delete package action. This action deletes not only the latest version of the package, but all
previous versions of the package.

How to Ship a Promotion Package Before Map Ends

During basic promotion package processing, it is only possible to ship a promotion package when it
has reached the end of the map. The reason being that following a successful execution of a
promotion package, the package is automatically reset, the SCL is updated to point to the next
location in the logical map, and the package is cast. This process continues until the package reaches
the last location defined in the logical map. At this point, the package remains in Executed status. A
package can only be shipped when it is in Executed status; therefore, during basic promotion package
processing, it can only be shipped at the final logical location defined in the map.

You can override this processing, in order to ship a package before it reaches the end of the map, by
using either of the following options:

Stop-at-Stage feature -- When enabled, this features stops promotion package processing at a
specified stage so that the package stays in Executed status and can be shipped from that stage.
For more information, see the Stop-at-Stage feature. (see page 763)

SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST optional feature -- When enabled, this feature turns off automatic cast
processing. For more information, see How to Use the SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST Option. (see page
765)

Following shipment, the package can be restarted to continue the promotion process.

Stop-at-Stage Feature
The Promotion Package Stop-at-Stage feature lets administrators define inventory lifecycle stages at
which the automatic processing of promotion packages is suspended. This allows promotion
packages to be shipped from a location other than the final location defined in the map. For example,
a promotion package stopped in this manner can be shipped using the package ship facility to a test
location for validation before continuing with its promotion up the map.

04-May-2018 763/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How the Stop-at-Stage Feature Works

If the Stop-at-Stage feature is enabled in the environment section of the C1DEFLTS table, promotion
package processing is interrupted at the stage specified for the environment by the stop-at-stage
parameters.

During promotion package processing, at the completion of a successful execution of a package, the
promotion package logic checks the stop-at-stage parameter settings in the C1DEFLTS table, for the
target environment and stage associated with the promotion package, to see if the feature is
activated at that stage. If it is, the promotion package processing is interrupted and the package
remains in Executed status, allowing it to be shipped.

Following the shipment of the package, the promotion package can be restarted to continue the
promotion process. The user must issue the Reset action to restart the package. As part of the Reset
action, the target location information associated with each of the actions included in the package is
automatically updated to point to the next location in the logical map. Then the user must issue the
Cast, Review, and Execute actions to restart the promotion package processing that enables the
package to continue its promotion up the map.

If the administrator modifies the C1DEFLTS table and de-activates the Stop-at-Stage feature at a
location, you can still use the same technique to restart promotion packages that were previously
interrupted at that location. The only difference is that you must manually update the SCL to point to
the next logical location following the execution of the Reset action.

For more information, see How to Enable the Stop-at-Stage Feature. (see page 764)

How to Enable the Stop-at-Stage Feature

You can use the Promotion Package Stop-at-Stage feature to define inventory lifecycle stages at
which the automatic processing of promotion packages is suspended. To enable this feature, the
administrator sets the following stop-at-stage parameters in TYPE=ENVRNMNT Macro of the Defaults
table, C1DEFLTS:

STG1PSAS
This is a stage level parameter that, if set to Y, activates the stop-at-stage feature for promotion
packages. You can activate this feature for one or both stages within the same environment. To
activate this feature for a second stage, use STG2PSAS. You can also activate this feature in more
than one environment (for example, in both QA/1 and PRD/1).
If you do not wish to activate this feature you can code STG1PSAS=N, or STG1PSAS=, or not code
the parameter at all. The default is N.

STG2PSAS
This is a stage level parameter that, if set to Y, activates the stop-at-stage feature for promotion
packages at a second stage. You can activate this feature for one or both stages within the same
environment. To activate this feature for the first stage, use STG1PSAS. You can also activate this
feature in more than one environment (for example, in both QA/1 and PRD/1).
If you do not wish to activate this feature you can code STG2PSAS=N, or STG2PSAS=, or not code
the parameter at all. The default is N.

04-May-2018 764/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Use the SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST Option

To ship a promotion package from a location that is not at the last location defined in the logical map,
you can use the SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST optional feature, provided it is activated in the Optional
Features table ENCOPTBL. This option prevents a package from being automatically cast.

To ship a package mid-map, follow these steps to get your package in Executed status in the stage
you want to ship it from:

1. Cast, Review and Execute the package until the SCL target location matches the location you
wish to ship from.

2. Reset the package

3. Use the Modify package action to change the Promotion Package attribute to N.

4. Cast, Review, and Execute the package.

The package is now in Executed status and can be shipped.

Following the shipment of the package, the promotion package can be restarted to continue the
promotion process by following these steps:

1. Issue the Reset action to set the status to In-Edit.

2. Use the Modify package action to change the Promotion Package attribute back to Y.

3. Edit the target location information associated with each of the actions included in the
package to point to the next location defined in the logical map.

4. Issue the Cast, Review and Execute actions.

Your package is now in the location you specified in the logical map and promotion processing
can continue with the SUPPRESS_AUTOCAST option still in effect.

Using the CA 7 Interface for Package Execution

Contents

How the CA 7 Interface Works (see page 766)

How to Implement the CA 7 Interface (see page 767)
Package SCL and CA 7 (see page 767)
Package Display Panel and CA 7 (see page 768)
CA 7 Reports (see page 768)

CA 7 is a JOB scheduling product that can add significant value to CA Endevor® SCM package
processing by controlling the initiation of package execution. CA 7 enables you to define execution
rules by class to CA 7 and schedule a package execution, dependent upon the completion of another
CA 7 based job.

04-May-2018 765/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

When accessing a package that has associated CA 7 information, CA Endevor® SCM queries CA 7 to
determine if the information is still applicable. If the CA 7 information is no longer applicable (for
example the job has been cancelled), CA Endevor® SCM removes it.

How the CA 7 Interface Works

When CA Endevor® SCM schedules the package with CA 7, it builds the package execution JCL stream
based on the parameters specified on the SUBMIT action. The JCL stream is written to the CA 7 JCL
library that is specified in the C1DEFLTS table.

After the execution JCL has been written to the CA 7 JCL library, CA Endevor® SCM builds the CA 7
DEMAND command and pass it to CA 7 using the CA 7 CAICCI programming interface.

Upon successful completion of the CA 7 DEMAND command, CA Endevor® SCM updates each
package that is executed by the JOB with the JOBNAME, CA 7 JOB number, in addition to the user
date and time the JOB was scheduled. If someone cancels the scheduled execution JOB using CA 7,
each package associated with that JOB must be reset and re-approved before it can be executed
outside the scope of CA 7.

This diagram summarizes CA Endevor® SCM and CA 7 processing steps:

BEND--CA-7ProcessingFlow--OTH

04-May-2018 766/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Implement the CA 7 Interface

When utilizing the CA 7 interface the CA 7 load library must be available to CA Endevor® SCM. Usually
this is included in the LINKLIST library in your steplib concatenation of the Logon Proc, skeletons and
JCLs.

To implement the CA 7 interface, you must first define the following C1DEFLTS parameters to allow
communication between CA 7 and CA Endevor® SCM. The parameters are CA7CCINODE, CA7JCLDSN,
CA7JCLID and CA7JCLLIB. These parameters are shown next:
C1DEFLTS changes:
 C1DEFLTS TYPE=MAIN,                            X   
    .
    .
    CA7CCINODE=,   CA 7 ADDR SPACE NODE (CAICCI)        X   
    CA7JCLDSN=,    CA 7 CA7JCLID/CA7JCLLIB DSNAME       X   
    CA7JCLID=,    CA 7 JCL DATASET INDEX NUMBER      X   
    CA7JCLLIB=,    CA 7 JCL SYMBOLIC INDEX          X   
    .
    .

The CA 7 Parameters
The following describes the various C1DEFLTS parameters:

CA7CCINODE
The CA7CCINODE parameter is used to communicate with CA 7. It defines the CAICCI node name
where the CA 7 address space executes. If this parameter is not specified, local mode is assumed.

CA7JCLDSN
Defines the data set name associated with CA7JCLID or CA7JCLLIB.

CA7JCLID and CA7JCLLIB

Defines the data set name associated with CA7JCLID or CA7JCLLIB. The CA7JCLID and CA7JCLLIB
parameters are mutually-exclusive. At least one of these parameters must be specified to provide
CA Endevor® SCM with the CA 7 parameter information required by CA 7 to schedule JOB
execution. The parameter values should be obtained from the CA 7 implementation. The data set
name associated with CA7JCLID or CA7JCLLIB must be provided to CA Endevor® SCM via the
CA7JCLDSN C1DEFLTS parameter.

Verify the CA 7 Information

You can verify the CA 7 implementation information using the CA Endevor® SCM site information
display panel.

Package SCL and CA 7

The CA Endevor® SCM ISPF Batch Package panels can be used to build the package SCL for submission
of a package to CA 7 to be scheduled for execution. The package SCL can also be built independently
of the CA Endevor® SCM ISPF interface.

The implementation of the CA 7 scheduler interface is done using the batch package SUBMIT action.

04-May-2018 767/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--PackageSCLandCA-7--OTH

Package Display Panel and CA 7

A check is performed to ensure that a package scheduled for CA 7 execution is not executed outside
the scope of CA 7. CA Endevor® SCM checks for a "special" DDNAME in the package execution JCL, if
it is present, it is assumed that a CA 7 JOB initiated the package execution.

CA 7 Reports
The following reports are generated by CA 7:

C1BR2000: INPUT PARAMETERS

C1BR3000: EXTRACT PHASE SUMMARY

CONRPT72: PACKAGE DETAIL REPORT

CA Endevor® SCM PACKAGE CAST REPORT

Package Ship Facility

The package shipment utility (program C1BMX000) uses data transmission programs to transmit
package outputs (USS files, source, object, listing, or load modules), package backout members, or
USS backout members from a host site to another site. It is designed for users who develop software
at a central (host) site and want to transmit files, source, object, or executable code to other
(remote) sites.

04-May-2018 768/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Set Up Package Ship

As a change manager (CA Endevor® SCM administrator), you can enable the Package Ship facility and
optionally prepare USS supported files to be shipped.

This diagram illustrates this complex scenario that consists of multiple scenarios:

How to Enable the Package Ship Facility (see page 769)

How to Create Backup Files for USS Supported Files (see page 814)

How to Set Up Package Ship

How to Enable Package Ship

Contents

Review Prerequisites (see page 772)

The Package Ship Utility (see page 773)
How Package Ship Works (see page 774)
How Package Ship Works for USS Files (see page 775)
Ship Asis Feature (see page 777)
Post-Ship Script Execution (see page 777)
How Post-Ship Script Execution Works (see page 778)
Transmission Method Considerations (see page 779)

04-May-2018 769/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Enable Ship Asis (see page 782)

Configure the Host JCL (see page 782)
Modifying Remote Package Shipment JCL (see page 787)
Create a Destination (see page 791)
Mapping Rules (see page 795)
Customizing Model Transmission Control Statements (see page 802)
How to Create External Package Shipment Job Streams (see page 807)

As a CA Endevor® SCM administrator, you can enable the package ship facility to transmit package
outputs (source, object, listing, or load modules), or package backout members from a host site to
another site. Shipping backout members enables you to undo the prior shipment of package outputs.
The utility is designed for users who develop software at a central (host) site and want to transmit
source, object, or executable code to other (remote) sites.

The following diagram shows how you enable the package ship facility.

04-May-2018 770/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Enable the Package Ship Facility

Before shipping a package, complete the following procedures to enable package ship:

1. Review Prerequisites (see page 772).

2. Configure the Package Ship Utility Program (see page 782) -- The package ship utility program
must be configured for you site.

Note: If you plan to ship USS supported files (HFS, zFS, or NFS files), you must create
backup files. For more information about this procedure, see How to Enable USS
Supported Files for Package Ship (see page 814).

04-May-2018 771/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. Establish Remote Destinations (see page 791).

4. Establish Data Set Mapping Rules (see page 795).

5. Create Model Transmission Control Statements (see page 802) -- One of these data
transmission packages must be available, unless the Local transmission method is used:

XCOM (CA)

Bulk Data Transfer (IBM), Version 2, or via NJE/NJI

NetView File Transfer Program (IBM)

CONNECT:Direct

Note: Packages can also be shipped between CPUs that share DASD. This
transmission method is referred to as Local.

6. (Optional) Enable the Post-ship Script feature (see page 808) -- This feature enables the
conditional execution of custom job steps, called scripts, at a remote destination before or
after the package shipment process has completed.

7. (Optional) Enable the Ship Asis feature (see page 782) -- This feature lets you ship outputs and
backout members (and HFS files, or both) according to the backout status of the package. If
not enabled, outputs from the time the package was executed are shipped regardless of the
backout status of the package.

Review Prerequisites
Before users can ship packages, certain prerequisites are required. Complete the following
prerequisites.

Make sure that you understand how Package Ship works. Review the following topics:

The Package Ship Utility (see page 773)

How Package Ship Works (see page 774)

How Package Ship Works for USS Files (see page 775)

Ship Asis Feature (see page 777)

Post-Ship Script Feature (see page 777)

How Post-Ship Script Execution Works (see page 778)

The Package Ship facility requires data transmission software. Verify that one of the following
data transmission methods is available:

04-May-2018 772/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA XCOM

Bulk Data Transfer (IBM), Version 2, or using NJE/NJI

NetView File Transfer Program (IBM)

CONNECT:Direct

Note: Packages can also be shipped between CPUs that share DASD. This transmission method is
referred to as Local.

Verify that the following security requirements are met:

All IDs involved need to have OMVS segments, because these enable the IDs to start a shell
environment and issue USS commands. These IDs include the IDs performing the ship (the
signed on user), the Alternate ID, and the user IDs associated with the transmission method
started task (XCOM, Connect direct, and so on.)

The transmission method started tasks must be authorized to submit jobs on behalf of the the
user doing the shipment (ACID or XAUTH authority).

The user IDs that are executing the transmission method steps, need access to the
appropriate load libraries.

The users involved must have read/write authority to the staging directory location prefix (by
default /tmp/) and the target directory to use ACLs and or insert CHOWN CHMOD commands
into the remote commands file.

If the optional feature PACKAGE_SHIP_WITH_ALTID is turned on, the following are required:

The Alternate ID needs read access to the appropriate load libraries.

The transmission method started tasks must be authorized to submit jobs on behalf of the
Alternate ID

The Package Ship Utility

The package shipment utility (program C1BMX000) uses data transmission programs to transmit
package outputs (USS files, source, object, listing, or load modules), package backout members, or
USS backout members from a host site to another site. It is designed for users who develop software
at a central (host) site and want to transmit files, source, object, or executable code to other
(remote) sites.

Only packages that meet the following criteria can be shipped:

Packages must be created with the PACKAGE BACKOUT option enabled.

Packages must have been executed, but not committed.

04-May-2018 773/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: When you use the Package Ship facility, the Ship Asis feature determines whether
the backout and backin status of a package has any effect on what gets shipped. For more
information, see the Ship Asis Feature (see page 777).

How Package Ship Works

When you ship a package, the request is processed at the host site and the remote site as follows.

Host site processing -- When you request a package shipment, CA Endevor® SCM submits a job
stream at the host site. This job does the following:

1. Builds the following:

Staging data sets at the host site.

Note: Staging data sets are dynamically created using information obtained during
the Shipment execution. The High Level Qualifier of the Staging name is obtained
from the MAPPING Destination, while the next level qualifiers are obtained from
the DATE and TIME detail from the execution parameter. The qualifiers are created
as DMMDDYY and THHMMSS. If simultaneous shipments are submitted to JES, it is
possible that these qualifiers would not be unique. This case can result in JCL errors
indicating that the shipment of duplicate data set names is being attempted. To
avoid this failure situation, a wait mechanism should be employed by the site
implementation so as to not submit shipments within the same second.

A job stream to copy package outputs from staging data sets to remote production data
sets.

A file with correspondences between production and staging data sets at the host and the
remote site

Data transmission commands to transfer all the above to the remote site. (Not applicable
for Local transmission.)

2. Populates the host staging data sets with package outputs.

3. Transmits the host staging data sets and other files to the remote site. (Not applicable for
Local transmission.)

4. Confirms the transmission.

5. Deletes the staging data sets at the host site (optional).

Remote site processing -- When the job stream built at the host site in Step 1 executes at the remote
site, it does the following:

1. Copies the package outputs from the remote staging data sets to production libraries. For
Local transmission, outputs are copied from the host staging data sets to the production
libraries.

04-May-2018 774/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

2. Deletes, in the production libraries, all package members that were also deleted on the host.

3. Transmits confirmation to the host site.

4. (Optional) Deletes the staging data sets at the remote site. (Not applicable for Local
transmission.)

The following diagram illustrates this basic process.

Note: Remote staging data sets are not built for Local transmission. The host staging data
sets must exist on a shared DASD, and will be copied directly into the remote production
libraries.

How Pkg Ship Works

How Package Ship Works for USS Files

When you request a package that contains USS files for shipping, the process is modified slightly to
include the extra steps required to ship the USS files.

1. A temporary staging path structure is allocated using the host prefix specified in the
destination record.

2. The USS objects are copied into this structure, with one path for each mapped directory.

04-May-2018 775/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

2. The USS objects are copied into this structure, with one path for each mapped directory.

Note: The package utility uses the backout records created by the ENUSSUTL utility
to correctly identify the relevant source file at the time the package was created.

3. Optionally, if complementary files have been requested, then these backout files are also
copied into their own set of paths under the staging directory.

4. The entire staging directory is compressed into an archive (.PAX) file.

5. The archive file is then transmitted to the remote location along with a job stream and
commands to perform the un-archive.

6. At the remote location, the archive is expanded, and the remote copy commands (contained
in the .ARUCD dataset) are executed to copy from the staging. directory into the final,
production, location.

7. If complementary files were requested, then an additional file (.CRJOB) is created at the
remote location containing the necessary commands to copy the complementary files from
the remote staging directory if required.

The Following diagram illustrates the extensions for the USS process.

How Pkg Ship Works for USS

04-May-2018 776/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Ship Asis Feature

When you use the Package Ship facility, the Ship Asis feature determines whether the backout and
backin status of a package has any effect on what gets shipped. When enabled, this option lets you
ship outputs and backout members (and HFS files, or both) according to the backout status of the
package. This means that when Ship Asis is enabled and a package is partially or fully backed out, the
Package Ship action has the following effects:

Shipping the outputs does the following:

Ships the package outputs of elements that have not been backed out.

Ships the pre-package outputs of elements that have been backed out.

Shipping the backouts does the following:

Ships the pre-package outputs of elements that have not been backed out.

Ships the package outputs of elements that have been backed out.

If Ship Asis is not enabled, outputs from the time the package was executed are shipped regardless of
the backout status of the package. In this case, when you ship a package, the original outputs are
shipped, even if the entire package or some of the elements have been backed out. Similarly, when
you ship backouts, the original package backouts are shipped. The backout and backin status of a
package has no effect on what gets shipped.

When the Ship Asis feature is enabled, the user always must take care to synchronize shipments to
destination sites when the package is partially or fully backed out. With this feature enabled, during
the execution of a package backout and backin action (including element action backout and backin),
the user will receive messages in the package log for all destinations that this package was sent to
prior to these actions. The purpose of these messages is to alert the user that the package may need
to be reshipped, because these backout or backin actions have changed the package outputs. The
message severity level can be set to caution or warning. For example, sample caution messages are
shown next:
PKMR632C  PACKAGE WAS PREVIOUSLY SHIPPED TO THE FOLLOWING DESTINATION
(S) PRIOR TO [BACK-OUT| BACK-IN]
PKMR633C     JDLSHIP  19DEC12  
PKMR633C     JDOSHIP  19DEC12 
Reason:
This package was shipped before the backout or backin function was executed. Multiple 
PKMR633C messages can appear, because one message is shown for each date and time the 
package was shipped to each destination.
Action:
You may need to reship the package now that the backout function has changed the packa
ge outputs.

Post-Ship Script Execution

The Post-Ship Script feature enables the conditional execution of custom job steps, called scripts, at a
remote destination before or after the package shipment process has completed. Script files are
created by normal processor execution and identified as "(SCRIPT-FILES)" through mapping rules.
Custom script job steps are created by the Administrator by editing the shipment JCL models based
on your site's requirements. In addition, a new Script Execution status can be returned and displayed
in the 'Shipment Status' view by scrolling right. A script could perform a particular function, for
example, a CICS New Copy or DB2 Bind.

04-May-2018 777/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How Post-Ship Script Execution Works

The Post-ship Script feature enables the conditional execution of custom job steps, called scripts, at a
remote destination before or after the package shipment process has completed. This process works
as follows:

1. The administrator creates custom script job steps by editing the shipment JCL models based
on your site's requirements. These models include additional job steps in the remote job that
can execute before or after the job copies the package outputs to their target data sets only if
a script data set in included in the shipment. To enable conditional execution, a symbol
represents each script data set. The symbol is based on the last qualifier of the host data set
name, prefixed by the characters ZZ (for example, &ZZSCRIPT for the data set BST.USER12.
SCRIPT). The value of the symbol is the remote staging data set name for the script data set.
Therefore, the script job steps can be conditionally included in the remote job steps based on
the existence of the script data set in the shipment as determined by the resolution of the
data set symbol.

2. The administrator can optionally include symbols unique by destination in the script data set
members. If the administrator chooses to use destination-specific symbols, the administrator
will have created a destination configuration member in the PARMLIB that defines a value for
the symbol that is unique to each destination. During the shipment process, symbols in the
script data set members are substituted with the values from the symbols defined in the
destination configuration member before being written to the host staging data set. The
destinations coded in the configuration member will not be validated as defined destinations.
The member will not be processed until a package shipment is executed, and only then if a
script data set is included in the shipment. Messages will be produced during package ship
indicating that a script data set has been found and whether or not a destination
configuration member is also found and the variables substituted.

3. Your site's script data sets are created by normal processor execution.

4. The script data set has to be identified as such so that the members can have their unresolved
symbols resolved before the members are written to the host staging data set. During the
package shipment process, the script data sets are identified as script data sets through
mapping rules, where the remote data set name is defined as: (SCRIPT-FILES).
Note: Script data sets are always shipped, but are not automatically copied to the remote
target data set, unless a copy step is included in the script job steps through the model control
members.

5. The host staging data set is shipped with all of the other package output data sets.

6. The remote copy job will then be executed, including the additional steps for script execution.
The symbol created to represent the script data set are used by the model control members
and will resolve to the remote staging data set for the script data set. This allows the script
data set to be used as input for the script job steps.

The following graphic shows the package ship process including post-ship script execution:

04-May-2018 778/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

post-ship script

Transmission Method Considerations

Depending upon the transmission method you use, a certain amount of information exchange and
preparatory work may be necessary to transmit package outputs. This section describes the
preparatory work for the following data transmission methods:

CA XCOM

Bulk Data transfer (BDT) using NJE/NJI

Bulk Data transfer (BDT), Version 2

NetView File Transfer Program (FTP)

CONNECT:Direct

Local file transfer

The CA XCOM Method

To define an XCOM destination to CA Endevor® SCM, you must supply a remote NODENAME or an
IPNAME and IPPORT address on the destination definition. The nodename is the VTAM Logical Unit
name and the IPNAME and IPPORT is the TCP/IP address. The IPPORT must match the XCOM
SERVPORT specification of the target server.

A destination definition can be created or updated using the Environment Option on the CA Endevor
SCM Primary Options Panel in foreground or using the Define Ship Destination SCL in batch.

XCOM runs a batch job that copies data sets to a remote site and runs the job there. You need to

04-May-2018 779/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

XCOM runs a batch job that copies data sets to a remote site and runs the job there. You need to
modify the sample JCL with site-specific information. In addition, the EXEC PARM may require
additional XCOM parameters.

The NDVRSHIP job step (in the Package Ship job skeleton C1BMXJOB) creates a PDS (prfx.XCOMCMD.
FILE) containing a member named CONTROL. The member contains the following commands:

A SEND TYPE=FILE command for each file to be transmitted.

A SEND TYPE=JOB command for each destination receiving a shipment to execute the remote
copy/delete job.

A SEND TYPE=JOB command to delete the host staging data sets.

You can find the JCL and the control cards for the staging data set deletion in prfx.XCOMCMD.FILE as
member "destid.D". The job step that executes XCOM (in skeleton C1BMXCOM) uses the CONTROL
member as SYSIN to execute the shipment. After all transmissions are complete prfx.XCOMCMD.FILE
is deleted. The XCOM Transfer Control facility (XTC) dependently synchronizes the file transmissions
and job executions.

CA Endevor® SCM distributes model XCOM control statements in the CSIQOPTN library as members
whose names start with #PSXCOM. In general you do not need to modify these models.

Note: For more information about XCOM, see the CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS User
Guide. XCOM is a product of CA.

The Bulk Data Transfer Using NJE/NJI Method

To define a BDT using a NJE/NJI destination to CA Endevor® SCM, you must supply remote job
information on the Destination Definition panel. This information includes the following:

A valid JOB statement destination.

A JES route card. The route card can be a "/*ROUTE XEQ nodename" (JES2), "//*ROUTE XEQ
nodename" (JES3), or an equivalent. For more information about routing and running jobs at the
remote destination, contact your JES system programmer.

CA Endevor® SCM distributes model JCL in the CSIQOPTN library as members whose names start with
#PSBDT1. In general, you do not need to modify these models.

The Bulk Data Transfer Version 2 Method

To define a BDT Version 2 destination to CA Endevor® SCM, you must supply a remote NODENAME
on the Destination Definition panel. Contact your BDT system programmer for the names of the
nodes in your network.

BDT runs a batch job that copies data sets to a remote site and runs the job there. You need to
modify the sample JCL with site-specific information about BDT.

04-May-2018 780/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Each data set you wish to transmit issues a NETREL for the remote copy/delete job. Each NETREL in
turn decrements a NETHOLD equal to the number of data sets you wish to transmit. When all data
sets have been transmitted, the NETHOLD is satisfied and the remote copy/delete job is released.

CA Endevor® SCM distributes model BDT control statements in the CSIQOPTN library as members
whose names start with #PSBDT2. In general you do not want to modify these models.

Note: For more information about BDT, see your IBM documentation.

The Local File Transfer Method

Local shipments require that the host staging data sets be allocated on DASD which is shared
between the host and remote sites. The remote production data sets can be on unshared DASD.
Allocation of the shared DASD can be controlled using the UNIT and/or VOLSER fields on the
Destination Definition panel.

The NetView FTP Method

NetView FTP runs a batch job that submits transactions that copy data sets to a remote site. CA
Endevor® SCM distributes FTP commands in the CSIQOPTN library as members whose names start
with #PSNFTP. You need to modify the sample JCL with site-specific information. In general, you do
not need to modify the commands.

Note: For more information about NetView FTP, see your IBM documentation.

The CONNECT Direct Method

CONNECT:Direct (formerly known as Network Data Mover or NDM) runs a batch job that copies data
sets from a host site to a remote destination and runs the job there. CA Endevor® SCM provides
sample JCL relating to CONNECT:Direct. You need to modify this sample JCL with site-specific
information about CONNECT:Direct.

The NDVRSHIP jobstep (in skeleton C1BMXJOB) creates an CONNECT:Direct Process File containing a
single process for each CONNECT:Direct destination. The member name of each process is "destid.P".
The member contains the following commands:

A COPY command for each file you wish to transmit.

A RUN JOB command to execute the remote copy/delete job.

A RUN JOB command to delete the host staging data sets for that destination.

04-May-2018 781/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

You can find the JCL and control cards for the staging data set deletion in the process file as member
(s) "destid.D". A single member "SUBMIT" contains a CONNECT:Direct SUBMIT command for each of
the process members. The jobstep associated with C1BMXNDM uses the "SUBMIT" member to
execute the shipment. The Process File is deleted after all processes have been submitted.

CA Endevor® SCM distributes model CONNECT:Direct control statements in the CSIQOPTN library as
members whose names start with #PSNWDM. In general you do not want to modify these models.

You can find additional information about CONNECT:Direct in the Product Overview. The Batch
Interface is documented in the CONNECT:Direct User's Guide. Syntax for CONNECT:Direct commands
can be found in the CONNECT:Direct Command Reference.

Enable Ship Asis

When the Ship Asis feature is enabled you can ship outputs and backout members (and HFS files, or
both) according to the backout status of the package. During the execution of a package backout and
backin action (including element action backout and backin), the user will receive warning messages
in the package log. These messages list the destinations the package was shipped to before the
backout function was executed. If Ship Asis is not enabled, outputs from the time the package was
executed are shipped regardless of the backout status of the package.

Follow these steps:

1. Edit ENCOPTBL as follows

a. Remove the asterisk in column one next to the option: SHIP_OUTPUTS_ASIS=ON

b. (Optional) Remove the asterisk in column one next to the entry and set the message
severity level to C (caution) or W (warning): ENHOPT MSGSEVERITY_PKMR632=

2. Compile and link ENCOPTBL.

The Ship Asis feature is enabled and has the following effects:

a. When a user executes a backout or backin action, messages are written to the package
log that indicate the destinations to which package has already been shipped. This
alerts the user to decide whether the package needs to be reshipped.

b. When the user ships a package that has been backed out, the outputs are shipped
according to the backout status of the package.

Configure the Host JCL

Modify the skeletal JCL for each step of the host execution of the package ship utility at your site.
These skeletons are members in the CSIQSENU library.

Modify the job statement JCL - C1BMXHJC

Host Job Step 1: Shipment Staging (C1BMXJOB)

Host Job Step 2: Transmission Scheduling

Host Job Step 3: Confirmation JCL

04-May-2018 782/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Host Job Step 4: End of Job

Host Job Statement JCL (C1BMXHJC)

Use the host job statement JCL skeleton (C1BMXHJC) to create a job statement for your host site. This
job statement is embedded in the package ship job JCL (C1BMXJOB) and the job step JCL
(C1BMXRCN) that confirms execution of the job that copies remote staging data sets into the remote
production libraries.

The C1BMXHJC skeleton, found in the CSIQSENU library, is shown next:

)SEL &C1BJC1. &lnot.= &Z.
&C1BJC1.
)ENDSEL
)SEL &C1BJC2. &lnot.= &Z.
&C1BJC2.
)ENDSEL
)SEL &C1BJC3. &lnot.= &Z.
&C1BJC3.
)ENDSEL
)SEL &C1BJC4. &lnot.= &Z.
&C1BJC4.
)ENDSEL
/*ROUTE XEQ hostname

Modify the host job statement JCL skeleton (C1BMXHJC) as follows to provide job statement
information about the host site:

The &C1BJC.n statements expands into the JOB STATEMENT INFORMATION currently displayed
on the Package Shipment panel (option 6 on the Package Options Menu). You can also replace
these statements, along with their )SEL and )ENDSEL bookends with a hard-coded job statement.

Substitute a site-specific JES Node Name value for HOSTNAME on the ROUTE statement. This
causes jobs you submit at either site to be routed to the host for execution. This modification
enables you to submit this job statement on both the host and the remote systems.

Append additional JES control statements, JCL, or both as needed.

Enable the JCL to pass security checks by including the USERID and PASSWORD keywords on the
job statement, if your site requires it. You can do this by including these keywords in one of the
&C1BJC.n statements. For example:
&C1BJC2.,USERID=userid,PASSWORD=password

Host Job Step 1 Shipment Staging (C1BMXJOB)

Step 1 executes the package shipment staging utility. This is the C1BMXJOB member located in the
CSIQSENU library. When modifying this skeleton, do the following:

Remove the transmission package DD statements that do not apply (for example, if BDT is not
used, remove C1BMXBDC, C1BMXBDR, and C1BMXBDM).

Modify the remaining model control card data sets using site-specific prefixes and names. The
prefix/qualifier of the CA Endevor® SCM libraries is iprfx.iqual.

Note: The C1BMXJOB job parm contains a reference to system variable of &ZPREFIX, which

04-May-2018 783/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: The C1BMXJOB job parm contains a reference to system variable of &ZPREFIX, which
corresponds to a user's TSO Profile Prefix. If users at your site typically set their profile to
NOPREFIX, for example, "TSO PROFILE NOPrefix", you should change this parameter to
&ZUSER or other high-level qualifier. Some of the ship JCL models use this parameter as
the first node of a certain data set allocated during the ship process.

The C1BMXLIB Skeleton

This skeleton imbeds SCMM@LIB for the STEPLIB and CONLIB definitions to run the package
shipment jobs at the host site.

C1BMXJOB-Package shipment utility execution.

C1BMXHCN-Confirm transmission of staging data sets.

C1BMXRCN-Confirm remote IEBCOPY of remote staging data sets to remote production data sets.

This is the C1BMXLIB member located in the CSIQSENU library.

To modify this skeleton, modify the STEPLIB and CONLIB DD statements using a site-specific prefix,
qualifier, and name. The prefix/qualifier of CA Endevor® SCM libraries is iprfx.iqual. If your AUTLIBS or
CONLIBS are in the linklist these two DD statements can be commented out.
The C1BMXRCN Skeleton

Use this skeleton to confirm the copying of the staging data sets to production data sets at the
remote site. It is included in the C1BMXJOB skeleton.

The shipment staging utility reads this skeleton and uses it to build the part of the remote job that
copies staging data sets into their respective production data sets. There are two IEBGENER steps
which write JCL to the internal reader. Only one of these steps executes, based on condition codes.
The job stream that is entered into the internal reader executes at the host and updates the
shipment record.

No modification is necessary for this skeleton. However, you can modify it to give more specific
information about the results of the copy process.

Host Job Step 2 Transmission Scheduling

Depending upon the transmission method you use, Step 2 either executes the transmission utility
directly (XCOM, BDT Ver 2, and NDM), submits a job to execute the transmission utility (BDT via NJE
/NJI and Netview FTP), or submits a job to copy the host staging data sets to the remote production
data sets (LOCAL). The skeletons making up Step 2 may contain site-specific data set names for CA
Endevor® SCM and for the data transmission package you use.
C1BMXCOM JCL for XCOM

This C1BMXCOM skeleton contains four steps. The &&XXCC data set built by the package shipment
utility contains IEBUPDTE SYSIN used in the two IEBUPDTE steps to populate the prfx.XCOMCMD.FILE
as described in Transmission Method Considerations. XCOM is executed in the third step. The fourth
step deletes the member "CONTROL" from the prfx.XCOMCMD.FILE data set.

To tailor this skeleton

04-May-2018 784/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To tailor this skeleton

1. Modify the STEPLIB and XCOMCNTL dsnames using a site-specific prefix, qualifier, and name.
The prefix/qualifier of the XCOM libraries is iprfx.XCOM. Contact your in-house XCOM
administrator to find out this information.

2. Examine the PARM and add the optional PARM(s), if desired.

C1BMXBD1 JCL for Bulk Data Transfer using NJE/NJI

Because the JCL generated for BDT through NJE/NJI varies depending upon the number of data sets
you are transmitting, the actual job stream is built by the package shipment utility and written to an
internal reader in this job step.

Note: For more information about the modification of this job stream (C1BMXBD1), see
Creating Model Transmission Control Statements (see page 802).

C1BMXBDT JCL for Bulk Data Transfer, Version 2

Use the C1BMXBDT skeleton to transmit staging data sets and run jobs using Bulk Data Transfer,
Version 2. No modification is necessary for this skeleton.
C1BMXNDM JCL for CONNECT Direct

The C1BMXNDM skeleton contains four steps. The &&XNWC data set built by the package shipment
utility contains IEBUPDTE SYSIN used in the two IEBUPDTE steps to populate the prefix.CONNCMD.
FILE. CONNECT:Direct is executed in the third step. The fourth step deletes the member "SUBMIT"
from the prefix.CONNCMD.FILE data set.

To customize this skeleton

1. Modify LINKLIB, NETMAP, and MSG dsnames with site-specific names. The prefix/qualifier of
the CONNECT:Direct libraries is iprfx.ndm.

2. If you need a SIGNON statement, modify the SIGNON statement in the &VNBXSTP job step
using site-specific signon data. You may add additional keywords and CONNECT:Direct control
statements other than signon. For more information, see CONNECT: Direct Control Statements
(see page 806).

3. If you do not need a SIGNON statement, delete the SIGNON and //SYSIN DD * statements in
the &VNBXSTP job stepand code //SYSIN on the CONNCMD.FILE DD statement.

04-May-2018 785/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: If most of your users' profiles are set to NOPREFIX, the C1BMXJOB job parm
contains a reference to system variable of &VNBSHHLI, which corresponds to a
user's TSO Profile Prefix. If users at your site typically set their profile to NOPREFIX,
for example, "TSO PROFILE NOPrefix", you should change this parameter to &ZUSER
or other high-level qualifier. Some of the ship JCL models use this parameter as the
first node of a certain data sets allocated during the ship CONNCMD.

C1BMXLOC JCL for Local Transmission

Use the C1BMXLOC skeleton to transfer host staging data sets that exist on shared DASD to
production data sets which may or may not exist on shared DASD. The job executes a submit
command for the remote copy/delete job using batch TSO.

No modification is necessary for this skeleton.

C1BMXFTP JCL for NetView File Transfer Program

Because the Netview FTP JCL varies depending upon the number of data sets you are transmitting,
the actual job stream is built by the package shipment utility and written to an internal reader in this
job step. The tailoring of the C1BMXFTP job stream is discussed in Creating Model Transmission
Control Statements (see page 802).

Host Job Step 3 Confirmation JCL

For transmission methods which actually execute in Step 2 (XCOM, BDT Ver 2, CONNECT:Direct, and
Local), Step 3 confirms the host execution of the preceding file transmission step. It does this by
executing one step if the transmission step executes, and a different step if the transmission step
abends.

There is no third job step for BDT via NJE/NJI and Netview FTP. However, this skeleton is read by the
first job step (DD name C1BMXHCN) and becomes part of the JCL stream which is written to the
internal reader in the second job step.

Two skeletal JCL modules are involved in Step 3.

The C1BMXHCN Skeleton

To modify the C1BMXHCN skeleton, insure that the condition code on the CONFEXEC step matches
the condition code in the preceding file transmission step. This skeleton can be modified to give more
specific information about the results of the file transmission step.

Host Job Step 4 End of Job

The C1BMXEOJ skeleton provides support to any "end of job" processing requirements. It is a single
JCL comment card that you can modify as required. The skeleton is included as the last job step of the
primary JCL stream for all transmission methods. It is not included in secondary JCL streams (BDT via
NJE/NJI or NetView FTP).

04-May-2018 786/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Modifying Remote Package Shipment JCL

CA Endevor® SCM provides skeletal JCL, and model members to generate the remote Copy/Delete
job of a shipment. Before using the ship utility, you must modify this skeletal JCL so that it conforms
to your site conventions.

These skeletons are members in the CSIQSENU library and the model members are found in the
CSIQOPTN library.

Remote Job Stream (C1DEFLTS)

The generation of the remote copy and delete job stream is controlled by the C1DEFLTS specification
for RJCLROOT keyword.

RJCLROOT
Specifies the member root for the package ship remote JCL model. Controls the choice of remote
JCL generation. There are three choices:

Note: The option to tailor the remote command stream, or execute Post-Ship Script
processing is ONLY enabled using either RJCLROOT=ICPY or RJCLROOT=FCPY. If RJCLROOT
is not specified (or omitted) these options are not available. See How to Tailor the
Command Stream and Enable Post-Ship Script Execution later, for details

Remote job RJCLROOT=Not specified

If RJCLROOT is not specified, the three-step job stream is programmatically generated using IEBCOPY
and IDCAMS and the #PSxxxx model control members, where xxxx is specific to the transmission
method.

Remote Job Step 1: IEBCOPY JCL

This JCL copies staging data sets to their production counterparts. This job step member is read
/written at the host site by the shipment staging utility and is executed at the remote site. The
member is C1BMXCOP and is distributed in the CSIQSENU library.

Note: This is not an ISPF skeleton. All skeleton control statements (close parenthesis in column 1) are
ignored.

Keep in mind the following:

The utility-generated copy control cards are in IEBCOPY format. COPY and COPYMOD commands
are used. No SELECT MEMBER statements are generated.

The utility generates a //SYSIN * DD * statement.

Remote Job Step 2: IDCAMS JCL

This JCL deletes production members and remote staging data sets at the remote site. This member is
read/written at the host site by the shipment staging utility and is executed at the remote site. The
member is C1BMXDEL and is distributed in the CSIQSENU library.

04-May-2018 787/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: This is not an ISPF skeleton. All skeleton control statements (close parenthesis in column 1) are
ignored.

//* *-----------------------* C1BMXRJC(C1BMXDEL)

//* * REMOTE SITE JOBSTEP TO DELETE MEMBERS WHICH
//* * WERE DELETED BY THE EXECUTION OF THE PACKAGE
//* *---------------------------------*
//DELETE EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN DD *
Remote Job Step 3: Remote confirmation

Remote confirmation steps are discussed in Host Job Step 1: Shipment Staging (C1BMXJOB), in the
C1BMXRCN subsection.
Remote Job RJCLROOT=FCPY

If RJCLROOT is equal (=) to FCPY, the job stream is generated through the set of model members
beginning with the character string #RJFCPY. The distribution version consists of the following three
steps:

Remote Job Step 1: Execute IEBCOPY (intercepted to execute FASTCOPY)

To copy members to and delete members from remote data sets.

Remote Job Step 2: Execute IDCAMS to delete staging datasets

Remote Job Step 3: Remote confirmation

For more information about the remote confirmation steps, see Host Job Step 1: Shipment Staging
(C1BMXJOB).
Remote Job RJCLROOT=ICPY

If RJCLROOT is equal (=) to ICPY, the job stream is generated through the set of model members in
the CSIQOPTN library beginning with the character string #RJICPY. The distributed version generates
the same job stream that is generated when RJCLROOT is omitted. The job stream consists of three
steps:

Remote Job Step 1: Execute IEBCOPY to copy members to remote data sets

Remote Job Step 2: Execute IDCAMS to delete members and staging data sets

Remote Job Step 3: Remote confirmation

For more information about the remote confirmation steps, see Host Job Step 1: Shipment Staging
(C1BMXJOB).
BPXBATCH Remote Job Step for USS Objects

If a package shipment contains any USS objects, then an extra step (BPX) is inserted into the remote
copy jobs to perform the required un-archive and copy commands. As delivered, the remote
commands perform the following:

trap 'exit 1;' ERR -

04-May-2018 788/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

trap 'exit 1;' ERR -

Enables trapping of any errors following this point.

Note: If an error is encountered, a return code 256 is set and this can be tested in the
confirmation steps. For more information, see How to Build, Track and Confirm
Shipments.

set -x
Enables echoing of the commands, prefixed with a plus ('+') to the STDERR output DD which
makes it easier to diagnose any problems.

mkdir -p '<remoteStaginPath>'
Creates a target staging directory if it doesn't already exist.

pax -rvzk -f "//'<remoteDatasetPrefix>.ARPAX'"-s …

Performs the un-archive of the pax file.

rm -fv '<targetFile>'
Builds a corresponding delete request, for each copy, before the copy is performed. This
command ensures that time stamp information is preserved in the following copy command.

cp -Bm '<stagingFile>' '<targetFile>'

Invokes a binary copy for each file maintaining the date and timestamp from the original file.

Note: The remote copy and delete command pairs will repeat for as many USS objects as
need to be managed.

How to Tailor the Command Stream

You can tailor the command stream to your site standards, by inserting a step to tailor the file at the
remote location. For example, you can insert mkdir, chown, or chgroup commands or modify the
delivered un-pax command switches.

1. Select a model for the remote JCL. The RJCLROOT parameter in the Defaults table (C1DEFLTS)
determines which custom set of models is in use at your site.

If your value is FCPY, or ICPY, note the value and continue to the next step.

If RJCLROOT is omitted or blank, then edit the C1DEFLTS to specify RJCLROOT=ICPY and
reassemble the table.

04-May-2018 789/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For more information about RJCLROOT, see Specifying Remote Job Stream in
C1DEFLTS (see page 787). For more information about the Defaults table, see
Defaults Table (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Defaults+Table).

2. Edit the copy step model JCL as follows:

a. Locate the appropriate model in your CSIQOPTN library:

If your Defaults table specifies RJCLROOT=FCPY, use this model member: #RJFCPY1

If your Defaults table specifies RJCLROOT=ICPY use this model member: #RJICPY1

b. Locate the BPXBATCH step in your model member. This step executes the command
stream. A sample BPXBATCH step for #RJICPY1 is shown next:
//*                                         
//BPXBAT   EXEC PGM=BPXBATCH           ICPY 
//STDOUT   DD   SYSOUT=*                    
//STDERR   DD   SYSOUT=*                    
//STDPARM  DD   DISP=SHR,                   
//         DSN=&RUCD                       

DSN=&RUCD
Resolves the name of the remote command file.

c. Insert steps before the BPXBATCH step to invoke your modification code according to
your needs.

Example: Remote Command File Edited for REXX

Suppose that you want to have a REXX program read in the current command stream from SYSUT1
and then write the customized stream to SYSUT2. To accomplish this result, you would insert the
following code before the BPXBATCH step in your model member:

//***********************************************************
//* SAMPLE TAILOR UCD COMMAND STREAM
//***********************************************************
//UCDEDIT EXEC PGM=IRXJCL,PARM='UCDEDIT'
//SYSEXEC  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=BST.SUPPNDVR.ISRCLIB 
//SYSUT1   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&RUCD
//SYSUT2   DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&RUCD
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*
//***********************************************************

The following sample REXX exit (UCDEDIT) illustrates the key requirements of your command stream
tailoring. The program must read in the existing command stream and write out the tailored stream.
The program reads the input from SUSYT1 and writes the tailored output to SYSUT2. This exit
performs a simple string search and replace to amend (insert) an extra switch in the pax command.

/* Rexx to read from Sysut1 and write to Sysut2 (like IEBGENER)
   However, this version is a bit special in that it also performs
   some string substitutions.  It's intended to allow a customer
   to edit their USS Ship command stream at the remote location
   changing the pax command parms or saving some commands to be
   executed later.  */ 
        

04-May-2018 790/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

        
frmstr = 'pax -rvzk'         /* This is what we're looking for */
tgtstr = 'pax -rvzk -p op'  /* and we'll replace it with this */
        
/* Read input file (BPXBATCH commands) */
"EXECIO * DISKR SYSUT1(STEM DATA. FINIS"
IF RC ¬= 0 THEN SIGNAL IOERROR
 
/* Main loop to search/replace the string */
 
 do i = 1 to DATA.0
    start = 1
    do while start < length(DATA.i)
      found = pos(frmstr,DATA.i,start)
      if found = 0 then leave
      endstr = found + length(frmstr)
      newstr = Left(DATA.i,(found - 1)) || tgtstr
      DATA.i = newstr || substr(DATA.i,endstr)
      start = found + length(tgtstr)
    end
 end
 /* Write the substituted file out */
 
 "EXECIO * DISKW SYSUT2(STEM DATA. FINIS"
 IF RC ¬= 0 THEN SIGNAL IOERROR
 
 /* That's it all done */
Exit 0
 
IOERROR:
    SAY 'PROBLEM DURING I/O, Return code:' || RC
EXIT RC

Create a Destination
You must define at least one destination for each remote site to which you plan to ship package
outputs. CA Endevor® SCM stores destination information in the package data set. Destinations can
be defined for data sets or the USS supported file types HFS, zFS, or NFS.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option 4-Environment on the CA Endevor® SCM menu.

The Environment Options Menu.

2. Select option D- Destination on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

3. Select 2-Build. Type a fully qualified destination name in the Destination field. Press Enter.
A Create/Modify Destination panel opens.

4. Complete the information on the panel. Then press Enter. This panel includes the following
fields:

DESTINATION
Specifies a data set name or a USS supported path and file name.

For a data set name, the value can be a maximum of seven characters. The first
character must be alphabetic. Remaining characters can be alphabetic or national.

For a USS system file, the value can be up to a 732-byte path name.

04-May-2018 791/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

DESCRIPTION
Specifies a maximum 30-character description for the destination, which is treated as a
comment.

SHIP COMPLEMENTARY DATASETS

Specifies whether to ship complementary data sets. When package outputs are shipped to
a destination, a second set of staging data sets can be requested. These data sets are
called complementary data sets and contain a backout of the shipment. For example, if a
shipment contains the output of package A, then the complementary data sets contain the
backout for package A. Conversely, if a shipment contains the backout for package B, then
the complementary data sets contain the outputs for package B. Acceptable values are as
follows:

N -- Default. Do not ship complementary data sets.

Y -- Ship complementary data sets.

TRANSMISSION METHOD
Specifies the transmission utility for this destination. Acceptable values are as follows:

XCOM -- XCOM (CA)

B -- Bulk Data Transfer, Version 2 (IBM)

BDTN -- Bulk Data Transfer via NJE/NJI (IBM)

L -- Local

NVF -- NetView File Transfer Program (IBM)

NWD -- CONNECT:Direct

REMOTE NODENAME
Specifies a 1-to 16-character nodename to which package outputs are to be shipped. The
name must be valid for, and defined, to the chosen data transmission program.
Nodename has no meaning for BDT via NJE/NJI and for local transmissions.

REMOTE IPNAME/IPPORT
Specifies the XCOM SERVPORT specification of the target server to which package outputs
are to be shipped. IPname can be 1 to 63 characters. IPPORT can be 1 to 5 characters and
range from 1 to 65535. The IPNAME and IPPORT specification is only valid for the XCOM
transmission method.

Note: For XCOM, you must specify either the IPNAME/IPPORT or the NODENAME,
but not both.

04-May-2018 792/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Staging Information For Data Sets

The user must provide a prefix for the staging data sets that CA Endevor® SCM builds in
the first step of the ship utility. This prefix can be 1 to 14 characters, and can be different
for the host and the remote sites. The prefix appears in the DSN PREFIX field, and defaults
to TSOuserid.NDVR.
Acceptable values for the other staging data set fields are shown in the following:

Disposition
Delete or keep. When DISPOSITION=DELETE, CA Endevor® SCM includes a step in the
host and/or remote JCL streams to delete the staging data sets after they have been
processed. Acceptable values are:
D -- Default. Delete staging data sets
K -- Keep staging data sets
All staging data sets are initially cataloged. Keep/Delete refers to the final disposition
of:
- Host staging data sets after they have been transmitted.
- Remote staging data sets once they have been copied to their production
counterparts.

Unit
Specifies the unit designation to be used when allocating staging data sets. Default is
SYSDA.

Volume Serial (Optional)

Specifies the VOLSER to be used when allocating staging data sets. There is no default
value.

Staging Information For UNIX System Services files

If USS files are to be shipped for this destination, host and remote path name prefixes
must be specified.

Host Path Name Prefix

Specifies a one- to 732-byte prefix for the host path name. The prefix can be different
for the host site and the remote site. The default, if not specified, is "/tmp/".

Remote Path Name Prefix

Specifies a one- to 732-byte prefix for the remote path name.The prefix can be
different for the host site and the remote site. The default, if not specified, is "/tmp/".

Remote Job Statement Information

These fields provide the job card for the remote JCL execution. A ROUTE XEQ card or
equivalent should be included if the transmission method is either BDT via NJE/NJI or
local.

The destination is created.

Modify a Destination
You can modify a destination that has already been created.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.

04-May-2018 793/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

2. Select 2-Build. Type a fully qualified destination name in the Destination field. Press Enter.
A Create/Modify Destination panel opens. The CREATED and UPDATED fields show the date
and time when the destination was created and last updated, and the user ID associated with
each activity.
Note: If you left the destination name blank or use name masking, a selection list opens. Then
you can select a destination to modify from the list.

3. Change the information as necessary. Then press Enter.

The changes you made to the destination are saved.
Note: For more information about the fields on the Create/Modify Destination panel, see
Create a Destination.

Display a Destination
You can display information for a destination that has already been defined.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

2. Select 1-Display. Type a fully qualified destination name in the Destination field. Press Enter.

Note: If you leave the Destination field blank or use a name mask, a selection list
opens. Then you must select a destination from the selection list. The Display
Destination panel opens for the destination you specified.

Delete a Destination
You can delete a destination and any associated mapping rules that have already been created.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

2. Select 3-Delete on the Destination Options panel. Type a fully qualified destination name in
the Destination field. Press Enter.

Note: If you leave the Destination field blank or use a name mask, a selection list
opens. Then you must select a destination from the selection list.

The Delete Destination panel opens for the destination you specified.

04-May-2018 794/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. Select # in the Option field, then press Enter.

The destination and any associated mapping rules are deleted.

Note: To delete multiple destinations, select the destinations you want to delete on a
Destination Selection List. When you press enter, a Delete Destination panel appears for
the first selected destination. After you delete that destination, press END key. The Delete
Destination panel remains displayed, with the name of the second selected destination in
the DESTINATION ID field. Repeat the delete procedure for this and subsequent selected
destinations.

Mapping Rules
When you create each destination, you define the staging data sets or USS directories that are built
for each ship request to that destination. You must also create one or more mapping rules for each
destination. A mapping rule maps production data sets or USS directories at the host to
corresponding production data sets or USS directories at the remote site as follows:

A data set mapping rule is a relationship between a host data set name or mask and a remote
data set name or mask. Both the host and remote data set name or mask can be 1 - 44 characters
in length.

A USS mapping rule is a relationship between a host path name or mask and a remote path name
or mask. Both the host and remote path name or mask can be up to 768 characters in length.

When creating mapping rules, consider the following factors:

In order to match a mapping rule, CA Endevor® SCM first checks that the number of qualifiers or
sub-directories match. This means that the host data set name in the mapping rule must have the
same number of qualifiers (separated by '.') as the input production names. For USS path names,
the host path name must have the same number of sub-directories (separated by '/')as the input
production path name.

We recommend that the host names and their corresponding remote names in the mapping rule
have the same number of qualifiers. This format makes the rules easier to understand and
administer.

Note: Matching begins with the highest to the lowest level qualifier. Therefore, a data set
named testap.program.loadlib.clone would map to testap.program.*.* if the mapping rule
options were as follows:

testap.program.*.*
Testap.*.loadlib.clone

For example, the following host data set names should be mapped to the following remote
data set names:

Host data set name mask Remote data set name mask

04-May-2018 795/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

HOST.*.LOADLIB REMOTE.*.LOADLIB
HOST.*.*.* REMOTE.*.*.*

For example, the following host path name masks should be mapped to the following remote names:

Host path name mask Remote path name mask

/host/*/loadlib/ /remote/*/loadlib/
/host/*/*/*/ /remote/*/*/*/

The remote data set name fields in the mapping rules can have any number of qualifiers. If the
number of qualifiers is not the same, then generally both data set names align to the right before
building a new data set name.

For example, assume this mapping rule where the remote data set has more qualifiers than
the host:

Host data set name mask Remote data set name mask
TESTAP.*.* PROD.AP.*.*

This mapping rule would result in the following remote data set being built for the following host:

Host data set Remote data set

TESTAP.PROGRAM.LOADLIB PROD.AP.PROGRAM.LOADLIB

For example, assume this mapping rule, where the host data set has more qualifiers than the remote:

Host data set name mask Remote data set name mask
TESTAP.*.* PROD.*

This mapping rule would result in the following remote data set being built for the following host:

Host data set Remote data set

TESTAP.PROGRAM.LOADLIB PROD.LOADLIB

If the target has more nodes than the host, and the host and target start with the same explicitly
defined node, but do not end with the same explicitly defined node, then the data set names
align to the left.

For example, assume this mapping rule, where the remote data set has more qualifiers than
the host:

Host data set name mask Remote data set name mask
PRODAP.*.* PRODAP.*.*.REMOTE1

This mapping rule would result in the following remote data set being built for the following host:

04-May-2018 796/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Host data set Remote data set

PRODAP.A.B PRODAP.A.B.REMOTE1

For example, assume this mapping rule, where the remote USS path has more qualifiers than the
host:

Host path name mask Remote path name mask

/prodap/*/*/ /prodap/*/*/remote1/

This mapping rule would result in the following remote data set being built for the following host:

Host path Remote path

/prodap/a/b/ /prodap/a/b/remote1/

An exception to the alignment rules occurs when both the host mask and the remote mask
contain no wildcards. In this case, the remote mask becomes the remote data set name or path.

When executing a shipment request, each input data set is compared to its list of data set
mapping rules until the most specific match is found. For example, the input data set TESTAP.
PROGRAM.LOADLIB matches the following three host masks. The first mask, TESTAP.*.LOADLIB, is
the most specific and is the one that would be used.

Input data set Matching host data set name masks

TESTAP.PROGRAM.LOADLIB TESTAP.*.LOADLIB
TESTAP.*.*
*.*.LOADLIB

If the remote mask is null, data sets matching the host mask are excluded from the package
shipment. This behavior is useful, for example, when only load modules are shipped. This
behavior enables you to set up rules to prevent the shipment of source, listings, object modules,
and so on.

If no matching rule exists, then the remote data set defaults to the same name as the input data
set when executing a shipment request. If your site does not require any name changes, then all
you need is a single dummy mapping rule, which causes every data set to map to itself. A dummy
mapping rule is a mapping rule that does not include a definition for the remote data set.
Important: If you are using a dummy mapping rule with the local shipment method, the target
and source file would be the same physical data set or path. This default behavior can cause
results that had not been considered during the initial planning. For example, if a new file with a
USS path name has one extra node than the input masks, the data set would map to itself.

Note: The Shipment Activity Report created at run time lists the remote data set name for
each host data set, with the mapping rule that was used to generate it. A DSN cross
reference data set is also shipped to the remote site.

04-May-2018 797/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Create a Mapping Rule

A mapping rule maps production data sets or USS directories at the host to corresponding production
data sets or USS directories at the remote site. Each destination requires one or more mapping rules
to enable the shipment of outputs to remote sites.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option 4-Environment on the CA Endevor® SCM menu.

The Environment Options Menu.

2. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

3. Select 2 on the Destination Options panel. Type a fully qualified destination name in the
Destination field. Press Enter.
A Create/Modify Destination panel opens.

4. Select one of the following options, then press Enter.

C
Create a DSN mapping rule.

CU
Create a USS mapping rule.

A Create DSN Mapping Rule panel or a Create USS Mapping Rule panel opens, depending on
the option you selected.

5. Complete the fields as necessary.

Mapping rule description

Up to 40 character description for this mapping rule.

Fields on the Create DSN Mapping Rule panel:

6. Host dataset name

Host dataset name or mask for this mapping rule. The host dataset name must have the same
number of qualifiers as the input production name.
For script data sets, which are used for the Post-ship Script feature, the Host dataset name
cannot be wildcarded. It must be explicitly specified.

Remote dataset name

Remote data set name or mask for this mapping rule. To exclude data sets from being
transmitted, leave this field blank.
For script data sets, which are used for the Post-ship Script feature, specify the keyword
exactly as shown next: (SCRIPT-FILES). The parentheses, which must be included and the dash
are not valid characters for a data set name, so this value cannot be mistaken for one.

Approx host members/cyl

04-May-2018 798/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This field contains an approximation of the number of members that one cylinder might
contain for data sets that map to this rule. The default is 16.
When packages are staged for shipment, CA Endevor® SCM divides this value into the actual
number of members that are being staged. Then CA Endevor® SCM allocates the result +1
cylinder of primary and secondary space for the staging data sets.
Fields on the Create USS Mapping Rule panel:

7. Host path name

Specifies a 1- to 768- character name or mask for a path name at a host site. Host path names
must have the same number of directories as their input production path names. To make the
rules easier to understand and administer, we recommend that the host names and their
corresponding remote names have the same number of qualifiers. Make sure to test your
mapping rules using the Test Mapping Rules utility. For more information about testing
mapping rules, see Test a Mapping Rule (see page 801).

Remote path name

Specifies a 1- to 768- character name or mask for a path at a remote site. All path names will
be prefixed and appended with a forward slash (/). If you do not want USS package outputs in
a host path to be transmitted, leave the remote path name blank. Remote path names can
have up to 128 directories. To make the rules easier to understand and administer, we
recommend that the host names and their corresponding remote names have the same
number of qualifiers.Make sure to test your mapping rules using the Test Mapping Rules
utility. For more information about testing mapping rules, see Test a Mapping Rule (see page
801).

Note: For more information about mapping host and remote locations, see
Mapping Rules (see page 795).

Then press Enter.

The mapping rule is created.

Display a Mapping Rule

To view certain information about a mapping rule, you can display the rule. This information includes
the host and the remote location to which the host maps. Who created and updated the rule and
when it was created and updated are also displayed.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

2. Select 1 on the Destination Options panel. Type a fully qualified destination name in the
Destination field. Press Enter.

Note: If you leave the Destination field blank or use a name mask, a selection list

04-May-2018 799/1109
 2.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: If you leave the Destination field blank or use a name mask, a selection list
opens. Then you must select a destination from the selection list. The Display
Destination panel opens for the destination you specified.
Note: To return to the Delete Destination panel, press End twice.

3. Select one of the following display options in the Option field on the Display Destination
panel. The option you select depends on the file type that ships to the destination shown on
this panel.

D
Displays the DSN mapping rules for the destination.

DU
Displays the USS mapping rules for the destination.

The DSN Mapping Selection List panel or the USS Mapping Selection List panel opens,
depending on which option you specified. The panel lists the mapping rules for the
destination you specified.

4. Select the mapping rule you want to display from the selection list.
The Display DSN Mapping Rule panel or the Display USS Mapping Rule panel opens displaying
information about the mapping rule you selected from the selection list.

The Display DSN Mapping Rule panel displays the Host Dataset Name and the Remote
Dataset Name to which it maps.

The Display USS Mapping Rule panel displays the Host Path Name and the Remote Path
Name to which it maps.

Modify a Mapping Rule

The mode in which the Modify Mapping Rule panel displays (Create, Display, or Modify) depends on
the option you select on the Destination Options panel. The exact fields that display on this panel
depend on the panel mode.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

2. Select 2 on the Destination Options panel. Type a fully qualified destination name in the
Destination field. Press Enter.
A Create/Modify Destination panel opens.

3. Select one of the following options, then press Enter.

D
Display a DSN mapping rule for update.

DU
Display a USS mapping rule for update.

The DSN Mapping Selection List panel or the USS Mapping Selection List panel opens,

04-May-2018 800/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The DSN Mapping Selection List panel or the USS Mapping Selection List panel opens,
depending on which option you specified. The panel lists the mapping rules for the
destination you specified.

4. Select the mapping rule you want to modify from the selection list.
The Display DSN Mapping Rule panel or the Display USS Mapping Rule panel opens displaying
information about the mapping rule you selected from the selection list.

The Display DSN Mapping Rule panel displays the Host Dataset Name and the Remote
Dataset Name to which it maps.

The Display USS Mapping Rule panel displays the Host Path Name and the Remote Path
Name to which it maps.

5. Change the fields as necessary, then press Enter.

The mapping rule is updated.
Note: For more information about the fields on the panel, see Create a Mapping Rule.

Note: Press the End key until you reach the panel you need to perform your next
action.

Note: The DSN Mapping Selection List and the USS Mapping Selection List are ordered from
the most specific to the least specific rule. If you change the host mask when modifying a rule,
the rule is marked *RE-KEYED. This may mean that the rule has changed its relative position in
the list. Redisplay the list to find the new position of the rule.

Test a Mapping Rule

You can test a mapping rule for a destination and host name. This test determines whether the
remote location generates properly. The test also displays which mapping rule was used to generate
the remote location.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option D (DESTINATIONS) on the Environment Options Menu. Then press Enter.
The Destination Options Menu opens.

2. Select 2 on the Destination Options panel. Type a fully qualified destination name in the
Destination field. Press Enter.
A Create/Modify Destination panel opens.

3. Select one of the following options, then press Enter.

T
Test a DSN mapping rule.

TU
Test a USS mapping rule.

04-May-2018 801/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

A Test DSN Mapping Rule panel or a Test USS Mapping Rule panel for the destination opens,
depending on the option you selected.

4. Type the host name, then press Enter.

The mapping rules for this destination are searched and the remote name that
corresponds to the specified host is generated and displayed on this panel. The
mapping rule used to match the host to the remote location is also displayed.

Customizing Model Transmission Control Statements

To afford a measure of flexibility in transmitting data sets to different destinations, you can
customize the model members that contain model transmission control statements. The number and
nature of these model members depends upon the transmission package you use.

XCOM Control Statements

CA Endevor® SCM distributes the XCOM control statement models in the CSIQOPTN library as a set of
members whose names begin with "#PSXCOM." Those ending in a numeral direct the building of
XCOM commands that schedule the transmission of data sets and the running of jobs. Those ending
in a letter contain the XCOM command models. You may need to modify these command models
with site-specific data or features.

When a remote site needs a different set of commands, make a copy of the #PSXCOMx member,
naming it "destid.x" and make the changes. Only the members suffixed by an alpha character can be
prefixed with user members, not members suffixed by a numeric character. The search order for
members is "destid.x", #PSXCOMx, #PSNDVRx.

Note: For information about XCOM commands, see the XCOM User's Manual.

The XCOM control statement models in the CSIQOPTN library are described next. Modify these
models as appropriate for your site.

#PSXCOME
Contains the XCOM commands to execute the remote copy/delete job and delete the host
staging data sets. To prevent automatic execution at all remote sites, place an @EOF as the first
statement of this member. To prevent this from happening at a particular site, create a member
"destid.E" with an @EOF as the first statement.

#PSXCOMP
Contains the XCOM commands to transmit a Partitioned Data Set

#PSXCOMS
Contains the XCOM commands to transmit a Sequential Data Set

#PSXCOMT

04-May-2018 802/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

#PSXCOMT
Contains cleanup steps to delete prfx.XCOMCMD.FILE when all destinations have been processed.
This member becomes the last two job steps in prfx.XCOMCMD.FILE(destid.D).

Bulk Data Transfer (BDT) Using NJE/NJI

CA Endevor® SCM distributes the BDT using NJE/NJI control statements in the CSIQOPTN library as a
set of members whose names begin with "#PSBDT1". Those ending in a numeral and the member
suffixed with a "C" direct the building of a BDT job that does the following:

1. Unloads the partitioned staging data sets to temporary sequential data sets.

2. Executes BDTXMIT to transmit the remote site BDTRECV job.

3. Optionally deletes host staging data sets via the JCL DISP parameter.

4. Executes the transmission confirmation job step.

The remote site BDTRECV job does the following:

1. Executes BDTRECV to receive the data sets.

2. Restages the staging data sets into partitioned data sets.

3. Submits the job to copy members into the production data sets.

Those #PSBDT1 members ending in a letter contain JCL segments which may have to be modified
with site-specific data. BDT via NJE/NJI also uses a set of members whose names begin with
#PSNDVR. In cases where the needs of a remote site differ, make a copy of the #PSBDT1x or
#PSNDVRx member, name it "destid.x" and make the changes. Only the members suffixed by an
alpha character can be prefixed with user members, not members suffixed by a numeric character.
The search order for members is "destid.x," #PSBDT1x, #PSNDVRx.

The BDT control statement models in the CSIQOPTN library are described next. Modify these models
as appropriate for your site.

#PSBDT1E
This job step is transmitted to the remote site and is executed there after the data sets are
received (as sequential files) and restaged into partitioned data sets. To prevent automatic
execution at all remote sites, place an @EOF as the first statement of this member. To prevent
this from happening at a particular site, create a member "destid.E" with an @EOF as the first
statement.

#PSBDT1J
This job step is executed at the host site after the partitioned staging data sets have been
unloaded into sequential data sets.

#PSBDT1W
This job step is executed at the remote site.

#PSNDVRH
This job step is executed at the host site and unloads the partitioned staging data sets into
temporary sequential data sets prior to transmission.

04-May-2018 803/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

#PSNDVRR
This job step is executed at the remote site and restages the received sequential data sets into
temporary partitioned data sets. This control statement is set up to use the same JCL as that
executed on the host. If different JCL is required, replace the @INCLUDE=H statement with the
appropriate JCL.

Bulk Data Transfer (BDT), Version 2, Control Statements

CA Endevor® SCM distributes the BDT Version 2 control statement in the CSIQOPTN library as a set of
members whose names begin with "#PSBDT2". Those ending in a numeral direct the building of BDT
commands that schedule the transmission of data sets and the running of jobs. Those ending in a
letter contain the BDT command models. You may have to modify these command models with site-
specific data or features.

When a remote site needs a different set of commands, make a copy of the #PSBDT2x member,
naming it "destid.x" and make the changes. Only the members suffixed by an alpha character can be
prefixed with user members, not members suffixed by a numeric character. The search order for
members is "destid.x", #PSBDT2x, #PSNDVRx.

Note: For more information about BDT commands, see the BDT Version 2 File-to-File
Transaction Guide.

The BDT Version 2 control statement model in the CSIQOPTN library is described next. Modify this
model as appropriate for your site.

#PSBDT2E
This member contains the BDT Version 2 command to execute the remote copy/delete job. To
prevent automatic execution at all remote sites, place an @EOF as the first statement of this
member. To prevent this from happening at a particular site, create a member "destid.E" with an
@EOF as the first statement.

Local File Transfers

Local file transfers are accomplished by submitting JCL to copy the host staging data sets directly to
the remote production data sets.

CA Endevor® SCM distributes Local control statements in the CSIQOPTN library as a set of members
whose names begin with "#PSLOCL." In cases where the needs of a remote site differ, make a copy of
the #PSLOCLx member, naming it "destid.x" and make the changes. Only the members suffixed by an
alpha character can be prefixed with user members, not members suffixed by a numeric character.
The search order for members is "destid.x," #PSLOCLx, #PSNDVRx.

The Local control statement model in the CSIQOPTN library is described next. Modify this model as
appropriate for your site.

#PSLOCLE
This job step submits the copy/delete job for execution via TSO. To prevent automatic
submission, place an @EOF as the first statement of this member. To prevent this from
happening for a particular site, create a member "destid.E" with an @EOF as the first statement.

04-May-2018 804/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The NetView File Transfer Program

CA Endevor® SCM distributes the NetView FTP control statements in the CSIQOPTN library as a set of
members whose names begin with "#PSNFTP." Those ending in a numeral direct the building of FTP
job which does the following:

1. Executes FTP to transmit a data set to the remote site (multiple job steps).

2. Submits the job to copy members into the production data sets.

3. Deletes the host staging data sets (optional, based on the Destination Definition).

#PSNFTP members ending in a letter contain the FTP JCL and command models and may have to be
modified with site-specific data or features desired by the user. NetView FTP also uses a set of
members whose names begin with #PSNDVR. In cases where the needs of a remote site differ, make
a copy of the #PSNFTPx member, name it "destid.x" and make the changes. Only the members
suffixed by an alpha character can be prefixed with user members, not members suffixed by a
numeric character. The search order for members is "destid.x," #PSNFTPx, #PSNDVRx.

In the job stream described previously, the SUBMIT step cannot execute before the actual
transmission of the data sets. This can be accomplished in one of two ways. The transmit commands
can specify WAIT=YES, or the SUBMIT command of the second step can specify HOLD and be
manually released.

Note: For information about FTP commands, see the appropriate NetView FTP Manual.

The NETVIEW FTP control statement models in the CSIQOPTN library are described next.
Modify these models as appropriate for your site.

#PSNFTPE
This job step submits the copy/delete job for execution via TSO. To prevent automatic
submission, place an @EOF as the first statement of this member. To prevent this from
happening for a particular site, create a member "destid.E" with an @EOF as the first statement.

#PSNFTPJ
This job step is executed at the host site to transmit a data set.

#PSNFTPP
This member contains the FTP command which transmits a partitioned data set to the remote
site. The WAIT=YES is necessary to prevent the premature execution of the "SUBMIT COPY
/DELETE" step generated by #PSNFTPE.

#PSNFTPS
This member contains the FTP command which will transmit a sequential data set to the remote
site. The data set name to be transmitted is located in member #PSNFTP6. The WAIT=YES is
necessary to prevent the premature execution of the "submit copy/delete" step generated by
#PSNFTPE.

04-May-2018 805/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

#PSNDVRD
This job step deletes the host staging data sets if "DELETE" was specified as the Host Staging Data
set Disposition.

Note: For more information about establishing destinations, see How to Establish
Destinations.

CONNECT Direct Control Statements

CA Endevor® SCM distributes CONNECT:Direct control statement models in the CA Endevor® SCM
source library as a set of members whose names begin with "#PSNWDM". Those ending in a numeral
direct the building of CONNECT:Direct commands which schedule the transmission of data sets and
the running of jobs. Those ending in a letter contain the CONNECT:Direct command models and may
have to be modified with site-specific data or features desired by the user.

When a remote site needs a different set of commands, make a copy of the #PSNWDMx member,
name it "destid.x" and make the changes. Only the members suffixed by an alpha character can be
prefixed with user members, not members suffixed by a numeric character. The search order for
members is "destid.x", #PSNWDMx, #PSNDVRx.

Note: For information about CONNECT:Direct commands, see the CONNECT:Direct

Command Reference.

The CONNECT:Direct control statement models in the CSIQOPTN library are described next.
Modify these models as appropriate for your site.

#PSNWDMB
Contains the CONNECT:Direct Submit Statement.

#PSNWDMC
Contains the Process Statement.

#PSNWDME
Contains the CONNECT:Direct command to execute the remote copy/delete job. To prevent
automatic execution at all remote sites, place an @EOF as the first statement of this member. To
prevent this from happening at a particular site, create a member "destid.E" with an @EOF as the
first statement.

#PSNWDMP
Contains the statements to transmit a Partitioned Data Set.

#PSNWDMS
Contains the statements to transmit Sequential Data Sets.

04-May-2018 806/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

#PSNWDMT
Contains cleanup steps to delete prfx.CONNCMD.FILE when all destinations have been processed.
It becomes the last two job steps in prfx.CONNCMD.FILE(destid.D).

How to Create External Package Shipment Job Streams

Follow this process to capture the package shipment JCL that the Package Shipment panel builds and
submit it as part of a recurring data processing cycle.

1. Expand the Package Shipment JCL.

2. Move the Package Shipment JCL to a data set.

3. Formulate a method to specify which packages to ship to which destinations.

Note: If any Package Shipment skeletons change (ISPSLIB(C1BMX*)) or if the transmission

method(s) to be used changes, then the external job stream must be re-constructed.

Expand the Package Shipment JCL

To expand the package shipment JCL

1. Build a shipment request for a single package to single destination.

2. On the Package Shipment panel, code TYPRUN=COPY in the HOST JOB STATEMENT
INFORMATION field. Insure that the MSGCLASS points to a HELD queue.

3. Submit the shipment queue by typing 3 in the OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel.
TSO displays a IKJ56250I message. Copy the jobname and job number the message displays. If
no message displays, use SDSF to obtain the job name and job number.

4. Return to the Package Shipment panel and remove the TYPRUN=COPY from the HOST JOB
STATEMENT INFORMATION field and restore the MSGCLASS to its original state.
The Package Shipment JCL Stream, including all in-stream data, now resides on the JES queue.

Move the Package Shipment JCL to a Data Set

To move the Package Shipment JCL to a data set

1. Move the JES Queue to a sequential data set or to a member of a PDS. If the data set that is to
contain the JCL stream does not exist, allocate it with a RECFM of "F" or "FB" and an LRECL of
80.

2. Issue the following command from the TSO READY prompt or the ISPF TSO Command Panel
using the jobname and number from Step 1.
OUTPUT jobname (jobnumber) PRINT ('data set')

TSO displays "OUTPUT" to indicate that the JCL stream now resides in the specified data set.
Press End.

04-May-2018 807/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. Edit the JCL by as follows:

a. Remove the TYPRUN=COPY from the JOB statement.

b. Adjust any other job parameters as appropriate.

c. Remove the JES Statistics.

d. Ensure that the first statement in the file is the JOB statement and the last is the
expansion of the ISPSLIB(C1BMXEOJ) skeleton.

e. Modify the date and time components in all parameter cards to match the intended
execution date and time, if necessary. These data and time fields are used to generate
unique data set names and to ensure that confirmation messages are sent back for the
appropriate shipment. They do not imply any scheduling restrictions. For example, in
the following code, YYYYMMDD is a valid date in year, month, and date format.
HHMMSSTT is a valid time (including hundredths of seconds):
PARM='C1BMX000,YYYYMMDD,HHMMSSTT,…. 

f. Tailor all the temporary data set names (in the format <prefix>.D<yymmdd>.
T<hhmmss>.*) to match the date and time used in the parameter cards in the prior
step. Due to limitations of the node length, a shorter version of the date and time is
used. The century is omitted from the date and the hundredths of seconds from the
time.

How to Specify Package and Destination Information at Run Time

Run time input to the Package Shipment Utility is read in through the C1BMXIN data set in the
NDVRSHIP job step. The input is Package Shipment SCL.

Note: For more information about package shipment SCL, see Using Package Shipment SCL.

You can modify the C1BMXIN DD statement by:

Leaving it as an in-stream data set and modifying the SCL that follows it prior to each run.

Changing the C1BMXIN DD statement from an in-stream data set to a sequential data set or PDS
member (RECFM=F or FB,LRECL=80) into which you can store the SCL until each run.

Using SCL generators to precede the NDVRSHIP step and populate a temporary data set with SCL
that will be passed through C1BMXIN.

The JCL stream is now ready to be submitted.

How to Enable Post-Ship Script Execution

Contents

Configure C1DEFLTS for Post-Ship Script (see page 810)

Update Processors for Post-Ship Script (see page 810)

04-May-2018 808/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Update Processors for Post-Ship Script (see page 810)

Define Mapping Rules for Post-Ship Script Data Sets (see page 811)
Create a Destination Configuration File (see page 811)
Create Model Script Steps (see page 813)

As a CA Endevor® SCM administrator, you can enable the Post-Ship Script feature to facilitate the
conditional execution of custom job steps, called scripts, at a remote destination before or after the
package shipment process has completed.

The following graphic shows how you enable the Post-Ship Script feature:

How to Enable Post-Ship Script Execution

Complete the following procedures to enable Post-Ship Script execution:

1. Configure your C1DEFLTS table (see page 810). This involves reviewing your C1DEFLTS table
and updating the table if necessary.

2. Update your Generate or Move Processors (see page 810) to add steps that build scripts.

3. Define mapping rules for the data sets that contain your script files (see page 811). For script
data sets, you define the mapping rule's remote destination as: (SCRIPT-FILE).

4.
04-May-2018 809/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. (Optionally) Create a Destination Configuration member (see page ) to define symbol

names and values unique to for each package ship destination. This member is only required if
you plan to use symbols unique by destination in the members added to a script data set.

5. Create model script steps (see page 813).

View this video for an overview of the Post-Ship Script feature:

Configure C1DEFLTS for Post-Ship Script

To enable the Post-Ship Script feature, your C1DEFLTS table must meet certain requirements.

Follow these steps:

1. Review your C1DEFLTS table to confirm that your RJCLROOT parameter is set to either ICPY or
FCPY. If this option was omitted, insert it with a value of RJCLROOT=ICPY. For more
information on the RJCLROOT parameter, see Remote Job Stream (C1DEFLTS).

2. (Optional) Update your C1DEFLTS table as follows, if you plan to use destination script
symbols:

a. Define the name of your Destination Configuration member to C1DEFLTS, using the
DESTCFGMBR= parameter. If no value is specified, the value defaults to null.

b. Review your C1DEFLTS table to confirm that you have a valid PARMLIB dataset.

3. Reassemble your C1DEFLTS table.

Update Processors for Post-Ship Script

To enable the Post-Ship Script feature, you must update your processors to add the steps that create
your script output data sets.

Follow these steps:

1. Update your generate or move processors to insert any additional steps needed to build the
required remote script syntax based on your site's requirements.

2. Verify that MONITOR and BACKOUT keywords are specified on the script data set so that
package processing can create backout records to track your script files.

Name your script data set so that it is easy to determine its content. The final qualifier of the script
data set will be used when building model control statements. So consider choosing an appropriate
name so the different types of script processing can be determined. For example, an appropriate
name might be CICSNEWC for CICS Phasin requests or DB2BIND for DB2 bind requests. Any
destination specific symbols that you want to be substituted at shipment must be present in the
script file created by the processor.

Example: Create CICS New Copy Script for Post-Ship Script Execution

The following code sample will create CICS phase-in requests when the processor is executed in a
package. The &CICSREGN symbol in this example will be substituted at ship time.
//***************************************************************

04-May-2018 810/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//***************************************************************
//* CREATE CICS NEW COPY SCRIPT                                                 
//***************************************************************
//PKGCHK   IF &C1PKGID NE "" THEN   * ONLY IF PACKAGE EXEC 
//SCRIPCP  EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,MAXRC=0                                    
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*                                                  
//SYSIN    DD DUMMY                                                     
//SYSUT2   DD DISP=SHR,MONITOR=&MONITOR,FOOTPRNT=CREATE,         
//         DSN=&DSPREFIX.CICSNEWC
(&C1ELEMENT)                                           
//SYSUT1   DD DATA,DLM=##
/*VS,'F &CICSREGN,CEMT SET PRO(&C1ELEMENT),PHASEIN'
##                                               
//PKGCHKX ENDIF 

Define Mapping Rules for Post-Ship Script Data Sets

Define data set mapping rules for your processor output files that contain your scripts.

Follow these steps:

1. Specify the Host Dataset Name field masks to match the script data set name.

2. Specify the Remote Dataset Name field value using the keyword exactly as shown next:
(SCRIPT-FILES)
The parentheses, which must be included and the dash are not valid characters for a data set
name, so this value cannot be mistaken for one.

Note: For more information about defining mapping rules, see Create a Mapping Rule (see
page 798).

Example: Mapping Rule for Script Files

To create a mapping rule for a script data set with a final qualifier of CICSNEWC, define the Host
Dataset Name and the Remote Dataset Name as shown next.
HOST DATASET NAME   ===> *.*.*.CICSNEWC  
      maps to                                        
REMOTE DATASET NAME ===> (SCRIPT-FILE)               

Note: This example creates a mapping rule for the CICS new copy script created in the example
shown in Update Processors for Post-Ship Script (see page 810).

Note: On the DSN Mapping Selection List, SCRIPT appears in the Status column when a
script file is identified by a mapping rule.

Create a Destination Configuration File

If you plan to use symbols that will resolve to values based on the destination in the script files
created by your processors, you need to create a Destination Configuration file. The Destination
Configuration member contains statements that will be read and parsed at package shipment
execution time to create symbols unique to a destination that can be used in script data set members

04-May-2018 811/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

execution time to create symbols unique to a destination that can be used in script data set members
to resolve symbols for the target destination. These symbols must have been created in the script
dataset members by your processors in order for the substitution to take place correctly.

Follow these steps:

1. Create a Destination Configuration file to define symbol names and values unique to each
package ship destination.
Use the following syntax to define the symbol names and values for each destination:
>>--  DESTination 'destid'  ---------------------------> 
  +<----<----<----<----<----<----<----<----<----<---+
--+-->  SYMbol 'symbol-name' VALue 'symbol-value' -- - ->
--->  .  ---------------------------------------------><

This statement can be repeated for each destination and the SYMBOL and VALUE combination
can be defined as many times as necessary within each statement. If SYMBOL is coded (there
must be at least one) then VALUE must also be coded. To code a null value for a symbol, use
two consecutive single quotes after the VALUE keyword.

2. Add the Destination Configuration member to your PARMLIB.

3. Include the symbols in your script data set members as appropriate to represent information
that will vary by destination.

Important: Symbol substitution can cause syntax errors by causing line overflows.

Consider the maximum length of your symbols, use symbol substringing to generate
appropriate syntax, or both. For more information on Symbol substring syntax, see the
Extended Processors Guide. Alternatively, if for example you need to substitute long symbols
such as path or file names, consider using a variable blocked (RECFM=VB) script file.

Note: The content of the Destination Configuration member can be viewed from the Display Options
menu and any syntax errors can be reviewed there. The name of the Destination Configuration
member is displayed in the Parameter Library Information section of the Site Information from
C1DEFLTS panel. On the DSN Mapping Selection List, SCRIPT appears in the Status column when a
script file is identified by a mapping rule. Script Execution status can be returned and displayed in the
'Shipment Status' view by scrolling right.

Example: Destination Configuration File for Post-Ship Script

This example of a Destination Configuration file defines different values for the symbol CICSREGN
depending on the target destination.
DESTINATION CA31XCM                                                                   
                       
    SYMBOL 'CICSREGN' VALUE 'CICS31DN'
    SYMBOL 'DB2SYS'   VALUE 'DBS31DN'  .  
DESTINATION CA11LOC                                                                   
                       
    SYMBOL 'CICSREGN' VALUE 'CICS11PR'
    SYMBOL 'DB2SYS'   VALUE 'DB2S11DN'  .                                             
         

Note: This example creates a CICSREGN symbol for the CICS new copy script created in the example

04-May-2018 812/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: This example creates a CICSREGN symbol for the CICS new copy script created in the example
shown in Update Processors for Post-Ship Script (see page 810).

Create Model Script Steps

You can write your own scripts or customize the model script job steps by editing the shipment JCL
models (#RJNDVRA and #RJNDVRB in the CSIQOPTN library) based on your site's requirements. These
models include job steps in the remote job, to be executed before or after the job copies the package
outputs to their target data sets, based on the existence of a script data set in the shipment.

To enable conditional execution, a symbol represents each script data set. The symbol is based on the
last qualifier of the host data set name, prefixed by the characters ZZ (for example, &ZZCICSNEWC for
the data set BST.USER12.CICSNEWC. The value of the symbol will be the remote staging data set
name for the script data set.

The symbols can be checked in the package ship model control members through @IF and @IFNOT
statements. Therefore, the script job steps can be conditionally generated in the remote job steps
based on the existence of the script data set in the shipment as determined by the resolution of the
data set symbol.

Example: Model Post-Ship Script Steps for CICS New COPY

This model code is delivered as #RJNDVRA in the CSIQOPTN library. This code sample executes a CICS
New Copy after the data set is copied to the remote target. Script files will be transmitted as PDS
/Library members, one for each member that created a script, and potentially many Script files.
@REM ************************************************************
@REM * THESE STEPS WILL EXECUTE AFTER THE COPY TO THE REMOTE TGT     
@REM ************************************************************ 
//* START #RJNDVRA                                                       
@IF &ZZCICSNEWC                                                          
//* START SCRIPT CICS NEW COPY                                                       
//ASCRIPT1 EXEC PGM=<YourNewCopyUtil>         
//SCRIPTIN DD   DISP=SHR,                                                
//         DSN=&ZZCICSNEWC
   ...
   <insert your site specific JCL here...>
   ...                                               
//* END   SCRIPT 1                                                       
@ENDIF

Example: Model Post-Ship Script Steps to Flatten a PDS into a Sequential File

This model is delivered as #RJNDVRB in the CSIQOPTN library. This code sample flattens a PDS into a
sequential file. (This example includes a modified separator line.) If your processing requires a
sequential input you may need to flatten the library structure using your own utility or standard IBM
utilities as shown in the this sample.
@REM ************************************************************
@REM * THESE STEPS provide a sample FLATTEN process
@REM ************************************************************                     
                                             
@IF &ZZSCRIPTFB                                                                       
                               
//***************************************************************
//* THIS SCRIPT WILL TAKE A PDS & CREATE A FLAT (SEQUENTIAL) FILE     
//* FROM ITS MEMBERS USING STANDARD IBM UTILITIES.                      
//*                                                                     
//***************************************************************
//*                                                                     
//SCR010   EXEC PGM=IDCAMS     * FIRST CLEAN UP TEMP MEMBERS                          
                   

04-May-2018 813/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

                   
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                                                
//SYSIN    DD   *                                                       
  DEL &ZZSCRIPTFB.P                                                     
  DEL &ZZSCRIPTFB.S                                                     
  SET MAXCC = 0                                                         
//*                                                                     
//SCR020   EXEC PGM=IEBPTPCH   * THEN PUNCH OUT ALL MEMBERS             
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                                                
//SYSUT1   DD   DISP=SHR,                                               
//         DSN=&ZZSCRIPTFB                                              
//SYSUT2   DD   DISP=(,CATLG),                                          
//         DSN=&ZZSCRIPTFB.P,                                           
//         SPACE=(CYL,(1,1),RLSE),                                      
//         UNIT=SYSDA,                                                  
//         DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=81)                                     
//SYSIN    DD  *                                                        
 PUNCH TYPORG=PO                                                        
//*                                                                     
//SCR030   EXEC PGM=SORT       * USE SORT TO STRIP OFF LEADING                       
//SYSOUT   DD   SYSOUT=*       * PUNCH CONTROL CHARACTERS          
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*       * AND REPLACE MEMBER CARDS                             
             
//SYSUDUMP DD   SYSOUT=*                                                
//REPORT1  DD   SYSOUT=*                                                
//SORTIN   DD   DISP=SHR,                                               
//         DSN=&ZZSCRIPTFB.P                                            
//SORTOUT  DD   DSN=&ZZSCRIPTFB.S,                                      
//         DISP=(,CATLG),                                               
//         UNIT=SYSDA,                                                  
//         SPACE=(CYL,(1,1)),                                           
//         DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80)                                      
//SORTWK01 DD  UNIT=DISK,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5))                   
//SORTWK02 DD  UNIT=DISK,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5))                   
//SORTWK03 DD  UNIT=DISK,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5))                   
//SYSIN    DD  *                                             
  SORT FIELDS=COPY                                           
  INREC  IFTHEN=(WHEN=(2,13,CH,EQ,C'MEMBER NAME  '),         
           BUILD=(C'./ ADD NAME=',15,8)),                    
         IFTHEN=(WHEN=NONE,BUILD=(1:2,80))                   
//*                                                          
//* END SCRIPT 1                                             
@ENDIF                                                       
@IFNOT &ZZSCRIPTFB                                           
//* START SCRIPT - THIS STEP WILL RUN IF THERE IS NO SCRIPT FILE                      
                     
//BSCRIPT1 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LE),ONLY) NO SCRIPT STEP
//* END SCRIPT 1                                             
@ENDIF                                                          
                                                                 

How to Enable USS Supported Files for Package Ship

Contents

Enable USS Supported Files for Package Ship (see page 815)
How to Enable Backout of USS Source Output Files (see page 818)
ENUSSUTL Utility (see page 819)

As a change manager (CA Endevor® SCM administrator), you can enable USS-supported files (USS,
zOS, or NFS files) for the Package Ship facility. Before USS supported files can be shipped, backout
files and records must exist for these files. To create backout files and records, add the ENUSSUTL
utility to the processor associated to the element Type definition.

04-May-2018 814/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following diagram shows how you enable USS files for Package Ship and, optionally, how you
enable USS source outputs for package ship.

Complete the following procedures to enable USS files for Package Ship:

1. Enable USS Files for Package Ship (see page 815).

2. (Optional) How to Enable USS Source Output Files for Package Ship (see page 818) -- This
process is required only If you have USS source output files that you intend to back out or
ship.

Enable USS Supported Files for Package Ship

Backout files and records are required to enable package outputs to be shipped using the Package
Ship facility. For USS supported files, the ENUSSUTL utility creates the backout files and records. The
processor that is associated to the element type must include the ENUSSUTL utility to collect and
associate the backout files to the element.

Follow these steps:

1. Add the ENUSSUTL utility to the processor with the appropriate Copy and Select or Delete and
Select statements. The ENUSSUTL syntax depends on whether it is used in a Move, Generate,
or Delete processor. Move and Generate processors use Copy statements. Delete processors
use Delete statements.
Move and Generate processors
COPY syntax: Copy, Select group statements are used in Generate and Move processors. In a
generate processor, copy the USS file from the CA Endevor® SCM path location to a temporary
path. Then use this file as input into the ENUSSUTL utility.
Copy Indd dd-name Outdd dd-name .
Select File file-name [Newfile file-name].

Copy Indd dd-name Outdd dd-name: Identifies the dd-name copy source and target path
locations.

Indd dd-name: Specifies the dd-name source location. CA Endevor® SCM and user symbolics
can be used on the JCL path name specification.

Outdd dd-name: Specifies the dd-name target location. CA Endevor® SCM and user symbolics
can be used on the JCL path name specification.

Select FIle file-name: Specifies the name of the file at the source location for the associated
Copy statement. If the Newfile clause is not used, this file specification will be used at the
target location. A file name can be up to 255 characters. See SCL Reference (https://docops.ca.
com/display/CE18/SCL+Reference) for information on how to specify a value that spans multiple
80 character lines. Multiple select statements can follow the copy statement. Copy and Select
group statements are supported. Select statements are paired with the copy statement that
precedes it. CA Endevor® SCM and user symbolics can be used on the file name specification.

04-May-2018 815/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Newfile file-name: (Optional) Specifies the copy file name to be used for the file at the target
location. If this clause is not used, the file specification name is used. The name can be up to
255 characters. See SCL Reference (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE18/SCL+Reference) for
information on how to specify a value that spans multiple 80 character lines. CA Endevor®
SCM and user symbolics can be used on the file name specification.

Sample syntax for Move processors:

//COPY1 EXEC PGM=ENUSSUTL
//INPUT DD PATH='input-pathame'
//OUTPUT DD PATH='output-pathname',
// PATHMODE=(SIRWXU,SIRWXG,SIRWXO)
//ENUSSIN DD *
COPY INDD 'INPUT' OUTDD 'OUTPUT' .
SELECT FILE 'fileone.ext' .
SELECT FILE 'filetwo.ext' .

Sample syntax for Generate processors:

//BPXW1 EXEC PGM=BPXBATCH
//STDPARM DD *
//SH cp - B 'pathname.&C1ELELMNT255.' 'temp-pathname.&C1ELELMNT255.';
//STDOUT DD SYSOUT=*
//STDERR DD SYSOUT=*
//COPY1 EXEC PGM=ENUSSUTL
//INPUT DD PATH='temp-pathame'
//OUTPUT DD PATH='pathname',
// PATHMODE=(SIRWXU,SIRWXG,SIRWXO)
//ENUSSIN DD *
COPY INDD 'INPUT' OUTDD 'OUTPUT' .
SELECT FILE &C1ELELMNT255. .

Rules for Copy syntax as are follows:

Multiple SELECT statements can follow the COPY statement.

Multiple COPY SELECT groups can be specified. Select statements are associated with the
preceding Copy statement.
COPY INDD 'INPT1' OUTDD 'OUTP1' .
SELECT FILE 'fileone.ext' .
SELECT FILE 'filetwo.ext' .
COPY INDD 'INP2' OUTDD 'OUTP2' .
SELECT FILE 'filethree.ext' .

The JCL PATHOPTS parameter is ignored if used on the Copy DD JCL statements.

The PATHMODE parameter should be used on the OUTDD DD statement. If unspecified, the
default filemode is set to '000'.

Concatenation of paths are not allowed on the INDD DD statement. The utility will check for
this and if found will fail during syntax validation.
You cannot copy to the same path and file name.

By default, ENUSSUTL copies the USS file using the credentials of the Alternate ID, so the
owner and group of the file after the copy is the Alternate ID. If you want to use the user's
credentials instead code, ALTID=N on the processor step.

Delete processors

DELETE Syntax: Use the utility's Delete and Select group statements in a delete processor.

04-May-2018 816/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

DELETE Syntax: Use the utility's Delete and Select group statements in a delete processor.
Delete FRomDD dd-name .
Select File file-name .

Delete FRomdd dd-name: Identifies the DELETE target path locations.

FRomdd dd-name: Specifies the FROM dd-name. CA Endevor® SCM and user symbolics can be
used on the JCL path name specification.

Select FIle file-name: Specifies the name of the file to be deleted that is associated with the
Delete statement. A file name can be up to 255 characters. See SCL Reference (https://docops.
ca.com/display/CE18/SCL+Reference) for information on how to specify a value that spans
multiple 80 character lines. Multiple select statements can follow the delete statement.
Delete and Select group statements are supported. Select statements are paired with the
delete statement that precedes it. CA Endevor® SCM and user symbolics can be used on the
file name specification.

Sample syntax for Delete processors:

//DEL1 EXEC PGM=ENUSSUTL
//FROM DD PATH='pathname',
// PATHMODE=(SIRWXU,SIRWXG,SIRWXO)
//ENUSSIN DD *
DELETE FROMDD 'FROM' .
SELECT FILE 'fileone.ext' .
SELECT FILE 'filetwo.ext' .

Rules for Delete syntax as are follows:

Multiple SELECT statements can follow the DELETE statement.

Multiple DELETE SELECT groups can be specified. Select statements are associated with the
preceding Delete statement.
DELETE FROMDD 'FROM1' .
SELECT FILE 'fileone.ext' .
SELECT FILE 'filetwo.ext' .
DELETE FROMDD 'FROM2' .
SELECT FILE 'filethree.ext' .

The JCL PATHOPTS parameter is ignored if used on the Delete DD JCL statements.

Concatenation of paths are not allowed on the FROMDD DD statement. The utility checks for
this and if found will fail during syntax validation.

By default, ENUSSUTL deletes the USS file using the credentials of the Alternate ID, so the
Alternate ID must have appropriate access to the from path. If you want to use the user's
credentials instead code, ALTID=N on the processor step.

2. (Optional) Include the NOECHO parameter on the EXEC statement, if you want to suppress the
echo of ENUSSUTL commands produced by the parser from appearing in the C1MSGS1
output.

NOECHO: Suppresses the SCL statements from appearing in the C1MSGS1 output. For
example, the following EXEC statement includes the NOECHO parameter and will prevent the
ENUSSUTL commands from appearing in the C1MSGS1 output:

//STEPxx  EXEC PGM=ENUSSUTL,PARM='NOECHO'

04-May-2018 817/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//STEPxx  EXEC PGM=ENUSSUTL,PARM='NOECHO'

How to Enable Backout of USS Source Output Files

Source Output USS files created by CA Endevor® SCM through the Type definition cannot be backed
out or shipped. To have this alternate file created and to have it available for Package Backout and
Ship, change the Type definition and Processor. To change the processor, use the CONWRITE and
ENUSSUTL utilities in the processor. To use this method:

1. Add the CONWRITE utility to the processor to extract the element to a temporary file. For
more information about CONWRITE, see the Extended Processors Guide.

2. Add the ENUSSUTL utility to the processor after the CONWRITE utility. Use the Copy and
Select statements to specify that the ENUSSUTL utility copy the temporary file to the targeted
USS file. The targeted USS file is the source output library defined on the Type definition.
By using the ENUSSUTL utility, a backout record and a backout file is created when an action is
executed under package processing control against this element. For more information about
using the ENUSSUTL utility, see Enable Supported Files for Package Ship.

3. Change the Type definition to remove the SOURCE OUTPUT USS library definition.

Note: If you do not intend to back out or ship your source output USS file, you do not need
to change your processor or type definition.

Example: CONWRITE and ENUSSUTL in Processor for USS Source Output Files

This example shows how a processor can use the CONWRITE and ENUSSUTL utilities to create back
out files and information for USS source output files. Thus enabling the USS files to be shipped. This
partial processor uses the CONWRITE utility to create USS output from a CA Endevor® SCM element
and copy it to a temporary USS file. The ENUSSUTL utility copies the USS file to its real name and
location. The BPXBATCH utility deletes the temporary USS file.
//GUSS  PROC USSDIR='/u/users/endeavor/&C1EN(1,1)&C1S#/'
                       •
                       •
                       •
//***********************************************************     
//* Create USS output from endevor element to a temporary USS
//* file and then use ENUSSUTL t0 copy it to its real name
//* and location.
//* Delete the temporary USS file
//* - CONWRITE element.tmp
//* - ENUSSUTL copy element.tmp to element
//* - BPXBATCH delete element.tmp
//***********************************************************
//CONW1   EXEC  PGM=CONWRITE,MAXRC=0
//ELMOUT1 DD  PATH='&USSDIR',
//        PATHOPTS=(OWRONLY,OCREAT),
//        PATHMODE=(SIRWXU,SIRWXG,SIRWXO)
//CONWIN  DD *
 WRITE ELEMENT &C1ELMNT255
    FROM ENV &C1EN SYSTEM &C1SY  SUBSYSTEM &C1SU
         TYPE &C1TY STAGE &C1SI
    TO  DDN  ELMOUT1
        USSFILE &C1ELMNT255..TMP

 .

04-May-2018 818/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 .
//***********************************************************
//ENUSS1  EXEC  PGM=ENUSSUTL,MAXRC=4
//INPUT   DD  PATH='&USSDIR'
//OUTPUT  DD  PATH='&USSDIR',
//        PATHMODE=(SIRWXU,SIRWXG,SIRWXO)
//ENUSSIN DD  *
 COPY INDD 'INPUT' OUTDD 'OUTPUT' .
 S FILE '&C1ELMNT255..tmp
   NEWF '&C1ELMNT255' 
 .
//***********************************************************
//BPXB1  EXEC  PGM=BPXBATCH,MAXRC=0,COND=(4,LT)
//STDPARM DD  *
SH rm  - r '&USSDIR.&C1ELMNT255..tmp' ;
//STDOUT  DD  SYSOUT=*
//STDERR  DD  SYSOUT=*
//*

ENUSSUTL Utility
The ENUSSUTL processor utility collects package backout information for USS processor output files.
This backout information consists of backout records and backout files.

Package outputs for USS files can be transmitted to other sites using the Package Ship utility.
However, the output cannot be shipped unless package backout information for USS files is available.
To collect this information, the processor that is associated to the element type must include the
ENUSSUTL utility to collect and associate the backout files to an element. When this utility is
executed under Package processing, the utility enables these files for Package Backout and Package
Ship.

Generate and Move processors

The execution of the ENUSSUTL utility program in a Generate and Move processor copies user-
selected USS files to the user-specified USS directory. Backout files and backout records are created
for the USS files, if executed under a package.

Backout files are stored at the target location.

Backout records are stored in the CA Endevor® SCM Package data set.

Delete processors
The execution of the ENUSSUTL utility in a Delete processor deletes user-selected USS files from a
user-specified USS directory. Backout files and backout records are created for these USS files, if
executed under a package.

Backout files are stored in the same user-specified USS directory.

Backout records are stored in the CA Endevor® SCM Package data set.

How ENUSSUTL Works in a Move Processor

The ENUSSUTL utility with the Copy and Select commands in a Move processor, creates package
backout records, and files as follows:

1. If the select source file exists at the target location, an eight-character backout file name is
generated and used as the backout saved file name. The selected file is renamed at the target
location to the backout saved file name.

2. The selected Indd path and file is copied to the Outdd path and file.

04-May-2018 819/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

2. The selected Indd path and file is copied to the Outdd path and file.

3. A USS Backout record is written to the package dataset.

How ENUSSUTL Works in a Generate Processor

The ENUSSUTL utility with the Copy and Select commands in a Generate processor creates backout
records and files as described by the Move processor. Before this utility is invoked in a Generate
processor a step is required that copies the USS files to another temporary directory. These files can
be selected for input into the ENUSSUTL utility.

How ENUSSUTL Works in a Delete Processor

The ENUSSUTL utility with the Delete and Select commands in a Delete processor creates backout
records and files as follows:

If the select source file does not exist at the target location, no backout or rename processing is
done.

If the select source file exists at the target location, an eight-character backout file name is
generated and used as the backout saved file name. The existing file is renamed to the backout
saved file name in the same location.

The selected file is deleted.

A USS Backout record is written to the package dataset.

How to Enable Backout and Shipment for Natural Objects

Contents

Backout and Shipment of Natural Objects (see page 822)

Configure C1DEFLTS for Post-Ship Script (see page 822)
Update Processors for Post-Ship Script Processing of Natural Objects (see page 823)
Define Mapping Rules for Post-Ship Script Data Sets for Natural Objects (see page 825)
Create a Destination Configuration File for Natural Objects (see page 826)

As a CA Endevor® SCM administrator, you can enable the shipment of Natural objects to a remote
site and the backout of those objects from the remote site. This functionality is enabled by the Post-
Ship Script feature, which lets you ship job steps (scripts) to the remote destination for conditional
execution. In this case, the scripts are needed to write the Natural objects to the remote Natural
library after shipment.

This graphic shows how to enable backout and shipment for Natural objects:

04-May-2018 820/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Complete the following procedures to enable backout and shipment of Natural Objects:

1. Review the considerations for the backout and shipment of Natural objects (see page 822).

2. Configure your C1DEFLTS table (see page 822) to enable the Post-Ship Script feature. This
involves reviewing your C1DEFLTS table and updating the table if the feature is not enabled.

3. Update your Move processors (see page 823) to add steps that will build your script output
data sets for shipment and create backout records to enable backout of these data sets. The
model processor steps enable package processing for shipment and backout, store unloaded
Natural objects into PDS format, and put remote Natload JCL into the NATCMD library.

4. Define mapping rules for the data sets that contain your script files (see page 825). For these
script data sets, you always define the mapping rule remote destination as: (SCRIPT-FILE).

5. (Optionally) Create a Destination Configuration member (see page 820) to define unique
symbol values for each package ship destination. This member is only required if you want the
symbols in your script data sets to resolve to values that are based on the destination.

04-May-2018 821/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

6. Create script steps (see page 827) that can be conditionally executed at the remote
destination, based on the existence of a script data set in the shipment. The model script
creates a sequential file from the NATCMD file PDS members being shipped and then loads
the shipped Natural objects to their Natural libraries.

Backout and Shipment of Natural Objects

The shipment of Natural objects to a remote site and the backout of those objects from the remote
site is enabled by the Post-Ship Script feature. This feature lets you ship job steps (scripts) to the
remote destination for conditional execution. The scripts write the Natural objects to the remote
Natural library after shipment.

For Natural objects, backout and shipment has the following limitations:

The Natural objects that you plan to ship must have valid PDS names. The Move processor for
Natural requires steps that write members to two PDSs, using the CA Endevor® SCM element
name as the member name. Therefore, all objects being shipped must have names that are valid
as member names of a PDS.

Each package that you plan to ship can contain a maximum of about 250 elements. This limitation
is due to a Natural utility requirement that sequential files be used. At the remote site, the script
file is submitted to the internal reader as a single job that consists of sequential job steps created
from the PDS members. This job uses the same job card as all other jobs executed at the remote
location. Thus, the number of job steps limits the shipments to approximately 250 elements per
package.
To avoid the 250 element per package limitation, you can make each member its own job, by
including the job card in the JCL written to the script file member.

Delete of Natural objects is not supported. The backout of shipped objects is possible by shipping
complementary files (a destination option):

Submission of the CRJOB file at the remote location (CHJOB for LOCAL shipments) restores
pre-existing Natural objects to their state before shipment.

Deletes of new objects at remote locations as part of backout processing is not handled by
this process.

Configure C1DEFLTS for Post-Ship Script

To enable the Post-Ship Script feature (required for backout and shipment of Natural objects), your
C1DEFLTS table must meet certain requirements.

Follow these steps:

1. Review your C1DEFLTS table to confirm that your RJCLROOT parameter is set to ICPY or FCPY.
If this option was omitted, insert it with a value of RJCLROOT=ICPY. For more information on
the RJCLROOT parameter, see Remote Job Stream (C1DEFLTS).

2. (Optional) Update your C1DEFLTS table as follows, if you plan to use destination script
symbols:

a.
04-May-2018 822/1109
 2.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

a. Define the name of your Destination Configuration member to C1DEFLTS, using the
DESTCFGMBR= parameter. If no value is specified, the value defaults to null.

b. Review your C1DEFLTS table to confirm that you have a valid PARMLIB dataset.

3. Reassemble your C1DEFLTS table.

Update Processors for Post-Ship Script Processing of Natural Objects

To enable the Post-Ship Script feature, you must update your Move processor to add the steps that
create your script output data sets for shipment and create backout records to enable backout of
these data sets.

Follow these steps:

1. Update your Move processor to insert any additional steps needed to build the required
remote script Natural LOAD JCL syntax based on your site's requirements. For Natural objects,
the additional steps for the Move processor must meet the following requirements:

Write members to two PDSs, using the CA Endevor® SCM element name as the member
name. This requires that all objects being shipped have names that are valid as member
names of a PDS.

The first PDS members contain the individual unload of the Natural objects. This is not
a script file.

The second PDS members contain a complete job step to write the Natural object to
the remote Natural library after shipment. This data set must be identified as a
(SCRIPT-FILE) during shipment. This is done through the mapping rules based on the
shipment destination. For more information about the SCRIPT-FILE, see Define
Mapping Rules for Post-Ship Script Data Sets (see page 825).

Because each Natural object is individually unloaded, each must also be individually
loaded back to Natural.

Because the script file members contain a complete job step, symbols can be used that
will be substituted at shipment time based on the destination, through the destination
configuration member of the CA Endevor® SCM PARMLIB.

You must be careful not to use existing processor symbols; &C1 symbol names are not
allowed in the destination configuration member.

Symbols, to be resolved at shipment time, can be used for the values: Natural nucleus
name, parameters to the nucleus, and the remote target Natural library name.

2. Update the CA Endevor® SCM PARMLIB destination configuration member, if symbols are
used in the script file members.

Each destination that will receive the shipment must be updated to include the symbols
used in the script file members.

Each destination can have its own value for the symbols.

04-May-2018 823/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. Verify that MONITOR and BACKOUT keywords are specified on the script data set so that
package processing can create backout records to track your script files.

4. Name your script data set so that it is easy to determine its content. The final qualifier of the
script data set will be used when building model control statements. So consider choosing an
appropriate name so the different types of script processing can be determined. For example,
an appropriate name might be NATCMD for the script file containing the Natural LOAD JCL
steps.

Example: Model Code to Create Post-Ship Script Output Data Sets for Natural Objects

The following code sample added to the PNATMOV Move processor for Natural objects will enable
package processing for shipment and backout, store unloaded Natural objects into PDS format, and
put remote Natload JCL into the NATCMD library. This sample uses symbols that will be resolved at
shipment time based upon shipment destination. These symbols all begin with &RMT.
// OBJMT='&C1ELMNT255',                                             
// OBJMD='&C1ELMNT255',                                             
// OBJMS='NAT&C1ELMNT255(1,4)',                                     
// OBJWN='WITH,NEWLIBRARY,&RMTLNAME,%',                             
// OBJLT='LOAD &C1ELMNT255,LIB,*,OBJTYPE,N,&OBJWN',                 
// OBJLD='LOAD &C1ELMNT255,LIB,*,OBJTYPE,D,%',                      
// OBJLS='LOAD &C1ELMNT255,LIB,*,OBJTYPE,E,&OBJWN',                 
// OBJMEM=&OBJM&C1TY(3,1)                                           
//*                                                                    
//*******************************************************************  
//* PACKAGE PROCESSING FOR SHIPMENT AND BACKOUT (NO DDMS)              
//*******************************************************************  
//IF1      IF   (&C1PKGID NE ' ') THEN                                 
//IF2      IF   (&C1TY  NE 'NTDDM') THEN                               
//*                                                                    
//*********************************************************************
//* STORE UNLOADED NATURAL OBJECT INTO PDS                             
//*********************************************************************
//GENER1   EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,MAXRC=0                                   
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                                               
//SYSIN    DD   DUMMY                                                  
//SYSUT1   DD   DSN=&&ELMMOVE,DISP=OLD                                 
//SYSUT2   DD   DISP=SHR,                                              
//         DSN=BST.MOTM.ESCM715.NATOBJ(&OBJMEM),                       
//         MONITOR=COMPONENTS                                          
//*                                                                    
//*********************************************************************
//* PUT REMOTE NATLOAD JCL INTO NATCMD LIBRARY                         
//*********************************************************************
//GENER2   EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,MAXRC=0                                   
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                                               
//SYSIN    DD   DUMMY                                                  
//SYSUT1   DD   DATA,DLM='$$'                
//*                                          
//NATLOAD  EXEC PGM=&RMTNATNUC               
//STEPLIB  DD   DSN=&RMTNATLIB,DISP=SHR      
//         DD   DSN=&RMTADALIB,DISP=SHR      
//CMPRMIN  DD   *                            
&RMTPRM1                                     
&RMTPRM3                                     
&RMTPRM4                                     
&RMTPRM5                                     
//DDCARD   DD   *                            
&RMTDDCARD                                   
//CMWKF01  DD   DISP=SHR,                    
//         DSN=PUBLIC.MORMI08.NATOBJ(&OBJMEM)
//CMPRINT  DD   SYSOUT=*                     
//DDPRINT  DD   SYSOUT=*                     
//DDDRUCK  DD   DUMMY                        
//MPMDUMP  DD   DUMMY                        
//DDKARTE  DD   DUMMY                        

04-May-2018 824/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//DDKARTE  DD   DUMMY                        
//CMSYNIN  DD   *                            
SYSPROF                                      
SYSOBJH                                      
&OBJL&C1TY(3,1)                              
WHERE,REPLACE,ALL,REPORT                     
.                                               
FIN                                             
$$                                              
//SYSUT2   DD   DISP=SHR,                       
//         DSN=BST.MOTM.ESCM715.NATCMD(&OBJMEM),
//         MONITOR=COMPONENTS                   
//*                                             
//IF2      ENDIF                                
//IF1      ENDIF                                

Define Mapping Rules for Post-Ship Script Data Sets for Natural Objects
Define data set mapping rules for your processor output files that contain your scripts.

Follow these steps:

1. Specify the Host Dataset Name field masks to match the script data set name.

2. Specify the Remote Dataset Name field value using the keyword exactly as shown next:
(SCRIPT-FILE)
The parentheses, which must be included and the dash are not valid characters for a data set
name, so this value cannot be mistaken for one.

Note: For more information about defining mapping rules, see Create a Mapping Rule (see
page 820).

Example: Mapping Rule for the NATCMD Script File

To create a mapping rule for a script data set with a final qualifier of NATCMD , define the Host
Dataset Name and the Remote Dataset Name as shown next.
HOST DATASET NAME   ===> *.*.*.NATCMD  
      maps to                                        
REMOTE DATASET NAME ===> (SCRIPT-FILE)               

Note: This example creates a mapping rule for the Natural LOAD JCL created in the example shown in
Update Processors for Post-Ship Script (see page 820) Processing of Natural Objects

Note: On the DSN Mapping Selection List, SCRIPT appears in the Status column when a
script file is identified by a mapping rule.

04-May-2018 825/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Create a Destination Configuration File for Natural Objects

If you plan to use symbols that will resolve to values based on the destination in the script files
created by your processors, you need to create a Destination Configuration file. The Destination
Configuration member contains statements that will be read and parsed at package shipment
execution time to create symbols unique to a destination that can be used in script data set members
to resolve symbols for the target destination. These symbols must have been created in the script
dataset members by your processors in order for the substitution to take place correctly.

Follow these steps:

1. Create a Destination Configuration file to define symbol names and values unique to each
package ship destination.
Use the following syntax to define the symbol names and values for each destination:
>>--  DESTination 'destid'  ---------------------------> 
  +<----<----<----<----<----<----<----<----<----<---+
--+-->  SYMbol 'symbol-name' VALue 'symbol-value' -- - ->
--->  .  ---------------------------------------------><

This statement can be repeated for each destination and the SYMBOL and VALUE combination
can be defined as many times as necessary within each statement. If SYMBOL is coded (there
must be at least one) then VALUE must also be coded. To code a null value for a symbol, use
two consecutive single quotes after the VALUE keyword.

2. Add the Destination Configuration member to your PARMLIB.

3. Include the symbols in your script data set members as appropriate to represent information
that will vary by destination.

Important: Symbol substitution can cause syntax errors by causing line overflows.

Consider the maximum length of your symbols, use symbol substringing to generate
appropriate syntax, or both. For more information on Symbol substring syntax, see the
Extended Processors Guide. Alternatively, if for example you need to substitute long symbols
such as path or file names, consider using a variable blocked (RECFM=VB) script file.

Note: The content of the Destination Configuration member can be viewed from the Display Options
menu and any syntax errors can be reviewed there. The name of the Destination Configuration
member is displayed in the Parameter Library Information section of the Site Information from
C1DEFLTS panel. On the DSN Mapping Selection List, SCRIPT appears in the Status column when a
script file is identified by a mapping rule. Script Execution status can be returned and displayed in the
'Shipment Status' view by scrolling right.

Example: Destination Configuration File for Post-Ship Script

This example of a Destination Configuration file defines different values for the symbol RMTNATNUC
and RMTNATLIB, depending on the target destination.
DESTINATION CA31XCM                                                                   
                       
    SYMBOL 'RMTNATNUC' VALUE 'N41DB99B'

04-May-2018 826/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

    SYMBOL 'RMTNATNUC' VALUE 'N41DB99B'
    SYMBOL 'RMTNATLIB' VALUE 'BST.NAT414.LOAD'  .  
DESTINATION CA11LOC                                                                   
                       
    SYMBOL 'RMTNATNUC' VALUE 'N42DB99B'
    SYMBOL 'RMTNATLIB' VALUE 'BST.NAT427.LOAD'  .                                     
             

Note: This example creates &RMTNATNUC and &RMTNATLIB symbols for the Natural LOAD
JCL script created in the example shown in Update Processors for Post-Ship Script
Processing of Natural Objects (see page 823).

Create Script Steps for Natural Objects

You can write your own scripts or customize the model script job steps by editing the shipment JCL
models (#RJNDVRA and #RJNDVRB in the CSIQOPTN library) based on your site's requirements. These
models include job steps in the remote job, to be executed before or after the job copies the package
outputs to their target data sets, based on the existence of a script data set in the shipment.

To enable conditional execution, a symbol represents each script data set. The symbol is based on the
last qualifier of the host data set name, prefixed by the characters ZZ (for example, &ZZNATCMD for
the data set BST.USER12.NATCMD. The value of the symbol will be the remote staging data set name
for the script data set.

The symbols can be checked in the package ship model control members through @IF and @IFNOT
statements. Therefore, the script job steps can be conditionally generated in the remote job steps
based on the existence of the script data set in the shipment as determined by the resolution of the
data set symbol.

Example: Model Post-Ship Script Steps for Natural Objects

The following script is provided in the model control member #RJNDVRA. This script will create a
sequential file from the NATCMD file PDS members being shipped and then loads the shipped Natural
objects to their Natural libraries.

The model member #RJNDVRA includes the following steps for processing the script file:

Using standard IBM utilities (IEBPTPCH, SORT) to sequentialize all shipped members in the script
file

Submitting the sequentialized job steps created from the members to the internal reader as a
single job

This job uses the same job card as all other jobs executed at the remote location.

This will limit shipments to approximately 250 elements per package (number of job steps
limitation).

It is also possible to include the job card in the JCL written to the script file member, removing
the 250 element per package limitation by making each member its own job.

To use the model #RJNDVRA script, you do not need to make any edits to the #RJNDVRB model.

04-May-2018 827/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

@IF &ZZNATCMD                                                         
//********************************************************************
//*                                                                   
//*                                                                   
//* THESE STEPS CREATE A SEQUENTIAL FILE FROM THE NATCMD FILE PDS     
//* MEMBERS BEING SHIPPED AND THEN                                    
//* LOADS THE SHIPPED NATURAL OBJECTS TO THEIR                        
//* NATURAL LIBRARIES.                                                
//*                                                                   
//********************************************************************
//* DELETE WORK FILES                                                 
//********************************************************************
//SCR010   EXEC PGM=IDCAMS                                            
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                                              
//SYSIN    DD   *                                                     
  DEL PUBLIC.MORMI08.NATCMDT                                           
  DEL PUBLIC.MORMI08.NATCMDS                                          
  SET MAXCC = 0                                                       
//*                                                                   
//********************************************************************
//* CREATE SEQUENTIAL FILE FROM PDS MEMBERS                           
//********************************************************************
//SCR020   EXEC PGM=IEBPTPCH                                          
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                                              
//SYSUT1   DD   DISP=SHR,    REMOTE STAGING DATA SET FOR SCRIPT        
//         DSN=&ZZNATCMD                                              
//SYSUT2   DD   DSN=PUBLIC.MORMI08.NATCMDT,                            
//         DISP=(,CATLG),                                             
//         SPACE=(CYL,(1,1),RLSE),                                    
//         UNIT=SYSDA,                                                
//         DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=81)                                   
//SYSIN    DD  *                                                      
 PUNCH TYPORG=PO                                                      
//*                                                                   
//********************************************************************
//* REMOVE LEADING CONTROL CHARACTER AND SEPARATOR LINES              
//********************************************************************
//SCR030   EXEC PGM=SORT                                              
//SYSOUT   DD   SYSOUT=*                                              
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                                              
//SYSUDUMP DD   SYSOUT=*                                              
//REPORT1  DD   SYSOUT=*                                              
//SORTIN   DD   DISP=SHR,DSN=PUBLIC.MORMI08.NATCMDT                    
//SORTOUT  DD   DSN=PUBLIC.MORMI08.NATCMDS,                           
//         DISP=(,CATLG),                          
//         UNIT=SYSDA,                             
//         SPACE=(CYL,(1,1)),                      
//         DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80)                 
//SORTWK01 DD  UNIT=DISK,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5))         
//SORTWK02 DD  UNIT=DISK,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5))         
//SORTWK03 DD  UNIT=DISK,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5))         
//SYSIN    DD  *                                   
  OMIT COND=((2,13,CH,EQ,C'MEMBER NAME  '))        
  SORT FIELDS=COPY                                 
  INREC FIELDS=(1:2,80)                            
//*                                                
//GENER1   EXEC PGM=IEBGENER                       
//SYSPRINT DD   SYSOUT=*                           
//SYSIN    DD   DUMMY                              
//SYSUT1   DD   DATA,DLM='$$'                      
&RJOBCARDS                                         
$$                                                 
//         DD   DISP=SHR,DSN=PUBLIC.MORMI08.NATCMDS
//SYSUT2   DD   SYSOUT=(A,INTRDR)                  
@ENDIF                                             

Host Package Shipment Job Steps

Contents

04-May-2018 828/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Build and Stage the Shipment (see page 829)

Staging Data Sets (see page 830)
Remote Execution JCL (see page 831)
Remote JCL Execution Commands (see page 831)
Data Set Correspondences File (see page 832)
Shipments Contents (see page 832)
How to Transmit the Shipment (see page 833)
How to Confirm the Transmission (see page 834)
How to Delete the Staging Data Sets (see page 834)

When you submit the shipment queue, CA Endevor® SCM builds and submits a JCL stream to ship the
packages. The remainder of this section describes the steps in this shipment JCL.

How to Build and Stage the Shipment

As shown in the following figure, CA Endevor® SCM uses the C1BMXJOB and C1BMXLIB skeletal JCL to
build this step.

BEND--Step1BuildandStagetheShipment--OTH

When it executes this step, the ship utility builds a shipment consisting of the following:

A staging data set for each library involved in the package execution.

JCL for execution at the remote site, consisting of an IEBCOPY step, an IDCAMS (delete) step, and
confirmation steps.

Data transmission utility commands and/or JCL to transmit the data sets and execute the remote
copy/delete job. (Not applicable for local transmissions.)

A file of correspondences between host and remote production and staging data sets.

Complementary files and JCL, if necessary.

04-May-2018 829/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Complementary files and JCL, if necessary.

The ship utility then populates the staging data sets, records the shipment, and passes the entire
shipment to Step 2.

Staging Data Sets

A staging data set prefix is defined for each destination. This option lets the staging data sets be
catalogued. The ship utility generates the remainder of the data set name. The format is as follows:
prefix.Dyymmdd.Thhmmss.destination.suffix

prefix
The user-defined prefix for the host or remote site on the Create/Modify Definition panel, or the
default value TSOuserid.NDVR.

Dyymmdd
The date the shipment queue was submitted.

Thhmmss
The time the shipment queue was submitted.

destination
The destination name.

suffix
The kind of shipment member. Possible suffixes:

AxJOB -- Identifies a host (AHJOB) or remote (ARJOB) copy/delete/confirm job stream.

CxJOB -- Identifies a host (CHJOB) or remote (CRJOB) copy/delete/confirm job stream for
complementary data sets

.AxREF -- Identifies a host (AHREF) or remote (ARREF) data set name and or USS path cross-
reference file.

AxPAX -- Identifies the a host (AHPAX) or remote (ARPAX) Archive files that are used to
contain USS files and their complementaries, if any, in the shipment. This file is optional and is
only present if the shipment request includes USS objects.

AxUCD -- Identifies the host (AHUCD) or remote (ARUCD) commands stream that perform the
un-pax, and copy commands to move shipped USS objects to the final location. This file is
optional and is only present if the shipment request includes USS objects.

.AHnnn -- Identifies a host shipment data set, where nnn is a sequential number starting at
001.

.CHnnn -- Identifies a host complementary data set, where nnn is a sequential number
starting at 001.

.ARnnn -- Identifies a remote shipment data set, where nnn is a sequential number and
corresponds to its host counterpart AHnnn.

04-May-2018 830/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

.CRnnn -- Identifies a remote complementary data set, where nnn is a sequential number and
corresponds to its host counterpart CHnnn.

.SHnnn -- Identifies a host shipment script data set, where nnn is a sequential number starting
at 001.

.THnnn -- Identifies a host complementary script data set, where nnn is a sequential number
starting at 001.

.SRnnn -- Identifies a remote shipment script data set, where nnn is a sequential number and
corresponds to its host counterpart SHnnn.

.TRnnn -- Identifies a remote complementary script data set, where nnn is a sequential
number and corresponds to its host counterpart THnnn.

Examples of staging data set names include the following:

userid.NDVR.D071130.T142532.BOSTON.AH0000034

userid.NDVR.D071130.T143515.CHICAGO.CRJOB

userid.NDVR.D071130.T145216.BOSTON.ARREF

Remote Execution JCL

The data set name of the JCL for remote execution has the suffix .AHJOB. The JCL consists of up to
four job steps:

1. Copying package outputs from remote staging data sets to production data sets, using
IEBCOPY.

2. Deleting members from the production data sets that were also deleted on the host.

3. Confirming the copy/delete procedure.

4. Optional. Deleting the staging data sets.

If the ship utility also builds complementary data sets, it also builds JCL for those data sets
giving them a data set name suffix of .CHJOB.

Remote JCL Execution Commands

You can execute the remote JCL automatically or at the discretion of the remote site (manually). The
choice is made by tailoring the "E" model transmission control members (#PSXCOME, #PSBDT1E,
#PSLOCLE, #PSNFTPE. #PSNWDME, or #PSBAT2E). Complementary data set JCL (.CHJOB) can only be
executed manually.

Note: For more information, see Creating Model Transmission Control Statements (see
page 802).

04-May-2018 831/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Data Set Correspondences File

The data set name for the following data set correspondences has the suffix .AHREF. For every data
set involved in the package execution, this file specifies production names and staging names at the
host and remote sites.

Example
 SHIPMENT DATASETS
  HOST LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LISTINGS
  HOST STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AH003
 REMOTE STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AR003
 REMOTE LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LISTINGS
*

 SHIPMENT DATASETS
  HOST LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LKEDLIB
  HOST STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AH004
 REMOTE STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AR004
 REMOTE LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LKEDLIB
*

 SHIPMENT DATASETS
  HOST LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LKEDLIST
  HOST STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AH006
 REMOTE STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AR006
 REMOTE LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LKEDLIST
*

 SHIPMENT DATASETS
  HOST LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LOADLIB
  HOST STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AH005
 REMOTE STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AR005
 REMOTE LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.LOADLIB
*

 SHIPMENT DATASETS
  HOST LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.OBJLIB
  HOST STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AH002
 REMOTE STAGING:   DA1ME10.D10322.T164235.BOSTON1.AR002
 REMOTE LIBRARY:   BST.XDVRC1S1.OBJLIB

Shipments Contents
By the end of Step 1, the ship utility has built a shipment consisting of the following items:

Package outputs (.AHnnn)

Remote JCL (.AHJOB)

Data set cross-reference file (.AHREF)

An Archive file (.AHPAX)

BPXBATCH commands to perform the unarchive and copy functions.

If the shipment contained script files, Script files (.SHnnn) are also included.

If complementary data sets have been requested, the shipment also contains the remote JCL for the
complementary files (.CHJOB) and if appropriate, the complementary script files).

04-May-2018 832/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Transmit the Shipment

As shown in the following figure, CA Endevor® SCM uses one of the skeletal JCL members
C1BMXCOM, C1BMXBD1, C1BMXBDT, C1BMXLOC, C1BMXFTP, or C1BMXNDM to build this job step
for ISPF requested shipments or one of the following JCL/Proclib members for API requested
shipments; SHIPBDT1, SHIPBDT2, SHIPCONN, SHIPLOCL, SHIPNVFT,or SHIPXCOM.

BEND--Step2TransmittingtheShipment--OTH

XCOM (C1BMXCOM), BDT Version 2 (C1BMXBDT), and CONNECT:Direct (C1BMXNDM) execute in this
step. The transmission program performs the following steps:

1. Reads its control cards (generated in Step 1).

2. If there are any script files, they are staged and any "Destination Symbols" are resolved.

3. Transmits the host staging data sets to the remote sites where it builds remote staging data
sets.

4. Executes the remote copy/delete JCL (.AxJOB) if the skeletal JCL (BDT and CONNECT:Direct) or
model transmission control member (XCOM) are set up for automatic execution.

BDT using NJE/NJI (C1BMXBD1) and NetView FTP (C1BMXFTP) are executed in a secondary job
stream built in Step 1. This step consists of writing that job stream to an internal reader. The first step
of the secondary job stream performs the same functions as listed previously.

Local transfers (C1BMXLOC) do not execute a physical transmission. The copy/delete JCL is submitted
for execution if the model transmission control member is set up for automatic execution.

04-May-2018 833/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Confirm the Transmission

As shown in the following figure, CA Endevor® SCM uses the skeletal JCL members C1BMXHCN and
C1BMXLIB to build this job step for ISPF transmissions, or JCL/Proclib member SHIPHCN for API
shipments..

BEND--Step3ConfirmingtheTransmission--OTH

During this step, the ship utility records confirmation of the transmission to the remote site.

Note: An after-confirm exit can be used, with the notification utility, to notify users of the
completion of the shipment.

How to Delete the Staging Data Sets

As shown in the following figure, CA Endevor® SCM uses the C1BMXEND skeletal JCL to build this job
step.

04-May-2018 834/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Step4DeletetheStagingDataSets--OTH

If the DISPOSITION field for the host staging data set names has the value DELETE, the ship utility
deletes the host staging data sets.

How the Remote Copy/Delete Job Steps Work

Remote JCL is transmitted in a data set with the suffix .AHJOB. If the shipment includes
complementary data sets, the remote JCL for these data sets has the suffix .CHJOB. Remote JCL
consists of the following job steps:

1. Execution of the "Before" ship script file steps from #RJNDVRB (if any).

2. Copying package outputs from staging data sets to production data sets, using IEBCOPY.

BEND--RemoteCopyDeleteJobSteps1of4--OTH

3. If the package contained any USS objects, then an additional step (BPXBATCH) invokes the
command stream (ARUCD) to unarchive the USS objects to the staging directories, and copies
each file to the final location.

Note: The actual syntax built performs a delete (rm) for each output before

04-May-2018 835/1109
 3.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: The actual syntax built performs a delete (rm) for each output before
performing a copy (cp) for each file. This ensures that date and timestamps on the
remote files match the corresponding generate (move) times on the host system.

4. Deleting members from the production data sets or paths that were also deleted on the host
during package execution or backout.

BEND--RemoteCopyDeleteJobSteps2of4--OTH

5. Execution of the "After" ship script file steps from #RJNDVRA (if any).

6. Confirming the copy/delete procedure.

BEND--RemoteCopyDeleteJobSteps3of4--OTH

7. (Optional) Deleting the staging and cross reference data sets. This step is included only if the
disposition of the staging data sets on the destination record used for the shipment is delete.

04-May-2018 836/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--RemoteCopyDeleteJobSteps4of4--OTH

Example: Use Remote JCL

A sample of remote JCL follows:

//JOBNAME JOB (ACCOUNT),'NAME'
//*
//* *------------------------* ISPSLIB(C1BMXCOP)
//* * REMOTE SITE JOBSTEP TO COPY MEMBERS WHICH WERE
//* * MODIFIED BY THE EXECUTION OF THE PACKAGE
//* *---------------------------------*
//COPY  EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY
//SYSUT3  DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5))
//SYSUT4  DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5))
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*

//IAR001  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.AR001
//OAR001  DD DISP=OLD,DSN=TEST.IMRENV1.SRCOUT1
//IAR002  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.AR002
//OAR002  DD DISP=OLD,DSN=TEST.IMRENV1.OBJLIB1
//IAR003  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.AR003
//OAR003  DD DISP=OLD,DSN=TEST.UTILS1.LISTINGS
//SYSIN  DD *
 COPY  OUTDD=OAR002,INDD=((IAR002,R))
 COPY  OUTDD=OAR001,INDD=((IAR001,R))
 COPY  OUTDD=OAR003,INDD=((IAR003,R))
//* *------------------------* ISPSLIB(C1BMXDEL)
//* * REMOTE SITE JOBSTEP TO DELETE MEMBERS WHICH
//* * WERE DELETED BY THE EXECUTION OF THE PACKAGE
//* *---------------------------------*

//DELETE EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD *
 DELETE 'TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.AR002' NONVSAM
 DELETE 'TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.AR001' NONVSAM
 DELETE 'TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.AR003' NONVSAM
 DELETE 'TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.ARJOB' NONVSAM
 DELETE 'TSOUSER.NDVR.D11119.T123747.DESTNDM.ARREF' NONVSAM
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=IEBGENER      EXECUTED AT THE REMOTE SITE
//SYSUT1  DD DATA,DLM=$$       JOB SHIPPED BACK TO HOST

//TSOUSERP JOB (1111),'WESTBORO',CLASS=A,
// MSGCLASS=X,NOTIFY=TSOUSER
/*ROUTE PRINT U101
/*ROUTE XEQ HOSTNODE
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,
//  PARM='C1BMX000,19911119,12374712,CONF,RCPY,EX,****,DESTNDM '
//*
//* *----------------------* ISPSLIB(C1BMXLIB) *
//*

//* *================================================================*
//* * STEPLIB, CONLIB, MESSAGE LOG AND ABEND
DATASETS
//* *================================================================*
//*
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH

04-May-2018 837/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH
//CONLIB  DD DSN=TEST.NDVR36B.ZAPLOAD,DISP=SHR
//     DD DSN=TEST.C19109.CONLIB,DISP=SHR
//*
//SYSABEND DD SYSOUT=*
//C1BMXLOG DD SYSOUT=*   *** MESSAGES, ERRORS, RETURN CODES ********
//* *----------------------* C1BMXRCN (CONT.) *

$$
//SYSUT2  DD SYSOUT=(A,INTRDR)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY
//*

//CONFABND EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,COND=ONLY EXECUTED AT THE REMOTE SITE
//SYSUT1  DD DATA,DLM=$$       JOB SHIPPED BACK TO HOST
//TSOUSERP JOB (1111),'WESTBORO',CLASS=A,
// MSGCLASS=X,NOTIFY=TSOUSER
/*ROUTE PRINT U101
/*ROUTE XEQ HOSTNODE
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,
//  PARM='C1BMX000,19911119,12374712,CONF,RCPY,AB,****,DESTNDM '
//*
//* *----------------------* ISPSLIB(C1BMXLIB) *
//*

//* *================================================================*
//* * STEPLIB, CONLIB, MESSAGE LOG AND ABEND DATASETS
//* *================================================================*
//*
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH
//CONLIB  DD DSN=TEST.NDVR36B.ZAPLOAD,DISP=SHR
//     DD DSN=TEST.C19109.CONLIB,DISP=SHR
//*
//SYSABEND DD SYSOUT=*
//C1BMXLOG DD SYSOUT=*   *** MESSAGES, ERRORS, RETURN CODES ********

//* *----------------------* C1BMXRCN (CONT.) *
$$
//SYSUT2  DD SYSOUT=(A,INTRDR)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY
//* **** END OF JCL STREAM ****

Note: You can change the allocation disposition of the package ship destination data sets
defined in the IEBCOPY jobs from DISP=OLD to DISP=SHR. See the Optional Features table,
ENCOPTBLE, for the parameter ENHOPT SHP_DISP_SHR=ON.

How to Build, Track, and Confirm Package Shipments

Contents

Ship One Package to One Destination (see page 839)

Ship One Package to Multiple Destinations (see page 840)
Ship Multiple Packages to One Destination (see page 840)
Package Shipment Panel (see page 841)
Package Selection List (see page 841)
Destination Selection List (see page 842)
Confirm a Package for Shipment (Packages) (see page 843)

04-May-2018 838/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Confirm a Package for Shipment (Packages) (see page 843)

Shipment Tracking and Confirmation (see page 843)
Request Queue (see page 846)
Display Shipment Status (see page 847)
Ship Package Syntax (see page 847)

Administering Package Ship involves building, tracking, and confirming shipments. The first step in
shipping a package is to build a shipment request. You can build ship requests in foreground or in
batch. This section describes how to build shipments in foreground.

When you press ENTER after building a shipment, CA Endevor® SCM places that shipment in a
request queue. You can do the following:

Display the queue, reset it (deleting all shipment requests), or submit it.

Ship the packages in the queue by submitting the queue.

You build ship requests in foreground from the Package Shipment panel. To access the Package
Shipment panel, type 6 (SHIP) in the OPTION field on the Package Options Menu; press ENTER. CA
Endevor® SCM displays the Package Shipment panel. On the Package Shipment panel, enter the
appropriate information and type 1 (BUILD SHIPMENT REQUEST); press ENTER. CA Endevor® SCM
displays a Package Selection List and/or a Destination Selection List, then a Confirm Shipment panel.
You place a shipment in the shipment queue from the Confirm Shipment panel.

The procedures that follow explain how to build requests to ship the following:

One package to one destination

One package to multiple destinations

Multiple packages to one destination

Ship One Package to One Destination

Follow these steps:

1. Type 1 in the OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel, along with all required and any
optional information you desire. Press ENTER.

2. If the Confirm Shipment panel displays, proceed to Step 3. Otherwise select the package and
/or destination from the selection lists that appear.
When you press ENTER on the last selection list, the Confirm Shipment panel displays.

3. Review the information on the Confirm Shipment panel and:

Press END key to return to the previous panel, or

Type SH and press ENTER to place the ship request in the request queue.

Note: For more information, see Confirm a Package for Shipment (see page 843).

04-May-2018 839/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. Press END key until you return to the panel you need to perform your next action.

Ship One Package to Multiple Destinations

Follow these steps:

1. Type 1 in the OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel, as well as all required and any
optional information you want and press ENTER.

2. If the Confirm Shipment panel displays, proceed to Step 3. Otherwise select the package and
/or destinations from the selection lists that appear. When you press ENTER on the last
selection list, the Confirm Shipment panel displays.

3. Review the information on the Confirm Shipment panel, then type SH and press ENTER to
place the ship request in the request queue. When you press ENTER, the DESTINATION field
changes to display the next destination you have selected.

Note: For more information, see Confirm a Package for Shipment (see page 843).

4. Repeat Step 3 until the Destination Selection List appears when you press ENTER. This
indicates that you have placed shipments for all selected destinations in the shipment queue.

5. You can now:

Select another destination, then press ENTER to display the Confirm Shipment panel.
Proceed from Step 3.

Press END key until you return to the panel you need to perform your next action.

Ship Multiple Packages to One Destination

Follow these steps:

1. Type 1 in the OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel, as well as all required and any
optional information you desire and press ENTER.

2. If the Confirm Shipment panel displays, proceed to Step 3. Otherwise select the packages and
/or destination from the selection lists that appear.
When you press ENTER on the last selection list, the Confirm Shipment panel displays.

3. Review the information on the Confirm Shipment panel, then type SH and press ENTER to
place the ship request in the request queue and return to the Destination Selection List. The
name of the first selected package displays in the WHICH field on this panel.

Note: For more information, see Confirm a Package for Shipment (see page 843).

04-May-2018 840/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. Press END key on the Destination Selection List to display the second selected package. Then
select a destination for this package and press ENTER to display the Confirm Shipment panel.
Repeat Step 3.

5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until the Package Selection List or Package Shipment panel appears
when you press END key. This indicates that you have placed shipments for all selected
packages in the shipment queue.

6. You can now:

Continue building shipments.

Press END key until you return to the panel you need to perform your next action.

Package Shipment Panel

You can provide the following information when building a package ship request:

Package ID
Required. The 1- to 16-character ID of the package you want to ship.

Destination
Required. The 1- to 7-character name of the destination which is to receive the package (or
backouts).

Pkg/Backout
Default is P, package. Indicates whether you want to ship package outputs or backout members.
Acceptable values are:

1. P-Ship package outputs.

2. B-Ship backout members.

Status Date Range

Optional. Allows you to specify a range of dates to be covered by the shipment status list. Date
format is mmddyy.

Status Sort Order (Required)

You can sort the shipment status list by shipment date, by destination ID, and/or by package ID.
You must specify the order in which these sorts are performed. Acceptable values are:

1-Perform this sort first.

2-Perform this sort second.

3-Perform this sort last.

Package Selection List

This panel lets you select a package for shipment (S) and/or to display a package before selecting it (D
). For each package, the panel displays the following information:

Package

04-May-2018 841/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Package
The up to 16 character package ID

Status
The status of the package. The status must be executed to ship the package.

Description
The up to 40 character package description.

Destination Selection List

This panel lets you select a destination (S) for a package. The package to be shipped displays in the S -
SELECT DESTINATION TO RECEIVE: field. For each destination, the panel displays the following
information:

DEST-ID
Identifies the destination name.

MESSAGE
Identifies a literal or message ID indicating an action was performed against this destination (for
example, *MODIFIED, *DELETED, and so on).

TRAN-METHOD
Identifies the data transmission utility used for this destination.

RMT-NODENAME
Identifies the data transmission utility nodename of the destination.

DESCRIPTION
Describes the destination.

REMOTE-IPNAME
Identifies the site to which package outputs are to be shipped.

IPPORT
Identifies the XCOM SERVPORT specification of the target server.

Note: If a remote IPNAME is specified for a destination, you can scroll to the right to view
the REMOTE IPNAME and IPPORT. ESORT is supported for all column headings.

Press END key from this panel to perform the following actions:

Display the next selected package in the S - SELECT DESTINATION TO RECEIVE: field, if multiple
packages were selected and not all have been placed in the shipment queue.

Return to the Package Selection List or Package Shipment panel if there are no more selected
packages.

04-May-2018 842/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Confirm a Package for Shipment (Packages)

To place a package in a shipment queue, confirm the shipment on the Confirm Shipment panel, which
is displayed for each package and destination pair. This panel lets you review and change your choice
of outputs (package or backout) and the shipment command file prefix for the XCOM or CONNECT:
DIRECT transmission methods, before placing the package and destination pair in the shipment
queue.

Follow these steps:

1. Review the shipment information on the Confirm Shipment panel and change the values in
the following fields, if necessary.

Note: If you do not want to place the package in the shipment queue at this time,
press the End key to return to the immediately prior panel.

2. Type SH in the OPTION field, then press Enter.

The shipment displayed on the panel is placed in the shipment queue one of the following
occurs:

The next selected destination appears in the DESTINATION field, if you selected multiple
destinations for this package and not all package and destination pairs have been placed
in the shipment queue.

The Destination Selection panel appears, if you selected multiple packages and not all
packages have been placed in the shipment queue.

Shipment Tracking and Confirmation

A record of shipment is created when the shipment staging utility has finished creating all the host
staging data sets. At this time the package and destination are recorded along with the shipment
staging return code. These can be viewed by using option 5, DISPLAY SHIPMENT STATUS, of the
Package Shipment panel.

Two other points in the process of shipping are tracked: the execution of the data transmission utility
and the execution of the remote COPY/DELETE/CONFIRM job. These points are tracked by executing
the shipment confirmation utility as a conditional job step after the execution of the data
transmission utility (at the host site) and after the execution of the IEBCOPY/IDCAMS job (at the
remote site).

Confirmation Steps
Two ISPF Skeletal JCL members deal with shipment confirmation for ISPF initiated shipments.
C1BMXHCN handles confirmation of the data transmission job step which executes at the host site.
C1BMXRCN handles confirmation of the IEBCOPY/IDCAMS job which executes at the remote site.
There is also a corresponding pair of JCL/PROCLIB members which are called to perform

confirmations for API shipments (SHIPHCN and SHIPRCN). Left unmodified, these steps would leave a

04-May-2018 843/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

confirmations for API shipments (SHIPHCN and SHIPRCN). Left unmodified, these steps would leave a
generic record of the data transmission or COPY/DELETE. The record of shipment would be marked
EXEC'D or ABEND under the "HOST TRANS" or "REMOTE MOVE" columns of the Package Shipment
Status panel.

If a more precise record of these events is required, the number of conditional confirmation steps can
be increased, status of script file exececution steps can be returned, and the shipment confirmation
utility parameter can be changed to report different things.

The confirmation parameter is made up of a symbolic prefix (resolved by ISPF facilities), a root, and a
symbolic suffix (resolved by the shipment staging utility)
//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM='&VNBCPARM.,CONF,pppp,op,code,********',
//       COND=(see_example)

Pppp-Is the point of confirmation. This is a four-character string which can have the following
values

HXMT-Host transmission confirmation.

RCPY-Remote COPY/DELETE confirmation.

SCRP- Remote Script confirmation

Op-Is the algebraic operator associated with the return code of the step being confirmed. The
valid operators are:

EQ-Equal.

GE-Greater than or equal.

LE-Less than or equal.

GT-Greater than.

LT-Less than.

There are also two generic non-algebraic operators:

EX-The job executed (return code not available).

AB-The job abended (abend code not available).

Code-Is the code to be reported. Usually this would be a four-digit number which bears a
relationship to the step being confirmed.

Example: Modify C1BMXHCN to Record Specific Codes

This sample shows how C1BMXHCN could be modified to report the following return codes: RC=00,
RC=04, RC=08, RC>=12, ABEND.
//CONFGE12 EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,REGION=4096K,COND=(12,GT,&VNBXSTP),
//  PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,HXMT,GE,0012,********'
//C1BMXDTM DD DSN=&&&&XDTM,DISP=(MOD,PASS),SPACE=(TRK,(1,0)),
//      DCB=(RECFM=F,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,DSORG=PS),
//      UNIT=tdisk
//*

04-May-2018 844/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*
)IM C1BMXLIB OPT
//*
//*
//CONFEQ08 EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,REGION=4096K,COND=(08,NE,&VNBXSTP),
//  PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,HXMT,EQ,0008,********'
//C1BMXDTM DD DSN=&&&&XDTM,DISP=(MOD,PASS),SPACE=(TRK,(1,0)),
//      DCB=(RECFM=F,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,DSORG=PS),
//      UNIT=tdisk
//*
)IM C1BMXLIB OPT
//*
//*
//CONFEQ04 EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,REGION=4096K,COND=(04,NE,&VNBXSTP),
//  PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,HXMT,EQ,0004,********'
//C1BMXDTM DD DSN=&&&&XDTM,DISP=(MOD,PASS),SPACE=(TRK,(1,0)),
//      DCB=(RECFM=F,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,DSORG=PS),
//      UNIT=tdisk
//*
)IM C1BMXLIB OPT
//*
//*
//CONFEQ00 EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,REGION=4096K,COND=(00,NE,&VNBXSTP),
//  PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,HXMT,EQ,0000,********'
//C1BMXDTM DD DSN=&&&&XDTM,DISP=(MOD,PASS),SPACE=(TRK,(1,0)),
//      DCB=(RECFM=F,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,DSORG=PS),
//      UNIT=tdisk
//*
)IM C1BMXLIB OPT
//*
//*
//CONFABND EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,REGION=4096K,COND=ONLY,
//  PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,HXMT,AB,****,********'
//C1BMXDTM DD DSN=&&&&XDTM,DISP=(MOD,PASS),SPACE=(TRK,(1,0)),
//      DCB=(RECFM=F,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,DSORG=PS),
//      UNIT=tdisk
//*
)IM C1BMXLIB OPT
//*

Example: Modify C1BMXRCN to Record Specific Codes

This sample shows how C1BMXRCN could be modified to report the following return codes: RC=00,
RC=04, RC=08, RC>=12, ABEND. The COND= parameter is on the IEBGENER execute card, not on the
NDVRC1 execute card. $DEST_ID is resolved by the shipment staging utility.
//CONFGT12 EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,COND=(12,GT)
//SYSUT1  DD DATA,DLM=$$       JOB SHIPPED BACK TO HOST
)IM C1BMXHJC
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,
//       PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,RCPY,GE,0012,$DEST_ID'
)IM C1BMXLIB
$$
//SYSUT2  DD SYSOUT=(INTRDR,A)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY
//*
//* *--------------------------------*
//*
//CONFEQ08 EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,COND=(08,NE)
//SYSUT1  DD DATA,DLM=$$       JOB SHIPPED BACK TO HOST
)IM C1BMXHJC
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,
//       PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,RCPY,EQ,0008,$DEST_ID'
)IM C1BMXLIB
$$
//SYSUT2  DD SYSOUT=(INTRDR,A)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY
//*
//* *--------------------------------*

04-May-2018 845/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//* *--------------------------------*
//*
//CONFEQ04 EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,COND=(04,NE)
//SYSUT1  DD DATA,DLM=$$       JOB SHIPPED BACK TO HOST
)IM C1BMXHJC
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,
//       PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,RCPY,EQ,0004,$DEST_ID'
)IM C1BMXLIB
$$
//SYSUT2  DD SYSOUT=(INTRDR,A)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY
//*
//* *--------------------------------*
//*
//CONFEQ00 EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,COND=(00,NE)
//SYSUT1  DD DATA,DLM=$$       JOB SHIPPED BACK TO HOST
)IM C1BMXHJC
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,
//       PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,RCPY,EQ,0000,$DEST_ID'
)IM C1BMXLIB
$$
//SYSUT2  DD SYSOUT=(INTRDR,A)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY
//*
//* *--------------------------------*
//*
//CONFABND EXEC PGM=IEBGENER,COND=ONLY EXECUTED AT THE REMOTE SITE
//SYSUT1  DD DATA,DLM=$$       JOB SHIPPED BACK TO HOST
)IM C1BMXHJC
//CONFCOPY EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,
//       PARM='&VNBCPARM,CONF,RCPY,AB,****,$DEST_ID'
)IM C1BMXLIB
$$
//SYSUT2  DD SYSOUT=(INTRDR,A)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD DUMMY

Note: If you perform shipments using the ISPF interface and the API interface, apply your
customizations to both models in the CSIQOPTN library and the JCL/PROCLIB supplied in
the CSIQJCL library.

Request Queue
CA Endevor® SCM stores ship requests in a queue until they are executed. The queue is active only
for the current CA Endevor® SCM session.

CA Endevor® SCM displays the queue on the Queued Shipment List.

You can perform the following actions:

Display the Queued Shipment List by typing 2 in the OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel
and pressing ENTER.

Reset the Queued Shipment List by typing 4 in the OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel
and pressing ENTER. This deletes all shipments from the queue.

04-May-2018 846/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Submit the request queue by typing 3 in the OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel and
pressing ENTER. When you submit a shipment request, CA Endevor® SCM automatically resets the
queue.

Display Shipment Status

After you submit the request queue, CA Endevor® SCM displays the status of the shipments on the
Package Shipment Status panel. You access the Package Shipment Status panel by typing 5 in the
OPTION field on the Package Shipment panel, then pressing ENTER.

Use the scroll left/right (PF10/PF11) to alternate between the available views; showing the local
(host) shipment status or the remote copy, and script execution status.

Note: The shipment records displayed are filtered according to the Package and
Destination values supplied on the Shipment panel. To change the filter, hit PF3 to back out
a level and enter a value or mask, or leave these fields blank to display all shipment
records.

Ship Package Syntax

Use the Ship Package statement to ship a Package to a remote site. You can ship the Package output
members or the Package backout members. The Ship Package statement lets you indicate the
Package you want to ship, the destination you want to ship to, whether you want to ship output or
backout members, and the data set name prefix to be used in the XCOM or CONNECT:DIRECT
transmission methods.

This statement has the following syntax:

►►─ SHIP PACkage ─ Package ─ name ─┬─────────────────────────────────────┬─►
└─ TO DEStination ─ destination-name ─┘
┌─ OUTput ──┐
►─ OPTion ─┤───────────┤───────┬──────────────────┬─── . ────────────────►◄
└─ BACkout ─┘ └─ PREfix ─ prefix ┘

SHIP PACKAGE package-name

Indicates the one- to 16-character name of the Package you want to ship.

TO DESTINATION destination-name
Indicates the one- to eight-character name of the remote site to which you want to ship the
specified Package. The destination name can be alphanumeric, but must begin with an alphabetic
character.
This information is required. If you do not enter a destination here, a SET DESTINATION statement
with the appropriate information must have been previously coded.

OPTION OUTPUT/BACKOUT
Indicates whether you want to ship output members or backout members to the remote site. If
you do not indicate an option here, the System looks for a SET OPTION statement. If no SET
OPTION clause is found, the System defaults to Option Output, and automatically ships output
members to the remote site.

OUTPUT

04-May-2018 847/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

OUTPUT
Indicates that you want to ship the members created by the execution of the Package.

BACKOUT
Indicates that you want to ship the members needed to backout a Package.

PREfix prefix
Indicates the one- to eight-character data set name prefix to be used in the XCOM or CONNECT:
DIRECT transmission methods. If the transmission method selected is not XCOM or CONNECT:
DIRECT, this option is ignored. More than one node can be specified for the Package Ship output
prefix, as long as the nodes, with separating periods, fit within the eight-character space.

Package Ship SCL Examples

When executing the Package Ship, only a single option can be specified for a given package going to a
given destination. That is, the following request would be treated as an error:

SHIP PACKAGE ABCD TO DESTINATION CHICAGO OPTION OUTPUT.

SHIP PACKAGE ABCD TO DESTINATION CHICAGO OPTION BACKOUT.

You can specify different options for different package/destination combinations, however. The next
request is valid:

SHIP PACKAGE ABCD TO DESTINATION CHICAGO OPTION OUTPUT.

SHIP PACKAGE ABCD TO DESTINATION BOSTON OPTION BACKOUT.

On occasion, a module can be affected by the execution of two different packages. If you try to ship
output members from one package and backout members from the other package to the same
destination, you receive an error message. For example, assume a module has been affected by the
execution of PKG01 and PKG02. A request similar to that shown next is invalid:

SHIP PACKAGE PKG01 TO DESTINATION BOSTON OPTION OUTPUT.

SHIP PACKAGE PKG02 TO DESTINATION BOSTON OPTION BACKOUT.

You can ship the two packages to the same destination if you use the same option, however.
Therefore, either of the next requests would be acceptable:

SHIP PACKAGE PKG01 TO DESTINATION BOSTON OPTION OUTPUT.

SHIP PACKAGE PKG02 TO DESTINATION BOSTON OPTION OUTPUT.

or

SHIP PACKAGE PKG01 TO DESTINATION BOSTON OPTION BACKOUT.

SHIP PACKAGE PKG02 TO DESTINATION BOSTON OPTION BACKOUT.

Note: The sequence of the Package Shipment Utility requests is unimportant. The utility looks at
the package execution dates.

04-May-2018 848/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SET Statements for Package Ship SCL

SET statements are global default statements.These statements establish values for subsequent SHIP
statements. If a parameter is required (or used) but not coded, CA Endevor looks for that information
in a previous SET statement.

You can use two SET statements with the Package Shipment Utility:

SET DESTINATION destination-name

The SET DESTINATION clause applies to each subsequent SHIP statement that does not contain a
destination. Because destination is required, you must have a SET statement (previously) coded if
you omit the TO DESTINATION clause.
The destination name specified here is used until the system encounters another SET
DESTINATION statement or a CLEAR DESTINATION statement, or processing ends.

SET OPTION OUTPUT/BACKOUT

The SET OPTION clause applies to each subsequent SHIP statement that does not specify an
option. The option you indicate in the SET clause is used until the system encounters another SET
OPTION statement or a CLEAR OPTIONS statement, or processing ends.

Because the SHIP statement does not require an option, however, you need not code this statement
at all. In this situation, the default option output is applied.

CLEAR Statements for Package Ship SCL

CLEAR statements clear the information that has been designated by a SET statement. The CLEAR
statement must be in the same syntax as the SET statement to which it applies, and must follow that
SET statement. The CLEAR statement remains in effect until a new, related SET statement is
encountered, or until processing ends.

CLEAR statements apply only to SET statements; similar information entered in a SHIP statement is
not affected by the CLEAR statement.

Two CLEAR statements can be used with the Package Shipment Utility:

CLEAR DESTINATION
The CLEAR DESTINATION statement clears the destination specified in a previous SET statement.

CLEAR OPTIONS
The CLEAR OPTIONS statement clears the option specified in a previous SET statement.

How to Manage Package Ship

Contents

Package Shipment Reports (see page 850)

Package Shipment Activity Report (see page 850)

04-May-2018 849/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Package Shipment Assembler Reports (see page 852)

Shipment Confirmation Email Notification (see page 853)

The CA Endevor® SCM administrator can use the following tools to monitor and review the shipment
of packages:

Package Ship reports

Package Shipment assembler reports

Shipment confirmation emails

Display Shipment Status -- The Display shipment status option, accessible from the Package Ship
Destination panel, lets you view a scrollable list showing shipment status, including staging,
remote copy, and script execution status. For more information, see Display Shipment Status (see
page 847).

Package Shipment Reports

The package shipment utility produces the following reports:

Package Shipment Log

Contains a series of numbered messages which report the progress of the shipment staging
process.

Package Shipment Validation

Lists the "SHIP" transactions which were read as input by the staging utility. If a syntax error is
detected, a numbered message follows the transaction. The final action (marked "FINISHED")
tallies the number of actions processed, the number of actions in error, and the number of
shipments to be made.

Package Shipment Activity

ists the data sets/members which were staged for shipment.

Package Shipment Summary

This report is broken down by destination and shows the staging return code and the packages
shipped to each destination.

Package Shipment Activity Report

The Package Shipment Activity report lists the data sets/members which were staged for shipment.
The report is broken down by HOST data set name.

The header line shows the following three items of information:

SHIPMENT OF MODULES or COMPLEMENTARY FILE; the former is the requested shipment and
the latter is a backout of the shipment.

The host data set name.

The destination.

04-May-2018 850/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Detail lines follow the header. There is one detail line for each member in each package being
shipped from the host data set to the destination mentioned in the header. If a member is in more
than one package, it is listed multiple times. Each detail line contains the following information:

Action
Indicates how the shipment utility handles the member. Possible values are COPY, DELETE, and
BYPASS.

COPY
Indicates that the member was copied to the host staging data set and will be shipped.

DELETE
Indicates that an IDCAMS DELETE command will be shipped to the remote site.

BYPASS
Indicates that the member is in multiple packages and this occurrence of the member is not
being shipped.

Mbr-Name
The name of the HOST data set member.

Option
Indicates the shipment option. Possible values are OUTPUT and BACKOUT.

OUTPUT
Indicates that the member being shipped is part of the package output.

BACKOUT
Indicates that the member being shipped is the backout of the package member.

Package Name
The name of the package in which this member is a participant.

Associated Backout Data And Package Name

This column can contain an encrypted member name and or the package with which it is
associated. The encrypted name represents an actual backout or backin member and is for the
use of CA Endevor® SCM Technical Support. Members are never shipped under the encrypted
name, but rather under the name found in the MBR-NAME column.

Comments, Messages, Etc.

Contains a warning or error message for that detail line. It is prefixed by a return code.

RC=04 SUPERCEDED BY <pkg-id>

The package member associated with this detail line will not be shipped because it was
superseded by the application of another package.

RC=12 OPTION SWITCH

The requested member cannot be shipped because it participates in two or more packages
within this shipment and the options "OUTPUT" or "BACKOUT" are not the same. Break this
shipment up into multiple shipments to remove this conflict.

04-May-2018 851/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RC=12 MEMBER NOT FOUND (ASSOCIATED MEMBER NOT FOUND)

The package member (or associated member) was not found in the HOST data set. It was
probably deleted manually. Package integrity is lost.

RC=12 UNEXPECTED FORMAT COMBO (###)

This situation can occur when the member has participated in multiple packages and one of
the packages in the hierarchy was deleted or reset and reused. The ### is a decimal
representation of an internal format code.

RC=12 MCF DATA NOT FOUND

The MCF record for this member's element was not found or user is not authorized to access
its environment.

RC=16 ERROR - FIND MEMBER ROUTINE (###)

An I/O error occurred while checking for the presence of a member to be shipped. Check the
Shipment Log Report for more information. In addition, check the JES log for equipment or file
problems. The ### is a return code.

RC=16 ERROR WRITING TO SYSIN FILE (###)

An I/O error occurred while writing a "SELECT MEMBER" card to the BSTCOPY SYSIN data set.
Check the Shipment Log Report for more information. In addition, check the JES log for
equipment or file problems. The ### is a return code.

Following all the detail lines for a given data set are eight trailer lines, which contain the following
information:

The first two show how many members were copied and how many will be deleted.

The next four show the correspondence between output data set names and staging data set
names at the host and remote site. If a DSNAME Mapping Rule was set up to exclude transmission
of this data set, the "HOST LIBRARY DSN:" line is marked "* DATASET EXCLUDED FROM
TRANSMISSION *."

The final two lines show the DSNAME Mapping Rule which was used to generate the "REMOTE
LIBRARY DSN." If blank, the host data set name is used as the remote data set name.

Package Shipment Assembler Reports

Shipment reports let you review package shipment activity in summary format. To generate CA
Endevor SCM Assembler reports, execute the BC1JRPTS job.

Note: Shipment reports and Footprint reports are mutually exclusive. If you need both
report types, submit two separate jobs or two separate jobsteps within the same job.

You can request the following shipment reports:

CONRPT73 -- Destination Detail Report

CONRPT74 -- Package Shipment Report by Package ID

04-May-2018 852/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CONRPT74 -- Package Shipment Report by Package ID

CONRPT75 -- Package Shipment Report by Destination

CONRPT76 -- Package Shipment Report by Shipments

Shipment Confirmation Email Notification

The Shipment Confirmation Email Notification feature enables emails to be built and sent to the user
that initiated the shipment request. The emails are sent during the shipment process when the host
confirmation occurs and when the remote confirmation occurs. If shipments are sent to multiple
destinations, separate emails are sent for each package and destination combination. The
information contained in the emails is the same data shown when you display the Package Shipment
Status panel.

The Shipment Confirmation Email Notification feature is in effect for any shipment request, whether
initiated from CA CM Enterprise Workbench, an API program, or a CA Endevor® SCM online Ship
action.

This feature is implemented using the existing Email Notification Facility. The Email Notification
Facility's Notification Facility table, ESMTPTBL, is shared with other features, such as override signout
notification and package approval notification. However, you can disable the shipment confirmation
feature by enabling the SUPPRESS_SHIPCONF_EMAIL option in the Optional Features Table,
ENCOPTBL.

Note: For more information about the Email Notification facility, see Notification (see page
263).

Back Out and Back In Package Outputs

Why Do a Backout? (see page 854)
Why Backout Does Not Affect Source (see page 854)
Package Ship and Package Backout Status (see page 854)
Restrictions (see page 855)
Prerequisites (see page 855)
Back Out an Entire Package (see page 856)
Back In an Entire Package (see page 856)
Back Out a Package Element Action (see page 857)
Back In a Package Element Action (see page 858)
View Package Backout Information (see page 859)
Backout and Backin Execution Logs (see page 860)
LLACOPY (see page 860)

04-May-2018 853/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Why Do a Backout?
If you discover a problem after executing a Package, or if the execution failed, you can undo the
effects of the execution using Package backout (backout processing). For example, assume that your
Package executed successfully, but you know or suspect that the execution caused problems
elsewhere in the system. You can undo the execution and return the outputs of the Package to the
state they were in before being executed. After you use backout processing to back out the outputs,
if you decide that you want to return the outputs to the executed state, you can use Package backin
(backin processing) to undo the backout processing.

Package backout returns Package outputs to their prior state. Package backin reinstates the outputs.
Backout and backin processing can be used to back out and back in the following outputs:

An Entire Package— All output members and USS files (produced through the ENUSSUTL
processor) of a specific Package, that is the entire Package.

An Element action— All the output members and files of a single action within a specific Package,
without backing out the entire Package. However, if there are multiple actions within the Package
that produce the same output member and file, the Package is not eligible for Element Action
Backout. This option is particularly helpful if your site uses large Packages to move many
elements through the lifecycle.

Why Backout Does Not Affect Source

Package backout is designed to restore load modules, USS files, and other executables to their
prePackage execution state. Backout does not restore the source to its previous image, because the
bad source is the audit trail of the change. This audit trail should not be disrupted for any reason,
because it allows you to view change history and changes only online, facilitating problem resolution.

By flagging the element in the MCF, CA Endevor SCM knows that the executables were backed out
even if the source was not backed out. CA Endevor SCM warns users who later attempt to retrieve
the backed out element that they are working with a backed out copy.

If you want to restore the prior level of source, you can do this by selecting the S option (Summary of
Levels) from the Retrieve Elements panel. The prior level of source, after retrieval, can then be added
back into CA Endevor SCM, creating a new change level and preserving the audit trail of the bad
change.

Package Ship and Package Backout Status

When you use the Package Ship facility, the Ship Asis feature determines whether the backout and
backin status of a Package has any effect on what gets shipped. When enabled, Ship Asis lets you ship
outputs and backout members (and HFS files, or both) according to the backout status of the
Package. If not enabled, outputs from the time the Package was executed are shipped regardless of
the Package’s backout status. With this feature enabled, during the execution of a Package backout
and backin action (including element action backout and backin), the user will receive messages in
the Package log. These messages list all the destinations to which the Package was shipped before
this backout or backin action. The purpose of these messages is to alert the user that they may need
to reship the Package, because the backout or backin action has changed the Package outputs.

04-May-2018 854/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Restrictions
Backout processing affects CA Endevor SCM output libraries, not base and delta libraries. If reverse
delta format is being used, the base library member is not backed out. Also any outputs that are
written to CA Endevor SCM libraries, such as listings, are not backed out.

Dependencies between Packages affect backout of Packages and Element actions. Before you back
out a Package or Element action, you must be aware of any dependencies between Packages.
Consider the following situations and how they can affect backout.

Note: If Package backout, backin is not possible in any of the following cases, then Element Action
backout, backin is also not possible.

More than one Package moves the same element to the same location:

For example, assume you execute Package, PKG1, which moves elements COPYA, COPYB, COPYC,
and COPYF to the next location. Then you execute Package, PKG2, which also moves element
COPYF, as well as elements COPYD, and COPYE to the same location. Next, you decide that you
need to back out PKG1. Because PKG2's execution has affected element COPYF, which is common
to both Packages, you must back out PKG2 first, or the element will not be returned to its
appropriate pre-execution state.

A later Package moves an element from the target location of an earlier Package:

If the action is executed in a Package with backout in effect, the Package dependencies remain
valid as long as the elements remain at the target stage, or at the source stage for Delete, Archive
and Generate actions. For example, if Package PKG1 moves an element to one stage and Package
PKG2 moves this element to the next stage, then you will not be able to back out PKG1 after the
execution of PKG2. The reason for this is that the move action manages backout information only
for its target location, not its source location.

An element's outputs are executed outside of a Package or in a Package with backout disabled:

Actions affecting an element's outputs executed outside of a Package (or in a Package with
backout disabled) will invalidate the backout information for the last Package and all previous
Packages depending on that Package.

Prerequisites
You can only back out Packages that are defined with the option Enable Backout. The Enable Backout
option creates backout members for the element outputs that are created or modified by the
execution of the CA Endevor SCM actions, that is the processors associated with those actions. This
creation of backout members and USS backout files lets you back out a Package, restoring all output
members (load modules, listings, and objects), and USS files of the Package to their state before the
execution of the Package.

When you execute a backout, make sure that the processors do not use the IEBCOPY utility.
Processors whose output you want to back out can use the BSTCOPY utility. For more information
about BSTCOPY, see Processor Utilities.

04-May-2018 855/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Back Out an Entire Package

If you need to undo the effects of a Package execution, you can back out the outputs of the Package.
This procedure describes how to back out an entire Package.

Note: Before you back out a Package, you must consider dependencies between Packages as
described in the Restrictions section of this article.

Follow these steps:

1. Type 7 in the Option field on the Package Options Menu. Type a Package name in the Package
ID field. Press Enter.

The Backout Package panel opens.

Note: If you leave the Package ID field blank or type a name mask and then press Enter, a
Package Selection List will open. The Package Selection List shows only those Packages
available for your user ID, with a status of Executed, In-execution, or Exec-failed, that meet
the Package ID field criteria. If a Package Selection List displays, select the Package you want,
and then press Enter to display the Backout Package panel.

2. Type BP in the Option field and press Enter.

If the backout is successful, the Package Options Menu or the Package Selection List is
returned immediately.

If the backout is not successful, the Package Backout Report appears, indicating why the
backout failed.

Back In an Entire Package

After you use the Backout action to back out the outputs, if you decide that you want to return the
outputs to the executed state, you can use the Backin action to undo the Backout. This procedure
describes how to back in an entire Package.

Follow these steps:

1. Type 7 in the Option field on the Package Options Menu. Type a Package name in the Package
ID field. Press Enter.

The Backout Package panel opens.

Note: If you leave the Package ID field blank or type a name mask and then press Enter, a
Package Selection List will open. The Package Selection List shows only those Packages
available for your user ID, with a status of Executed, In-execution, or Exec-failed, that meet
the Package ID field criteria. If a Package Selection List displays, select the Package you want,
and then press Enter to display the Backout Package panel.

2. Type BI in the Option field. Then press Enter.

04-May-2018 856/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
2.

If the backin is successful, the Package Options Menu or the Package Selection List returns
immediately.

Note: The next time the Backout Package panel is accessed, the BACKED IN field contains
user ID, date, and time information.

If the backin is not successful the Package Backin Report is returned, indicating why the
backin failed.

Back Out a Package Element Action

If you need to undo the effects of a Package execution, you can back out the outputs of the Package.
This procedure describes how to back out a single element action that was executed within a
Package. After the output members have been backed out, you can back them in again.

You cannot use this feature for Packages that have multiple actions that produce the same output
member.

Note: If a Package is partially backed out using the EO Element Backout option on the Element Action
Backout panel, you can back in the entire Package using the BI Backin Package option or back out the
entire Package using the BP Backout Package option on the Backout Package panel.

Note: Before backing out an element action, you must consider dependencies between Packages as
described in the Restrictions section of this article.

Follow these steps:

1. Type 7 in the Option field on the Package Options Menu. Type a Package name in the Package
ID field. Press Enter.

The Backout Package panel opens.

Note: If you leave the Package ID field blank or type a name mask and then press Enter, a
Package Selection List will open. The Package Selection List shows only those Packages
available for your user ID, with a status of Executed, In-execution, or Exec-failed, that meet
the Package ID field criteria. If a Package Selection List displays, select the Package you want,
and then press Enter to display the Backout Package panel.

2. Type EB in the Option field and press Enter.

The Element Action Backout panel opens.

Note: You can scroll to the right on the Element Action Backout panel to view information
about each action.

Note: The EB option may be highlighted on the Backout Package panel for a Package that
does not qualify for this option. If you select the EB option for a Package that does not qualify
for element action backout, the EB option grays out. This product behavior avoids the
overhead of examining all of the backout records in a Package before the EB option has been
selected.

3. Type EO in the selection column to the left of the SCL Stmt column for each element action

04-May-2018 857/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. Type EO in the selection column to the left of the SCL Stmt column for each element action
you want to back out. Press Enter.

The output members for the element actions you selected are backed out.

Example: Package Element Action Backout

Assume that the following Packages were processed:

Package A was created and executed. When executed, it moved element X and element Y to
Stage 2.

Then Package B was created and executed. When executed, it moved element Y to the next
environment.

If you attempt to perform an element backout on element X from Package A, the backout fails with
the following message:

PKMR606E Package is superceded by Package B

The backout fails, because a Package element backout request is checked at the Package level, before
it is checked at the element level. In this case, because Package B acted on an element in Package A,
no elements in Package A can be backed out.

Back In a Package Element Action

After you use the Backout action to back out a single element action that was executed within a
Package, if you decide that you want to return the outputs to the executed state, you can use the
Backin action to undo the Backout.

Note: If a Package is partially backed out using the EO Element Backout option on the Element Action
Backout panel, you can back in the entire Package using the BI Backin Package option or back out the
entire Package using the BP Backout Package option on the Backout Package panel.

Follow these steps:

1. Type 7 in the Option field on the Package Options Menu. Type a Package name in the Package
ID field. Press Enter.

The Backout Package panel opens.

Note: If you leave the Package ID field blank or type a name mask and then press Enter, a
Package Selection List will open. The Package Selection List shows only those Packages
available for your user ID, with a status of Executed, In-execution, or Exec-failed, that meet
the Package ID field criteria. If a Package Selection List displays, select the Package you want,
and then press Enter to display the Backout Package panel.

2. Type EB in the Option field and press Enter.

The Element Action Backout panel opens.

04-May-2018 858/1109
 2.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: You can scroll to the right the Element Action Backout panel to view information about
each action.

3. Type EI in the selection column to the left of the SCL Stmt column for each element action you
want to back in. Press Enter.

The output members for the element actions you selected are backed in.

View Package Backout Information

To review the backout status of a Package, you can display backout information about a specified
Package.

Follow these steps:

1. Type 7 in the Option field on the Package Options Menu. Type a Package name in the Package
ID field. Press Enter.

The Backout Package panel opens.

Note: If you leave the Package ID field blank or type a name mask and then press Enter, a
Package Selection List will open. The Package Selection List shows only those Packages
available for your user ID, with a status of Executed, In-execution, or Exec-failed, that meet
the Package ID field criteria. If a Package Selection List displays, select the Package you want,
and then press Enter to display the Backout Package panel.

2. Type one of the following options in the Option field and press Enter.

B - Display backout Information for data sets. This option opens the Dataset Backout
Information panel. That panel shows the member name, backout status, and data set
name.

BU - Display USS backout information. This option shows the file name, path name, and
backout status

BU - Display backout information for USS supported files. This option opens the USS
Backout Information panel. That panel shows the file name, backout status, and path
name.

CI - Display correlation information. This option is only visible if correlation records exist
for this Package. Correlation records could exist if they were created for enterprise
Packages created in CA CMEW. Correlation records could also have been created if your
site is using the CA Endevor SCM Interface to InfoMan.

A panel opens that corresponds to the option you selected for the specified Package.

04-May-2018 859/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Backout and Backin Execution Logs

When you back out or back in a Package, CA Endevor SCM produces a log of the processing
performed. This report is written to the userid.C1TEMPRn.MSGS file, as with any foreground
execution report.

The validation section of this report tells you which outputs will be backed out, and their status after
backout is complete. Output can be as follows:

Recovered as of Package (N/A) The outputs were not associated with any Package before the backed
out Package was executed. Recovered as of Package Package ID The outputs were associated with
the named Package before the backed out Package was executed. Deleted The outputs did not exist
before the backed out Package was executed.

The backout section of the report tells you which outputs were backed out and their status when the
backout was completed.

The Backin execution log has a similar format.

LLACOPY
The use of LLACOPY by CA Endevor SCM prevents incorrect directory entries from being created in
the processes of creating and using backout entries and in writing footprints.

LLACOPY is a macro that is provided with the operating system to enable a program to cause the LLA
directory to be refreshed with current information from the directory of a given library. CA Endevor
SCM issues the LLACOPY macro when it detects a STOW operation to force the refresh.

The LLACOPY macro is issued within CA Endevor SCM to make sure that, when CA Endevor SCM
performs more than one update of a PDS or PDSE directory entry in succession, the second of the
updates will have access to the changes that resulted from the first update. This is of particular
importance in the writing of CA Endevor SCM footprints, and in the writing and using of Package
Backout entries in libraries of load modules or program objects.

Whenever CA Endevor SCM activity has identified that the STOW SVC has been issued to update a
library directory entry, the LLACOPY macro is issued. However, CA Endevor SCM does not determine
whether a given library is LLA managed before issuing the LLACOPY call as that determination is made
by the operating system modules that receive control when the LLACOPY macro is invoked.

If Package execution is occurring and the Package Backout option in effect, and, if an existing
member is being replaced in a library, then CA Endevor SCM performs additional activities related to
performing the LLACOPY. CA Endevor SCM first issues an LLACOPY to ensure that it has current
directory information for the library member and to verify that the member exists in the library. CA
Endevor SCM then issues a STOW to create a directory entry for a Backout copy of the member. This
STOW is followed by an LLACOPY to update the LLA directory.

In all cases, an LLACOPY will be performed after the STOW of the new copy of the member has been
completed. There are instances where CA Endevor SCM does not perform LLACOPY calls, such as
when PMO and PDSMAN are handling the updating of directory entries.

04-May-2018 860/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

After a STOW has been done within CA Endevor SCM, the given directory entry will be immediately
reflected in the LLA directory.

04-May-2018 861/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Perform a Best Practice Implementation

This article describes how a CA Endevor® SCM administrator can set up a complete implementation
of the product using the Best Practice Implementation (BPI) method. The BPI defines a best practices
lifecycle for active software development. The BPI process allocates the necessary files and sets up all
definitions that are required to let you begin to use the product and is delivered as a set of input
tables and jobs that you configure and run. After you complete the BPI, you are ready to load your
source code into the CA Endevor® SCM inventory structure that supports the software development
lifecycle.

As a change manager ( CA Endevor® SCM administrator), you can use the BPI to set up a complete
implementation of CA Endevor® SCM that incorporates best practices. This method lets you easily
and quickly allocate and populate the libraries that support the software development lifecycle. The
BPI is delivered as a set of input tables and jobs that you configure and run.

This diagram outlines the BPI process:

BPI_How to Perform a BPI

04-May-2018 862/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The BPI, includes the following steps:

1. Review the prerequisites. (see page 863)

2. Plan for your implementation. (see page 865)

3. Run BPISTART. (see page 875) This job allocates the BPI libraries.

4. Customize the BPI input tables. (see page 877)

5. Edit #JOBCARD to prepare the BPI job card. (see page 885)

6. Edit #OPTION. (see page 886) This member defines symbol values that are used to resolve
variables defined in the BPI models and REXX members.

7. Submit the BPI jobs. (see page 886) We recommend that you execute the BPI process in
iterations implementing one System or application at a time.

8. Verify the implementation. Access your implementation and make sure it was created and
setup successfully.

9. Load your software inventory. We recommend that you complete setting up the BPI, before
you load any inventory.

We recommend that you execute the BPI process in iterations. For the first iteration, you might
implement one System (or application). This lets you become familiar with how to edit the input
tables and how the jobs work. After the first iteration, you could execute the BPI to implement an
entire application. (An application can consist of multiple Systems and Subsystems.) Then you could
do additional iterations, one for each additional application. For the first iteration, you perform all
the steps. For subsequent iterations, you re-edit the BPI input tables and then rerun the jobs
beginning with job #5ALLOC. For more information about performing the steps in iterations, see The
Iterative BPI Process (see page ).

Review Prerequisites
Before attempting this implementation, verify that the following prerequisites are complete.

Verify that CA Endevor® SCM is properly installed at your site. For more information about the
installation steps, see Installation Tasks for the Systems Programmer (https://docops.ca.com/display
/CE17/Installation+Tasks+for+the+Systems+Programmer). Proper installation has the following
requirements:

The CA Common Services components CA LMP and CAIRIM for product licensing and
authorization must be installed and customized.

Note: The components CAIENF and CAICCI are not required for the BPI. However,
these components are required if you want to use CA Endevor® SCM with the
Concurrent Action Processing feature, the Web Services component, or the companion
product CA CMEW. CAIENF and CAICCI can be configured after you complete the BPI.

04-May-2018 863/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NDVRC1 must be authorized.

BC1JJB03 must have been executed.

The load modules contained in iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU (and optionally

iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD) must reside in a system-authorized library. You can use one of the
following methods to make sure that the load modules are in a system-authorized library:

Copy the members from iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU libraries to an

existing authorized library.

Authorize iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU.

Copy members from iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU (and optionally iprfx.

iqual.CSIQLOAD) to an existing authorized LINKLIST library.

Copy members from iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU (and optionally iprfx.

iqual.CSIQLOAD) to an existing LPA library.

Define the iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH and iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU (and optionally iprfx.iqual.

CSIQLOAD) data sets as LINKLIST or LPA libraries themselves.

Define CA Endevor® SCM to the ISPF Environment.

If your site has multiple CPUs sharing DASD, you must define queue names. If you are using
Unicenter CA-MIM Resource Sharing or IBM Global Resource Serialization (GRS), include the
queue names in the appropriate Global Resource Queue Name Table.

If CA ACF2 is the security software used at your site, modify the TSO Command Limiting
Facility to allow ISPTLIB commands (ACMQ, BC1PACMI, ESORT, EONLY, EM, QM, and so on).

The following BPI installation considerations apply depending on how CA Endevor® SCM is
configured at your site:

The BPI assumes your site is licensed for the following product options:

CA Endevor SCM Extended Processors

CA Endevor SCM Automated Configuration

Complete all steps described in Configuring Your Product (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17

/Configuring+Products+Using+CA+CSM). The following exceptions apply to the steps in
Configuring Your Product:

If you use LINKLIST or LPA libraries for the CSIQAUTH/CSIQAUTU data sets, tailor the jobs
created by the BPI process prior to submission. Remove, or comment out, the STEPLIB DD
statements from the job members created in the BPILIB library before submitting the job.

If you use LINKLIST or LPA libraries for the CSIQLOAD data set, tailor the jobs created by the
BPI process prior to submission. Remove, or comment out, the STEPLIB and CONLIB DD
statements from the job members created in the BPILIB library before submitting the job.

The person performing the BPI needs the following general knowledge of the mainframe

04-May-2018 864/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The person performing the BPI needs the following general knowledge of the mainframe
environment and a basic understanding of the CA Endevor® SCM.

You need a working knowledge of the mainframe environment, the z/OS mainframe operating
system, the Time Sharing Option facility (TSO), and the Interactive System Productivity Facility
(ISPF).

Become familiar with the basic CA Endevor® SCM concepts. For more information, see
Installing (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Installing)and Administrating (see page 36).

Become familiar with the Best Practice Implementation concepts. For more information about
the BPI concepts, see the BPI Software Inventory Lifecycle (see page 865).

Plan for Your Production Implementation

To perform the BPI process, decide how to set up your CA Endevor® SCM configuration. The BPI
automates some of those decisions by incorporating best practices and recommended settings
automatically within the process. You must know and understand the sort of implementation created
when performing the BPI process. This section describes each of those best practices in more detail.

BPI Software Inventory Lifecycle

The BPI sets up a seven-environment mapping structure, by default. This structure includes the
Development (DEV), Quality Assurance (QAS), Production (PRD), Emergency (EMER), Unclaimed
(UNCLMED), Archive (ARCHIVE), and Administrator (ADMIN) environments. Your site may not need all
seven environments, or you may need more than seven. However, this structure represents an active
development lifecycle that is appropriate for most sites.

The lifecycle defines the movement of your software inventory through a set of data set libraries.
These lifecycles are defined in the Defaults table (C1DEFLTS). A data set naming convention supports
the lifecycle structure. The Best Practice Implementation sets up the following lifecycles or maps:

Standard Map
For regular development activities. The Standard Map is where most activity occurs. The Standard
Map starts with the DEV environment, at entry stage, stage 1. From DEV Stage 1, source is
promoted to DEV Stage 2, then to QAS stage 2, and finally PRD stage 2. Stage one for the Quality
Assurance and Production environments are skipped. DEV stage 2 maps to QAS stage 2, and QAS
stage 2 maps to PRD stage 2.

Emergency Map
For emergency fixes. The Emergency environment maps also to PRD stage 2.

Unclaimed Map
For unclaimed or unclassified elements. The Unclaimed environment has an entry stage of 2. This
environment does not map to any other environment.

Archive Map
For archived elements. The Archive environment has an entry stage of 2. This environment does
not map to any other environment.

Administrator Map

04-May-2018 865/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Administrator Map
For the CA Endevor® SCM Administrator activities. The Administrator environment has an entry
stage of 1. This environment does not map to any other environment.

This graphic shows how the BPI environments are mapped:

BPI lifecycle

BPI Environment and Stages

Each lifecycle defines the movement of software inventory from environment-stage to environment-
stage until the end of the lifecycle. Each environment has two stages and each environment-stage
represents a library level. To support this structure, the data set naming convention uses qualifiers to
identify each environment and each stage. Details follow about each environment.

Development (DEV) environment

This environment has two stages that let you maintain two versions of an element. You can use
Stage 2 as a location for elements that are considered complete or as a temporary holding place
for confirmed changes, while you re-edit the element in Stage 1. Stage 2 also provides another
location useful for merging changes together with those that have been promoted to QAS or PRD.
Another benefit of two development stages is to be able to test with different compiler
parameters at Stage 1 versus Stage 2. For example, Stage 1 could be set to test compile options
and Stage 2 could be set to production compile options. The last compile, before moving up the
lifecycle, is always done at DEV Stage 2.

Quality Assurance (QAS) environment

This environment is used to perform many different types of testing. Stage 1 provides a common
integration stage. Although useful, to reduce the number of stages an element must pass during
the path to production, Stage 1 of the QAS environment is not used in the BPI delivered lifecycle.
Stage 2 would be used to make sure the applications are system tested and ready for production.

Production (PRD) environment

04-May-2018 866/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Production (PRD) environment

This environment represents the production code. Stage 1 of the PRD environment is not used in
the BPI delivered lifecycle. Stage 2 is used for the storage of the production source. The PRD
environment should be package protected.

Unclaimed (UNCLMED) environment

This environment is used to store elements that could not be classified in the standard inventory
structure (systems, subsystems, and so on.). Only the second stage is used for this environment.
This environment is intended to be a holding area for elements whose use and purpose are
unknown. This may be common in conversion situations, when converting from a different source
control management application to CA Endevor® SCM. The UNCLMED environment stores only
the source and has only one system and subsystem. Its purpose is a temporary holding position
for those elements that are not identified with a system during the implementation (or
conversion) process. If an element is found missing after the CA Endevor® SCM Implementation is
complete, you can look in the UNCLMED environment to see if the element is there. You can then
transfer that element from UNCLMED to the appropriate system and subsystem. After elements
in UNCLMED have been identified and transferred into the correct system-subsystem, the version
in UNCLMED should be deleted. The final goal should be to discontinue the UNCLMED
environment in time.

Administrator (ADMIN) environment

This environment is separate from the DEV to QAS to PRD lifecycle, and is reserved for the role of
the CA Endevor® SCM administrator. The CA Endevor® SCM administrator has different security
requirements than the development and testing teams. The separate security rules for the
administrator role are easier to maintain if in a separate ADMIN environment. The ADMIN
environment’s data sets begin with a different high level qualifier, while the remaining
environments (DEV, QAS, PRD, EMER, UNCLMED, and ARCHIVE) all use the application high level
qualifier. Stage 2 of the ADMIN environment hosts the CA Endevor® SCM Configuration Tables
that are used to define the site’s infrastructure and default options, and the Endevor processors
which are used to process all the elements for each system in the standard DEV to QAS to PRD
lifecycle. Stage 1 of the ADMIN environment provides an area for the administrator to make
changes as needed to any of the tables or processors maintained within the ADMIN environment.
Stage 2 only stores the elements specific to CA Endevor® SCM administrators. Sites can then use
packages to promote their changes from Stage 1 to Stage 2, allowing for a back-out if needed.

Emergency (EMER) environment

This environment is also separate from the standard lifecycle. This environment is used for coding
fixes that need to be put in immediately. Stage 1 of the EMER environment serves as the place
where the code changes are to be made. Stage 2 of EMER is package protected and must be
included in the production JCL STEPLIB concatenation. An emergency package needs to be
created to promote elements from Stage 1 to Stage 2. An approval needs to be made by those
that were assigned in the approver group(s). An emergency approver group must be given the
authority to approve emergency packages. This is required to prevent unapproved changes being
picked up by production. EMER maps to the PRD environment for ease of making changes to
programs and components. It is probable that emergency changes promoted to EMER Stage 2 will
afterwards be transferred to the DEV environment (via the TRANSFER action) and then promoted
through the typical lifecycle and testing procedures before being permanently moved to
production. The EMER environment contains the same types, systems, and subsystems as the
PRD environment. The EMER Stage 2 loadlib should be concatenated before the production stage
2 loadlib, to pick up any emergency changes.

04-May-2018 867/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Archive (ARCHIVE) environment

This environment is used to store elements that are deleted from the PRD environment, but a site
still wants to maintain a copy of for auditing or history purposes. The ARCHIVE environment
utilizes only the second stage of this environment (Stage 2). Elements need to be transferred
there via the TRANSFER action or via a PACKAGE with TRANSFER action SCL. It is a stand-alone
environment. The ARCHIVE environment contains all the types, systems, and subsystems of the
PRD environment.

Stage Name, Number, ID

When defining Stage names, numbers, and IDs, establish a simple pattern. Each Environment
contains two Stages, regardless of whether you use both Stages, and the Stage numbers are 1 and 2.
With the BPI, the Stage ID is the same as the Stage number, and Stage names are built using a simple
naming convention. As long as the Environment name is fewer than eight characters, the Stage name
can be a combination of the Environment name and the Stage ID or number.

Data Set Naming Conventions

Having standard naming conventions within various components of CA Endevor® SCM makes the
product easier to support. The Best Practices Implementation (BPI) method includes standard data
set naming conventions.

Previously if you were not using the BPI method, CA Endevor® SCM used two sets of high and second
level qualifiers for data set naming (iprfx.iqual and uprfx.uqual). The first set was reserved for the CA
Endevor® SCM installation runtime data sets. These data sets were prompted for during the
installation process (job BC1JJB03). The second set was used as the prefix for all the CA Endevor®
SCM data sets that were created (element catalog, MCFs, package file, base and delta files, processor
output libraries, and so on).

When you configure CA Endevor® SCM using the BPI, you must specify four high level qualifiers for
the CA Endevor® SCM data sets. The installation runtime qualifier (iprfx.iqual) remains the same. The
remaining three high level qualifiers are specified in the BPI Option member. Having these multiple
high level qualifiers makes it easier for administrators to establish and maintain security rules, as well
as provide a visual distinction between the data sets. The three prefixes are as follows:

SiteHighLevelQual for all CA Endevor® SCM site-wide data sets. This includes element catalog and
index, ACM root and cross reference files, package file and Master Control files.

AdminHighLevelQual for all CA Endevor® SCM ADMIN environment data sets. This includes all
allocations for the ADMIN environment.

ApplHighLevelQual for all CA Endevor® SCM application data sets. This includes the base and
delta files for each of the standard application system, subsystem, and type combinations.

The maximum size for a data set name cannot exceed 44 characters, thus the maximum sizes allowed
for the three high-level qualifiers will depend on the system and subsystem names. You can use
multiple nodes within each high-level qualifier. The number of nodes is not important. However, the
CA Endevor® SCM data set names use a standard format consisting of the following, where the
maximum number of characters allowed are shown in parenthesis: system (8), subsystem (8), subset
of the environment name (3), stage number (1) and type (8). Using this standard, if you use the

04-May-2018 868/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

of the environment name (3), stage number (1) and type (8). Using this standard, if you use the
maximum amount of characters for system, subsystem, and so on, then only 12 characters are left for
the high-level qualifier nodes. We recommend that the prefix nodes be 12 characters or fewer, if
possible. This is to avoid data set length problems in the future if additional systems, subsystems, and
types are created.

Data Set Rules

When allocating data sets for the BPI method, follow these rules:

One base library per environment, system, subsystem, stage, type.

Type name is the last node of the data set name and reflects the language.

Base libraries are defined as PDSEs.

One delta library per environment, system, subsystem.

Provide High-Level Qualifier only, the BPI provides an ending qualifier. Processors also use this
naming convention.

Reverse delta format is used for most types. Some types are better suited for full image or log
delta format.

Centralized Processors
The Best Practice Implementation establishes a single repository location for processors instead of
having unique or custom processors that are defined and stored for each system. It is simpler to
maintain one set of processors and ensures consistency across systems.

The BPI process stores all processors in the administrator (ADMIN) environment.

Inventory Structure
The CA Endevor® SCM inventory structure allows you to do the following:

Work with program modules without having to know where they are physically located, or how
they are compiled.

List all the program components that make up an application, regardless of type.

Determine the locations of an element simply by entering the element name on a display screen.

Act on a cross section of your program inventory. For example, CA Endevor® SCM allows you to
list all COBOL code in your shop, or promote an entire new release of the payroll application with
a single command.

04-May-2018 869/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

With the BPI, a predefined inventory structure is included. The structure (environments, systems,
subsystems, types, and so on) is outlined in rows within table file members.

The BPI provides the following default definitions for the inventory structure components.

Environments
The default environment names are delivered in the BPI input table, T#ENVMTS. Each data row
consists of the environment name and stage information.

Note: BPI REXX member, O#ENVMTS located in BPILIB must remain in sync with
T#ENVMTS.

The rows in these tables are used to build the software change lifecycle (established within the
C1DEFLTS table), the CA Endevor® SCM configuration tables, and to build SCL members. You specify
what environments you want to create, the environment stage names, and the entry stage for that
environment. Also, you specify how these are mapped -- the next environment to map to and the
next stage of that environment to map to.

Systems
The default system names are delivered in members T#ADMSYS and T#SYSTMS. Each data row
consists of a system name and a description. T#ADMSYS is used solely for the ADMIN environment.
The ADMIN environment, as delivered, contains one system and subsystem. It is required that you
keep the administrative environment. The BPI defaults to creating the first ADMIN system specified in
T#ADMSUB as the main repository of all the CA Endevor® SCM processors and configuration tables
that the remaining application systems use. The system name for the Processor Output Libraries
defaults to the first system specified in T#ADMSYS. You can add additional systems to the ADMIN
environment, by adding additional rows to the T#ADMSYS table.

T#SYSTMS table is used by all the environments defined in the T#ENVMTS table except for
Administrator and Unclaimed environments. That includes the Development, Quality Assurance,
Production, Emergency, and Archive environments in the delivered table.

This T#SYSTMS table is related to the T#SUBSYS table. If you add or remove a system row from the
T#SYSTMS table, add or remove the associated rows in the T#SUBSYS table.

The system definition defaults delivered with the BPI are as follows:

Next System - defaults to the current system

Comments Required

CCID Required

Duplicate Element Check is Not Active

Duplicate Processor Output Check is Active -- Severity Level is ‘E’

Element Jump Acknowledgment Required

04-May-2018 870/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element Jump Acknowledgment Required

Signout is Active

Signout Dataset Validation is Not Active

Subsystems
The default subsystem names are delivered in members T#ADMSUB and T#SUBSYS. Each row consists
of a system name, subsystem name and a description. Any system specified in T#SUBSYS must match
a system specified in T#SYSTMS. Any system specified in T#ADMSUB must match a system specified
in T#ADMSYS

The delivered subsystem definition specifies that the Next Subsystem defaults to the current
subsystem.

Types
The default type names are delivered in members T#ADMTYP and T#TYPES. The T#ADMTYP member
is used to define types for the Administrator environment and the T#TYPES member is used to define
types for the Development, Quality Assurance, Production, Emergency, Unclaimed, and Archive
environments. The length of the data in each row of these members is 200 characters. Each row
consists of a type name, processor group name, generate, move and delete processor names,
foreground allowed flag, language, Panvalet and Librarian source languages, compare from and
compare to columns, element delta format, and type and processor group descriptions. When a type
is defined during the BPI process, the first processor group listed for each type is the default
processor group.

Note: If the BPI process is executed and your site did not purchase the Extended Processor
option, the implementation fails at the point when the DEFINE TYPE PROCESS action is
executed. The execution of this action results in a return code of 12 when CA Endevor®
SCM performs a check against the PROC parameter value in the C1DEFLTS configuration
table and determines this option is not activated.

Type definition defaults delivered with the BPI:

Do Not Expand Includes

Element Delta Format is Reverse

Do Not Compress Base

Regression Threshold is 80

Regression Severity is Caution

Do Not Consolidate Element Levels

Consolidate Elements at Level 96

Number of Element Levels to Consolidate 0

04-May-2018 871/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Number of Element Levels to Consolidate 0

Do Not Consolidate Components Levels

Consolidate Components at Level 96

Component Delta Format Reverse

Number of Component Levels to Consolidate 0

HFS Recfm NL

Note: The Regression Percentage Threshold is automatically set to 80, except for LOG or
IMAGE delta formats, where it is set to 0.

Processor Groups
The processor group and processor names are included in members T#ADMTYP and T#TYPES with the
type attributes.

One exception to the naming standard is for the special Endevor processor group used by the type
PROCESS. The name of this processor group is PROCESS.

The processor group definition defaults delivered with the BPI are listed below:

Move Action Uses Move Processor

If the entry stage of the environment is stage 1, it uses the Generate processor. The
production environment always uses the Move processor

Transfer Action Uses Move Processor

Allow or Do Not Allow Foreground Execution

The Allow or Do Not Allow is specified in the T#ADMTYP and T#TYPES table. The Unclaimed
and Archive environments uses Allow for all types

Processor Output Type

Generate/Move/Delete Processors

The processor names are be taken from the T#TYPES table, except for type PROCESS, which
always uses the Endevor processor names. The Unclaimed and Archive environments set all
processor values to *NOPROC* for all types

04-May-2018 872/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processor Symbols
Processor group symbol overrides are created in #3ADMIN and #9DEFGRP, to coincide with the
delivered BPI processors in CSIQSAMP. There are two tables within the #3ADMIN JCL that define
what symbols need to be created for the administrator environment. The standard environments use
the T#SYMBLS table. Processor symbols can be a length of eight characters and the override values
can be up to 65 characters. As delivered, processor symbol overrides are required, because a single
processor is shared across multiple processor groups. You have the flexibility to change or add to the
delivered processor symbol definitions by editing #3ADMIN or T#SYMBLS.

The processor symbols definition defaults delivered with the BPI are listed below:

Processor Symbols Definition Defaults

The processor symbols definition defaults delivered with the BPI are listed below:

Symbol Override Location Table

HLQ &#HLQADM Administrator Environment, all systems and processor groups, #3ADMIN
for GEN and MOVE
XSYSLIB1 &C1MACLIB Administrator Environment, all systems, type TABLE, procgrp #3ADMIN
ASMTBL, stage 1 & 2, for GEN only
LOADLIB &CSIQAUTU Administrator Environment, all systems, type TABLE, procgrp #3ADMIN
ASMTBL, stage 2, for GEN only
LOADLIB &CSIQAUTU Administrator Environment, all systems, types ASMPGM and #3ADMIN
COBOL, procgrp USEREXIT, stage 2, for GEN only
LANGVER COBII Administrator Environment, all systems, type COBOL, procgrp #3ADMIN
BATCHCII, stage 1 & 2, for GEN only
LANGVER COBII All environments except Administrator, Archive, and T#SYMBLS
Unclaimed, all systems, type COBOL, procgrp BATCHCII, CICSCII,
DB2CII, and IDMSCII, stage 1 & 2, for GEN only
IDMSDBN SYSTEM All environments except Administrator, Archive, and T#SYMBLS
Unclaimed, all systems, type COBOL, procgrp IDMSCII and
IDMSCLE, stage 1 & 2, for GEN only
IDMSDICT SYSDICT All environments except Administrator, Archive, and T#SYMBLS
Unclaimed, all systems, type COBOL, procgrp IDMSCII and
IDMSCLE, stage 1 & 2, for GEN only
IDMSDMCL USERDB All environments except Administrator, Archive, and T#SYMBLS
Unclaimed, all systems, type COBOL, procgrp IDMSCII and
IDMSCLE, stage 1 & 2, for GEN only
DDLDML DBLOADLIB All environments except Administrator, Archive, and T#SYMBLS
Unclaimed, all systems, type COBOL, procgrp IDMSCII and
IDMSCLE, stage 1 & 2, for GEN only
DDLDCLOD DBLOADDSN T#SYMBLS

04-May-2018 873/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

All environments except Admin, Archive, and Unclaimed, all

systems, type COBOL, procgrp IDMSCII and IDMSCLE, stage 1 &
2, for GEN only
DDLDCMSG DBMSGDSN All environments except Admin, Archive, and Unclaimed, all T#SYMBLS
systems, type COBOL, procgrp IDMSCII and IDMSCLE, stage 1 &
2, for GEN only

Configuration Tables
CA Endevor® SCM configuration table source is delivered in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQSRC deployment
library. New C1DEFLTS and ESYMBOLS configuration table source is built by the BPI process, based on
information specified in the table input members located in the BPIDATA data set and information
specified in the #OPTION member located in the BPILIB data set. None of the other configuration
table source is altered by the BPI process.

BPI job #1TABLES builds the two new tables and creates load modules for the C1DEFLTS,
ENCOPTBL, ENDICNFG and ESYMBOLS tables.

BPI job #3ADMIN builds an inventory location for the tables (ADMIN/ADMIN/ENDEVOR/TABLE/2)
and adds and promotes all the configuration tables to that location.

You can modify the source as required after the implementation is complete.

Note: When performing the Best Practice Implementation, we recommend that you set the WARN
parameter to YES in the CA Endevor® SCM configuration table, BC1TNEQU. When WARN=YES, the ESI
warning mode is in effect. Warning mode allows access to resources even if your site security
package (RACF, CA ACF2, or CA Top Secret) indicates that access should be denied. You should use ESI
Warning Mode when running the Best Practice Implementation. System Management Facility (SMF)
messages will indicate any authorization issues with data sets, but will not halt the BPI
implementation process. After running the implementation process, you can adjust your security
rules and change the WARN parameter to NO, if you prefer not to run CA Endevor® SCM in warning
mode. For more information about the WARN parameter, see The ESI Warning Mode in Securing (
https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Securing).

Global Type Sequencing

By default, the BPI enables Global Type Sequencing. When this feature is enabled, API element
actions (if wildcarded or masked) and SCL element actions are processed by a single Type sequence
defined at the site level in the Type Sequence member created by the administrator.

Global Type Sequencing is a prerequisite for the following features:

Concurrent Action Processing (CAP)— When CAP is specified for a batch job or packages
submitted for processing, certain element action requests are executed concurrently. CAP uses
Global Type Sequencing to determine which actions can be processed at the same time.

04-May-2018 874/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Autogen option for Add, Update, and Generate actions— When Autogen is specified for an
element, elements that use this component element are automatically generated. Autogen
requires Global Type Sequencing so that the elements that use a component are generated after
all of the components have been processed (for example, macros before source, source before
load modules).

To enable Global Type Sequencing during the BPI process, you define the type sequence order in the
table T#GLBSEQ. Types and System names need to match those you specify in the T#TYPES and
T#SYSTMS tables.

Best Practice Implementation Source Files

The CA Endevor® SCM BPI is delivered as part of the base product. All the BPI components reside in
the following deployment libraries with other CA Endevor® SCM base members;

iprfx.iqual.CSIQSAMP
Skeleton, model, and BPI processor members

iprfx.iqual.CSIQCLS0
REXX procedures and REXX options statement members

iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL
Job control statement members

iprfx.iqual.CSIQDATA
BPI input table members

The iprfx.iqual set of libraries is referred to as the deployment or runtime libraries. These are the
libraries that contain the product software that is executed. These members are edited by the
BC1JJB03 installation job as part of the installation process.

Run BPISTART
To start the BPI, you edit and submit the job, BPISTART.

Follow these steps:

1. Set the WARN parameter to YES in the CA Endevor® SCM configuration table, BC1TNEQU.

Note: When performing the Best Practice Implementation, we recommend that you
set the WARN parameter to YES in the CA Endevor® SCM configuration table,
BC1TNEQU. When WARN=YES, the ESI warning mode is in effect. Warning mode
allows access to resources even if your site security package (RACF, CA ACF2, or CA
Top Secret) indicates that access should be denied. You should use ESI Warning
Mode when running the Best Practice Implementation. System Management
Facility (SMF) messages will indicate any authorization issues with data sets, but will

not halt the BPI implementation process. After running the implementation

04-May-2018 875/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

not halt the BPI implementation process. After running the implementation
process, you can adjust your security rules and change the WARN parameter to NO,
if you prefer not to run CA Endevor® SCM in warning mode. For more information
about the WARN parameter, see The ESI Warning Mode in Securing (https://docops.
ca.com/display/CE17/Securing) .

2. Locate BPISTART in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL library.

3. (Optional) Edit the SET LBPRFX=uprfx.uqual statement in BPISTART to override the uprfx and
uqual values specified in the BC1JJB03 installation job.

4. Add a valid job card statement and submit the BPISTART job for execution.
This job does the following:

Allocates the BPI libraries: uprfx.uqual.BPIDATA, uprfx.uqual.BPILIB, uprfx.uqual.BPIPRCR,

and uprfx.uqual.BPIWRK.

Note: These libraries are modified during the BPI process. The delivered libraries is
not be modified and thus is available for backup if the BPI process needs to be
restarted for any reason.

Copies delivered and tailored members into the BPIDATA, BPILIB and BPIPRCR libraries.

The following libraries are created with the uprfx.uqual values specified in the BPISTART job:

uprfx.uqual.BPIDATA
Contains all the default input table members. This is a copy of the iprfx.iqual.CSIQDATA
library. These tables are used to define the inventory structure (environments, systems,
subsystems, types, processor groups, and so on.) to the BPI process jobs.

uprfx.uqual.BPILIB
Contains several members copied from other installation libraries, JCL members built by
the BPI process such as job #1TABLES - #9DEFTYP and several other files that are built by
the BPI process, including the C1DEFLTS and ESYMBOLS configuration table source. This is
the library the user works from to execute the BPI process jobs.

uprfx.uqual.BPIPRCR
Contains the source for the delivered BPI CA Endevor® SCM processors. They are added
into the Administrator environment by the #3ADMIN BPI job.

uprfx.uqual.BPIWRK
Contains temporary and intermediate members built by one of the BPI jobs or steps and
passed to another job or step later in the process. Examples include the SCL built by the
process to DEFINE SYSTEMs and SUBSYSTEMs. Other members are placed into this library
for support purposes in case any issues arise.

04-May-2018 876/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Customize the BPI Input Tables

A default set of BPI tables is copied into the BPIDATA library. These files determine the configuration
using predefined best practice values. However, you must edit these tables as appropriate for your
site.

Edit each member in the BPIDATA library depending on how you decide to configure your
implementation. You can use conversion utilities, the ISPF Editor, upload from a word document, or
other methods may be used to modify or create these required tables.

Important: When editing tables, make sure that all changes conform to the table format
rules.

Important: How you customize the input tables depends on how many times you plan to
execute the BPI process. For more information about planning your implementation, see
The Iterative BPI Process (see page ).

Input Table Format Rules

When you edit an input table, make sure to conform to the following rules.

Heading row

One heading row (single asterisk in column 1) must exist in each table.

The heading row must be coded prior to any data rows.

The format of the delivered heading rows must not be changed in any way.

Data rows

All values in the data rows must be entered in upper case mode unless otherwise stated.

All values are required unless otherwise stated.

The data in the data rows must be placed in the same columns as the field literal in the
heading row.

Comment rows

Comment rows can be added anywhere within the table source by placing asterisks in
columns 1-2 of a row. When detected the row is ignored.

04-May-2018 877/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

T ADMALL--Allocations for Admin Environment

The T#ADMALL table allocates data sets for the ADMIN environment. This table enables the creation
of the following data sets for each element type listed in the table.

One DELTA, LISTLIB, LLISTLIB, LOADLIB, and OBJLIB library for each element type for the ADMIN
environment.

One base library for each element type for each system, subsystem, environment, stage. Each
base library has the following name format:
adminprfx. .&C1SY..&C1SU..&C1EN(1,3)&C1S#.typename 

typename
Specifies a language version.

Edit this table as follows:

1. Add or remove element type rows to include the language types that are used at your site.
The type names appear in the table Node column.

2. Do not change the type names for PROCESS, TABLE, DELTA, LISTLIB, LLISTLIB, LOADLIB or
OBJLIB, because these have a specific meaning to CA Endevor SCM and must not be altered.
For these types, unless you are changing the format of the DELTA, LISTLIB, or LLISTLIB
libraries, limit your changes to the Sizeunit, Primary, Secondary, and Directory.

3. (Optional.) To define ELIB BDAM data sets for DELTA, LISTING, and LLISTING data sets, specify
the following values:

Note: The #OPTION member DELTA and LISTLIB data set format must be the same
as the format specified in the T#ADMALL member. By default, the DELTA, LISTLIB
and LLISTLIB are created as ELIB BDAM. You can leave them as is, or can change
them to PDS or PDSE by editing the table. For more information about ELIB BDAM
data sets, see Administrating (see page 36).

PrimPages -- Specifies the number of primary pages for the ELIB initialization
program to allocate. The value of this parameter is placed into the ALLOCATE PAGES
parameter;

ALLOCATE PAGES = (&PrimPages,&SecdryPages)

SecdryPages -- Specifies the number of secondary pages for the ELIB initialization
program to allocate. The value of this parameter is placed into the ALLOCATE PAGES
parameter;

ALLOCATE PAGES = (&PrimPages,&SecdryPages)

ResrvePages -- Specifies the number of pages for the ELIB initialization program to
reserve. The value of this parameter is placed into the RESERVE PAGES parameter;

RESERVE PAGES = &ResrvePages

04-May-2018 878/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RESERVE PAGES = &ResrvePages

DirPages -- Specifies the number of directory pages for the ELIB initialization
program to allocate. The value of this parameter is placed into the DIRECTORY
PAGES parameter;

DIRECTORY PAGES = &DirPages

Important: The same types must be listed in the T#ADMALL andT#ADMTYP tables.
If you add or remove type rows from any of these tables, you must make a
corresponding change to the other tables.

T ADMSUB--SubSystem Names for ADMIN Environment

The T#ADMSUB table specifies the name of the subsystems for the ADMIN environment. The
delivered table specifies the following:

System: ADMIN.

Subsystem: ENDEVOR.

Description: CA Endevor SCM tables and processors.

Usually, no change is needed to this table.

Important: The system names must be the same in each of these tables: T#ADMSYS and
T#ADMSUB. If you add or remove a system row from the T#ADMSYS table, you must add or
remove the associated rows in the T#ADMSUB table.

T ADMSYS--System Names for ADMIN Environment

This table specifies the ADMIN environment systems to be implemented. The delivered table
specifies the following:

System: ADMIN.

Description: CA Endevor SCM administration.

The system name is used to build the following processor output libraries.

Important: The first system that is referenced in the table is used to build the processor

04-May-2018 879/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Important: The first system that is referenced in the table is used to build the processor
output library names.

As delivered, the following tables are built:

adminprfx.ADMIN.PROCESS.ADM1.LOADLIB
adminprfx.ADMIN.PROCESS.ADM1.LISTLIB
adminprfx.ADMIN.PROCESS.ADM2.LOADLIB
adminprfx.ADMIN.PROCESS.ADM2.LISTLIB

system_name
Specifies the name of the system in the ADMIN environment.

Usually, no change is needed to this table.

Important: The system names must be the same in these tables: T#ADMSYS and
T#ADMSUB. If you add or remove a system row from the T#ADMSYS table, add or remove
the associated rows in the T#ADMSUB table.

T ADMTYP--Types for the ADMIN Environment

This T#ADMTYP table specifies the type definitions to be created in the ADMIN environment.

Edit this table as follows:

1. Add or remove element type rows to include the language types that are used at your site.

2. Do not change the type names for PROCESS or TABLE, because CA Endevor SCM uses these to
hold the CA Endevor SCM processors and configuration tables and these must be set to the
values provided.

Important: The first processor group listed for each type is used as the default processor
group for that type.

Important: The same types must be listed in the T#ADMALL andT#ADMTYP tables. If you add or
remove type rows from any of these tables, you must make a corresponding change to the other
tables.

T ALLOC--Allocations for Non-ADMIN Environments

The T#ALLOC table allocates data sets for all environments except the ADMIN environment. The
UNCLMED environment and the PRD environments apply an allocation factor specified in #OPTION to
the values specified in this table.

04-May-2018 880/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This table enables the creation of the following data sets for each element type that is defined in the
T#TYPES table.

One DELTA, LISTLIB, LLISTLIB, LOADLIB, and OBJLIB library for each element type for the
application or standard environment.

One base library for each element type for each system, subsystem, environment, stage. Each
base library has the following name format:
aprfx. .&C1SY..&C1SU..&C1EN(1,3)&C1S#.typename 

typename
Specifies a language version.

Edit this table as follows:

1. Add or remove element type rows to include the language types used at your site. The type
names appear in the table Node column.

2. Do not change the type names for PROCESS, TABLE, DELTA, LISTLIB, LLISTLIB, LOADLIB or
OBJLIB, because these have a specific meaning to CA Endevor SCM and must not be altered.
For these types, unless you are changing the format of the DELTA, LISTLIB, or LLISTLIB
libraries, limit your changes to the Sizeunit, Primary, Secondary and Directory.

3. (Optional.) Specify the following values to define ELIB BDAM data sets for DELTA, LISTING, and
LLISTING data sets: (ELIB BDAM is the default.)

PrimPages
Specifies the number of primary pages for the ELIB initialization program to allocate. The
value of this parameter is placed into the ALLOCATE PAGES parameter;
ALLOCATE PAGES = (&PrimPages,&SecdryPages)

SecdryPages
Specifies the number of secondary pages for the ELIB initialization program to allocate.
The value of this parameter is placed into the ALLOCATE PAGES parameter;
ALLOCATE PAGES = (&PrimPages,&SecdryPages)

ResrvePages
Specifies the number of pages for the ELIB initialization program to reserve. The value of
this parameter is placed into the RESERVE PAGES parameter;
RESERVE PAGES = &ResrvePages

DirPages
Specifies the number of directory pages for the ELIB initialization program to allocate.. The
value of this parameter is placed into the DIRECTORY PAGES parameter;
DIRECTORY PAGES = &DirPages  

The #OPTION member affects the UNCLMED environment and the PRD environments as follows:

The ProductionSizeFactor specified in the #OPTION member in the uprfx.uqual.BPILIB library is

applied to the production environment allocations, by the #5ALLOC job, when building the
allocation statements. For example, if you specify a Primary value of 50 for the ASMPGM base
library and the ProductionSizeFactor value is 3, the data set is allocated with 150 primary

04-May-2018 881/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

library and the ProductionSizeFactor value is 3, the data set is allocated with 150 primary
cylinders. This factor is also applied to the Secondary and Directory columns when processing the
production environment. The ProductionSizeFactor is skipped when allocating ELIB DELTAs or
LISTINGs.

The UnclaimedSizeFactor specified in the #OPTION member in the uprfx.uqual.BPILIB library is

applied to the unclaimed environment allocations, by the #4UNCLM job, when building the
allocation statements. For example, if you specify a Primary value of 40 for the ASMPGM base
library and the UnclaimedSizeFactor value is 3, the data set is allocated with 120 primary
cylinders. This factor is also applied to the Secondary and Directory columns when processing the
unclaimed environment. The UnclaimedSizeFactor is skipped when allocating ELIB DELTAs or
LISTINGs.

T ENVMTS--Environment and Stage Names

The T#ENVMTS table specifies the environments and stages to be created.

As delivered the implementation creates the following environments and stages:

Envname Stg1ID Stg1nme Stg2ID Stg2nme Entrystg# NextEnv NextStgID

ADMIN 1 ADMIN1 2 ADMIN2 1
DEV 1 DEV1 2 DEV2 1 QAS 2
QAS 1 QAS1 2 QAS2 1 PRD 2
PRD 1 PRD1 2 PRD2 1
UNCLMED 1 UNCLMED1 2 UNCLMED2 2
ARCHIVE 1 ARCHIVE1 2 ARCHIVE2 2
EMER 1 EMER1 2 EMER2 1 PRD 2

Edit this table as follows:

1. Add or remove environment rows to include the environments used at your site. All values in
the data rows must be entered in upper case character mode. The first three characters of the
environment name are used to build data set names. Therefore, the first three characters of
the names must be unique across environments. If the environment names do not contain
three characters, a pad character ($) is added to the environment name when allocating the
data sets for that environment.

2. Do not change the environments names for ADMIN, PRD, UNCLMED, or ARCHIVE, unless you
have business reason to do so. If you change these, you must also change the name in the
O#ENVMTS REXX member, located in the uprfx.uqual.BPILIB data set. The purpose of this
member is to identify which of the environments is the administrator, production, unclaimed
element and archive element environments.

3. If you decide you do not need the UNCLMED environment, comment out the UNCLMED row
in this table prior to executing the #1TABLES job. Job #1TABLES builds the C1DEFLTS table.

Note: Also skip the execution of the #4UNCLM job.

04-May-2018 882/1109
 3.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Also skip the execution of the #4UNCLM job.

T GLBSEQ--Global Type Sequence Member

The T#GLBSEQ table contains the information required to create the global type sequence member,
GLBLTYPE in the uprfx.uqual.PARMLIB. CA Endevor® SCM uses this PARMLIB member to determine
the order of type processing. This table is used with the T#ADMTYP and T#TYPES tables. If data rows
are added or removed from these tables, the T#GLBSEQ should also be reviewed to see if changes are
required.

Only types that must be executed in a specific sequence should be included in this table. Do not
include types such as JCL and PROCS in this table. Following this rule results in more efficient
throughput from the current action processing feature.

T LIBRYS--Allocations for Site-Wide Data Sets

The T#LIBRYS table allocates CA Endevor SCM data sets that are used site-wide. The purpose of this
model is to identify the fully qualified names of these data sets. The values in the Node column are
used as the last qualifier of the fully qualified data set name as shown next:

ACMROOT
ACM root and data sets.

ACMXREF
Cross-reference data sets.

ELMCATL
Element catalog data sets.

ELMCATL.EINDEX
Element catalog index data sets.

PACKAGE
Package file.

PARMLIB
Parameter library.

MCF
Master Control File for each environment-stage combination.

Do not add or remove any rows from this table, however, you should review the type of data set
specified in the MODEL column and the data set size attributes.

It is highly recommended that you do not change the Node, MODEL or TBLOUT values in this table.
DO NOT change the MCF name. If you have a business reason to change one of the other node
names, you must also change the name in the O#LIBRYS REXX model, located in the iprfx.iqual.
CSIQCLS0 data set.

04-May-2018 883/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

T SUBSYS--Subsystem Names for All Environments Except

All Standard or Application Environments
The T#SUBSYS table names the Subsystems for each System and provides a description of each
Subsystem for all environments except the ADMIN and UNCLMED environments.

Edit this table as follows:

1. Change the default to the Systems and Subsystems appropriate for your business model.

2. Add or remove corresponding rows in the T#SYSTMS table, if you changed the T#SUBSYS table
in step 1.

Note: The default subsystem names match the sample application.

T SYMBLS--Symbol Names for All Environments Except

ADMIN and UNCLMED
The T#SYMBLS table contains all the symbol overrides to be defined for the standard or application
environments.

This table contains the symbol overrides to be defined for the standard environments. You must
specify the type, processor group, environment, stage, processor type, symbol, and override value for
each row in the table. You can wildcard the processor group, environment, and Stg# columns.
However, no partial wildcarding is supported for the environment or stage column.

The stage column if wildcarded, creates symbol definitions for stage 1 and stage 2.

The environment column if wildcarded, creates symbol definitions for all environments (DEV, QAS,
PRD, EMER) except for ADMIN, UNCLMED, and ARCHIVE. They are excluded because the
Administrator environment has symbol creation steps in #3ADMIN, and the Unclaimed and Archive
environments set processors to *NOPROC*. However, you may define symbols for any of the
environments by creating a unique row for that location in the table, placing the environment name
directly in the Envname column. In other words, although the wildcarding feature excludes the
Administrator environment, you can still create symbols for that environment using this table, by
placing ADMIN in the Envname column.

All symbol definitions with wild carded environments is created first, followed by specific symbol
definitions, allowing for additional flexibility when establishing the symbol rows. There are many
processor symbolic overrides being created, as delivered. You can delete or add additional rows to
the symbol table as needed.

04-May-2018 884/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

T SYSTMS--System Names for Standard or Application

Environments
The T#SYSTMS table contains all the environment systems to be implemented. This table comes
preset with values from the Endevor Sample Application. All values in the data rows must be entered
in upper case character mode except for the description, which can be entered in mixed mode.

This table is related to the T#SUBSYS table. If you add or remove a system row from the T#SYSTMS
table, you must add or remove the associated rows in the T#SUBSYS table.

T TYPES--Types for Non-ADMIN Environments

The T#TYPES table contains the types to be created within the DEV, QAS, PRD, EMER, ARCHIVE and
UNCLMED environments.

Do not alter the values in the PROCESS rows. This type is used to hold the CA Endevor SCM
processors and must be set to the values provided.

If type definition rows are added or removed from the T#TYPES table, the corresponding row must be
added or removed from the T#ALLOC table. The T#GLBSEQ table should also be reviewed to
determine if rows must be added or removed from that table.

Prepare the BPI Job Card

Edit the #JOBCARD member in the uprfx.uqual.BPILIB library so the information conforms to your site
standards. Do not alter the title. The &TBLOUT symbol resolves to the job name.

//BPI@ENDV JOB (#########),'BPI &TBLOUT ',     
//         CLASS=A,MSGCLASS=X,MSGLEVEL=(1,1), 
//         NOTIFY=&SYSUID                     

The job card is ready for use by the BPI jobs.

Note: When the #0SETUP job is executed, this job card is automatically placed at the
beginning of each of the other BPI jobs.

Note: After the BPISTART job is executed, the remaining BPI process is executed from the
BPILIB library.

04-May-2018 885/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Define Symbol Values for BPI Jobs

To define values for variables used by the BPI process to complete the configuration, you edit the
#OPTION member. These values are used to resolve variables that are defined in BPI models and
REXX members.

Edit the uprfx.uqual.BPILIB(#OPTION) member and answer all the questions. The questions are in the
format of REXX comments and the answers are in the format of REXX statements. These statements
are used as symbol values during the implementation process. For example, many of the C1DEFLTS
table site parameter values are derived from the information specified in this member. The literals on
the left side of the equal symbols are REXX variables and must remain in mixed character mode. The
values you enter on the right side of the equal symbols are data values and must be entered in upper
case character mode, unless otherwise stated; for example, comments, descriptions and notes can be
entered in mixed character mode.

Submit BPI Jobs

You run the BPI as a set of jobs that use information in the input tables and the #OPTION member.
The first job you submit is the #0SETUP job, which builds the other jobs that you must submit. All the
jobs are located in the BPILIB library and must be run in the specified order. Some of these jobs build
additional jobs. These additional jobs are submitted automatically, if the #OPTION member
SubmitJob parameter is Y. Submit the jobs to complete the set up.

Follow these steps:

1. Submit the setup job, #0SETUP.

Checks for the existence of data sets and builds and tailors additional jobs. This job builds nine
additional jobs and saves them into the uprfx.uqual.BPILIB library. This job checks for the
existence of the CA Endevor SCM site-wide data sets it is about to allocate. If any of the data
sets exist, the job terminates with a return code of 12 and a report is produced to indicate
which of the data sets already exists. The purpose of this check is to ensure the data sets are
not accidentally deleted.
The #0SETUP job also builds additional BPI jobs. Jobs that are built by the setup job are also
stored into the BPILIB library. The #JOBCARD you coded is copied to the beginning of each of
these jobs.

2. Submit the #1TABLES job.

This job builds, assembles and link-edits the C1DEFLTS and ESYMBOLS tables. No additional
jobs are created by this job. This job also assembles and link-edits the ENCOPTBL and
ENDICNFG configuration tables.

3. Submit the #2LIBRYS job.

Allocates Endevor Site-wide Data sets. Builds the global type sequence member and saves it
into the PARMLIB. This job builds one additional job.

4. Submit the #3ADMIN job.

Creates the entire ADMIN Environment. Adds processors and configuration tables. This job
builds four or five additional jobs, depending on the allocation specifications.

5.
04-May-2018 886/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

5. Submit the #4UNCLM job.

Creates the entire UNCLMED Environment. This job builds four or five additional jobs,
depending on allocation specifications.

6. Submit the #5ALLOC job.

Allocates all Endevor Application Data sets. This job builds additional jobs depending on the
number of system/subsystem combinations specified in the T#SUBSYS BPI table.

7. Submit the #6DEFSYS job.

Defines Systems for the DEV, QAS, PRD, EMER and ARCHIVE Environments. This job builds one
additional job.

8. Submit the #7DEFSUB job.

Defines Subsystems for the DEV, QAS, PRD, EMER and ARCHIVE Environments. This job builds
one additional job.

9. Submit the #8DEFTYP job.

Defines Types for the DEV, QAS, PRD, EMER and ARCHIVE Environments. It also defines
Processor Symbols for any of the environments specified. This job builds one additional job.

10. Submit the #9DEFGRP job.

Defines processor groups for the DEV, QAS, PRD, EMER and ARCHIVE Environments. It also
defines processor symbols for any of the environments specified.

11. Manually delete the uprfx.uqual.BPIWRK library after every iteration of the BPI process. The
BPIWRK data set provides no value once the implementation is complete.

Iterative BPI Process

We recommend that you execute the BPI process in iterations. For the first iteration, you might
implement one System (or application). This lets you become familiar with how to edit the input
tables and how the jobs work. After the first iteration, you could execute the BPI to implement an
entire application (an application can consist of multiple Systems and Subsystems). Then you could
do additional iterations for each additional application. For the first iteration, you perform all the
steps. For subsequent iterations, you re-edit the BPI input tables and then rerun the jobs beginning
with job #5ALLOC.

For the first iteration, do the following:

1. Submit BPISTART.

2. Complete all the BPI input tables.

3. Edit the #JOBCARD.

4. Edit #OPTION to enable symbolic substitution.

5. Execute the BPI jobs #0SETUP through #9DEFGRP, and submit the additional jobs that get
created.

For the second and subsequent iterations, do the following:

04-May-2018 887/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
For the second and subsequent iterations, do the following:

1. Edit the values in the tables.

2. Execute BPI jobs #5ALLOC through #9DEFGRP, and submit the additional jobs that get created.

3. Repeat these steps as many times as needed to add all the Systems you want to put under the
control of CA Endevor® SCM at this time.

04-May-2018 888/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Performance and Maintenance Best Practices

Contents

Run Full Backups and Incremental Unloads (see page 889)

Use VSAM Record Level Sharing (see page 889)
Activate Concurrent Action Processing (see page 890)

Run Full Backups and Incremental Unloads

Run full volume backups periodically and use the CA Endevor® SCM Unload/Reload utility to do
incremental unloads between full volume backups. Consider performing full volume backups weekly
and incremental unloads daily. In addition, data validation should be performed daily.

Business Value:

Full volume backups run more quickly than CA Endevor® SCM full unloads. For disaster recovery, you
could restore from the full volume backup, and then add data from the incremental unload.

Additional Considerations:

The Unload/Reload utility (program C1BM5000) is a backup, recovery, and file validation mechanism
for CA Endevor® SCM VSAM control files (Master Control File, package data sets) and their related
base and delta libraries. It allows users to backup (unload), restore (reload), and/or validate the
integrity of one or more CA Endevor® SCM environments in the event of a physical device failure or
site disaster.

The Unload/Reload utility creates a file from which individual elements can be retrieved should one
be accidentally deleted. It also ensures that there is no loss of synchronization among the CA
Endevor® SCM files, which can occur during the full volume backups.

Use VSAM Record Level Sharing

If your site has more than 50,000 elements, use the IBM z/OS VSAM Record Level Sharing (RLS)
facility to manage your CA Endevor® SCM VSAM data sets to improve VSAM performance. VSAM RLS
should manage all Master Control Files (MCFs), Element catalog and EINDEX, and the package data
set.

Business Value:

With CA Endevor® SCM making extensive use of VSAM to maintain the control information, it can, in
larger installations, incur some performance bottlenecks mainly caused by VSAM open and close
processing. Using VSAM RLS can help improve overall performance.

04-May-2018 889/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Activate Concurrent Action Processing

Activate the Concurrent Action Processing feature to speed processing of large numbers of elements.
Use categories within the Global Type Sequencing member to enable Concurrent Action Processing
(CAP) to execute multiple types simultaneously.

With the grouping capability, the application continues to dispatch element actions from the
sequenced type chain as long as the group category value matches the previous request. Available
STCs will only have to wait if sequenced type requests from one group category value are still
processing and there are no non-type sequenced requests to process.

Business Value:

If you have bulk moves of large numbers of elements in a package or batch job, it can take a long
time to complete the moves. Concurrent Action Processing speeds processing of batch jobs and
packages, greatly reducing processing time. This feature enables CA Endevor® SCM to exploit
additional capacity on z/OS platforms to simultaneously execute certain element action requests,
which reduces the elapsed time it takes to process multiple actions. An increase in throughput is
immediate after Concurrent Action Processing has been activated.

Additional Considerations:

The CA Endevor® SCM administrator must activate this feature.

04-May-2018 890/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Performance and Tuning

Forward and Reverse Delta Format (see page 891)
Delta Level Management (see page 892)
Mapping Multiple Environments (see page 898)
Selecting a Library Type for Base and Delta Members (see page 899)
Benefits and Drawbacks of Library Types (see page 899)
Setting the RECBUFFSIZE Parameter (see page 902)
Monitoring CA L-Serv Performance (see page 902)
Using z/OS SYSPLEX VSAM Record Level Sharing (RLS) Support for MCFs and Package Data Set (see
page 903)
Implementing RLS (see page 904)
Tuning Your Processors (see page 904)
Tuning Your Systems (see page 905)
Virtual Inventory Configuration NoSource Option (see page 906)

Forward and Reverse Delta Format

Select full-Image delta format for machine-generated code, USS binary executables, or any source
code where the compare is inappropriate. Change levels are not kept for Full-Image deltas, only full
images of each level (like GDGs) are stored; therefore, full-image delta types can require more DASD.

Forward and reverse deltas let you manage the changes made to an element, and they have the
same performance characteristics in terms of storage. The difference is in what CA Endevor SCM
considers to be the base level.

For forward deltas, the base element is the original code, and the delta levels correspond to the
changes made to that code. When you want a copy of the latest version of an element, CA
Endevor SCM has to merge the base and delta levels using the CONWRITE utility.
Forward deltas are useful when elements are relatively stable, because when the element is
saved, CA Endevor SCM only writes the changes to a file and does not rewrite the full source text.

For reverse deltas, the base element is the current copy of the code, and the delta levels contain
the information needed to return the element to its original form. When you want a copy of the
latest version of an element, CA Endevor SCM (or any other program) can ignore the delta levels
and simply read the base element. This behavior also improves processor performance, because
CA Endevor SCM does not need to invoke the CONWRITE utility to rebuild the element.
Reverse deltas are useful when you are compiling an element frequently, because CA Endevor
SCM does not have to merge in the delta files. However, when an element is saved, CA Endevor
SCM has to replace the entire base level in addition to saving the changes in the delta library.

Note: Backout processing requires a source output library that cannot be the same data set
as the reverse delta base library.

04-May-2018 891/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following table summarizes the forward and reverse delta formats.

Delta I/O I/O Use for elements that:

Type operations operations
needed- needed-
read write
Forward 2 1 Are updated more than read

Are in production.
Reverse 1 2 Normally needed a source output library but do not need to be
backed out. These files need to be kept in a standard format (such
as a PDS) for utilities such as Advantage CA File Master.

Note: For more information about the conversion process, see Converting Delta Formats
(see page 258).

Delta Level Management

CA Endevor SCM provides three methods to consolidate delta levels: Automated Element Level
Versioning, Auto Consolidation, and Aged Delta Retention. Automated Element Level Versioning is
the default. This method is also used with the other two methods, both of which are optional. Aged
Delta Retention is managed at the system level; the others are managed at the type level. These
methods are summarized in the following table:

Delta Level Level Where Implementation Effect

Management Implemented Effort
Method
Automated Type Default Up to 9996 delta levels are retained.
Element Level
Versioning
Auto Type Optional You set the number of levels to be retained up to
Consolidation a maximum 96 levels.

You set the number of levels that are

consolidated when the number of levels to be
retained is reached.
Aged Delta System Optional You set the number of months that delta levels
Retention are retained up to a maximum 999 months.

04-May-2018 892/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Automated Element Level Versioning

Automated Element Level Versioning increases the limit on delta levels to 9996 and is activated at the
Type level.

For each Type to be activated, navigate to the Type Definition panel in foreground and set AUTO
CONSOL to N and LVLS TO CONSOL to 0. If you were not previously using Auto Consolidation, and had
not changed these fields, these values are already set.

Alternatively, run the Batch Admin DEFINE TYPE action to set these field values for each Type to be
activated. With Auto Consolidation turned off, you may eventually run out of levels or accumulate
more levels than you really need.

Element Delta Consolidation Method

Auto-consolidation is implemented by type and lets you specify the physical level threshold at which
the consolidation process is initiated and the number of physical levels to consolidate when the
threshold is met. The maximum number of levels you can keep is 96.

Element data consolidation consists of the following two functions:

Consolidation level (CONSOL AT LVL)

Specifies when the consolidation process is initiated. This is the maximum number of physical
levels you want stored on the system. For example, the CONSOL AT LVL parameter is set to 96.
When the physical number of levels reaches 97, CA Endevor SCM begins the consolidation
process.

Note: For the most efficient level consolidation across environments, set this parameter to
the maximum value of 96.

Number of levels to consolidate (LVLS TO CONSOL)

Specifies the number of physical levels to consolidate when the threshold is met. For example,
suppose the LVLS TO CONSOL parameter is set to 25, and the CONSOL AT LVL (consolidation
trigger) is set to 96. An element in Production is at the maximum level 0196, and vvll 0197 is
about to be moved in. Before saving the 97th level, CA Endevor SCM does the following:

Merges levels 01 through 25 together to create a single delta level (level 01)

Renumbers the remaining levels to 02 through 72:

CONSOL AT LVL + 1 97
-- LVLS TO CONSOL: -- 25
Minimum level 72

When working in the lower stages where the level number is not equal to the physical number of
levels, Auto Level Versioning is used to increase or “roll over” the vvll value until the number of
physical levels specified on CONSOL AT LVL is reached.

Using the same consolidation values as in the prior example, suppose an element at vvll 0194 is

04-May-2018 893/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Using the same consolidation values as in the prior example, suppose an element at vvll 0194 is
retrieved from the production stage for modification. When it is added back into CA Endevor SCM
at a lower stage, level 0194 is fetched back for compare and level 0195 is created. The level
number is 95, but the number of physical levels is two-- 0194 and 0195. For auto consolidation to
be triggered in this lower stage, 94 more changes would have to be made to get up to 96 physical
levels. Auto versioning comes into play when vvll 0199 is reached, the next change would roll over
to 0200, then 0201 and so on until 0290 is reached (0194+96=0290), should one more change be
attempted auto consolidation would be triggered causing the lower 25 levels, 0195 through 0220,
to become a new 0195, and levels 0221 through 0290 to be renumbered accordingly.
Determine the maximum and minimum number of levels you want to store on the system. Using
these values, you can calculate the number of levels to consolidate (LVLS TO CONSOL). The
maximum value is specified in the consolidate level (CONSOL AT LVL) field. The minimum value is
only used for calculation purposes. The difference between the maximum value and the minimum
value is the number of levels to consolidate (LVLS TO CONSOL).
Maximum level (CONSOL AT LVL)
-- Minimum level
Levels to consolidate (LVLS TO CONSOL)

The larger the number of levels you retain, the longer it takes CA Endevor SCM to rebuild,
because each delta level requires additional I/O operations.

Note: Verify the parameter values match for the same element type across different CA
Endevor SCM locations.

Note: For more information about the type definition fields LVLS TO CONSOL and CONSOL
AT LEVEL, see Defining Inventory Structures (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17
/Defining+Inventory+Structures).

Aged Delta Retention Method

The Aged Delta Retention method lets you set the number of months that delta levels are retained.
The maximum retention limit is 999 months. This option is inactive by default and is set on each
system definition in foreground or batch. It can be set for elements, components, or both, and
overrides any consolidation levels set on all type definitions in that system. This method is invoked
only at the end of the mapped system location route.

When auto age level retention is set, change levels for all types in the system expire after the number
of months that are specified on the system definition. The base element or component is rebuilt to
reflect the changes from the deleted levels, with the base delta version and level numbers set to the
last discarded version and level. The delta format you are using, reverse, forward, or full image,
determines how the consolidated level is built. For reverse and full image deltas, change levels that
expire are dropped. For forward deltas, change levels that expire are incorporated into the base.

04-May-2018 894/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Setting the age retention limits in the system definitions, to indicate how long delta levels are kept,
turns on the Age Level Retention feature. You can examine what effect this will have on elements and
components by using the Age-Managed Delta utility, in examine mode, to see which delta levels have
expired.

Note: Delta removal occurs at the first modification of the elements or components after
turning on the Age Level Retention feature.

Example: Aged Delta Retention

In this example, the delta levels are set to expire after five months, and the element is changed and
moved through the lifecycle as follows:

The element that is named ELEMENT1 is added to stage 1 of the Test environment from stage 2 of
the Production environment. The highest level of the element in stage 2 of the Production
environment, which is 0103, is fetched to stage 1 of the Test environment.

The element is updated in stage 1, Test, four times over a ten-month period. Each time the
element is saved, a new level is created with the level number incremented by 01. So that after
the element is saved four times, the new levels are 0104, 0105, 0106, and 0107.

The element is moved with history to stage 2, Test. All the levels in stage 1, Test (0103, 0104,
0105, 0106, and 0107) are included in the move.

The element is moved with history to stage 2 of the Production environment. Auto-age level
retention is triggered because the element has reached the end of the map and some of the
element levels are older than the five-month retention period. The result of the move with
history to stage 2, Production, depends on the delta format as described next:
If reverse delta (the base is a full copy of the current code):

Levels 1 thru 4 are removed, because they are older than 5 months.

Level 4 becomes the new base level 00.

A new base delta record is created reflecting level 4 with the following modifications:

All level 4 change statements are removed.

Insert and delete record counts are set to zero.

If forward delta (the base is a full copy of the original code):

Base is re-built to contain change levels 1 through 4, because they are older than 5 months.

Level 4 becomes the new base level 00.

A new base delta record is created. The base level 0 record reflects level 4 with the following
modifications:

All level 4 change statements are removed.

04-May-2018 895/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

All level 4 change statements are removed.

Insert and delete record counts are set to zero.

If full image delta

Levels 1 through 4 are removed, because they are older than 5 months. The full image deltas
for level 0 through level 3 are deleted.

A new base level record is created. The base level 0 record reflects level 4.

Note: Regardless of the delta level format, the delta main control record (the first record in
the file) is updated to reflect the new base level. In this example, level 4 is made into the
new base level 0. The base record count, date, and time fields reflect level 4.The last level
value and record count reflect level 4. The last level date and time fields are set to blanks.

The following chart illustrates this example and shows how delta levels are incremented and
consolidated using the auto age delta retention feature.

Env: Test Stg: 1 Env: Test Env: Prod Stg: 2

Stg: 2
ELEMENT1 exists with 3 levels:
ELEMENT1 (0100)
(0101)
(0102)
(0103)
First add of ELEMENT1 causes a fetch
of (0103) with a new delta level to
record changes.
ELEMENT1 (0103)
(0104)
Delta Age Retention is active and set
to 5 months. Changes are made over
a 10-month period.
ELEMENT1 (0103)
(0104)
(0105)
(0106)
(0107)

Delta management is not done

because the element has not
reached the end of its route.
Results of
Move with
history:
ELEMENT1
(0103)

04-May-2018 896/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

(0104)
(0105)
(0106)
(0107)
Results of Move with history: Delta management
is triggered, because levels 1 thru 4 are older than
the 5 month retention limit.
ELEMENT1 (0100)
(0101)
(0102)
(0103)*

*In this example, at the end of the map, if the level format is:

reverse delta, then levels 1 thru 4 are removed. Level 4 becomes the new base level 00.

forward delta, then the base is re-built to contain change levels 1 thru 4. Level 4 becomes the
new base level 00.

full image delta, then levels 1 thru 4 are removed.

Implement Age Level Retention

To retain delta levels for a specific number of months, you can activate the Age Level Retention
feature for each system in your environment. This action can help you to meet record keeping
requirements for your organization or regulatory requirements. To activate this delta level
management method in foreground, you can update the system definition through the online
environment update facility. You can activate Age Level Retention for elements, components, or
both.

Note: By default, the age delta level retention options on all the system definitions are
turned off for both elements and components. The default settings are ELEMENT=N and
COMPONENT=N and the only allowable value for their corresponding RETAIN LVLS FOR
fields is 0.

Follow these steps:

1. On the System Request panel, select option U.

The Update System Definition panel opens. The following options appear in on this panel in
the AUTO AGE LEVEL RETENTION OPTIONS fields.

2. (Optional) Set the ELEMENT option =Y.

This activates Age Level Retention for elements of all types in the system.

3.
04-May-2018 897/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3. To specify how many months the element delta levels are retained, type the number of
months in the RETAIN LVLS FOR field that appears next to the ELEMENT option. Allowable
values are 1 to 999. The default is 999.
Element delta levels are retained for the number of months specified, provided the ELEMENT
option is set to Y.

4. (Optional) Select Y for the COMPONENT option.

This activates Age Level Retention for components of all types in the system.

5. To specify how many months the element delta levels are retained, type the number of
months in the RETAIN LVLS FOR field that appears next to the COMPONENT option. Allowable
values are 1 to 999. The default is 999.
Component delta levels are retained for the number of months specified, provided the
COMPONENT option is set to Y.

Note: After you set retention limits in the system definitions, you can examine what effect
this will have on elements and components by using the Age-Managed Delta utility, in
examine mode, to see which delta levels have expired.

Identify Old Delta Levels

You can identify aged element and component levels by running the BC1JRDLT utility. To identify old
delta levels, edit JCL member BC1JRDLT in your installation's CSIQJCL data set to conform to your
installation's standards, and then submit BC1JRDLT. The utility output report lists all elements and
components that are older than the age limits set in the system definitions.

Mapping Multiple Environments

Before you implement CA Endevor SCM, determine the number of environments you need, and how
the stages within those environments are connected. By examining your site requirements, you can
build a software lifecycle that provides the most efficient path for your developers.

For example, the following diagram shows two environments (QA and PROD) with links between the
first and second stage in each environment and another link between stages HOLD and PROD.

04-May-2018 898/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

This figure illustrates two environments with links between the first and second stage in each environment

This model cannot be implemented using the basic CA Endevor SCM pathways, because you can only
enter an environment through a single entry stage. If developers want to move an element from
Stage HOLD to Stage PROD, they must use the TRANSFER action instead of the familiar MOVE action.
To solve this problem, create Stage 2 to Stage 2 links by mapping the environments in the Defaults
Table. Mapping lets you do the following:

Create the logical equivalent of n stages.

Provide developers with the ability to MOVE, ADD, and RETRIEVE elements between the linked
stages.

Create multiple entry points into a software lifecycle or join multiple lifecycles.

Carry footprints and component lists across environments.

Enforce Signin and Signout procedures across environments.

Allow for copyback and integrity checking across environments.

Selecting a Library Type for Base and Delta

Members
You can store your CA Endevor SCM data sets using PDS, PDS/E, ELIB (VSAM/BDAM), or CA Panvalet
and CA Librarian.

Benefits and Drawbacks of Library Types

The following information lists the benefits and drawbacks of each library type:

04-May-2018 899/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PDS
Benefits:

Provides a familiar and standard means of storage for the source.

No installation issues.

Members can be read by other utilities such as compilers.

Drawbacks:

Directory overhead becomes inefficient if there are more than 3-4K+ members.

Strict maintenance is required to prevent x37 abends.

PDS/E
Benefits:

Low maintenance.

Current technology.

Members can be read by other utilities such as compilers.

Drawbacks:

Benchmarks show that the performance is slower than PDS or ELIB.

Does not allow EXCP processing.

ELIB
Benefits:

Low maintenance.

Sophisticated set of utilities to manage the data sets.

BDAM is more efficient for medium-sized directories, and VSAM is more efficient for large
directories, than either PDS or PDS/E.

Directory overhead routines are designed for many members, thereby increasing efficiency.

You can allocate a VSAM ELIB across multiple volumes. If you initially allocate an ELIB data set
across two volumes, CA Endevor SCM honors that allocation when ELIB expansion occurs. The
expansion can be automatic when the page reserve limit is reached or explicitly performed by
using BC1PNLIB. This is only for VSAM ELIB; BDAM ELIB must be allocated on a single volume.

Drawbacks:

VSAM options can require many processing time.

Utilities are required for expands, copies.

Library members accessible only through CA Endevor SCM.

04-May-2018 900/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Library members accessible only through CA Endevor SCM.

CA Panvalet and CA Librarian

Benefits:

Accommodates the site standard.

Directory compression issues are eliminated.

Source output file can be read directly by CA Panvalet and CA Librarian utilities.

Drawbacks:

With CA Panvalet, conflicts arise with CA Endevor SCM footprint and comment information.

Library members are only accessible through CA Panvalet, CA Librarian, or both.

Converting from One Library Type to Another

The BC1PNCPY utility copies data from one of the supported library formats to another supported
format. This behavior lets you try different methods based on your site requirements. For example,
copy a CA Panvalet library to a PDS, or copy a PDS to ELIB.

When a PDS load module is copied to a PDSE, CA Endevor SCM load module footprint information is
retained only if the CA Endevor SCM processor utility BSTCOPY is used. Other utilities, such as
IEBCOPY, cannot copy the *LOADMOD footprint. For more information, see TEC316937, How to
Convert AllFusion Endevor Change Manager Load Libraries between PDS and PDSe Formats, on ca.
com/support (http://ca.com/support).

CA L-Serv is a master started task that controls CA Endevor SCM VSAM files for Master Control Files
(MCFs), packages, and ELIB (if you are using VSAM processing instead of BDAM processing). This task
provides the following benefits:

Allows for normal VSAM tuning.

Reduces the number of file I/O operations such as opens, closes, verifies, enqueues, and
dequeues.

Provides the following standard services:

Cross-system communications.

Automatic job scheduling.

Centralized logging facilities.

04-May-2018 901/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: We recommend VSAM record level sharing (RLS) or CA L-Serv implementation to

improve VSAM performance. For more information about RLS, see Using z/OS SYSPLEX
VSAM Record Level Sharing (RLS) Support for MCFs and Package Data Set. For
implementation information, see the CA Common Services CA L-Serv Technical Bulletin at
http://ca.com/support.

Setting the RECBUFFSIZE Parameter

When you install CA L-Serv, set the RECBUFFSIZE parameter based on your site configuration. If you
are using CA L-Serv to manage:

Only MCFs and package data sets, set RECBUFFSIZE to 1 K (the size of the largest VSAM record in
these files).

ELIB VSAM files (with or without MCFs or packages), set RECBUFFSIZE to the block size of the
largest library file being managed (typically 4 K).

Note: If you are using Point in Time Recovery, set RECBUFFSIZE to 12 K.Internally, CA
Endevor SCM blocks all non-VSAM Base/Delta records before writing to the journal files in
12 K increments.

Monitoring CA L-Serv Performance

The ongoing success of this feature requires periodic monitoring to ensure that optimal performance
benefits are achieved. Monitor the system when the following changes occur:

Any significant additional CA Endevor SCM load is added (for example, environments and
elements).

Any significant CA Endevor SCM data set reconfiguration takes place (for example, splitting of Base
/Delta's or changing from PDS to VSAM E-Lib).

Any system hardware or software changes are made (for example, VTAM, CPU, or the operating
system).

Evaluating Buffer Pool Usage

To see how well your buffer pools are being used, issue the DISPLAY BUFFERPOOL and DISPLAY
STATISTICS SERVICE commands.

04-May-2018 902/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Displaying Information About the Communications Server

The DISPLAY command provides additional options to provide online information about
Communication Server activity.

Using z/OS SYSPLEX VSAM Record Level Sharing

(RLS) Support for MCFs and Package Data Set
VSAM record level sharing (RLS) extends the DFSMS/MVS storage hierarchy to support data sharing
across multiple systems in a System/390 parallel Sysplex. This feature, available on all z/OS Sysplex
systems, offers CA Endevor SCM the performance and availability benefits of data sharing in a
coupled-systems environment.

As a new data access mode, VSAM RLS allows multisystem access to a VSAM data set while ensuring
cross-system locking and buffer invalidation. VSAM RLS uses z/OS coupling facility (CF) services to
perform data set level locking, record locking, and data caching. VSAM RLS maintains data coherency
at the control interval level. It uses CF caches as store-through caches; when a control interval of data
is written, it is written to both the CF cache and to DASD. This ensures that a failure in the CF cache
does not result in the loss of VSAM data.

The SMSVSAM server is a new system address space that is used for VSAM RLS. The data space that is
associated with the server contains most of the VSAM control blocks and the system-wide buffer pool
that is used for data sets opened for record-level sharing. SMSVSAM assumes responsibility for
synchronizing this control block structure across the parallel Sysplex.

With VSAM RLS, multiple CA Endevor SCM systems can directly access a shared VSAM data set,
eliminating the need for Reserve/Release and Enqueues between CA Endevor SCM Users or Batch
Jobs to maintain the integrity of the CA Endevor SCM VSAM data sets. VSAM RLS provides for
serialization and synchronization of data sets and cross-system caching. With VSAM RLS, multiple CA
Endevor SCM Users or Batch Jobs can have concurrent read/write access to CA Endevor SCM VSAM
data sets.

A new attribute, LOG, defines a data set as recoverable or non-recoverable. Because CA Endevor SCM
does not use CICS compatible Recovery, Logging or Journaling, the LOG attribute must be set to LOG
(NONE).

At OPEN time, CA Endevor SCM determines if the file is defined with VSAM RLS support, and, if so, CA
Endevor SCM opens the file with RLS.

System administration determines when RLS is used. Typically, this determination is made when the
cluster is defined with the IDCAMS utility program.

Sample JCL to enable RLS support may be found in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL, member BC1JDRLS.

VSAM Record Level Sharing provides the following performance enhancements:

The VSAM buffers for ALL jobs and/or TSO users are consolidated into the SMSVSAM address
space, increasing the chance of a record being in memory

04-May-2018 903/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The SYSPLEX Lock Manager provides record level, CI level and CA level locking between SYSPLEX
systems

Due to the first two enhancements, CA Endevor SCM is able to bypass its own native Reserve
/Release logic

The I/O performance of the SMSVSAM address space and the SYSPLEX cache allows a significant
reduction in the elapsed time required to do update I/Os.

Note: We recommend that you use VSAM RLS or CA L-Serv.

Implementing RLS
CA Endevor SCM provides RLS support for Master Control Files (MCFs), the Element catalog and
Element catalog index (EINDEX), and the package data set.

To use CA Endevor SCM with RLS-managed data sets, certain data set attributes must be used when
allocating the VSAM cluster. As previously mentioned, LOG (NONE) must be part of the definition.
Also, a share attribute of (1,3) must be part of the cluster definition.

Tuning Your Processors

When you are tuning your processors, consider the following points:

Ensure that record formats (RECFMs), block sizes (BLKSIZEs), and logical record lengths (LRECLs)
are specified correctly for the program being executed.

Note: The operating system provides the "System Determined BLKSIZE" facility, which
selects the best block size for a data set (based on its RECFM, LRECL, and the track size
DASD device) if it is allocated with BLKSIZE=0. You can use this facility with any CA Endevor
SCM data sets except for linkage-editor data sets.

Avoid recursive executions of CA Endevor SCM by using the CONWRITE utility to output other
elements. For example, if your jobcards are stored in one file and need to be merged into every
executable file, CONWRITE can perform this merge without re-invoking CA Endevor SCM.

Streamline processors by taking advantage of instream data (for example, DD *) and symbolics
(for example, &C1SYSTEM). This step eliminates extra steps that may have been required in the
past.

04-May-2018 904/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Allocate all temporary sequential data sets with BC1PDSIN to ensure that they are available for
other programs such as CONLIST. Allocate other data sets using traditional JCL statements for
each step.

Ensure that your JCL dispositions are properly coded to release data sets when appropriate (for
example, use FREE=CLOSE).

Delete outputs with CONDELE wherever possible.

Tuning Your Systems

When you are analyzing the general environment, consider the following points:

Ensure that VSAM and all output libraries are properly located, maintained, and sized. Poorly
tuned VSAM files can seriously degrade performance, so:

Examine LISTCAT to analyze CA/CI splits, and reorganize if necessary.

For highly accessed VSAM files, move the index to a cache device (remember to de-imbed the
index first).

Do not alter the attributes of the VSAM Master Control File (MCF) unless you are using CA L-
Serv.

Tune the physical placement and attributes of your files:

Highly volatile files, such as those in development locations, perform better near the
beginning of the string, while more stable files, such as those in production locations, can be
located near the end of the string.

Analyze how many files reside on a single pack, and how large they are. Split CA Endevor SCM
files across multiple packs, and ensure that no other large files (such as the system catalog)
share the pack.

Ensure that your file allocations are the most efficient ones for your system.

Consider deleting and reallocating processor outputs for major system regenerations.

Process concurrently whenever possible. For example, if you want to recompile the entire system,
specifying GEN ELEM A* K* and GEN ELEM L* Z* instead of GEN ELEM * lets the system process
both halves simultaneously.

Consider using other products to help improve library performance. For example, CA developers
had an unload that required 90 minutes with CA Endevor SCM. When they combined CA Endevor
SCM with two other CA products, Unicenter CA PMO and Unicenter CA QuickFetch, the unload
took only 12 minutes. Unicenter CA PMO eliminates more than 90 percent of the directory search
I/Os for libraries and PDSs, while Unicenter CA QuickFetch eliminates more than 90 percent of the
fetch I/O for load modules in any managed program library.

04-May-2018 905/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

LRECL setting for variable block files:

The output records from the compression routine CONCOMP3 can be larger than the input
records when the input files contain binary data uploaded from other machines, or already
compressed data (output from TRSMAIN).
While it is not possible to predict the maximum increase in size of CONCOMP3 records, we have
never seen a record increased by more than 1.6 times the size of the input record. Because the
size of the output record depends on the input data, we can make predictions for specific input
records, and suggest that you use the following recommendations for setting variable block files.

Set the block size (BLKSIZE) for variable block files to 27998, which is half a 3390 DASD track.
This setting size allows rapid I/O time and efficient space usage. The reason for this is that
MVS puts as many records as possible in the buffer defined by the BLKSIZEs and only writes
the block if the remaining space cannot hold the next record. If a BLKSIZE of 2550 is chosen, it
holds a maximum of 2546 bytes; however, small BLKSIZEs are inefficient for disk use and also
inefficient in I/O time.

The logical record lengths (LRECLs) for variable block files should be at least 4 less than 27998
(that is, 27994). MVS uses what it needs and as long as the buffer allocation (LRECL'value) is
large enough, it fits without problems or wasting space. There is no reason to reduce the
LRECL to 255, for example. For variable or variable block files, the actual LRECL is unimportant.
The LRECL does not define the length of the records. The actual size is defined in the records.
The LRECL defines the maximum length of any one record. Consequently, setting a larger
LRECL and BLKSIZE for variable block files is not a problem. As long as the LRECL is larger than
the actual record, the record fits.

For types that contain binary data, we recommend a VB LRECL of 2048 or less. This practice
make source comparison perform more efficiently. The maximum LRECL is 13 K. This setting
allows for a compression result twice as large as the input.

Virtual Inventory Configuration NoSource Option

The Virtual Inventory Configuration feature enables unchanged source code to be compiled and
linked at a CA Endevor SCM inventory location without the requirement that the source code be
copied back to that inventory area. This feature is triggered by the NoSource option on the Generate
action, provided the element does not exist at the target location. NoSource can be specified on
foreground or batch Generate actions. The C1BASELIB symbolic, which references the base type
library, can still be used in your processor. The CONWRITE processor utility has been modified to
solve the current source for the sourceless elements.

The elimination of the requirement to fetch back unchanged source code dramatically improves
concurrent development productivity by reducing the possibility of out-of-sync changes being made
to different copies of the same source code. For example, with this option, source code can be
fetched back to a sandbox work area only when source changes are required. Another benefit is
improved performance resulting from the elimination of the movement (fetch and promotion) of
unchanged source code. In addition, virtual inventory configuration is used by the new Autogen
action option to facilitate processing of Generate actions.

When NoSource is used, the target location coded in a Generate action contains the outputs created
by the Generate processor. In addition, a sourceless element is created at the target. Because the
element source is not fetched back to the target location, the MCF record for the element generated

at the target identifies it as a sourceless element. The MCF element contains the last level timestamp

04-May-2018 906/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

at the target identifies it as a sourceless element. The MCF element contains the last level timestamp
of the upstream element. Base and deltas do not exist for sourceless elements, so these fields are
blank in the MCF. When actions are performed against sourceless elements, the source from the next
sourced element upstream from it will be used providing that the last level timestamps are equal.

How Virtual Inventory Configuration Works

For sourceless elements, CA Endevor SCM uses the next sourced element from up the map as the
source for the generate processor. This is possible because CA Endevor SCM generate processors, for
reverse and image delta elements, use the actual source type definition‘s base library data set name
as the location of the element source. This library data set name is associated with the CA Endevor
SCM symbol known as C1BASELIB. Another way of extracting the source for an element in a
processor, whether it is sourced or not, is to use the Conwrite processor utility. Conwrite is able to
resolve the source for sourceless elements by looking upstream for the next sourced element.

Assuming that the element source is not at the target location and the element source is located up
the map from the target, the effect of the Generate NoSource action is as follows:

1. The element source is not fetched back to the target location from up the map.

2. The first occurrence of the element up the map from the target location is used as input to
the generate processor. This element source is used as follows:

a. All target inventory C1 symbols are set with the element source inventory fields before
doing the C1BASELIB substitution.

b. The C1BASELIB symbol is set with the library base data set defined at the source
location (up the map).

c. After the C1BASELIB symbol is resolved, the target inventory C1 symbol is reset to the
action's target inventory.

3. After the Generate action completes, the targeted location coded in a Generate action
contains the outputs created by the generate processor. The MCF element created at the
target location contains data similar to a fetched back element except that the element base
and delta name fields are blank and the record is marked as a sourceless element.

Note: Elements with forward deltas must use the CONWRITE utility in their processors to
rebuild the element source. This utility supports sourceless elements by using the actual
source location from up the map to rebuild the element. Conwrite also supports forward
and reverse deltas.

04-May-2018 907/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Point in Time Recovery

Contents

Journaling (see page 911)

The Recovery Utility (see page 912)
How to Enable Journaling (see page 913)
Implementation Scenarios (see page 919)
Perform Periodic Backups of CA Endevor® SCM (see page 923)
Perform Point in Time Recovery (see page 924)
Journal Recovery Execution Report (see page 927)

The CA Endevor® SCM Unload/Reload/Validate utility provides a point of backup recovery

mechanism. The Point in Time Recovery feature (PITR) extends this capability to the recovery of CA
Endevor® SCM activity that has occurred since the last backup.

PITR lets you recover changes made since the last backup to Element Catalog (ECF), Element Catalog
Index (EIX), CA Endevor® SCM Package Control File (PCF), Master Control File (MCF), and base and
delta libraries.

Note: PITR does not include a mechanism to back up and recover source output libraries or
processor outputs (for example object modules, load modules, listings). Source output
libraries and processor outputs may be backed up during normal processor execution and
recovered through manual procedures, or regenerated after the PITR process has been
completed.

PITR builds GENERATE SCL for elements that have been affected by the recovery process.

PITR is based on change journaling. This fact means that each change created by a CA Endevor® SCM
request is logged to a journal data set before the change is actually executed by CA Endevor® SCM.
Once the change has been made, a confirmation record is written to the journal, indicating whether
the change was successful or unsuccessful.

The following illustrates CA Endevor® SCM without PITR:

04-May-2018 908/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The following illustrates CA Endevor® SCM with PITR:

04-May-2018 909/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA L-Serv must be enabled to use the PITR feature. We recommend that when implementing the PITR
feature you have available someone who is familiar with how CA L-Serv is set up at your site. You
should have access to the following CA Common Services content (http://wiki-dev.ca.com/wiki.ca.com
/CCSZOS).

How CA L-Serv Manages PITR Journal Files

CA L-Serv manages the journal data sets as file groups. When you define files to CA L-Serv as
members of a group, you can instruct CA L-Serv to perform the following actions:

Select specific files in a group for recording data.

Switch to other files in the group when one file becomes full.

Submit a batch job automatically to offload the information from files that are full.

Note: For more information about file groups, see the CA Common Services for z/OS

04-May-2018 910/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information about file groups, see the CA Common Services for z/OS
Administration Guide.

How to Activate Journaling

After you define the journal data sets to CA L-Serv, you activate journaling for the following items:

Site level changes (the Package Control File element catalog and element catalog index) by
specifying a CA L-Serv Group ID in the JRNLGRP parameter in the TYPE=MAIN section of the
C1DEFLTS table.

Note: The TYPE=MAIN JRNLGRP parameter is required if PITR is activated.

Element and environment definition changes (Master Control File, base and delta libraries) by
specifying a CA L-Serv Group ID in the JRNLGRP parameter in the appropriate
TYPE=ENVIRONMENT section of the C1DEFLTS table.

Note: For more information about how to specify group IDs in the C1DEFLTS table, see
How to Modify the C1DEFLTS Table (see page 918).

Journaling
Journaling applies to any CA Endevor® SCM processing that changes the information in the data sets
(ECF, EIX, PCF, MCF, base, and delta libraries) that are under the protection of journaling.

There are three steps in the journaling process:

1. Before executing a request that will change information, CA Endevor® SCM records the
change in the current journal data set.

2. CA Endevor® SCM makes the change.

3. Upon completion of the update, CA Endevor® SCM writes a confirmation record to the journal
data set indicating whether the update was successful or failed.

If any of these three steps is not completed, the requested action fails.

Important! If CA L-Serv is not available, or none of the specified journal data sets are
available, or all journal data sets are full, the requested action fails.

Example: Using the Journaling Process

04-May-2018 911/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example: Using the Journaling Process

Assume that element PROGX, version 1.0, is located at Stage 2 in the development environment, and
that a modified version of PROGX is being added to Stage 1. The journaling activity that takes place at
each step of the ADD action is described in the following items:

1. PROGX (1.0) copied back to Stage 1.

2. The MCF record, element base and element delta for PROGX (1.0) are written to the journal.

3. PROGX (1.0) compared with modified version being added, and a delta is created.
The MCF record, element base and element delta for PROGX (1.1) are written to the journal.

4. The generate processor is executed.

The PROGX (1.1) MCF record is written to the journal.

5. The component list is updated.

The PROGX (1.1) MCF record, component base and component delta are written to the
journal.

In general, all components associated with a change to an element are written to the journal data
set. This point means that, for example, if a source change is made, the MCF record, element base
and element delta are written to the journal. If an element component list is modified, the MCF
record, component base and component delta are written to the journal.

How to Offload Journal Data Sets

You can instruct CA L-Serv to automatically submit a batch job when the current journal data set in a
group becomes full. This job offloads the information to an archive file, reinitializes the data set, and
begins writing to the next data set in the group.

Note: For more information about how to set up CA L-Serv to submit this job automatically,
see How to Define Journaling Components to CA L-Serv (see page 916).

Setting up the archive files as generation data groups (GDGs) assures that each offloaded journal is
fully accessible.

Note: When CA L-Serv starts up, if it detects either a full or partially full journal data set it
invokes the archive JCL for that data set.

The Recovery Utility

The Recovery utility uses the journal archive files as input. The utility allows you to do the following:

04-May-2018 912/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

List the transactions in the archive files.

Recover these transactions from the archive files.

Note: The Recovery utility uses the recovery utility control statements to determine which
transactions to recover. For more information, see Recovery Utility Syntax (see page 925).

The offloaded journal data sets can be concatenated in any order since all journal log entries are
sorted prior to processing.

The recovery utility processes the journal information in the following order:

1. It discards records that do not meet the selection criteria.

2. It discards records that meet the selection criteria but do not meet the from/to date and time
criteria.

3. It sorts the remaining entries by the journal date and timestamp.

4. It discards any journal entries that have a negative confirmation record.

5. It compares the journal file footprint dates and times with the footprint dates and times in the
current MCF, PCF, and ELIB VSAM base and delta libraries, replacing files as necessary from
the journal in the backup files.

6. It schedules SCL to be written whenever an element master record is created or updated by a

journal file transaction.

7. It deletes the scheduled SCL command whenever the element master record is deleted by a
subsequent journal file transaction

8. After all the journal transactions have been processed the utility writes all remaining
scheduled SCL statements to the C1SCL1 data set.

How to Enable Journaling

Step 1. Determine Naming Conventions

Step 2. Write Archive JCL

Step 3. Allocate Journal and Archive Data Sets

Step 4. Define the Journaling Components to CA L-Serv

Step 5. Modify the C1DEFLTS Table

04-May-2018 913/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Determine Naming Conventions

The first step in enabling journaling is to decide on a naming convention for the following:

PITR journal data sets.

Journal group IDs used to reference groups of journal data sets.

Generation data groups (GDGs) to be used as archive files.

Note: The naming conventions presented next are only suggestions.

Consider including the group ID in the names of both the journal and the archive files. For example,
four journal files in a group named GRP1 might be named as follows:
NDVR.GRP1.JOURNAL1
NDVR.GRP1.JOURNAL2
NDVR.GRP1.JOURNAL3
NDVR.GRP1.JOURNAL4

The corresponding GDG might be named as follows:

NDVR.GRP1.ARCHDATA

CA L-Serv accesses the journal data sets using a journal group ID. Each journal group ID can reference
one or more journal data sets. The data sets associated with a particular group ID can be the journal
data sets for a Package Control File, the data sets for a particular environment, or a combination.
Group names can be up to four characters in length.

The PITR process can be streamlined somewhat by using a single group ID for all the journal data sets
at a site.

Note: For suggestions on setting up groups for journal data sets, see Implementation
Scenarios (see page 919).

How to Write Archive JCL

When CA L-Serv tries to write to a journal data set that is full, it marks the data set as unavailable and
issues a console message.

When a data set becomes full, CA L-Serv automatically selects the next available journal data set for
recording subsequent change activity. Optionally, you can instruct CA L-Serv to submit automatically
a batch job to offload the journal information to a sequential file (for example, to a tape), switch to
the next available journal data set, and reinitialize the journal data set that has just been offloaded.

04-May-2018 914/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The automatic offloading of journal data set information is implemented using the ARCHIVE
command of the CA L-Serv LDMAMS utility.

The JCL for archiving full journal data sets is in member BC1JJARC in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. To use this
JCL, modify it as necessary and include it in the data set referenced in the JCLLIB DD statement of the
CA L-Serv start-up member in your site PROCLIB.

How to Allocate Journal and Archive Data Sets

Journal files are VSAM ESDS data sets. Create these data sets with the utility IDCAMS.

Journal files should be allocated with a maximum record size of 32,760. Journal archive files should
have an LRECL of 32,756, and a maximum length of 32,760.

The files to be used to archive full journal data sets are best set up as generation data groups (GDG).

Note: Separate journal data sets and journal archive GDGs should be defined for each CA
Endevor® SCM journal group ID.

Sizing Considerations
The size of the journal data sets depends on the amount of CA Endevor® SCM activity at your site and
the size of your elements. Here are some general guidelines to follow:

Environment and package records take up a relatively small percentage of the total space.

When a journal data set is full, it is archived. The next journal data set must be at least large
enough to accept the journal records created during the time while the preceding data set is
being archived.

We recommend using three or four journal data sets. Remember that smaller journal data sets
require less time to archive, making them available again for journaling more promptly.

For example, consider a site with an average element size of 1,000 lines, with 500 updates per day to
these elements. Since most actions involve one write of an element base, element delta, component
list base, and component list delta, and two writes of the MCF, a size calculation would appear as
follows:

Element base and delta, 1,000 lines @ 80 characters 80,000

MCF update1, 100

Component list base and delta, 100 lines @ 100 characters 10,000

MCF update1, 100

Total bytes, allowing for approximation 100,000

04-May-2018 915/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Assuming 45,000 bytes per track, this means that an average CA Endevor® SCM action requires 2.5
tracks of journal data set space.

Assuming 500 transactions per day, there needs to be 1,250 tracks of journal data set space to handle
one day's activity.

Allocating this space amongst three journal data sets means that each journal data set would be
approximately 420 tracks. In this scenario, you might consider allocating a fourth journal data set to
handle the package and environment definition updates.

Recommended Journal Data Sets

We recommend that at least two journal data sets, and preferably four, be allocated for each group.
This practice lets CA L-Serv switch to the second journal data set when the first data set becomes full
and, optionally, to submit a batch job to offload and reinitialize the first journal data set.

The JCL for defining a generation data group and journal data sets is in member BC1JJDEF in the iprfx.
iqual.CSIQJCL data set. Before submitting this job, perform the following actions:

Specify the name for the GDG. Consider including the group ID of the related journal group in the
GDG name.

Change as necessary the maximum number of data sets to be retained in the GDG. The default in
this example is 100.

Change the names of the journal data sets in the job according to your naming standards.

Specify values for cylinders (CYL) and volume (VOLSER).

Note: Do not specify a secondary extent for the cylinder allocation. Doing so prevents the
journal files from filling up, defeating the purpose of journaling.

How to Define the Journaling Components to CA L-Serv

After allocating the journal files and defining a generation data group (GDG) for the archive files, you
must define the journaling mechanism to CA L-Serv. Three members are involved in this process:

The CA L-Serv PROC

LDMPARM

NDVRPARM

Note: For examples of how to set up journaling, see Implementation Scenarios (see page
919).

04-May-2018 916/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA L-Serv PROC
If you are using an existing CA L-Serv, modify the PROC for that CA L-Serv. If you are creating an L-
Serv, write a PROC for that CA L-Serv. This start-up procedure must include an //LDMCMND DD
statement, which points to the CA L-Serv parameter data set.

LDMPARM
LDMPARM is the default name of a member in the CA L-Serv parameter data set that contains the
parameters for the CA L-Serv to which you want to identify the PITR components. If you are using an
existing CA L-Serv, modify the existing LDMPARM member for the CA L-Serv you want to use to
include an ATTACH statement specifying the CA L-Serv type (local, remote, or host) and an INCLUDE
statement referencing the member NDVRPARM. If you are using a new CA L-Serv, create this
member.

An example of the syntax for the statements to be included in the LDMPARM member is shown next:
ATTACH
FILESERVER,SERVERTYPE=HOST,COMMSERVER(operands)
INCLUDE NDVRPARM

When included in a new or existing LDMPARM member, this syntax specifies a Host CA L-Serv, with L-
Serv's communication server enabled, and specifies NDVRPARM as the member identifying the data
sets to be managed by this CA L-Serv.

NDVRPARM
NDVRPARM is the suggested name for a member in the CA L-Serv parameter data set that contains
an ADDFILE command for each CA Endevor® SCM library or PITR journal data set managed by L-SERV.
A sample NDVRPARM member in an instance where CA L-Serv is being used to manage journal data
sets is shown next:
*************************************************************
***  JOURNAL FILES
*************************************************************
ADDPOOL 13 (32768,100)
 ADDFILE JRNL1 uprfx.uqual.ugrpid.JOURNAL1 GROUP=ugrpid,
  OPTION=(SUBMIT) POOL=13,
  JCLMEMBER=BC1JJARC
 ADDFILE JRNL2 uprfx.uqual.ugrpid.JOURNAL2 GROUP=ugrpid,
  OPTION=(SUBMIT) POOL=13,
  JCLMEMBER=BC1JJARC
 ADDFILE JRNL3 uprfx.uqual.ugrpid.JOURNAL3 GROUP=ugrpid,
  OPTION=(SUBMIT) POOL=13,
  JCLMEMBER=BC1JJARC
 ADDFILE JRNL4 uprfx.uqual.ugrpid.JOURNAL4 GROUP=ugrpid,
  OPTION=(SUBMIT) POOL=13,
  JCLMEMBER=BC1JJARC

The ADDFILE and GROUP= clauses are required for journal files. The OPTION=(SUBMIT) and
JCLMEMBER= clauses are required for automatic archiving. The ADDPOOL and POOL= clauses are
optional but recommended.

Note: Do not use the APPEND parameter of the ADDFILE statement when identifying
journal files or CA Endevor® SCM files to CA L-Serv.

04-May-2018 917/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Modify the C1DEFLTS Table

In addition to identifying the journaling components to CA L-Serv, you also must modify the C1DEFLTS
table to include the journal group IDs for the journal files, and to identify the subsystem name
associated with the CA L-Serv address space being used to implement journaling.

The syntax for including this information in the C1DEFLTS table is shown:

JRNLGRP=(group id,nnnn)

The following describes the syntax:

group id
The journal group ID associated with the journal files.

nnnn
The subsystem name for CA L-Serv being used to implement journaling. The default CA L-Serv
subsystem ID is LSRV.

You must include JRNLGRP= statements in the following sections:

1. The TYPE=MAIN section of the C1DEFLTS table to enable journaling in the Package Control
File.

Note: The TYPE=MAIN JRNLGRP parameter is required if PITR is activated.

2. Each TYPE=ENVIRONMENT section of the MCF base and delta libraries (VSAM and non-VSAM)
for which you want to enable journaling.

Note: If you want to use the same journal group ID for more than one environment,
include the journal group ID in each environment section of the C1DEFLTS table. We
recommend that PITR be specified for all environments defined in the C1DEFLTS.

Journal Group Examples

Examples of the JRNLGRP= parameter syntax to be included in the TYPE=MAIN section and the
TYPE=ENVIRONMENT sections of the C1DEFLTS are shown next:
C1DEFLTS TYPE=MAIN,           X
  JRNLGRP=(group id,nnnn) GRP ID/SUBSYS NAME FOR PITR X
C1DEFLTS TYPE=ENVRNMNT,          X
  JRNLGRP=(group id,nnnn) GRP ID/SUBSYS NAME FOR PITR X

04-May-2018 918/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Reassemble the C1DEFLTS Table

After including the group IDs and CA L-Serv subsystem names for the journal data sets, you must
reassemble the C1DEFLTS table to enable journaling.

Implementation Scenarios
The number of CA L-Servs required to implement PITR depends on the site configuration. This section
presents common single and multiple CPU implementation scenarios, and provides guidelines for
each.

Single CPU Implementation

The following is an example of a single CPU implementation. This configuration is suitable for sites
where CA Endevor® SCM is running on a single CPU.

BEND--Single CPU Implementation--OTH

04-May-2018 919/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Implement a Single CPU

The steps to implement this configuration are:

1. Define CA L-Serv as Local, using the default subsystem name LSRV.

2. Create or modify member NDVRPARM, LDMPARM, and the CA L-Serv PROC.

3. Modify the C1DEFLTS table.

Note: For more information about modifying the C1DEFLTS table, see How to
Modify the C1DEFLTS Table (see page 918).

Multiple CPU Implementation Using Remote Journaling

The following is an example of a multiple CPU implementation with all journaling taking place on CPU
1. This is referred to as remote journaling. Use this configuration at sites where there is relatively
heavy CA Endevor® SCM usage on the CPU where CA L-Serv is managing the journal files, and
relatively light usage on the remote CPU (CPU 2).

04-May-2018 920/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Multiple CPU Implementation--OTH

How to Implement a Multiple CPU

The steps to implement this configuration are:

1. Set up CA L-Serv Host by:

Defining it as Host, using the subsystem name LSRV.

Creating or modifying members NDVRPARM, LDMPARM, and the CA L-Serv PROC, as

described earlier in this section.

2. Set up CA L-Serv Remote by:

Defining it as Remote, using the subsystem name LSRV.

Creating or modifying member LDMPARM, and the CA L-Serv PROC, as described earlier in
this section. As a remote CA L-Serv, it does not manage any files and therefore does not
need an NDVRPARM member.

3. Set up communication between CA L-Serv Host and CA L-Serv Remote, referring to the CA
Common Services for z/OS Getting Started Guide as necessary.

4. Modify the C1DEFLTS table.

04-May-2018 921/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. Modify the C1DEFLTS table.

Note: For more information about modifying the C1DEFLTS table, see How to
Modify the C1DEFLTS Table (see page 918).

Performance Considerations for a Multiple CPU Implementation Using Remote

Journaling
Because it requires only one set of journal data sets, this scenario represents the easiest way to set
up PITR in a multiple CPU operating environment.

There is a trade-off to this scenario, namely that handling journaling remotely is somewhat slower
than local journaling.

Multiple CPU Implementation Using Local Journaling

A Multiple CPU implementation with CA L-Serv controlling both the journal files and the ELIBs, with
journaling taking place on each CPU is shown next. Use this configuration at sites where there is
relatively heavy CA Endevor® SCM usage on both CPU 1 and CPU 2.

BEND--Multiple CPU Implementation local journaling--OTH

04-May-2018 922/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Implement Multiple CPU Using Local Journaling

The steps to implement this configuration are:

1. Set up CA L-Serv 1 and CA L-Serv 2 by:

Defining both as Local, using the same subsystem name for each.

Creating or modifying members NDVRPARM, LDMPARM, and the CA L-Serv PROC, as

described earlier in this section.

2. Modify the C1DEFLTS Table to include entries for CA L-Serv 1 and CA L-Serv 2.

Note: For more information about modifying the C1DEFLTS table, see How to
Modify the C1DEFLTS Table (see page 918).

Performance Considerations for a Multiple CPU Implementation Using Local

Journaling
Because this scenario requires two groups of journal data sets, performing periodic backups is
somewhat more complicated. The trade-off is that journaling executes somewhat more quickly when
it is performed locally.

Perform Periodic Backups of CA Endevor® SCM

When journaling is enabled, it is important to manage the archive files carefully. Perform periodic
backups before the GDG becomes full.

To perform periodic backups of CA Endevor® SCM

1. Clean out journal data sets that may contain information, by executing the JCL found in
member BC1JJARG in the data set iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.

2. Disable journaling by either issuing the CA L-SERV REMOVEFILE command or stop CA L-Serv
using one of the following console commands:
/F task,SHUTDOWN
/P task

These commands deactivate all functions running in the CA L-Serv address space. For
information about CA L-Serv system commands refer to the CA Common Services for z/OS
Getting Started Guide.

3. After you have successfully removed the files from the control of CA L-SERV, change the SHR(1
3) to SHR(3 3). To do this, run job BC1JLSRV supplied in your iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL library. This
job is intended to ALTER the SHR attributes of the Master Control File (MCF), Package and ELib
data sets from SHR (1 3) to SHR (3 3).

4. Backup CA Endevor® SCM, using either the Unload Utility or your regular backup utility.

04-May-2018 923/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

4. Backup CA Endevor® SCM, using either the Unload Utility or your regular backup utility.

5. Delete all the PITR Journal Archives.

6. Restart CA L-Serv by either using the following following START command, or by using the CA
L-SERV ADDFILE command to issue journaling again.
/S task parms

Perform Point in Time Recovery

If a CA Endevor® SCM Package Control File, Master Control File, base library or delta library is lost,
you can perform a point in time recovery. Before performing Point in Time Recovery, verify that there
are no empty GDGs.

To perform a point in time recovery

1. Execute the CA L-Serv LDMAMS utility to offload all used journal data sets.

2. Disable PITR journaling to keep any new journaling from being issued.

3. Restore all CA Endevor® SCM data sets to be recovered from the most current back-up (either
CA Endevor® SCM UNLOAD or similar back-ups).

4. Execute the CA Endevor® SCM Recovery utility.

The following sections discuss these steps in detail.

How to Execute the CA L-Serv LDMAMS Utility

The next step is to offload all used journal data sets to sequential data sets. The sample JCL for
offloading journal data sets can be found in member BC1JJARG in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL. Before using
this sample JCL, do the following:

Replace UGRPID with the CA L-Serv group ID for the journal data sets.

Replace uprfx.uqual.ugrpid.JRNLDATA with the GDG name used at your site for the archive data
sets.

If the CA L-Serv load library has not been included in LINKLST, specify the load library data set
name in the STEPLIB DD statement. Otherwise remove the STEPLIB DD statement.

Specify the unit, volser, and space parameters for the journal archive data set.

The ARCHIVE statement in this sample differs from the statement used to archive data sets that are
full. The difference is the SWITCH parameter. When a data set in a CA L-Serv group is not full, this
parameter tells CA L-Serv to switch to the next data set in the group after archiving whatever data is
in the data set.

04-May-2018 924/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Disable Point in Time Recovery Journaling

Disable journaling by either issuing the CA L-SERV REMOVEFILE command or by using one of the
following console commands:
/F task,SHUTDOWN
/P task

Note: These commands deactivate all functions running in the CA L-Serv address space. For
more information about CA L-Serv system commands, see the CA Common Services for z
/OS Getting Started Guide.

How to Restore the Data Sets to Be Recovered

The first step in the Point in Time Recovery process is to restore the data sets that have been lost to
the point of their most recent backup. This makes them available to the Recovery utility.

The utility uses the restored data sets as a baseline, recovering any transactions that have taken
place since the most recent backup. Do this using the recovery procedure at your site.

How to Execute the Recovery Utility

The Recovery utility (program BC1PJRCV) uses the offloaded journal information to recover
transactions that have occurred since the last backup.

Recovery Utility Syntax

The following is the syntax for the recovery utility:

BEND--Recovery Utility Syntax--OTH

This syntax is described as follows:

RECOVER /LIST
(Required) The RECOVER or LIST keyword must be the first word in the syntax. Use LIST if you
want to list the contents of a journal file before recovering it.

04-May-2018 925/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

PKGDS
(Optional) Indicates that you want to recover the package data set for the site.

ENVIRONMENT
(Optional) Indicates that you want to recover the named environment.

SYSTEM
(Optional) Indicates that you want to recover the named system.

ALL
(Default) Indicates that you want to recover the element catalog, element catalog index, package
data set, MCF, base, and delta library information.

FROM DATE, TIME

(Optional) Allows you to specify a date and time from which you want to start recovering
information.

TO DATE, TIME
(Optional) Allows you to specify a date and time through which you want to recover information.

Recover Examples
To recover the package data set for a site, submit the following syntax:
RECOVER PKGDS.

To recover MCF, base and delta information for environment PROD, submit the following syntax:
RECOVER ENV PROD.

To recover MCF, base and delta information for environment PROD, system Finance, submit the
following syntax:
RECOVER ENV PROD SYS FINANCE.

If, for some reason, the PROD environment should be restored as it was on July 19th (as opposed to
all logged changes) the following clause would be specified:
RECOVER ENV PROD
TO DATE 19JUL92 TO TIME 08:00.

The following statement would recover all logged changes (contained in the input sequential journal
files) for the Package Control File and for all environments:
RECOVER ALL.

You can find the JCL to run the recovery utility in member BC1JJRCV in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.

The statements in the JCL are described in the following list:

C1MSGS1
The C1MSGS1 DD statement specifies the destination for the Journal Recovery Execution Report.

C1SUMMRY
The C1SUMMRY DD statement specifies the destination for the Journal Recovery Execution
Summary Report.

04-May-2018 926/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

JOURNAL
The JOURNAL DD statement identifies the data set containing the journal data to be recovered.

C1SCL1
The C1SCL1 DD statement identifies the data set containing the SCL statements written by the
Recovery utility.

BSTIPT01
The BSTIPT01 DD statement contains syntax for this run of the Recovery utility.

Journal Recovery Execution Report

The Recovery utility automatically produces a two-part Journal Recovery Execution report. The
Journal Recovery Execution Log contains the following sections:

Transaction detail

Transaction summary

The Journal Recovery Execution Summary contains the following sections:

Data set activity summary

SCL statement summary

Processor execution summary

The Journal Recovery Transaction Detail Report

The transaction detail section of the Journal Recovery Execution Log reports on each journal
transaction that is recovered. The following list shows the messages contained in the transaction
detail section and the information provided by each message:

JRCV032I
The transaction number, the journal date and timestamps, and the number of records in the
transaction.

JRCV015I
The kind of action.

JRCV016I
The CA Endevor® SCM location associated with the member in the previous message.

JRCV031I
The date and time of the most recent update to the CA Endevor® SCM entity described in this
entry. If no information is available, a NOT FOUND message is returned.

JRCV023I
Indicates that generate SCL has been built for the entity.

04-May-2018 927/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

JRCV025I
Indicates that the recover utility has issued a generate processor request for the element.

JRCV026I
The CA Endevor® SCM location associated with the element to be generated.

JRCV020I
Indicates that the journal entry has been recovered, and provides the return code for the
recovery process.

The Journal Recovery Journal Input Record Summary

The Journal Input Record Summary lists the number of records of each record type handled by the
recovery utility. The following are the abbreviations used in this report:

PCF
Package Control File.

MCF
Master Control File.

EBASE
Element base.

EDELTA
Element delta.

CBASE
Component list base.

CDELTA
Component list delta.

The Journal Recovery Data Set Activity Summary

The data set section of the Journal Recovery Execution Report describes the activity recorded in the
journal file for each data set in the journal file. The messages contained in this section are described
in the following:

JRCV100I
The data set usage by CA Endevor® SCM. Usage may be any of the following:

ECF
Element Catalog

EIX
Element Catalog Index

CBASE
Component list base

04-May-2018 928/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CDELTA
Component list delta

EBASE
Element base

EDELTA
Element delta

MCF
Master Control File

PCF
Package Control File

JRCV113I
The CA Endevor® SCM location associated with the file. For example, a file used to store element
base records might be used for base records associated with a particular environment, stage,
system, and type. A Master Control file on the other hand is associated with only an environment
and stage.

JRCV101I
Indicates the number of members created in this data set for the period covered by the journal
file.

JRCV102I
Indicates the number of members updated in this data set for the period covered by the journal
file.

JRCV103I
Indicates the number of members deleted in this data set for the period covered by the journal
file.

The Journal Recovery SCL Statement Summary

The SCL statement summary portion of the Journal Recovery Execution Report shows the number of
GENERATE statements written by CA Endevor® SCM location (environment, stage) and inventory
classification (system, subsystem, and type).

04-May-2018 929/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Search and Replace Element Text Strings and

Component List Output Data Set Names
Contents

Search and Replace Utility (see page 930)

Searching and Replacing Text Strings (see page 930)
Search and Replace Utility Operating Considerations (see page 933)
Search and Replace Execution JCL (see page 939)
Search Elements SCL (see page 940)
Text Replacement (see page 947)
Search and Replace Utility Reports (see page 951)
Text Search and Replace Usage Scenarios (see page 953)

Search and Replace Utility

The Search and Replace utility lets you search for and optionally replace the following:

text strings in elements (see page 930)

output data set names in component lists (see page )

You can run the utility in validate mode to check that the SCL statements generated for your search
request are valid. Whether the utility is run in replace or validate mode, you can generate a report of
the search targets found. Additionally, other options can be specified.

Searching and Replacing Text Strings

The option to update text within elements enables you to search for a character string in elements
that are under CA Endevor® SCM control. You have the option to replace the character string with a
different character string. If you specify a replacement string, the element is updated and added back
into the entry stage at the environment specified on the request.

The Search and Replace utility is controlled by the SEARCH ELEMENT request (available in batch only).
You specify the inventory location to be searched as well as any additional selection criteria, such as
CCID or processor group. You also provide the character string for which you are looking and,
optionally, a character string with which you want to replace the original string.

If you include a replacement string in your request, the utility replaces the original character string
with the second string. The utility then adds the element back into the entry stage at the
environment specified on the request. If you do not specify a replacement string, the element is not
updated.

The premise of the Search and Replace Utility is that one or more text strings can be found and,

04-May-2018 930/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The premise of the Search and Replace Utility is that one or more text strings can be found and,
optionally, replaced by one or more different text strings. Information is compared on a line-by-line
basis, within specific columns. Information is replaced within specific columns of specific lines.

The following concepts are also important to your understanding of the search and replace process.

IN-COLUMNS and BOUNDS ARE parameters are used in conjunction with each other to set the
limits for the search and replace operations.

Note: For a discussion of compare column ranges, IN COLUMNS rules, and BOUNDS ARE
rules, see Text Replacement (see page 947).

Data is manipulated only within the modifiable range. Data in columns outside this range is
neither modified nor affected by data shifting.

Note: For a discussion and examples regarding replacement string length, see Shorter
Replacement String (see page 948).

You can override the type compare columns by assigning IN-COLUMNS and BOUNDS ARE values
in the SEARCH ELEMENT statement. You cannot assign a value that exceeds the type definition
compare column value. For example, you are using element type COBOL, whose compare
columns are 7-72. If you assign a right boundary of 80, you will receive an error message. The
right boundary can be any value up to and including 72. Similarly, assigning a left boundary of 6
results in an error. The left boundary value cannot be less than 7.

Note: For a discussion of the SEARCH ELEMENT SCL, see Search Element SCL (see page 940)
. For a discussion about IN COLUMNS and BOUNDS ARE rules, see Text Replacement (see
page 947).

How the Search and Replace Utility Begins the Search

The Search and Replace utility begins its search at the inventory location indicated in the SEARCH
ELEMENT request. If the element is not found at that location and if you requested that all
environments in the map be searched, the utility checks subsequent environments for the element.
Once found, the utility processes only the first occurrence of the element. Remaining stages are
neither searched nor processed.

The search is always done against the current level of the element, and always begins at the entry
stage of the indicated environment. You cannot specify a beginning stage location in your SEARCH
ELEMENT request.

04-May-2018 931/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Search String

The search string can be from 1-72 characters in length. You cannot use a string that contains both
single quotation marks and double quotation marks.

By default, the Search and Replace utility looks for the character string in the column range
associated with the element type entered in the request. You can override the type values by coding
an explicit search column range.

Search and Replace Utility Processing Modes

The Search and Replace utility executes in one of three modes:

Validate
Executed when you code VALIDATE in the PARM= field in the execution JCL. The utility parses and
verifies the SCL statements in the SEARCH ELEMENT request.

Note: For more information about validate mode, see Validate Mode (see page 935).

Search-Only
Executed by default, the utility searches for the search string specified and produces a report
indicating the element in which the string is found. Optionally (depending on what is coded in the
execution JCL), the utility generates SCL for each element that contains the search string.

Note: For more information about search-only mode, see Search-Only Mode (see page 936
).

Replacement
Executed when a replacement text string is included in the request and the OPTIONS UPDATE
ELEMENT clause is coded. Both conditions must exist in order for the utility to replace one string
with another. The utility replaces the original string with the replacement string, and adds the
element back into the entry stage of the environment specified on the SEARCH ELEMENT request.

Note: For more information about replacement mode, see Replacement Mode (see page
937).

04-May-2018 932/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Search and Replace Column Definitions

There are several terms used to describe the search columns and replace columns. It is important
that you understand each term as you work with the Search and Replace Utility. These terms are
described as follows:

Compare columns (or type compare columns)

The compare columns associated with the element type definition. Each type (for example,
COBOL, Assembler, or JCL) has specific columns within which CA Endevor® SCM looks to identify
changes. For example, the compare column range for COBOL is 7-72.

BOUNDS ARE parameters (or bounds or boundaries)

The columns within which CA Endevor® SCM can place the new text string. BOUNDS ARE
parameters begin with left-column and end with right-column. If omitted, the type definition
compare columns are used.
The BOUNDS ARE parameters usually define the modifiable range.

IN COLUMNS parameters (or search columns)

The columns within which CA Endevor® SCM searches for a particular text string. IN COLUMNS
parameters begin with from-column and end with to-column. If omitted, the BOUNDS ARE values
are used.

Modifiable range
The union of the BOUNDS ARE parameters and IN COLUMNS parameters.

The left or first position of the modifiable range is the IN COLUMNS from-column.

The right or end position of the modifiable range is BOUNDS ARE right-column, with one
exception:
If the IN COLUMNS to-column is greater than the BOUNDS ARE right-column, the IN
COLUMNS to-column value is used as the end of the modifiable range.

The default modifiable range is the compare column range of the element type.

Search and Replace Utility Operating

Considerations
This section details operating considerations that pertain to the Search and Replace utility.

Miscellaneous Operating Considerations

Miscellaneous operating considerations include the following:

All updates to elements are performed at the entry stage in the environment specified in the
SEARCH ELEMENT request.

Variable length records are never shortened. A record's length may increase, but it will not

04-May-2018 933/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Variable length records are never shortened. A record's length may increase, but it will not
decrease.

In replacement mode, the Search and Replace utility does not search elements that are signed
out to users other than the current user, unless the OVERRIDE SIGNOUT option is specified in the
SEARCH ELEMENT request. Nor does the utility search elements in an in-between stage (that is, a
stage not on the map but between two stages that are on the map).

The Search and Replace utility uses the CA Endevor® SCM security system to verify that a user is
authorized to perform the requested actions against the element. The following security checks are
performed:

Does the user have RETRIEVE authority for the element at the inventory location at which it is
found?

This check is performed before searching an element.

Does the user have OVERRIDE SIGNOUT authority at the inventory location at which the element
is found?

This check is performed when the OVERRIDE SIGNOUT clause is specified and the element
is not signed out to the current user. (Applies to replacement mode only.)

Does the user have ADD or UPDATE authority for the element at the entry stage of the specified
environment?

This check occurs when the updated element is added back into CA Endevor® SCM. If the
element exists at the entry stage, the user must have UPDATE authority for the element at
that stage. If the element does not exist at the entry stage, the user must have ADD
authority for the element at that stage.

Serializing the Element

The Search and Replace utility puts a “lock” on an element when it is being processed. The lock is
placed at the environment indicated in the SEARCH ELEMENT request and at the source environment,
if the element was found up the map. Therefore, other CA Endevor® SCM actions against the
element, such as SIGNOUT or RETRIEVE, may be prohibited while you are processing the element.

Serializing the element applies to replacement mode only.

Exits Invoked by the Search and Replace Utility

The Search and Replace utility invokes three CA Endevor® SCM exits:

04-May-2018 934/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Exit 1--Security

Exit 2--Before Action

Exit 3--After Action

Exits are handled as follows:

Exit 1
Invoked for the following actions:

Retrieve

Add, Update

When invoked:

Before any element processing begins.

Before ADD or UPDATE processing, only if it has been determined that the element will need
to be added back into CA Endevor® SCM.

Exit 2
Invoked for the following actions: Add or Update
When invoked: Before action processing begins.

Exit 3
Invoked for the following actions: Add or Update, based on exit 2
When invoked: After a corresponding (and successful) invocation of exit 2.

If exit 2 is invoked and allows an action, exit 3 is invoked after the action has been performed.

If exit 2 is invoked but does not allow an action, exit 3 is not invoked.

If exit 2 is not invoked for an action or element, exit 3 is not invoked for that action or
element.

Validate Mode
The Search and Replace utility operates in validate mode when you code VALIDATE as part of the
PARM= parameter in the execution JCL. In this mode, the utility parses and verifies the generated SCL
statements for proper syntax. If no errors are found, the SCL statements are formatted.

Processing stops after validation. The actions implied by the SCL statements are not performed.
Errors other than syntax errors are not noted at this time.

To invoke validate mode, you need to code the following in the execution JCL:
PARM='ENBS1000VALIDATE'

You can abbreviate the word validate, using any of the following entries:

V, VA, VAL, VALI, VALID, VALIDA, or VALIDAT

04-May-2018 935/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

V, VA, VAL, VALI, VALID, VALIDA, or VALIDAT

Search-Only Mode
The Search and Replace utility executes in search-only mode by default. In this mode, the utility
searches for a particular search string in the elements specified in your SEARCH ELEMENT request. At
a minimum, the utility generates a list of the elements that contain the search string. Depending on
what you code in the request or in the execution JCL, the utility performs the following actions:

OPTIONS LIST DETAILS in the request

Displays the line of the element that contains the search strings.

A replacement string and OPTIONS LIST DETAILS in the request

Displays the line of the element that contains the search string followed by the same line
containing the replacement string.

A replacement string in the request and allocate the ENSSCLOT file in the JCL
Generates SCL for all the elements that would be affected by replacement of the search string.
SCL statements are generated only when a replacement string is specified in the original search
request.

Note that in search-only mode, the OPTIONS UPDATE clause is not specified.

Search-Only Mode Processing

The Search and Replace utility determines the elements to be searched based on inventory location
and additional selection criteria provided in the SEARCH ELEMENT request. For each element
identified, the utility reads--on a record-by-record basis--the current level of the element, and
searches for the search string. The utility produces a series of reports listing each element that was
searched and the result of the search (for example, number of search string matches found in the
element).

The Search and Replace utility verifies RETRIEVE authority before processing the element.

The Search and Replace utility does not do the following when in search-only mode:

The utility does not update the element.

The utility does not perform signout processing.

The utility does not check whether an element is at an in-between stage (a stage not on the map,
but between two stages that are on the map).

Important! The search string is case-sensitive. If the search string contains only uppercase
characters, the utility looks only for text in uppercase characters. If a line in an element
matches the text of the search string but is in lowercase or a combination of lowercase and
uppercase characters, the utility does not record a match.

04-May-2018 936/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Generating Search Elements SCL

The Search and Replace utility provides the option of generating SCL statements for each element
that contains the search string. These SCL statements can then be executed to perform actual
replacement of the search strings.

This capability is useful when a large number of elements are searched before search strings are
replaced. You can review the output to see how elements will be affected by the text replacement. If
the output is acceptable, execute the Search and Replace utility again, using the generated SCL as the
input file. Because the SCL statements have been created, the utility only needs to execute them; a
second search of the entire inventory is not necessary. Using this option not only allows you to
review the results of replacing text before you actually do so--it also saves you time.

The Search and Replace utility generates SCL statements if you enter a replacement string in the
SEARCH ELEMENT request and you allocate the ENSSCLOT DD statement in the execution JCL. The SCL
statements written to the ENSSCLOT file contain all the information entered in the original SEARCH
ELEMENT request as well as an OPTIONS UPDATE ELEMENT clause. When you invoke the utility a
second time, using the generated SCL as the input file, only the specified elements are searched and
updated.

If the source SCL contains multiple SEARCH ELEMENT requests, the output data set may contain
multiple SCL statements for the same element.

Note: Each FROM statement in the generated SCL will contain explicit system, subsystem,
and type values, even if you used a wildcard for that value in the original SEARCH ELEMENT
request. These values represent the location where the updates will be applied.

ENSSCLOT File
The ENSSCLOT DD statement should refer to a sequential data set or a partitioned data set with an
explicit member. Allocate the data set with the following attributes:

DSORG=PS (or PO if a member name is specified)

RECFM=F or FB

LRECL=80

Replacement Mode
The Search and Replace utility operates in replacement mode when you include both the REPLACE
WITH clause and the OPTIONS UPDATE ELEMENT clause in your SEARCH ELEMENT request. In this
mode, the utility searches the element for the search string, replaces each occurrence of the string
with the replacement string, and adds the element back into CA Endevor® SCM at the entry stage of
the specified environment.

04-May-2018 937/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Replacement Mode Processing

The Search and Replace utility determines the elements to be searched based on inventory location
and additional selection criteria provided in the SEARCH ELEMENT request. For each element
identified, the utility reads--on a record-by-record basis--the current level of the element, and
searches for the search string. If the search string is found, the utility replaces that string with the
replacement string specified in the SEARCH ELEMENT request. When the entire element has been
searched and all relevant search strings replaced, the utility adds or updates the element to the entry
stage of the environment indicated in your request.

In this mode, the utility verifies RETRIEVE, SIGNOUT, and ADD/UPDATE authorization. In addition, the
utility checks whether any of the elements specified exist at an in-between stage (stage not on the
map but between two stages that are on the map).

Note: For more information about these authorizations and conditions, see Processing
Checkpoints (see page 938).

Be aware of the following:

SIGNOUT authorization and in-between stage checking are not performed in search-only mode.
Consequently, elements that are signed out to another user or exist at an in-between stage may
be searched, and may have SCL statements written to the ENSSCLOT file. Because the utility does
perform these two checks in replacement mode, some of the SCL statements may terminate with
an error if you use this ENSSCLOT file as input to a subsequent Search and Replace job.

The search string and the replacement string are case-sensitive. If the search string contains only
uppercase characters, the utility looks only for text in uppercase characters. If a line in an element
matches the text of the search string but is in lowercase or a combination of lowercase and
uppercase characters, the utility does not record a match.
Similarly, the utility places the replacement string in the element exactly as it has been coded in
the SEARCH ELEMENT request. The utility does not convert lowercase characters to uppercase
characters (or vice versa).

When fetch processing occurs, if the value of Signout Fetch (SOFETCH), a CA Endevor® SCM
Defaults Table parameter, is Y, the element that is fetched will be signed out to you at the
location from which it was fetched, unless it is already signed out to someone else. If the value of
SOFETCH is N, the element that is fetched will not be signed out.
The element that is put in the entry stage will be signed out to you.

Processing Checkpoints
Before and during processing, the utility checks for the following authorizations and conditions:

RETRIEVE authority
Before processing an element, if the user does not have RETRIEVE authority, then processing
stops for that element and begins for the next element.

04-May-2018 938/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RETRIEVE authority
Before processing an element, if the user has RETRIEVE authority, then processing for the
element continues.

SIGNOUT authority
After RETRIEVE authority is determined but before processing for the element, if the user does
not have SIGNOUT authority, then processing stops for that element and begins for the next
element.

SIGNOUT authority
After RETRIEVE authority is determined but before processing for the element, if the user does
have SIGNOUT authority, then processing for the element continues.

Whether the element exists at an in-between stage

After RETRIEVE and SIGNOUT authority are determined but before the element is searched, if the
element exists at an in-between stage, then processing stops for that element and begins for the
next element.

Whether the element exists at an in-between stage

After RETRIEVE and SIGNOUT authority are determined but before the element is searched, if the
element does not exist at an in-between stage, then processing for the element continues.

ADD/UPDATE authority
After the element is searched and the search string is replaced, but before the element is added
or updated into CA Endevor® SCM, if the user does not have ADD/UPDATE authority, then
processing stops for that element and begins for the next element.

ADD/UPDATE authority
After the element is searched and the search string is replaced, but before the element is added
or updated into CA Endevor® SCM, if the user does have ADD/UPDATE authority, then the utility
performs the appropriate action at the entry stage of the specified environment:

UPDATE if the element exists at the entry stage

ADD if the element does not exist the entry stage

Search and Replace Execution JCL

The Search and Replace control statements (SCL) are coded in the execution JCL used to activate the
utility. The JCL which executes this utility can be found in member ENBSRPL1, in the JCL library iprfx.
iqual.CSIQJCL.

ENSSCLIN DD Statement
The user control statements specified in the ENSSCLIN DD statement are SEARCH ELEMENT requests,
which specify element search criteria, the search string, and, optionally, a replacement text string.
You can code as many SEARCH ELEMENT requests as you need; there is no defined limit on the
number of statements allowed.

04-May-2018 939/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For more information about the SEARCH ELEMENT SCL, see Search Elements SCL (see
page 940).

PARM= Statement
You must specify the ENBS1000 parameter to invoke the Search and Replace utility. You can
optionally code the VALIDATE parameter (immediately after ENBS1000) to request validate mode
processing.

The utility performs the following actions depending on the value that you specify in the PARM=
statement:

PARM=ENBS1000
Parses and validates all the requests before processing them.
If the parser or validation routine detects an error, the utility will not execute any of the
statements. The parsing routine attempts to parse all of the control statements before
terminating.

PARM=ENBS1000VALIDATE
Parses and validates all the requests, but does not execute the requests even if no syntax or
validation errors are found.This parameter must follow the ENBS1000 parameter, as shown here:
PARM=ENBS1000VALIDATE

Search Elements SCL

You can enter as many SEARCH ELEMENT requests as necessary in the control statement data set.
There is no defined limit to the number of actions allowed in a single execution of the program.

The utility parses and validates all requests before it begins executing them. If there is a syntax error
in any request or an error is found validating a request, none of the statements are executed. The
utility tries to parse all statements before terminating.

When the requests have been successfully parsed, the utility executes them. Requests are executed
as long as the highest return code is less than or equal to 12.

Note: If you code PARM=VALIDATE, the utility will not execute the requests when parsing is
complete.

The SEARCH ELEMENT syntax is shown in the next section, followed by a description of each clause in
the syntax.

04-May-2018 940/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Search Elements Syntax

The following is the SEARCH ELEMENT syntax:
├── SEArch ELEment ─ element-name ─┬──────────────────────────────┬───────────►
                                   └─┬─ THRough ─┬─ element-name ─┘
                                     └─ THRu ────┘

►─ FROm ─ ENVironment ─ env-name ─ SYStem ─ sys-name ────────────────────────►

►─ SUBsystem ─ subsys-name ─ TYPe ─ type-name ───────────────────────────────►

    ┌───────────────────────────────────┐
►── ▼ ─ FOR ─┬────────┬─ search-string ─┴────────────────────────────────────►
             └─ TEXt ─┘

►─ ¤ ┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─ ¤ ─►
     ├─┬──────┬ ─ COLumns ─┬─ from-column ─┬─┬─────────────────────────┬┤
     │ └─ IN ─┘            └─ FIRst ───────┘ └─ TO ─┬─ to-column ─┬────┘│
     │                                              └─ LASt ──────┘     │
     ├─ REPlace WITh ─┬────────┬─ repl-string ──────────────────────────┤
     │                └─ TEXt ─┘                                        │
     └─ BOUnds ┬───────┬─┬──────────┬─┬─ left-col ┬─┬──────────────────┬┘
               └─ ARE ─┘ └─ COLumn ─┘ └─ FIRst ◄ ─┘ └─ TO ┬─ right-col┬┘
                                                          └─ LASt ◄ ──┘

►─┬──────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────►
  └─ WHEre ─ ¤ ─┬──────────┬─ ¤ ─┘
                ├─┤ CCID ├─┤
                └─┤ PRO ├──┘

►─┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─►
  └─ OPTion ─ ¤ ─┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─ ¤ ─┘
                 ├─ CCId ─┬──────┬─ ccid ───────────────────────────────┤
                 │        ├─ EQ ─┤                                      │
                 │        └─ = ──┘                                      │
                 ├─ COMment ─┬──────┬─ comment ─────────────────────────┤
                 │           ├─ EQ ─┤                                   │
                 │           └─ = ──┘                                   │
                 ├─ BYPass GENerate PROCessor ──────────────────────────┤
                 ├─ PROCessor GROup ─┬─ EQ ─┬─ group-name ──────────────┤
                 │                   └─ = ──┘                           │
                 ├─ OVErride SIGNOut ───────────────────────────────────┤
                 ├─ SEArch ENVironment ─┬─ MAP ──┬──────────────────────┤
                 │                      └─ ONLy ─┘                      │
                 ├─┬────────┬ ─ TRUncation ─┬──────┬─┬─ PROHibited ◄ ─┬─┤
                 │ └─ DATa ─┘               └─ IS ─┘ └─ PERmitted ────┘ │
                 ├─ LISt DETails ───────────────────────────────────────┤
                 └─ UPDate ─┬───────────┬───────────────────────────────┘
                            └─ ELEment ─┘

Expansion of CCID
                                                  ┌─── , ───┐
├── CCId ─┬────────────────────────┬─┬─ EQ ─┬─ (─ ▼ ─ ccid ─┴─ ) ─────────────────┤
          └─ OF ─┬─ ANY ◄ ───────┬─┘ └─ = ──┘
                 ├─ BASe ────────┤
                 ├─ GENerate ────┤
                 ├─ LASt ACTion ─┤
                 └─ RETrieve ────┘

Expansion of PRO
                                  ┌─── , ─────────┐
├── PROCessor GROup ─┬─ EQ ─┬─ (─ ▼ ─ group name ─┴─ ) ──────────────────────────┤
                     └─ = ──┘

04-May-2018 941/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Search Element Clause

The SEARCH ELEMENT clause allows you to specify one or more elements to be searched. You can
specify that a range of elements be searched by coding the THROUGH clause also. This clause is
described next:

SEARCH ELEMENT element-name

(Required) The name of the action followed by the name(s) of the element(s) you want to search.
The element name can be explicit, partially wildcarded, or fully wildcarded. If you enter a partially
wildcarded element name, only those elements matching the criteria are searched.
If you use the THROUGH clause, the element indicated here is the first element in the range to be
searched.

THROUGH (THRU) element-name

(Optional) Indicates that a range of elements are to be searched, up to and including the element
named in this clause. You can use a wildcard with the element name.

From Clause
The FROM clause identifies the CA Endevor® SCM inventory location at which the element search
begins. You must enter all FROM information. You need to code the word FROM only once. The
FROM clause is described next:

FROM ENVIRONMENT env-name

Name of the environment. You must fully specify the environment name; you cannot use a
wildcard.

FROM SYSTEM sys-name

Name of the system. You can enter a fully specified system name or use a wildcard.

FROM SUBSYSTEM subsys-name

Name of the subsystem. You can enter a fully specified subsystem name or use a wildcard.

FROM TYPE type-name

Type associated with the element. You can enter a fully specified type or use a wildcard.

Note that you cannot indicate a stage. The search always begins at the entry stage of the
environment you specify.

If you specify OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT MAP, the utility searches this inventory location first,
and then continues the search for the element up the map. If you specify OPTIONS SEARCH
ENVIRONMENT ONLY, the utility searches only the environment defined in this clause.

If an element changes as a result of the search, the utility either adds it or updates it at the entry
stage of the environment specified in this FROM clause. The element is always added (or updated) at
the entry stage of this environment, no matter where the element was retrieved.

04-May-2018 942/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For Clause
The FOR [TEXT] clause identifies the text strings the utility searches for and, optionally, provide the
compare ranges to be searched and replacement text for the search strings. If you do not enter
column compare range values, the utility uses the COMPARE FROM and COMPARE TO columns
associated with the element type.

The IN COLUMNS, BOUNDS ARE, and REPLACE WITH clauses can be entered in any order, as long as
they all follow the FOR [TEXT]. These clauses are described in the following: search-string clause.

FOR [TEXT] search-string

Identifies the character string for which the utility will search. This clause is required.
The attributes of the search string are listed as follows:
The minimum length of the search string is 1 character. Null (empty) search strings are prohibited.

The maximum length of the string is 72 characters. The length of the string must be less than
or equal to the number of columns searched (see the description of IN COLUMNS that
follows).

You can specify multiple search strings by repeating the FOR TEXT search-string clause. For
example:
FOR TEXT ABCDE  
FOR TEXT BCXYZ                         

If the string contains imbedded spaces or any other parser delimiter, it must be enclosed by
either apostrophes or quotation marks.

If the string contains apostrophes, enclose it in quotation marks.

If the string contains quotation marks, enclose it in apostrophes.

The string itself cannot contain both apostrophes and quotation marks.

Trailing blanks are significant during the search operation if the search-string is quoted.

The comparison of text strings is case-sensitive; that is, lowercase characters remain
lowercase.

[IN] COLUMNS . . .[TO] . . .

Identifies the columns in which the utility looks for the search string (the compare range). This
clause is optional.
The values entered here override the compare column values implied by the element type
(defined in the FROM clause). The from-column and to-column values must fall within the
compare range values (inclusive), however. Otherwise, you receive an error message.
If you do not use this clause, the utility uses the values provided in the BOUNDS ARE clause.
You can enter the following in this clause:

from-column or FIRST, to indicate the first column (inclusive) of the compare range. You can
enter any value as the from-column value as long as that value is less than or equal to the to-
column value (see next). If you do not enter a from-column but you do enter a to-column, the
utility uses the left-column value of the BOUNDS clause as the first column. FIRST reflects the
COMPARE FROM value of the type associated with the element.

to-column or LAST, to indicate the ending column (inclusive) of the compare range. The to-

04-May-2018 943/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

to-column or LAST, to indicate the ending column (inclusive) of the compare range. The to-
column value must be greater than the from-column value, and cannot exceed 32,000. LAST
reflects the COMPARE TO value of the type associated with the element.

REPLACE WITH [TEXT] repl-string

Identifies the string that will replace the search string in the element. The replacement string has
the same attributes as the search string (see the first entry in the FOR clauses table) with the
following exception: null (empty) replacement strings are allowed.
This clause is optional. If you use this clause, you need to code the OPTIONS UPDATE ELEMENTS
clause (see Options Clauses in this chapter) in order to have the search string replaced and the
element(s) updated. Otherwise, the utility runs in search-only mode (and may, depending on
what is coded in the execution JCL, generate SCL statements).
If the replacement string is identical to the search string, no elements are searched and an error
message is issued.

BOUNDS [ARE] [COLUMNS] . . . [TO] . . .

Identifies--in conjunction with the IN COLUMNS values, if coded--the columns in which the utility
looks for the search string. This clause is optional.
If you use this clause, the left-column and right-column values must be within the range of the
element type COMPARE FROM and COMPARE TO columns (inclusive). Otherwise, you receive an
error message.
If you do not enter column values, the utility defaults to FIRST and LAST, which reflect the
COMPARE FROM and COMPARE TO values of the type associated with the element.
You can enter the following in this clause:

left-column or FIRST, to indicate the first column (inclusive) of the compare range. The utility
uses this value if you do not specify an explicit IN COLUMNS from-column value. If you do not
enter a left-column value, the utility defaults to FIRST.

right-column or LAST, to indicate the last column that can be modified in the range. If you do
not enter a right-column value, the utility defaults to LAST.

Where Clauses
WHERE clauses provide additional element selection criteria. The search is limited to only those
elements whose CCID or processor group match the entry in the SEARCH ELEMENT request. WHERE
clauses are optional and are described as follows:

WHERE CCID OF . . . EQ . . .
Specifies the CCID that must be associated with the element in order for the utility to search the
element. The CCID can be from 1-12 characters in length, and can be explicit, partially wildcarded,
or fully wildcarded. Note that coding a fully wildcarded CCID produces the same result as not
coding this clause or coding WHERE CCID OF ANY--all elements are selected no matter what the
CCID is.
You can provide a list of CCIDs; enclose the list in parentheses. The CCID associated with the
element must match at least one CCID in the list to be selected for processing. The utility checks
only the current MCF for the CCID.
You can limit the search to only those elements whose base, generate, last action, or retrieve

CCID match the CCID specified in the request. Again, the utility checks only the current MCF

04-May-2018 944/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CCID match the CCID specified in the request. Again, the utility checks only the current MCF
record.
If you use WHERE CCID OF ANY, all of the above CCID fields in the current MCF record are
examined.

WHERE PROCESSOR GROUP EQ . . .

Specifies the processor group that must be associated with the element in order for the utility to
search the element. The processor group name can be from 1-8 characters in length, and can be
explicit, partially wildcarded, or fully wildcarded. Note that coding a fully wildcarded processor
group name produces the same result as not coding this clause--all elements are selected no
matter what the processor group is.
You can provide a list of processor groups; enclose the list in parentheses. The processor group
associated with the element must match at least one of the processor groups in the list to be
selected for processing.

Option Clauses
OPTION clauses allow you to further qualify your request. You can specify none, one, or more than
one option. You need to code the word OPTION only once. Option clauses are described next:

CCID [EQ] ccid

Specifies the CCID to be associated with the element when the element is added (or updated)
back into CA Endevor® SCM. This CCID is assigned to the last action CCID and the generate CCID.
The CCID can be from 1-12 characters in length, and must be explicit.
This clause is optional except under the following condition: the element's system record requires
that a CCID be coded and you code the REPLACE WITH clause in the request.

COMMENT [EQ] comment

Specifies the comment to be associated with the element when the element is added (or
updated) back into CA Endevor® SCM.
The comment can be from 1-40 characters in length. If the comment contains imbedded spaces
or punctuation marks, the text must be enclosed by string delimiters.
This clause is optional except under the following condition: the element's system record requires
that a comment be coded and you code the REPLACE WITH clause in the request.

BYPASS GENERATE PROCESSOR

Indicates that the generate processor is not to be executed when the element is added back into
CA Endevor® SCM. By default, the generate processor is invoked whenever an element is added
back into CA Endevor® SCM.
This clause applies only if you code the REPLACE WITH clause.

PROCESSOR GROUP EQ group-name

Assigns a processor group to the element when the element is added back into CA Endevor® SCM.
The processor group named must exist at the entry stage of the environment.
The processor group can be from 1-8 characters in length, and must be explicit. This clause
applies only if you code the REPLACE WITH clause.

04-May-2018 945/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

OVERRIDE SIGNOUT
If the element is signed out to someone else, override signout must be used and the
corresponding authority granted.
You will not get the signout of the element that is fetched. However, the element that is put in
the entry stage will be signed out to you.
This clause applies only if you code the REPLACE WITH clause.

SEARCH ENVIRONMENT {MAP | ONLY}

Specifies whether the utility will search beyond the entry stage of the designated environment:

SEARCH ENVIRONMENT MAP indicates that the utility is to search the environment map for
the element if the element is not found at the entry stage of the specified environment.

SEARCH ENVIRONMENT ONLY indicates that the utility is to search only the environment
specified in the SEARCH ELEMENT request. The utility can search both stages of the
environment, but not the other environments in the map.

If this clause is not coded, the utility searches only the entry stage of the specified environment.
This is the default.

[DATA] TRUNCATION [IS] {PROHIBITED | PERMITTED}

Indicates whether data truncation will take place during string substitution:

Code DATA TRUNCATION IS PROHIBITED to prevent data in an element record from being
truncated. This is the default. An error message is returned if text replacement would have
resulted in data truncation.

Code DATA TRUNCATION IS PERMITTED to allow data in an element record to be truncated.

Caution messages are issued in this situation.

LIST DETAILS
Indicates that you want to list, on the Search and Replace Utility Execution Report, each line (or a
portion of the line, up to 90 bytes of data) of text containing the search string. The lines are
printed as they are encountered during execution of the request. If the request contains a
replacement string, the updated line is also printed.
If this clause is not coded, the text of each line containing the text string is not printed in the
execution report. Each element searched, along with the number of matches found in that
element (0 to 99999), is printed to the execution and summary report, regardless of the LIST
DETAILS option setting.

UPDATE [ELEMENTS]
Indicates that the utility is operating in replacement mode. That is, as appropriate, the utility
replaces the search string with the replacement string and updates the element. (For more
information, see Replacement Mode in this chapter.)
If this clause is coded, you need to code the REPLACE WITH clause if you want to replace the
search string and update the element(s). Otherwise, the utility runs in search-only mode.
If this clause is not coded, the utility operates in search-only mode.

04-May-2018 946/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Text Replacement
The replacement text string may be equal to, longer, or shorter than the search string. A longer or
shorter search string causes data to be shifted to the right or left and blank spaces to be consumed or
inserted. The size of the replacement string does not affect the record length, however, except under
the following conditions:

The record has a variable length.

Extending the record length is required to insert the replacement string.

The extended length will not exceed the maximum length permitted for the element.

The data record is always padded to its original length.

Note: The search string and the replacement string are case-sensitive.

Compare Column Ranges

By default, the Search and Replace utility searches for the search string in the compare column range
associated with the element type definition. You can override the type definition values, however, by
specifying values in the IN COLUMNS clause or the BOUNDS ARE clause (or in both) in the SEARCH
ELEMENT request.

The BOUNDS ARE clause, used in conjunction with the IN COLUMNS clause, restricts the range of data
that is searched and the range of data that may be affected by a change.

When both the IN COLUMNS and BOUNDS ARE clauses are specified, the utility uses the higher of
the IN COLUMNS to-column and the BOUNDS ARE right-column to set the rightmost column that
may be affected by data shifting.

When the IN COLUMNS clause is specified, the search for the search string is limited to the
columns indicated.

When the IN COLUMNS clause is not specified, the utility uses the values specified or implied by
the BOUNDS ARE values.

When the BOUNDS ARE right-column is greater than the IN COLUMNS to-column, data between
the to-column and the right-column is usually not changed. The data may be shifted either left or
right, depending upon the length of the replacement string. If shifted to the left, the data might
be moved into the compare column range. The data then becomes subject to change, as all or
part of it could be searched and, possibly, replaced.
If the replacement string is larger than the search string and data truncation is allowed, some of
the “in-between” data may be truncated.

04-May-2018 947/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

IN COLUMNS Rules
If you use the IN COLUMNS clause, you must follow the rules listed as follows:

The IN COLUMNS values must be in the range 1 through 32,000, inclusive.

The IN COLUMNS from-column value must be less than or equal to the to-column value.

The IN COLUMNS to-column value must be less than or equal to the source element length
associated with the element type record.

The IN COLUMNS from-column and to-column values must be included in the range of FIRST to
LAST, respectively. That is, the values must be within the element type COMPARE FROM and
COMPARE TO values, inclusively.

If only a single column number is specified, the utility assumes it represents the from-column
value. The to-column is calculated as the from-column plus the size of the search string less 1.

If only the to-column is specified, the from-column value is assumed to be the left-column value
specified or implied in the BOUNDS ARE clause.If both from-column and to-column are omitted,
they adopt the values specified or implied by the BOUNDS ARE clause.

BOUNDS ARE Rules

The rules for IN COLUMNS also apply to the BOUNDS ARE clause, with the following exceptions:

If only a single column number is specified in the BOUNDS ARE clause, the utility assumes it
represents the left-column of the range.

If the left-column value is omitted from the BOUNDS ARE clause, the utility defaults to FIRST.
FIRST reflects the COMPARE FROM value of the element type.

If the right-column value is omitted from the BOUNDS ARE clause, the utility defaults to LAST.
LAST reflects the COMPARE TO value of the element type.

If the BOUNDS ARE left-column does not fall within the IN COLUMNS from-column--to-column
range, the IN COLUMNS from-column (or the first column of the element type's compare column
range) is used as the beginning column for the search and replace operation.

Shorter Replacement String

When the replacement text string is smaller than the original search string, the original string is
replaced and blanks are inserted into the record as follows:

If no blanks appear between the search string and the rightmost column of the modifiable range,
data up to and including that rightmost column is shifted left. Blanks are inserted at the rightmost
column of the modifiable range.

04-May-2018 948/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If at least one blank occurs between the text and the rightmost column of the modifiable range
but there are no repeating blanks within this range of data, blanks are inserted at the last blank
within the range. The data preceding that blank is shifted to the left.

If the data between the search string and the rightmost column of the modifiable range contains
at least two consecutive blanks, additional blanks are inserted at the first occurrence of the
repeating blank characters.

Shorter Replacement String Example

The following example illustrates replacement with a text string shorter than the original search
string. The x represents a blank space.
BOUNDS ARE; 1 and 12
IN COLUMNS: 3 and 10
           +----1----+----2
Original text:    AABBBCCCCDDDDDEEExxx
Search string:    BBB
Compare range:    3-10
Replacement string: EE
Updated text:    AAEECCCCDDDxDDEEExxx

The modifiable range in this example is 3 through 12. A blank is inserted at column 12 to
accommodate for the shorter replacement string. The remaining portion of the original text is not
modified at all, as it is outside the range defined.

Longer Replacement String

When the replacement text string is larger than the original string, the search string is replaced and
blanks are consumed as follows:

Data from the original string to the rightmost column of the modifiable range is searched from
left to right. All repeating blank characters are consumed as required to perform the substitution.
When the appropriate number of blanks have been consumed, the data between the end of the
text string and the rightmost column of the modifiable range is shifted to the right and the
replacement string is inserted into the record.

If there are not enough extra blank characters and data truncation is permitted (specified in the
request), the utility performs data truncation. The data at the rightmost column of the modifiable
range is deleted, as necessary, to provide space for the replacement string. The utility issues a
cautionary message and continues processing the element.
If there are not enough blank spaces for the replacement string and data truncation is prohibited,
the utility does the following:
Generates an error message.

Displays the data for the element on the Search and Replace Utility Execution Report.

Continues to search the element for other search and replace operations.

Does not update the element.

04-May-2018 949/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Longer Replacement String Examples

The following examples illustrate text replacement with a string longer than the original search string.
The x represents a blank space.

Example 1
BOUNDS ARE: 1 and 26
IN COLUMNS: 3 and 10
           +----1----+----2...
Original text:    AABBBCCCCDDDDDxxx
Search string:    BBB
Compare range:    3-10
Replacement string: EEEEEE
Updated text:    AAEEEEEECCCCDDDDD

The modifiable range in this example is 3 through 26. The replacement string fits within the compare
columns and is only three characters longer than the search text. Consequently, the three blanks at
the end of the original text are consumed by the replacement string as the data shifts to the right.

Example 2
BOUNDS ARE: 1 and 10
IN COLUMNS: 3 and 10
            +----1----+----2...
Original text:     AABBBCCCCDDDDDxxx
Search string:     BBB
Compare range:     3-10
Replacement string:  EEEEEE
Truncation permitted: AAEEEEEECDDDDDxxx
Truncation prohibited: Error

The modifiable range in this example is 3 through 10. The replacement string is too long to replace
only the search string within the modifiable range. If truncation is permitted, the utility replaces the
search string, and the characters following the search string up through column 10, with the
replacement string. The remainder of the original text, starting in column 11, is not modified.

If truncation is not permitted, you receive an error message and processing stops for this element.

Example 3
BOUNDS ARE: 1 and 23
IN COLUMNS: 3 and 10
           +----1----+----2...
Original text:    AABBBxxCCxxDDDDxxxGGG
Search string:    BBB
Compare range:    3-10
Replacement string: EEEEEEE
Updated text:    AAEEEEEEExCCxDDDDxGGG

The modifiable range in this example is 3 through 23. The replacement string can replace the search
string and shift data to the right, within the modifiable range. Repeating blanks are consumed in such
a way as to shift the remainder of the original string to the right--the replacement string is four
characters longer than the search string so four blanks were consumed.

04-May-2018 950/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Multiple Occurrences of the Search String

The data record may contain multiple occurrences of the search string. The scan for subsequent
appearances of the string begins immediately after the last character of the replacement string in the
modified record. See the following example:
Original text:    ABCBE
Search string:    B
Replacement string: QQ
Updated text:    AQQCBE
Final result:    AQQCQQE

The first occurrence of B is replaced by QQ. The utility begins its search for the next appearance of B
after the second Q in the text string.

Note: The results of search and replace with multiple occurrences of the search string may
not be what you expect, due to data being shifted into and out of the compare column
range by replacement strings.

If you had a compare column range of 1-4 in the previous example, the utility would not replace the
second occurrence of B, because the search string is now outside the specified column range.
Similarly, if a replacement string is shorter than the search string, data may move into the compare
column range that would not otherwise be included in the search.

Search and Replace Utility Reports

The Search and Replace utility generates three reports as part of its normal processing:

Control Statement Summary

Shows the control statements that were provided in the ENSSCLIN DD statement and identifies
any parser or statement validation errors.

Execution Report
Contains information about the execution of each request.

Summary Report
Summarizes each request processed. The summary indicates the element name, the return code,
the number of matches found, the location where the match was found, and the location where
the element was added (updated) back into CA Endevor® SCM.

These reports are written to the ENSMSGS1 DD statement.

04-May-2018 951/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Search and Replace Control Statement Summary Report

The Search and Replace Control Statement Summary Report shows the control statements coded in
the ENSSCLIN DD statement, and whether there are any parser and validation errors.

Search and Replace Utility Execution Report

The column ruler is printed once for each element containing a search string. The ruler may be
reprinted if a subsequent search string is found in the element but cannot be displayed using the
column ruler shown; for example, the starting column number is not valid for the second search
string. In this situation, a new ruler, with the appropriate starting column number, is printed for the
element.

Search and Replace Utility Summary Report

The Search and Replace Utility Summary Report provides the following information for each request
processed:

Statement Number
The statement number associated with a SEARCH ELEMENT request.
If the SEARCH ELEMENT request contains multiple FOR TEXT clauses and at least one search string
was found in the element, multiple report lines are generated for the element. The first line
provides the element information, and lists the total number of matches found. Each additional
line for the element (numbered nn.1, nn.2...nn.x, for x number of FOR TEXT clauses) lists the
number of matches found for a specific FOR TEXT clause.

Page Number
The page number on the Search and Replace Utility Execution Report at which processing for the
element began.

Element
The name of the CA Endevor® SCM element that was processed.

Return Code
The return code associated with the element's SEARCH ELEMENT request.

Lines Searched
The number of times the FOR TEXT clauses are searched for the FOR TEXT string.

Matches Found
The number of times the FOR TEXT strings were found. This value represents the actual number
of occurrences, not the number of lines that contain the search string.

Location Where Found

The inventory location from which the element was retrieved.

04-May-2018 952/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Location of Add/Update Operation

The inventory location to which the element was added or updated. This field is blank if the
element did not contain the search string or if the utility is running in search-only mode.

Text Search and Replace Usage Scenarios

This section contains usage scenarios to show you how the Search and Replace utility performs in
various situations. Three scenarios are presented:

Scenario 1--A simple search without any options.

Scenario 2--A simple search with replacement text, in search-only mode.

Scenario 3--A search in replacement mode, using the SEARCH ENVIRONMENT MAP feature,
multiple FOR TEXT clauses, and the BOUNDS ARE parameter.

Three elements constitute the sample elements for demonstrating the effects of the SEARCH
ELEMENT SCL statement and its optional parameters. The sample elements each represent a
different type: C source code (type C), COBOL source code (type COB), and text (type TXT). To
highlight the SEARCH ENVIRONMENT option, the type C and type COBOL elements are stored in
Stages A and B, respectively, in the first environment. The type TXT element is stored at Stage D of
the second environment. Stage A in this example is the entry stage for the first environment. Entry
stages are defined through the C1DEFLTS environment table.

When the OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT clause is not coded, the utility searches only Stage A
of the first environment. This happens in Scenario 1.

When the OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT ONLY clause is specified, the utility searches both
Stages A and B of the first environment. This happens in Scenario 2.

When the OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT MAP clause is specified, the entire map is searched.
This happens in Scenario 3.

Test Elements
The utility is executed against three elements:

HELLO.C, which is a C program

HELLO.COB, which is a COBOL program

HELLO.TXT, which is a text file that further explains (sets) the scene

The elements are shown in the following sections.

The results of the search depend upon the attributes of each element as well as the information
provided in the SEARCH ELEMENT request.

04-May-2018 953/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

HELLO.C Element
Element HELLO.C
#include <stdio.h>

void main()
{
  printf("Hello, world!\n");     /* print 'Hello' message */
}

HELLO.COB Element
Element HELLO.COB
000100 ID DIVISION.
000200 PROGRAM-ID.   HELLO.
000300 AUTHOR.       DEVELOPMENT.
000400 INSTALLATION.  CA.
000500 DATE-WRITTEN.  FEBRUARY 14, 1994.
000600 DATE-COMPILED.
000700*************************************************************
000800*  TRIVIAL PROGRAM TO DISPLAY 'HELLO' MESSAGE               *
000900*************************************************************
001000 SKIP3
001100 ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
001200 CONFIGURATION SECTION.
001300 SOURCE-COMPUTER. IBM.
001400 OBJECT-COMPUTER. IBM.
001500 INPUT-OUTPUT SECTION.
001600 FILE-CONTROL.
001700**************
001800 DATA DIVISION.
001900**************
002000************************************************
002100 FILE SECTION.
002200************************************************
002300************************************************
002400 WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
002500************************
003000**************************************************************
003100**************************************************************
003200*******************
003300 PROCEDURE DIVISION.
003400*******************
003500   SKIP1
003900   DISPLAY 'HELLO, WORLD!'
004500   GOBACK.

HELLO.TXT Element
Element HELLO.TXT
Three elements, all named HELLO, comprise the sample elements for
demonstrating the effects of the SEARCH ELEMENT SCL statement and
its optional parameters. The sample elements are of type C, COB and
TXT representing C source code, COBOL source code and this text
document. To further highlight the SEARCH ENVIRONMENT option, the
type C and COBOL elements will be stored in stages A and B,
respectively, in the first environment and the type TXT element
will be stored at stage D of the second environment; the environment
mapping and the element location established for the sample reports
is as follows:

04-May-2018 954/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

          +--------+     +-----------------------------+
          |        |     |                             |
          |        V     |                             V
  +------------+------------+       +-------------------------+
  |    STAGE A | STAGE B    |       |    STAGE C | STAGE D    |
  +------------+------------+       +------------+------------+
  | SYS: SYS2  |            |       |            |            |
  | SBS: BASE  |            |       |            |            |
  | TYP: C     |            |       |            |            |
  | ELM: HELLO |            |       |            |            |
  |            |  SYS: SYS2 |       |            |            |
  |            |  SBS: BASE |       |            |            |
  |            |  TYP: COB  |       |            |            |
  |            |  ELM: HELLO|       |            |            |
  |            |            |       |            |  SYS:SYS2  |
  |            |            |       |            |  SBS:BASE  |
  |            |            |       |            |  TYP:TXT   |
  |            |            |       |            |  ELM:HELLO |
  +------------+------------+       +------------+------------+
     Environment: BATCHEN2             Environment: BATCHEN3

When OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT is omitted, only stage A, the entry
stage of the environment, is searched. When OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT
ONLY is specified, both stages A and B are searched, because A is the
entry stage.
(Note: If B is the entry stage, only B is searched.)

Finally, when OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT MAP is specified, the entire
map is searched. In all cases, the first occurrence of an element is
processed.

Scenario 1 Simple Search in Search-Only Mode

Scenario 1 is a simple search and demonstrates what happens when the SEARCH ELEMENT request
contains no options, including the SEARCH ENVIRONMENT option. When the SEARCH ENVIRONMENT
option is omitted, the utility searches only the entry stage of the specified environment. In this
scenario, then, the utility searches only Stage A of environment BATCHEN2.

Simple Search SCL

The SCL for this request is shown here:
SEARCH ELEMENT HELLO
 FROM ENVIRONMENT BATCHEN2
      SYSTEM SYS2
     SUBSYSTEM BASE
       TYPE *
 FOR TEXT 'i'

Simple Search Output

The output from processing this request appears in the following sections.

The Search and Replace Control Statement Summary Report

No syntax or validation errors occurred. Processing continues for this request.

04-May-2018 955/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Search and Replace Utility Execution Report

Only one element--HELLO.C--is searched for matches. The utility finds six matches for the FOR TEXT
string in this element.

As mentioned above, the Search and Replace utility found 6 matches of the FOR TEXT string. The
location in which the matches were found is listed.

Note that there is no entry in the LOCATION OF ADD/UPDATE OPERATION field. This is because the
utility is operating in search-only mode. The element is not changed and not updated.

Scenario 2 Simple Search with Replace in Search-Only Mode

Scenario 2 is a simple search with replacement in search-only mode, demonstrating what happens in
two situations:

You do not code the OPTIONS UPDATE ELEMENTS clause, but you do include a replacement string
in the SCL.
In this scenario, assume the ENSSCLOT DD statement has been allocated in the execution JCL.
SEARCH ELEMENT SCL is generated for the element containing the search string.

You code OPTIONS SEARCH ENVIRONMENT ONLY.

In this scenario, the utility searches both Stage A and Stage B of environment BATCHEN2.

Simple Search with Replace Mode SCL

The SCL for this request is shown here:
SEARCH ELEMENT HELLO
 FROM ENVIRONMENT BATCHEN2
      SYSTEM SYS2
     SUBSYSTEM BASE
       TYPE *
 FOR TEXT 'i'
   REPLACE WITH '<i>'
 OPTIONS CCID = "CCID-99"
     COMMENT = "Test scenario number 2"
     SEARCH ENVIRONMENT ONLY
     LIST DETAILS.

Simple Search with Replace Output

The utility generates SCL for any elements containing the search string, because a replacement string
was provided in the SEARCH ELEMENT request and the ENSSCLOT DD statement was allocated. This
SCL can be used as input when you run the utility again.

The utility also produces syntax, execution, and summary reports.

No syntax or validation errors occurred. Processing continues for this request.

The utility searched two elements, HELLO.C and HELLO.COB, but only element HELLO.C contains a
match for the search string. Element HELLO.COB does contain the letter I, but not in lowercase
format. Because the search string is case-sensitive, the utility does not consider the text a match.

The Search and Replace utility found three matches in element HELLO.C and no matches in HELLO.

04-May-2018 956/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The Search and Replace utility found three matches in element HELLO.C and no matches in HELLO.
COB. The report lists the location where both elements were found. Note that the utility searched
both Stage A and Stage B of environment BATCHEN2.

There is an entry in the LOCATION OF ADD/UPDATE OPERATION field, for element HELLO.C. This
entry is for reference purposes only. The element is not modified and added or updated back into CA
Endevor® SCM because the OPTIONS UPDATE ELEMENTS clause was not coded in the SEARCH
ELEMENT request. The entry is provided to let you know what location will be affected should you
decide to update the element with the replacement string.

The generated SCL statement is shown here:

SEARCH ELEMENT 'HELLO'
 FROM ENVIRONMENT 'BATCHEN2'
    SYSTEM 'SYS2'
    SUBSYSTEM 'BASE'
    TYPE 'C'
 FOR TEXT 'i'
   REPLACE WITH TEXT '<i>'
 OPTIONS CCID = 'CCID-99'
     COMMENT = 'Test scenario number 2'
     SEARCH ENVIRONMENT ONLY
     DATA TRUNCATION IS PROHIBITED
     LIST DETAILS
     UPDATE ELEMENTS
.

Scenario 3 Search Environment Map, Replace, and Update

Scenario 3 is a search and replace operation, with several options coded to limit the search. This
scenario demonstrates processing with the following:

The SEARCH ENVIRONMENT MAP feature

Multiple FOR TEXT clauses

The BOUNDS ARE clause (for one FOR TEXT clause)

The WHERE CCID clause

The LIST DETAILS clause

Search Environment Map SCL

The SCL for this request is shown here:
SEARCH ELEMENT HELLO
 FROM ENVIRONMENT BATCHEN2
      SYSTEM SYS2
     SUBSYSTEM BASE
       TYPE *
 FOR TEXT 'i' REPLACE WITH '*'
 FOR TEXT 'T' REPLACE WITH TEXT '$'  BOUNDS ARE 1 TO LAST
 WHERE CCID = 'CCID-02'
 OPTIONS CCID = "CCID-99"
     COMMENT = "Test scenario number 3"
     SEARCH ENVIRONMENT MAP
     LIST DETAILS
     UPDATE ELEMENTS.

04-May-2018 957/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BOUNDS ARE is set to BOUNDS ARE 1 TO LAST to demonstrate type compare column checking in
relation to the SCL statements.

WHERE CCID limits the search to those elements whose CCID is CCID-02.

The CCID and comment provided in the OPTIONS clause are assigned to the element when it is added
(updated) back into CA Endevor® SCM.

LIST DETAILS tells the utility to print the original line of text where the search string is found and the
line of text after the string is replaced.

UPDATE ELEMENTS indicates that the element is to be added or updated into CA Endevor® SCM after
the text string is replaced.

Search Environment Map Output

The output from processing this request is shown next. Along with the syntax, execution, and
summary reports is a copy of the updated element.

No syntax or validation errors occurred. Processing continues for this request.

The utility searched only one element--HELLO.TXT. The element was found up the map, in Stage D of
BATCHEN3. Substitution was performed, as appropriate, for each FOR TEXT clause.

Note message ENBS048E (immediately after the SCL request). A matching element was found in
Stage A of environment BATCHEN2, but the column values specified in the SEARCH ELEMENT request
are outside the compare column values for the element. This is why only one element was searched.

Note the information message lines ENBS016I and ENBS017I. ENBS016I lines present the original line
of text containing the search string. ENBS017I lines show the line of text after the search string has
been replaced.

A processing code of 12 was returned for the request. The utility processes a request as long as the
return code does not exceed 12.

The Search and Replace utility found a total of 66 matches for the search strings in the SEARCH
ELEMENT request. All information for the element is presented on the first line for Statement 1.
Statement line 1.1 indicates the number of matches found for the first FOR TEXT clause. Statement
line 1.2 indicates the number of matches found for the second FOR TEXT clause.

Although the element was found in Stage D of environment BATCHEN3, it is added into CA Endevor®
SCM at the entry stage (Stage A) of the base environment (BATCHEN2).

The result of the replace operation on element HELLO.TXT:

Three elements, all named HELLO, compr*se the sample elements for
demonstrat*ng the effects of the SEARCH ELEMEN$S SCL statement and
*ts opt*onal parameters. $he sample elements are of type C, COB and
$X$ represent*ng C source code, COBOL source code and th*s text
document. $o further h*ghl*ght the SEARCH ENVIRONMEN$ opt*on, the
type C and COBOL elements w*ll be stored *n stages A and B,
respect*vely, *n the f*rst env*ronment and the type $X$ element w*ll
be stored at stage D of the second env*ronment; the env*ronment
mapp*ng and the element locat*on establ*shed for the
sample reports *s as follows:

        +--------+    +---------------------------------+

04-May-2018 958/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

        +--------+    +---------------------------------+
        |        |    |                                 |
        |        V    |                                 V
  +------------+------------+       +-----------------------+
  | S$AGE A    | S$AGE B    |       | S$AGE C    | S$AGE D  |
  +------------+------------+       +------------+----------+
  | SYS: SYS2  |            |       |            |          |
  | SBS: BASE  |            |       |            |          |
  | $YP: C     |            |       |            |          |
  | ELM: HELLO |            |       |            |          |
  |            | SYS: SYS2  |       |            |          |
  |            | SBS: BASE  |       |            |          |
  |            | $YP: COB   |       |            |          |
  |            | ELM: HELLO |       |            |          |
  |            |            |       |            |SYS: SYS2 |
  |            |            |       |            |SBS: BASE |
  |            |            |       |            |$YP: $X$  |
  |            |            |       |            |ELM: HELLO|
  +------------+------------+       +------------+----------+
   Env*ronment: BA$CHEN2          Env*ronment: BA$CHEN3
When OP$IONS SEARCH ENVIRONMEN$ *s om*tted, only the entry stage of

the env*ronment, *s searched. When OP$IONS SEARCH ENVIRONMEN$ ONLY *s
spec*f*ed, both stages A and B of the entry env*ronment are searched.
F*nally, when OP$IONS SEARCH ENVIRONMEN$ MAP *s spec*f*ed, the ent*re
map *s searched. In all cases, the f*rst occurrence of an element
*s processed.

Update Output Data Set Name in Component List

You can use the Search and Replace utility to update an element's component list to change the
output data set name. This allows you to update the data set name to reflect the current location of
the output, which became outdated when the element was moved and not regenerated. This data is
updated in place. For example, if the element is at stage 2, it is not fetched back to stage 1, which
would be done if the utility was used to update element source.

You might want to use this option to address problems that can occur when the component data
contains out of date information. For example, an error occurs when using LL (List Listing) from the
Quick Edit or List Element panels for an element that was moved but not regenerated. In that case,
the component data points to the list lib used when the element was last generated, not to the
current list lib in which the listing resides. This causes the LL to fail because the member is no longer
present in that library. The same problem can exist for other output libraries (such as LOADLIBs) and
automated CONDELE with 'PARM=*COMPONENTS'.

Any user with ESI security move authority for the element is authorized to update the component
data at stage 2, if it is a non-entry stage. Any user with ESI security update authority for the element
is authorized to update the component data at stage 1, even if stage 1 is a non-entry stage. As with
element source changes, a history of component data changes is maintained. Therefore, a user can
see who changed output component data and when the change was made.

The JCL used to execute this utility can be found in member ENBSRPL1, in the JCL library iprfx.iqual.
CSIQJCL. To specify the changes you want, you need to code an SCL statement in the JCL. The SCL
specifies what component lists will be searched, what data set names will be searched for, and what
data set names they will be replaced with.

In addition to replacement mode, you have the option to run the utility in validate mode to ensure
the SCL is properly coded, or in search-only mode, which produces a report showing the component
lists that include the data set names that are the object of your search.

Follow these steps:

04-May-2018 959/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

1. Add a valid job card at the front of the ENBSRPL1 job stream.

2. Change the data set names and other variables in the JCL to the appropriate values for your
installation.

3. Code a Search Element Component List statement in the JCL's ENSSCLIN DD statement, as
appropriate for the action you want to perform.
To search for and replace a data set name, code the For clause and the Replace With clause
and run the utility in the replacement mode by including the Options clause with the Update
option. To search for and replace more than one data set name, you can include multiple
combinations of the For clause and Replace With clause in one Search Element Component
List statement.

Note: Before you update the component list, you may want to produce a report
that lists the data sets found by the search. To produce a report instead of updating
the component list, make sure that your SCL does not include the Update option on
the Options clause. To produce a report, code at least the required keywords and
variables of the Search Element Component List statement, which includes
specifying the complete location of the element and the FOR clause to specify the
data set you are searching for. However, do not include the Options clause Update
option. To search for more than one data set name, you can include more than one
For clause in one Search Element Component List statement.

The SCL statement you code is used to specify what action the utility performs.

4. (Optional) Add the validate parameter in the execution JCL after the PARM=ENBS1000
statement:
PARM='ENBS1000VALIDATE'

You can abbreviate VALIDATE in the parameter, using any of the following entries: V, VA, VAL,
VALID, VALIDA, or VALIDAT
The utility will operate in validate mode.

5. Execute the Search and Replace utility.

The results of the Search and Replace utility depend on the how you coded the Search
Element Component List statement and whether you included the validate parameter on the
execution JCL.

If you specified the validate parameter, then the utility parses and verifies all the requests
in the generated SCL statements for proper syntax, but does not execute the requests
even if no syntax or validation errors are found. If no errors are found, the SCL statements
are formatted, but processing stops after validation. The SCL actions are not performed.
Errors other than syntax errors are not noted at this time.

If you did not specify the validate parameter, then the utility parses and validates all the
requests before processing them. If the parser or validation routine detects an error, the
utility will not execute any of the statements. The parsing routine attempts to parse all of
the control statements before terminating. If no errors are found, then the SCL action is
performed.

04-May-2018 960/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If the SCL does not include the Update option, then a report is produced.

If the SCL does include the Update option, then the component list's output data set
name that is the object of the search (as specified in the FOR clause) is replaced with
the data set name (specified in the Replace clause).

Search Element Component List

The Search Element Component List syntax for the Search and Replace utility, ENBSRPL1, is shown
next:
►►─ SEArch ELEment COMPonent LIST ─ element-name ─────────────────────────────►

►─ ──┬──────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────►
     └─┬─ THRough ─┬─ element-name ─┘
       └─ THRu ────┘

►─ FROm ─ ENVironment ─ env-name ─ SYStem ─ sys-name ─────────────────────────►

►─ SUBsystem ─ subsys-name ─ TYPe ─ type-name ────────────────────────────────►

►─┬─ STAge ─ stage-id ────────────┬─ FOR ─┬─────────────────┬─ 'dsname' ──────►
  └─ STAge NUMber ─ stage-number ─┘       └─ OUTput DSName ─┘

►─┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────┬────────────────────────►
  └─ REPlace WITh ─┬────────────────────┬─ 'dsname' ─┘
                   └─ OUTput DSName ────┘

►─┬──────────────────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────────────►
  └─ WHEre ─ ¤ ─┬──────────┬─ ¤ ─┘
                ├─┤ CCID ├─┤
                └─┤ PRO ├──┘

►─┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─ . ───────────────────┤
  └─ OPTion ─ ¤ ─┬──────────────────────────────┬─ ¤ ─┘
                 ├─ CCId ─┬──────┬─ ccid ───────┤
                 │        ├─ EQ ─┤              │
                 │        └─ = ──┘              │
                 ├─ COMment ─┬──────┬─ comment ─┤
                 │           ├─ EQ ─┤           │
                 │           └─ = ──┘           │
                 ├─ LISt DETails ───────────────┤
                 └─ UPDate ─┬───────────┬───────┘
                            └─ ELEment ─┘

Expansion of CCID
                                                  ┌─ , ────┐
├── CCId ─┬──────────────────────┬──┬─ EQ ─┬── ( ─▼─ ccid ─┴─ ) ──────────────┤
          └─ OF ─┬─ ANY ◄ ───────┤  └─ = ──┘
                 ├─ BASe ────────┤
                 ├─ GENerate ────┤
                 ├─ LASt ACTion ─┤
                 └─ RETrieve ────┘

Expansion of PRO
                                  ┌─── , ────────┐
├── PROCessor GROup ─┬─ EQ ─┬─ (─ ▼─ group name ─┴─ ) ─────────────────────────┤
                     └─ = ──┘

Parameters

This action uses the following parameters:

SEArch ELEment COMPonent LISt element

Specifies one or more element component lists to be searched.

THRough element

04-May-2018 961/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

THRu element
(Optional) Indicates that a range of elements are to be searched, up to and including the
element named in this clause. The element in the Search Element Component List clause
specifies the first element in the range.

FROM
Identifies the inventory location from which the search begins. You must use the keywords
environment, system, subsystem, type, and either the stage or the stage number.

ENVironment env-name
Identifies the environment. The environment must be fully specified, you cannot use a name
mask.

SYStem sys-name
Identifies the system. You can fully specify the name or use name mask.

SUBsystem subsys-name
Identifies the subsytem. You can fully specify the name or use name mask.

TYPe type-name
Identifies the type. You can fully specify the name or use name mask.

STAge stage-id

STAge NUMber stage-number

Identifies the stage. You can use either the stage or the stage number, but not both. You must
fully specify the stage or the stage number; name masking is not allowed. This value is the
stage at which the element exists. Component data will be updated in place, that is there will
be no copy back from stage 2 to stage 1.

FOR dsname

FOR OUTput DSName dsname

Identifies the name of the data set that is the object of the search. You can specify FOR dsname or
FOR OUTput DSName dsname; the OUTput DSName keyword is optional. Name masking is not
allowed.

REPlace WITh dsname

REPlace WITh OUTput DSnam dsname

(Optional) Specifies a data set name to replace the data set name identified in the FOR clause.
You can specify REPlace WIth dsname or REPlace WIth OUTput DSName dsname; the OUTput
DSName keyword is optional. The value must reference an existing data set name. Name masking
is not allowed.
If this option is not specified, then the utility will simply search for the output data set component
name identified in the For clause.
You can include more than one combination of For clause and Replace With clauses in a single
Search Element action. The data set specified in the For clause is replaced with the data set
specified in the immediately following Replace clause.
If an invalid data set name is specified or an uncataloged Replace With data set name is specified,
then none of the clauses will be processed.

04-May-2018 962/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

WHEre
(Optional) Specifies additional element selection criteria. Limits the search to only those elements
whose CCID or processors group match the specified value.

CCID OF ANY|BASe|GENerate|LASt ACTion|RETrieve EQ|= ccid

Specifies the CCID that must be associated with the element for the utility to search the
element. You can use either the keyword EQ or the equal symbol (=) in this clause.The ccid
value can be 1 to 12 characters. Name masking is allowed. If you fully wildcard the ccid value,
or you do not specify this clause, elements are selected regardless of their CCID.
You can specify a list of CCIDs, with each value separated by a comma and the entire list
enclosed in parentheses. For an element to be selected for processing, the CCID associated
with the element must match at least one CCID in the list. The utility checks only the current
MCF for the CCID.

OF ANY|BASe|GENerate|LASt ACTion|RETrieve
(Optional) Specifies where the matching CCID can be located to limit the search to only those
elements whose base, generate, last action, or retrieve CCID match the CCID specified in the
request.

ANY
(Optional) All CCIDs in the current MCF are searched. The default.

BASe
(Optional) All CCIDs in the current MCF associated with a base level element are searched.

GENerate
(Optional) All CCIDs in the current MCF associated with a generate action on an element are
searched.

LASt ACTion
(Optional) All CCIDs in the current MCF associated with the last action on an element are
searched.

RETrieve
(Optional) All CCIDs in the current MCF associated with a retrieve action on an element are
searched.

PROCessor GROup EQ|= group

Specifies a 1- to 8-character processor group that must be associated with the element in
order for the utility to search the element. Name masking is allowed. You can specify a list of
processor groups, with each value separated by a comma and the entire list enclosed in
parentheses. For an element to be selected for processing, the processor group associated
with the element must match at least one of the processor groups in the list.

OPTions
(Optional) The options clause allows you to further qualify your request. You can specify none,
one, or more than one option. The CCID and COMMENT options maybe required depending on
your element system record requirements. The Update Element option is required to run the
utility in replacement mode.

04-May-2018 963/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CCID EQ|= ccid

(Optional) Specifies the CCID to be associated with the element when the element is added
(or updated) back into CA Endevor® SCM. This CCID is assigned to the last action CCID and the
generate CCID. The CCID can be from 1 to12 characters in length, and must be explicit. This
clause is optional except under the following condition: the element's system record requires
that a CCID be coded and you code the REPLACE WITH clause in the request. It is optional to
include either the EQ keyword or the equal sign (=), neighther are required.

COMMENT EQ|= comment

(Optional) Specifies the comment to be associated with the element when the element is
added (or updated) back into CA Endevor® SCM. The comment can be from 1-40 characters in
length. If the comment contains imbedded spaces or punctuation marks, the text must be
enclosed by string delimiters. This clause is optional except under the following condition: the
element's system record requires that a comment be coded and you code the REPLACE WITH
clause in the request.

LISt DETails
(Optional) Indicates that you want to list, on the Search and Replace Utility Execution Report,
each output data set name component found and, if run in replace mode, each new output
data set name. Each element searched, along with the number of matches found in that
element (0 to 99999), is printed to the execution and summary report, regardless of the LIST
DETAILS option setting.

UPDate ELEment
(Optional) Indicates that the utility is operating in replacement mode. The utility replaces the
data set name specified in the For clause with the data set name specified in the Replace
clause. The utility operates in search-only mode, if either the Replace With clause or the
Update Element clause is not coded.

04-May-2018 964/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ELIB Data Sets

Contents

Data Sets (see page 965)

BC1PNLIB Utility (see page 966)
BC1PNLST Utility (see page 972)
BC1PNCPY Utility (see page 973)
How to Allocate and Initialize an ELIB Data Set (see page 975)
How to Expand ELIB Data Sets (see page 980)
How to Adjust ELIB Data Sets (see page 980)
How to Reorganize ELIB Directory Pages (see page 981)
How to Print ELIB Data Set Information (see page 982)
How to Print Target Directory Page Information (see page 983)
How to Print Data Set Analysis Information (see page 984)
How to Convert to or from ELIB Format (see page 985)

Data Sets
An Endevor LIB (ELIB) is a high-performance alternative to OS partitioned data sets under CA
Endevor® SCM. You can organize CA Endevor® SCM base, delta, and listing libraries as ELIB data sets.
Three concepts are important when working with ELIBs. These concepts are page size, record format,
and target directory page.

Page size:
Specifies the size of the control interval used by ELIB for storage. All blocking is internal to ELIB
and not available to operating system utilities. You cannot reblock an ELIB data set. If reblocking is
necessary, reallocate the data set and copy members into it.

Record format:
ELIB data sets store members in compressed format with the record length stored at the front of
each record. This format allows members of different record lengths to be stored in one ELIB data
set.

Target directory pages:

ELIB locates members by going directly to one of its directory pages. If enough directory pages are
allocated to avoid overflow, performance is enhanced.
ELIB data sets allow you to allocate more directory pages spontaneously, using the BC1PNLIB
utility.

CA Endevor® SCM provides three utilities for use when setting up and maintaining ELIB data sets. The
following lists these utilities and the purpose of each:

BC1PNLIB
Set up, maintain, and print information about ELIB data sets.

04-May-2018 965/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BC1PNLST
Print information about ELIB data sets.

BC1PNCPY
Copy library members from and to ELIB data sets, and to copy members from and to any CA
Endevor® SCM library format.

Note: The ELIB utilities BC1PNLIB, BC1PNCPY, and BC1PNLST cannot be executed within a
CA Endevor® SCM processor.

BC1PNLIB Utility
This utility lets you set up and maintain the ELIB data sets. It also lets you perform five actions against
ELIB data sets:

A Sample JCL to execute the BC1PNLIB ELIB utility is provided with the CA Endevor® SCM installation
files as member BC1JNLIB in the installation JCL library.

Initialize the space allocated to ELIB data sets.

Expand existing ELIB data sets.

Adjust space allocation in existing ELIB data sets.

Reorganize ELIB directories.

Print information about an ELIB data set, including:

Data set header information

Target directory page information

Data set member information

Data set analysis information

Initialize Function
This function of the BC1PNLIB utility initializes an ELIB data set. Space must have been allocated for
the library. The syntax for the INITIALIZE function of the BC1PNLIB utility is shown next:

04-May-2018 966/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Initialize Function Keywords--OTH

The following is a list of keywords used in the INITIALIZE syntax:

INITIALIZE
Indicates that you want the BC1PNLIB utility to initialize an ELIB data set. You must have allocated
space for this data set.

DDNAME
The DDname of the data set you want to initialize.

DSNAME
(Optional) Data set name for this ELIB data set. If you code the DSNAME statement, the system
validates the DSname in this statement against the DSname in the JCL.

TYPE
(Optional) Indicates whether this ELIB is a VSAM cluster or a BDAM data set. If you do not code a
TYPE statement, the BC1PNLIB utility reads this information from the JCL.

PAGE SIZE
(Optional) If you are using VSAM clusters, page size is system-defined by the IDCAMS utility as
eight bytes less than the control interval size.
If you are using BDAM data sets, page size equals block size. Block size is specified in the JCL. If
you also code a PAGE SIZE statement, the system validates it against the block size you have
specified in the JCL.
If you code a PAGE SIZE statement, the entry can have up to six numeric characters.

ALLOCATE PAGES
Determines number of pages in this ELIB data set. You can specify two numbers:

#-primary-pages
Indicates the number of pages initialized as primary storage for this ELIB data set.

04-May-2018 967/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

#-secondary-pages
Indicates number of pages initialized as secondary storage during each automatic expansion
of the ELIB data set.

If you do not want to assign a secondary allocation quantity, do not specify secondary pages.
The primary and the secondary entries can be up to six numeric characters.

RESERVE PAGES
(Optional) Determines when the system allocates a secondary storage block to this ELIB data set.
Expressed as a number of pages (up to six numeric characters). When this number of pages
remain unused within the current storage allocation, CA Endevor® SCM automatically attempts to
allocate a secondary storage block.

If you assign a RESERVE PAGES value, assign a value that is greater than the number of pages
you expect the largest data set member to take up. Very often, assigning a value equal to one
cylinder of storage is adequate.

If you omit this clause, the reserve threshold defaults to 1/16 of the number of pages
allocated to primary storage. For example, if the primary allocation is 400, the reserve
threshold defaults to 25 (400/16).

If you assign a value of 0, ELIB will not automatically expand. In this situation, once the
primary allocation is filled any attempts to store a new member fails until you manually
expand the library.

Note: If ELIB tries to expand the library and runs out of space, it automatically sets the
reserve threshold value to zero. For more information about resolving this problem, see
Expand or Compress ELIB Data Sets (see page 434).

DIRECTORY PAGES
(Optional) Number of target directory pages. The default allocation is 7 pages.
If you want to allocate a different number of target directory pages, enter that number (must be
greater than 7) in this statement. Can be up to six numeric characters.
When estimating the number of target directory pages bear in mind that:

Each directory member requires 84 bytes.

Each directory page has 32 bytes reserved.

This means that if your page size is 4096 bytes, a target directory page could hold [(4096-32)/84]
= 48 members.

Note: If a member is added and the directory page is full, the page overflows, eventually
degrading performance. To avoid overflow, allocate target directory pages so that
member directory information fills less than 50 percent of the available target directory
page space.

Example: Your target directory page size is 4096 bytes, and you want to store directory

04-May-2018 968/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example: Your target directory page size is 4096 bytes, and you want to store directory
information for approximately 24 members per page (half of the maximum of 48 members). If
you estimate that 1,000 members will reside in the data set, allocate the data set with 1,000/24 =
42 target directory pages.
If you omit this clause, the BC1PNLIB utility automatically calculates the number of pages within
the ELIB data set needed for its directory. It does this step by allocating enough target directory
pages to support one member per each four pages of the primary allocation.

DESTROY TO REUSE
(Optional) Code this statement only if you are re-initializing an ELIB data set.

Note: If you code this statement, all data in the existing data set are lost.

Expand Function
Normally, ELIB expands automatically according to your secondary allocation value. The EXPAND
function of the BC1PNLIB utility allows you to expand ELIB data sets manually. The syntax for the
EXPAND function of the BC1PNLIB utility is shown next:

BEND--Expand Function Keywords--OTH

The following describes the keywords used in the syntax for the EXPAND function:

EXPAND
Indicates that you want the BC1PNLIB utility to acquire secondary storage for an ELIB data set.

DDNAME
The DDname of the data set you want to expand.

DSNAME
(Optional) Data set name for this ELIB data set. If you code the DSname statement, the system
validates the DSname in this statement against the DSname in the JCL.

ALLOCATE PAGES
(Optional) Determines number of additional pages in the expanded ELIB data set. If you do not
code this statement the secondary allocation originally specified during the INITIALIZE function is
used.

04-May-2018 969/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RESERVE PAGES
(Optional) Lets you respecify the RESERVE threshold established in the INITIALIZE function for this
library. If you want to keep the existing RESERVE threshold, do not code this statement.

Adjust Function
The ADJUST function allows you to modify the specifications for secondary storage and the reserve
threshold for an ELIB data set. The syntax for the ADJUST function is shown next:

BEND--Adjust Function Keywords--OTH

The following describes the keywords used in the syntax for the ADJUST function:

ADJUST
Indicates that you want the ADJUST function of the BC1PNLIB utility to adjust the reserve
threshold and/or the secondary storage allocation.

DDNAME
The DDname of the data set you want to adjust.

DSNAME
(Optional) Data set name for this ELIB data set. If you code the DSname statement, the system
validates the DSname in this statement against the DSname in the JCL.

ALLOCATE PAGES
(Optional) Determines number of pages to be allocated in subsequent secondary allocations.

RESERVE PAGES
(Optional) Allows you to respecify the RESERVE threshold established in the INITIALIZE function
for this library. If you want to keep the existing RESERVE threshold, do not code this statement.

Note: When using the ADJUST function, you may code the ALLOCATE PAGES statement or
the RESERVE PAGES statement, or both statements.

04-May-2018 970/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Reorganize Function
The reorganize (REORG) function of the BC1PNLIB utility allows you to reorganize ELIB data sets.
During this process, you can respecify the number of pages allocated to the data set directory. The
system re-allocates storage for the directory according to this specification, and rewrites the
directory entries. The syntax for the REORG function of the BC1PNLIB utility is shown next:

BEND--Reorganize Function Keywords--OTH

The following describes the keywords used in the syntax for the REORG function:

REORG
Indicates that you want the REORG function of the BC1PNLIB utility to respecify the number of
pages allocated to the directory of an ELIB data set.

DDNAME
The DDname of the data set you want to reorganize.

DSNAME
(Optional) Data set name for this ELIB data set. If you code the DSname statement, the system
validates the DSname in this statement against the DSname in the JCL.

DIRECTORY PAGES
Indicates the number of pages you want to allocate for the directory of the ELIB data set specified
by the DDname.

Inquire Function
The INQUIRE function of the BC1PNLIB utility allows you to print summary statistics about the library
directory and/or individual members, and also allows you to check the integrity of the library. The
following syntax is for the INQUIRE function of the BC1PNLIB utility:

BEND--Inquire Function Keywords--OTH

The following describes the keywords used in the syntax for the INQUIRE function:

INQUIRE

04-May-2018 971/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

INQUIRE
Indicates that you want to use the INQUIRE function of the BC1PNLIB utility.

DDNAME
(Required) The DDname of the data sets for which you want to print information.

OPTION
(Optional) Allows you to specify more reporting options. You can use any or all options whenever
you run the INQUIRE function of the BC1PNLIB utility. If you omit this clause, CA Endevor® SCM
prints only data set header information.

DIRECTORY--Tells CA Endevor® SCM to print information about target directory page

utilization.

MEMBERS--Tells CA Endevor® SCM to print footprint information plus member size in pages,
records, and bytes.

ANALYZE--Tells CA Endevor® SCM to print an analysis of data set integrity.

BC1PNLST Utility
This utility lets you inquire against directories and/or members of an ELIB data set. This utility
provides read-only access to ELIB data sets.

A Sample JCL to execute the BC1PNLST ELIB utility is provided with the CA Endevor® SCM installation
files as member BC1JNLST in the installation JCL library.

The following is the BC1PNLST syntax:

BEND--BC1PNLST Syntax--OTH

The following keywords in the INQUIRE request allow you to specify options that provide more
detailed output. Code any or all of the options that you want to use.

INQUIRE
Indicates that you want to use the INQUIRE function of the BC1PNLST utility to retrieve
information about an ELIB data set.

DDNAME
The DDname of the data sets you want to inquire against.

OPTION
(Optional) Lets you specify more reporting options. You can use any or all of these options
whenever you run the INQUIRE function of the BC1PNLST utility. If you do not want more detail,
you can omit this clause entirely; only summary library information is printed.

04-May-2018 972/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

DIRECTORY
The DIRECTORY option displays the number of members for each directory page, and
summary directory usage statistics.

MEMBERS
The MEMBERS option lists each member of the library, with full CA Endevor® SCM footprint
information plus member size in pages, records, and bytes.

BC1PNCPY Utility
This utility lets you copy between any CA Endevor® SCM supported library types, while preserving the
original CA Endevor® SCM footprint of copied members. You can use this utility to copy all or selected
members of an existing base, delta, or listing library from a PDS or PDS/E to an ELIB or the reverse. A
Sample JCL to execute the BC1PNCPY ELIB utility is provided with the CA Endevor® SCM installation
files as member BC1JNCPY in the installation JCL library.

For large libraries, BC1PNCPY takes a great deal of time to run. It requires exclusive control
of the input and output libraries, for integrity.

Note: When an element name is longer than eight characters and you copy to a PDS or PDS
/E, the element name is truncated at eight characters. When truncation occurs, different
input members can truncate to the same input name.

If the UPDATE IF PRESENT option is specified, the last duplicate member overwrites all
prior duplicates. If the UPDATE IF PRESENT option is not specified, only the first
encountered duplicate member is overwritten. Any subsequent duplicate member names
does not overwrite the first duplicate member.

The following is the BC1PNCPY syntax:

04-May-2018 973/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--BC1PNCPY Syntax--OTH

The following keywords in the COPY request let you specify options that provide more detailed
output. Code any or all options that you want to use.

COPY
Indicates that you want to use the BC1PNCPY utility.

INPUT FILE \ DDNAME

Identifies the source file or DDname.

UNPACKED
(Optional) The UNPACKED option is used with PDS or PDS/Es only, and only if a PDS or PDS/E is
not a CA Endevor® SCM compressed library. When you use this option with the INPUT statement
BC1PNCPY does not attempt to decompress the members being read from the input data set.

DSNAME
(Optional) If you use the DSNAME option, the data set name of the input library is validated
against the DDNAME in the JCL. If the DSN contains periods, it must be enclosed in single quotes.

OUTPUT FILE \ DDNAME

Identifies the target file or DDname.

UNPACKED
(Optional) The UNPACKED option is used with PDS or PDS/Es only, and only if a PDS or PDS/E is
not a CA Endevor® SCM compressed library. When you use this option with the OUTPUT
statement, BC1PNCPY does not attempt to compress the members being written to the output
data set.

04-May-2018 974/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

DSNAME
(Optional) If you use the DSNAME option, the data set name of the target library is validated
against the DDNAME in the JCL. If the DSN contains periods, it must be enclosed in single quotes.

UPDATE IF PRESENT
(Optional) Use this option to update (replace) members with the same name within the target
library. If you do not use this option, the utility does not replace members of the same name.

MEMBER ...[THRU ...]

The MEMBER clauses limits the COPY request to specific members only. You can specify a single
member or a range of members (using the THRU clause). When entering MEMBER and THRU
clauses, you can use the standard CA Endevor® SCM wildcard capability.

Note: A period must be coded at the end of each complete statement. If you specify any
MEMBER [THRU] clauses, enter the period after the last of those clauses. If you specify
more than one MEMBER [THRU] clause, do not code a comma between the clauses.

By default BC1PNCPY's parser stack supports 1000 MEMBER= statements. If more than 1000
statements are needed, the parameter MEMBERS can be passed to the utility using the PARM=
field on the EXEC statement:
  //JS10       EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM='BC1PNCPYMEMBERS=nnnnnn'

Where nnnnnn is a 1 to 6 digit number specifying the approximate number of MEMBER=

statements coded. When present, the parser stack is increased to 'nnnnnn' entries. If the
specified value is 1000 or less, the default value of 1000 is used.

Note: Specifying this parameter may increase the storage requirements for the step.
Approximately 40 bytes per member is needed. Specify an appropriate REGION size to
accommodate the requests.

How to Allocate and Initialize an ELIB Data Set

Allocate and initialize an ELIB set before it can be used. To allocate and initialize a data set, proceed
as follows:

1. Select an access method: BDAM or VSAM.

2. Estimate space requirements for the data set.

3. Allocate the appropriate data set (BDAM data set or VSAM cluster), then initialize the data set
with the ELIB utility program BC1PNLIB.

04-May-2018 975/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Select an Access Method for ELIB Data Sets

Decide what physical format you want to use for the ELIB data sets (VSAM or BDAM). Your choice of
access method depends on your site preferences. The following list describes the features of VSAM
and BDAM access methods:

VSAM provides better performance by exploiting 31-bit storage and better data set protection
mechanisms. VSAM also supports spanned volumes

BDAM provides slightly better performance and simpler installation and de-installation, but
spanned volumes are not supported.

Estimate Space Requirements for ELIB Data Sets

Space requirements are a function of the number of members in your libraries, their size and
volatility. Listed next are suggestions for estimating the size of base, delta and listings libraries. These
suggestions assume an established collection of code. If you are expecting a great deal of growth
within your systems, you may want to consider larger growth factors.

For an ELIB base library, figure out how many members are in the library, and how much space
they take up in the data set after the data set has been compressed. Then add 20 percent to this
figure, for expansion.

For an ELIB delta library, estimate approximately half the size of the corresponding base library. If
you are an existing CA Endevor® SCM user, you may want to use a larger percentage, to
accommodate for the growth of your delta libraries over time.

For an ELIB listing library, estimate 80% of the space required for the corresponding members in a
PDS or PDS/E (measured after the PDS has been compressed).

You can use the ISPF "3.2" utility to examine space used by a PDS or PDS/E.

Note: If you estimate space requirements that are too low, ELIB lets you increase the
library size without reorganizing.

How to Allocate and Initialize the Data Set

Once you select an access method and estimate space requirements, allocate a BDAM data set or a
VSAM cluster. See the following JCL examples when you are ready to allocate data sets.

Allocate and Initialize a BDAM ELIB Data Set

To allocate a BDAM ELIB data set, use a JCL stream similar to the following sample:

//ALLOCBDAM EXEC PGM=IEFBR14

04-May-2018 976/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//ALLOCBDAM EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
//LIBRARY  DD DSN=ELIB.DATASET,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
//   UNIT=PDASD,SPACE=(CYL,(5,2)),
//   DCB=(DSORG=DA,BLKSIZE=4096,LRECL=4096,RECFM=FBS)

In this example, the IEFBR14 utility allocates five cylinders to primary storage and 2 cylinders to
secondary storage. The LRECL and BLKSIZE for this BDAM ELIB data set are 4096 bytes.

To initialize this data set as an ELIB data set, convert your estimated space requirements to their page
equivalents. This step is necessary because the BC1PNLIB utility needs all its specifications in pages.

In BDAM data sets, the BLKSIZE is the same as the page size. The number of 4096-byte pages per
track and per cylinder varies by DASD device, as shown in the following table:

Device Page size Pages per track Pages per cylinder

3380 4096 10 150
3390 4096 12 180

The BDAM data set in this example would therefore have a capacity of 750 pages in primary storage
and 300 pages in secondary storage when using a 3380 device, and 900 pages in primary storage and
360 pages in secondary storage when using a 3390 device.

Use the BC1PNLIB utility to initialize the data set. The following JCL assumes that you are using a 3380
device.
//ELIBINIT EXEC PGM=BC1PNLIB
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
//     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//*
//* OMIT THE FOLLOWING DCB INFORMATION IF VSAM
//*
//BDAMINIT  DD DSN=BDAM.DATASET,
//   DCB=(DSORG=DA,BLKSIZE=4096,LRECL=4096,RECFM=FBS),
//   DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
INIT   DDNAME = BDAMINIT
PAGE SIZE = 4096
     ALLOCATE = (750,300)
     RESERVE PAGES = 150
DIRECTORY PAGES = 14
.
INQUIRE  DDNAME = BDAMINIT
.
/*

In the previous example, you have allocated and initialized a BDAM data set as an ELIB data set with
750 pages initialized as primary storage. When 150 pages remain in this primary storage area, CA
Endevor® SCM automatically attempts to allocate and initialize secondary storage with a capacity of
300 pages. In addition, you have requested the BC1PNLIB utility to list statistical information about
this data set after initialization.

04-May-2018 977/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Allocate and Initialize a VSAM ELIB Data Set

Note: The ELIB data set format supports z/OS VSAM extended addressability for VSAM data
sets. The extended addressability feature lets you allocate VSAM data sets that are larger
than 4 GB. If extended addressability is enabled in z/OS for any of your VSAM ELIB data
sets, CA Endevor® SCM recognizes that this option is enabled and handles ELIB access
appropriately. You do not need any changes in CA Endevor® SCM to enable support for
extended addressability. Ask your Storage Administrator to determine whether z/OS VSAM
extended addressability is available for your site and how you can implement it.

To allocate a VSAM cluster, use the IBM IDCAMS utility in a JCL stream similar to the following
sample:
//ALOCVSAM EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
 DEFINE CLUSTER -
     (NAME(VSAM.DATASET) -
     MASTERPW(plant) -
     CONTROLPW(ENDEVOR) -
     UPDATEPW(ENDEVOR) -
     RECORDSIZE(4088 4088) -
     CONTROLINTERVALSIZE(4096) -
     SHAREOPTIONS(3,3) -
     VOLUMES(BST001) -
     CYLINDERS(5,2) -
     NONINDEXED  -
     )  -
  DATA (NAME(VSAM.DATASET.DATA)  -
     MASTERPW(plant)  -
     CONTROLPW(ENDEVOR)  -
     UPDATEPW(ENDEVOR)  -
     )

In this example, the IDCAMS utility defines a VSAM cluster named VSAM.DATASET. The control
interval for this data set is 4096 bytes, and the record size is 4088 bytes. In VSAM data sets the record
size is the same as the page size. IDCAMS allocates 5 cylinders of primary storage, and 2 cylinders to
secondary storage for the data set. The data set resides in a DASD volume with a serial number of
BST001. The master password to the data set is plant.

Note: Choose a master password to protect your data. This password is required whenever
you want to delete or rename the cluster. CA Endevor® SCM processing uses the built-in
password ENDEVOR for all update processing. If you omit the master password, this library
is unprotected.

Before initializing this data set as an ELIB data set, convert your estimated space requirements to
their page equivalents. This step is necessary because the BC1PNLIB utility needs all its specifications
in pages.

04-May-2018 978/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

In VSAM data sets, the page size is eight bytes smaller than the control interval size, in this case 4088
bytes. The number of 4088 byte pages per track and per cylinder varies by DASD device, as shown in
the following table:

Device Page size Pages per track Pages per cylinder

3380 4088 10 150
3390 4088 12 180

The VSAM data set in this example would therefore have a capacity of 750 pages in primary storage
and 300 pages in secondary storage when using a 3380 device, and 900 pages in primary storage and
360 pages in secondary storage when using a 3390 device.

Note: If you are using VSAM, specify one less page than fits in the primary space allocation.
VSAM uses one control interval for an end-of-file mark. For example, on a 3380 device with
one cylinder of primary space allocation, specify 149 pages per cylinder.

Use the BC1PNLIB utility to initialize the data set. The following JCL assumes that you are using a 3380
device.
//ELIBINIT EXEC PGM=BC1PNLIB
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
//     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//*
//*
//*
//INITVSAM  DD
//   DSN=VSAM.DATASET,DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
 INIT   DDNAME = INITVSAM
PAGE SIZE = 4088
      ALLOCATE = (749,300)
      RESERVE PAGES = 150
      DIRECTORY PAGES = 14
.
INQUIRE  DDNAME = INITVSAM
.
/*

In this example, you have allocated and initialized a VSAM data set as an ELIB data set with 749 pages
initialized as primary storage. When 150 pages remain in this primary storage area, CA Endevor® SCM
automatically attempts to allocate and initialize secondary storage with a capacity of 300 pages. In
addition you have requested the BC1PNLIB utility to list statistical information about this data set
after it has been initialized.

Reinitialize an ELIB Data Set

1. Delete and reallocate the library

2. Rerun the initialization procedure, with the following more clause: DESTROY TO REUSE.

04-May-2018 979/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0
2.

Note: If you use this clause, any data currently in the library is destroyed. Use this
option with caution.

How to Expand ELIB Data Sets

Typically, ELIB data sets expand automatically according to your secondary allocation value. However,
if you specify a reserve threshold of 0 (reserve pages=0) when you initialize the ELIB data set,
automatic expansion cannot occur. In this case, run the BC1PNLIB utility to force expansion of the
data set into a secondary allocation.

The following example shows a sample JCL and the control statements that you can use to
accomplish this task:
//EXPAND  EXEC PGM=BC1PNLIB
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
//     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//INITVSAM  DD DSN=VSAM.DATASET,
//   DISP=(SHR,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
      EXPAND  DDNAME = INITVSAM
ALLOCATE PAGES = 300
.
 INQUIRE  DDNAME = INITVSAM
.
/*

In this example, you have specified a secondary storage allocation of 300 pages. This causes two
cylinders of secondary storage to be allocated and initialized for this data set. You have also
requested a listing of statistical information about this expanded data set, using the INQUIRE facility.

How to Adjust ELIB Data Sets

You can change the primary, secondary, and reserve threshold space allocations for an ELIB data set
by using the ADJUST function of the BC1PNLIB utility.

You can use the ADJUST function to do the following tasks:

Adjust the secondary storage allocation after expanding an ELIB data set, so that subsequent
expansions allocate a different amount of space.

Adjust the reserve threshold so that additional space is allocated based on a different threshold
of unused space.

Reset the reserve threshold after CA Endevor® SCM resets the reserve threshold value to zero. It
does this after attempting to expand a data set and, failing to do so, to prevent repeated failures.
If this situation occurs, follow these procedures:

04-May-2018 980/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Copy the data set to a larger DASD allocation.

Adjust the reserve threshold value (that is, the threshold at which ELIB expands to a new
extent) for future expansions.

You might also want to adjust the secondary allocation quantity assigned during initialization.

The following example shows a sample JCL and the control statements that you can use to adjust an
ELIB data set:
//ADJUST  EXEC PGM=BC1PNLIB
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
//     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//INITVSAM  DD DSN=VSAM.DATASET,
//   DISP=(SHR,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
 ADJUST  DDNAME=INITVSAM
ALLOCATE PAGES = 600
      RESERVE PAGES = 300
 .
 INQUIRE  DDNAME=INITVSAM
.
/*

In this example, a secondary storage allocation of 600 pages was specified, and a reserve threshold of
300 pages. This allocation changes the original specifications for the ELIB data set INITVSAM. After
this code is run, subsequent secondary allocations are 600 pages rather than 300 pages, and the
threshold of unused space that triggers automatic expansion is 300 pages rather than 150.

You have also requested a listing of statistical information about this expanded data set, using the
INQUIRE facility.

How to Reorganize ELIB Directory Pages

If your library has too few directory pages, ELIB data sets allocate new pages as needed, but in
discontinuous storage. This step can slightly degrade performance. To alleviate this problem, use the
ELIB utility BC1PNLIB to reorganize the directory with a larger number of pages. BC1PNLIB can also be
used to reduce the number of directory pages in the library to prevent wasting space.

Note: ELIB locks the library during the reorganization procedure, but this process is usually
brief.

Note: The reorganization process is memory-intensive. Therefore, give the utility a region
large enough to avoid multiple passes against the directory.

04-May-2018 981/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To reorganize a directory, use JCL and control statements similar to the following sample:

//REORG   EXEC PGM=BC1PNLIB
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
//     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//INITVSAM DD DSN=VSAM.DATASET,
//   DISP=(SHR,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
 REORG   DDNAME=INITVSAM
      DIRECTORY PAGES = 20
 .
 INQUIRE  DDNAME=INITVSAM
 .
/*

In this example, the number of target directory pages allocated to the ELIB data set was reset to 20.

How to Print ELIB Data Set Information

The ELIB utility includes an INQUIRY function that allows you to retrieve statistical information about
ELIB data sets. This function is included in two utilities, BC1PNLIB and BC1PNLST.

The BC1PNLIB utility allows you to print header information for ELIB data sets, information about
members and/or target directory pages, and to analyze the integrity of the data set.

The BC1PNLST utility allows you to perform all functions except for data set integrity analysis.

How to Print Data Set Header Information

You can code the INQUIRY statement with no further specification in the BC1PNLIB and the BC1PNLST
utilities. In both instances, the system prints header information for the ELIB data sets that you
specify, and a bit map of space utilization for the data set.

To use the INQUIRY function to print header information, use JCL similar to the following sample:
//INQUIRE  EXEC PGM=BC1PNLST
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
      DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//ELIB  DD DSN=ELIB.DATASET,
//   DISP=(SHR,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
      INQUIRE  DDNAME=ELIB
.
/*

04-May-2018 982/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Print Member Information

You can code the INQUIRY statement with the MEMBER option in the BC1PNLIB or the BC1PNLST
utility. In both instances, the system generates reports listing information about the members in the
ELIB data sets that you specify.

To print member information, use JCL similar to the following sample:

//INQUIRE  EXEC PGM=BC1PNLST
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
      DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//ELIB  DD DSN=ELIB.DATASET,

//   DISP=(SHR,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
      INQUIRE  DDNAME=ELIB
OPTION
MEMBERS
.
/*

How to Print Target Directory Page Information

You can code the INQUIRY statement with the DIRECTORY option in the BC1PNLIB or the BC1PNLST
utility. In both instances, the system generates reports listing information about the directories in the
ELIB data sets that you specify.

To use the INQUIRY function to retrieve directory information, use JCL and control statements similar
to the following sample:
//INQUIRE  EXEC PGM=BC1PNLST
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
      DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//ELIB  DD DSN=ELIB.DATASET,
//   DISP=(SHR,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
 INQUIRE  DDNAME=ELIB
OPTION
       DIRECTORY
      .
/*

04-May-2018 983/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Print Data Set Analysis Information

You can code the INQUIRY statement with the ANALYZE option only in the BC1PNLIB utility. Use the
ANALYZE option to validate the integrity of specified ELIB data sets. The analysis verifies the integrity
of each member in the directories and ensures that the allocation bit map is valid. Damaged
members, if any, are identified, as are misallocated pages. The ANALYZE function must run in
dedicated mode, and locks the library while sweeping it.

To verify the integrity of an ELIB library, use JCL and control statements similar to the following
sample

//ANALYZE  EXEC PGM=BC1PNLIB
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
//     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//ELIB  DD DSN=ELIB.DATASET,
//   DISP=(SHR,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
 INQUIRE  DDNAME=ELIB
      OPTION
      ANALYZE
      .
/*

The report produced by the analyze function can contain the following messages:

*** ORPHAN: MEMBER= PAGE= NEXT= PREV= STAMP= BYTES USED=

The page or range of pages in the message are marked as occupied in the allocation bit map, but
are not associated with any members in the data set header, allocation map, or directory pages.

*** MEMBER= STAMP= PAGE= FOUND MEMBER= STAMP=

Part of the member identified in the MEMBER=, STAMP=, and PAGE= fields has been overlaid by
the member identified in the FOUND MEMBER= and following STAMP= fields.

*** MEMBER= STAMP= LIDPAGES= ACTUAL PAGES=

The member identified in the MEMBER= and STAMP= fields is listed in the directory as occupying
the number of pages in the LIDPAGE= field, but the analysis utility has determined that it actually
occupies the number of pages in the ACTUAL PAGES= field.

*** PAGE= OF MEMBER= IS FREE. NEXT= PREV= STAMP= BYTES USED=

The allocation map shows the named page to be free, but the directory associates the same page
with the member identified in the MEMBER= and STAMP= fields, and shows that the page
contains the number of bytes in the BYTES USED= field. The immediately preceding and
subsequent pages in the directory are shown in the PREV= and NEXT= fields. The location of the
directory entry with this information is shown in a message like this sample:
*** E-LIB DIR CHUNK= 1ST PAGE

04-May-2018 984/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Convert to or from ELIB Format

The ELIB copy utility, BC1PNCPY, allows you to copy members between any CA Endevor® SCM
supported library types, while preserving the original CA Endevor® SCM footprint of copied members.
You can use this utility to copy all or selected members of an existing base, delta, or listing library
from a PDS or PDS/E to an ELIB data set or the reverse.

Note: For large libraries, BC1PNCPY takes a great deal of time to run. In addition, it requires
exclusive control of the input and output libraries, for integrity.

To copy between CA Endevor® SCM libraries or from/to an external library, use JCL and control
statements similar to the following sample:

//CONVERT  EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM='BC1PNCPY'
//STEPLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU
//     DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH
//CONLIB  DD DISP=SHR,DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD

//OLDBASE  DD DSN=BST.OLD.BASE,
//   DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
//NEWELIB  DD DSN=BST.NEW.BASE,
//   DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN   DD *
 COPY   INPUT  DDNAME = OLDBASE
      OUTPUT  DDNAME = NEWELIB
.
/*

In this example, the system copies all members from the OLDBASE data set to the NEWELIB data set.

04-May-2018 985/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Unload, Reload, and Validate

Contents

Unload, Reload, and Validate Utility (see page 986)

Unload Function (see page 987)
Reload Function (see page 994)
Validate Function (see page 1000)

Unload, Reload, and Validate Utility

The Unload, Reload, and Validate utility (program C1BM5000) is a backup, recovery, and file
validation mechanism for CA Endevor® SCM VSAM control files (Master Control File, package data
sets) and their related base and delta libraries. It allows users to backup (Unload), restore (Reload),
and/or validate (Validate) the integrity of one or more CA Endevor® SCM environments in the event
of a physical device failure or site disaster.

The Unload, Reload, and Validate utility provides a point-in-time physical recovery mechanism. The
utility can be used to perform the following actions:

Unload all or specific environments and/or systems and their related elements/components.

Reload all or specific environments and/or systems and their related elements/components.

Validate the integrity of all or specific environments and/or systems and their related elements
/components.

The Unload, Reload, and Validate utility provides a point-in-time physical recovery mechanism. It
allows you to backup (unload), restore (reload), and validate the integrity of one or more CA
Endevor® SCM environments in the event of a physical device failure or site disaster.

The Unload function copies all Master Control File environment information (system, subsystem,
type, type sequence, data set, and element master record) to the data set you specify. Then it copies
all the elements in full or incremental mode. If an incremental unload is specified on the Unload
request, then base and delta information is only copied for elements that have changed since the last
unload. During the unload process, validation always occurs to ensure that the elements to be
unloaded meet certain integrity criteria. Any corrupt elements are not unloaded. You can run the
Validate function independent of the Unload function.

The Reload function restores data from the data sets created by the unload process. You can use the
Reload function to recover from hardware failure.

This article discusses the Unload, Reload, and Validate functions performed by program C1BM5000.
For each, there is a brief description of the function, a syntax diagram, and a discussion of the rules
that each follows.

04-May-2018 986/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: For the element catalog, the Reload utility uses normal CA Endevor® SCM inventory
management functions which will update the MCF, BASE/DELTA and element catalog and
EINDEX where necessary.

ACMQ Files and the Reload Utility

The Reload utility does not update the ACMQ files. The ROOT and XREF files remain at the state that
they were in before the reload. ACMQ data is not touched by the Reload utility, but some forms of
recovery may require a full or partial rebuild of ACMQ data.

How the Reload utility affects the validity of the ACMQ files in various situations is described next:

Suppose you lose a delta and decide to reload the missing pieces.
In this case the ROOT and XREF files before the reload will contain correct data and thus the
reload will not impact the quality of the content.

Suppose you lose the ACMQ files.

In this case reload will not help you. You could restore the data from another type of backup (full
volume, IDCAMS), but the ACMQ data could be out-of-sync with the MCF and Catalog data. For
this case, you will have to rebuild the ACMQ data sets (BC1JACML)

Suppose you want to recover some elements that have been deleted from a full or incremental
unload.
In this case, we recommend using Transfer from unload and regenerate the elements. The
Transfer action will rebuild the outputs and the ACMQ data. If you want to use Reload, because
you do not want to rebuild the outputs, ACMQ will be out of sync and you must run a partial
rebuild of the ACMQ data for these reloaded elements.

Unload Function
This function unloads and validates the contents of the VSAM Master Control Files (MCFs), base and
delta files associated with the environments and systems specified on the job request. The file
created by the Unload function contains a backup of all internal MCF definitions (system, subsystem,
type, type sequence, data set, element master record) and base/delta data (element base, element
delta, component base, component delta). Packages contained within a package data set can also be
unloaded.

Unload may be run for an entire environment, or for selected systems within an environment. Unload
may also be directed to backup an entire package data set or individual packages.

Note: The LRECL of the unload data set must be at least 84 bytes larger than the largest
type record length in the unloaded environment or system.

04-May-2018 987/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Regardless of whether you specify a full or incremental unload, all Master Control File environment
information (system, subsystem, type, type sequence, data set, and element master record) is
unloaded to the data set you specify. This step is done so that the environment definitions can be
restored from any unload point.

After unloading the environment information, the function unloads elements in a full or incremental
mode.

This unloading of environment information and elements occurs in the following order:

1. Stage 1 internal environment definitions.

2. Stage 2 internal environment definitions.

3. Stage 1 elements.

4. Stage 2 elements.

Unload Control Card

The following syntax provides the parameters for using Unload against an environment or system:
►►─ UNLoad ─┬─ FULL ────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────►
            └─ INCremental ─┘

 ►─ ─┬──────────────────────────────────────────────┬───────────────────────────►
     └─ ENVironment ─ env-name ─ SYStem ─ sys-name ─┘

 ►─ TO ─ DDName ─ ddname ─ FROm ─ ENVironment ─ env-name ─ SYStem ─ sys-name ───►

 ►────┬───────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────►
      └─ CHEckpoint ONLY ─┘

 ►─ ─┬────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─ . ─────────►◄
     │  ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐  │
     └──▼─ EXCLUDE ENVironment ─ env-name ─ SYStem ─ sys-name ─┴──┘

The following syntax provides the parameters for using Unload against one or more package data
sets:
►►─ UNLoad PACkage ─┬─────────────────────────┬─ TO ─ DDName ─ ddname ─ . ────►◄
                    └─ ID ─ = ─ package-name ─┘

The Unload control card includes the following parameters:

UNLOAD
Specifies the UNLOAD function. You must further qualify the UNLOAD request with one of the
following:

FULL-Unloads Master Control File environment and related base/delta information for all
elements in the environments and systems specified in the FROM statement.

INCREMENTAL-Unloads Master Control File information for all elements in the environments
and systems specified in the FROM statement. Base and delta information are unloaded only
for elements that have changed since the last unload, based on the date/time stamp for each
system. Any number of UNLOAD statements may be coded for a single run.

04-May-2018 988/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: Any change to an element (SOURCE, MCF fields or STATUS (that is, SIGNED IN)) is
considered and the unload incremental occurs for these changes.

TO DDNAME
Identifies the DDname to which the unload data set is assigned for environment and package
processing.

Note: If you specify a DDname, you cannot use the CHECKPOINT ONLY clause.

FROM
Allows you to specify the FROM location for a combination of environments and systems to be
unloaded. The qualifying statements are:

ENVIRONMENT-Identifies the environment from which information is to be unloaded. A name

mask may be used.

SYSTEM-Identifies the system from which information is to be unloaded. A name mask may be
used.

CHECKPOINT ONLY
Causes a FULL UNLOAD request to simply update the system backup timestamp so you can use
something other than the Unload utility to do the full backup and use the Unload utility for
incremental backups. Specify the FULL and the FROM clauses when using this option.

Note: If you specify CHECKPOINT ONLY, you cannot specify a DDname.

EXCLUDE
Bypasses unload processing for the specified environments and systems that are a subset of the
environments and systems to be unloaded. CA Endevor SCM does issue an Enqueue for the
environment and system combinations specified on the Exclude clause. You can specify multiple
Exclude clauses. Wildcards and placeholders are allowed. For example:

If you specify UNLOAD FULL ENV '*' SYS '*' but do not want to process environment ENVTEST
system SYSTEST, you would specify:
UNLOAD FULL FROM ENV '* '
 SYS '*' TO DDNAME UNLODNN EXCLUDE ENV 'ENVTEST' SYS 'SYSTEST' 

If you specify more than one Unload SCL statement and they are identical with the exception
of the Exclude clause, then the Exclude clause from the last SCL is the one used.

If you specify more than one Unload SCL statement and they are identical except that the
Exclude clauses are different and the environment and system combinations to be unloaded
overlap, then the most recent Exclude statements apply to the specified environment and
systems to be unloaded. For example:
UNLOAD FULL FROM ENV '*' SYS '*' EXCLUDE ENV 'ENVT*' SYS 'SYST*' TO UNLOAD UNLO
DNN.

In this case, when any environment whose name begins with P is about to be unloaded, then

04-May-2018 989/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

In this case, when any environment whose name begins with P is about to be unloaded, then
any environment with the name PROD and the system name SYSX is excluded. In all other
cases, the prior Exclude clause takes effect.

PACKAGE
Required when unloading one or more packages. You may also select a package identifier (ID) to
identify the name of a specific package to be unloaded. You can use a name mask. If you do not
specify a package ID, all packages in the package data is unloaded.
For promotion packages, you cannot specify the package ID of individual historic versions. You
can specify the fully qualified name or mask package ID of the current version. This unloads the
records for all versions of a promotion package.

Full Unloads
All base and delta members and related component list base and delta members are unloaded for
each element associated with the environments and systems specified in the UNLOAD request.

Incremental Unloads

Only elements associated with the environments and systems specified in the Unload request that
have changed since the last unload is unloaded.

When Unload is successfully run against a system, the Master Control Record for that system is
updated with the date/time of the unload. During an incremental unload, the date/time stamp on
each element is compared with the date/time stamp on the Master Control Record for the system to
which the element belongs. Only those elements with a date/time stamp that is more recent than the
date/time stamp in the Master Control File system record is selected during incremental unload
processing.

Package Unloads
All packages contained in the package data set defined in the C1DEFLTS table will be unloaded.
Optionally, individual packages may be selected for unloading using the ID parameter.

Historic versions of promotion packages are unloaded with the current version. In the unload SCL,
you cannot specify the package ID of individual historic versions of a promotion package. This ensures
the integrity of the entire package. Always specify the fully qualified or mask package ID of the
current version you want to unload. The unload utility unloads the records for all versions of that
promotion package.

Validation During Unload

Minimal validation automatically occurs during Unload processing. This ensures that any element
which is to be unloaded meets certain integrity criteria prior to being unloaded. No element found to
be corrupt will be unloaded. Rather, an appropriate error message is issued indicating the exact
nature of the problem. The same processing will occur if the Validate function is run independently.

04-May-2018 990/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If an error is detected during Unload processing, it is important to determine the cause of the error
and to correct the problem. In most cases (a physical problem) the Reload facility should allow you to
accomplish this task by going back to the last good unload point.

For all corrective action, see the message description. For certain logical problems it may be
necessary to contact CA Endevor® SCM Customer Support.

If a validation error occurs during Unload processing the following occurs:

If the validation problem affects the element itself, Unload will:

Not unload the element.

Write an error message indicating the nature of the problem.

Write an SCL DELETE statement to the C1SCL1 data set. The SCL contained in the C1SCL1 data
set can then be used in a subsequent recovery operation to delete the element before
performing Reload processing.

If the element itself is intact, but there is a problem in the associated ACM component list,
Unload will:

Unload the element.

Write an error message indicating the nature of the problem.

Not unload the component list for the element.

Write an SCL DELETE statement with the ONLY COMPONENT clause to the C1SCL1 data set.
The SCL contained in the C1SCL1 data set can then be used in a subsequent recovery
operation to delete only the element component list before a GENERATE action or Reload
processing.

Packages

No validation takes place during a package unload. The package data set is considered to be intact if
each package ID can be read successfully.

Unload Recommendations
Unload is designed to easily capture all related parts of the CA Endevor® SCM structure in a unified
manner. This allows for timely physical recovery in the event of a device failure or site disaster.

Performing a needs analysis for your site is the first step in making optimal use of this utility. The
criteria that you should consider include the following:

Number of environments/systems and related base and delta libraries at your site.

Location of files in relation to DASD layout.

Current schedule of in-house DASD backup and recovery procedures.

04-May-2018 991/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Volatility and number of changes.

Use this information to determine how best to use and/or schedule Unload processing.

Locking During Unload Processing

Unload processing maintains a share lock (enqueue) at the environment level, while keeping an
enqueue exclusive at the system level. This action allows several unloads to run concurrently against
different systems in the same environment.

Unload processing does not begin until the lock can be set (after all activity against the system has
ceased). No CA Endevor® SCM activity can resume until the unload for that system has been
completed. The reload function still sets an enqueue exclusive at the environment level, thus it
cannot be run while an unload is being performed.

Locking Example 1
A site has only one environment, with all systems pointing to one set of base and delta libraries. A
low number of changes are made and there is little concern if a physical problem causes an outage
during recovery.

In this situation it may be simpler to back-up all files on a daily basis using the appropriate in-house
methods. In the event of a physical problem, CA Endevor® SCM can be completely restored using the
previous evening's backup files.

Locking Example 2
A site has many environments/systems, each with their own base/delta libraries. Any outage affects
many people in many areas of the company.

In this situation, full (FULL) and incremental (INC) unloads should be run. In most cases, a full unload
job should be scheduled on a weekly basis, and an incremental unload run each night. During a
physical failure, you must be able to recognize which unload files pertain to each system. Therefore
appropriate naming conventions for the unload files should be adopted.

Note: Align scheduling of Unload processing with in-house backup utilities to determine
what unload files need to be applied when a DASD volume is restored. In general, run
Unload processing immediately following each backup utility run. This action minimizes the
number of “orphan” members that occur during a reload.

Sample Unload Control Cards

To specify a full unload from environment Test, code the following statement:
UNLOAD FULL FROM ENV TEST SYS * TO DDN UNLOD01.

In this example, CA Endevor® SCM unloads all systems within this environment to an output data set
with DDname UNLOD01. This data set must be coded in the Unload JCL.

04-May-2018 992/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To specify a package unload, code the following statement:

UNLOAD PACKAGE TO DDN UNLODPKG.

CA Endevor® SCM unloads the entire package data set for this site to an output data set with ddname
UNLODPKG. This data set must be coded in the Unload JCL. The JCL which unloads the package can be
found in member BC1JUNLD, in the JCL library iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.

C1BM5000
The Unload/Reload/Validate Utility program.

CONLIB
Data set name of the installation CA Endevor® SCM CONLIB load library.

BSTIPT01
Required DDname for Unload/Reload/Validate statements.

UNLODNN
This is the DDname for the data set to which the Unload information is written. This parameter
must be allocated with a minimum LRECL=4200, a block size 4 bytes greater than 4200, and a
RECFM=VB.

Note: The LRECL should be at least 84 bytes larger than the largest LREC you are
unloading.

This data set should be set up as a Generation Data Group (GDG) with the proper number of
levels based on unload frequency.

Note: We recommend that you adopt a naming convention based on the type of Unload
being performed (FULL or INC) and the environment system to which it applies. For
example:

SPACE=(TRK, (NN,NN))
Required disk space for the unload data set (omit if tape). To estimate an approximate space
allocation for this data set, add the following items:

1105 bytes for each environment definition record on the Master File (1021-byte record
length plus 84-byte prefix; the system unloads one environment record for each system,
subsystem, type, type sequence, data set, and element master record).

The current space taken up by your base and delta libraries (these libraries continue to be
written in compressed format).

An 84-byte prefix for each base and delta element to be unloaded.

C1SCL1
Required DDname for the data set to which SCL DELETE statements are written.

04-May-2018 993/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Reload Function
This function lets you recover a CA Endevor® SCM VSAM control file (Master Control File or package
data set) or a base/delta data set that was lost as the result of a physical device failure or site
disaster. Reload restores data from data sets created by the Unload process. The TRANSFER action
may be used to transfer elements from an Unload file.

Note: For more information about the TRANSFER action, see SCL Reference (https://docops.
ca.com/display/CE17/SCL+Reference).

Reload processing occurs in two phases. Phase one reloads Master Control File environmental
definitions (system, subsystem, type, type sequence, data set, and so on) re-establish this
information. Phase two reloads elements (element master record, base/delta/component list).

The Reload function, when used in combination with the batch Restore (SCL) action it can also be a
powerful tool for recovering most logical and physical problems.

To make the best use of the Reload function, keep in mind the following:

Because no active journaling takes place, Reload processing cannot perform “point-of-failure”
recoveries. It is intended to be used with proper file/DASD layouts to reduce the impact, across all
systems, of a base/delta failure, and to ensure proper inventory synchronization if other outages
occur.

Reload processing replaces CA Endevor® SCM data set or library contents with unload file
contents when:

The date/time stamp of a record on the unload file is more recent than the one currently in
CA Endevor® SCM.

An element currently in CA Endevor® SCM does not meet the Validation criteria (the record in
CA Endevor® SCM has a more recent date/time stamp but the Validation process finds a
missing base member).

This utility is not designed to be used to simply back off or back out a member in a data set.

Reload can accept a concatenated input stream of unload files. Because of the date/time
checking that occurs, only the latest data is reloaded. However, it is highly recommended that
files be ordered from the oldest to the newest. This ensures that the logical cleanup of elements
occurs. Failure to do this may result in elements ending up at both stages, out of logical order.

The CA Endevor® SCM RESTORE action can use an unload file as input. This action can be used to
perform logical recovery by first deleting the element, then restoring from the unload file.

The Unload/Reload reports (CONRPT50-55) should be used to determine the status of an unload
file. Use the reporting facility whenever you need to itemize the activity contained on one of
these files.

04-May-2018 994/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Reload Control Card

The parameters for using Reload are as follows:
►►── RELoad FROm ─ DDName ddname TO ─ ENVironment env-name ─────────────────────►
►─ SYStem ─ sys-name ─┬─────────────────────────────────────┬─ . ───►◄
                      └─ OPTion ─ RETain PROcessor HIStory ─┘

The parameters for using Reload for a package data set or one or more specific IDs are as follows:
►►── RELoad ─ PACkage ─┬─────────────────────┬─ FROm ─ DDName ddname ──. ──────►◄
                       └─ ID ─ package-name ─┘

The parameters for the Reload control card are described next:

RELOAD
Specifies the Reload function of program C1BM5000.

FROM DDNAME
Identifies the DDname to which the input Reload data set name is assigned. Environment and
package processing require a DDname.

TO
Allows you to specify the to location for a combination of environments and systems to be
reloaded. The qualifying statements are:

ENVIRONMENT-Identifies the environments into which information is to be reloaded. A name

mask may be used.

SYSTEM-Identifies the systems into which information is to be reloaded. A name mask may be
used.

RETAIN PROCESSOR HISTORY

Retains the Master Control File last processor information, indicating the date and time when the
processor was last executed. If you are sure that the status of the processor output members
matches the Master Control File history, you can use this option to retain the last processor
information when executing the Reload utility. Do not use this option if the status of the
processor output members is not known to be correct.

PACKAGE
Required when reloading a package data set or one or more packages. You may also select a
package ID to identify the name of a specific package to be reloaded. You can use a name mask. If
you do not specify a package ID, all packages found in the unload data set is reloaded to the
package data set defined in the C1DEFLTS table.
For promotion packages, you cannot specify the package ID of individual historic versions. You
can specify the fully qualified name or mask package ID of the current version. This reloads each
promotion package version that is missing or that needs to be reloaded due to date validation
inconsistencies.

Reloading Master Control File Information

Reload determines the status of the VSAM Master Control File (MCF) and performs a partial or
complete reload by comparing each environmental record (excluding element records) on the unload
file with the existing MCF.

04-May-2018 995/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If the VSAM Master Control File for the environment being reloaded is empty (new file allocated),
Reload processing rebuilds the file using the contents of the unload data set(s).

If the Master Control File contains the environmental record, Reload processing does the following:

If the system information about the unload file is more recent than the existing system
information, the existing information is replaced.

If the subsystem information about the unload file is more recent than the existing subsystem
information, the existing information is replaced.

If the type information about the unload file is more recent than the existing type information,
the existing information is replaced. This is done as follows:

Information for existing types is not changed.

Type sequence types added from the unload file are sequenced after the existing

If the approver group/relation information about the unload file is more recent than the existing
approver group/relation information, the existing information is replaced.

No existing data set information is replaced. Rather, Reload adds any data set information that is
not found in the current Master Control File.

Reloading Element Information

After updating and/or rebuilding the Master Control File, elements and component lists will be
reloaded based on the date/time stamps of existing elements and component lists.

If the element or component list in the unload file is more recent than the existing MCF element
or component list, Reload processing will:

Replace the existing element master record with the contents of the unload file.

Replace the existing base and delta members for the element and/or component list with the
contents of the unload file.

Write an SCL GENERATE action request for that element to the C1SCL1 data set.

If the element or component list in the unload file is not more recent than the existing MCF
element or component list, Reload performs validation processing on the element/component
list. .

If the element fails validation, Reload will:

Replace the existing element master record with the contents of the unload file.

Replace the existing base and delta members for the element and/or component list with the
contents of the unload file.

Write an SCL GENERATE action request for that element to the C1SCL1 data set.

04-May-2018 996/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If the element passes validation the element is not reloaded.

If a Stage 2 element is reloaded and the element exists at Stage 1, reload processing will delete
the Stage 1 element if the last action date for the Stage 2 element is more recent than the last
action date for the Stage 1 element.

Reload and Packages

Reload will compare the date/time stamps of packages from the unload file with the date/time
stamps of existing packages in the package data set.

If the date/time stamp of the package from the unload file is the more recent than the one
contained in the package data set, Reload replaces the existing package.

If the date/time stamp of the existing package is more recent than the one contained in the
unload file, Reload will not replace the package.

For promotion packages, the reload utility loads each of the versions that are missing or that need to
be reloaded due to date validation inconsistencies.

For example, assume the unload utility was executed against the package file and the package ID of
the current version is PKG1 and there are two historic versions: EXAOBHX1 and EXAJHBX2. Assume
that the package records for EXAOBHX1 were deleted and the PKG1 and EXAJHBX2 package records
remain intact. When you issue the reload for PKG1, the reload utility determines that only package
EXAOBHX1 must be reloaded and reloads it.

Locking During Reload Processing

Reload processing will maintain an exclusive lock (enqueue) at the environment level. Reload
processing will not begin until the lock can be set (after all activity against the environment has
ceased). No CA Endevor® SCM activity can resume until the reload for that environment has been
completed, nor can reload processing run concurrently with UNLOAD processing.

Example 1. Base/Delta Recovery

Problem: A DASD volume has a hardware failure Tuesday at 10:00 a.m. This pack contained the only
base and/or delta libraries defined for all systems in this environment. The volume was backed-up
using an in-house backup utility, and unloaded using an incremental unload the evening before. The
previous Sunday a full unload was performed.

Solution: Restore the DASD volume from the latest in-house backup file. After this step has been
done, determine to what point the volume was restored (date/time) in relation to the unload files
that you have available.

If no changes have been made to CA Endevor® SCM data since the last backup, the files should be
considered recovered (in sync), and CA Endevor® SCM processing may be continued.

04-May-2018 997/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If only environmental changes have been made to CA Endevor® SCM since the last backup (no
element updates were made), the files should be considered recovered (in sync), and CA
Endevor® SCM processing may be continued.

If element modifications have been made since the last backup, an out-of-sync condition exists
between the base and/or delta libraries and the Master Control File (MCF), requiring the systems
to be reloaded. To do so:

Itemize the systems affected by the element modifications.

Set up a Reload job using as input the last full unload file, and all incremental files that are
available up to the point of the failure.

Run Reload processing for all the affected systems using the concatenated input of unload
files.

Use the SCL file (C1SCL1) produced during Reload to run the GENERATE action against the
reloaded elements. This will synchronize the outputs.

Once the reload has been completed, Validate processing must be run for each system that was
reloaded. This is necessary to identify “orphan” members (members that had been added since the
recovery point). To do this:

Run Validate processing for all the affected systems.

Use the SCL file (C1SCL1) produced by the Validate process to delete each element that failed
validation and complete the synchronization process.

Note: The deleted elements can be manually recovered from a source output library member or
an external copy of the source. If a source output library exists, ensure that the members to be
recovered are first saved from this library before delete processing is performed. All other
changes that have been made since that time has been effectively “rolled back.”

Example 2 VSAM Master Control File Recovery

Problem: A DASD volume has a hardware failure Tuesday at 10:00 a.m. This pack contained the
VSAM Master Control file for one CA Endevor® SCM environment. The volume was backed-up using
an in-house backup utility, and unloaded using an incremental unload the evening before. The
previous Sunday a full unload was performed.

Solution: Restore the DASD volume from the latest in-house backup file. After this step has been
done, determine to what point the volume was restored (date/time) in relation to the unload files
that you have available.

If no changes have been made to CA Endevor® SCM since the last backup, the files should be
considered recovered (in sync), and CA Endevor® SCM processing may be continued.

If only environmental changes have been made to CA Endevor® SCM since this last backup (no
element updates were made) the files should be considered recovered (in sync). Any
environmental changes made since the recovery point has been lost and must be manually
recovered. Once this has been done CA Endevor® SCM processing may be continued.

04-May-2018 998/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If element modifications have been made since the last backup, an out-of-sync condition exists
between the Master Control File (MCF) and the base and/or delta library, requiring the systems to
be reloaded. To do this:

Itemize the system(s) affected by the element modifications.

Set up a Reload job using as input the last full unload file, and all incremental files that are
available up to the point of the failure.

Run Reload processing for all the affected system(s) using the concatenated input of unload
files.

Use the SCL file (C1SCL1) produced during Reload to run the Generate action against the
reloaded elements. This will synchronize the associated outputs.

Note: Elements added since the recovery point can be manually recovered from the
contents of a source output library member or an external copy of the source. All other
changes that have been made since that time will have been effectively “rolled back.”

Note: If the reloaded SYSTEM requires CCID and/or COMMENT to be specified for actions
against its elements, you must insert a SET OPTIONS statement in the generated SCL file
(C1SCL1).

Example 3 Package Data Set Recovery

Problem: A DASD volume has a hardware failure on Tuesday at 10:00 A.M. This pack contained the
CA Endevor® SCM package data set. The volume was backed up using an in-house backup utility the
evening before.

Solution: Restore the DASD volume from the latest in-house backup files. After this step has been
done, determine to what point the volume was restored (date and time) in relation to any package
unload files you may have available.

If no changes have been made to the package data set since the last backup, the data set should
be considered recovered (in sync), and CA Endevor® SCM processing may be continued.

If any package modifications have been made since the last backup, they are lost. If there is an
unload file available that is more recent than the backup from which the data set was restored
you can reload the package data set. To do so:

Set up a Reload job, using as input any unload file that is more recent than the backup file
used to restore the data set.

Run Reload processing for all the affected packages or selected package IDs.

04-May-2018 999/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Sample Reload Control Cards

The following request specifies that environment TEST and all systems in this environment are to be
reloaded. UNLOD01 is the DDname assigned to the input data set that contains the data to be
reloaded. This data set must be coded in the Reload JCL.
RELOAD FROM DDN UNLOD01 TO ENV TEST SYS *.

UNLODPKG is the DDname assigned to the input data set that contains the data to be reloaded. This
data set must be coded in the Reload JCL. The JCL which unloads the package can be found in
member BC1JRELD, supplied in your iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL library.

C1BM5000
The Unload/Reload/Validate Utility program.

CONLIB
Data set name of the installation CA Endevor® SCM CONLIB load library.

BSTIPT01
Required DDname for Unload/Reload/Validate statements.

UNLODNN
The target DDname of the unload data set name specified for this Reload operation.

C1SCL1
Required DDname for the data set to which the SCL GENERATE statements produced by the
Reload operation will be written.

C1RLDWK*
Pre-allocates work files so that site does not have to rely on CA Endevor® SCM for temporary
allocation.

Validate Function
This function lets you ensure the integrity of one or more existing CA Endevor® SCM environments
and/or systems and their related elements and components.

The Validate function performs a series of checks against the contents of the VSAM Master Control
File(s), and the related base and delta libraries associated with the environments and systems
specified on the job request. These are the same checks performed as part of Unload processing,
allowing this function to operate in a standalone mode.

Validate may be run for an entire environment, or for selected systems within an environment. There
is no validation processing currently available for the package data set.

The Validate function should be run any time there is a question about the integrity of an
environment/system, and with a reload operation. An unload does not do the same checking against
the files as a validate.

04-May-2018 1000/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Validate Control Card

The parameters for the Validate control card are as follows:

Validate Control Card

The parameters for the Validate control card are described next:

VALIDATE
Specifies the Validate function of program C1BM5000. You must further qualify the Validate
request with one of the following:

ENVIRONMENT-Identifies the environments for which information is to be validated. A name

mask may be used.

SYSTEM-Identifies the systems from which information is to be validated. A name mask may
be used.

Any number of Validate statements may be coded for a single run.

Validate Processing
Validate processing performs a series of checks against the contents of the VSAM Master Control
Files, and the related base and delta libraries. These checks include:

MCF to base to delta relationship verification.

Footprint correlation.

Physical base/delta member counts.

Insert/delete counts.

Delta level verification.

If an error is detected it is important to determine the cause and to correct the problem. In most
cases (a physical problem) the Reload facility should allow you to accomplish this task by going back
to the last good unload point.

Validate checks Master Control File and element information in the following order:

1. Stage 1 internal environmental definitions.

2. Stage 2 internal environmental definitions.

3. Stage 1 elements.

4. Stage 2 elements.

If an error is encountered during Validate processing the following will occur:

04-May-2018 1001/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If an error is encountered during Validate processing the following will occur:

If the validation problem affects the element itself, Validate will write:

An error message indicating the nature of the problem.

An SCL DELETE statement to the C1SCL1 data set. The SCL contained in the C1SCL1 data set
can then be used in a subsequent recovery operation to delete the element prior to
performing Reload processing.

If the element itself is intact, but there is a problem in the associated ACM component list,
Validate will write:

An error message indicating the nature of the problem.

An SCL DELETE statement with the ONLY COMPONENT clause to the C1SCL1 data set.

The SCL contained in the C1SCL1 data set can then be used in a subsequent recovery operation to
delete only the element's component list prior to a GENERATE action or Reload processing.

Sample Validate Control Card

The following request specifies that environment Test and all systems in this environment are to be
validated:
VALIDATE ENV TEST SYS *.

The JCL which validates the package can be found in member BC1JVALD, supplied in your iprfx.iqual.
CSIQJCL library.

C1BM5000
The Unload/Reload/Validate Utility program.

CONLIB
Data set name of the installation CA Endevor® SCM CONLIB load library.

BSTIPT01
Required DDname for Unload/Reload/Validate statements.

C1SCL1
Required DDname for the data set to which the SCL DELETE statements produced during Validate
processing is written.

04-May-2018 1002/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Unused Processor Symbolic Overrides Utility

The BC1PSDEL utility lets you list and remove unused processor symbolic overrides. Symbolic
overrides are identified as unused when the corresponding symbolic no longer exists in a processor.

If you updated a processor and removed some symbolics from its PROC statement, the corresponding
symbolic overrides that are defined for that processor would remain in the Master Control File. These
are considered to be unused symbolic overrides, because the corresponding symbolic is removed
from the processor for which the override existed.

If you later modify the processor to include the same symbolic, then the override becomes active
again without the user awareness. This can cause unexpected behavior of the changed processor.
Also, the API and the CSV utility report unused symbolic overrides, without identifying them as
unused. To avoid these situations, use the BC1PSDEL utility to identify and remove any unused
symbolic overrides. The utility cannot prevent symbolics from becoming unused; it can identify and
remove them for you.

The BC1PSDEL utility scans all Master Control Files searching for unused symbolic overrides. It does
not directly remove them, but does produce output with "DELETE PROCESSOR SYMBOL" SCL
statements, which can be reviewed and passed to the Batch Environment Administration facility
(ENBE1000) to be processed.

The utility identifies and classifies unused processor symbolic overrides as follows:

Regular unused symbolic overrides, which originate from a source change of the corresponding
processor.

Irregular unused symbolic overrides, which are identified if the corresponding processor load
module or load library does not exist or cannot be accessed. In this case, the utility treats all
respective symbolic overrides as unused, because it cannot be determined if the corresponding
symbolics exist in the processor load module.

List and Remove Unused Processor Symbolic

Overrides
Run the JCL in member BC1JSDEL found in your iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL library to list and remove any
unused processor symbolic overrides. The JCL executes the BC1PSDEL utility to list the unused
symbolic overrides, build SCL statements to remove them, and optionally execute the Batch
Environment Administration facility (ENBE1000) to delete the unused overrides. The utility can be run
on a scheduled basis or as necessary.

Follow these steps:

1. Modify the BC1JSDEL JCL member as follows:

a. Add a valid job card.

b. Set the execution mode parameter. Choose one of the following:

04-May-2018 1003/1109
 1.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

b. Set the execution mode parameter. Choose one of the following:

c. MODE =1

If the utility has been run before, this mode deletes previously created SCL data
sets, before building new SCL data sets.

Executes the BC1PSDEL utility to build SCL data sets, but does not process them.

d. MODE=2

If the utility has been run before, this mode deletes previously created SCL data
sets, before building new SCL data sets.

Executes the BC1PSDEL utility to build SCL data sets.

Executes the Batch Environment Administration facility (ENBE1000) to process the

SCL statements.

e. MODE=3

Executes the Batch Environment Administration facility (ENBE1000) to process the

SCL statements built in the previous execution of this job.

f. Make sure that the DD statements refer to the correct SCL1 and SCL2 data sets.

2. Run the BC1JSDEL JCL.

The results depend on the mode you selected. Modes 1 and 2 identify the unused symbolic
overrides and create SCL to delete them, but only Modes 2 and 3 delete the unused symbolic
overrides.

MODE 1 or MODE 2

If the job runs in MODE 1 or 2, the BC1PSDEL utility scans all Master Control Files for unused
processor symbolic overrides and generates the following output.

Note: MODE 2 also executes the SCL statements, for details see section "MODE 2 or
MODE 3".

If the job runs in MODE 2 or 3, the Batch Environment Administration facility (ENBE1000)
processes the "DELETE PROCESSOR SYMBOL" SCL statements generated by the BC1PSDEL
utility and deletes the unused processor symbolic overrides from Master Control Files. By
default, only SCL1 statements are executed. However, if you uncommented the SCL2 data set
in the ENESCLIN DD statement, the SCL2 statements are executed also.

If any regular unused symbolic overrides are deleted, the Batch Environment Administration
facility (ENBE1000) finishes with RC=4 and the action log contains ENBE144W messages

(ENBE144W Processor Symbol X has not been overridden or is not defined for Generate

04-May-2018 1004/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

(ENBE144W Processor Symbol X has not been overridden or is not defined for Generate
/Delete/Move processor ). This outcome is correct because the Batch Environment
Administration facility cannot see regular unused symbolic overrides; however, it does
remove them.

04-May-2018 1005/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Catalog Utilities
Contents

Catalog Rename Utility (see page 1006)

Catalog Synchronization Utility (see page 1007)

CA Endevor SCM uses an Element Catalog file to support long element names and to boost
performance by reducing the volume of I/O operations.

Catalog Rename Utility

The CA Endevor SCM MCF Catalog Rename Utility lets you change the catalog name in the MCF's
stage record. This utility should be run after you have created a new catalog and have defined it to
the C1DEFLTS table.

With the implementation of the Element Catalog, all MCF's have the catalog name recorded in its
stage record. The first time CA Endevor SCM is invoked after migration from a prior release, the
MCF's, at open time, are updated with the Element Catalog name. From that point on, (at open time)
CA Endevor SCM checks the stage record's catalog name against the name specified in the C1DEFLTS
table. If the names are not equal, the MCF open fails. This check prevents MCF's from belonging to
more than one catalog.

The CA Endevor SCM MCF Catalog Rename Utility allows you to change the catalog name in the
MCF's stage record. This utility should be run after you have created a new Catalog and have defined
it to the C1DEFLTS table.

The utility can run in two modes:

Validate Mode-All environments defined in the C1DEFLTS table are examined. A report is
produced showing the current MCF catalog name and a statement as to whether or not the name
agrees or disagrees with the C1DEFLTS table. A return code of 0 indicates all environments match
the table's definition. A return code of 4 indicates that some or all environments are not current
with the table's definition.

Update Mode-All environments defined in the C1DEFLTS table are examined, but instead of just
reporting the mismatches, the utility rewrites the stage records with the name defined from the
C1DEFLTS table. A return code of 0, under Update mode, indicates that all environments match
the table's definition. A return code of 4 indicates that some or all of the stages were updated
with the table's name.

To execute the rename utility, use member BC1JXCNM from your JCL library. To invoke validate or
update mode, change the PARM= parameter on the execute statement.

04-May-2018 1006/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Catalog Synchronization Utility

The CA Endevor SCM Catalog Synchronization Utility (BC1PCSYN) allows you to update the element
catalog to recover differences between the element catalog and its related MCF files.

This utility has two modes, a validate mode and an update mode. The validate mode simply reports
on the differences between the catalog and MCF files. The update mode actually recovers the
differences between the element catalog and its related MCFs by updating the element catalog file.

Under the update mode, the utility synchronizes the element catalog and the MCF element records in
two phases.

The first phase validates MCF records against the catalog. A catalog segment is created for any MCF
record found missing from the catalog. A catalog segment is updated with MCF element data when
the associated catalog data is found to be different.

The second phase validates the catalog to MCF to remove dead segments from the catalog. All
segments which do not have a MCF element record are removed from the catalog.

Under validate mode, the utility performs the same two-phase check but does not modify the
catalog. Any differences are simply reported in the execution log.

To select the mode, use the PARM= parameter on the JCL execution statement. 4.

In both phases, processing is done by environment. You can specify which environments the utility
will process, or allow the environment selection to default to all environments defined in the
C1DEFLTS table.

Important! Do not use this utility to initially load the catalog file. Use job BC1JXCNV to load
the catalog file. For more information, see Run the Catalog Build Utility (see page ).

Catalog Synchronization Utility JCL

To execute the synchronization utility (BC1PCSYN), use JCL member BC1JCSYN, which is available in
your site's CA Endevor SCM CSIQJCL data set. Edit this member to conform to the needs of your
installation before executing the job.

Catalog Synchronization Utility Syntax

To select which environments the utility will process, you need to edit the BSTIPT DD JCL statement.
If the DD statement is omitted or if the file is empty (no input syntax), all environments in the
C1DEFLTS table are selected. The BSTIPT file is a 80 character fixed record file. The syntax follows the
same parsing rules as CA Endevor SCM SCL statements.

To select a single environment, specify the following:

04-May-2018 1007/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

To select a single environment, specify the following:

ENVIRONMENT env-name.

To select multiple environments on a single line, specify the following:

ENVIRONMENT (env-name, env-name, env-name).

To select multiple environments on multiple lines, specify the following:

ENVIRONMENT (env-name, env-name, env-name,
  env-name, env-name).

Catalog Synchronization Utility Sample Reports

The following sample report results from executing the utility in validate mode against a test CA
Endevor SCM system with three environments. In this example, the first two environments are out of
sync with its catalog.

1  (C) 2005 Computer Associates International, Inc.                                                10NOV04 14:33:53       PAGE   1
                                           Endevor MCF Catalog Synchronization UTILITY LOG              RELEASE 7.0  SERIAL B7000C
 
 
 
 SYN0000I  BEGINNING PHASE 1
 
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENV1     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 *MISSING* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJZZBLONGNAME02
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *MISSING* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT JBEANlongld5VERYLONGNAMEverylongnameVERYLONGNAMEverylongnameLAROSE
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *MISSING* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJudylarose01
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *OLD    * CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJudylarose02
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *OLD    * CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT IA6PGM
                 TYPE ASMPGM   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *OLD    * CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT OLENIC01
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL # OF MISSING CTLG SGMTS FROM ENVIRON ENV1    :        3
 SYN0004I  TOTAL # OF OLD CTLG SGMTS FOUND IN ENVIRON ENV1    :        3
 SYN0005I  TOTAL # OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FROM ENVIRON ENV1    :      102
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENVA     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 *MISSING* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT TESTJO1
                 TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 2 SYS SYSTA00  SBS SBSA00
 *MISSING* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT SANELM1
                 TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 2 SYS SYSTC00  SBS SBSC00
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL # OF MISSING CTLG SGMTS FROM ENVIRON ENVA    :        2
 SYN0004I  TOTAL # OF OLD CTLG SGMTS FOUND IN ENVIRON ENVA    :        0
 SYN0005I  TOTAL # OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FROM ENVIRON ENVA    :        5
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENVZ     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL # OF MISSING CTLG SGMTS FROM ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0004I  TOTAL # OF OLD CTLG SGMTS FOUND IN ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0005I  TOTAL # OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FROM ENVIRON ENVZ    :        1
 
 SYN0011I  TOTAL # OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED, ALL ENVIRONMENTS:          108
 
 
 SYN0000I  BEGINNING PHASE 2
 
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENV1     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.

04-May-2018 1008/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 
 *ORPHAN * CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJudylarose01
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *ORPHAN* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJZZBLONGNAME02
1  (C) 2005 Computer Associates International, Inc.                                                10NOV04 14:34:03       PAGE   2
                                           Endevor MCF Catalog Synchronization UTILITY LOG              RELEASE 7.0  SERIAL B7000C
 
 
 
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *ORPHAN * CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT JBEANlongld5VERYLONGNAMEverylongnameVERYLONGNAMEverylongnameLAROSE
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 SYN0032I  TOTAL # OF ORPHAN CTLG SGMTS     IN  ENVIRON ENV1    :        3
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :      105
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENVA     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 *ORPHAN * CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT SANELM1
               TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 1 SYS SYSTC00  SBS SBSC00
 *ORPHAN * CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT TESTJO1
               TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 1 SYS SYSTA00  SBS SBSA00
 SYN0032I  TOTAL # OF ORPHAN CTLG SGMTS     IN  ENVIRON ENVA    :        2
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        7
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENVZ     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 SYN0032I  TOTAL # OF ORPHAN CTLG SGMTS     IN  ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        1
 
 SYN0034I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED, ALL ENVIRONMENTS:         113
 
 
 
 

If the utility is executed again, but this time in update mode, the catalog is repaired and the following
log report is produced.

 
1  (C) 2005 Computer Associates International, Inc.                                                10NOV04 14:33:53       PAGE   1
                                           Endevor MCF Catalog Synchronization UTILITY LOG              RELEASE 7.0  SERIAL B7000C
 
 
 
 SYN0000I  BEGINNING PHASE 1
 
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENV1     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 *CREATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJZZBLONGNAME02
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *CREATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT JBEANlongld5VERYLONGNAMEverylongnameVERYLONGNAMEverylongnameLAROSE
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *CREATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJudylarose01
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *UPDATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJudylarose02
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *UPDATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT IA6PGM
                 TYPE ASMPGM   AT ENV ENV1     SID 1 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *UPDATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT OLENIC01
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS CREATED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :        3
 SYN0004I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS UPDATED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :        3
 SYN0005I  TOTAL #  OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :      102
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENVA     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 *CREATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT TESTJO1
                 TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 2 SYS SYSTA00  SBS SBSA00
 *CREATED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT SANELM1
                 TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 2 SYS SYSTC00  SBS SBSC00
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS CREATED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        2
 SYN0004I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS UPDATED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        0
 SYN0005I  TOTAL #  OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        5
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENVZ     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING

04-May-2018 1009/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS CREATED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0004I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS UPDATED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0005I  TOTAL #  OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        1
 
 SYN0011I  TOTAL # OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED, ALL ENVIRONMENTS:          108
 
 
 SYN0000I  BEGINNING PHASE 2
 
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENV1     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 *DELETED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJudylarose01
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *DELETED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT EJZZBLONGNAME02
1  (C) 2005 Computer Associates International, Inc.                                                10NOV04 14:34:03       PAGE   2
                                           Endevor MCF Catalog Synchronization UTILITY LOG              RELEASE 7.0  SERIAL B7000C
 
 
 
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 *DELETED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT JBEANlongld5VERYLONGNAMEverylongnameVERYLONGNAMEverylongnameLAROSE
                 TYPE JDOHFS   AT ENV ENV1     SID 2 SYS SYST100  SBS SBS100
 SYN0032I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS DELETED   FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :        3
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :      105
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENVA     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 *DELETED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT SANELM1
               TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 1 SYS SYSTC00  SBS SBSC00
 *DELETED* CTLG SGMT: ELEMENT TESTJO1
               TYPE JCLI     AT ENV ENVA     SID 1 SYS SYSTA00  SBS SBSA00
 SYN0032I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS DELETED   FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        2
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        7
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENVZ     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 SYN0032I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS DELETED   FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        1
 
 SYN0034I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED, ALL ENVIRONMENTS:         113
 
 
 
 

If the utility is executed again in update mode, no discrepancies should be found, as indicated in the
following sample report.

 
1  (C) 2005 Computer Associates International, Inc.                                                10NOV04 14:36:29       PAGE   1
                                           Endevor MCF Catalog Synchronization UTILITY LOG              RELEASE 7.0  SERIAL B7000C
 
 
 
 SYN0000I  BEGINNING PHASE 1
 
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENV1     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS CREATED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :        0
 SYN0004I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS UPDATED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :        0
 SYN0005I  TOTAL #  OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :      102
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENVA     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS CREATED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        0
 SYN0004I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS UPDATED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        0
 SYN0005I  TOTAL #  OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        5
 
 SYN0002I  ENVIRONMENT ENVZ     MCF ELEMENT TO CATALOG SYNCRONIZATION STARTING
 
 
 SYN0003I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS CREATED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0

04-May-2018 1010/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 SYN0004I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS UPDATED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0005I  TOTAL #  OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        1
 
 SYN0011I  TOTAL # OF ELEMENTS PROCESSED, ALL ENVIRONMENTS:          108
 
 
 SYN0000I  BEGINNING PHASE 2
 
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENV1     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 SYN0032I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS DELETED   FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :        0
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENV1    :      102
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENVA     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 SYN0032I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS DELETED   FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        0
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVA    :        5
 
 SYN0031I  ENVIRONMENT ENVZ     CATALOG TO MCF ELEMENT SYNCRONIZATION STARTING.
 
 SYN0032I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS DELETED   FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        0
 SYN0033I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED FOR ENVIRON ENVZ    :        1
 
 SYN0034I  TOTAL CATALOG SEGMENTS PROCESSED, ALL ENVIRONMENTS:         108

04-May-2018 1011/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CCIDs and Comments for Product

Management
Specify Required CCIDs (see page 1013)
Predefine CCIDs (see page 1013)
How Element Actions Update CCIDs or Comments (see page 1018)

Change Control Identifiers (CCIDs) provide CA Endevor SCM users with an important project
management tool. CCIDs can function as logical grouping mechanisms by which user-specified
portions of the CA Endevor SCM inventory can be tagged, then viewed, tracked, and manipulated.

In addition to the CCID, you can also specify a comment for CA Endevor SCM actions. Consider using
the comment and the CCID to provide additional information. For instance, the person who performs
an action might use the COMMENT field to note the purpose of the action.

Users can specify CCIDs and/or comments when they request actions. You can decide whether to
require CCIDs and/or comments for all action requests on a system-by-system basis.

You can specify a CCID and/or comment when you request any of these CA Endevor SCM actions:
ADD, UPDATE, RETRIEVE, GENERATE, MOVE, TRANSFER, DELETE, and RESTORE. CA Endevor SCM
updates the CCID and/or comment in up to six places with the CCID and/or comment specified in the
action request. Whether a CCID and/or comment is updated depends on the effect the action has on
the source and outputs managed by CA Endevor SCM.

The following list details CCID and/or COMMENT fields that may be updated:

Last Action CCID and/or comment

The CCID and/or comment used the last time any action was performed that updated CA Endevor
SCM in any way (every action except RETRIEVE). This CCID and/or comment is stored in the
Master Control File.

Current Source CCID and/or comment

The CCID and/or comment used the last time a CA Endevor SCM action changed the source. This
CCID and/or comment is stored in the Master Control File.

Generate CCID and/or comment

The CCID and/or comment used the last time a CA Endevor SCM action caused output processing
to occur. Output processing occurs when a processor is run or an output data set is updated. This
CCID and/or comment is stored in the Master Control File.

Retrieve CCID and/or comment

These fields only reflect the CCID and/or comment used during the RETRIEVE action if the last
action at that stage was RETRIEVE. This CCID and comment are stored in the Master Control File.
Viewing this information lets you determine which elements have been retrieved for update by
project.

Source Delta CCID and/or comment

Each delta level contains the CCID and/or comment specified in the action that created the delta
level.

04-May-2018 1012/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Component List Delta CCID and/or comment

Each component list delta level contains the CCID and/or comment specified in the action that
created the delta level.

Specify Required CCIDs

During your CA Endevor SCM implementation, decide whether to require CCID and/or comments.
You can require the use of CCIDs and/or comments on a system-by-system basis.

Follow these steps:

1. Select option 3 on the Environment Options Menu and press Enter.

The System Request panel appears.

2. Type U in the COMMAND field, enter the environment name in the ENVIRONMENT field, and
press Enter.
The System Definition panel appears.

3. Enter Y in the CCID and/or COMMENT fields, and press Enter to save your changes.

Note: If you do not specify a CCID and/or comment when one is required for the
action you are requesting, CA Endevor SCM displays the Action Prompt panel. To
complete your action request, type a valid CCID and/or comment and press Enter.

Predefine CCIDs
Predefining CCIDs lets you perform the following:

Validate CCIDs entered by users against the predefined CCIDs.

Associate user IDs or specific inventory areas with certain CCIDs.

You can predefine CCIDs in one of the following ways:

Define a CCID definition data set within CA Endevor SCM.

Use a product such as IBM Tivoli Information Management for z/OS; CA Endevor SCM provides an
interface for this product.

Create your own file; CA Endevor SCM provides a user exit capability so you can define your own
CCID definition file.

This section contains information about CCID validation in CA Endevor SCM and about the CCID
definition data set that you can define within CA Endevor SCM.

04-May-2018 1013/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CCID Validation
If you have predefined CCIDs, the CCID definition file is read into memory at CA Endevor SCM startup.
Changes to the definition file during a CA Endevor SCM work session do not take effect until you exit
CA Endevor SCM and then re-enter the system.

CCID validation processing takes effect at the time an action is performed. That is, a batch action
could be built (using the batch or package construction screens), but denied at execution time.

If the system you are working with is defined with CCID required, then a valid CCID must be specified
for all actions requiring a CCID. If the system you are working with is not defined with CCID required,
the CCID is not validated and any value including no CCID (spaces) for the action is allowed.

CCID validation applies only to specific actions. This processing is not applicable with the LIST or
PRINT actions, because you cannot specify a CCID for these actions. Additionally, CCID validation is
not performed for the MERGE action.

Note: CCID validation performed by CA Endevor SCM can be used as a secondary validation
mechanism that is invoked if a no match condition is found in the CA Endevor SCM
InfoMan Interface.

Create a CCID Definition Data Set

You can define and maintain CCIDs in a sequential file that you identify in the Defaults Table. This file
is optional. This file lets you predefine CCIDs and associate each CCID, with user IDs and/or CA
Endevor SCM inventory areas.

When a CCID is specified in a CA Endevor SCM action, CA Endevor SCM validates that CCID against the
contents of this data set. It determines whether the user is authorized to use the specified CCID with
the inventory area against which the action is being performed.

You must maintain the definition file using the ISPF (or any other) text editor or by creating the file
from your existing project management system. The definition file must be a card-image data set (80-
byte, fixed-format records).

The format of the records in the CCID definition file is variable; the records may be comments
("comment lines") or definitions ("definition lines"). CCIDs are required on every definition line;
optionally, a TSO user and/or CA Endevor SCM element identification information (environment,
system, subsystem, element name, type, and stage) can be given.

Follow these steps:

1. Allocate that CCID validation data set. Use the standard ISPF data set utilities, option 3.2 from
the ISPF/PDF Primary Options menu. Allocation the data set with the following attributes:
LRECL=80, RECFM=FB, DSORG=PS, and BLKSIZE=any multiple of 80. The data set name must
be the same as that specified for the CIPODSN parameter in the Defaults table. The data set
name can be any valid name that conforms to your site naming conventions.

04-May-2018 1014/1109
 1.

CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: When you create the sequential file, be sure to specify a data set name in the
format: project.dataset.type, where type is a unique value. This causes the ISPF
editor to use a unique profile for the data set.

2. Initialize the data set by copying member SAMPCIPO from the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL library into
the allocated data set. SAMPCIPO is a sample CCID definition data set that is distributed with
the CA Endevor SCM system. You can use SAMPCIPO to build a data set appropriate to the
needs of your organization. Because CA Endevor SCM requires information to be placed in
certain columns, we recommend that you copy member SAMPCIPO into the data set. By using
this member as a template, you can ensure that the fields in the data set are positioned in the
correct columns. Use the standard ISPF copy utility-option 3.3 on the ISPF/PDF Primary Option
Menu-to copy SAMPCIPO from the sample JCL library (iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL) into the data set.
Use the ISPF edit service to tailor the data set to meet the requirements of your site.

3. Add the Data Set Name to the Defaults table, by adding the data set name to the CIPODSN
parameter. Do not update the CIPODSN parameter in the Defaults Table before allocating the
CCID validation data set. If CIPODSN contains a non-null entry, CA Endevor SCM assumes that
the entry is a data set name and looks for that data set during initialization. If CA Endevor SCM
cannot find the data set, it generates an error message. Therefore, before using CA Endevor
SCM, ensure that the CCID validation data set is allocated and defined appropriately.

Note: For more information about editing the table, see The Defaults Table.

Sequential Data Set Purpose

There are two reasons why a sequential data set is used for CCID definition:

A sequential data set allows you to use the standard ISPF text editor for editing.

A sequential data set allows you to off-load project management information from an existing
application (such as IBM Tivoli Information Management for z/OS) and construct the data set
using an application program.

Note: To assist in the building of the application program, an assembler macro has been
supplied with the system. The macro resides in the installation source library (iprfx.iqual.
CSIQOPTN) built during Step 1 of the CA Endevor SCM installation process. The member
name of the macro is $CIPOREC.

To write a program to create a CCID definition data set, use the record layout that is specified in
$CIPOREC, using your own data.

04-May-2018 1015/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Editing the File Using the ISPF Text Editor

Setting up a CCID definition file as a sequential file allows you to use the ISPF text editor to edit the
file, as follows.

1. Enter the following primary commands:

TABS ON; CAPS ON; NULLS OFF

2. Set your tab positions as follows:

 *             *       *       *  *        *       *         *

 3             16      25      34 36       45      54        63

Using the CCID Definition Data Set

The CCID definition data set can be used for the following:

To register the names of CCIDs. The CCID definition data set can also contain user and/or element
identification data.

As a secondary or backup CCID validation mechanism, with the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan
interface.
If a CCID gets a "no match" condition from the CA Endevor SCM InfoMan interface, CA Endevor
SCM uses the CCID definition data set to check further. If the interface recognizes the CCID, then
CA Endevor SCM bypasses the CCID check.

Using the CCID definition feature with this additional information can assist you in project
management. You can create multiple lines in the CCID definition data set for each valid CCID. For a
CCID value, these successive lines specify the users allowed to work under this CCID, the inventory
items/areas which may be worked on, or both.

For example, assume that a site has two projects: TAX-CHNG-89 and NEW-COMPPLAN. Only people in
the Development Department (TSO user IDs: DEVxxx) are allowed to perform changes as part of
these projects. The inventory areas for the changes are as follows:

Environment = DEMO

Stage number = 1

Systems for TAX-CHNG-89 = PAYROLL and ACCOUNTG

Systems for NEW-COMPPLAN = PAYROLL and PERSONEL

The CCID definition file would be coded as:

card
position    3             16      25      34 36       45      54        63
          * CCID          USERID  ENVIRON  # SYSTEM   SUBSYS  TYPE ELEMENT
            TAX-CHING-89  DEV*    DEMO     1 PAYROLL
            TAX-CHING-89  DEV*    DEMO     1 ACCOUNTG

            NEW-COMPPLAN  DEV*    DEMO     1 PAYROLL

04-May-2018 1016/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

            NEW-COMPPLAN  DEV*    DEMO     1 PAYROLL

            NEW-COMPPLAN  DEV*    DEMO     1 PERSONEL 

Sample CCID Definition Data Set

The following is a sample CCID definition data set.
card
position    3             16      25      34 36       45      54        63
          * CCID          USERID  ENVIRON  # SYSTEM   SUBSYS  TYPE ELEMENT
            AC-DEV-89/02  ZSXBAP1 DEMO     1 ACCOUNTG
            MA-DEV-89/02  ZSX*    DEMO     1 MANUFACT
            PE-DEV-89/02  ZSXJMH1 DEMO     1 PERSONEL
            PE-DEV-89/02  ZSXPGM1 DEMO     1 PERSONEL
            PE-DEV-89/02  ZSXSXV1 DEMO     1 PERSONEL
            QA-89/02      ZSXREL1 DEMO     2 *   *   *   *

The following coding conventions apply to this data set:

Any line that begins with an asterisk (*) in column 1 is considered a comment line.

Every non-comment line is considered a definition line, and must specify a CCID. The CCID field is
always required.

All other fields on a definition line are optional. If any field is left blank (such as the SUBSYSTEM
field for the first five lines listed in the previous sample), it is ignored.

Name masks (for example, ZSX* or simply * in the previous sample) can be used in any of the
optional fields. Imbedded asterisks are not allowed.

A description of each field and its card position are shown in the data set that follows:

CCID (3)
The name of the CCID. The name must be fully specified, defining a valid CCID. This value must be
specified on every definition line. The same CCID may appear on multiple lines.

Userid (16)
(Optional) If used, only the users whose user ID is specified (whether by full name or with the use
of a name mask) may use the CCID indicated on this line.

Environ (25)
(Optional) Environment name. If used, only elements in the environment specified (whether by
full name or with the use of a name mask) can be updated under the CCID indicated on this line.

# (34)
(Optional) Stage number. If used, only elements in the stage specified (1, 2, or *) can be updated
under the CCID indicated on this line.

System (36)
(Optional) System name. If used, only elements in the system specified (whether by full name or
with the use of a name mask) can be updated under the CCID indicated on this line.

Subsys (45)
(Optional) Subsystem name. If used, only elements in the subsystem specified (whether by full
name or with the use of a name mask) can be updated under the CCID indicated on this line.

04-May-2018 1017/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Type (54)
(Optional) Element type. If used, only elements of the type specified (whether by full name or
with the use of a name mask) can be updated under the CCID indicated on this line.

Element (63)
(Optional) Element name. If used, only elements whose names are specified (whether by full
name or with the use of a name mask) can be updated under the CCID indicated on this line.

How Element Actions Update CCIDs or Comments

You can specify a CCID and/or a comment when requesting CA Endevor SCM to perform the following
actions:

ADD

UPDATE

RETRIEVE

GENERATE

MOVE

TRANSFER

DELETE

RESTORE

CA Endevor SCM uses the CCID and/or comment that you specify for the action to update one or
more of the following fields:

Master Control File fields:

CURRENT SOURCE CCID and/or COMMENT

GENERATE CCID and/or COMMENT

RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT

SOURCE DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT

COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT

The fields that CA Endevor SCM updates depend on the action you specify. The following sections on
specific actions provide details on which of the CCID and/or COMMENT fields are updated, and under
what circumstances.

04-May-2018 1018/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Add Action CCID Updates

When you specify a CCID and/or comment in an ADD action, CA Endevor SCM updates CCID and/or
COMMENT fields differently depending on whether you are adding a new element or an existing
element.

Specifying an Add Action for a New Element— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in an ADD
action for a new element, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

CURRENT SOURCE and SOURCE DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

GENERATE and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the generate processor
is run.

CCID is held for the AUTOGEN option.

In addition, the first time an element is added to CA Endevor SCM the comment specified is stored
separately. This comment appears in the ELEMENT DESCRIPTION field of the Master Control File
display, and remains with the element as long as it resides in CA Endevor SCM.

Specifying an Add Action for an Existing Element— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in an
ADD action for an existing element, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the
following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

CURRENT SOURCE and SOURCE DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the element has changed.

GENERATE CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the generate processor is run.

COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the component list has changed.

CCID is held for the AUTOGEN option.

CA Endevor SCM also clears the Stage 1 RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT fields when you add an
existing element.

Important! If you specify the BYPASS GENERATE PROCESSOR option, the ADD action does
not set the generate or component list delta CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Update Action CCID Updates

When you specify a CCID and/or comment in an UPDATE action for an existing element, CA Endevor
SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

04-May-2018 1019/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CURRENT SOURCE and SOURCE DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the element has changed.

GENERATE CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the generate processor is run.

COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the component list has changed.

CCID is held for the AUTOGEN option.

CA Endevor SCM also clears the Stage 1 RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT fields when you UPDATE
an element.

Important! If you specify the BYPASS GENERATE PROCESSOR option, the UPDATE action
does not set the generate or component list delta CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Retrieve Action CCID Updates

When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a RETRIEVE action for an existing element, CA Endevor
SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Generate Action CCID Updates

When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a GENERATE action, CA Endevor SCM updates CCID and
/or COMMENT fields differently depending on whether you specify the GENERATE action with or
without copyback.

Specifying a Generate Action without Copyback— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a
GENERATE action without copyback, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the
following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

GENERATE CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if running the generate processor causes
the component list to change.

Specifying a Generate Action with Copyback— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a
GENERATE action with copyback, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the
following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields at the generate location.

GENERATE and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields at the generate location.

CA Endevor SCM also sets current source and source delta CCID and/or COMMENT fields to the value
associated with the element that is copied back.

04-May-2018 1020/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Move Action CCID Updates

When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a MOVE action, CA Endevor SCM updates CCID and/or
COMMENT fields differently depending on whether you specify the MOVE action with history or
without history.

Specifying a Move Action without History— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a MOVE
action without history, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the LAST ACTION CCID
and/or COMMENT fields. CA Endevor SCM also performs the following actions:

Sets the target CURRENT SOURCE and GENERATE CCID and/or COMMENT fields to their value at
the starting location of the MOVE.

Sets the target SOURCE DELTA and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields to
their last value at the starting location of the MOVE.

Clears the RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Specifying a Move Action with History— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a MOVE action
with history, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the LAST ACTION CCID and/or
COMMENT fields. CA Endevor SCM also performs the following actions:

Sets the CURRENT SOURCE and GENERATE CCID and/or COMMENT fields to their start location
value.

Moves SOURCE DELTA and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCIDs and COMMENTs with their respective
delta levels.

Clears the RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Transfer Action CCID Updates

When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a TRANSFER action, CA Endevor SCM updates CCID and
/or COMMENT fields differently depending on whether you specify the TRANSFER request without
history, with history, or with synchronization.

Specifying a Transfer Action without History— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a
TRANSFER action without history, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the
following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

GENERATE and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the generate processor
is run.

CA Endevor SCM also:

Sets the CURRENT SOURCE CCID and/or COMMENT fields from their value in the previous stage.

04-May-2018 1021/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Sets the SOURCE DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields from their last delta value in the previous
stage.

Clears the RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Specifying a Transfer Action with History— When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a TRANSFER
action with history, CA Endevor SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

GENERATE and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the generate processor
is run.

CA Endevor SCM also performs the following actions:

Sets the CURRENT SOURCE CCID and/or COMMENT fields from their value in the previous stage.

Moves SOURCE DELTA CCIDs and COMMENTs with their respective delta levels.

Clears the RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Specifying Synchronize along with the Transfer with History— CA Endevor SCM creates a synchronize
source delta level. When CA Endevor SCM creates this synchronize delta level, it performs the
following actions:

Sets the CCID and/or COMMENT fields from the base value.

Sets the synchronize flag to indicate that this source delta level was created as a result of the
synchronize option.

Important! If you specify the BYPASS GENERATE PROCESSOR, the TRANSFER action does
not set the generate or component list delta CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Delete Action CCID Updates

If you specify a CCID and/or comment on a DELETE action, that CCID and/or comment is logged to
SMF (if SMF logging is being performed). The CCID and/or comment is available to CA Endevor SCM
exits.

Restore Action CCID Updates

When you specify a CCID and/or comment in a RESTORE action for an existing element, CA Endevor
SCM uses this CCID and/or comment to set the following fields:

LAST ACTION CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

GENERATE and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the generate processor

04-May-2018 1022/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

GENERATE and COMPONENT LIST DELTA CCID and/or COMMENT fields if the generate processor
is run.

CA Endevor SCM sets the CURRENT SOURCE, SOURCE DELTA, and RETRIEVE CCID and/or COMMENT
fields based on the contents of the archive data set from which you restore.

Important! If you specify the BYPASS GENERATE PROCESSOR, the RESTORE action will not
set the generate or component list delta CCID and/or COMMENT fields.

Summary CCID Impact Chart

CA Endevor® SCMupdates the CCID and/or comment in up to six places with the CCID and/or
comment specified in the action request. Whether a CCID and/or comment is updated depends on
the effect the action has on the source and outputs managed by CA Endevor® SCM. The following
chart summarizes the impact of CA Endevor® SCM actions on the six fields that each action may
update with the CCID, comment information, or both that you specify for the action. NA in any table
cell indicates that the field is not applicable for the action.

Action Current Generate Last Retrieve Source Delta CCID/ Component

Source CCID/ Action CCID/ Comment CCID/
CCID/ Comment CCID/ Comment Comment
Comment Comment
Add (new Set Set if Set NA Set Set if
element) changed generated
Add Set if Set if Set NA Set Set if generate
(existing changed generated creates a delta
element)
Update Set if Set if Set NA Set if changed Set if generate
changed generated creates a delta
Retrieve NA NA NA Set NA NA
Generate NA Set Set NA NA Set if generate
without creates a delta
copyback
Generate Set to Set Set NA Set to copied back value Set
with copied back
copyback value
Signin NA NA NA Clear NA NA
Delete NA NA NA NA NA NA
Restore Set from Set if Set Set from Set from Archive Set if
archive generated Archive generated
Archive NA NA NA NA NA NA
Set Clear Set from last start
location delta value

04-May-2018 1023/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action Current Generate Last Retrieve Source Delta CCID/ Component

Source CCID/ Action CCID/ Comment CCID/
CCID/ Comment CCID/ Comment Comment
Comment Comment
Move Set from Set from Set from last
without start start start location
history location location delta value
value value
Move Set from Set from Set Clear Carried with delta levels Carried with
with start start delta levels
history location location
value value
Transfer Set from Set if Set Clear Set from last delta value Set if
without previous generated previous stage generated
history stage value
Transfer Set from Set if Set Clear Carried with delta levels Set if
with previous generated generated
history stage value
Transfer Set from Set if Set Clear Set from base value. Set if
with SYNC previous generated Carried with delta levels generated
stage value + on SYNC level

04-May-2018 1024/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Element Registration
Contents

Element Registration (see page 1025)

Controlling Duplicate Element Names at the System and Subsystem Level (see page 1025)
Controlling Duplicate Element Names at the Processor Group Level (see page 1027)

Element Registration
The element registration feature enables you to choose whether you want to restrict the use of the
same element name. Duplicate element names can be problematic; however, there are situations
where they are desirable. For example, the same element name is used for a program as well as its
JCL.

When you define a system, CA Endevor SCM provides two options that let you allow or disallow
duplicate element names. One option enables you to control the use of duplicate element names
across subsystems within the system. The other option lets you control the use of duplicate element
names at the processor group level within the system. Both ways of controlling duplicate element
names can be made to apply across systems.

Note: Verify you are using the same message severity level for the system in each
environment where the system appears. If you do not, element actions may behave in an
unpredictable manner. Similarly, if element registration is activated for a system, make
sure it is activated in each environment in which it appears.

Controlling Duplicate Element Names at the

System and Subsystem Level
The Element Registration option lets you control whether duplicate element names are allowed
across subsystems within a system. During action processing, when the subsystem associated with
the element is validated, CA Endevor SCM checks the option to see if duplicate element names are
allowed.

By default, element name registration is defined at the system level on the system definition. You can
also specify the element name registration options you want to apply to element name registration
across systems. This is an optional feature you can activate in the optional features table ENCOPTBL
by turning on the option REGISTER_ACROSS_SYSTEMS. If this option is turned on, CA Endevor SCM
ignores the element name registration setting on the system definitions.

04-May-2018 1025/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

There are two sets of parameters that you can use to control duplicate element names at the system
and subsystem level:

System Definition Parameters

The System Definition parameters Duplicate Element Name Check and Msg Severity Lvl, govern
this option. You can specify the following parameter values:

E (Error)
The same element name exists within another subsystem under the same system; the action
is terminated and an error message is issued.

C (Caution)
The same element name exists within another subsystem under the same system; the action
is performed and a caution message is issued.

W (Warning)
The same element name exists within another subsystem under the same system; the action
is performed and a warning message is issued.

Note: The System Definition panel displays the parameter values in the Duplicate Element
Name Check and Msg Severity Lvl fields.

Element Registration across Systems

If you turn on the optional feature REGISTER_ACROSS_SYSTEMS in ENCOPTBL, then CA Endevor
SCM issues a message if an element is added or created and another element with the same
name exists in another unmapped system/subsystem. If the option is set to E as follows:
REGISTER_ACROSS_SYSTEMS=(ON,E), then you cannot create an element with the same name
unless it is in the map of an existing element. A setting of C or W allows you to create a duplicate
element, but a warning or caution message is issued.
Regardless of whether the option is set to E, C, or W, element name registration restricts the use
of the same element name no matter its type. With this option turned off, elements with the
same name can only exist in the same system/subsystem or in another system (no matter the
subsystem). With this option turned on, elements with the same element-name (no matter the
type) can only exist if one maps to the other.

When this option is turned on, CA Endevor SCM ignores all option settings for element name
registration at the system definitions. The option-severity set in ENCOPTBL will rule over all
systems in all the environments no matter what the element name registration option settings in
the system definitions contain. If the REGISTER_ACROSS_SYSTEMS option is set to OFF, or is not
activated in ENCOPTBL, then the settings on the system definition are used to determine what
rules apply. This option has no impact on the way element registration works at the processor
group level. You can continue to define elements with the same name in the same system
/subsystem if the Duplicate Proc O/P Type check settings allow this.

04-May-2018 1026/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Controlling Duplicate Element Names at the

Processor Group Level
Element Registration at the processor group level lets you control whether two elements with the
same name, but with different element Types, can exist in the same System when both elements are
associated to processors groups with the same processor output Type. The restriction can be set to
all Systems or within a specific System. The purpose of the option is to prevent unintentional overlays
of processor output library members that have the same name.

During action processing, if the element already exists at the target location within the same System
under a different Type with the same output Type, the action is terminated or a warning message
issued. This also occurs if an element with the same name and processor output Type, but different
Type, already exists in a different System, provided the optional feature to check across Systems is
enabled in ENCOPTBL.

Optionally, the search can extend to the Subsystem level. In this case, the searches for duplicate
element names at the processor group level extends across Subsystems defined to a specific System.
Specific Subsystems can be excluded from the search.

How to Enable Element Registration for Processor Groups

The Element Registration feature for processor groups can be enabled in a System definition to apply
to all Subsystems within the System. To exclude any Subsystem, the Subsystem definition must be set
to exclude it from the search. The administrator can set the options for the System and Subsystem
definitions in foreground or batch. For more information about Batch Administration, see Define
System Syntax (https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Define+System+Syntax) and Define Subsystem Syntax (
https://docops.ca.com/display/CE17/Define+Subsystem+Syntax).

To enable Element Registration at the processor group level, perform the following steps:

1. Set the following parameters on the System Definition panel:

DUP PROC O/P TYP=Y - Checks element names across Types and processors groups for the
same processor output Type. A conflict occurs if you attempt to add or create an element and
an element with the same name and processor output Type exists in the same System, with a
different Type .
ACROSS SBS=Y - (Optional) Extends the check for duplicate processor output Types to all the
Subsystems defined to this System. The check compares the processor output Type of the
current action against all processor output Types of all same named elements in the different
Subsystems of the same System. If any are equal, the current action fails with a registration
error.
MSG LEV - Specifies the message severity level when the check finds a duplicate. Valid values
are:
W (Warning) - The action is performed and a warning message is issued.
C (Caution) - The action is performed and a caution message is issued.

E (Error) - The action is not performed and an error message is issued. The default.

04-May-2018 1027/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

E (Error) - The action is not performed and an error message is issued. The default.
This activates Element Registration for processor groups for the System you are updating on
the System Definition panel. If you specify ACROSS SBS=Y, the check will extend to the
Subsystems defined to this System.

2. (Optional) If the ACROSS SBS=Y option is set on the System definition, you can exclude specific
Subsystems from the check. To exclude a Subsystem from the check, set the following option
on the Subsystem Definition panel:
EXCLUDE FROM DUPLICATE ELEMENT PROC O/P TYPE CHECK=Y - Excludes this Subsystem
from the check.

3. (Optional) To activate Element Registration across all Systems at the processor group level,
the following parameter must be set in the Optional Features table (ENCOPTBL):
ENHOPT ELM_REG_CHK_OUTPTYPE_ACROSS_SYSTEMS=ON 

Note: For processor groups, you can define an output Type or use the default output Type.
The default processor output Type is a concatenation of the element Type and the
processor group name. Using the default can help you avoid duplicates.

Defining the Output Type

After enabling the processor group option, you need to define the output type. The default output
type is a concatenation of the element type and processor group names. Using the default value
ensures there are no registration conflicts. Alternatively, you can define the output type using the
Processor Group Definition panel. The output type field, PROCESSOR O/P TYPE, is 16-characters long.

You can implement the processor group option for selected inventory. For the inventory that should
not be checked, leave the output value as it is originally set; that is, a concatenation of the element
type and processor group names. Using the default value ensures there are no registration conflicts.

04-May-2018 1028/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Site Symbolics
Site-defined symbolics are user-defined symbolic values that you reference within dataset name
specifications for base, delta, source output, include libraries, and processors (that is, you can use
them wherever you can use CA Endevor SCM symbolics).

The site symbolics facility enables you to define global symbols that can be used in type and
processor definitions to reference data set name specifications for base, delta, source output, include
libraries, and processors (that is, you can use them wherever you can use CA Endevor SCM
symbolics). Thus, commonly referenced data sets can be defined in a single location significantly
easing maintenance. At execution time, all site symbolics referenced by a processor are stored with
the processor symbolics in the component data. If a site symbolic is also specified as a processor
symbolic, the processor symbolic (and processor symbolic override) take precedence.

When CA Endevor SCM is initialized, the site symbolics are placed into memory. When CA Endevor
SCM is terminated, the site symbolic storage is released. If more than one CA Endevor SCM task is
executing, each task has its own discrete site symbolic storage.

To implement site symbolics, you must define the symbolic and its data value in a table that is
assembled and linked into an authorized load library. Once this is done, you must update the
SYMBOLTBL parameter in the C1DEFLTS table with the name of the site symbolics table. These
actions are described next.

Note: Site symbolics are required only if you are using USS HFS pathname specifications for
element type base or source output file definitions. Otherwise, site symbolics are optional.

Considerations When Defining Site Symbolics (see page 1029)

Define the Site Symbolics (see page 1030)
Update C1DEFLTS (see page 1030)

Considerations When Defining Site Symbolics

Before defining the site symbolics, consider the following to ensure your success:

Site symbolic names must begin with a "#".

Site symbolic names can contain up to twelve characters, including the "#".

The symbolic value may be up to seventy characters long.

Site symbolics are referenced with an ampersand preceding the symbolic name. For example, site
symbolic #VENDORLB is referenced as:
&#VENDORLB

SYMDATA values must be enclosed in quotes if the value contains ampersands or quotes. For

04-May-2018 1029/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SYMDATA values must be enclosed in quotes if the value contains ampersands or quotes. For
example:
the value '&&C1SU'. sets a value of &C1SU
or
the value 'CICS(''SP''),NODBCS' sets a value of CICS('SP'),NODBCS

Quotes or ampersands imbedded in the SYMDATA value must be doubled. For example:
the value '&&C1SU'. sets a value of &C1SU
or
the value '&&&&C1SU'. sets a value of &&C1SU
or
the value 'CICS(''SP''),NODBCS' sets a value of CICS('SP'),NODBCS

If you need to continue a symbol definition on a second line, place a non-blank character in
column 72 and begin the next line in column 16.

Define the Site Symbolics

Use the following format to define a symbolic and its data value in the site-defined symbolics table:
$ESYMBOL SYMNAME=#symbolname,SYMDATA=symbolvalue

The following information describes the preceding format:

symbolname
The symbol name must begin with the # character and is 1 to 11 characters in length. The #
indicates that the symbol is defined in the site-defined symbolics table.

symbolvalue
The data value associated with the site symbolic is 1 to 70 characters in length, with no
restrictions on the content of the data.
If you do not specify a data value for a symbolic, CA Endevor SCM treats it as a null variable. For
example, the following symbolic contains a null value:
ESYMBOL SYMNAME=  APA,SYMDATA=' ',

For example:
$ESYMBOL SYMNAME=#VENDORLB,SYMDATA=SYS2.VENDOR.LOADLIB

Use JCL member BC1JTABL in iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL to assemble and link-edit the site defined symbolics
table. An alternative is to employ an SMP/E USERMOD to accomplish this.

Update C1DEFLTS
After creating the symbolics table, update C1DEFLTS to reflect the table name. Use the SYMBOLTBL=
parameter to define the table name. The Site Information from the C1DEFLTS panel displays the
parameter value in the SYMBOLICS Table field.

04-May-2018 1030/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SMF Recording
Contents

Enable SMF Recording (see page 1031)

Record Formats (see page 1032)
DSECT Descriptions (see page 1035)

Enable SMF Recording

The SMF option records each action and each security violation that occurs during CA Endevor SCM
processing. SMF recording is done on an Environment-by-Environment basis. Therefore, you can
selectively enable SMF recording for each of your Environments. The SMF option can write out the
following SMF records:

Security records
For each security violation, or each error that is returned from the security exit (exit 1).

Activity records
For each action executed, except for the following actions: Print, Display, Copy, and List. Activity
records are written out at the end of action processing.

The administrator enables the SMF option in the Defaults table (C1DEFLTS). Per Environment,
recording can be enabled for security records, activity records, or both.

Follow these steps:

1. Edit the SMFREC# parameter in the C1DEFLTS TYPE=MAIN macro to specify an SMF record
number for for your site.
SMFREC# -- Specifies the SMF record number assigned to SMF records written by CA Endevor
SCM at this site. Default is 0, which disables SMF recording.
Talk to a systems programmer at your site to ensure that you are collecting the SMF records
related to the record number specified in the SMFREC# parameter. Recording records is
controlled in SYS1.PARMLIB(SMFPRMxx).

2. Edit the following parameters in the C1DEFLTS TYPE=ENVRNMNT.

SMFACT -- Specifies whether to write SMF activity records for this Environment.

Y
Writes activity records for the Environment.

N
Does not write activity records for the Environment. Default is N.

SMFSEC -- Specifies whether to write SMF security records for this Environment.

04-May-2018 1031/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Y
Writes security records for the Environment.

N
Does not write security records for the Environment. Default is N.

3. Reassemble and link C1DEFLTS to activate the modifications.

Note: You can use the CSV utility to extract SMF record data corresponding to activity
related to CA Endevor SCM actions or to security violations recorded by CA Endevor SCM.
For more information, see Using the Comma-Separated Value (CSV) Utility (https://docops.ca.
com/display/CE17/CSV+Reporting+Utility).

Record Formats
CA Endevor SCM uses several blocks to build the SMF security and activity records, each comprising
one or more DSECTs. All SMF DSECTs are supplied by the following macros in iprfx.iqual.CSIQOPTN:
$SMFBKDS, $SMFHDDS, $SMFREC1, $SMFREC2, $SMFREC4.

Each SMF record output by CA Endevor SCM starts with a standard SMF header block (DSECT
$SMFHDDS), which contains fields required by SMF, and the Environment and user names for the
Element being processed. CA Endevor SCM records can be identified by the record type field in the
header block (SMHRECTY), which is defined in the Defaults Table for each site. This field is the same
for each CA Endevor SCM SMF record, and identifies the records as being specific to CA Endevor SCM.

Following the header block, each record has a data block that is specific to the record type:

DSECT $SMFREC1 for security records.

DSECT $SMFREC2 for activity records. For activity records, the $SMFREC2 block encompasses one
or more action-specific blocks.

Note: For more information about each DSECT used to format SMF records, see DSECT
Descriptions (see page 1035).

SMF Security Records

SMF security records include data specific to the security violation being reported. The data block for
security records is written out using DSECT $SMFREC1. The combined format for SMF security
records, is described using the following DSECTs:

$SMFHDDS

04-May-2018 1032/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

$SMFREC1

SMF Activity Records

SMF activity records include data specific to the action being reported, and applies to all actions
except PRINT, DISPLAY, COPY, and LIST. Each activity record has one occurrence of the $SMFREC2
DSECT, and one or more action-specific blocks from the $SMFBKDS macro, as appropriate to the
action. Each action-specific block has an action-block header (DSECT SM2BHDDS), and either the type
1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 action-block detail information, respectively DSECT SM2ENVDS, SM2LCGDS, SM2LPRDS,
SM2REQDS or SM2ALTDS.

Note: For more information about each action block, identified separately, see $SMFBKDS
DSECT: Action-Specific Blocks (see page 1039).

The combined format for SMF activity records, is described using the following DSECTs:

$SMFHDDS

$SMFREC2

SM2BHDDS action-block header

$SMFBKDS action-block detail (type n, includes up to five action blocks)

There are five different types of action-block detail information, each having a different format, or
DSECT (within the $SMFBKDS DSECT). Each format applies to specific actions, described briefly as
follows. Where two occurrences of a DSECT are used by an action, (2) follows the action name,
below.

Action DSECT Type Actions Description

Block
Detail
Type #
1 Environment Add (2) Information describing the Environment where the action took
(SM2ENVDS) place: name of the Environment, site ID, and so on. Where two
Alter blocks are used, one represents the source Environment for the
Element, while the other represents the target Environment.
Update
(2)

Retrieve
(2)

Generate
(2)

Move (2)

04-May-2018 1033/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Action DSECT Type Actions Description

Block
Detail
Type #
Delete
(2)

Transfer
(2)

Archive
(2)

Restore
(2)
2 Last Change Add Information about the last processor executed: processor name,
(SM2LCGDS) date and time of execution, etc. Used for actions that can invoke a
Update processor.

Generate

Move

Delete

Transfer

Restore
3 Processor Add Information about the last processor executed: processor name,
Info date and time of execution, etc. Used for actions that can invoke a
(SM2LPRDS) Update processor.

Generate

Move

Delete

Transfer

Restore
4 Request All General information about the action: CCID, comments, and so
Parameter actions forth.
Info
(SM2REQDS)
5 Alter Info Alter Information specific to the Alter action: Before field value, after field
(SM2ALTDS) value, and match (mask) value.

04-May-2018 1034/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

DSECT Descriptions
This section describes each of the DSECTs used to write out SMF activity and security records. In
cases where specific fields are not applicable for the current processing, alphabetic fields are space-
filled and numeric fields are zero-filled.

SMF Header Block Field Descriptions

The header block, $SMFHDDS DSECT, is written at the beginning of each SMF record. CA Endevor
SCM security and activity records can be identified by the record type field in the header, SMHRECTY,
which has the same value in every CA Endevor SCM SMF record. This value is defined in the Defaults
Table (defaults to 230).

The following information describes the SMF header block fields:

SMHLEN
Size of the (security or activity) record, in bytes. This includes the size of the header block as well
as the data block:

$SMFREC1-Security records

$SMFREC2 (including all action-specific blocks)-activity records

SMHSEGID
Not used.

SMHSID
Operating system against which the SMF record is written. Always X'02' with release 3.7.

SMHRECTY
Number that identifies this SMF record as specific to CA Endevor SCM. This number is defined to
CA Endevor SCM through the Defaults Table.

SMHTIME
Time the SMF record was created (binary time of day in 100ths of a second-1 = .01 second).

SMHDATE
Date the SMF record was created (packed yyddd).

SMHCPUID
Number to identify the CPU model on which CA Endevor SCM is running.

SMHHDLEN
Size of the header block (DSECT $SMFHDDS), in bytes.

SMHC1VER
Code that identifies the format of the SMF record.

SMH$RF00-This record was created by CA Endevor SCM release 2.2 or a prior release.

04-May-2018 1035/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SMH$RF01-This record was created by CA Endevor SCM release 2.5 or a later release.

SMHCTLTY
Code that identifies the next record format in the SMF record.

SMHCONT
Not used.

SMHSEQ
Not used.

SMHC1ENV
Environment name associated with the current processing.

SMHUSER
User ID associated with the current processing.

SMHSIZE
Size of the $SMFHDDS DSECT.

Security Record Data Block Field Descriptions

The security record data block, $SMFREC1 DSECT, applies to security records and includes data
specific to the security violation being reported.

The following information describes the fields in the security record data block:

SM1RECLN
Size of this data block (DSECT $SMFREC1), in bytes.

SM1RECVN
Version number. Identifies the CA Endevor SCM release that created the record. Valid values are:

1 -- The record was created by a release of CA Endevor SCM prior to release 4.0.

2 -- The record was created by CA Endevor SCM release 4.0 or a later release.

SM1FUNC
Number that identifies the current activity: generally the type of action.

SM1FUNNM
Applicable if SM1FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action. Name of the current action (ADD,
UPDATE, etc.).

SM1ERRCD
The 4 characters that are used to construct the error code written to the CA Endevor SCM
Execution Report for the current action in the ECBMSGCD field. The error code is formatted as
C1XNNNNS, where:

X-Describes the origin of the message.

NNNN-Defined by this field.

04-May-2018 1036/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

NNNN-Defined by this field.

S-Severity code associated with the return code field, ECBRTCD, in DSECT $ECBDS.

SM1ERRLN
Not used.

SM1ERMSG
Error message associated with the current activity for the ECBMSG field.

SM1SITE
CA Endevor SCM site ID, as defined to the Defaults Table.

SM1STGID
Stage number for the current action request: 1 or 2.

SM1STGCD
Applicable if SM1FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action. Stage ID for the current action
request.

SM1IFUNC
Action information that is used internally by CA Endevor SCM.

SM1ENVM
Environment name for the current processing.

SM1STAGE
Applicable if SM1FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action. Stage name for the current action
request.

SM1SYSTM
Applicable if SM1FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action. System name for the current action.

SM1SUBSY
Applicable if SM1FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action. Subsystem name for the current
action.

SM1STYPE
Applicable if SM1FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action. Element type for the current action.

SM1ELEMT
(SM1RECVN version 1 records only) Applicable if SM1FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action.
Name of the Element specified for the current action.

SM1EAOFF
(SM1RECVN version 2 records only) Element area offset. When the offset is added to the
beginning of the record's address, the resulting address points to an area with in the SM1BFAREA.
The Element area is comprised of two adjacent components:

Two byte field containing the length

Element name

SM1DSNAM

04-May-2018 1037/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SM1DSNAM
(SM1RECVN version 1 records only) Applicable for security violations that relate to ADD, UPDATE,
RESTORE, ARCHIVE, and RETRIEVE action requests. Data set name associated with the external
file used by the current action.

SM1FAOFF
(SM1RECVN version 2 records only) File area offset. When the offset is added to the beginning of
the record's address, the resulting address points to an area with in the SM1BFAREA. The file area
is comprised of two adjacent components:

Two byte field containing the length

File name

The file name may be a traditional file or an USS path name.

SM1DSMEM
(SM1RECVN version 1 records only) Applicable for security violations that relate to ADD, UPDATE,
RESTORE, ARCHIVE, and RETRIEVE action requests. Member name associated with the Element
for which the current action applies, within the above data set. Applicable when the data set is a
library.

SM1NAOFF
(SM1RECVN version 2 records only) Name area offset. When the offset is added to the beginning
of the record's address, the resulting address points to an area with in the SM1BFAREA. The name
area consists of two adjacent components:

Two byte field containing the length

File name

The name may be a member name or an USS file name.

SM1BSIZ
Base size of the record.

SM1BFAREA
(SM1RECVN version 2 records only) This is reserved record space containing the various areas
such as Element, file and name.

SM1SIZ
Size of the $SMFREC1 DSECT

Activity Record Data Block Field Descriptions

The activity record data block, $SMFREC2 DSECT, applies to activity records and includes information
specific to the action being reported. Depending on the action type, one or more action-specific
blocks are incorporated at the end of this DSECT.

The following information describes the activity record data block fields:

04-May-2018 1038/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SM2RECLN
Size of this data block (DSECT $SMFREC2), in bytes, including all action-specific blocks included at
the end (DSECT $SMFBKDS).

SM2RECVN
Version number to identify this data block ($SMFREC2). This value was updated to 2 for addition
of the Alter block. Use the SM2$CURV label to detect that either the record is the current version
(2) or the previous version of the SMF activity record.

SM2FUNC
Number that identifies the current activity: generally the current type of action.

SM2FUNNM
Applicable if SM2FUNC references a CA Endevor SCM action. Name of the current action (ADD,
UPDATE, and so forth).

SM2BLKS
Count of action-specific blocks included at the end of this DSECT: 1-5.

SM2RECHD
Size of this data block (DSECT $SMFREC2), in bytes, excluding the action-specific blocks (DSECT
$SMFBKDS).

SM2IFUNC
Action information that is used internally by CA Endevor SCM.

SM2HDRLN
Size of the $SMFREC2 DSECT, excluding the action-specific blocks

SM2SIZ
Size of the $SMFREC2 DSECT, including all action-specific blocks incorporated at the end.

$SMFBKDS MACRO Action-Specific Blocks

The action-specific block applies for activity records, and includes data specific to the action being
reported. $SMFBKDS includes six DSECTs-one action-block header and five action-block detail
DSECTs. These DSECTs are used in pairs, with each pair including a header and one type 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
detail DSECT. The type of detailed information included can be identified through the SM2BTYP field
in the header.

Action-Block Header Field Descriptions (SM2BHDDS)

The following information describes the fields in action-block header:

SM2BLEN
Size of this action-specific block (action-block header, SM2BHDDS, plus the action-block detail
DSECT), in bytes.

04-May-2018 1039/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SM2BTYP
Code that indicates the DSECT used to write out the action-block detail for this action- specific
block:

SM2BVER
Version number to identify this DSECT ($SMFBKDS). This should always be 1 except for the action
block header.

SM2BFLG1
Not used.

SM2BFLG2
Not used.

SM2BHDR
Size of the action-block header ($SM2BHDDS).

Environment Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2ENVDS)

The following information describes the Environment action-block detail fields:

SM2SITE
CA Endevor SCM site ID, as defined to the Defaults Table.

SM2STGCD
Stage ID for the current action request.

SM13STGID
Stage number for the current action request: 1 or 2.

SM2SRCHR
Search and Replace utility flag.

SM2$ELEM
Search and Replace utility action on an Element.

SM2$COMP
Search and Replace utility action on an output component.

SM2VER
Version number associated in the MCF with the Element for the action request.

SM2LVL
Number to identify the current level of the Element for the current action request.

SM2STAGE
Stage name for the current action request.

SM2SYSTM
System name for the current action request.

04-May-2018 1040/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SM2SUBSY
Subsystem name for the current action request.

SM2STYPE
Element type for the current action request.

SM2ELEMT
(Version 1 Record Only) Name of the Element specified for the current action request.

SM2EAOFF
(Version 2 Record Only) Element area offset. The Element name for the current action request is
stored in the buffer area located near the end of the record. When the offset is added to the
beginning of this record's address, the resulting address points to an area within SM2EAREA
buffer space. The Element area is composed of two adjacent components:

Two-byte length field

Element name

SM2PRGRP
Processor group name for the current action request.

SM2DSNAM
(Version 1 Record Only) Applicable for ADD, UPDATE, RESTORE, ARCHIVE, and RETRIEVE action
requests. Data set name associated with the external file used by the current action.

SM2FAOFF
(Version 2 Record Only) File area offset. The file name for the current action request is stored in
the buffer area located near the end of the record. When the offset is added to the beginning of
this record's address, the resulting address points to an area within SM2EAREA buffer space. The
file area is composed of two adjacent components:

Two-byte length field

Data set name

The file name may be a traditional data set or an USS path name.

SM2DSMEM
(Version 1 Record Only) Applicable for ADD, UPDATE, RESTORE, ARCHIVE, and RETRIEVE action
requests. Member name associated with the Element for which the current action applies, within
the above data set. Applicable when the data set is a library; blank otherwise.

SM2NAOFF
(Version 2 Record Only) Name area offset. The member name for the current action request is
stored in the buffer area located near the end of the record. When the offset is added to the
beginning of this record's address, the resulting address points to an area within SM2EAREA
buffer space. The name area is composed of two adjacent components:

Two-byte length field

Member name (PDS file) or file name (HFS)

04-May-2018 1041/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If a member/file name is not applicable to the current action, the offset value is set to zero.

SM2EAREA
(Version 2 Record Only) Space reserved in the record containing various data such as the Element,
file and member name.

SM2ENVLN
Size of the action-specific block (header and detail) if the action-block detail uses the Environment
DSECT ($SM2ENVDS).

Last Change Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2LCGDS)

The following describes the Last Change action-block detail fields:

SM2CCOM
Current-level comment for the Element.

SM2MLDTE
Current-level date for the Element.

SM2MLTME
Current-level time for the Element.

SM2LUSID
Current-level user ID for the Element.

SM2MLACT
Last action executed for the Element.

SM2MLTOT
Count of source statements for the Element, as of the current level.

SM2LCHLN
Size of the action-specific block (header and detail) if the action-block detail uses the Last Change
DSECT ($SM2LCGDS).

Processor Information Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2LPRDS)

The following describes the Processor Information action-block detail fields:

SM2LPRON
(Element) name of the processor last run for the Element.

SM2LPROD
Processor date for the Element.

SM2LPROT
Processor time for the Element.

SM2LPROU
Processor user ID for the Element.

04-May-2018 1042/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SM2LPHRC
Processor return code for the Element.

SM2LPRC1
CA Endevor SCM return code for the Element.

SM2PRCLN
Size of the action-specific block (header and detail) if the action-block detail uses the Processor
Information DSECT ($SM2LPRDS).

Request Parameter Info Action-Block Detail Field Descriptions (SM2REQDS)

The following describes the Request Parameter Info action-block detail fields:

SM2RCCID
CCID associated with the current action request.

SM2RCOMM
Comments associated with the current action request.

SM2RFLAG
Not used.

SM2RSISO
Indicates whether the current action requested a signout override: Y (Yes) or N (No).

SM2RSICO
Applicable for a RETRIEVE action. Indicates whether the current action specified copy-only: Y (Yes)
or N (No).

SM2REXPN
Applicable for a RETRIEVE action. Indicates whether the current action requested that INCLUDEs
be expanded: Y (Yes) or N (No).

SM2ROVER
Applicable for a RETRIEVE action. Indicates whether the current action requested an overwrite if a
member by the same name exists already in the output library: Y (Yes) or N (No).

SM2RRTCD
The return code associated with the current action request.

SM2RDEL
Indicates whether the Element was deleted upon completion of the requested action: Y (Yes) or N
(No). This value is X'40' if a delete does not apply for the current action.

SM2REQLN
Size of the action-specific block (header and detail) if the action-block detail uses the Request
Parameter Information DSECT ($SM2REQDS).

SM2REMCH
Indicates whether the Validate action with the Element Master option was specified. Possible
values are: Y (Yes) or N (No).

04-May-2018 1043/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: This field is currently not in use and will not be populated.

SM2RSYCH
Indicates whether the Validate action with the Synchronization option was specified. Possible
values are: Y (Yes) or N (No).
Note: This field is currently not in use and will not be populated.

SM2RCMCH
Indicates whether the Validate action with the Component Validation option was specified.
Possible values are: Y (Yes) or N (No).

Note: This field is currently not in use and will not be populated.

SM2RTMSG
Indicates whether the Validate action with the Terse option was specified. Possible values are: Y
(Yes) or N (No).

Note: This field is currently not in use and will not be populated.

SM2RAUTG
Indicates whether the AUTOGEN Element option was specified on the ADD, UPDATE or GENERATE
action. Possible values are: Y (Yes) or N (No). If the value of this field is Y, the value of the
SM2AUTX field will be N.

SM2RAUTX
Indicates whether this where-used Element was generated on behalf of a component Element.
Possible values are: Y (Yes) or N (No). If the value of this field is Y, the value of the SM2AUTG field
will be N.

SM2RNSRC
Indicates whether the NOSOURCE action option was in effect for the Generate, Add, or Update
action. Possible values are: Y (Yes) or N (No).

SM2RSPAN
Indicates whether one of the Autogen Span options was specified on the Add, Update or
Generate action. Possible values are: N (span none), A (span all), S (span Systems), B (span
Subsystems).

Alter Action Information Block Field Descriptions (SM2ALTDS)

The following information describes the Alter action-block detail fields:

SM2AFLD
Contains the field ID requested for an Alter action. An SMF record is created for each field
requested in an Alter action, meaning that one Alter action can create several Alter SMF records.

04-May-2018 1044/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Note: An SMF record is only created if the Alter action is performed and the Master
Control File is updated. No SMF record is created in the following cirsumstances:

Possible values are as follows:

1 -- Indicates the Alter action requested the replacement of a Generate CCID value in the Master
Control File.
2 -- Indicates the Alter action requested the replacement of a Last Action CCID value in the Master
Control File.
3 -- Indicates the Alter action requested the replacement of a Retrieve CCID value in the Master
Control File.
4 -- Indicates the Alter action requested the replacement of a Description value in the Master
Control File.
5 -- Indicates the Alter action requested the replacement of a Processor Group value in the
Master Control File.
6 -- Indicates the Alter action requested the replacement of a Signout Userid value in the Master
Control File.
7 -- Indicates the Alter action requested the replacement of a User Data value in the Master
Control File.

SM2AUPDT
Indicates whether the Master Control File was updated. Valid values are Y or N:
Y -- Indicates that the Master Control File record was updated.
N -- Indicates that the Master Control File record was not updated.

SM2ADATA
Label for the beginning of the variable Alter data area. For the Alter action data area, only one
group of fields exists per record, the data area is redefined for each group of fields. These fields
correspond to the Alter action field IDs, refer to SMA2FLD for field ID values.
Generate CCID fields:

SM2ACCGB
Value of the Generate CCID before the Alter action.

SM2ACCGA
Value of the Generate CCID after the Alter action.

SM2ACCGM
Mask value specified as the from-value for the Generate CCID.

Last Action CCID fields:

SM2ACCLB
Value of the Last Action CCID before the Alter action.

SM2ACCLA
Value of the Last Action CCID after the Alter action.

SM2ACCLM
Mask value specified as the from-value for the Last Action CCID.

Retrieve CCID fields:

04-May-2018 1045/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SM2ACCRB
Value of the Retrieve CCID before the Alter action.

SM2ACCRA
Value of the Retrieve CCID after the Alter action.

SM2ACCRM
Mask value specified as the from-value for the Retrieve CCID.

Description fields:

SM2ADESB
Value of the Description before the Alter action.

SM2ADESA
Value of the Description after the Alter action.

SM2ADESM
Mask value specified as the from-value for the Description.

Processor Group fields:

SM2APRGB
Value of the Processor Group before the Alter action.

SM2APRGA
Value of the Processor Group after the Alter action.

SM2APRGM
Mask value specified as the from-value for the Processor Group.

Signout Userid fields:

SM2ASGNB
Value of the Signout Userid before the Alter action.

SM2ASGNA
Value of the Signout Userid after the Alter action.

SM2ASGNM
Mask value specified as the from-value for the Signout Userid.

User Data fields:

SM2AUSRB
Value of the User Data before the Alter action.

SM2AUSRA
Value of the User Data after the Alter action.

SM2AUSRM
Mask value specified as the from-value for the User Data.

SM2AUSR_FPOS

04-May-2018 1046/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

SM2AUSR_FPOS
From-position specified for the User Data.

SM2AUSR_FTXL
Length of the mask value (from-value) text string for the User Data.

SM2AUSR_TPOS
To-position specified for the User Data.

SM2AUSR_TLEN
To length specified for the User Data.

SM2AUSR_TTXL
Text length of the replacement value specified for the User Data.

SM2AUSR_TPAD
Pad character specified for the User Data. This field is required if the “to” length
(SM2AUSR_TLEN) is greater than the length of the replacement value (SM2AUSR_TTXL)

04-May-2018 1047/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BSTPCOMP for Comparing Members or Files

Contents

How to Control Compare Output (see page 1048)

Sample Changes Report Output (see page 1053)
BSTPCOMP Return Codes (see page 1054)
IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator (see page 1055)

CA Endevor® SCM provides a utility, BSTPCOMP, which compares the contents of two PDS or PDS/E
members or sequential files, and reports the differences between them. The members/files being
compared can be--but need not necessarily be--previously retrieved CA Endevor® SCM elements.

BSTPCOMP accepts two files as input; these files can be PDS or PDS/E members or sequential files.
The files can be fixed or variable length, but cannot exceed an LRECL of 256 (260 for variable-length
files).

BSTPCOMP reports the differences between the two files. The first file, NDVRIN1, is assumed to be
the base file. The second file, NDVRIN2, is assumed to be the changed file. BSTPCOMP reports the
differences in file 2 as compared to file 1.

The files are compared line-by-line, based on the contents of particular (contiguous) characters. The
range of characters included in the compare is defined in terms of a from and through column, but
cannot exceed 256. For example, you might want to compare two files based on the contents of
positions 1-5 only.

If the files compare identically, no output is produced other than the syntax listing (if applicable).
Data is only listed when differences are detected.

The output from BSTPCOMP can be formatted for browse (without ASA characters and headings) or
for hardcopy printout (including ASA characters and headers).

Note: Beware of problems when comparing fixed records to variable records. Spaces are
not equal to nulls.

How to Control Compare Output

There are three methods for executing BSTPCOMP: no overrides, PARM-driven, and control card-
driven. These methods specify which records display (if any), which columns are compared, and the
format of the output data set (BROWSE or PRINT). A description of each method follows with
accompanying sample syntax (as applicable).

04-May-2018 1048/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

No Overrides Method
By default, BSTPCOMP compares columns 1 through 72, lists changes only, and formats for printing if
the NDVRLST DDname is available. If NDVRLST is unavailable, the output is formatted for BROWSE
and written to file NDVRPCH.

If the input files are variable length, the comparison considers short records to be padded with blanks
up to the through column.

Example: Sample JCL

In the following example, BSTPCOMP has been instructed to compare the data in DDname NDVRIN1
with data in DDname NDVRIN2 and report changes (if any) within columns 1 through 72. If there are
changes, the output would be written to DDname NDVRLST with page headings.

Note: NDVRIN1 and NDVRIN2 must be sequential data sets or a partitioned data set with a
member name specified.

//*
//*  RESTRICTION:
//*  LRECL FOR INPUT FILES (NDVRIN1, NDVRIN2) MAY NOT EXCEED 256
//*
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=BSTPCOMP,REGION=2000K,
//STEPLIB DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH,DISP=SHR
//*
//* ONE OF THE FOLLOWING WILL RECEIVE YOUR OUTPUT
//NDVRLST DD SYSOUT=*,DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133)
//*
//* YOU MAY HAVE SOME OTHER WAY OF ALLOCATING SORT WORK FILES.
//SORTWK01 DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1))
//SORTWK02 DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,(2,1))
//*
//* THE NEXT TWO DESCRIBE THE FILES YOU WANT TO COMPARE
//NDVRIN1 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.uqual.FILE1(MEMBER)
//NDVRIN2 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=uprfx.uqual.FILE2(MEMBER)
/*

Control Card Execution Method

Control cards are supplied in file NDVRIPT and are freeform. The control cards consist of the word
COMPARE followed by optional clauses, and ending with a period. This execution method provides
the greatest degree of flexibility and control.

The syntax for the control card is shown next:

04-May-2018 1049/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BEND--Control Card Execution--OTH

For more information about the IEBUPDTE option, see The IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator (see
page ).

A description of the syntax clauses follows:

COLUMN
Specifies the range of columns to compare. If omitted, columns 1-72 are used.

OUTPUT
Specifies which records are to be output. The default is CHANGES only. The other options are:
HISTORY (shows the existing member together with inserts and deletes), and NEW (shows the
new member, highlighting inserts only).

FORMAT
Specifies the output format. The default is DISPLAY which writes the output to file NDVRLST. The
syntax listing is produced first, followed by the original output file in report format--with carriage
control and page headings. The FILE option (that is, BROWSE) writes the data to DDname
NDVRPCH without page headings.

PAD
PAD is applicable to variable length records only. The default is BLANK (which pads short records
with blanks up to the compare length). The options are NULL (which pads with binary zeros) or
“x” (which pads with the specified single character).

SIZE
Specifies a file-size estimate for the sort. By default, this option is ignored.

TITLE
Appears before the first data line as a line of asterisks, followed by the title string and another
line of asterisks. Useful if FORMAT=FILE.

04-May-2018 1050/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

RECORD
This clause is provided for DOS-compatibility only.

Example: Control Card JCL

The sample JCL which follows would produce a report:

Note: NDVRIN1 and NDVRIN2 must be sequential data sets or a partitioned data set with a
member name specified.

//COMPARE  EXEC  PGM=BSTPCOMP,REGION=2000K
//STEPLIB  DD   DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP-SHR
//*
//NDVRIN1  DD   DSN=OLD.FILE.LIBRARY(MEMBER),DISP=SHR
//NDVRIN2  DD   DSN=NEW.FILE.LIBRARY(MEMBER),DISP=SHR
//*
//NDVRLST  DD   SYSOUT=*  **SYNTAX LISTING + COMPARE OUTPUT**
//*SORTWORK FILES USED ONLY IF FILES TOO LARGE FOR IN-MEMORY COMPARE
//SORTWK01  DD   UNIT=DASD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,30)
//SORTWK02  DD   UNIT=DASD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,30)
//*
//NDVRIPT  DD   *
 COMPARE COLUMN=1 TO 80 OUTPUT=HISTORY.
/*

The sample JCL which follows would produce a file for browsing:
//COMPARE  EXEC  PGM=BSTPCOMP,REGION=2000K
//STEPLIB  DD   DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP-SHR
//*
//NDVRIN1  DD   DSN=OLD.FILE.LIBRARY(MEMBER),DISP=SHR
//NDVRIN2  DD   DSN=NEW.FILE.LIBRARY(MEMBER),DISP=SHR
//*
//NDVRLST  DD   SYSOUT=*  **SYNTAX LISTING + COMPARE OUTPUT**
//*SORTWORK FILES USED ONLY IF FILES TOO LARGE FOR IN-MEMORY COMPARE
//SORTWK01  DD   UNIT=DASD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,30)
//SORTWK02  DD   UNIT=DASD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,30)
//*
//NDVRIPT  DD   *
 COMPARE COLUMN=1 TO 80 OUTPUT=HISTORY.
//*OUTPUT OF COMPARE: NOTE: RECORD LENGTH=#COMPARE COLUMNS + 16
//NDVRPCH  DD   DSN=OUTPUT.FILE.NAME,DISP=(,CATLG),
// UNIT=DASD,SPACE=(TRK,(5,5),RLSE),
// DCB=(LRECL=88,BLKSIZE=6072,RECFM=FB)
//*

PARM-Controlled Execution Method

This method may be more convenient for CLIST operation than the previous Control Card method.

The full syntax for the EXEC statement PARM values is shown next:
PARM='output-format,from,thru,rec-count,pad-char'

Specify the PARM values as described next. Separate the values using a single comma, leaving no
spaces between the values.

04-May-2018 1051/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

output-format
The two-character code that indicates the type of comparison information you want reported
(character 1) and the format of the output file (character 2). The default is CD.
Specify the first character (type of information you want) as follows:

C-Print only the changes between the two files: that is, those lines that are in file 2 but not in
file 1, or those lines that are deleted from file 2.

B-Print (browse) the contents of file 2, highlighting those lines that are not in file 1 by printing
“%INSERT” to the left of those lines: “%” lets you scan for changes easily; “INSERT” indicates
that the line was new in file 2.

H-Print a history of both files, including:

The entire contents of file 2, highlighting those lines that are not in file 1 by printing “%
INSERT” to the far left.

Lines that were in file 1 but not in file 2, highlighting these lines with “%DELETE” to the far
left.

Specify the second character (output format) as follows:

F-The output file is in browse format and does not have any ASA characters or headers. The
output is written to DDname NDVRPCH

D-The output file is formatted for print, and includes ASA characters and headers. The output
is written to DDname NDVRLST.

from
Starting character for the compare. BSTPCOMP begins its search at this position in both files. The
default is 1.

thru
Ending character for the compare. BSTPCOMP ends its search with this position, within both files.
For variable-length records, if the record in one file is longer than that in the other, and the
through character extends beyond the end of the record, BSTPCOMP pads according to the pad-
char specification before performing the compare.
The default thru specification is 72.

rec-count
Largest number of records in either file. The default is 10000. Estimate high when specifying this
value.

pad-char
Pad character used for variable-length records, as described previously for the through
parameter. Specify this as follows. The default is BLANK.

BLANK--Blanks

NULL--Null values (binary zeroes)

04-May-2018 1052/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

nnn
The hexadecimal equivalent of nnn, where nnn is a 1-3 character decimal value. Specify 64 to pad
with X'40', 255 to pad with X'FF', and so forth.

Note: The formula for NDVRPCH DCB attributes is as follows:

DCB = (RECFM=FB,LRECL=LENGTH OF RECORD + 16, BLKSIZE=LRECL)

Note the coding convention for each variable:

RECFM must be fixed block.

LRECL must equal the length of the RECORD plus 16.

Blocksize must be an even multiple of LRECL.

Sample Changes Report Output

The following report is returned when you run the defaults, or specify OUTPUT=CHANGES or output
format code CD (Changes Report). It shows only the changes between the two files: that is, those
lines that are in file 2 but not in file 1 (marked with “INSERT”), or those lines that are missing from file
2 that were in file 1 (marked with “DELETE”).

COPYRIGHT (C) CA, INC.,                E N D E V O R    mm/dd/yy 11:58:23   PAGE  1
                                            RELEASE X.XX SERIAL XXXXXX
BSTPCOMP - FILE COMPARE UTILITY
 COMPARE OUTPUT=CHANGES .                       00350002
 INSERT MAIN    $FUNCSTG PLSIZE=4               000006
 DELETE MAIN    $FUNCSTG                        000006
 INSERT WORD3   DS        F                     000010
 INSERT         SPACE 3                         000012
 INSERT MAIN999 $FEND                           000014
 DELETE         $FEND                           000012
%****** RECORDS: FILE 1 = 00014 FILE 2 = 00016 INSERTS = 00004 DELETES = 00002 ******

The following report is returned when you specify OUTPUT=NEW or output-format code BD (New
Browse Report). It lists the contents of file 2, highlighting any lines that are not in file 1 with “%
INSERT.”

COPYRIGHT (C) CA, INC.,                     E N D E V O R     mm/dd/yy 11:58:27   PAGE  1
                                            RELEASE X.XX SERIAL XXXXXX
BSTPCOMP - FILE COMPARE UTILITY
 COMPARE OUTPUT = NEW  .                       00490002
        COMPTEST TITLE 'PROGRAM TO DEMONSTRATE COMPARE UTILITY'          000001
        COMPT    $MODNTRY LINKAGE=SUB                                    000002
                 TITLE 'DSECTS: DCB '                                    000003
                 DCBD DSORG=PS                                           000004
                 TITLE MAIN: ENTRY FROM CALLER'                          000005
%INSERT MAIN     $FUNCSTG PLSIZE=4                                       000006
        GLOBALS  DS 0D                                                   000007

04-May-2018 1053/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

        WORD1    DS  F                                                   000008
        WORD2    DS  F                                                   000009
%INSERT WORD3    DS  F                                                   000010
                 $FUNC                                                   000011
%INSERT          SPACE 3                                                 000012
                 SR  R15,R15         RETURN CODE = SUCCESS               000013
%INSERT MAIN999  $FEND                                                   000014
                 $MODEND                                                 000015
                 END                                                     000016
%****** RECORDS: FILE 1 = 00014 FILE 2 = 00016 INSERTS = 00004 DELETES = 00002 ******

The following report is returned when you specify OUTPUT=HISTORY or output-format code HD
(History Report). It lists the contents of file 2, highlighting inserts from file 2 and deletes from file 1.

COPYRIGHT (C) CA, INC.,                       E N D E V O R    mm/dd/yy 11:58:23   PAGE  1
                                            RELEASE X.XX SERIAL XXXXXX
BSTPCOMP - FILE COMPARE UTILITY
 COMPARE OUTPUT = HISTORY .                      00630002
        COMPTEST TITLE 'PROGRAM TO DEMONSTRATE COMPARE UTILITY'          000001
        COMPT    $MODNTRY LINKAGE=SUB                                    000002
                 TITLE 'DSECTS: DCB '                                    000003
                 DCBD DSORG=PS                                           000004
                 TITLE MAIN: ENTRY FROM CALLER'                          000005
%INSERT MAIN     $FUNCSTG PLSIZE=4                                       000006
%DELETE MAIN     $FUNCSTG                                                000006
        GLOBALS  DS 0D                                                   000007
        WORD1    DS  F                                                   000008
        WORD2    DS  F                                                   000009
%INSERT WORD3    DS  F                                                   000010
                 $FUNC                                                   000011
%INSERT          SPACE 3                                                 000012
                 SR  R15,R15         RETURN CODE = SUCCESS               000013
%INSERT MAIN999  $FEND                                                   000014
%DELETE          $FEND                                                   000012
                 $MODEND                                                 000015
                 END                                                     000016
%****** RECORDS: FILE 1 = 00014 FILE 2 = 00016 INSERTS = 00004 DELETES = 00002 ******

BSTPCOMP Return Codes

The following COND CODE values can be returned by BSTPCOMP. Code 3007 is the expected result.
Other values might be returned, indicating a problem with the sort. If this happens, rerun the job to
obtain the sort messages, specifying //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=*.

3000
The input files are identical for the columns compared. No reports were produced.

3001
An input or output file could not be opened. Ensure that the DD statements are correct for all files
and try again.

3002
The number of records in one or both of the input files exceeds the maximum count specified by
the rec-count parameter. Increase the count and try again. It is better to estimate high rather
than low.

3003
The LRECL for an input file exceeded 256 (260 for variable-length). You cannot use this file as
input.

04-May-2018 1054/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

3005
The record format for an input file is Undefined. The record must specify Fixed or Variable.

3006
An input parameter is missing or invalid (for example, thru >from). Check your syntax against the
previous parameter descriptions, correct the problem, and resubmit the job.

3007
BSTPCOMP completed its compare successfully and found differences between the files. This is
the standard return code.

IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator

The IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator lets you generate control cards from a CA Endevor® SCM
element or differences between two members. This utility enables concurrent programming on the
same module. Additionally, it lets program updates be generated and distributed. The output created
by this utility is standard IEBUPDTE control cards.

Note: When editing programs using ISPF, verify the option NUMBER ON is in effect. The
element type should define columns 1-80 as the compare columns.

How to Generate Control Cards from a CA Endevor® SCM

Element
This is a two-step process. The JCL in member BC1JFUP1, found in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL library, lets
you generate the following:

1. In the first step, a CA Endevor® SCM element is printed to a temporary file using the PRINT
action in SCL, CA Endevor® SCM's Software Control Language. When specifying the PRINT
action, name masking can be used to select more than one element. Additionally, multiple
PRINT requests can be included in this first step.

2. In the second step, the IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator reads the file created by the first
step and creates IEBUPDTE control cards. If option CHANGES was specified in Step 1 on the
SCL request, then ./ UPDATE IEBUPDTE control cards are generated. If option BROWSE was
specified in Step 1, then ./ ADD IEBUPDTE control cards are generated.

Certain statements within the sample JCL control the generation of IEBUPDTE control cards:

The DDname BSTIPT01 is where the SCL is specified.

The DDname C1PRINT specifies the output file created by Step 1. If a level is not specified, then
the current level is printed. The DCB attributes for this file are LRECL=133, RECFM=FB.

The DDname C1CHGSI specifies the temporary file created by Step 1 as shown on the DDname

04-May-2018 1055/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The DDname C1CHGSI specifies the temporary file created by Step 1 as shown on the DDname
C1PRINT.

Output created by the IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator is written to the DDname C1UPDTO.
The DCB attributes associated with this file are LRECL=80, RECFM=FB.

The PARM accepted as input by the program BC1PFUDP specifies the position of the sequence
number within the element. Two parameters can specify the beginning position and length of the
sequence numbers. PARM rules are as follows:

The first parameter, as shown in the JCL, is SEQBEG=. The default for SEQBEG is 73.

The second parameter is SEQLNG=. The default for SEQLNG is 7. Valid range for SEQLNG is 1-
8.

If SEQBEG is coded, then SEQLNG must be specified.

The NAME= parameter must not be specified.

How to Generate Control Cards When Two Members Differ

This utility operates independently of CA Endevor® SCM.

The JCL in member BC1JFUP2, found in the iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL library, you to generate the following:

1. Two files, NDVRIN1 and NDVRIN2 are compared and the differences are written to a
temporary file. NDVRIN1 and NDVRIN2 must be sequential files or partitioned datasets with a
member name provided.

2. The IEBUPDTE Request Card Generator reads the file created by the first step and creates ./
UPDATE IEBUPDTE control cards.

Certain statements within the sample JCL control the generation of IEBUPDTE control cards: These
are as follows:

The DDname NDVRIPT is where the compare columns are specified. The parameters OUTPUT
CHANGES and FORMAT IEBUPDTE must be specified as shown in the example.

The DDnames NDVRIN1 and NDVRIN2 specify the two files to be compared. (Refer to the utility
BSTPCOMP for more information.)

The DDname NDVRPCH specifies the output file created by Step 1. The DCB attributes for this file
are LRECL=88, RECFM=FB.

The DDname C1CHGSI specifies the temporary file created by Step 1 as shown on the DDname
C1PRINT.

DDname C1UPDTO. The DCB attributes associated with this file are LRECL=80, RECFM=FB.

The PARM accepted as input by the program BC1PFUDP specifies the position of the sequence
number within the element, and the member name associated with the ./ UPDATE card. Three
parameters can be specified. PARM rules are as follows:

04-May-2018 1056/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The first parameter, as shown in the JCL, is SEQBEG=. The default for SEQBEG is 73 .

The second parameter is SEQLNG=. The default for SEQLNG is 7. Valid range for SEQLNG is 1-
8.

If SEQBEG is coded, than SEQLNG must be specified.

The third parameter is NAME=. This parameter controls the member name generated on the .
/ UPDATE control card. This parameter is required.

The return codes for NDVRIPT differ from BSTPCOMP as follows:

4
3000

9
3001

10
3002

11
3003

12
3005

13
3006

0
3007

04-May-2018 1057/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

BSTXCOPY Utility Copies Between Load

Libraries
BSTXCOPY is a CA Endevor SCM utility that performs the same functions as the CA Endevor SCM
processor utility BSTCOPY. However, you can use BSTXCOPY to perform these functions outside of a
CA Endevor SCM processor. BSTCOPY can only be executed within a CA Endevor SCM processor.

BSTXCOPY can be used to copy between PDS load libraries and PDSE load libraries, from PDSE to
PDSE, and from PDSE back to PDS. BSTXCOPY can copy aliases but the original loadlib member must
be present in the From library.

The following JCL shows how to execute this utility. The first library in the STEPLIB contains the
Endevor site-specific modules (C1DEFLTS, ENDICNFG, and so on):
//COPYEX EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM=BSTXCOPY
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=YOUR.ENDEVOR.CSIQAUTU                    
//                DD DISP=SHR,DSN=YOUR.ENDEVOR.CSIQAUTH                          
//                DD DISP=SHR,DSN=YOUR.ENDEVOR.CSIQLOAD                          
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*                                                  
//SYSUT3   DD UNIT=VIO,SPACE=(CYL,(1,2))                                
//SYSUT4   DD UNIT=VIO,SPACE=(CYL,(1,2))                               
//IND1     DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=YOUR.PDS.LOADLIB   (PDS)                  
//IND2     DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=YOUR.PDS.LOADLIB  (PDS)                
//OUTDD    DD DISP=(OLD,PASS),DSN=YOUR.NEW.PDSE.LOADLIB  (PDSE)
//SYSIN    DD *                                                           
   COPY INDD=((IND1,R)),OUTDD=OUTDD                                         
   COPY INDD=((IND2,R)),OUTDD=OUTDD       

For more information about the input syntax and restrictions, see Using Processor Utilities.

04-May-2018 1058/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CONCALL Utility Invokes Programs from Non-

authorized Libraries
CONCALL serves as a pass-through program which can be invoked by NDVRC1 and then call a user-
designated program in which the program name is specified by the EXEC PARM. Additionally,
CONCALL can invoke any program from a specific library.

Using CONCALL, you can invoke your programs from non-authorized libraries. Generally, programs
that are invoked directly from NDVRC1 must reside in an authorized library. This utility enables you to
bypass the STEPLIB (or LINKLST) residency requirement for the program that is specified in the
execution parameter. CONCALL can be used to invoke any program from a specified library. CONCALL
can also be used be used with the NDVRC1 server program to invoke batch programs from a non-
authorized library.

Example: CONCALL Utility

//STEP1 EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM='CONCALL,DDN:MYLOAD,APIPGM, parameter data'

04-May-2018 1059/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Expand Includes Utility

Contents

Expand Includes Utility Operating Considerations (see page 1065)

How the Expand Includes Utility Identifies the INCLUDE Member (see page 1065)
How the Expand Includes Utility Specifies INCLUDE Libraries (see page 1067)
Default Location Processing Mode (see page 1068)
Control Statement Mode (see page 1069)
JCL Parameter (see page 1070)
Expand Includes SCL (see page 1071)
Expand Includes Utility Reports (see page 1074)

Note: The Expand Include utility program is functionally stable. CA Support will answer
questions and diagnose and correct defects, in accordance with the CA Technologies
Support Policy and Terms. However, we will not provide any additional modifications that
alter the syntax logic to accommodate specific customer implementations.

The Expand Includes utility is a batch function that expands CA Panvalet ++INCLUDE or CA Librarian -
INC statements and, optionally, COBOL COPY statements.

If you are a CA Panvalet user and have converted your source management functions to CA
Endevor® SCM, use this utility to expand ++INCLUDE statements that are embedded in existing
application source code.

If you are a CA Librarian user and have converted your source management functions to CA
Endevor® SCM, use this utility to expand -INC statements that are embedded in existing
application source code.

If you use COBOL and have COPY statements embedded in the application source code, use this
utility to expand those statements.

The Expand Includes utility writes the expanded code to either a sequential data set or a partitioned
data set member.

If you use CA Librarian to expand your COBOL COPY statements, you may use the Expand Includes
utility to expand the COPY statements. The Expand Includes utility also supports the REPLACING/BY
keyword. For more information, see Processing Methods for Replacing Phrases (see page 1064)

If the SUPPRESS keyword is found, then processing of the COPY statement is bypassed, and the COPY
statement is written to the destination file as-is.

04-May-2018 1060/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Important! The Expand Includes utility does not support the CA Librarian SEQ1,SEQ2 option
on the -INC statement. The SEQ1,SEQ2 option provides a range of sequence numbers from
the INCLUDE member to be included in the output file. The Expand Includes utility always
includes the entire member.

The Expand Includes utility performs the following steps:

1. The utility reads the source file.

2. For each source record:

a. The utility searches for ++INCLUDE, -INC, or COPY statements.

b. If an ++INCLUDE, -INC, or COPY statement is found, the utility searches the ENXINCnn
libraries for a member name.

c. If a member name is found, the utility incorporates the source file into the output file.

After reading all source records, the utility stops processing when the end of the file is
reached.

Example: Using the Expand Includes Utility

The following scenario is typical of why you use the Expand Includes utility:

You have a COBOL program with source that contains CA Panvalet ++INCLUDE statements or CA
Librarian -INC statements. You want to use the source as is, and you do not want to go into the
source file to change the ++INCLUDE or -INC statements to COPY statements.

In this situation, you would place the utility in the COBOL compile procedure, before the compile
step, to expand references to the CA Panvalet or CA Librarian members in the source code.

COPY Statement Examples

While expanding a COPY member, the Expand Includes utility replaces complete strings as requested
in the COPY statement. For example, see the following statement:
COPY DEF REPLACING DOG-HAS-FLEAS BY
          CAT-WITH-HAT.

If the original text contains:

88 DOG-HAS-FLEAS VALUE 'Y'.

the output would contain:

88 CAT-WITH-HAT VALUE 'Y'.

In order for the Expand Includes utility to replace a portion of a string, the replacing string in the
COPY statement must contain, at minimum, the first word of the string followed by a hyphen (-) as a
delimiter. Suppose you wanted to replace the original text above with this string:

04-May-2018 1061/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

COPY DEF REPLACING DOG-
BY CAT-

If the original text contains:

88 DOG-HAS-FLEAS VALUE 'Y'.

the output would contain:

88 CAT-HAS-FLEAS VALUE 'Y'.

Similarly, suppose you want to replace the original text with this string:
COPY DEF REPLACING DOG-HAS-
BY CAT-WITH-

If the original text contains:

88 DOG-HAS-FLEAS VALUE 'Y'.

the output would contain:

88 CAT-WITH-FLEAS VALUE 'Y'.

If the replacing clause contains quotes around strings, the search will be for the presence of quotes
around a string. For example:
01 HEADER-RECORD3 COPY PAPHDR3 REPLACING '02' by '03'

If the input contains:

02 LITERAL-A PIC X(5) VALUE 'GREEN'.
02 LITERAL-B PIC X(5) VALUE '02'.

The output would contain:

02 LITERAL-A PIC X(5) VALUE 'GREEN'.
02 LITERAL-B PIC X(5) VALUE '03'.

If the COPY statement contains a level number and group name, the following rules are observed:

Rule 1-- If the format of the COPY statement line is:

0x DATA-NAME-1 COPY ABC ...

AND the format of the first non-comment line in the copied member is:
0x DATA-NAME-2 ...

THEN the DATA-NAME-2 would be replaced with DATA-NAME-1 in the output:

0x DATA-NAME-1 ...

Rule 2-- If the format of the COPY statement line is:

0x DATA-NAME-1 COPY ABC ...

AND the format of the first non-comment line in the copied member is:
0y DATA-NAME-2  ... (0x is different from 0y)

04-May-2018 1062/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

THEN a new line will be written to the output containing just DATA-NAME-1, followed by the line
from the copy member:
0x DATA-NAME-1.
0y DATA-NAME-2  ...

Rule 3-- If the COPY statement contains a procedure label, AND the format of the COPY statement is:
PROCEDURE-LABEL. COPY MNO.

THEN a line will first be written to the output containing just procedure label:
PROCEDURE-LABEL.

Expand Includes Utility Processing Modes

The Expand Includes utility executes in one of two modes:

Default Location mode, which is the default processing mode. In this mode, the source data set,
or input file, is identified by the ENXIN DD statement and the destination data set, or output file,
is identified by the ENXOUT DD statement.

Control Statement mode. In this mode, the utility is controlled by a set of EXPAND INCLUDES
requests that are specified in the ENXSCLIN DD statement.

The utility determines the processing mode by the presence of the ENXSCLIN DD statement in the
JCL. If the ENXSCLIN DD statement is allocated in the JCL, the utility executes using Control Statement
mode. Otherwise, the utility executes in Default Location mode.

Expand Includes Utility Input and Output Data

Sets
The attributes of the source and destination data sets used in the Expand Includes utility are as
follows:

The data sets can be either sequential or partitioned.

The record format can be either fixed or variable.

The record length of the destination data set should be at least as large as the record length of
the source data set and at least as large as the largest record length of the INCLUDE data sets. If
either of these conditions is not met, a caution message is issued and the output records may be
truncated.

Note: The ENXIN and ENXOUT DD data sets can be only sequential, partitioned, or
CONWRITE resultant members within processors. You cannot use CA Librarian or CA
Panvalet data sets as input to the Expand Includes utility.

04-May-2018 1063/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Processing Methods for Replacing Phrases

The Expand and Replace utility can use the following methods to process the REPLACING phrases on
LIBRARIAN -INC or COBOL COPY statements:

Librarian CCOPY -- Using this method, the expansion is processed as follows:

Each operand of the Replacing phrase is considered a word.

When scanning for a match, the matching string must be separated from other strings with
spaces.

When strings are enclosed in quotes, the quotes are are included in the scan.

VSCOBOL COPY -- Using this method, the expansion is processed as follows:

Each operand of the replacing phrase is considered a string.

When scanning for a match, any matching string is processed.

When strings are enclosed in quotes, the quotes are removed before scanning.

COBOL II COPY -- Using this method, the expansion is processed as follows:

The expansion is processed the same as the COBOL II compiler processes COBOL II COPY
replacing syntax.

Select Processing Method for Replacing Phrases

You can specify which processing method the Expand and Replace utility is to use to process the
REPLACING phrases on LIBRARIAN -INC or COBOL COPY statements. Select one of the following
expansion methods for the REPLACING phrases:

Librarian CCOPY
This is the default, but it is also selected by including a EN$CCOPY DD statement in the execution
JCL.

VSCOBOL COPY
To select this method, include a EN$COBOL DD statement in the execution JCL.

COBOL II COPY
To select this method, enable the option COPY_COBOL2_REPLACE on in the ENCOPTBL options
table.

04-May-2018 1064/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Expand Includes Utility Operating Considerations

Consider the following when using the Expand Includes utility:

Checking the CA Endevor® SCM Defaults Table - During initialization, the Expand Includes utility
checks the CA Endevor® SCM Defaults Table to determine whether CA Librarian or CA Panvalet
support is active. The LIBENV= parameter indicates whether support is active and, if so, for which
application. If neither CA Librarian nor CA Panvalet is active, the utility issues an error message
and terminates immediately.

Embedding and Looping INCLUDE Statements - The Expand Includes utility expands embedded
INCLUDE statements. An embedded INCLUDE statement occurs when a member expanded by an
++INCLUDE, -INC, or COPY statement contains another ++INCLUDE, -INC, or COPY statement.
The utility also detects looping INCLUDE statements. A looping INCLUDE statement occurs when
one member includes another member which, in turn, includes the first member. In this situation,
the utility issues an error message and immediately stops processing.

Superset Support - The Expand Includes utility provides support for CA Panvalet Supersets as
follows:

1. If the INCLUDE Library is a CA Panvalet data set, the utility provides full superset support.

2. If the INCLUDE library is a partitioned data set, the utility provides limited support. The
utility ignores the superset name and expands only the member name. For example, assume
the source program contains the following statement:
++INCLUDE superset.member1

The Expand Includes utility expands the statement only by looking for member1 in the INCLUDE
libraries.

Security - The Expand Includes utility does not perform any security checking. The utility relies on
your site's system (RACF, CA Top Secret, CA ACF2) to enforce data set access.

Monitoring Components in the Expand Includes Utility - When using the Expand Includes utility in
a processor, both CA Librarian and CA Panvalet components have the ability to collect component
data for expand include utility or CONWRITE. Component monitoring is also available using
CONWRITE with PARM='EXPINCL(y)'.

How the Expand Includes Utility Identifies the

INCLUDE Member
As the Expand Includes utility reads each record, it looks for the appropriate INCLUDE indicator. The
INCLUDE indicator is the character string that indicates that a member should be included in the
output file.

For CA Panvalet, the indicator is ++INCLUDE.

04-May-2018 1065/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For CA Librarian, the indicator is -INC.

The utility checks the LIBENV= parameter in the CA Endevor® SCM Defaults Table to determine which
indicator to look for.

The Expand Includes utility also looks for COBOL COPY statements, if the EXPANDCOPY parameter
was specified in the JCL PARM= statement or if the OPTIONS EXPAND COPY STATEMENTS clause was
specified in the EXPAND INCLUDES request.

INCLUDE Statement Source File Format

The format of the source file for INCLUDE statements follows the standard format for CA Panvalet
and CA Librarian files. The member name is on the same line as the ++INCLUDE statement or the -INC
statement.

The format for COBOL COPY statements is similar. The member name must be on the same line as
the word COPY.

How the Expand Includes Utility Works with CA Panvalet

Files
If the Expand Includes utility is working with CA Panvalet, the utility searches for the ++INCLUDE
statement in column 8. The entire ++INCLUDE statement must be specified on one line.

If the member name specified on the ++INCLUDE or COPY statement is invalid or cannot be found in
any of the INCLUDE libraries, the utility writes the invalid record to the destination file. The utility
then issues a caution message and continues to process the source file.

How the Expand Includes Utility Works with CA Librarian

Files
If the Expand Includes utility is working with CA Librarian, the utility searches for the -INC statement
in column 1. The entire -INC statement must be specified on one line.

If the member name specified on the -INC or COPY statement is invalid or cannot be found in any of
the INCLUDE libraries, the utility issues an error message and terminates processing.

Remember that the Expand Includes utility does not support the CA Librarian SEQ1,SEQ2 option on
the -INC statement. The utility always includes the entire member.

How the Expand Includes Utility Works with COBOL COPY

Statements
If the Expand Includes utility is to expand COBOL COPY statements, the COPY statement must be
located in columns 8 through 72, inclusive. Commented COPY statements will not be expanded.

04-May-2018 1066/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

If the member name specified for the COPY statement is invalid or cannot be found in the INCLUDE
libraries, the Expand Includes utility ignores the error. The COPY statement is written as is to the
destination file. The error will most likely be detected by the compiler program.

Note: For examples of rules and formats, see COPY Statement Examples (see page 1061).

How the Expand Includes Utility Specifies

INCLUDE Libraries
The Expand Includes utility resolves ++INCLUDE, -INC, and, optionally, COPY statements by searching
for the specified member in a set of libraries. These libraries, referred to as INCLUDE libraries, can be
partitioned, CA Panvalet, or CA Librarian data sets.

The libraries are identified by the following JCL statement:

ENXINCnn DD

nn can be a two digit number between 00-99 inclusive, or two alphabetic characters in the following
series:

AA-AZ

BA-BZ

CA-CZ

DA-DZ

To resolve ++INCLUDE, -INC, or COPY statements, the utility searches up to 204 INCLUDE libraries.100
in numerical sequence followed by 104 in alphabetical sequence.

Note: In the ENXINCnn DD statement, the execution JCL must include at least one valid
ENXINCnn DD statement. In addition, the ENXINCnn DD statement cannot specify a
concatenated data set. Finally, the ENXINCnn DD statements can contain a combination of
partitioned and CA Panvalet or CA Librarian data sets.

How the INCLUDE Library is Searched

The INCLUDE libraries are searched in numeric sequence first and then the AA-DZ alphabetical
sequence, no matter in which order they are specified in the JCL. That is, the library named in
statement ENXINC00 is always searched before the library named in statement ENXINC01, even if the
ENXINC01 statement appears first in the JCL.

04-May-2018 1067/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

You do not need to begin the sequence numbers with 00 nor must you have a complete sequence.
For example, you can specify the following DD statements ENXINC04, ENXINC01, ENXINCBC in the
JCL. The Expand Includes utility searches the library named in statement ENXINC01 first, then the
library named in ENXINC04, then the library named in ENXINCBC.

Partitioned Data Sets

Use the following guidelines when an INCLUDE library is a partitioned data set:

The data set members must be uncompressed and unencrypted.

The member name specified on the ++INCLUDE and -INC statements can be no longer than eight
characters. If the INCLUDE member name is greater than eight characters, the Expand Includes
utility truncates the name and issues a warning.

Default Location Processing Mode

The Expand Includes utility executes in Default Location mode when the ENXSCLIN DD statement has
not been allocated in the JCL. The input and output files are identified by fixed DD names as follows:

ENXIN DD specifies the source data set.

ENXOUT DD specifies the destination data set.

Both DD statements can refer to a sequential data set, a partitioned data set, or a partitioned data
set with an explicit member name.

Default Location mode is the default processing mode.

Example: Default Location Processing Mode JCL

The JCL that executes the Expand Includes utility in Default Location mode can be found in member
ENBXDLM1, in the JCL library iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.

You must specify a member name if you are using a partitioned data set--and that member name
must be explicit (that is, no wildcard). If the input file is a partitioned data set but an explicit member
has not been provided in the ENXIN DD statement, the utility checks the PARM= statement for a
member name.

If the execution JCL contains a PARM= statement that specifies a member name and a member name
is also included in the ENXIN DD statement, the utility ignores the member specified on the PARM=
statement.

If a member name is not specified anywhere, you receive an error message.

04-May-2018 1068/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

ENXIN and ENXOUT DD Statements

The Expand Includes utility uses the following rules when processing the ENXIN and ENXOUT DD
statements:

If Then
ENXIN DD is a sequential data set ENXOUT DD must be sequential or partitioned
data set with an explicit member name.
ENXIN DD is a sequential data set and ENXOUT You receive an error message.
DD is a partitioned data set without an explicit
member name
ENXIN DD is a partitioned data set and the ENXOUT DD can be either a sequential or
member is identified in the PARM= statement or partitioned data set.
in the ENXIN DD statement
ENXOUT DD is a partitioned data set and an The utility creates a member with the same name
explicit member name is not provided on that DD as the input member. The utility always replaces
statement the destination member.
ENXIN DD is a partitioned data set with no You receive an error message.
member specified, and no member is named in
the PARM= statement
ENXIN DD is a partitioned data set with an The PARM= member name is ignored.
explicit member name and the PARM= statement
contains a member name

Control Statement Mode

Control Statement mode is activated only if the ENXSCLIN DD statement is allocated in the execution
JCL. The Expand Includes SCL statement identifies the source and destination files that will be
processed.

Note: For more information about the Expand Includes SCL, see Expand Includes SCL (see
page 1071).

The JCL that executes the Expand Includes utility in Control Statement mode can be found in member
ENBXCSM1, in the JCL library iprfx.iqual.CSIQJCL.

04-May-2018 1069/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How the Control Statement Mode Processes Members

Control statement mode allows you to process multiple members, or files, in a single execution. You
can do this in one of three ways:

Specify multiple EXPAND INCLUDES actions in the ENXSCLIN DD statement.

Specify a wildcarded member name in the FROM DSNAME MEMBER clause in the EXPAND
INCLUDES action.

Use a combination of the previous two methods.

If the execution JCL contains a PARM= statement that specifies a member name, in addition to the
control statements in the ENXSCLIN DD statement, the utility ignores the member specified on the
PARM= statement and issues a warning message.

How Expand Includes Input SCL is Validated

CA Endevor® SCM validates the input SCL (EXPAND INCLUDES actions). If no errors are detected, all
statements are processed and the Expand Includes Execution Report and Expand Includes Summary
Report are produced.

If errors are found in the SCL, CA Endevor® SCM continues parsing the statements, but does not
process them. Results of the validation process are presented on the Expand Includes Control
Statement Summary Report.

JCL Parameter
The JCL PARM= statement is used for two purposes:

To identify the member to be processed by the Expand Includes utility

To tell the Expand Includes utility to expand COBOL COPY statements

You are required to code this parameter.

PARM= Parameter
The PARM= parameter appears as follows in the JCL:
PARM='ENBX1000member'

If you want to expand COBOL COPY statements, type the parameter as follows:
PARM='ENBX1000member,EXPANDCOPY'

The EXPANDCOPY portion of the parameter tells the Expand Includes utility to expand any COBOL

04-May-2018 1070/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The EXPANDCOPY portion of the parameter tells the Expand Includes utility to expand any COBOL
COPY statements found in the specified member.

Specifying a member in the PARM= parameter is optional. In the previous example, the member to
be processed is included. If you want to expand COPY statements but do not want to specify a
member, type the parameter shown as follows:
PARM='ENBX1000,EXPANDCOPY'

Note that you must type the leading comma in the parameter even if you do not specify a member
name.

Member Name
The variable member in the PARM= parameter specifies the name of the member to be processed.
The member name can be no longer than eight characters in length and must be explicit--you cannot
wildcard this value. Use only the following characters in the member name:
A-Z, 0-9, $, @, #

If the PARM= parameter is coded and the ENXSCLIN DD statement is present in the JCL, the member
name in the PARM= parameter is ignored.

If you are working with a partitioned data set in Default Location mode, you can specify a member
name in one of two places: the PARM= parameter or the ENXIN DD statement. If you do not enter a
member name in the PARM= statement, you must specify the name in the ENXIN DD statement. If
you do not specify a member name in either place, you receive an error message. If you are working
with a sequential data set in Default Location mode, you do not need to enter a member name.

Expand Includes SCL

This section explains the EXPAND INCLUDES statement that is used to process a member from a
partitioned data set.

You can enter as many EXPAND INCLUDES statements as necessary. These statements are specified in
the ENXSCLIN DD statement.

The Expand Includes utility parses and validates all requests before it begins executing them. If there
is a syntax error in any request or an error is found validating a request, none of the statements are
executed. The utility attempts to parse all of the control statements before terminating, however.

When the requests have been successfully parsed, the utility executes them. Requests are executed
as long as the highest return code is less than or equal to 12.

Note: If a member name is specified on the PARM= parameter and you have allocated the
ENXSCLIN DD statement, the Expand Includes utility ignores the member name in the
PARM= statement.

04-May-2018 1071/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Expand Includes Syntax

The Expand Includes syntax is shown as follows.

BEND--Expand Includes SCL--OTH

Each clause in the syntax is described in the following sections.

Note: For more information about syntax conventions, see SCL Reference (https://docops.ca.
com/display/CE17/SCL+Reference).

EXPAND INCLUDES Clause

The EXPAND INCLUDES clause is the first clause in the statement. The following describes this clause:

EXPAND INCLUDES
The name of the action. You must code this clause.

FROM Clause
The FROM clause identifies the input, or source, data set. This clause is required. Specify either a
DDNAME or a DSNAME, but not both. The following table explains the FROM clause:

FROM DDNAME ddname

Identifies the source data set by DD name. Specify the name of a preallocated DD statement.

FROM DSNAME dsname

Identifies the source data set by data set name. Specify the name of an existing data set, using
standard CA Endevor® SCM naming conventions. If the data set name contains embedded
periods, enclose the name in quotation marks.
The data set referred to must be either sequential or partitioned. The data set record format can
be either fixed or variable.

04-May-2018 1072/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

MEMBER name
Identifies the member(s) to be processed from a partitioned data set. This clause is required.
The member name must meet the following specifications:

The member name can be no longer than eight characters. You can use a wildcard.

The MEMBER clause applies only if the input data set specified in the FROM DSNAME clause is
a partitioned data set. If the data set specified is sequential, the MEMBER clause is ignored
and a warning message issued.

If the member name is fully specified, the member must exist in the input data set. If the
member name is wildcarded, at least one member matching the wildcard criteria must exist in
the input data set. If the explicit member does not exist, or no matches can be found, you will
receive an error message.

TO Clause
The TO clause identifies the output, or destination, data set. This clause is required. Specify either a
DDNAME or a DSNAME, but not both. The following table explains the TO clause:

TO DDNAME ddname
Identifies the destination data set by DD name. Specify the name of a preallocated DD statement.

TO DSNAME dsname
Identifies the destination data set by data set name. Specify the name of an existing data set,
using standard CA Endevor® SCM naming conventions. If the data set name contains embedded
periods, enclose the name in quotation marks.
The data set referred to must be either sequential or partitioned. The data set record format can
be either fixed or variable. The record length must be at least as long as the record length of the
input data set and at least as large as the INCLUDE libraries associated with the ENXINCnn DD
statements. If the data set record length is not large enough for either condition, the Expand
Includes utility truncates the output records and issues a caution message.

MEMBER name
Identifies the name of the output member. This clause is optional.
The member name must meet the following specifications:

The member name can be no longer than eight characters and cannot be wildcarded.

The MEMBER clause applies only if the output data set specified in the TO DSNAME clause is a
partitioned data set and if the input data set is either a sequential data set or a partitioned
data set with an explicit member name (that is, not wildcarded). If the input data set is a
partitioned data set and the MEMBER clause contains a wildcarded member name, you will
receive an error message.

If the FROM DSNAME MEMBER clause contains a wildcarded member name or if the FROM
DSNAME is a partitioned data set and the FROM MEMBER clause is not specified, the TO
MEMBER clause cannot be specified. You cannot rename multiple output members. In this
situation, you will receive an error message.

04-May-2018 1073/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

OPTIONS Clauses
The Expand Includes syntax contains two optional clauses:

EXPAND COPY [STATEMENTS]

Tells the Expand Includes utility to expand COBOL COPY statements. This clause is an alternative
to coding the EXPANDCOPY parameter in the JCL.
If you do not code this clause but do include the EXPANDCOPY parameter on the JCL PARM=
statement, the utility will expand the COBOL COPY statements.

REPLACE MEMBER
Tells the Expand Includes utility to replace an existing member in the output data set. This clause
applies only to partitioned data sets. If the destination data set is a sequential data set, this clause
is ignored.
If this clause is not specified and the member being created currently exists in the output data
set, the EXPAND INCLUDES action fails for that member. Processing continues for other members
associated with the request.

Expand Includes Utility Reports

The Expand Includes utility generates three reports as part of its normal processing:

Control Statement Summary

Shows the control statements that were provided in the ENXSCLIN DD statement and identifies
any parser or statement validation errors.

Execution Report
Contains information about the execution of each request.

If the utility is executing in Default Location mode, the report contains information about the
single request.

If the utility is executing in Control Statement mode, the utility generates detailed information
about each EXPAND INCLUDES request.

Expand Includes Summary Report

Summarizes each request processed. The summary indicates the member name, the return code,
the number of INCLUDE members, and the number of lines expanded.

These reports are written to the ENXMSGS1 DD statement. If the execution JCL includes an
ENXMSGS2 DD statement, the utility writes the Expand Includes Summary Report to that file.

Expand Includes Control Statement Summary Report

The Expand Includes Control Statement Summary shows the control statements provided in the
ENXSCLIN DD statement, and whether there are any parser or validation errors. This report is
generated only if the program is executing in Control Statement mode.

04-May-2018 1074/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Expand Includes Execution Report

The Expand Includes Execution Report contains execution information for each request.

Expand Includes Summary Report

The Expand Includes Summary Report provides the following information for each request (in either
mode):

Statement Number
The statement number associated with the EXPAND INCLUDES action. If the utility is running in
Default Location mode, the statement number is always 1.

Data Set Name

The name of the input data set.

Member Name
The name of the input member. This field is blank if the input file is a sequential data set.

Return Code
The return code associated with the EXPAND INCLUDES request for the data set or member.

Number of Include Members

The number of ++INCLUDE, -INC, or COPY members that were expanded.

Number of Lines Expanded

The number of lines added to the output file from the expanded ++INCLUDE, -INC, or COPY
members.

04-May-2018 1075/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Library Conversion Utilities for CA Panvalet or

CA Librarian
Contents

Library Management Conversion Process (see page 1076)

Analyze Phase (see page 1078)
PROC Definition (see page 1079)
How to Delete Output Data Sets (see page 1081)
How to Build Reference Data Set (see page 1081)
How to Build Load SCL (see page 1083)
How to Identify Superset Members (see page 1086)
Load Phase (see page 1087)
Validate Phase (see page 1088)
Member Validation Report (see page 1090)

Library Management Conversion Process

The library management conversion process encompasses a combination of CA Endevor® SCM
utilities and programs that allow you to load CA Panvalet or CA Librarian files into CA Endevor® SCM.
The loaded elements adopt the language attribute and comment or description associated with the
source entity as the CA Endevor® SCM type and comment.

There are three phases to the library management conversion process:

Analyze (CA Endevor® SCM Inventory Analyzer)

Analyzes the members in your CA Panvalet or CA Librarian files, creating load SCL for input into
CA Endevor® SCM. It is assumed that you have already run the CA Endevor® SCM Inventory
Analyzer against your inventory, and that you have identified the CA Endevor® SCM inventory
structure--that is, environments, systems, subsystems, and, optionally, processor groups--that will
be assigned to each element.

Load (CA Endevor® SCM Load utility)

Loads appropriate members into CA Endevor® SCM.

Validate (Member Validation Program)

Validates that all members in a single data set exist in a specified CA Endevor® SCM environment.

04-May-2018 1076/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA Panvalet Libraries
The maximum number of CA Panvalet libraries that CA Endevor® SCM can open at one time is 16.
Therefore, the number of open data sets in one ANALYZE statement is restricted to 16. There is no
limit to the number of ANALYZE statements you can use, however. If you have more than 16 CA
Panvalet libraries, use a second ANALYZE statement to scan the additional libraries.

Supersets (Panvalet Only)

Supersets apply to CA Panvalet only.

The analysis phase of the conversion process produces a reference data set that contains a list of
members. These members have been analyzed for specific information; analysis is done
alphabetically. During this phase, the conversion process identifies members that are supersets as
well as members that reference supersets. Appropriate messages are returned when the list is
generated, as shown in the following table:

Member Message
Is a superset CAE$0003 MEMBER member name IS A
SUPERSET
Is not a superset No message
References a member that has already been analyzed and CAE$0004 MEMBER member name
is a superset REFERENCES

SUPERSET superset name

References a member that is a superset but has not yet No message
been analyzed

Example: Handling Supersets

To illustrate how the conversion process handles supersets, assume you have a file with 26 members,
A-Z. The members are analyzed and messages are issued as follows (see the previous table to match
the message with the message number):

Member Is a superset? References a superset? Issues this message

A Yes No CAE$0003
B No No No message
C No Yes (Member A) CAE$0004
D No Yes (Member Z) No message
E No No No message
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .

04-May-2018 1077/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Member Is a superset? References a superset? Issues this message

Z Yes No CAE$0003

Note: When Member Z is analyzed, the only message issued indicates that the member is a
superset. No message is issued indicating that Member D references Member Z. CA
Endevor® SCM does not “backtrack” to issue a message when a previously referenced
superset is analyzed.

Analyze Phase
This section describes the first phase of the conversion process that analyzes the members in your
inventory to identify the following:

INCLUDE members

COPY members

Members that are supersets

Members that reference supersets

This analysis is performed by the CA Endevor® SCM Inventory Analyzer, which is invoked by the
conversion job stream. The conversion job stream consists of four steps, briefly described as follows:

1. Delete SCL output data sets. In this step, existing output data sets are deleted so new ones
can be created.

2. Build reference data set. In this step, a list of analyzed members is created that will be used as
input in the next step.

3. Identify INCLUDE and COPY members, and build SCL. In this step, INCLUDE and COPY
members are identified using the information generated in the previous step. Load SCL is
created for input into CA Endevor® SCM.

4. Identify superset members. In this step, superset member and unresolved members
(members referenced but not found) are identified.

Submit the job stream for execution when all information has been entered for all four steps.

Conversion Job Stream

The conversion job stream is provided with your installation materials. Execution of the job stream
does not change any information or processes. Because the job stream only creates input for the
Load utility, you can rerun it as often as necessary should you encounter any problems.

The conversion job stream is contained in member ENJSUCNV in the JCLLIB provided on the

04-May-2018 1078/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The conversion job stream is contained in member ENJSUCNV in the JCLLIB provided on the
installation tape.

Important! Throughout the conversion job stream, there are several statements that begin
with the words ESTABLISH TYPE. These statements are the rules used by the CA Endevor®
SCM Inventory Analyzer to identify members that contain INCLUDE or COPY statements
and to classify the members with a CA Endevor® SCM type. These rules are the only rules
needed for the conversion process. Do not change these rules.

Element Classification
In Step 3 of the conversion job stream, CA Endevor® SCM location and inventory information is
designated for the members in the reference data set.

You identify the CA Endevor® SCM environment, system, subsystem, and, optionally, processor
group to be assigned to each member. The inventory locations must be defined to CA Endevor®
SCM. You must know how you will classify the members before you begin the conversion process.
If CCIDs are required, you must also specify a CCID to be associated with the element.

The element name is the same as the library member name.

CA Endevor® SCM elements require a type. The conversion job stream identifies the element type
to be assigned to the member.
The job stream takes the language attribute associated with the CA Panvalet or CA Librarian
member. That attribute is prefixed with I, if it is an INCLUDE statement or C, if it is a COPY
statement. The entire value becomes the CA Endevor® SCM element type.
For example, if the CA Panvalet language is COBOL and the member is an INCLUDE, the type
assigned is ICOBOL.

Note: If you are a CA Librarian user, there may be members in your library that do not
have a language associated with them. Check the SCL that is generated by the conversion
job stream. If no language is assigned, one of two TYPE values appears:

PROC Definition
This section describes the PROC definition portion of conversion job stream and the variables for
which you need to provide values before submitting the job.

The following JCL shows the PROC definition portion of the conversion job stream:
// (JOBCARD)
//*
//*********************************************************************
//*  THIS JCL MUST BE TAILORED PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THIS JOB     *
//*                                  *
//*   1. CHANGE TDISK TO A UNIT NAME FOR WORK DASD        *
//*     FOR BEST PERFORMANCE, SPECIFY A VIO DEVICE        *

04-May-2018 1079/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//*     FOR BEST PERFORMANCE, SPECIFY A VIO DEVICE        *
//*                                  *
//*     CHANGE iprfx.iqual TO YOUR CA Endevor® SCM INSTALL PREFIX   *
//*                                  *
//*                                  *
//*   2. CHANGE PDISK TO A UNIT NAME FOR DATA SETS WHICH     *
//*     WILL CONTAIN CA Endevor® SCM LOAD SCL STATEMENTS USED FOR   *
//*     INPUT INTO THE CA Endevor® SCM LOAD UTILITY JOB        *
//*                                  *
//*     CHANGE PVOLSER (OR REMOVE VOL=SER=PVOLSER) TO A VALID  *
//*     VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER                   *
//*                                  *
//*     CHANGE UPRFX.UQUAL TO THE APPROPRIATE INDEX LEVELS    *
//*     AT YOUR SITE                       *
//*                                  *
//*   3. TAILOR THE THREE LINES THAT CONTAIN THE TEXT       *
//*     'DSN1' 'DSN2' 'DSN3' TO REFLECT THE ACTUAL LIBRARY    *
//*      NAMES FROM WHICH YOU ARE CONVERTING.          *
//*                                  *
//*                                  *
//*   4. ON THE ASSIGN STATEMENT USED IN STEP TWO, SPECIFY    *
//*     THE ACTUAL ENVIRONMENT, SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, STAGE ID   *
//*     AND CCID VALUES THAT ARE TO BE USED TO CONSTRUCT THE   *
//*     LOAD UTILITY SCL.                    *
//*                                  *
//*********************************************************************
//ANALYZE PROC
//*
//C1BM7000 EXEC PGM=NBURC1,PARM=C1BM7000
//     DYNAMNBR=1500,REGION=4096K
//*
//CONLIB  DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR
//*
//C1TPDD01 DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,3),
//      DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=260,BLKSIZE=6160)
//C1TPDD02 DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,5),
//      DCB=(RECFM=VB,LRECL=260,BLKSIZE=6160)
//C1TPLSIN DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,3),
//      DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160)
//C1TPLSOU DD UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(CYL,5)
//C1PLMSGS DD SYSOUT=*
//*********************************************************************
//* OUTPUT DATA SETS                         *
//*********************************************************************
//C1MSGS1 DD SYSOUT=*
//C1SUMARY DD SYSOUT=*
//C1PRINT DD SYSOUT=*,DCB=(RECFM=FBA,LRECL=121,BLKSIZE=6171)
//SYSABEND DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSOUT  DD SYSOUT=*
//BSTERR  DD SYSOUT=*
//     PEND

Tailor this JCL by providing values for all occurrences of the following variables:

iprfx
Highest-level qualifier used to assign data set names for installation files at your site.

iqual
Second-level qualifier used to assign data set names for installation files at your site.

tdisk
Unit name for temporary disk data sets.

04-May-2018 1080/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

How to Delete Output Data Sets

This section describes Step 1 of the conversion job stream that deletes the existing output data sets.

The following JCL shows Step 1 of the conversion job stream:

//STEP1  EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
//*********************************************************************
//* DELETE SCL OUTPUT DATA SETS                   *
//*********************************************************************
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN  DD *
 DELETE uprfx.uqual.INCL.SCLSTMTS
 DELETE uprfx.uqual.NONINCL.SCLSTMTS
 SET MAXCC = 0

The Load SCL created in Step 3 of the conversion job stream is written to one of the following data
sets:
uprfx.uqual.INCL.SCLSTMTS
uprfx.uqual.NONINCL.SCLSTMTS

Each time you run this job stream, new data sets are created. Step 1 deletes the existing data sets so
the new data sets can be created without a problem.

Tailor the JCL by providing values for the following variables:

uprfx
Highest-level qualifier used to assign data set names for CA Endevor® SCM user files at your site.

uqual
Second-level qualifier used to assign data set names for CA Endevor® SCM user files at your site.

How to Build Reference Data Set

This section describes Step 2 of the conversion job stream that creates a reference data set by
analyzing members in specified data sets.

The following JCL shows Step 2 of the conversion job stream:

//STEP2  EXEC ANALYZE
//*********************************************************************
//* BUILD REFERENCE DATASET                                           *
//*********************************************************************
//BSTPUNCH DD DSN=&&BSTPUNCH.,DISP=(NEW,PASS,DELETE),
//      UNIT=tdisk,SPACE=(TRK,(20,10),RLSE),
//      DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=200,BLKSIZE=22000)
//BSTIPT01 DD *
 ANALYZE MEMBER *
   FROM DSNAME 'DSN1' 'DSN2' 'DSN3'
 .
//BSTRULES DD *
ESTABLISH TYPE INCLUDE GROUP INCLUDE WHEN
 LIB = INCLUDE OR PAN = INCLUDE.
ESTABLISH TYPE INCLUDE GROUP COPY WHEN
 LIB = COPY.

04-May-2018 1081/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

 LIB = COPY.
ESTABLISH TYPE REMAINDR GROUP THATSALL WHEN
 PAN = '' AND LIB = ''.
DEFINE PAN INCLUDE WHEN
 '&C1FDSN$IO'. = 'PAN'
AND
 SOURCE TEXT CONTAINS
 '++INCLUDE' IN COLUMN 8 INVOKE EXIT=C1BM7CAE
 .
DEFINE LIB INCLUDE WHEN
 '&C1FDSN$IO'. = 'LIB'
AND
 SOURCE TEXT CONTAINS
 '-INC' IN COLUMN 1 INVOKE EXIT=C1BM7CAE
 .
DEFINE LIB COPY WHEN
 '&C1FDSN$IO'. = 'LIB'
AND
 '&C1FDSN$LANG'. = 'CBL'
AND
 SOURCE TEXT CONTAINS
 ' COPY ' IN COLUMNS 7 THROUGH 68
     INVOKE EXIT=C1BM7CAE WITHOUT
     '*' IN COLUMN 7 LINE CURRENT
 .
//*
//*

Step 2 creates a list of members that have been analyzed to determine whether they are INCLUDE
members, COPY members, supersets, or members that reference supersets. You indicate the names
of the data sets to be analyzed.

If more than one FROM data set is specified and if the same member exists in more than one data
set, the program takes the first occurrence of the member. The analyzed members are listed
alphabetically, as detail records in a reference data set. The reference data set is used as input for the
next step in the conversion process.

Tailor the JCL by providing values for the following variables:

tdisk
Unit name for temporary disk data sets.

DSN1, DSN: hp1.2,...DSNn

The name(s) of the data sets you want scanned. You can code up to 16 names per ANALYZE
statement.

Two types of records are created in this step: a header record and detail records. The header record
assigns symbolic names to the data in the detail records. Each detail record contains the information
listed as follows, in the order shown, for each unique occurrence of the member:

Member name

Library data set name

Yes and no (Y/N) indicators for the following:

Was the member selected for processing?

Was the member referenced by another member?

Was the member referenced as an INCLUDE statement?

04-May-2018 1082/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Was the member referenced as an INCLUDE statement?

Was the member referenced as a COPY statement?

Is the member a superset?

Does the member reference a known superset?

Language

Comment

Example: A Typical Record in the Reference Data Set

The following example illustrates a typical record in the reference data set:

BEND--What happens--OTH

How to Build Load SCL

This section describes Step 3 of the conversion job stream that creates the Load SCL.

The following JCL shows Step 3 of the conversion job stream:

//STEP3  EXEC ANALYZE
//*********************************************************************
//* IDENTIFY INCLUDE AND COPY MEMBERS, BUILD LOAD SCL                 *
//*********************************************************************
//BSTPUNCH DD DSN=&&BSTPUNCH.,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//INCLMBRS DD DSN=uprfx.uqual.INCL.SCLSTMTS,DISP=(,CATLG),
//      UNIT=pdisk,vol=ser=pvolser,SPACE=(TRK,(3,2),RLSE),
//      DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,DSORG=PS)
//PGMMBRS DD DSN=uprfx.uqual.NONINCL.SCLSTMTS,DISP=(,CATLG),
//      UNIT=pdisk,vol=ser=pvolser,SPACE=(TRK,(3,2),RLSE),
//      DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,DSORG=PS)
//BSTIPT01 DD *
*
 SET ASSIGN
  ENV = 'ENVNAME'
  SYS = 'SYSNAME'

  SBS = 'SBSNAME'

04-May-2018 1083/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

  SBS = 'SBSNAME'
  CCID = 'CCID' .
*
 SET REFERENCE DDNAME BSTPUNCH.
*
 ANALYZE MEMBER *
   FROM DSNAME 'DSN1' 'DSN2' 'DSN3'
 .
*
//BSTRULES DD *
DEFINE INCLUDE SUPERSET WHEN
 '&CAESUPER'. EQ 'Y'
 .
ESTABLISH TYPE COPY GROUP NOPROC WHEN
 '&CAECOPY'. = 'Y' AND INCLUDE NOT = SUPERSET
 .
ESTABLISH TYPE INCLUDE GROUP NOPROC WHEN
 '&CAEINC'. = 'Y' AND INCLUDE NOT = SUPERSET
 .
//BSTMODEL DD *
%DDNAME=INCLMBRS,COND=SUCCESS
 LOAD MEMBER &C1MEMBER
  FROM DSNAME '&C1FDSN'.
  TO ENVIRONMENT &ENV.
    SYSTEM    &SYS.
    SUBSYSTEM  &SBS.
    TYPE     &C1ELTYPE(1.,1)&CAELANG(1.,7)
  OPTIONS CCID '&CCID'.
    COMMENT '&CAEDESC'.
 .
%DDNAME=PGMMBRS,COND=FAILURE
 LOAD MEMBER &C1MEMBER
  FROM DSNAME '&C1FDSN'.
  TO ENVIRONMENT &ENV.
    SYSTEM    &SYS.
    SUBSYSTEM  &SBS.
    TYPE     &CAELANG(1.,8)
  OPTIONS CCID '&CCID'.
    COMMENT '&CAEDESC'.

Step 3 identifies the INCLUDE members and COPY members within the data sets indicated. This step
also assigns CA Endevor® SCM location and inventory information to the members and creates the
SCL used to load members into CA Endevor® SCM.

Each SCL statement is written to one of two data sets, depending on whether the member is an
INCLUDE or COPY member or neither:

If the member is an INCLUDE or COPY member, it is written to the data set uprfx.uqual.INCL.
SCLSTMTS.

If the member is not an INCLUDE or COPY member, it is written to the data set uprfx.uqual.
NONINCL.SCLSTMTS.

Tailor the JCL by providing values for the following variables:

uprfx
Highest-level qualifier used to assign data set names for CA Endevor® SCM user file at your site.

uqual
Second-level qualifier used to assign data set names for CA Endevor® SCM user files at your site.

04-May-2018 1084/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

pdisk
Unit name for permanent disk data sets. These data sets will contain CA Endevor® SCM Load SCL
statements.

pvolser
Volume serial number of the disk. Either enter a valid volume serial number or delete the
parameter VOL=SER=PVOLSER.

ENVNAME
Environment name.

SYSNAME
System name.

SBSNAME
Subsystem name.

CCID
CCID to be associated with the element.

DSN1, DSN2,...DSNn
The name(s) of the data sets you want scanned. Use the same data set names you coded in Step
2.

Note: You must enter the data set names in the same sequence as they were entered in
Step 2.

CA Endevor® SCM creates SCL for the CA Endevor® SCM Load utility. The SCL is formatted according
to one of the two output model definitions that are included in this step of the conversion job
stream. An output model definition is simply a template that defines the format of the load
commands.

The first output model definition is used for members that are INCLUDE or COPY members. The
second output model definition is used for members that are not INCLUDE or COPY members.

Load Syntax Variables

The output model definitions appear after the line //BSTMODEL DD *. Note the values that begin
with an ampersand (&) information are provided for these values as follows:

&C1MEMBER (Member name)

Reference data set

&C1FDSN (FROM data set name)

Reference data set

&ENV (Environment name)

SET ASSIGN parameter

04-May-2018 1085/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

&SYS (System name)

SET ASSIGN parameter

&SBS (Subsystem name)

SET ASSIGN parameter

&C1ELTYPE (1,1) INCLUDE (I) or COPY (c)

Reference data set.

&CAELANG (1,7)-CA Endevor® SCM type

CA Panvalet or CA Librarian language directory

&CCID (CCID associated with the member)

SET ASSIGN parameter

&CAEDESC (Comment associated with the member)

CA Panvalet comment or CA Librarian description

&CAELANG (1,8)-CA Endevor® SCM type

Reference data set (if not an INCLUDE or COPY member)

How to Identify Superset Members

This section describes Step 4 of the conversion job stream that identifies the superset members.

The following JCL shows Step 4 of the conversion job stream:

//STEP4  EXEC ANALYZE
//*********************************************************************
//* IDENTIFY SUPERSET MEMBERS                    *
//*********************************************************************
//BSTIPT01 DD *
 SET REFERENCE DDNAME BSTPUNCH.
 ANALYZE MEMBER *
   FROM DSNAME 'DSN1' 'DSN2' 'DSN3'
 .
//BSTRULES DD *
ESTABLISH TYPE SUPERSET GROUP NOPROC WHEN
 '&CAESUPER'. EQ 'Y'
 .
//BSTMODEL DD *
%DDNAME=SUPERSET,COND=SUCCESS
 MEMBER &C1MEMBER IN DATASET '&C1FDSN'. IS A SUPERSET MEMBER.
%DDNAME=NOTSUPER,COND=FAILURE
 MEMBER &C1MEMBER IN DATASET '&C1FDSN'. IS NOT A SUPERSET MEMBER.
//BSTPUNCH DD DSN=&&BSTPUNCH.,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//SUPERSET DD SYSOUT=*,DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,DSORG=PS)
//NOTSUPER DD SYSOUT=*,DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,DSORG=PS)

Step 4 identifies those members that are supersets and any members that are unresolved. A member
is considered unresolved when it has been referenced as part of an INCLUDE statement but cannot
be found.

04-May-2018 1086/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

For this step, you need only code the data set names you used in Step 2 and Step 3. You must enter
the data set names in the same sequence as entered in the previous steps.
For unresolved members, CA Endevor® SCM writes messages to the Execution Log, identifying the
member by member name.

For superset identification, CA Endevor® SCM writes messages to one of two DDnames, depending
upon whether a member is a superset.

If the member is a superset, the following message is written to DDname SUPERSET:

MEMBER member-name IN DATASET dataset-name IS A SUPERSET MEMBER.

If the member is not a superset, the following message is written to DDname NOTSUPER:
MEMBER member-name IN DATASET dataset-name IS NOT A SUPERSET MEMBER.

Load Phase
The second phase of the conversion process loads the members classified in the first phase into CA
Endevor® SCM.

The first phase of the conversion process classified members according to whether the member was
an INCLUDE or COPY statement and created Load SCL. The Load SCL was then written to one of two
data sets, depending on whether the members were INCLUDE or COPY members, or neither. The next
step in the conversion process is to load these members directly into CA Endevor® SCM, which is
done using the CA Endevor® SCM Load utility.

Load Utility
The CA Endevor® SCM Load utility allows you to load one or more members, from data sets external
to CA Endevor® SCM, directly into any stage that is defined within a CA Endevor® SCM environment.
You do not need to reassemble or recompile your programs. And, you can date/time stamp--or
footprint--all corresponding library members in your source, object, and load libraries as the
members are loaded.

Note: The Load utility JCL is provided on the installation tape, in member BC1JLOAD of the
JCLLIB.

The actual load requests have already been generated, using the formats provided in Step 3 of the
conversion job stream, and written to a data set. You need only to tailor the JCL and submit the job
for execution.

Provide values for the following variables:

iprfx
Highest-level qualifier used to assign data set names for installation files at your site.

iqual

04-May-2018 1087/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

iqual
Second-level qualifier used to assign data set names for installation files at your site.

uprfx.uqual.INCL.SCLSTMTS
The name of the data set that contains the load statements (output from phase 1 of the
conversion process).

Load Utility Output

There are up to four reports produced as the Load utility executes. The reports you see depend on
whether any Load requests contain syntax errors, data errors, or both. Reviewing these reports
allows you to find problems and errors before the data set members are loaded into CA Endevor®
SCM.

The following describes the report name and when the report is produced:

CA Endevor® SCM LOAD Execution Log

Always

CA Endevor® SCM Data Validation Report

Only when the requests contain invalid data

CA Endevor® SCM LOAD Execution Report

Only when the requests contain no syntax errors or invalid data

CA Endevor® SCM LOAD Execution Summary

Only when the requests contain no syntax errors or invalid data

Validate Phase
The third phase of the conversion process checks if the members have been loaded correctly loaded
into the CA Endevor® SCM.

After you have run the Load utility, you should check to be sure that all members were loaded into
CA Endevor® SCM correctly. Use the Member Validation Program to validate that all of the members
in a single data set have been loaded and exist in a specific CA Endevor® SCM environment.

To achieve the best results, the Member Validation Program must be run immediately after you have
loaded a data set's members into CA Endevor® SCM. The program produces a report that provides
specific information about each member in the data set. The accuracy of the report can be affected
by subsequent actions against the elements.

04-May-2018 1088/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Member Validation Program

The Member Validation Program processes only one data set at a time. If you want to validate more
than one data set, you need to execute the program once for each data set. The data set to be
validated is known as the source data set, and is identified by the ENVDSN00 DD statement in the
Member Validation Program execution JCL. This DD statement can refer to a partitioned data set, a
CA Panvalet data set, or a CA Librarian data set. These are the only types of data sets supported by
the program.

The Member Validation Program assumes that the CA Endevor® SCM element name is the same as
the data set member name. The program does not support members that were renamed when
placed into CA Endevor® SCM.

Return Codes (Member Validation Program)

The Member Validation Program passes the following return codes:

0
All members in the source data set were found in the CA Endevor® SCM environment specified.

4
One or more members were not found in the environment specified.

12
The Member Validation Program encountered an error.

Note: The Member Validation Program execution JCL is provided on the install tape in
member ENBRVDSN in the JCLLIB.

Member Validation Program JCL

The Member Validation Program requires that the following parameters and DD statements be
coded:

'ENBRVDSN environment_name'
The CA Endevor® SCM environment that will be searched for members. If you do not code this
parameter, or the value is invalid, you receive an error message.
Specify an up to eight character, valid CA Endevor® SCM environment name.

Note: There are no characters between ENBRVDSN and environment_name.

CONLIB DD

04-May-2018 1089/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CONLIB DD
Standard JCL statement.
Change IPRFX and IQUAL to the qualifiers you are using for your site.

ENVMSGS1
The destination of the Member Validation Report. The DD statement usually allocates a SYSOUT
data set.
No tailoring required.

ENVDSN00
The data set that is to be validated.
Specify the name of a data set (source.dataset.name) generated by the conversion job stream.
The data set must be partitioned, CA Panvalet, or CA Librarian.

Member Validation Report

This section describes the Member Validation Report that is generated by the Member Validation
Program. This report contains information about the members loaded into the CA Endevor® SCM.

The Member Validation Report classifies each member in the data set into one of three categories:

The member was not found in the CA Endevor® SCM environment.

The member was found as an element and the element was loaded into CA Endevor® SCM from
the source data set.

The member was found as an element but the element was not loaded from the source data set.

The report is written to the ENVMSGS1 DD statement.

Multiple Occurrences of the Member

The Member Validation Program searches the entire inventory structure in both stages of the
specified environment. Therefore, it is possible that multiple occurrences of the member will be
found. For example, the same element may be a member of different systems or may be associated
with different types.

The report displays every occurrence of the element. In most situations, only one of the elements is
valid. The other elements will be marked with the following message:
Found . . . but not loaded from the source data set

04-May-2018 1090/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Load Utility
Contents

CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility Requests (see page 1093)

Load Utility Reports (see page 1098)
Example of the Load Utility Process (see page 1101)
Load Utility Footprint Override Exit (see page 1105)

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility enables you to load one or more members (elements), from data
sets external to CA Endevor® SCM, directly to any stage that is defined within a CA Endevor® SCM
environment. Using this utility, you can quickly populate CA Endevor® SCM environments without the
need to reassemble or recompile your programs. And, you can date/time stamp--or footprint--all
corresponding library members in your source, object, and load libraries as the members are loaded.

Security is invoked when the Load Utility is executed. If using ESI, a PRIMARY_OPTIONS call is issued.
For this ESI call, the MENUITEM is LOAD.

Before using the CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility, the inventory structures that you want to populate
within CA Endevor® SCM must be defined.

Note: For more information about defining inventory structures, see Administrating (see
page 36).

This section describes the CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility request syntax, detailing the structure of and
rules concerning the LOAD MEMBER command. The final section provides a working example of the
Load process, on a step-by-step basis.

LOAD requests can be created manually, using the LOAD request syntax, or can be generated by the
CA Endevor® SCM Inventory Analyzer as part of the analysis process. The method used is at your
discretion; the results of the load processing are the same.

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility is simple to operate and involves two basic steps:

Creating your requests

The Load Utility automatically validates each request before it is executed.

Reviewing the reports produced

Reports are produced during and after execution to inform you about what has occurred.

How to Create LOAD Requests

LOAD requests indicate those members, from designated data sets, that are to be loaded to specific
CA Endevor® SCM locations. A sample request is shown as follows:

04-May-2018 1091/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

LOAD MEMBER FINARP00 THRU FINARP99
 FROM DSNAME  'PROD.SRCLIB'
 TO ENVIRONMENT 'DEMO' SYSTEM 'FINANCE' SUBSYSTEM 'ACCTREC'
   TYPE    'COBOL' STAGE 'P'
 OPTIONS    CCID 'LOAD'
   COMMENT 'AUTOMATED CA SCMMF IMPLEMENTATION
   PROCESSOR GROUP 'COBNBL01'
 FOOTPRINT 'PROD.LOADLIB'    .

This request tells the Load Utility to perform the following actions:

Load a range of members, beginning with FINARP00 up to and including FINARP99.

Load only the members from data set PROD.SRCLIB.

Load the members to the CA Endevor® SCM location specified by the TO information.

Create version 1.0 of an element in CA Endevor® SCM, for each member that matches the criteria
specified.

Associate with each element the indicated CCID, comment, and processor group.

Footprint each applicable member (that is, member for which a match is found in the footprint
library) in the library specified by the FOOTPRINT clause.

After all LOAD requests are coded, and before they are executed, CA Endevor® SCM validates both
the syntax and the content of each request. Syntax validation ensures that the request syntax is
correct. Content validation ensures that the data sets specified do exist and that the CA Endevor®
SCM location specified is valid.

LOAD Request Reports

As request execution progresses, the following reports are produced:

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log

The CA Endevor® SCM Data Validation Report

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Summary Report

The first two reports indicate syntax and data errors, respectively. The last two reports provide detail
and summary information for each request in the input data set.

If a member specified in the LOAD request is found in the CA Endevor® SCM TO location indicated,
creating duplicate members, the LOAD request for that member is bypassed. The occurrence of
duplicate members can be caused by overlapping Load requests; that is, when two requests involve
one or more of the same members. Occasionally, duplicate members may be the result of repeated
execution of the same Load syntax. Duplicate member warning messages are issued when either
situation occurs.

04-May-2018 1092/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility Requests

This section describes the syntax you use to load elements into environments predefined in CA
Endevor® SCM. The Load process is described in the next section. That discussion includes syntax
examples and explanations and illustrations of the reports you can use to review what you have
coded.

Load Utility Statements

The Load Utility uses three types of statements:

The ACTION statement is always LOAD MEMBER. This is the only statement that the Load Utility
executes.

SET statement establishes default values for subsequent action statements. These statements are
never executed by the Load Utility.

CLEAR statements clears the information designated by a related SET statement. These
statements are never executed by the Load Utility.

The remainder of this section illustrates the LOAD statement syntax and explains all required and
optional clauses within the statement. A brief overview of the reports produced by the Load Utility is
provided also. Read this section carefully to gain a full understanding of the syntax. Learning and
using this syntax can be an invaluable and powerful tool.

Load Request Syntax

BEND--Load Request Syntax--OTH

04-May-2018 1093/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Load Request Rules

The rules pertaining to each clause in the syntax are listed as follows. Required and optional clauses
are noted, as well as any other requirements specific to this action.

Load Request Required Clauses

Required clauses are listed as follows:

LOAD MEMBER member

Indicates the member(s) you want to load. The member name can be up to 10 characters in
length. You must code this clause first, immediately followed by the THROUGH clause if you
decide to use it. Otherwise, you receive an error message.
You can code an explicit member name to load just one member, or you can use a name mask (an
* alone or at the end of the partial member name) and/or a place holder (a ? within the member
name) to load several members.

FROM DSNAME dsname

Indicates the location of the member(s) being loaded. If you do not specify FROM information
here, a SET FROM clause with the required information must have been previously code.
The FROM data set can be a partitioned data set (PDS or PDS/E), or a CA Librarian or CA Panvalet
library. It cannot be a load library, however; load library members are never loaded to a CA
Endevor® SCM environment. You receive a validation error message if you attempt to do this.
You must code an explicit data set name. If the data set name contains a period, be sure to
enclose the name in single or double quotes, as follows:
'TEST.LIB' or "TEST.LIB"

Note: If you want the member(s) in this FROM data set to be footprinted, you must code
this data set name in the FOOTPRINT clause.

“TO “ENVIRONMENT env-name

“SYSTEM sys-name
“SUBSYSTEM subsys-name
“TYPE type-name
“STAGE stage-id

Indicates the CA Endevor® SCM location to which the member(s) will be loaded. If you do not provide
(all) TO information here, a SET TO clause with the required data must have been previously coded.

You must specify full environment, system, subsystem, type, and/or processor group names, up to
eight characters each; you cannot use a name mask or a place holder when defining any portion of
the CA Endevor® SCM location.

STAGE is optional in the TO field. If you do not specify a stage ID in this clause or in the SET TO
statement, the ID for Stage 2 is used.

04-May-2018 1094/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Load Request Optional Clauses

Optional clauses are listed as follows:

THROUGH (THRU) member

Indicates that a range of members should be loaded, beginning with the member(s) specified in
the LOAD MEMBER clause, up to and including the member(s) specified in this clause.
You can specify an explicit THROUGH member name, or you can use a name mask (an * alone or
at the end of the partial member name) or a place holder (a ? within the member name) in the
name. You can also combine the ? and the * in the THROUGH member name.
If you use the THROUGH clause, it must immediately follow the LOAD MEMBER clause.
Otherwise, you receive an error message.

OPTIONS

CCID ccid
You can specify a CCID to group related modules that are being loaded, for reporting
purposes. CCIDs can be up to 12 characters in length.

COMMENT comment
You can specify a comment to further define the member(s) being loaded. Comments can be
up to 40 characters in length, and must always be enclosed in quotes.

PROCESSOR GROUP group-name

You can designate a specific processor group, up to 8 characters, to be used to generate the
element once it is loaded. The value specified here overrides the default processor group
currently found on the element's type record.

Be sure the processor group you code is a valid processor group within the element type record
being loaded. Otherwise, you receive an error message.
If you leave this field blank, the system defaults to the processor group defined on the element's
type record.

FOOTPRINT ('dsname', 'dsname')

Indicates the source, object, or load libraries in which the Load Utility looks for the member(s)
specified. When a match is found, that member is footprinted in that data set.

Important! The footprint DSN clause should not be either a base or delta library.

Set Statements
SET statements are global default statements that establish values for subsequent request
statements. SET statements are never executed.

A SET statement establishes default values for keyword parameters, such as FROM or TO. If
information is required and not specifically coded within a LOAD request, a corresponding SET
statement must precede that request. If you code the LOAD statement first, without required
information, you receive an error message.

04-May-2018 1095/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

References are made throughout this section to the “actual LOAD statement.” An actual LOAD
statement begins with the word LOAD and ends with a period, and includes all data between these
two items. If you code a SET statement within the actual LOAD statement, you receive an error
message.

Each SET statement remains in effect until:

You code specific values in the actual LOAD statement, which override the corresponding values
in the SET statement.

CA Endevor® SCM encounters another, like SET statement, which overrides the existing SET
statement.

CA Endevor® SCM encounters a CLEAR statement for that particular SET statement.

Processing for the job ends.

The following SET statements can be used with the LOAD action:
SET FROM DSNAME
SET TO
SET OPTIONS
SET FOOTPRINT

SET FROM Statement

The syntax of SET FROM statement is shown as follows:

SET FROM DSNAME dsname

The data set name specified in the SET FROM DSNAME statement indicates the location of all
members to be loaded, for all subsequent LOAD requests. This data set applies until another SET
FROM DSNAME statement, a CLEAR ALL statement, or a CLEAR FROM statement is encountered,
or until processing ends. Or, you can override the SET value for a particular member(s) by coding
a FROM data set in the actual LOAD statement.
The name specified must be a full data set name. If the data set name contains an embedded
period, the name must be enclosed in single or double quotes.

SET TO Statement
The syntax of the SET TO statement is shown next:
SET TO ENVIRONMENT env-name
    SYSTEM sys-name
    SUBSYSTEM subsys-name
    TYPE type-name
    [STAGE stage-id].

The information specified in the SET TO statement indicates the CA Endevor® SCM location to which
all members in the subsequent LOAD requests will be loaded. This location applies until another SET
TO statement, a CLEAR ALL statement, or a CLEAR TO statement is encountered, or until processing
ends. Or, you can override any portion (or all) of the CA Endevor® SCM location within the actual
LOAD statement.

04-May-2018 1096/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

You must specify full environment, system, subsystem, type, and/or processor group names; you
cannot use a name mask or a place holder when defining any portion of the CA Endevor® SCM
location. If you do not specify a stage ID in the SET TO clause or in the actual LOAD statement, the
system uses the ID for Stage 2.

With the exception of the stage ID, any location information you do not specify in a SET TO clause
must be coded in the LOAD request.

SET OPTIONS Statement

The syntax of the SET OPTIONS statement is shown next:
SET  OPTIONS CCID ccid
      COMMENT comment
      PROCESSOR GROUP group-name.

The SET OPTIONS statement allows you to specify that a particular CCID, comment (enclosed in
quotes), and/or processor group be applied to all members to be loaded, for all subsequent LOAD
requests. These options are in effect until another SET OPTIONS statement, a CLEAR ALL statement,
or a CLEAR OPTIONS statement is encountered, or until processing ends. Or, you can override any of
the SET options by coding a different, corresponding value(s) in the actual LOAD statement.

OPTIONS are not required in LOAD actions. Therefore, you are not required to have previously coded
a SET OPTIONS statement if you did not specify OPTIONS information in the LOAD request.

SET FOOTPRINT Statement

The syntax of the SET FOOTPRINT statement is shown next:

SET FOOTPRINT ('dsname', 'dsname', 'dsname')...

The SET FOOTPRINT statement provides the name(s) of the library(ies) in which corresponding
member(s) in the subsequent LOAD statements will be footprinted. A corresponding member is
one for which a match is found in the libraries designated in the SET FOOTPRINT statement.
If you use this statement, you must specify at least one data set (library) name. This data set(s) is
used until another SET FOOTPRINT statement, a CLEAR ALL statement, or a CLEAR FOOTPRINT
statement is encountered, or until processing ends. Or, you can override the information in the
SET FOOTPRINT clause by coding a data set name(s) in the actual LOAD statement. If you code
multiple data set names, they must be enclosed in a single set of parentheses, and separated by
either blanks or commas.
If you do override the SET FOOTPRINT clause, corresponding members are footprinted only in the
library(ies) indicated in the actual LOAD statement. For example, if your SET FOOTPRINT
statement lists three libraries and you specify a FOOTPRINT clause in the actual LOAD statement
with only one library indicated, corresponding members are footprinted only in that one library. If
you want to change just one library name out of the three listed, you must specify the new library
name along with the other two library names in either a different SET FOOTPRINT statement or in
the FOOTPRINT clause of the actual LOAD statement.
To override the SET FOOTPRINT statement and code the following clause, footprinting will not
occur:
FOOTPRINT '  ' .

CA Endevor® SCM interprets the clause as having no library indicated. If no library is designated,
footprinting cannot take place. And, the SET FOOTPRINT statement cannot be in effect because the
FOOTPRINT clause is specified in the LOAD command, thereby overriding that statement.

04-May-2018 1097/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Footprint information is not required in Load actions. Therefore, you are not required to have a SET
FOOTPRINT statement if you did not specify footprint information in the LOAD request.

Clear Statements
A CLEAR statement clears the information that is designated by a SET statement. When you are
working with a series of requests and need to remove the data established in a SET statement, simply
code a parallel CLEAR statement. The CLEAR statement remains in effect until a new, related SET
statement is encountered or until processing ends.

CLEAR statements apply only to SET statements. Similar information entered in a LOAD request is not
affected by a CLEAR statement.

The following CLEAR statements can be used with the LOAD action:
CLEAR ALL
CLEAR FROM
CLEAR TO
CLEAR OPTIONS
CLEAR FOOTPRINT

Each of these is discussed briefly as follows.

CLEAR ALL
CLEAR ALL clears all information established by all previous SET statements. Be sure that you
either specify all required information in all subsequent LOAD statements or code new SET
statements for all required information.

CLEAR FROM
CLEAR FROM clears all SET FROM information previously coded.

CLEAR TO
CLEAR TO clears all SET TO information previously coded.

CLEAR OPTIONS
CLEAR OPTIONS clears all SET OPTIONS information previously coded.

CLEAR FOOTPRINT
CLEAR FOOTPRINT clears all SET FOOTPRINT information previously coded.

Load Utility Reports

The following reports are produced by the CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility after execution of the JCL:

CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log

CA Endevor® SCM Data Validation Report

CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report

CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Summary

04-May-2018 1098/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Summary

Each of these reports is explained in the following sections.

Note: For examples on their use, see Example of the Load Utility Process (see page 1101).

Several CA Endevor® SCM panels and reports, mostly related to footprints, reflect the use of the CA
Endevor® SCM Load Utility to populate environments. A load indicator ── the field LD which appears
as part of the footprint ── indicates whether a particular element/member was loaded into CA
Endevor® SCM (Y, yes) or generated within CA Endevor® SCM (blank, no).

The panels affected include the CA Endevor® SCM-Footprint Display, as well as any other panels that
show footprint information.

The reports affected include the following (in assembler):

CONRPT80--the Library Member Footprint Report

CONRPT81--the Library CSECT Listing

CONRPT82--the Library ZAPped CSECT Profile

CONRPT83--the Footprint Exception Report

Load Execution Log

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log displays each LOAD request in the input data set exactly as
you coded it. An input data set can contain one request with several members or several requests of
one member each, or any combination of the two.

The log lists all requests coded, including requests containing invalid data. In addition, any syntax
errors found by the parser are flagged. A brief explanation of the error appears on the line
immediately following the error, denoted by the prefix BSTPPARS.

Data Validation Report

The system automatically checks the content of each LOAD request to ensure that both the input
data sets and CA Endevor® SCM locations specified are valid. The CA Endevor® SCM Data Validation
Report is produced only when invalid information is found in one or more requests. If there are no
data errors at all, throughout all the LOAD requests, you do not receive this report.

For each invalid request, the report lists the LOAD request number (automatically assigned by the
system), the invalid data, and the total number of data errors found in that request. A final line at the
end of the report indicates the total number of requests that contained errors.

04-May-2018 1099/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Load Execution Report

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report is produced when LOAD execution begins. LOAD
execution takes place after syntax validation and content validation have determined that there are
no syntax and data errors in any of the requests.

This report expands the LOAD request, reformatting the clauses into a standard structure--which is
the structure shown in the “Load Request Syntax” section. All relevant SET information is applied to
the LOAD statement, and appears in the printed syntax.

The remainder of the report, for each request, lists informational messages that relate what happens
as each step of the load process occurs. Be sure to read these messages, as error and problem
conditions are noted here also.

Note: Especially when processing large quantities of LOAD requests and/or members, you
should use this report in conjunction with the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Summary.
Using this combination of reports facilitates looking for, and finding, those requests that
may contain processing errors.

Load Execution Summary

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Summary, like the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report, is
produced when LOAD execution begins. This report summarizes the results of processing the input
data set and lists the following information for each LOAD request:

The return code for the request.

The total number of members requested.

The total number of members in the request that were successfully loaded.

The total number of members in the request that failed the loading process.

The number of members in the request that were footprinted. (Note that only members that are
successfully loaded can be footprinted.)

The number of successfully loaded members that failed the footprinting process.

It is beneficial to use this report in combination with the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report.
You can use the Execution Summary to quickly find any requests with errors, then refer back to the
more detailed Execution Report to determine where and when the error occurred.

04-May-2018 1100/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Example of the Load Utility Process

This section provides a working example of the CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility process. This example
begins with a LOAD request being entered into CA Endevor® SCM, and proceeds through a review of
the JCL generated and the reports produced by the utility.

How to Load the Request

Code the LOAD requests into CA Endevor® SCM. Remember that you can code one request to load
several members, several requests to load one member each, or any combination in between.

In the following example, you enter a LOAD request using the THROUGH clause, to load a range of
members (FINARP00 through FINARP99) into CA Endevor® SCM:
LOAD MEMBER FINARP00 THROUGH FINARP99
 FROM DSNAME 'PROD.SRCLIB'
 TO ENVIRONMENT 'DEMO' SYSTEM 'FINANCE' SUBSYSTEM 'ACCTREC'
   TYPE 'COBOL' STAGE 'P'
 OPTIONS CCID 'LOAD '
    COMMENT 'AUTOMATED CASCMMF IMPLEMENTATION    '
    PROCESSOR GROUP 'COBNBL01 '
 FOOTPRINT 'PROD.LOADLIB'
 .

These members are being loaded into the DEMO environment, Stage P, Finance system, ACCTREC
subsystem, and are assigned a type of COBOL. Each member has both a CCID and a comment, and is
associated with the processor group COBNBL01. The members are being loaded from data set PROD.
SRCLIB and will be footprinted in the load library PROD.LOADLIB.

Quotes are optional for data sets unless you have embedded blanks or periods within the literal.
The data set names in this example contain embedded periods; therefore, these values are
enclosed in quotes.

If no processor group is specified, the member(s) is associated with the default processor group
for the type specified.

Members can be footprinted in source and object libraries as well as load libraries. Simply enter
the appropriate library names in the FOOTPRINT clause.

How to Execute the JCL

When your requests are ready to be loaded into CA Endevor® SCM, submit them for execution, using
JCL similar to the following:
//* (JOBCARD)
//
//*******************************************************************
//*       SAMPLE JCL THAT WILL RUN LOAD UTILITY       *
//*******************************************************************
//LOAD   EXEC PGM=NDVRC1,PARM='C1BML000'
//STEPLIB  DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTU,DISP=SHR
//     DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQAUTH,DISP=SHR
//CONLIB  DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR

04-May-2018 1101/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

//CONLIB  DD DSN=iprfx.iqual.CSIQLOAD,DISP=SHR
//C1BMLIN DD *
        (PLACE INPUT DATA HERE)
//C1BMLLOG DD SYSOUT=*
//C1BMLSYN DD SYSOUT=*
//C1BMLDET DD SYSOUT=*
//C1BMLSUM DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSOUT  DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//
//* BC1JLOAD

How to Review the Reports

CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility execution produces a series of reports for your review. The reports you
see depend on whether your input requests contained syntax and/or data errors. If errors exist in the
input LOAD requests, the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log and the CA Endevor® SCM Data
Validation Report are produced. If no syntax or data errors exist in the input requests, you see the CA
Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log, the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report, and the CA
Endevor® SCM Load Execution Summary. Each of these reports is illustrated in the following sections,
and contains information pertaining to the example, as appropriate.

The Load Utility Reports help you review the processing of your LOAD requests. With these reports,
you can pinpoint problems and errors before you begin working with CA Endevor® SCM. Interpreted
and used properly, the load reports enable you to load accurate and valid data.

The following table summarizes which reports are produced under which circumstances, where B
indicates that the report is produced:

Report/Condition Syntax Errors Invalid Data Syntax Errors and Syntax and Data
Only Only Invalid Data Correct
CA Endevor® SCM Load B B B B
Execution Log
CA Endevor® SCM Data Not B Not produced Not produced
Validation Report produced
CA Endevor® SCM Load Not Not Not produced B
Execution Report produced produced
CA Endevor® SCM Load Not Not Not produced B
Execution Summary produced produced

Load Request Numbers

During execution, the system automatically assigns LOAD request numbers, beginning sequentially
with the first LOAD request. All requests within the input data set are numbered. The LOAD request
number appears on the CA Endevor® SCM Data Validation Report, CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution
Report, and CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Summary.

These request numbers are particularly useful when looking for requests containing incorrect data.
You can use the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log in conjunction with the CA Endevor® SCM Data
Validation Report to pinpoint those requests causing problems.

04-May-2018 1102/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Load Execution Log (DDname = C1BMLLOG)

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log contains each LOAD request as you coded it, including
those requests with syntax errors or incorrect data. When a syntax error is found by the parser, it is
noted in the request by the prefix BSTPPARS: in the log--immediately following the line in which the
error appears.

In the following report, the LOAD request was loaded successfully. The LOAD syntax appears first, in
the order in which it was coded. Several informational messages follow, one for each member to be
added in the LOAD request. Each message indicates that the member requested has been created,
and lists the version number and stage associated with the member. The final message, which is the
last line of the report, indicates that the load processing for the request was completed successfully.

If there had been an error in the syntax, however, a report similar to the one illustrated next would
have been produced.

In the following example, the LOAD request contains a syntax error in the FROM DSNAME clause. The
next line indicates the error; note the line beginning with BSTPPARS.

In this case, no comment was specified although the keyword COMMENT was coded. The system
looked for a comment and applied the next word it found in the syntax--the word FROM, based on
the FROM DSNAME entry immediately following the OPTION COMMENT clause. The FROM DSNAME
command then is misread. Because the from DSNAME command requires both words (FROM and
DSNAME) in the clause, the system considers this an error in command wording and therefore an
error in syntax.

Note, in the last line of the report, that the processing for this request failed and execution of the job
terminated. Even if several other LOAD requests with no errors had been included in the input data
set, this one error still would prevent execution of the job.

Data Validation Report (DDname = C1BMLSYN)

The CA Endevor® SCM Data Validation Report lists the data errors, if any, found in each LOAD
request. Only those requests with errors are listed, with the appropriate request number. If there are
no errors in any of the LOAD requests, this report is not produced for the job. If data errors do exist,
processing is terminated for the request and for the entire job.

Assume that an incorrect system name (“BADSYS”) was specified. a CA Endevor® SCM Data Validation
Report would be produced.

The first line indicates the number assigned to the LOAD request. Use this number to go back to the
CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Log to find the request and check your data. In this example, only
one LOAD request has been entered; therefore the request number is 1.

The second line notes the error. In the example, this message indicates that the system specified in
the request does not exist. If there were additional data errors in this request, they too would be
listed here.

The third line indicates the total number of errors in this request only. Only one error exists in the
example, as is reflected by the message. If two data errors existed in the request, the request total
would reflect that fact.

The final line of the report lists the total number of requests that contained errors. Again, because

04-May-2018 1103/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

The final line of the report lists the total number of requests that contained errors. Again, because
the example contains only one request, the DATA REPORT FINAL TOTAL is 1.

Load Execution Report (DDname = C1BMLDET)

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report is not produced unless every request in the input data
set (DDname C1BMLIN) is correct syntactically and contains no invalid data. Remember that the input
data set can contain one request with several members, multiple requests of one member each or
any combination of the two. If you are loading several (2 or more) members, whether in a single
request or using several requests, you may want to review the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution
Summary before the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report. The CA Endevor® SCM Load Summary
alerts you to the number of members that failed load processing in a single request, for every request
coded. You can then refer back to the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report to locate the specific
members, in each request, that contain the errors.

The LOAD request has been expanded and reformatted to fit the standard structure (shown in the
“Load Request Syntax” section). No SET information was coded for this request. If SET information
had been coded, it would appear in the appropriate clauses in the syntax.

Note the informational messages following the request. Details about processing for each member
are listed; in the example, each step of the process for every member was successful. Be sure to read
these messages carefully, as error and problem conditions are noted here as well as informational
messages.

Load Execution Summary (DDname = C1BMLSUM)

As with the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Report, the CA Endevor® SCM Load Execution Summary
is not produced unless every request in the input data set is correct syntactically and contains no
invalid data.

This report summarizes the results of processing the requests in the input data set, and provides the
following information for every request (by request number):

The return code for the request. In this example, the return code is 0000, which indicates that
processing was successful.

The total number of members requested in the LOAD request. In this example, a range of
members was requested, resulting in a total of 5 members to be loaded.

The total number of members successfully loaded. In this example, all 5 members requested
were successfully loaded.

The total number of members not loaded, due to an error. In this example, no members failed
processing.

The number of members for which footprinting was attempted. Footprinting is attempted only
for those members that were loaded successfully and for which a FOOTPRINT clause (or SET
FOOTPRINT statement) was coded. In this example, footprinting was attempted for all 5
members, as the previous criteria was met for each member. Therefore, footprints attempted
reflects a total of 5.

The number of members for which footprinting failed. Again, this total is based on the number
of members eligible for footprinting. In this example, no members failed the footprinting process.

04-May-2018 1104/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Load Utility Footprint Override Exit

The CA Endevor® SCM Load Utility provides an external exit routine that can be used to override the
member name that the Load Utility footprints during load processing. The default member name that
is footprinted is the same as the member name that is specified in the LOAD MEMBER statement. In
certain circumstances, though, the default member name may not be appropriate.

For example, assume that the Load Utility is loading a data set that contains linkage editor control
statements and the FOOTPRINT statement is pointing to the associated load module library. In this
case the Load Utility attempts to footprint the member in the load module library that has the same
name as the input element name. However, if the linkage editor control statements contain a NAME
statement that created a load module that was different than the control statement member name,
the Load Utility may not find the correct load module to footprint. The Footprint Override Exit could
be used to supply the correct member name to be footprinted by the Load Utility.

Load Utility Footprint Exit Operation

The name of the Load Utility Footprint Override exit must be C1EXITL1. The exit, if used, must reside
in the CA Endevor® SCM CONLIB library. If the Load Utility cannot locate the exit routine, it does not
perform any exit processing. The normal Load Utility functions continue, however.

The exit must be reentrant and reusable. It is called in 31-bit addressing mode.

On entry to the exit, register 1 points to a two-word parameter list. The parameter list and all
parameters are in 24-bit addressable storage. The parameter list is defined next:

Word 1
Contains the address of the Load Exit Control Block. The control block is mapped by the
@LOADDS macro.

Word 2
Contains the address of a 400 byte work area that is available for the exit. The area is on a double-
word boundary and is initialized to binary zeroes for each invocation of the exit.

If the exit decides that the default footprint element name is to be overridden, it must update field
EXMBRNM in the Load Exit Control Block with the appropriate member name and set the return code
to four. The maximum allowable member name length is eight characters. The EXMBRNM field,
however, is 10 bytes long and should be right-padded with blanks.

The exit should set one of the following return codes in register 15 before returning to the Load
Utility. If the exit wants to override the default element name, it must set a return code of four.

0
The exit does not want to override the member name.

4
The exit wants to override the member name to be footprinted.

04-May-2018 1105/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

8
The exit encountered an unrecoverable error. The Load Utility will footprint the default member.

LOADDS Load Exit Control Block

The following DSECT maps the Load Exit Control Block:
LOADDS  DSECT
EXFUNC  DS  H            FUNCTION CODE
EXVER  EQU  1            VERFIY REQUEST
EXFOOT  EQU  2            FOOTPRINT REQUEST
EX$MAXF EQU  2            FUNCTION MAX VALUE
EXSEVI  DS  CL1           MESSAGE SEVERITY SELECTION IND
EXMSGI  EQU  C'I'          INFORMATIONAL MESSAGE SELECTED
EXMSGW  EQU  C'W'          WARNING MESSAGE SELECTED
EXMSGC  EQU  C'C'          CAUTION MESSAGE SELECTED
EXMSGE  EQU  C'E'          SEVERE ERROR MESSAGE SELECTED
EXDDNM  DS  CL8           DDNAME
EXDSNM  DS  CL44          DSNAME
EXDATA  DS  CL65          FOOTPRINT REQUIRED DATA
EXMBRNM DS CL10         MEMBER NAME
     ORG  EXDATA
EXENV  DS  CL8           ENVIRONMENT
EXSYS  DS  CL8           SYSTEM
EXSBS  DS  CL8           SUBSYSTEM
EXELENM DS  CL10          ELEMENT NAME
EXTYPE  DS  CL8           TYPE
EXSTGN  DS  CL8           STAGE NAME
EXSTG#  DS  CL1           STAGE
EXGRP  DS  CL8           PROCESSOR GRP
EXLVV  DS  CL2           VERSION CHARACTER
EXLVVX  DS  XL1           VERSION (BINARY)
EXLLL  DS  CL2           LEVEL CHARACTER
EXLLLX  DS  XL1           LEVEL (BINARY)
     ORG
EXPRB@  DS  F            ADDRESS OF PRB FOR MESSAGES
EXRESVD DS  4F           ** RESERVED **
EXRQ#LN EQU  *-LOADDS

C1BMLXIT Exit
The exit reads link-edit control cards and extracts the module name specified in the NAME control
statement. If found, the exit sets a return code of four to indicate to the Load Utility that an override
member name is to be footprinted. The program uses an internal table to determine the element
types that are associated with linkage editor control statements. Refer to the program code for
information on how to update the table and about the method of operation and program limitations.

The sample exit source is distributed in the uprfx.uqual.CSIQOPTN library.

The exit can be assembled and link-edited using standard procedures. The load module name that is
created must be named C1EXITL1 and it must be placed in the CA Endevor® SCM CONLIB library. The
program must be link-edited with the RENT, REUS, AMODE(31), and RMODE(24) attributes.

04-May-2018 1106/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

Trace Facilities
The trace facilities help you isolate problems by monitoring selected processes. When a trace facility
is active, information is recorded in a system trace output file.

Important! The trace formats of all traces are subject to change at any time. Therefore, we
recommend that you do not use trace output in a production setting or write programs
that interpret the trace output. Also, you should be selective in which traces you enable,
because activating traces that are not needed results in unnecessary overhead.

To enable a trace facility, use the following syntax depending on whether you want to trace batch or
foreground processing:

For foreground, use:

alloc f(DDname) sysout(*)

For batch, use:

//BSTERR DD SYSOUT=*
//DDname DD SYSOUT=*

To route the output of the trace to a data set, replace sysout as follows:

For foreground, use:

alloc f(DDname) da(dsname) 

For batch, use:

//BSTERR DD DSN=dsname,DISP=SHR
//ddname DD DSN=dsname,DISP=SHR

Set the DSN attributes for the trace DSN as follows:

LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=1330,RECFM=FB,DSORG=PS

DDnames
Specifies the name of the trace. The following traces are valid:

EN$TRALC
Traces dynamic allocation.

EN$TRAUI
Traces the Alternate ID. Also traces logon and logoff information.

EN$TRESI
Traces ESI (Endevor External Security).

04-May-2018 1107/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

EN$TRFPV
Traces component validation.

EN$TRITE
Traces if-then-else evaluation.

EN$TRLOG
Traces logon and logoff information.

EN$TROPT
Traces Endevor table definitions.

EN$TRSMF
Writes SMF records. This trace requires the following dsname:
  //EN$TRSMF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=....,LRECL=27994,BLKSIZE=27998,RECFM=VB
  //*                          Writes SMF records to //EN$TRSMF.
  //*                          Requires DCB or existing file !

EN$TRSYM
Traces symbolic resolution.

EN$TRXIT
Traces Exits.

In cases of abnormal software termination (ABEND), a calling path trace back is generally produced.
The trace back data is written to an output media selected from the following list in order of
availability:

1. File BSTERR (not available to T/P monitors) if provided

2. User's Terminal (IDMS, TSO, CMS...)

3. System console log

You should have this trace information available when you call your CA Endevor SCM Administrator.

Trace Back Data

The following example shows a typical trace as shown on a terminal:

BSTPOPSV: E001 MACRO $BLOAD RC=028

BC1PSM10: F000 ABEND CODE=MACR NUMBER=3009
BC1PSM10: F000 ABEND CODE=MACR NUMBER=3009
BST PRODUCT: ENDEVOR VERSION: X.X RELEASE: XNNNN
OPERATING SYSTEM: MVS/XA RELEASE: 038 TASK/JOB/USERID: DA1FB22
CALL FROM $FUNC=$BABEND EPA=00051BA8 R1=00058948 R14=80051E7C STACK=000588FO
CSECT=BSTPMPGM 06/17/01
CALL FROM $FUNC=BSTPOPSV EPA=0004E5E8 R1=00058818 R14=8004E67A STACK=00058890
CALL FROM $FUNC=RESCHECK EPA=0004E6E8 R1=00058818 R14=8004E7D4 STACK=000587C0
CALL FROM $FUNC=BSTPOPSV EPA=0004E5E8 R1=00000000 R14=8004E68C STACK=00058760
CSECT=BSTPOPSV 06/17/01
CALL FROM $FUNC=BC1PINIT EPA=03A3BD98 R1=000586F8 R14=83A3BFC8 STACK=00058698
CSECT=BC1PINIT 09/09/01
CALL FROM $FUNC=INITCALL EPA=03A36DE8 R1=00058660 R14=83A36E74 STACK=00058608
CALL FROM $FUNC=BC1PSM10 EPA=03A36A08 R1=00057658 R14=83A36B3E STACK=000575F8

04-May-2018 1108/1109
 CA Endevor® SCM - 17.0

CALL FROM PROGM=BC1PSM10 ASM DT=08/20/01 VERS=0002 EPA=83A36998 RET=83A369FC

IEA995I SYMPTOM DUMP OUTPUT
USER COMPLETION CODE=3009
TIME=09.47.22 SEQ=55966 CPU=0000 ASID=01B9
PSW AT TIME OF ERROR 078D1000 80051EAO ILC 2 INTC OD
ACTIVE LOAD MODULE=BSTPMOPS ADDRESS=0004E538 OFFSET=00003968
DATA AT PSW 00051E9A - 00181610 0A0D47FO C3001812
GPR 0-3 80000000 80000BC1 00000BC1 D4C1C3D9
***

The call trace displays the modules and subfunctions at the point of ABEND. The fields in bold type
vary with each trace, and are explained as follows:

BC1PSM10
Identifies the module that produced the abend.

ABEND CODE=MACR
Identifies the abend code.

NUMBER=3009
Identifies the user abend number associated with the abend.

04-May-2018 1109/1109